1933 Act File No. 333-40455

1940 Act File No. 811-08495

AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON FEBRUARY 2, 2018

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM N-1A

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

   THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933  
   Post-Effective Amendment No. 227  

and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

   THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940  
   Amendment No. 228  

(Check appropriate box or boxes)

 

 

NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

ONE NATIONWIDE PLAZA

MAIL CODE 05-02-210

COLUMBUS, OHIO 43215

(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE) (ZIP CODE)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code: (614) 435-5787

 

 

Send Copies of Communications to:

 

ALLAN J. OSTER, ESQ.

10 WEST NATIONWIDE BOULEVARD

COLUMBUS, OHIO 43215

 

PRUFESH R. MODERA, ESQ.

STRADLEY RONON STEVENS & YOUNG, LLP

1250 CONNECTICUT AVENUE, N.W., SUITE 500

WASHINGTON, DC 20036

(NAME AND ADDRESS OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)  

 

 

It is proposed that this filing will become effective: (check appropriate box)

 

  immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
  On [date] pursuant to paragraph (b)
  60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
  on [date] pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
  75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
  on [date] pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of rule 485.

If appropriate, check the following box:

 

  This post-effective amendment designated a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

 

 

 


EXPLANATORY NOTE

This Post-Effective Amendment Nos. 227/228 relates only to the Nationwide Fund, a series of the Registrant. No other information relating to any other series of the Registrant is amended or superseded hereby.


Equity Funds
Prospectus     [MONTH] [DAY], 2018
Fund and Class Ticker
Nationwide Fund
Class R6 [ ]
As with all mutual funds, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these Funds’ shares or determined whether this Prospectus is complete or accurate. To state otherwise is a crime.
nationwide.com/mutualfunds

 


THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

 


Table of Contents
2 Fund Summaries
  Nationwide Fund
6 How the Funds Invest
  Nationwide Fund
7 Risks of Investing in the Funds
9 Fund Management
11 Investing with Nationwide Funds
  Revenue Sharing
  Contacting Nationwide Funds
  Buying Shares
  Fair Value Pricing
  Exchanging Shares
  Selling Shares
  Excessive or Short-Term Trading
  Additional Information about Fees and Expenses
16 Distributions and Taxes
18 Additional Information
1

 


Table of Contents
Fund Summary: Nationwide Fund
Objective
The Nationwide Fund seeks total return through a flexible combination of capital appreciation and current income.
Fees and Expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay when buying and holding Class R6 shares of the Fund. There are no sales charges to purchase or sell Class R6 shares of the Fund.
  Class R6 Shares
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fees 1 0.53%
Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees None
Other Expenses 0.11%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses 0.64%
Fee Waiver/Expense Reimbursement 2 (0.04)%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver/Expense Reimbursement 0.60%
1 “Management Fees” has been restated due to a reduction in the contractual investment advisory fee rate effective November 13, 2017.
2 Nationwide Mutual Funds (the “Trust”) and Nationwide Fund Advisors (the “Adviser”) have entered into a written contract waiving 0.045% of the management fee to which the Adviser would be entitled until INSERT DATE, 2019. Pursuant to the terms of the written contract, the Adviser is not entitled to recoup any fees it has waived. The written contract may be changed or eliminated only with consent of the Board of Trustees of the Trust.
Example
This Example is intended to help you to compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.
The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then sell all of your shares at the end of those time periods. It assumes a 5% return each year and no change in expenses, and any expense limitation or fee waivers that may apply for the periods indicated above under “Fees and Expenses.” Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
  1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
Class R6 shares $61 $201 $353 $795
Portfolio Turnover
The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 79.20% of the average value of its portfolio.
Principal Investment Strategies
The Fund invests in a diversified portfolio of common stocks to produce an overall blended equity portfolio consisting of various types of stocks that the subadviser believes offer the potential for capital growth and/or dividend income. Most of the stocks in which the Fund invests are issued by large-capitalization companies. The Fund considers large-capitalization companies to be those companies with market capitalizations of more than $5 billion. Some of these companies may be located outside of the United States. The Fund makes market capitalization determinations with respect to a security at the time it purchases such security.
In managing the Fund, the subadviser allocates the Fund’s assets across a variety of industries, selecting companies in each industry based on the research of a team of global industry analysts. The Fund typically seeks to maintain representation in each major industry represented by broad-based, large cap U.S. equity indices.
2

 


Table of Contents
Fund Summary: Nationwide Fund (cont.)
The subadviser employs a “bottom-up” approach to selecting securities, emphasizing those that it believes to represent above-average potential for total return, based on fundamental research and analysis. Fundamental analysis of a company typically involves the assessment of a variety of factors, and may include the company’s business environment, management quality, balance sheet, income statement, anticipated earnings, revenues and dividends, and environmental, social and/or governance (ESG) factors. The subadviser seeks to develop a portfolio that is broadly diversified across issuers, sectors, industries and styles. The Fund’s portfolio therefore will include stocks that are considered to be either growth stocks or value stocks. Because the subadviser’s process is driven primarily by individual stock selection, the overall portfolio’s yield, price-to-earnings ratio, price-to-book ratio, growth rate and other characteristics will vary over time and, at any given time, the Fund may emphasize either growth stocks or value stocks. The subadviser may sell a security when it believes that a significant change in the company’s business fundamentals exists, it has become overvalued in terms of earnings, assets or growth prospects, or in order to take advantage of more attractive alternatives.
Principal Risks
The Fund cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective.
As with any fund, the value of the Fund’s investments—and therefore, the value of Fund shares—may fluctuate. These changes may occur because of:
Equity securities risk – stock markets are volatile. The price of an equity security fluctuates based on changes in a company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions.
Market and selection risks – market risk is the risk that one or more markets in which the Fund invests will go down in value, including the possibility that the markets will go down sharply and unpredictably. Selection risk is the risk that the securities selected by the Fund’s subadviser will underperform the markets, the relevant indices or the securities selected by other funds with similar investment objectives and investment strategies.
Foreign securities risk – foreign securities may be more volatile, harder to price and less liquid than U.S. securities. The prices of foreign securities may be further affected by other factors, such as changes in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies in which the securities are traded.
Growth style risk – growth stocks are generally more sensitive to market movements than other types of stocks primarily because their stock prices are based heavily on future expectations. If the subadviser’s assessment of the
prospects for a company’s growth is wrong, or if the subadviser’s judgment of how other investors will value the company’s growth is wrong, then the price of the company’s stock may fall or not approach the value that the subadviser has placed on it. In addition, growth stocks as a group may be out of favor at times and underperform the overall equity market for long periods while the market concentrates on other types of stocks, such as “value” stocks.
Value style risk – value investing carries the risk that the market will not recognize a security’s intrinsic value for a long time or that a stock judged to be undervalued actually may be appropriately priced. In addition, value stocks as a group may be out of favor at times and underperform the overall equity market for long periods while the market concentrates on other types of stocks, such as “growth” stocks.
Loss of money is a risk of investing in the Fund.
Performance
The following bar chart and table can help you evaluate the Fund’s potential risks. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s annual total returns have varied from year to year. These returns do not reflect the impact of sales charges. If sales charges were included, the annual total returns would be lower than those shown. The table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of a broad-based securities index. Remember, however, that past performance (before and after taxes) is not necessarily indicative of how the Fund will perform in the future. Updated performance information is available at no cost by visiting nationwide.com/mutualfunds or by calling 800-848-0920.
Since Class R6 shares are new, the bar chart shows changes in the performance of the Fund’s Institutional Service Class shares, which are described in a separate prospectus. Annual returns for Class R6 shares are substantially similar to those of the Institutional Service Class shares because the shares of these classes are invested in the same portfolio of securities.
 
 
3

 


Table of Contents
Fund Summary: Nationwide Fund (cont.)
Annual Total Returns Institutional Service Class Shares
(Years Ended December 31,)
Highest Quarter: 17.77% 2nd qtr. of 2009
Lowest Quarter: -25.29% 4th qtr. of 2008
After-tax returns are shown in the table for Institutional Service Class shares only and will vary for other classes. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect state and local taxes. Your actual after-tax return depends on your personal tax situation and may differ from what is shown here. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors in tax-advantaged arrangements, such as individual retirement accounts, 401(k) plans or certain other employer-sponsored retirement plans.
Class R6 shares have not commenced operations as of the date of this Prospectus. Therefore, pre-inception historical performance for Class R6 shares is based on the previous performance of Institutional Service Class shares, which are featured in a separate prospectus. Performance for Class R6 shares has been adjusted to reflect the difference in sales charges (see below) but not differing expenses.
Performance returns for Institutional Service Class shares reflect a front-end sales charge of 4.50% through July 31, 2012. This front-end sales charge was eliminated as of August 1, 2012, at which time the former Class D shares were re-designated as Institutional Service Class shares.
Average Annual Total Returns
for the Periods Ended December 31, 2017
  1 Year 5 Years 10 Years
Class R6 Shares Before Taxes 20.20% 14.66% 6.57%
Institutional Service Class Shares Before Taxes 20.20% 14.66% 6.08%
Institutional Service Class Shares After Taxes on Distributions 16.77% 13.43% 5.41%
Institutional Service Class Shares After Taxes on Distributions and Sales of Shares 12.74% 11.53% 4.74%
  1 Year 5 Years 10 Years
S&P 500® Index (reflects no deduction for fees or expenses) 21.83% 15.79% 8.50%
Portfolio Management
Investment Adviser
Nationwide Fund Advisors
Subadviser
Wellington Management Company LLP
Portfolio Managers
Portfolio Manager Title Length of Service
with Fund
Mark D. Mandel, CFA Senior Managing Director and Director, Global Industry Research Since 2017
Cheryl M. Duckworth, CFA Senior Managing Director and Associate Director, Global Industry Research Since 2017
Jonathan G. White, CFA Managing Director and Director, Research Portfolios Since 2017
Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares
Minimum Initial Investment
Class R6: $1,000,000
Minimum Additional Investment
Class R6: no minimum
In general, you can buy or sell (redeem) shares of the Fund through your broker-dealer or financial intermediary, or by mail or phone on any business day. You can generally pay for shares by check or wire.
To Purchase and Sell (Redeem) Fund Shares
Mail:
Nationwide Funds
P.O. Box 701
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701
Overnight:
Nationwide Funds
615 East Michigan Street
Third Floor
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Website:
nationwide.com/ mutualfunds
Phone: 800-848-0920 (toll free). Representatives are available 9 a.m. – 8 p.m. Eastern time, Monday through Friday.
 
 
4

 


Table of Contents
Fund Summary: Nationwide Fund (cont.)
Tax Information
The Fund’s distributions are taxable, and generally will be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-advantaged arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account, in which case your distributions may be taxed as ordinary income when withdrawn from the tax-advantaged account.
Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries
If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
5

 


Table of Contents
How the Funds Invest: Nationwide Fund
Objective
The Nationwide Fund seeks total return through a flexible combination of capital appreciation and current income. This objective may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval upon 60 days’ written notice to shareholders.
Principal Investment Strategies
The Fund invests in a diversified portfolio of common stocks to produce an overall blended equity portfolio consisting of various types of stocks that the subadviser believes offer the potential for capital growth and/or dividend income. Most of the stocks in which the Fund invests are issued by large-cap companies . Some of these companies may be located outside of the United States. The Fund makes market capitalization determinations with respect to a security at the time it purchases such security.
In managing the Fund, the subadviser allocates the Fund’s assets across a variety of industries, selecting companies in each industry based on the research of a team of global industry analysts. The Fund typically seeks to maintain representation in each major industry represented by broad-based, large cap U.S. equity indices.
The subadviser employs a bottom-up approach to selecting securities, emphasizing those that it believes to represent above-average potential for total return, based on fundamental research and analysis. Fundamental analysis of a company typically involves the assessment of a variety of factors, and may include the company’s business environment, management quality, balance sheet, income statement, anticipated earnings, revenues and dividends, and environmental, social and/or governance (ESG) factors. The subadviser seeks to develop a portfolio that is broadly diversified across issuers, sectors, industries and styles. The Fund’s portfolio therefore will include stocks that are considered to be either growth stocks or value stocks . Because the subadviser’s process is driven primarily by individual stock selection, the overall portfolio’s yield, price-to-earnings ratio, price-to-book ratio, growth rate and other characteristics will vary over time and, at any given time, the Fund may emphasize either growth stocks or value stocks. The subadviser may sell a security when it believes that a significant change in the company’s business fundamentals exists, it has become overvalued in terms of earnings, assets or growth prospects or in order to take advantage of more attractive alternatives.
Key Terms:
Bottom-up approach – a method of investing that involves the selection of securities based on their individual attributes regardless of broader national, industry or economic factors.
Growth stocks – equity securities of companies that the Fund’s subadviser believes have above-average rates of earnings or cash flow growth and which therefore may experience above-average increases in stock prices.
Large-cap companies – companies with market capitalizations similar to those of companies included in the Russell 1000 ® Index, ranging from $348.5 million to $868.3 billion as of December 31, 2017.
Market capitalization – a common way of measuring the size of a company based on the price of its common stock times the number of outstanding shares.
Value stocks – stocks that may be trading at prices that do not reflect a company’s intrinsic value, based on factors such as a company’s stock price relative to its book value, earnings and cash flow. Companies issuing such securities may be currently out of favor, undervalued due to market declines, or experiencing poor operating conditions that may be temporary.
Principal Risks
The Fund is subject to the same risks that apply to all mutual funds that invest in equity securities. For instance, the value of the Fund’s investments—and therefore, the value of Fund shares—may fluctuate.
In addition, the Fund is subject to EQUITY SECURITIES RISK, FOREIGN SECURITIES RISK, GROWTH STYLE RISK, MARKET AND SELECTION RISKS and VALUE STYLE RISK , each of which is described in the section “Risks of Investing in the Funds” beginning on page 7.
The Fund cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objectives. Loss of money is a risk of investing in the Fund.
 
 
6

 


Table of Contents
Risks of Investing in the Funds
As with all mutual funds, investing in Nationwide Funds involves certain risks. There is no guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective or that a Fund will perform as it has in the past. You may lose money if you invest in one or more Nationwide Funds.
The following information relates to the principal risks of investing in the Funds, as identified in the “Fund Summary” and “How the Funds Invest” sections for each Fund. A Fund may invest in or use other types of investments or strategies not shown below that do not represent principal strategies or raise principal risks. More information about these non-principal investments, strategies and risks is available in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).
Equity securities risk – a Fund could lose value if the individual equity securities in which it has invested and/or the overall stock markets on which the stocks trade decline in price. Stocks and stock markets may experience short-term volatility (price fluctuation) as well as extended periods of price decline or little growth. Individual stocks are affected by many factors, including:
corporate earnings;
production;
management and
sales and market trends, including investor demand for a particular type of stock, such as growth or value stocks, small- or large-cap stocks, or stocks within a particular industry.
Stock markets are affected by numerous factors, including interest rates, the outlook for corporate profits, the health of the national and world economies, national and world social and political events, and the fluctuation of other stock markets around the world.
Foreign securities risk – foreign securities may be more volatile, harder to price and less liquid than U.S. securities. Foreign investments involve some of the following risks:
political and economic instability;
the impact of currency exchange rate fluctuations;
sanctions imposed by other foreign governments, including the United States;
reduced information about issuers;
higher transaction costs;
less stringent regulatory and accounting standards and
delayed settlement.
Additional risks include the possibility that a foreign jurisdiction might impose or increase withholding taxes on income payable with respect to foreign securities; the possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of the issuer or foreign deposits (in which the Fund could lose its entire investment in a certain market); and the possible adoption of foreign governmental restrictions such as exchange controls.
Regional – adverse conditions in a certain region can adversely affect securities of issuers in other countries whose economies appear to be unrelated. To the extent that a Fund invests a significant portion of its assets in a specific geographic region, a Fund will generally have more exposure to regional economic risks. In the event of economic or political turmoil or a deterioration of diplomatic relations in a region or country where a substantial portion of a Fund's assets are invested, the Fund may experience substantial illiquidity or losses.
Foreign currencies – foreign securities may be denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates affect the value of a Fund's portfolio. Generally, when the U.S. dollar rises in value against a foreign currency, a security denominated in that currency loses value because the currency is worth fewer U.S. dollars. Conversely, when the U.S. dollar decreases in value against a foreign currency, a security denominated in that currency gains value because the currency is worth more U.S. dollars.
Foreign custody – a Fund that invests in foreign securities may hold such securities and cash in foreign banks and securities depositories. Some foreign banks and securities depositories may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business, and there may be limited or no regulatory oversight of their operations. The laws of certain countries may put limits on a Fund's ability to recover its assets if a foreign bank, depository or issuer of a security, or any of their agents, goes bankrupt. In addition, it is often more expensive for a Fund to buy, sell and hold securities in certain foreign markets than in the United States. The increased expense of investing in foreign markets reduces the amount a Fund can earn on its investments and typically results in a higher operating expense ratio for a Fund holding assets outside the United States.
Depositary receipts – investments in foreign securities may be in the form of depositary receipts, such as American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) and Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), which typically are issued by local financial institutions and evidence ownership of the underlying securities. Depositary receipts are generally subject to the same risks as the foreign securities that they evidence or into which they may be converted.
Depositary receipts may or may not be jointly sponsored by the underlying issuer. The issuers of unsponsored depositary receipts are not obligated to disclose information that is, in the United States, considered material. Therefore, there may be less information available regarding these issuers and there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the depositary receipts. Certain depositary receipts are not listed on an exchange and therefore may be considered to be illiquid securities.
 
 
7

 


Table of Contents
Risks of Investing in the Funds (cont.)
Growth style risk – growth stocks may be more volatile than other stocks because they generally are more sensitive to investor perceptions and market movements than other types of stocks, primarily because their stock prices are based heavily on future expectations. If the subadviser’s assessment of the prospects for a company’s growth is wrong, or if the subadviser’s judgment of how other investors will value the company’s growth is wrong, then the price of the company’s stock may fall or not approach the value that the subadviser has placed on it.
Market and selection risks – market risk is the risk that one or more markets in which a Fund invests will go down in value, including the possibility that the markets will go down sharply and unpredictably. Selection risk is the risk that the securities selected by a Fund’s subadviser will underperform the markets, the relevant indices or the securities selected by other funds with similar investment objectives and investment strategies.
Value style ris k – over time, a value investing style may go in and out of favor, causing a Fund to sometimes underperform other equity funds that use different investing styles. Value stocks can react differently to issuer, political, market and economic developments than the market overall and other types of stock. In addition, a Fund’s value approach carries the risk that the market will not recognize a security’s intrinsic value for a long time or that a stock judged to be undervalued may actually be appropriately priced.
Loss of money is a risk of investing in the Funds.
* * * * * *
Temporary investments – each Fund generally will be fully invested in accordance with its objective and strategies. However, pending investment of cash balances, in anticipation of possible redemptions, or if a Fund’s management believes that business, economic, political or financial conditions warrant, a Fund may invest without limit in cash or money market cash equivalents. The use of temporary investments therefore is not a principal strategy, as it prevents a Fund from fully pursuing its investment objective, and the Fund may miss potential market upswings.
Selective Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings
Each Fund posts onto the internet site for the Trust (nationwide.com/mutualfunds) substantially all of its securities holdings as of the end of each month. Such portfolio holdings are available no earlier than 15 calendar days after the end of the previous month, and generally remain available on the internet site until the Fund files its next quarterly portfolio holdings report on Form N-CSR or Form N-Q with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. A description of the Funds’ policies and
procedures regarding the release of portfolio holdings information is available in the Funds’ SAI.
 
 
8

 


Table of Contents
Fund Management
Investment Adviser
Nationwide Fund Advisors (“NFA” or “Adviser”), located at One Nationwide Plaza, Columbus, OH 43215, manages the investment of the Funds’ assets and supervises the daily business affairs of each Fund. Subject to the oversight of the Board of Trustees, NFA also selects the subadvisers for the Funds, determines the allocation of Fund assets among one or more subadvisers and evaluates and monitors the performance of the subadvisers. Organized in 1999 as an investment adviser, NFA is a wholly owned subsidiary of Nationwide Financial Services, Inc.
Subadvisers
Subject to the oversight of NFA and the Board of Trustees, a subadviser will manage all or a portion of a Fund’s assets in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and strategies. With regard to the portion of Fund assets allocated to it, each subadviser makes investment decisions for the Fund and, in connection with such investment decisions, places purchase and sell orders for securities. NFA pays each subadviser from the management fee it receives from each Fund.
WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLP (“WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT”) , located at 280 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02210, is the subadviser to the Nationwide Fund. Wellington Management is a Delaware limited liability partnership.
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees’ approval of the investment advisory and subadvisory agreements for the Funds will be in the Funds’ semiannual report to shareholders, which will cover the period ending April 30, 2018.
Management Fees
The Fund pays NFA a management fee based on the Fund’s average daily net assets. The total management fee paid by the Fund for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, expressed as a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets, and taking into account any applicable fee waivers or reimbursements, was as follows:
Fund Actual Management Fee Paid
Nationwide Fund 0.54%
As of November 13, 2017, the Nationwide Fund pays NFA an annual management fee based on the rates in the table
below, which is expressed as a percentage of the Nationwide Fund’s average daily net assets.
Fund Assets Management Fee
Nationwide Fund Up to $250 million 0.54%
$250 million and more
but less than $1 billion
0.53%
$1 billion and more
but less than $2 billion
0.52%
$2 billion and more
but less than $5 billion
0.495%
$5 billion and more 0.47%
Portfolio Management
Mark D. Mandel, CFA, Cheryl M. Duckworth, CFA, and Jonathan G. White, CFA, are jointly responsible for the day-to-day management of the Nationwide Fund.
Mr. Mandel is Senior Managing Director and Director, Global Industry Research of Wellington Management, and joined the firm as an investment professional in 1994.
Ms. Duckworth is Senior Managing Director and Associate Director, Global Industry Research of Wellington Management, and joined the firm as an investment professional in 1994.
Mr. White is Managing Director and Director, Research Portfolios of Wellington Management, and joined the firm as an investment professional in 1999.
Additional Information about the Portfolio Managers
The SAI provides additional information about each portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by each portfolio manager and each portfolio manager’s ownership of securities in the Fund(s) managed by the portfolio manager, if any.
Manager-of-Managers Structure
The Adviser and the Trust have received an exemptive order from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission for a manager-of-managers structure that allows the Adviser, subject to the approval of the Board of Trustees, to hire, replace or terminate a subadviser (excluding hiring a subadviser which is an affiliate of the Adviser) without the approval of shareholders. The order also allows the Adviser to revise a subadvisory agreement with an unaffiliated subadviser with the approval of the Board of Trustees but without shareholder approval. If a new unaffiliated subadviser is hired for a Fund, shareholders will receive information about the new subadviser within 90 days of the change. The exemptive order allows the Funds greater flexibility, enabling them to operate more efficiently.
 
 
9

 


Table of Contents
Fund Management (cont.)
The Adviser performs oversight and evaluation services to the Funds, including the following:
performing initial due diligence on prospective Fund subadvisers;
monitoring subadviser performance, including ongoing analysis and periodic consultations;
communicating performance expectations and evaluations to the subadvisers;
making recommendations to the Board of Trustees regarding renewal, modification or termination of a subadviser’s contract and
selecting Fund subadvisers.
The Adviser does not expect to recommend subadviser changes frequently. The Adviser periodically provides written reports to the Board of Trustees regarding its evaluation and monitoring of each subadviser. Although the Adviser monitors each subadviser’s performance, there is no certainty that any subadviser or Fund will obtain favorable results at any given time.
10

 


Table of Contents
Investing with Nationwide Funds
Class R6 Shares
Class R6 shares are sold without a sales charge, and are not subject to Rule 12b-1 fees or administrative services fees. Therefore, no administrative services fees, sub-transfer agency payments or other service payments are paid to broker-dealers or other financial intermediaries either from Fund assets or the Distributor’s or an affiliate’s resources with respect to sales of or investments in Class R6 shares, although such payments may be made by the Distributor or its affiliate from its own resources pursuant to written contracts entered into by the Distributor or its affiliate prior to April 1, 2014.
Class R6 shares are available for purchase only by the following:
funds-of-funds;
retirement plans for which no third-party administrator or other financial intermediary receives compensation from the Funds, the Distributor or the Distributor’s affiliates;
a bank, trust company or similar financial institution investing for its own account or for trust accounts for which it has authority to make investment decisions as long as the accounts are not part of a program that requires payment of Rule 12b-1 or administrative services fees to the financial institution;
clients of investment advisory fee-based wrap programs;
high-net-worth individuals or corporations who invest directly with the Trust without using the services of a broker, investment adviser or other financial intermediary or
current holders of Class R6 shares of any Nationwide Fund.
Class R6 shares are not available to retail accounts or to broker-dealer fee-based wrap programs.
Revenue Sharing
The Adviser and/or its affiliates (collectively, “Nationwide Funds Group” or “NFG”) often make payments for marketing, promotional or related services provided by broker-dealers and other financial intermediaries that sell shares of the Trust or which include them as investment options for their respective customers.
These payments are often referred to as “revenue sharing payments.” The existence or level of such payments may be based on factors that include, without limitation, differing levels or types of services provided by the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary, the expected level of assets or sales of shares, the placing of some or all of the Funds on a recommended or preferred list, and/or access to an intermediary’s personnel and other factors. Revenue sharing payments are paid from NFG’s own legitimate profits and other of its own resources (not from the Funds’) and may be in addition to any Rule 12b-1 payments or
administrative services payments that are paid to broker-dealers and other financial intermediaries. Because revenue sharing payments are paid by NFG, and not from the Funds’ assets, the amount of any revenue sharing payments is determined by NFG.
In addition to the revenue sharing payments described above, NFG may offer other incentives to sell shares of the Funds in the form of sponsorship of educational or other client seminars relating to current products and issues, assistance in training or educating an intermediary’s personnel, and/or entertainment or meals. These payments also may include, at the direction of a retirement plan’s named fiduciary, amounts to a retirement plan intermediary to offset certain plan expenses or otherwise for the benefit of plan participants and beneficiaries.
The recipients of such payments may include:
the Adviser’s affiliates;
broker-dealers;
financial institutions and
other financial intermediaries through which investors may purchase shares of a Fund.
Payments may be based on current or past sales, current or historical assets or a flat fee for specific services provided. In some circumstances, such payments may create an incentive for an intermediary or its employees or associated persons to sell shares of a Fund to you instead of shares of funds offered by competing fund families.
Contact your financial intermediary for details about revenue sharing payments it may receive.
Notwithstanding the revenue sharing payments described above, the Adviser and all subadvisers to the Trust are prohibited from considering a broker-dealer’s sale of any of the Trust’s shares in selecting such broker-dealer for the execution of Fund portfolio transactions.
Fund portfolio transactions nevertheless may be effected with broker-dealers who coincidentally may have assisted customers in the purchase of Fund shares, although neither such assistance nor the volume of shares sold of the Trust or any affiliated investment company is a qualifying or disqualifying factor in the Adviser’s or a subadviser’s selection of such broker-dealer for portfolio transaction execution.
Contacting Nationwide Funds
Representatives are available 9 a.m. to 8 p.m. Eastern time, Monday through Friday, at 800-848-0920.
Automated Voice Response Call 800-848-0920, 24 hours a day, seven days a week, for easy access to mutual fund information. Choose from a menu of options to:
make transactions;
hear fund price information and
 
 
11

 


Table of Contents
Investing with Nationwide Funds (cont.)
obtain mailing and wiring instructions.
Internet Go to nationwide.com/mutualfunds 24 hours a day, seven days a week, for easy access to your mutual fund accounts. The website provides instructions on how to select a password and perform transactions. On the website, you can:
download Fund Prospectuses;
obtain information on the Nationwide Funds;
access your account information and
request transactions, including purchases, redemptions and exchanges.
By Regular Mail Nationwide Funds, P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-0701.
By Overnight Mail Nationwide Funds, 615 East Michigan Street, Third Floor, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
Buying Shares
Share Price
The net asset value per share or “NAV” per share is the value of a single share. A separate NAV is calculated for each share class of a Fund. The NAV is:
calculated at the close of regular trading (usually 4 p.m. Eastern time) each day the New York Stock Exchange is open and
generally determined by dividing the total net market value of the securities and other assets owned by a Fund allocated to a particular class, less the liabilities allocated to that class, by the total number of outstanding shares of that class.
The purchase or “offering” price for Fund shares is the NAV (for a particular class) next determined after the order is received by a Fund or its agent or authorized intermediary, plus any applicable sales charge.
The Funds generally are available only to investors residing in the United States. Each Fund may reject any order to buy shares and may suspend the sale of shares at any time.
Fair Value Pricing
The Board of Trustees has adopted Valuation Procedures governing the method by which individual portfolio securities held by the Funds are valued in order to determine each Fund’s NAV. The Valuation Procedures provide that each Fund’s assets are valued primarily on the basis of market-based quotations. Equity securities generally are valued at the last quoted sale price, or if there is no sale price, the last quoted bid price provided by an independent pricing service. Securities traded on NASDAQ generally are valued at the NASDAQ Official Closing Price. Prices are taken from the primary market or exchange in which each security trades.
Securities for which market-based quotations are either unavailable (e.g., an independent pricing service does not provide a value) or are deemed unreliable, in the judgment of the Adviser, generally are valued at fair value by the Trustees or persons acting at their direction pursuant to procedures approved by the Board of Trustees. In addition, fair value determinations are required for securities whose value is affected by a significant event (as defined below) that will materially affect the value of a security and which occurs subsequent to the time of the close of the principal market on which such security trades but prior to the calculation of the Funds’ NAVs.
A “significant event” is defined by the Valuation Procedures as an event that materially affects the value of a security that occurs after the close of the principal market on which such security trades but before the calculation of a Fund’s NAV. Significant events that could affect individual portfolio securities may include corporate actions such as reorganizations, mergers and buy-outs, corporate announcements on earnings, significant litigation, regulatory news such as government approvals and news relating to natural disasters affecting an issuer’s operations. Significant events that could affect a large number of securities in a particular market may include significant market fluctuations, market disruptions or market closings, governmental actions or other developments, or natural disasters or armed conflicts that affect a country or region.
By fair valuing a security whose price may have been affected by significant events or by news after the last market pricing of the security, each Fund attempts to establish a price that it might reasonably expect to receive upon the current sale of that security. The fair value of one or more of the securities in a Fund’s portfolio which is used to determine a Fund’s NAV could be different from the actual value at which those securities could be sold in the market. Thus, fair valuation may have an unintended dilutive or accretive effect on the value of shareholders’ investments in a Fund.
Due to the time differences between the closings of the relevant foreign securities exchanges and the time that a Fund’s NAV is calculated, a Fund may fair value its foreign investments more frequently than it does other securities. When fair value prices are utilized, these prices will attempt to reflect the impact of the financial markets’ perceptions and trading activities on a Fund’s foreign investments since the last closing prices of the foreign investments were calculated on their primary foreign securities markets or exchanges. Pursuant to the Valuation Procedures, a Fund’s foreign equity investments generally will be fair valued daily by an independent pricing service using models designed to estimate likely changes in the values of those investments between the times in which the trading in those securities is substantially completed and the close of the NYSE. The fair values assigned to a Fund’s foreign equity investments may not be the quoted or published prices of the investments on
 
 
12

 


Table of Contents
Investing with Nationwide Funds (cont.)
their primary markets or exchanges. Because certain of the securities in which a Fund may invest may trade on days when the Fund does not price its shares, the value of the Fund’s investments may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem their shares.
These procedures are intended to help ensure that the prices at which a Fund’s shares are purchased and redeemed are fair, and do not result in dilution of shareholder interests or other harm to shareholders. In the event a Fund values its securities using the fair valuation procedures described above, the Fund’s NAV may be higher or lower than would have been the case if the Fund had not used such procedures.
In-Kind Purchases
Each Fund may accept payment for shares in the form of securities that are permissible investments for the Fund.

The Funds do not calculate NAV on days when the New York Stock Exchange is closed.
New Year’s Day
Martin Luther King, Jr. Day
Presidents’ Day
Good Friday
Memorial Day
Independence Day
Labor Day
Thanksgiving Day
Christmas Day
Other days when the New York Stock Exchange is closed.

Minimum Investments
 
Class R6 Shares
To open an account $1 million (per Fund)
Additional investments No Minimum
Minimum investment requirements do not apply to purchases by employees of the Adviser or its affiliates (or to their spouses, children or immediate relatives), or to certain retirement plans, fee-based programs or omnibus accounts. If you purchase shares through an intermediary, different minimum account requirements may apply. The Distributor reserves the right to waive the investment minimums under certain circumstances.
Customer Identification Information
To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person that opens a new account, and to determine whether such person’s name appears on government lists of known or suspected terrorists and terrorist organizations.
As a result, unless such information is collected by the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary pursuant to an agreement, the Funds must obtain the following information for each person that opens a new account:
name;
date of birth (for individuals);
residential or business street address (although post office boxes are still permitted for mailing) and
Social Security number, taxpayer identification number or other identifying number.
You also may be asked for a copy of your driver’s license, passport or other identifying document in order to verify your identity. In addition, it may be necessary to verify your identity by cross-referencing your identification information with a consumer report or other electronic database. Additional information may be required to open accounts for corporations and other entities. Federal law prohibits the Funds and other financial institutions from opening a new account unless they receive the minimum identifying information listed above. After an account is opened, the Funds may restrict your ability to purchase additional shares until your identity is verified. The Funds may close your account or take other appropriate action if they are unable to verify your identity within a reasonable time. If your account is closed for this reason, your shares will be redeemed at the NAV next calculated after the account is closed.
Accounts with Low Balances
Maintaining small accounts is costly for the Funds and may have a negative effect on performance. Shareholders are encouraged to keep their accounts above each Fund’s minimum.
If the value of your account falls below $2,000 ($1,000 for IRA accounts), you generally are subject to a $5 quarterly fee, unless such account actively participates in an Automatic Asset Accumulation Plan. Shares from your account are redeemed each quarter/month to cover the fee, which is returned to the Fund to offset small account expenses. Under some circumstances, a Fund may waive the low-balance fee.
Each Fund reserves the right to redeem your remaining shares and close your account if a redemption of shares brings the value of your account below the minimum. In such cases, you will be notified and given 60 days to purchase additional shares before the account is closed. A redemption of your remaining shares may be a taxable event for you. See “Distributions and Taxes—Selling or Exchanging Shares” below.
Exchanging Shares
You may exchange your Fund shares for shares of any Nationwide Fund that is currently accepting new investments as long as:
 
 
13

 


Table of Contents
Investing with Nationwide Funds (cont.)
both accounts have the same registration;
your first purchase in the new fund meets its minimum investment requirement and
you purchase the same class of shares. For example, you may exchange between Class A shares of any Nationwide Fund, but may not exchange between Class A shares and Class C shares.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no minimum investment requirement shall apply to holders of Class R6 shares seeking to exchange such shares for Class R6 shares of another Fund, where such Class R6 shares had been designated as Class D shares at the close of business on July 31, 2012.
The exchange privileges may be amended or discontinued upon 60 days’ written notice to shareholders.
Selling Shares
You can sell or, in other words, redeem your Fund shares at any time, subject to the restrictions described below. The price you receive when you redeem your shares is the NAV (minus any applicable sales charges or redemption fee) next determined after a Fund’s authorized intermediary or an agent of the Fund receives your properly completed redemption request. The value of the shares you redeem may be worth more than or less than their original purchase price, depending on the market value of the Fund’s investments at the time of the redemption.
You may not be able to redeem your Fund shares or Nationwide Funds may delay paying your redemption proceeds if:
the New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings);
trading is restricted or
an emergency exists (as determined by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission).
Generally, a Fund will pay you for the shares that you redeem within three days after your redemption request is received. Payment for shares that you recently purchased may be delayed up to 10 business days from the purchase date to allow time for your payment to clear. A Fund may delay forwarding redemption proceeds for up to seven days if the account holder:
is engaged in excessive trading or
if the amount of the redemption request would disrupt efficient portfolio management or adversely affect the Fund.
Under extraordinary circumstances, a Fund, in its sole discretion, may elect to honor redemption requests by transferring some of the securities held by the Fund directly to an account holder as a redemption in-kind. For more about Nationwide Funds’ ability to make a redemption in-kind, see the SAI.
The Board of Trustees has adopted procedures for redemptions in-kind of affiliated persons of a Fund. Affiliated persons of a Fund include shareholders who are affiliates of the Adviser and shareholders of a Fund owning 5% or more of the outstanding shares of that Fund. These procedures provide that a redemption in-kind shall be effected at approximately the affiliated shareholder’s proportionate share of the Fund’s current net assets, and are designed so that such redemptions will not favor the affiliated shareholder to the detriment of any other shareholder.

Signature Guarantee
A signature guarantee is required for sales of shares of the Funds in any of the following instances:
your account address has changed within the last 30 calendar days;
the redemption check is made payable to anyone other than the registered shareholder;
the proceeds are mailed to any address other than the address of record or
the redemption proceeds are being wired or sent by ACH to a bank for which instructions currently are not on your account.
No signature guarantee is required under normal circumstances where redemption proceeds are transferred directly to: (1) another account maintained by a Nationwide Financial Services, Inc. company; or (2) a bank account, the registration of which includes the names of all of the account owners in which the mutual fund account is registered.
A signature guarantee is a certification by a bank, brokerage firm or other financial institution that a customer’s signature is valid. We reserve the right to require a signature guarantee in other circumstances, without notice.

Excessive or Short-Term Trading
The Nationwide Funds seek to discourage excessive or short-term trading (often described as “market timing”). Excessive trading (either frequent exchanges between Nationwide Funds or redemptions and repurchases of Nationwide Funds within a short time period) may:
disrupt portfolio management strategies;
increase brokerage and other transaction costs and
negatively affect fund performance.
Each Fund may be more or less affected by short-term trading in Fund shares, depending on various factors such as the size of the Fund, the amount of assets the Fund typically maintains in cash or cash equivalents, the dollar amount, number and frequency of trades in Fund shares and other
 
 
14

 


Table of Contents
Investing with Nationwide Funds (cont.)
factors. A Fund that invests in foreign securities may be at greater risk for excessive trading. Investors may attempt to take advantage of anticipated price movements in securities or derivatives held by a Fund based on events occurring after the close of a foreign market that may not be reflected in a Fund’s NAV (referred to as “arbitrage market timing”). Arbitrage market timing also may be attempted in funds that hold significant investments in small-cap securities, commodity-linked investments, high-yield (junk) bonds and other types of investments that may not be frequently traded. There is the possibility that arbitrage market timing, under certain circumstances, may dilute the value of Fund shares if redeeming shareholders receive proceeds (and buying shareholders receive shares) based on NAVs that do not reflect appropriate fair value prices.
The Board of Trustees has adopted the following policies with respect to excessive or short-term trading in the Funds:
Fair Valuation
The Funds have fair value pricing procedures in place as described above in “Investing with Nationwide Funds: Fair Value Pricing.”
Monitoring of Trading Activity
The Funds, through the Adviser, their subadvisers and their agents, monitor selected trades and flows of money in and out of the Funds in an effort to detect excessive short-term trading activities. Further, in compliance with Rule 22c-2 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, Nationwide Funds Group, on behalf of the Funds, has entered into written agreements with the Funds’ financial intermediaries, under which the intermediary must, upon request, provide a Fund with certain shareholder identity and trading information so that the Fund can enforce its market timing policies. If a shareholder is found to have engaged in excessive short-term trading, the Funds may, at their discretion, ask the shareholder to stop such activities or refuse to process purchases or exchanges in the shareholder’s account.
Despite its best efforts, a Fund may be unable to identify or deter excessive trades conducted through intermediaries or omnibus accounts that transmit aggregate purchase, exchange and redemption orders on behalf of their customers. In short, a Fund may not be able to prevent all market timing and its potential negative impact.
Restrictions on Transactions
Whenever a Fund is able to identify short-term trades and/or traders, such Fund has broad authority to take discretionary action against market timers and against particular trades and apply the short-term trading
restrictions to such trades that the Fund identifies. It also has sole discretion to:
restrict or reject purchases or exchanges that the Fund or its agents believe constitute excessive trading and
reject transactions that violate the Fund’s excessive trading policies or its exchange limits.
Additional Information about Fees and Expenses
The fees and expenses of the Fund that appear in the Fund Summaries generally are based on average annual net assets during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, and do not reflect any change in expense ratios resulting from a change in assets under management since October 31, 2017. A decline in a Fund’s average net assets during the current fiscal year, as a result of market volatility or other factors, could cause a Fund’s expense ratio to be higher than the fees and expenses shown in the applicable Fund Summary. Significant declines in a Fund’s net assets will increase your Fund’s total expense ratio, likely significantly. A fund with a higher expense ratio means you could pay more if you buy or hold shares of the fund.
 
 
15

 


Table of Contents
Distributions and Taxes
The following information is provided to help you understand the income and capital gains you may earn while you own Fund shares, as well as the federal income taxes you may have to pay. The amount of any distribution varies and there is no guarantee a Fund will pay either income dividends or capital gain distributions. For advice about your personal tax situation, please speak with your tax advisor.
Income and Capital Gain Distributions
Each Fund intends to elect and qualify each year as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code. As a regulated investment company, a Fund generally pays no federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to you. Each Fund expects to declare and distribute its net investment income, if any, to shareholders as dividends quarterly. Each Fund will distribute net realized capital gains, if any, at least annually. A Fund may distribute income dividends and capital gains more frequently, if necessary, in order to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Fund. All income and capital gain distributions are automatically reinvested in shares of the applicable Fund. You may request a payment in cash by contacting the Funds’ transfer agent or your financial intermediary.
If you choose to have dividends or capital gain distributions, or both, mailed to you and the distribution check is returned as undeliverable or is not presented for payment within six months, the Trust reserves the right to reinvest the check proceeds and future distributions in shares of the applicable Fund at the Fund’s then-current NAV until you give the Trust different instructions.
Tax Considerations
If you are a taxable investor, dividends and capital gain distributions you receive from a Fund, whether you reinvest your distributions in additional Fund shares or receive them in cash, are subject to federal income tax, state taxes and possibly local taxes:
distributions are taxable to you at either ordinary income or capital gains tax rates;
distributions of short-term capital gains are paid to you as ordinary income that is taxable at applicable ordinary income tax rates;
distributions of long-term capital gains are taxable to you as long-term capital gains no matter how long you have owned your Fund shares;
for individual shareholders, a portion of the income dividends paid may be qualified dividend income eligible for taxation at long-term capital gains tax rates, provided that certain holding period requirements are met;
for corporate shareholders, a portion of the income dividends paid may be eligible for the corporate dividend-received deduction, subject to certain limitations and
distributions declared in December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable as if they were paid in December.
The federal income tax treatment of a Fund’s distributions and any taxable sales or exchanges of Fund shares occurring during the prior calendar year are reported on Form 1099, which is sent to you annually during tax season (unless you hold your shares in a qualified tax-advantaged plan or account or are otherwise not subject to federal income tax). A Fund may reclassify income after your tax reporting statement is mailed to you. This can result from the rules in the Internal Revenue Code that effectively prevent mutual funds, such as the Funds, from ascertaining with certainty, until after the calendar year end, and in some cases a Fund’s fiscal year end, the final amount and character of distributions the Fund has received on its investments during the prior calendar year. Prior to issuing your statement, each Fund makes every effort to reduce the number of corrected forms mailed to shareholders. However, a Fund will send you a corrected Form 1099 if the Fund finds it necessary to reclassify its distributions or adjust the cost basis of any shares sold or exchanged after you receive your tax statement.
Distributions from the Funds (both taxable dividends and capital gains) normally are taxable to you when made, regardless of whether you reinvest these distributions or receive them in cash (unless you hold your shares in a qualified tax-advantaged plan or account or are otherwise not subject to federal income tax).
At the time you purchase your Fund shares, the Fund’s NAV may reflect undistributed income, undistributed capital gains, or net unrealized appreciation in the value of portfolio securities held by the Fund. For taxable investors, a subsequent distribution to you of such amounts, although constituting a return of your investment, would be taxable. Buying shares in a Fund just before it declares an income dividend or capital gains distribution is sometimes known as “buying a dividend.”
The use of derivatives by a Fund may cause the Fund to realize higher amounts of ordinary income or short-term capital gain, distributions from which are taxable to individual shareholders at ordinary income tax rates rather than at the more favorable tax rates for long-term capital gain.
Selling and Exchanging Shares
Selling or exchanging your shares may result in a capital gain or loss, which is subject to federal income tax. For tax purposes, an exchange from one Nationwide Fund to another is the same as a sale. For individuals, the long-term
 
 
16

 


Table of Contents
Distributions and Taxes (cont.)
capital gains tax rates are 0%, 15% and 20% depending on your taxable income. If you redeem Fund shares for a loss, you may be able to use this capital loss to offset any other capital gains you have.
Each Fund is required to report to you and the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) annually on Form 1099-B not only the gross proceeds of Fund shares you sell or redeem but also their cost basis. Cost basis will be calculated using the Fund’s default method of average cost, unless you instruct the Fund to use a different calculation method. Shareholders should review carefully the cost basis information provided by a Fund and make any additional basis, holding period or other adjustments that are required when reporting these amounts on their federal income tax returns. If your account is held by your investment representative (financial advisor or other broker), please contact that representative with respect to reporting of cost basis and available elections for your account. Cost basis reporting is not required for certain shareholders, including shareholders investing in a Fund through a tax-advantaged retirement account.
Medicare Tax
An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from a Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds a threshold amount. This Medicare tax, if applicable, is reported by you on, and paid with, your federal income tax return.
Other Tax Jurisdictions
Distributions and gains from the sale or exchange of your Fund shares may be subject to state and local taxes, even if not subject to federal income taxes. State and local tax laws vary; please consult your tax advisor. Non-U.S. investors may be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30% or lower treaty rate and U.S. estate tax and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements to avoid backup withholding and claim any treaty benefits. Exemptions from U.S. withholding tax are provided for certain capital gain dividends paid by a Fund from net long-term capital gains, interest-related dividends paid by the Fund from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources, and short- term capital gain dividends, if such amounts are reported by the Fund. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any such dividends and distributions of income and capital gains will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 24% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person.
Tax Status for Retirement Plans and Other Tax-Advantaged Accounts
When you invest in a Fund through a qualified employee benefit plan, retirement plan or some other tax-advantaged account, income dividends and capital gain distributions generally are not subject to current federal income taxes. In general, these plans or accounts are governed by complex tax rules. You should ask your tax advisor or plan administrator for more information about your tax situation, including possible state or local taxes.
Backup Withholding
By law, you may be subject to backup withholding on a portion of your taxable distributions and redemption proceeds unless you provide your correct Social Security or taxpayer identification number and certify that (1) this number is correct, (2) you are not subject to backup withholding, and (3) you are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). You also may be subject to withholding if the IRS instructs us to withhold a portion of your distributions and proceeds. When withholding is required, the amount is 24% of any distributions or proceeds paid.
Other Reporting and Withholding Requirements
Under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), a Fund will be required to withhold a 30% tax on the following payments or distributions made by the Fund to certain foreign entities, referred to as foreign financial institutions or non- financial foreign entities, that fail to comply (or be deemed compliant) with extensive reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts: (a) income dividends, and (b) after December 31, 2018, certain capital gain distributions, return of capital distributions and the proceeds arising from the sale of Fund shares. A Fund may disclose the information that it receives from its shareholders to the IRS, non-U.S. taxing authorities or other parties as necessary to comply with FATCA or similar laws. Withholding also may be required if a foreign entity that is a shareholder of a Fund fails to provide the Fund with appropriate certifications or other documentation concerning its status under FATCA.
This discussion of “Distributions and Taxes” is not intended or written to be used as tax advice. Because everyone’s tax situation is unique, you should consult your tax advisor about federal, state, local or foreign tax consequences before making an investment in a Fund.
 
 
17

 


Table of Contents
Additional Information
The Trust enters into contractual arrangements with various parties (collectively, “service providers”), including, among others, the Funds’ investment adviser, subadviser(s), shareholder service providers, custodian(s), securities lending agent, fund administration and accounting agents, transfer agent and distributor, who provide services to the Funds. Shareholders are not parties to, or intended (or “third-party”) beneficiaries of, any of those contractual arrangements, and those contractual arrangements are not intended to create in any individual shareholder or group of shareholders any right to enforce them against the service providers or to seek any remedy under them against the service providers, either directly or on behalf of the Trust.
This Prospectus provides information concerning the Trust and the Funds that you should consider in determining whether to purchase shares of the Funds. Neither this Prospectus, nor the related Statement of Additional Information, is intended, or should be read, to be or to give rise to an agreement or contract between the Trust or the Funds and any shareholder, or to give rise to any rights to any shareholder or other person other than any rights under federal or state law that may not be waived.
18

 


Table of Contents
Financial Highlights: Nationwide Fund
The financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand each Fund’s financial performance for the past five years ended October 31, or if a Fund or a class has not been in operation for the past five years, for the life of that Fund or class. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. The total returns in the tables represent the rate that an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in a Fund (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions and no sales charges). Since Class R6 shares are new, no financial highlights are presented for that class.
Information has been audited by [ ], whose report, along with the Funds’ financial statements, is included in the Trust’s annual reports, which are available upon request.
Selected Data for Each Share of Capital Outstanding
Fi Hi Table and Notes to Come from Annual Report
19

 


Table of Contents
For Additional Information Contact:
By Regular Mail
Nationwide Funds
P.O. Box 701
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701
By Overnight Mail
Nationwide Funds
615 East Michigan Street, Third Floor
Milwaukee, WI 53202
For 24-Hour Access
Call 800-848-0920 (toll free). Representatives are available 9 a.m.– 8 p.m. Eastern time, Monday through Friday. Call after 7 p.m. Eastern time for closing share prices. Also, visit the website at nationwide.com/mutualfunds.
Information from Nationwide Funds
Please read this Prospectus before you invest, and keep it with your records. The following documents—which may be obtained free of charge—contain additional information about the Funds:
Statement of Additional Information (incorporated by reference into this Prospectus)
Annual Reports (which contain discussions of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected each Fund’s performance)
Semiannual Reports
To obtain any of the above documents free of charge, to request other information about a Fund, or to make other shareholder inquiries, contact us at the address or phone number listed or visit the website at nationwide.com/mutualfunds.
To reduce the volume of mail you receive, only one copy of financial reports, prospectuses, other regulatory materials and other communications will be mailed to your household (if you share the same last name and address). You can call us at 800-848-0920, or write to us at the address listed to request (1) additional copies free of charge, or (2) that we discontinue our practice of mailing regulatory materials altogether.
If you wish to receive regulatory materials and/or account statements electronically, you can sign up for our free e-delivery service. Please call 800-848-0920 for information.
Information from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
You can obtain copies of Fund documents from the SEC:
on the SEC’s EDGAR database via the internet at www.sec.gov;
by electronic request to publicinfo@sec.gov;
in person at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. (for the SEC’s hours of operation, call 202-551-8090) or
by mail by sending your request to U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102 (the SEC charges a fee to copy any documents).
The Trust’s Investment Company Act File No.: 811-08495
Nationwide, the Nationwide N and Eagle, and Nationwide is on your side are service marks of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company.
©2018 Nationwide Funds Group PR-CEQ (xx/18)


STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

[     ], 2018

NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS

 

Nationwide Amundi
Global High Yield
Fund
Class A (NWXIX)
Class C (NWXJX)
Class T (NWYZX)
Class R6 (NWXKX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWXLX)
   Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund
Class A (NWXEX)
Class C (NWXFX)
Class T (n/a)
Class R6 (NWXGX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWXHX)
   Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund Class A (NWHDX)
Class C (NWHEX)
Class M (NWHFX)
Class T (NWXYX)
Class R6 (NWHGX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWHHX)
   Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund
Class A (NWWAX)
Class C (NWWBX)
Class M (NWWEX)
Class T (n/a)
Class R6 (NWWCX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWWDX)
   Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund
Class A (NWHJX)
Class C (NWHKX)
Class M (NWHLX)
Class T (NWXZX)
Class R6 (NWHMX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWHNX)
Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund
Class A (NWHOX)
Class C (NWHPX)
Class M (NWHQX)
Class T (NWYAX)
Class R6 (NWHTX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWHUX)
   Nationwide Bond Fund
Class A (NBDAX)
Class C (GBDCX)
Class R (GBDRX)
Class T (NWYBX)
Class R6 (NWIBX)
Institutional Service
Class (MUIBX)
   Nationwide Bond Index Fund
Class A (GBIAX)
Class C (GBICX)
Class R (n/a)
Class T (NWYCX)
Class R6 (GBXIX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWXOX)
   Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free
Bond Fund  ( formerly, Nationwide HighMark California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund )
Class A (NWJKX)
Class C (NWJLX)
Class T (NWYHX)
Class R6 (NWJMX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWJNX)
   Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund
Class A (NWCPX)
Class T (NWYDX)
Class R6 (NWCIX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWCSX)
Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund Class A (NWXAX)
Class C (NWXBX)
Class T (n/a)
Class R6 (NWXCX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWXDX)
   Nationwide Fund Class A (NWFAX)
Class C (GTRCX)
Class R (GNWRX)
Class R6 ( )
Class T (NWXWX)
Institutional Service
Class (MUIFX)
   Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth
Fund

Class A (NWHVX)
Class C (NWHWX)
Class T (NWYEX)
Class R6 (NWKAX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWHYX)
   Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund
Class A (NWHZX)
Class C (NWKBX)
Class T (NWYFX)
Class R6 (NWKCX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWKDX)
   Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund ( formerly,
Nationwide Global
Equity Fund )
Class A (GGEAX)
Class C (GGECX)
Class T (n/a)
Class R6 (GGEIX)
Institutional Service
Class (GGESX)
Nationwide
Government Money Market Fund
Investor Shares (MIFXX)
Class R6 (GMIXX)
Service
Class (NWSXX)
   Nationwide Growth Fund
Class A (NMFAX)
Class C (GCGRX)
Class R (GGFRX)
Class T (n/a)
Class R6 (MUIGX)
Institutional Service
Class (NGISX)
   Nationwide Inflation- Protected Securities Fund
Class A (NIFAX)
Class T (n/a)
Class R6 (NIFIX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWXNX)
   Nationwide International Index Fund
Class A (GIIAX)
Class C (GIICX)
Class R (GIIRX)
Class T (NWYQX)
Class R6 (GIXIX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWXPX)
   Nationwide International Small Cap Fund
Class A (NWXSX)
Class T (n/a)
Class R6 (NWXUX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWXVX)

 


Nationwide Loomis All Cap Growth Fund
Class A (NWZLX)
Class R6 (NWZMX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWZNX)
Class T (NWZOX)
   Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund ( formerly, Nationwide HighMark Bond Fund ) Class A (NWJGX)
Class C (NWJHX)
Class T (NWYGX)
Class R6 (NWJIX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWJJX)
   Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund ( formerly, Nationwide HighMark Short Term Bond Fund ) Class A (NWJSX)
Class C (NWJTX)
Class T (NWYJX)
Class R6 (NWJUX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWJVX)
   Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund ( formerly, Nationwide HighMark Large Cap Core Equity Fund )
Class A (NWGHX)
Class C (NWGIX)
Class T (n/a)
Class R6 (NWGJX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWGKX)
   Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund Class A (GMXAX)
Class C (GMCCX)
Class R (GMXRX)
Class T (NWYRX)
Class R6 (GMXIX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWXQX)
Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund ( formerly, Nationwide HighMark National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund )
Class A (NWJOX)
Class C (NWJPX)
Class T (NWYIX)
Class R6 (NWJQX) Institutional Service
Class (NWJRX)
   Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund
Class A (GRMAX)
Class C (GRMCX)
Class R (GRMRX)
Class T (NWYSX)
Class R6 (GRMIX)
Service
Class (GRMSX)
Institutional Service
Class (GRISX)
   Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund
Class A (GMRAX)
Class C (GMRCX)
Class R (GMSRX)
Class T (NWYTX)
Class R6 (GMRIX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWXRX)
   Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund
Class A (NWSAX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWSIX)
   Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund
Class A (NWUAX)
Class C (NWUCX)
Class T (NWYUX)
Class R6 (NWUIX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWUSX)
Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund ( formerly, Nationwide HighMark Small Cap Core Fund )
Class A (NWGPX)
Class C (NWGQX)
Class T (NWYKX)
Class R6 (NWKEX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWGSX)
   Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund
Class A (NWGYX)
Class C (NWGZX)
Class T (NWYVX)
Class R6 (NWJAX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWJBX)
   Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund
Class A (NWJCX)
Class C (NWJDX)
Class T (NWYWX)
Class R6 (NWJEX)
Institutional Service
Class (NWJFX)
   Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund
Class A (NWJWX)
Class C (NWKGX)
Class T (n/a)
Class R6 (NWJYX) Institutional Service
Class (NWJZX)
  


Nationwide Mutual Funds (the “Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust, is a registered open-end investment company currently consisting of 51 series as of the date hereof. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) relates to the 34 series of the Trust which are listed above (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”).

This SAI is not a prospectus but is incorporated by reference into the following Prospectus. It contains information in addition to and more detailed than that set forth in the Prospectus for the Nationwide Fund and should be read in conjunction with the following Prospectus:

 

    Nationwide Fund dated [    ], 2018.

Terms not defined in this SAI have the meanings assigned to them in the Prospectus. The Prospectus may be obtained from Nationwide Mutual Funds, P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-0701 or by calling toll free 800-848-0920.

The Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and Financial Statements of the Trust for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017 included in the Trust’s Annual Report are incorporated herein by reference. Copies of the Annual Report are available without charge upon request by writing the Trust or by calling toll free 800-848-0920.

The Trust’s Investment Company Act File No.: 811-08495

 

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

General Information and History

     1  

Additional Information on Portfolio Instruments, Strategies and Investment Policies

     1  

Portfolio Turnover

     64  

Investment Restrictions

     65  

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

     68  

Trustees and Officers of the Trust

     69  

Investment Advisory and Other Services

     77  

Brokerage Allocation

     97  

Additional Information on Purchases and Sales

     107  

Valuation of Shares

     113  

Systematic Investment Strategies

     115  

Investor Privileges

     116  

Investor Services

     118  

Additional Information

     119  

Additional General Tax Information for All Funds

     122  

Major Shareholders

     138  

Appendix A – Debt Ratings

     A-1  

Appendix B – Proxy Voting Guidelines

     B-1  

Appendix C – Portfolio Managers

     C-1  

Appendix D – 5% Shareholders

     D-1  

 

iv


GENERAL INFORMATION AND HISTORY

Nationwide Mutual Funds (the “Trust”) is an open-end management investment company formed under the laws of the state of Delaware on September 1, 2004 pursuant to a Declaration of Trust dated September 30, 2004, as amended and restated October 28, 2004 and June 17, 2009 (the “Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust”). The Trust currently consists of 51 separate series, each with its own investment objective.

Except for the Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund and Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund, each of the Funds featured herein is a diversified fund as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). Each of the Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund and the Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund is a non-diversified fund, as defined in the 1940 Act.

The Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund commenced operations on November 19, 2012 as a result of a reorganization in which the Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund acquired all of the assets, subject to stated liabilities, of the UBS Global Equity Fund, a former series of The UBS Funds. The Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund has adopted the historical performance of the UBS Global Equity Fund and had substantially similar investment goals and strategies as the UBS Global Equity Fund at the time of the reorganization.

The Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund commenced operations on April 22, 2013, as a result of a reorganization in which the Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund acquired all of the assets, subject to stated liabilities, of the TS&W Fixed Income Portfolio, a former series of The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund (the “AIC Predecessor Fund”). The Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund has adopted the historical performance of the AIC Predecessor Fund and had substantially similar investment goals and strategies as the AIC Predecessor Fund at the time of the reorganization.

Each of the Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund, Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund, Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund, Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund, Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund, Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund, Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund, Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund, Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund, Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund, Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund, Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund, Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund and Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund commenced operations on September 16, 2013, as a result of a reorganization in which the Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund, Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund, Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund, Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund, Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund, Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund, Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund, Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund, Nationwide WCM Small Cap Equity Fund, Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund, Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund, Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund, Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund and Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund acquired all of the assets, subject to stated liabilities, of the HighMark Cognitive Value Fund, HighMark Enhanced Growth Fund, HighMark Equity Income Fund, HighMark Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund, HighMark Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund, HighMark International Opportunities Fund, HighMark Large Cap Core Equity Fund, HighMark NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund, HighMark Small Cap Core Fund, HighMark Bond Fund, HighMark Short Term Bond Fund, HighMark California Intermediate Tax-Free Bond Fund, HighMark National Intermediate Tax-Free Bond Fund and HighMark Wisconsin Tax-Exempt Fund, respectively, each a former series of HighMark Funds (each a “Predecessor Fund,” and collectively the “Predecessor Funds”). Each of these Funds have adopted the historical performance of its corresponding Predecessor Fund. Each such Fund and its corresponding Predecessor Fund had substantially similar investment goals and strategies at the time of the reorganization.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON PORTFOLIO INSTRUMENTS, STRATEGIES

AND INVESTMENT POLICIES

The Funds invest in a variety of securities and employ a number of investment techniques, which involve certain risks. The Prospectuses discuss each Fund’s principal investment strategies, investment techniques and risks. Therefore, you should carefully review a Fund’s Prospectus. This SAI contains information about non-principal investment strategies the Funds may use, as well as further information about certain principal strategies that are discussed in the Prospectuses.

 

1


For purposes of this SAI, each of the following Funds (either singly or collectively) is referred to as the “Equity Funds”:

 

Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund    Nationwide International Small Cap Fund
Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund    Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund
Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund    Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund
Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund    Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund
Nationwide Fund    Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund
Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund    Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund
Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund    Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund
Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund    Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund
Nationwide Growth Fund    Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund
Nationwide International Index Fund    Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund

For purposes of this SAI, each of the following Funds (either singly or collectively) is referred to as the “Fixed-Income Funds”:

 

Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund    Nationwide Government Money Market Fund
Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund    Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund
Nationwide Bond Fund    Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund
Nationwide Bond Index Fund    Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund
Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund    Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund
Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund    Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund
Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund   

For purposes of this SAI, each of the following Funds (either singly or collectively) is referred to as the “ Index Funds :

 

Nationwide Bond Index Fund    Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund
Nationwide International Index Fund    Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund
Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund    Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund

Bank and Corporate Loans

With the exception of the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, each of the Fixed-Income Funds may invest in bank and corporate loans. Commercial banks and other financial institutions or institutional investors make bank or corporate loans to companies that need capital to grow or restructure. Borrowers generally pay interest on bank or corporate loans at rates that change in response to changes in market interest rates such as the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or the prime rates of U.S. banks. As a result, the value of bank and corporate loan investments is generally less exposed to the adverse effects of shifts in market interest rates than investments that pay a fixed rate of interest. The loan instruments in which a Fund may invest may involve borrowers, agents, co-lenders and collateral located both within and outside the United States, including in emerging market countries. Bank and corporate loans may include, but are not limited to, interests in trade finance loan transactions, pre-export/import finance transactions, factoring, syndicated loan transactions and forfeiting transactions.

Leading financial institutions often act as agent for a broader group of lenders, generally referred to as a syndicate. The syndicate’s agent arranges the bank or corporate loans, holds collateral and accepts payments of principal and interest. By investing in a corporate or bank loan, a Fund may become a member of the syndicate. A financial institution’s appointment as agent might be terminated in the event that it fails to observe a requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent. A successor agent would generally be appointed to replace the terminated agent, and assets held by the agent under the loan agreement should remain available to holders of such indebtedness. However, if assets held by the agent for the benefit of a Fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the agent’s general creditors, a Fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a bank or corporate loan and could suffer a loss of principal and/or interest.

The bank and corporate loans in which a Fund invests are subject to the risks that generally apply to fixed-income securities, such as interest rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, as well as, where applicable, foreign securities risk, emerging markets risk, and lower quality or high-yield risk. Although borrowers frequently provide collateral to secure repayment of these obligations, they do not always do so. If they do provide collateral, the value of the collateral may not completely cover the borrower’s obligations at the time of a default. Collateral may include security interests in receivables, goods, commodities, or real property. For trade finance loan transactions, the collateral itself may be the source of proceeds to repay the loan (i.e., the borrower’s ability to repay the loan will be dependent on the borrower’s ability to sell, and the purchaser’s ability to buy, the goods or commodities that are collateral for the loan). Interests in loan instruments may be tranched or

 

2


tiered with respect to collateral rights. If a borrower files for protection from its creditors under the U.S. bankruptcy laws, these laws may limit a Fund’s rights to its collateral. In addition, the value of collateral may erode during a bankruptcy case. In the event of a bankruptcy, the holder of a bank or corporate loan may not recover its principal, may experience a long delay in recovering its investment and may not receive interest during the delay. Unsecured loans expose the lenders, and thus a Fund, to increased credit risk.

The trading market for many bank and corporate loans, including those relating to trade finance, may be limited or less developed than the secondary market for bonds and notes. Therefore, a Fund may experience difficulties in selling its bank or corporate loans. In many cases, loans and loan-related instruments may be considered to be illiquid due to the length of time required to transfer an interest in a loan or a related instrument.

Borrowing

Each Fund may borrow money from banks, limited by each Fund’s fundamental investment restriction (generally, 33  1 3 % of its total assets (including the amount borrowed)), including borrowings for temporary or emergency purposes. In addition to borrowings that are subject to 300% asset coverage and are considered by the SEC to be permitted “senior securities,” each Fund is also permitted under the 1940 Act to borrow for temporary purposes in an amount not exceeding 5% of the value of its total assets at the time when the loan is made. A loan will be presumed to be for temporary purposes if it is repaid within 60 days and is not extended or renewed. Each Fund may engage in mortgage dollar roll and reverse repurchase agreements which may be considered a form of borrowing unless the Fund covers its exposure by segregating or earmarking liquid assets.

Asset Segregation . Pursuant to current guidance from the staff of the SEC, financial instruments that involve a Fund’s obligation to make future payments to third parties will not be deemed to be creating any “senior security” provided that a Fund “covers” its obligations. Financial instruments that involve an obligation to make future payments to third parties can include, among others, (i) securities purchased on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or to be announced basis, (ii) futures contracts, (iii) forward currency contracts, (iv) swaps, (v) written options, (vi) unfunded commitments, (vii) securities sold short, and (viii) reverse repurchase agreements. A Fund is deemed to have “covered” its obligations involving such a financial instrument when the Fund enters into an offsetting financial position, or segregates liquid assets (such as cash, cash equivalents or other liquid portfolio securities) equal to the Fund’s exposures relating to the financial instrument, as determined on a daily basis. Segregated assets are not required to be physically segregated from other Fund assets, but may be segregated through appropriate notation on the books of a Fund or a Fund’s custodian.

The obligation to cover a financial instrument may require a Fund to sell a portfolio security or exit a transaction, including a transaction in a financial instrument, at a disadvantageous time or price in order to segregate the required amount of assets. Should segregated assets decline in value, a Fund will be required to segregate additional assets or reduce its position in the financial instrument. In addition, segregated assets may not be available to satisfy redemptions or for other purposes, until a Fund’s obligations under the financial instruments have been satisfied.

Consistent with current SEC staff positions, the segregated amount for futures and forward contracts that require only cash settlement, and swap agreements that call for periodic netting between a Fund and its counterparty, is the net amount due under the contract, as determined daily on a mark-to-market basis. For other kinds of futures, forwards and swaps, more assets will be required to cover a Fund’s obligations, which essentially limits the Fund’s ability to use these instruments, to the extent that more assets will be required to cover a Fund’s obligations.

Leverage . The use of leverage by a Fund creates an opportunity for greater total return, but, at the same time, creates special risks. For example, leveraging may exaggerate changes in the net asset value of Fund shares and in the yield on a Fund’s portfolio. Although the principal of such borrowings will be fixed, a Fund’s assets may change in value during the time the borrowings are outstanding. Borrowings will create interest expenses for the Fund which can exceed the income from the assets purchased with the borrowings. To the extent the income or capital appreciation derived from securities purchased with borrowed funds exceeds the interest a Fund will have to pay on the borrowings, the Fund’s return will be greater than if leverage had not been used. Conversely, if the income or capital appreciation from the securities purchased with such borrowed funds is not sufficient to cover the cost of borrowing, the return to a Fund will be less than if leverage had not been used, and therefore the amount available for distribution to shareholders as dividends and other distributions

 

3


will be reduced. In the latter case, a Fund’s subadviser in its best judgment nevertheless may determine to maintain the Fund’s leveraged position if it expects that the benefits to the Fund’s shareholders of maintaining the leveraged position will outweigh the current reduced return.

Certain types of borrowings by a Fund may result in the Fund being subject to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage, portfolio composition requirements and other matters. It is not anticipated that observance of such covenants would impede the Fund’s subadviser from managing a Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies. However, a breach of any such covenants not cured within the specified cure period may result in acceleration of outstanding indebtedness and require the Fund to dispose of portfolio investments at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so.

Brady Bonds

Except for the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, each of the Fixed-Income Funds may invest in Brady Bonds. Brady Bonds are debt securities, generally denominated in U.S. dollars, issued under the framework of the Brady Plan. The Brady Plan is an initiative announced by former U.S. Treasury Secretary Nicholas F. Brady in 1989 as a mechanism for debtor nations to restructure their outstanding external commercial bank indebtedness. In restructuring its external debt under the Brady Plan framework, a debtor nation negotiates with its existing bank lenders as well as multilateral institutions such as the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the “World Bank”) and the International Monetary Fund (the “IMF”). The Brady Plan framework, as it has developed, contemplates the exchange of external commercial bank debt for newly issued bonds known as “Brady Bonds.” Brady Bonds may also be issued in respect of new money being advanced by existing lenders in connection with the debt restructuring. The World Bank and/or the IMF support the restructuring by providing funds pursuant to loan agreements or other arrangements that enable the debtor nation to collateralize the new Brady Bonds or to repurchase outstanding bank debt at a discount. Under these arrangements with the World Bank and/or the IMF, debtor nations have been required to agree to the implementation of certain domestic monetary and fiscal reforms. Such reforms have included the liberalization of trade and foreign investment, the privatization of state- owned enterprises and the setting of targets for public spending and borrowing. These policies and programs seek to promote the debtor country’s economic growth and development. Investors should also recognize that the Brady Plan only sets forth general guiding principles for economic reform and debt reduction, emphasizing that solutions must be negotiated on a case- by-case basis between debtor nations and their creditors. A Fund’s subadviser may believe that economic reforms undertaken by countries in connection with the issuance of Brady Bonds may make the debt of countries which have issued or have announced plans to issue Brady Bonds an attractive opportunity for investment. However, there can be no assurance that the subadviser’s expectations with respect to Brady Bonds will be realized.

Agreements implemented under the Brady Plan to date are designed to achieve debt and debt-service reduction through specific options negotiated by a debtor nation with its creditors. As a result, the financial packages offered by each country differ. The types of options have included the exchange of outstanding commercial bank debt for bonds issued at 100% of face value of such debt which carry a below-market stated rate of interest (generally known as par bonds), bonds issued at a discount from the face value of such debt (generally known as discount bonds), bonds bearing an interest rate which increases over time and bonds issued in exchange for the advancement of new money by existing lenders. Regardless of the stated face amount and stated interest rate of the various types of Brady Bonds, a Fund will purchase Brady Bonds in secondary markets, as described below, in which the price and yield to the investor reflect market conditions at the time of purchase. Certain sovereign bonds are entitled to “value recovery payments” in certain circumstances, which in effect constitute supplemental interest payments but generally are not collateralized. Certain Brady Bonds have been collateralized as to principal due date at maturity (typically 30 years from the date of issuance) by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds with a maturity equal to the final maturity of such Brady Bonds. The U.S. Treasury bonds purchased as collateral for such Brady Bonds are financed by the IMF, the World Bank and the debtor nations’ reserves. In addition, interest payments on certain types of Brady Bonds may be collateralized by cash or high-grade securities in amounts that typically represent between 12 and 18 months of interest accruals on these instruments with the balance of the interest accruals being uncollateralized. In the event of a default with respect to collateralized Brady Bonds as a result of which the payment obligations of the issuer are accelerated, the U.S. Treasury zero coupon obligations held as collateral for the payment of principal will not be distributed to investors, nor will such obligations be sold and the proceeds distributed. The collateral will be held by the collateral agent to the scheduled maturity of the defaulted Brady Bonds, which will continue to be outstanding, at which time the face amount of the collateral will equal the principal payments that would have then been due on the Brady Bonds in the normal course. However, in light of the residual risk of the Brady Bonds and, among other factors, the history of default with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds, investments in Brady Bonds are considered speculative. A

 

4


Fund may purchase Brady Bonds with no or limited collateralization, and, for payment of interest and (except in the case of principal collateralized Brady Bonds) principal, will be relying primarily on the willingness and ability of the foreign government to make payment in accordance with the terms of the Brady Bonds.

Collateralized Debt Obligations

Except for the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, each of the Fixed-Income Funds may invest in collateralized debt obligations. Collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) are a type of asset-backed security and include, among other things, collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities. A CBO is a trust which is backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed income securities. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans.

The cash flows from the CDO trust are split generally into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. Senior tranches are paid from the cash flows from the underlying assets before the junior tranches and equity or “first loss” tranches. Losses are first borne by the equity tranches, next by the junior tranches, and finally by the senior tranches. Senior tranches pay the lowest interest rates but generally are safer investments than more junior tranches because, should there be any default, senior tranches typically are paid first. The most junior tranches, such as equity tranches, would attract the highest interest rates but suffer the highest risk should the holder of an underlying loan default. If some loans default and the cash collected by the CDO is insufficient to pay all of its investors, those in the lowest, most junior tranches suffer losses first. Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CDO trust typically has higher ratings and lower yields than the underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, more senior CDO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults and aversion to CDO securities as a class.

The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the quality and type of the collateral and the tranche of the CDO in which a Fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by a Fund as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market, or other relevant measures of liquidity, may exist for CDOs allowing a CDO potentially to be deemed liquid by the subadviser under liquidity policies approved by the Board. In addition to the risks associated with debt instruments (e.g., interest rate risk and credit risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to:(i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that a Fund may invest in CDOs that are subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

Collateralized Loan Obligations (“CLOs”)

Except for the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, each of the Fixed-Income Funds may invest in collateralized loan obligations. A CLO is a financing company (generally called a Special Purpose Vehicle or “SPV”), created to reapportion the risk and return characteristics of a pool of assets. While the assets underlying CLOs are typically senior loans, the assets also may include (i) unsecured loans, (ii) other debt securities that are rated below investment grade, (iii) debt tranches of other CLOs and (iv) equity securities incidental to investments in senior loans. When investing in CLOs, a Fund will not invest in equity tranches, which are the lowest tranche. However, a Fund may invest in lower debt tranches of CLOs, which typically experience a lower recovery, greater risk of loss or deferral or non-payment of interest than more senior debt tranches of the CLO. In addition, a Fund intends to invest in CLOs consisting primarily of individual senior loans of borrowers and not repackaged CLO obligations from other high risk pools. The underlying senior loans purchased by CLOs generally are performing at the time of purchase but may become non-performing, distressed or defaulted. CLOs with underlying assets of non-performing, distressed or defaulted loans are not contemplated to comprise a significant portion of a Fund’s investments in CLOs. The key feature of the CLO structure is the prioritization of the cash flows from a pool of debt securities among the several classes of the CLO. The SPV is a company founded solely for the purpose of securitizing payment claims arising out of this diversified asset pool. On this basis, marketable securities are issued by the SPV which,

 

5


due to the diversification of the underlying risk, generally represent a lower level of risk than the original assets. The redemption of the securities issued by the SPV typically takes place at maturity out of the cash flow generated by the collected claims. Holders of CLOs bear risks of the underlying investments, index or reference obligation and are subject to counterparty risk.

A Fund may have the right to receive payments only from the CLOs, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer or the entity that sold the assets to be securitized. While certain CLOs enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in CLOs generally pay their share of the CLO’s administrative and other expenses. Although it is difficult to predict whether the prices of indices and securities underlying a CLO will rise or fall, these prices (and, therefore, the prices of CLOs) will be influenced by the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. If the issuer of a CLO uses shorter term financing to purchase longer term securities, the issuer may be forced to sell its securities at below market prices if it experiences difficulty in obtaining short-term financing, which may adversely affect the value of the CLOs owned by a Fund.

Certain CLOs may be thinly traded or have a limited trading market. CLOs typically are offered and sold privately. As a result, investments in CLOs may be characterized by a Fund as illiquid securities. In addition to the general risks associated with debt securities discussed below, CLOs carry additional risks, including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the investments in CLOs are subordinate to other classes or tranches thereof; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

Debt Obligations

Debt obligations are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on its obligations when due (“credit risk”) and are subject to price volatility due to such factors as interest rate sensitivity, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer, and general market liquidity. Lower-rated securities are more likely to react to developments affecting these risks than are more highly rated securities, which react primarily to movements in the general level of interest rates. Although the fluctuation in the price of debt securities is normally less than that of common stocks, in the past there have been extended periods of cyclical increases in interest rates that have caused significant declines in the price of debt securities in general and have caused the effective maturity of securities with prepayment features to be extended, thus effectively converting short or intermediate securities (which tend to be less volatile in price) into long-term securities (which tend to be more volatile in price). In addition, a corporate event such as a restructuring, merger, leveraged buyout, takeover, or similar action may cause a decline in market value of its securities or credit quality of the company’s bonds due to factors including an unfavorable market response or a resulting increase in the company’s debt. Added debt may significantly reduce the credit quality and market value of a company’s bonds, and may thereby affect the value of its equity securities as well.

Recent market data indicates that primary dealer inventories of corporate bonds appear to be at an all-time low, relative to the market size. A significant reduction in dealer market-making capacity has the potential to decrease liquidity and increase volatility in the fixed-income markets.

Duration . Duration is a measure of the average life of a fixed-income security that was developed as a more precise alternative to the concepts of “term to maturity” or “average dollar weighted maturity” as measures of “volatility” or “risk” associated with changes in interest rates. Duration incorporates a security’s yield, coupon interest payments, final maturity and call features into one measure.

Most debt obligations provide interest (“coupon”) payments in addition to final (“par”) payment at maturity. Some obligations also have call provisions. Depending on the relative magnitude of these payments and the nature of the call provisions, the market values of debt obligations may respond differently to changes in interest rates.

Traditionally, a debt security’s “term-to-maturity” has been used as a measure of the sensitivity of the security’s price to changes in interest rates (which is the “interest rate risk” or “volatility” of the security). However, “term-to-maturity” measures only the time until a debt security provides its final payment, taking no account of the pattern of the security’s payments prior to maturity. Average dollar weighted maturity is calculated by averaging the terms of maturity of each debt

 

6


security held with each maturity “weighted” according to the percentage of assets that it represents. Duration is a measure of the expected life of a debt security on a present value basis and reflects both principal and interest payments. Duration takes the length of the time intervals between the present time and the time that the interest and principal payments are scheduled or, in the case of a callable security, expected to be received, and weights them by the present values of the cash to be received at each future point in time. For any debt security with interest payments occurring prior to the payment of principal, duration is ordinarily less than maturity. In general, all other factors being the same, the lower the stated or coupon rate of interest of a debt security, the longer the duration of the security; conversely, the higher the stated or coupon rate of interest of a debt security, the shorter the duration of the security.

There are some situations where the standard duration calculation does not properly reflect the interest rate exposure of a security. For example, floating- and variable-rate securities often have final maturities of ten or more years; however, their interest rate exposure corresponds to the frequency of the coupon reset. Another example where the interest rate exposure is not properly captured by duration is the case of mortgage pass-through securities. The stated final maturity of such securities is generally 30 years, but current prepayment rates are more critical in determining the securities’ interest rate exposure. In these and other similar situations, a Fund’s subadviser will use more sophisticated analytical techniques to project the economic life of a security and estimate its interest rate exposure. Since the computation of duration is based on predictions of future events rather than known factors, there can be no assurance that a Fund will at all times achieve its targeted portfolio duration.

The change in market value of U.S. government fixed-income securities is largely a function of changes in the prevailing level of interest rates. When interest rates are falling, a portfolio with a shorter duration generally will not generate as high a level of total return as a portfolio with a longer duration. When interest rates are stable, shorter duration portfolios generally will not generate as high a level of total return as longer duration portfolios (assuming that long-term interest rates are higher than short-term rates, which is commonly the case.) When interest rates are rising, a portfolio with a shorter duration will generally outperform longer duration portfolios. With respect to the composition of a fixed-income portfolio, the longer the duration of the portfolio, generally, the greater the anticipated potential for total return, with, however, greater attendant interest rate risk and price volatility than for a portfolio with a shorter duration.

Ratings as Investment Criteria . High-quality, medium-quality and non-investment grade debt obligations are characterized as such based on their ratings by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSROs”), such as Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“Standard & Poor’s”) or Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”). In general, the ratings of NRSROs represent the opinions of these agencies as to the quality of securities that they rate. Such ratings, however, are relative and subjective, are not absolute standards of quality and do not evaluate the market value risk of the securities. Further, credit ratings do not provide assurance against default or other loss of money. These ratings are considered in the selection of a Fund’s portfolio securities, but the Fund also relies upon the independent advice of its subadviser(s) to evaluate potential investments. This is particularly important for lower-quality securities. Among the factors that will be considered is the long-term ability of the issuer to pay principal and interest and general economic trends, as well as an issuer’s capital structure, existing debt and earnings history. Appendix A to this SAI contains further information about the rating categories of NRSROs and their significance. If a security has not received a credit rating, the Fund must rely entirely on the credit assessment of the subadviser(s).

Subsequent to its purchase by a Fund, an issuer of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by such Fund. In addition, it is possible that an NRSRO might not change its rating of a particular issuer to reflect subsequent events. None of these events generally will require sale of such securities, but a Fund’s subadviser will consider such events in its determination of whether the Fund should continue to hold the securities.

In addition, to the extent that the ratings change as a result of changes in an NRSRO or its rating systems, or due to a corporate reorganization, a Fund will attempt to use comparable ratings as standards for its investments in accordance with its investment objective and policies.

Eligible Securities (Nationwide Government Money Market Fund) . All investments made by the Fund must be Eligible Securities as defined in Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. Eligible Securities include: U.S. government securities; securities with a remaining maturity of 397 calendar days or less that the Fund’s subadviser, subject to oversight by the Fund’s Board of Trustees, determines presents minimal credit risks to the Fund; and securities issued by other money market funds. The determination of whether a security presents minimal credit risks to the Fund must include an analysis of the capacity of the security’s issuer or guarantor (including for the provider of a conditional demand feature, when applicable) to meet its

 

7


financial obligations, and such analysis must include, to the extent appropriate, consideration of the following factors with respect to the security’s issuer or guarantor: (i) financial condition; (ii) sources of liquidity; (iii) ability to react to future market-wide and issuer- or guarantor-specific events, including ability to repay debt in a highly adverse situation; and (iv) strength of the issuer or guarantor’s industry within the economy and relative to economic trends, and issuer or guarantor’s competitive position within its industry.

In determining whether a security presents minimal credit risks, the subadviser may take into account credit quality determinations prepared by outside sources, including NRSROs that the subadviser considers reliable in assessing credit risk.

Derivative Instruments

Each Fund, except the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, may use instruments referred to as derivative instruments (“derivatives”). A derivative is a financial instrument the value of which is derived from a security, a commodity (such as gold or oil), a currency or an index (a measure of value or rates, such as the S&P 500 Index or the prime lending rate). Derivatives allow a Fund to increase or decrease the level of risk to which the Fund is exposed more quickly and efficiently than transactions in other types of instruments. Each Fund may use derivatives as a substitute for taking a position in a security, a group of securities or a securities index as well as for hedging purposes. Certain Funds, as noted in their respective prospectuses, also may use derivatives for speculative purposes to seek to enhance returns. The use of a derivative is speculative if a Fund is primarily seeking to achieve gains, rather than offset the risk of other positions. When a Fund invests in a derivative for speculative purposes, the Fund will be fully exposed to the risks of loss of that derivative, which may sometimes be greater than the derivative’s cost. No Fund may use any derivative to gain exposure to an asset or class of assets that it would be prohibited by its investment restrictions from purchasing directly.

Derivatives generally have investment characteristics that are based upon either forward contracts (under which one party is obligated to buy and the other party is obligated to sell an underlying asset at a specific price on a specified date) or option contracts (under which the holder of the option has the right but not the obligation to buy or sell an underlying asset at a specified price on or before a specified date). Consequently, the change in value of a forward-based derivative generally is roughly proportional to the change in value of the underlying asset. In contrast, the buyer of an option-based derivative generally will benefit from favorable movements in the price of the underlying asset but is not exposed to the corresponding losses that result from adverse movements in the value of the underlying asset. The seller (writer) of an option-based derivative generally will receive fees or premiums but generally is exposed to losses resulting from changes in the value of the underlying asset. Depending on the change in the value of the underlying asset, the potential for loss may be limitless. Derivative transactions may include elements of leverage and, accordingly, the fluctuation of the value of the derivative transaction in relation to the underlying asset may be magnified.

The use of these derivatives is subject to applicable regulations of the SEC, the several options and futures exchanges upon which they may be traded, and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”). Nationwide Fund Advisors (“NFA” or the “Adviser”), with respect to its management and operation of the Funds, has claimed exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) and, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA.

Special Risks of Derivative Instruments . The use of derivatives involves special considerations and risks as described below. Risks pertaining to particular instruments are described in the sections that follow.

 

(1) Successful use of most derivatives depends upon a Fund’s subadviser’s ability to predict movements of the overall securities and currency markets, which requires different skills than predicting changes in the prices of individual securities. There can be no assurance that any particular strategy adopted will succeed.
(2) There might be imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of a derivative and price movements of the investments being hedged. For example, if the value of a derivative used in a short hedge (such as writing a call option, buying a put option, or selling a futures contract) increased by less than the decline in value of the hedged investment, the hedge would not be fully successful. Such a lack of correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of the investments being hedged, such as speculative or other pressures on the markets in which these instruments are traded. The effectiveness of hedges using derivatives on indices will depend on the degree of correlation between price movements in the index and price movements in the investments being hedged, as well as how similar the index is to the portion of the Fund’s assets being hedged in terms of securities composition.

 

8


(3) Hedging strategies, if successful, can reduce the risk of loss by wholly or partially offsetting the negative effect of unfavorable price movements in the investments being hedged. However, hedging strategies also can reduce opportunity for gain by offsetting the positive effect of favorable price movements in the hedged investments. For example, if a Fund entered into a short hedge because a Fund’s subadviser projected a decline in the price of a security in the Fund’s portfolio, and the price of that security increased instead, the gain from that increase might be wholly or partially offset by a decline in the price of the derivative. Moreover, if the price of the derivative declines by more than the increase in the price of the security, a Fund could suffer a loss.
(4) As described below, a Fund might be required to maintain assets as “cover,” maintain segregated accounts, or make margin payments when it takes positions in derivatives involving obligations to third parties (i.e., instruments other than purchased options). If the Fund were unable to close out its positions in such derivatives, it might be required to continue to maintain such assets or accounts or make such payments until the position expired or matured. The requirements might impair the Fund’s ability to sell a portfolio security or make an investment at a time when it would otherwise be favorable to do so, or require that the Fund sell a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time. The Fund’s ability to close out a position in a derivative prior to expiration or maturity depends on the existence of a liquid secondary market or, in the absence of such a market, the ability and willingness of the other party to the transaction (“counterparty”) to enter into a transaction closing out the position. Therefore, there is no assurance that any hedging position can be closed out at a time and price that is favorable to the Fund.

For a discussion of the federal income tax treatment of a Fund’s derivative instruments, see “Additional General Tax Information for All Funds.”

Options . A Fund may purchase or write put and call options on securities and indices, and may purchase options on foreign currencies, and enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to terminate an existing position. The purchase of call options can serve as a long hedge (i.e., taking a long position in the underlying security), and the purchase of put options can serve as a short hedge (i.e., taking a short position in the underlying security). Writing put or call options can enable a Fund to enhance income by reason of the premiums paid by the purchaser of such options. Writing call options serves as a limited short hedge because declines in the value of the hedged investment would be offset to the extent of the premium received for writing the option. However, if the security appreciates to a price higher than the exercise price of the call option, it can be expected that the option will be exercised, and a Fund will be obligated to sell the security at less than its market value or will be obligated to purchase the security at a price greater than that at which the security must be sold under the option. All or a portion of any assets used as cover for over-the-counter (“OTC”) options written by a Fund would be considered illiquid to the extent described under “Restricted, Non-Publicly Traded and Illiquid Securities” below. Writing put options serves as a limited long hedge because increases in the value of the hedged investment would be offset to the extent of the premium received for writing the option. However, if the security depreciates to a price lower than the exercise price of the put option, it can be expected that the put option will be exercised, and the Fund will be obligated to purchase the security at more than its market value.

The value of an option position will reflect, among other things, the historical price volatility of the underlying investment, the current market value of the underlying investment, the time remaining until expiration of the option, the relationship of the exercise price to the market price of the underlying investment, and general market conditions. Options that expire unexercised have no value. Options used by a Fund may include European-style options, which can be exercised only at expiration. This is in contrast to American-style options which can be exercised at any time prior to the expiration date of the option.

A Fund may effectively terminate its right or obligation under an option by entering into a closing transaction. For example, a Fund may terminate its obligation under a call or put option that it had written by purchasing an identical call or put option; this is known as a closing purchase transaction. Conversely, a Fund may terminate a position in a put or call option it had purchased by writing an identical put or call option; this is known as a closing sale transaction. Closing transactions permit the Fund to realize the profit or limit the loss on an option position prior to its exercise or expiration.

A Fund may purchase or write both OTC options and options traded on foreign and U.S. exchanges. Exchange-traded options are issued by a clearing organization affiliated with the exchange on which the option is listed that, in effect, guarantees completion of every exchange-traded option transaction. OTC options are contracts between the Fund and the counterparty (usually a securities dealer or a bank) with no clearing organization guarantee. Thus, when the Fund purchases or writes an OTC option, it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery of the underlying investment upon exercise of the option. Failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of any premium paid by the Fund as well as the loss of any expected benefit of the transaction.

 

9


A Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions in exchange-listed options depends on the existence of a liquid market. A Fund generally intends to purchase or write only those exchange-traded options for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that such a market will exist at any particular time. Closing transactions can be made for OTC options only by negotiating directly with the counterparty, or by a transaction in the secondary market if any such market exists. Although a Fund will enter into OTC options only with counterparties that are expected to be capable of entering into closing transactions with a Fund, there is no assurance that such Fund will in fact be able to close out an OTC option at a favorable price prior to expiration. In the event of insolvency of the counterparty, a Fund might be unable to close out an OTC option position at any time prior to its expiration.

If a Fund is unable to effect a closing transaction for an option it had purchased, it would have to exercise the option to realize any profit. The inability to enter into a closing purchase transaction for a covered call option written by a Fund could cause material losses because the Fund would be unable to sell the investment used as a cover for the written option until the option expires or is exercised.

A Fund may engage in options transactions on indices in much the same manner as the options on securities discussed above, except that index options may serve as a hedge against overall fluctuations in the securities markets in general.

The writing and purchasing of options is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. Imperfect correlation between the options and securities markets may detract from the effectiveness of attempted hedging.

Transactions using OTC options (other than purchased options) expose a Fund to counterparty risk. To the extent required by SEC regulations and guidance, a Fund will not enter into any such transactions unless it owns either (1) an offsetting (“covered”) position in securities, other options, or futures or (2) cash and liquid obligations with a value sufficient at all times to cover its potential obligations to the extent not covered as provided in (1) above. A Fund also will earmark or set aside cash and/or appropriate liquid assets in a segregated custodial account if required to do so by SEC and CFTC regulations. Assets used as cover or held in a segregated account cannot be sold while the position in the corresponding option or futures contract is open, unless they are replaced with similar assets. As a result, the commitment of a large portion of the Fund’s assets to earmarking or segregated accounts as a cover could impede portfolio management or the Fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

An interest rate option is an agreement with a counterparty giving the buyer the right but not the obligation to buy or sell one of an interest rate hedging vehicle (such as a Treasury future or interest rate swap) at a future date at a predetermined price. The option buyer would pay a premium at the inception of the agreement. An interest rate option can be used to actively manage a Fund’s interest rate risk with respect to either an individual bond or an overlay of the entire portfolio.

Spread Transactions . A Fund may purchase covered spread options from securities dealers. Such covered spread options are not presently exchange-listed or exchange-traded. The purchase of a spread option gives a Fund the right to put, or sell, a security that it owns at a fixed dollar spread or fixed yield spread in relationship to another security that the Fund does not own, but which is used as a benchmark. The risk to a Fund in purchasing covered spread options is the cost of the premium paid for the spread option and any transaction costs. In addition, there is no assurance that closing transactions will be available. The purchase of spread options will be used to protect a Fund against adverse changes in prevailing credit quality spreads, i.e., the yield spread between high-quality and lower-quality securities. Such protection is only provided during the life of the spread option.

Futures Contracts . A Fund may enter into futures contracts, including interest rate, index, and currency futures and purchase and write (sell) related options. The purchase of futures or call options thereon can serve as a long hedge, and the sale of futures or the purchase of put options thereon can serve as a short hedge. Writing covered call options on futures contracts can serve as a limited short hedge, and writing covered put options on futures contracts can serve as a limited long hedge, using a strategy similar to that used for writing covered options in securities. A Fund’s hedging may include purchases of futures as an offset against the effect of expected increases in securities prices or currency exchange rates and sales of futures as an offset against the effect of expected declines in securities prices or currency exchange rates. A Fund may write put options on futures contracts while at the same time purchasing call options on the same futures contracts in order to create synthetically a long futures contract position. Such options would have the same strike prices and expiration dates. A Fund will engage in this strategy only when a Fund’s subadviser believes it is more advantageous to a Fund than purchasing the futures contract.

 

10


To the extent required by regulatory authorities, a Fund will only enter into futures contracts that are traded on U.S. or foreign exchanges or boards of trade approved by the CFTC and are standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument. These transactions may be entered into for “bona fide hedging” purposes as defined in CFTC regulations and other permissible purposes including increasing return, substituting a position in a security, group of securities or an index, and hedging against changes in the value of portfolio securities due to anticipated changes in interest rates, currency values and/or market conditions. There is no overall limit on the percentage of a Fund’s assets that may be at risk with respect to futures activities. Although techniques other than sales and purchases of futures contracts could be used to obtain or reduce a Fund’s exposure to market, currency, or interest rate fluctuations, such Fund may be able to obtain or hedge its exposure more effectively and perhaps at a lower cost through using futures contracts.

A futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific financial instrument (e.g., debt security), asset, commodity or currency for a specified price at a designated date, time, and place. An index futures contract is an agreement pursuant to which the parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to a specified multiplier times the difference between the value of the index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the index futures contract was originally written. Transaction costs are incurred when a futures contract is bought or sold and margin deposits must be maintained. A futures contract may be satisfied by delivery or purchase, as the case may be, of the instrument, the currency, or by payment of the change in the cash value of the index. More commonly, futures contracts are closed out prior to delivery by entering into an offsetting transaction in a matching futures contract. Although the value of an index might be a function of the value of certain specified securities, no physical delivery of those securities is made. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, a Fund realizes a gain; if it is more, a Fund realizes a loss. Conversely, if the offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, a Fund realizes a gain; if it is less, a Fund realizes a loss. The transaction costs must also be included in these calculations. There can be no assurance, however, that a Fund will be able to enter into an offsetting transaction with respect to a particular futures contract at a particular time. If a Fund is not able to enter into an offsetting transaction, the Fund will continue to be required to maintain the margin deposits on the futures contract.

No price is paid by a Fund upon entering into a futures contract. Instead, at the inception of a futures contract, the Fund is required to deposit with the futures broker or in a segregated account with its custodian, in the name of the futures broker through whom the transaction was effected, “initial margin” consisting of cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid obligations, in an amount generally equal to 10% or less of the contract value. Margin must also be deposited when writing a call or put option on a futures contract, in accordance with applicable exchange rules. Unlike margin in securities transactions, initial margin on futures contracts does not represent a borrowing, but rather is in the nature of a performance bond or good-faith deposit that is returned to a Fund at the termination of the transaction if all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Under certain circumstances, such as periods of high volatility, a Fund may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial margin payment, and initial margin requirements might be increased generally in the future by regulatory action.

Subsequent “variation margin” payments are made to and from the futures broker daily as the value of the futures position varies, a process known as “marking to market.” Variation margin does not involve borrowing, but rather represents a daily settlement of a Fund’s obligations to or from a futures broker. When a Fund purchases an option on a future, the premium paid plus transaction costs is all that is at risk. In contrast, when a Fund purchases or sells a futures contract or writes a call or put option thereon, it is subject to daily variation margin calls that could be substantial in the event of adverse price movements. If a Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements, it might need to sell securities at a time when such sales are disadvantageous. Purchasers and sellers of futures positions and options on futures can enter into offsetting closing transactions by selling or purchasing, respectively, an instrument identical to the instrument held or written. Positions in futures and options on futures may be closed only on an exchange or board of trade on which they were entered into (or through a linked exchange). Although the Funds generally intend to enter into futures transactions only on exchanges or boards of trade where there appears to be an active market, there can be no assurance that such a market will exist for a particular contract at a particular time.

Under certain circumstances, futures exchanges may establish daily limits on the amount that the price of a future or option on a futures contract can vary from the previous day’s settlement price; once that limit is reached, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond the limit. Daily price limits do not limit potential losses because prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive days with little or no trading, thereby preventing liquidation of unfavorable positions.

 

11


If a Fund were unable to liquidate a futures contract or option on a futures contract position due to the absence of a liquid secondary market or the imposition of price limits, it could incur substantial losses, because it would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position. In addition, except in the case of purchased options, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily variation margin payments and might be required to maintain the position being hedged by the future or option or to maintain cash or securities in a segregated account.

Certain characteristics of the futures market might increase the risk that movements in the prices of futures contracts or options on futures contracts might not correlate perfectly with movements in the prices of the investments being hedged. For example, all participants in the futures and options on futures contracts markets are subject to daily variation margin calls and might be compelled to liquidate futures or options on futures contracts positions whose prices are moving unfavorably to avoid being subject to further calls. These liquidations could increase price volatility of the instruments and distort the normal price relationship between the futures or options and the investments being hedged. Also, because initial margin deposit requirements in the futures markets are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities markets, there might be increased participation by speculators in the future markets. This participation also might cause temporary price distortions. In addition, activities of large traders in both the futures and securities markets involving arbitrage, “program trading” and other investment strategies might result in temporary price distortions.

A Fund that invests in a futures contract is subject to the risk of loss of the initial and variation margin in the event of bankruptcy of the futures commission merchant (“FCM”) with which the Fund has an open futures position. A Fund’s assets may not be fully protected in the event of the bankruptcy of the FCM or central counterparty because the Fund might be limited to recovering only a pro rata share of all available funds and margin segregated on behalf of the FCM’s customers. If the FCM fails to provide accurate reporting, a Fund is also subject to the risk that the FCM could use the Fund’s assets, which are held in an omnibus account with assets belonging to the FCM’s other customers, to satisfy its own obligations or the payment obligations of another customer to the central counterparty.

Indexed and Inverse Securities . A Fund may invest in securities the potential return of which is based on an index or interest rate. As an illustration, a Fund may invest in a debt security that pays interest based on the current value of an interest rate index, such as the prime rate. A Fund also may invest in a debt security that returns principal at maturity based on the level of a securities index or a basket of securities, or based on the relative changes of two indices. In addition, certain Funds may invest in securities the potential return of which is based inversely on the change in an index or interest rate (that is, a security the value of which will move in the opposite direction of changes to an index or interest rate). For example, a Fund may invest in securities that pay a higher rate of interest when a particular index decreases and pay a lower rate of interest (or do not fully return principal) when the value of the index increases. If a Fund invests in such securities, it may be subject to reduced or eliminated interest payments or loss of principal in the event of an adverse movement in the relevant interest rate, index or indices. Indexed and inverse securities involve credit risk, and certain indexed and inverse securities may involve leverage risk, liquidity risk and currency risk. When used for hedging purposes, indexed and inverse securities involve correlation risk. (Furthermore, where such a security includes a contingent liability, in the event of an adverse movement in the underlying index or interest rate, a Fund may be required to pay substantial additional margin to maintain the position.)

Credit Linked Notes . (Fixed-Income Funds only) A credit linked note (“CLN”) is a type of hybrid instrument in which a special purpose entity issues a structured note (the “Note Issuer”) that is intended to replicate a corporate bond or a portfolio of corporate bonds. The purchaser of the CLN (the “Note Purchaser”) invests a par amount and receives a payment during the term of the CLN that equals a fixed or floating rate of interest equivalent to a highly rated funded asset (such as a bank certificate of deposit) plus an additional premium that relates to taking on the credit risk of an identified bond (the “Reference Bond”). Upon maturity of the CLN, the Note Purchaser will receive a payment equal to: (i) the original par amount paid to the Note issuer, if there is neither a designated event of default (an “Event of Default”) with respect to the Reference Bond nor a restructuring of the issuer of the Reference Bond (a “Restructuring Event”); or (ii) the value of the Reference Bond if an Event of Default or a Restructuring Event has occurred. Depending upon the terms of the CLN, it is also possible that the Note Purchaser may be required to take physical delivery of the Reference Bond in the event of an Event of Default or a Restructuring Event.

Swap Agreements . The Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund, Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund and Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund may enter into securities index, interest rate, total return or security and currency exchange rate swap agreements for any lawful purpose consistent with the Fund’s investment objective, such as (but not limited to) for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular desired return or spread at a lower cost to the Fund than if the Fund had invested directly in an instrument that yielded that desired return or spread. A Fund also may enter into

 

12


swaps in order to protect against an increase in the price of, or the currency exchange rate applicable to, securities that the Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date. Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from one or more days to several years. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency, or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index. Swap agreements may be negotiated bilaterally and traded OTC between the two parties (for an uncleared swap) or, with respect to swaps that have been designated by the CFTC for mandatory clearing (cleared swaps), through an FCM and cleared through a clearinghouse that serves as a central counterparty. See “Uncleared Swaps” and “Cleared Swaps” below for additional explanation of cleared and uncleared swaps. Swap agreements may include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or “cap”; interest rate floors under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified level, or “floor”; and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor, or vice versa, in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels. “Total return swaps” are contracts in which one party agrees to make payments of the total return from the underlying asset during the specified period, in return for payments equal to a fixed or floating rate of interest or the total return from another underlying asset. But see, “Swaps Regulation” below.

The “notional amount” of the swap agreement is the agreed upon basis for calculating the obligations that the parties to a swap agreement have agreed to exchange. Under most swap agreements entered into by the Fund, the obligations of the parties would be exchanged on a “net basis.” Consequently, the Fund’s obligation (or rights) under a swap agreement generally will be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). The Fund’s obligation under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against amounts owed to the Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the maintenance of a segregated account consisting of cash or liquid assets. Moreover, the Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. The swaps market is largely unregulated.

Whether the Fund’s use of swap agreements will be successful in furthering its investment objective will depend, in part, on the Fund’s subadviser’s ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments or otherwise replicate a particular benchmark index. Swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid.

Swaps regulation . The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and related regulatory developments have imposed comprehensive regulatory requirements on swaps and swap market participants. The regulatory framework includes: (1) registration and regulation of swap dealers and major swap participants; (2) central clearing and execution of standardized swaps; (3) margin requirements in swap transactions; (4) position limits and large trader reporting requirements; and (5) record keeping and centralized and public reporting requirements, on an anonymous basis, for most swaps. The CFTC is responsible for the regulation of most swaps, and has completed most of its rules implementing the Dodd-Frank Act swap regulations. The SEC has jurisdiction over a small segment of the market referred to as “security-based swaps,” which includes swaps on single securities or credits, or narrow-based indices of securities or credits.

Uncleared swaps . In an uncleared swap, the swap counterparty is typically a brokerage firm, bank or other financial institution. The Fund customarily enters into uncleared swaps based on the standard terms and conditions of an International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) Master Agreement. ISDA is a voluntary industry association of participants in the over-the-counter derivatives markets that has developed standardized contracts used by such participants that have agreed to be bound by such standardized contracts.

In the event that one party to a swap transaction defaults and the transaction is terminated prior to its scheduled termination date, one of the parties may be required to make an early termination payment to the other. An early termination payment may be payable by either the defaulting or non-defaulting party, depending upon which of them is “in-the-money” with respect to the swap at the time of its termination. Early termination payments may be calculated in various ways, but are intended to approximate the amount the “in-the-money” party would have to pay to replace the swap as of the date of its termination.

 

13


The Fund will enter uncleared swap agreements only with counterparties that the Fund’s subadviser reasonably believes are capable of performing under the swap agreements. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have to rely on its contractual remedies (which may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws) pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.

Cleared swaps . Certain swaps have been designated by the CFTC for mandatory central clearing. The Dodd-Frank Act and implementing rules will ultimately require the clearing and exchange-trading of many swaps. Mandatory exchange- trading and clearing will occur on a phased-in basis based on the type of market participant and CFTC approval of contracts for central clearing. To date, the CFTC has designated only certain of the most common types of credit default index swaps and interest rate swaps for mandatory clearing, but it is expected that the CFTC will designate additional categories of swaps for mandatory clearing. Central clearing is intended to reduce counterparty credit risk and increase liquidity, but central clearing does not necessarily eliminate these risks and may involve additional risks not involved with uncleared swaps.

In a cleared swap, a Fund’s ultimate counterparty is a central clearinghouse rather than a brokerage firm, bank or other financial institution. The Fund initially will enter into cleared swaps through an executing broker. Such transactions will then be submitted for clearing and, if cleared, will be held at regulated FCMs that are members of the clearinghouse that serves as the central counterparty.

When a Fund enters into a cleared swap, it must deliver to the central counterparty (via the FCM) an amount referred to as “initial margin.” Initial margin requirements are determined by the central counterparty, but an FCM may require additional initial margin above the amount required by the central counterparty. During the term of the swap agreement, a “variation margin” amount also may be required to be paid by the Fund or may be received by the Fund in accordance with margin controls set for such accounts, depending upon changes in the price of the underlying reference instrument subject to the swap agreement. At the conclusion of the term of the swap agreement, if the Fund has a loss equal to or greater than the margin amount, the margin amount is paid to the FCM along with any loss in excess of the margin amount. If the Fund has a loss of less than the margin amount, the excess margin is returned to the Fund. If the Fund has a gain, the full margin amount and the amount of the gain is paid to the Fund.

Recently adopted CFTC rules require the trading and execution of certain cleared swaps on Swap Execution Facilities (“SEFs”), which are trading systems on platforms in which multiple participants have the ability to execute or trade swaps by accepting bids and offers made by multiple participants on the facility or system, through any means of interstate commerce. Moving trading to an exchange-type system may increase market transparency and liquidity but may require a Fund to incur increased expenses to access the same types of swaps that it has used in the past.

Rules adopted under the Dodd-Frank Act require centralized reporting of detailed information about many swaps, whether cleared or uncleared. This information is available to regulators and also, to a more limited extent and on an anonymous basis, to the public. Reporting of swaps data is intended to result in greater market transparency. This may be beneficial to funds that use swaps in their trading strategies. However, public reporting imposes additional recordkeeping burdens on these funds, and the safeguards established to protect anonymity are not yet tested and may not provide protection of trader identities as intended.

Certain Internal Revenue Service positions may limit a Fund’s ability to use swap agreements in a desired tax strategy. It is possible that developments in the swap markets and/or the laws relating to swap agreements, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to benefit from using swap agreements, or could have adverse tax consequences.

Risks of cleared swaps. As noted above, under recent financial reforms, certain types of swaps are, and others eventually are expected to be, required to be cleared through a central counterparty, which may affect counterparty risk and other risks faced by a Fund. Central clearing is designed to reduce counterparty credit risk and increase liquidity compared to bilateral swaps because central clearing interposes the central clearinghouse as the counterparty to each participant’s swap, but it does not eliminate those risks completely. There is also a risk of loss by a Fund of the initial and variation margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of the FCM with which the Fund has an open position in a swap contract. The assets of the Fund may not be fully protected in the event of the bankruptcy of the FCM or central counterparty because the Fund might be limited to recovering only a pro rata share of all available funds and margin segregated on behalf of an FCM’s customers. If the FCM

 

14


does not provide accurate reporting, the Fund is also subject to the risk that the FCM could use the Fund’s assets, which are held in an omnibus account with assets belonging to the FCM’s other customers, to satisfy its own financial obligations or the payment obligations of another customer to the central counterparty.

With cleared swaps, the Fund may not be able to obtain as favorable terms as it would be able to negotiate for a bilateral, uncleared swap. In addition, an FCM may unilaterally amend the terms of its agreement with the Fund, which may include the imposition of position limits or additional margin requirements with respect to the Fund’s investment in certain types of swaps. Central counterparties and FCMs generally can require termination of existing cleared swap transactions at any time, and can also require increases in margin above the margin that is required at the initiation of the swap agreement.

Additionally, depending on a number of factors, the margin required under the rules of the clearinghouse and FCM may be in excess of the collateral required to be posted by a Fund to support its obligations under a similar uncleared swap. However, regulators are expected to adopt rules imposing certain margin requirements, including minimums, on uncleared swaps in the near future, which could change this comparison.

Finally, the Fund is subject to the risk that, after entering into a cleared swap with an executing broker, no FCM or central counterparty is willing or able to clear the transaction. In such an event, the Fund may be required to break the trade and make an early termination payment to the executing broker.

Credit Default Swaps . The Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund, Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund and Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund may enter into credit default swap contracts for any lawful purpose consistent with such Fund’s investment objective, such as for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular desired return or spread at a lower cost to the Fund than if the Fund had invested directly in an instrument that yielded that desired return or spread (e.g., to create direct or synthetic short or long exposure to domestic or foreign corporate or sovereign debt securities). The Funds also may enter into credit default swaps in order to protect against an increase in the price of, or the currency exchange rate applicable to, securities that the Funds anticipate purchasing at a later date, or for other hedging purposes.

As the seller in a credit default swap contract, a Fund would be required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the counterparty in the event of a default (or similar event) by a third party, such as a U.S. or foreign issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the Fund would receive from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract, provided that no event of default (or similar event) occurs. If no event of default (or similar event) occurs, the Fund would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment of obligations. As the seller in a credit default swap contract, the Fund effectively would add economic leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

As the purchaser in a credit default swap contract, a Fund would function as the counterparty referenced in the preceding paragraph. This would involve the risk that the investment might expire worthless. It also would involve credit risk – that the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to a Fund in the event of a default (or similar event). As the purchaser in a credit default swap contract, a Fund’s investment would generate income only in the event of an actual default (or similar event) by the issuer of the underlying obligation.

Total Rate of Return Swaps . The Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund, Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund and Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund may enter into total rate of return swaps. Total rate of return swaps are contracts in which one party agrees to make payments of the total return from the underlying asset during the specified period, in return for payments equal to a fixed or floating rate of interest or the total return from another underlying asset. A total rate of return swap will allow the Fund to quickly and cost effectively invest cash flows into a diversified basket of assets which has the risk/return prospect of the Fund’s (or a sleeve thereof) stated benchmark.

Interest Rate Swaps . The Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund, Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund and Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund may enter into interest rate swaps. In an interest rate swap, the parties exchange their rights to receive interest payments on a security or other reference rate. For example, they might swap the right to receive floating rate payments for the right to receive for fixed rate payments. Interest rate swaps entail both interest rate risk and credit risk. There is a risk that based on movements of interest rates, the payments made under a swap agreement will be greater than the payments received, as well as the risk that the counterparty will fail to meet its obligations.

 

15


Hybrid Instruments . Hybrid instruments combine elements of derivative contracts with those of another security (typically a fixed-income security). All or a portion of the interest or principal payable on a hybrid security is determined by reference to changes in the price of an underlying asset or by reference to another benchmark (such as interest rates, currency exchange rates or indices). Hybrid instruments also include convertible securities with conversion terms related to an underlying asset or benchmark.

The risks of investing in hybrid instruments reflect a combination of the risks of investing in securities, options, futures and currencies, and depend upon the terms of the instrument. Thus, an investment in a hybrid instrument may entail significant risks in addition to those associated with traditional fixed-income or convertible securities. Hybrid instruments are also potentially more volatile and carry greater interest rate risks than traditional instruments. Moreover, depending on the structure of the particular hybrid, it may expose a Fund to leverage risks or carry liquidity risks.

Foreign Currency-Related Derivative Strategies - Special Considerations . A Fund may use futures and options on futures on foreign currencies and forward currency contracts to increase returns, to manage the Fund’s average portfolio duration, or to hedge against movements in the values of the foreign currencies in which a Fund’s securities are denominated. Currency contracts also may be purchased such that net exposure to an individual currency exceeds the value of the Fund’s securities that are denominated in that particular currency. A Fund may engage in currency exchange transactions to protect against uncertainty in the level of future exchange rates and also may engage in currency transactions to increase income and total return. Such currency hedges can protect against price movements in a security the Fund owns or intends to acquire that are attributable to changes in the value of the currency in which it is denominated. Such hedges do not, however, protect against price movements in the securities that are attributable to other causes.

A Fund might seek to hedge against changes in the value of a particular currency when no hedging instruments on that currency are available or such hedging instruments are more expensive than certain other hedging instruments. In such cases, a Fund may hedge against price movements in that currency by entering into transactions using hedging instruments on another foreign currency or a basket of currencies, the values of which a subadviser believes will have a high degree of positive correlation to the value of the currency being hedged. The risk that movements in the price of the hedging instrument will not correlate perfectly with movements in the price of the currency being hedged is magnified when this strategy is used.

The value of derivative instruments on foreign currencies depends on the value of the underlying currency relative to the U.S. dollar. Because foreign currency transactions occurring in the interbank market might involve substantially larger amounts than those involved in the use of such hedging instruments, a Fund could be disadvantaged by having to deal in the odd lot market (generally consisting of transactions of less than $1 million) for the underlying foreign currencies at prices that are less favorable than for round lots.

There is no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign currencies or any regulatory requirement that quotations available through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis. Quotation information generally is representative of very large transactions in the interbank market and thus might not reflect odd-lot transactions where rates might be less favorable. The interbank market in foreign currencies is a global, round-the-clock market. To the extent the U.S. options or futures markets are closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open, significant price and rate movements might take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the markets for the derivative instruments until they reopen.

Settlement of derivative transactions involving foreign currencies might be required to take place within the country issuing the underlying currency. Thus, a Fund might be required to accept or make delivery of the underlying foreign currency in accordance with any U.S. or foreign regulations regarding the maintenance of foreign banking arrangements by U.S. residents and might be required to pay any fees, taxes and charges associated with such delivery assessed in the issuing country.

Permissible foreign currency options will include options traded primarily in the OTC market. Although options on foreign currencies are traded primarily in the OTC market, a Fund will normally purchase OTC options on foreign currency only when a Fund’s subadviser believes a liquid secondary market will exist for a particular option at any specific time.

 

16


Forward Currency Contracts . A forward currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are entered into in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers.

At or before the maturity of a forward currency contract, a Fund may either sell a portfolio security and make delivery of the currency, or retain the security and fully or partially offset its contractual obligation to deliver the currency by purchasing a second contract. If a Fund retains the portfolio security and engages in an offsetting transaction, the Fund, at the time of execution of the offsetting transaction, will incur a gain or a loss to the extent that movement has occurred in forward currency contract prices.

The precise matching of forward currency contract amounts and the value of the securities involved generally will not be possible because the value of such securities, measured in the foreign currency, will change after the foreign currency contract has been established. Thus, the Fund might need to purchase or sell foreign currencies in the spot (cash) market to the extent such foreign currencies are not covered by forward currency contracts. The projection of short-term currency market movements is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain.

Markets for trading foreign forward currency contracts offer less protection against defaults than is available when trading in currency instruments on an exchange. Forward contracts are subject to the risk that the counterparty to such contract will default on its obligations. Since a forward foreign currency exchange contract is not guaranteed by an exchange or clearinghouse, a default on the contract would deprive a Fund of unrealized profits or the benefits of a currency hedge, impose transaction costs or force the Fund to cover its purchase or sale commitments, if any, at the current market price. In addition, the institutions that deal in forward currency contracts are not required to continue to make markets in the currencies they trade and these markets can experience periods of illiquidity. To the extent that a substantial portion of a Fund’s total assets, adjusted to reflect the Fund’s net position after giving effect to currency transactions, is denominated or quoted in currencies of foreign countries, the Fund will be more susceptible to the risk of adverse economic and political developments within those countries.

Currency Hedging . While the values of forward currency contracts, currency options, currency futures and options on futures may be expected to correlate with exchange rates, they will not reflect other factors that may affect the value of a Fund’s investments. A currency hedge, for example, should protect a Yen-denominated bond against a decline in the Yen, but will not protect a Fund against price decline if the issuer’s creditworthiness deteriorates. Because the value of a Fund’s investments denominated in a foreign currency will change in response to many factors other than exchange rates, a currency hedge may not be entirely successful in mitigating changes in the value of a Fund’s investments denominated in that currency over time.

A decline in the dollar value of a foreign currency in which a Fund’s securities are denominated will reduce the dollar value of the securities, even if their value in the foreign currency remains constant. The use of currency hedges does not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities, but it does establish a rate of exchange that can be achieved in the future. In order to protect against such diminutions in the value of securities it holds, a Fund may purchase put options on the foreign currency. If the value of the currency does decline, the Fund will have the right to sell the currency for a fixed amount in dollars and will thereby offset, in whole or in part, the adverse effect on its securities that otherwise would have resulted. Conversely, if a rise in the dollar value of a currency in which securities to be acquired are denominated is projected, thereby potentially increasing the cost of the securities, a Fund may purchase call options on the particular currency. The purchase of these options could offset, at least partially, the effects of the adverse movements in exchange rates. Although currency hedges limit the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of a hedged currency, at the same time, they also limit any potential gain that might result should the value of the currency increase.

A Fund may enter into foreign currency exchange transactions to hedge its currency exposure in specific transactions or portfolio positions. Currency contracts also may be purchased such that net exposure to an individual currency exceeds the value of the Fund’s securities that are denominated in that particular currency. Transaction hedging is the purchase or sale of forward currency with respect to specific receivables or payables of a Fund generally accruing in connection with the purchase or sale of its portfolio securities. Position hedging is the sale of forward currency with respect to portfolio security positions. A Fund may not position hedge to an extent greater than the aggregate market value (at the time of making such sale) of the hedged securities.

 

17


Non-Deliverable Forwards . A Fund may, from time to time, engage in non-deliverable forward transactions to manage currency risk or to gain exposure to a currency without purchasing securities denominated in that currency. A non-deliverable forward is a transaction that represents an agreement between a Fund and a counterparty (usually a commercial bank) to buy or sell a specified (notional) amount of a particular currency at an agreed upon foreign exchange rate on an agreed upon future date. Unlike other currency transactions, there is no physical delivery of the currency on the settlement of a non- deliverable forward transaction. Rather, the Fund and the counterparty agree to net the settlement by making a payment in U.S. dollars or another fully convertible currency that represents any differential between the foreign exchange rate agreed upon at the inception of the non-deliverable forward agreement and the actual exchange rate on the agreed upon future date. Thus, the actual gain or loss of a given non-deliverable forward transaction is calculated by multiplying the transaction’s notional amount by the difference between the agreed upon forward exchange rate and the actual exchange rate when the transaction is completed.

When a Fund enters into a non-deliverable forward transaction, the Fund’s custodian will maintain segregated assets in an amount not less than the value of the Fund’s unrealized loss under such non-deliverable forward transaction. If the additional segregated assets decline in value or the amount of the Fund’s commitment increases because of changes in currency rates, additional cash or securities will be designated as segregated assets on a daily basis so that the value of the account will equal the amount of the Fund’s unrealized loss under the non-deliverable forward agreement.

Since a Fund generally may only close out a non-deliverable forward with the particular counterparty, there is a risk that the counterparty will default on its obligation under the agreement. If the counterparty defaults, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreement related to the transaction, but there is no assurance that contract counterparties will be able to meet their obligations pursuant to such agreements or that, in the event of a default, the Fund will succeed in pursuing contractual remedies. A Fund thus assumes the risk that it may be delayed or prevented from obtaining payments owed to it pursuant to non-deliverable forward transactions.

In addition, where the currency exchange rates that are the subject of a given non-deliverable forward transaction do not move in the direction or to the extent anticipated, the Fund could sustain losses on the non-deliverable forward transaction. A Fund’s investment in a particular non-deliverable forward transaction will be affected favorably or unfavorably by factors that affect the subject currencies, including economic, political and legal developments that impact the applicable countries, as well as exchange control regulations of the applicable countries. These risks are heightened when a non-deliverable forward transaction involves currencies of emerging market countries because such currencies can be volatile and there is a greater risk that such currencies will be devalued against the U.S. dollar or other currencies.

The SEC and CFTC consider non-deliverable forwards as swaps, and they are therefore included in the definition of “commodity interests.”Non-deliverable forwards have historically been traded in the OTC market. However, as swaps, non- deliverable forwards may become subject to central clearing and trading on public facilities. Currency and cross currency forwards that qualify as deliverable forwards are not regulated as swaps for most purposes, and thus are not deemed to be commodity interests. However, such forwards are subject to some requirements applicable to swaps, including reporting to swap data repositories, documentation requirements, and business conduct rules applicable to swap dealers. CFTC regulation of currency and cross currency forwards, especially non-deliverable forwards, may restrict the Fund’s ability to use these instruments in the manner described above or subject NFA to CFTC registration and regulation as a commodity pool operator.

Foreign Commercial Paper . A Fund may invest in commercial paper which is indexed to certain specific foreign currency exchange rates. The terms of such commercial paper provide that its principal amount is adjusted upward or downward (but not below zero) at maturity to reflect changes in the exchange rate between two currencies while the obligation is outstanding. A Fund will purchase such commercial paper with the currency in which it is denominated and, at maturity, will receive interest and principal payments thereon in that currency, but the amount or principal payable by the issuer at maturity will change in proportion to the change (if any) in the exchange rate between two specified currencies between the date the instrument is issued and the date the instrument matures. While such commercial paper entails the risk of loss of principal, the potential for realizing gains as a result of changes in the foreign currency exchange rate enables a Fund to hedge or cross-hedge against a decline in the U.S. dollar value of investments denominated in foreign currencies while providing an attractive money market rate of return. A Fund will purchase such commercial paper either for hedging purposes or in order to seek investment gain. The Funds believe that such investments do not involve the creation of a senior

 

18


security, but nevertheless will earmark or establish a segregated account with respect to its investments in this type of commercial paper and maintain in such account cash not available for investment or other liquid assets having a value equal to the aggregate principal amount of outstanding commercial paper of this type.

The SEC has recently proposed a new rule which, if adopted, would replace current SEC and staff guidance with respect to asset segregation requirements for derivatives and other instruments such as reverse repurchase agreements, short sales, firm or standby commitment agreements and similar agreements. While it is not possible to fully predict the effects of the proposed regulation, the investment adviser will continue to monitor developments as they apply to the Funds.

Equity Participation Notes or Equity Linked Notes

The Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in equity participation notes or equity linked notes (collectively, “EPNs”). An EPN is a debt instrument whose return is determined by the performance of a single equity security, a basket of securities, or an equity index (collectively, “underlying security”). When purchasing an EPN, the Fund pays the counterparty the current value of the underlying security plus a commission. During the time that the EPN is owned, the price of the EPN will fluctuate in accordance with the price fluctuation of the underlying security, with a currency adjustment to reflect the fact that EPNs are generally priced in U.S. dollars whereas the underlying security is generally denominated in a foreign currency. At maturity or sale, the EPN owner’s profit or loss is the sum of the appreciation/depreciation of the underlying security, plus the appreciation/depreciation of the underlying security’s currency relative to the U.S. dollar, less any commissions paid. The Fund only invests in EPNs for which the underlying security is a permissible investment pursuant to the Fund’s investment policies and restrictions.

The Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund invests in EPNs only to gain exposure to equities in foreign markets where direct investments in equity securities are not easily accessible or otherwise obtainable. The Fund only may invest in EPNs that are unleveraged and that do not have a “cap” or a “floor” on the maximum principal amount to be repaid to the Fund at maturity. In addition, the Fund only may invest in EPNs that are based on the performance of a single underlying equity security; that have no premium or discount in relation to the underlying asset; and that provide for the retention of dividend rights. Investments in EPNs will only be made if the counterparty is a financial institution rated at least A1 by S&P or P1 by Moody’s. EPNs are not considered equity securities for purposes of the Fund’s policy to invest 80% of its net assets in equity securities.

EPNs possess the risks associated with the underlying security, such as market risk, and, with respect to EPNs based on foreign securities, foreign securities and currency risks. EPNs, however, involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the underlying security directly, since, in addition to general market and foreign securities risks, EPNs are subject to counterparty, credit and illiquidity risks. Counterparty risk is the risk that the issuer of the EPN may fail to pay the full amount due at maturity or redemption. In addition, an investment in an EPN creates exposure to the credit risk of the issuing financial institution. Also, the secondary market for EPNs may be limited, and the lack of liquidity in the secondary market may make EPNs difficult to dispose of and to value. In choosing EPNs appropriate for the Fund, the subadviser will select only those EPNs that have demonstrated patterns of brokers willing to provide liquidity on demand to ensure that the EPNs maintain their liquidity.

Floating- and Variable-Rate Securities

Each of the Fixed-Income Funds may invest in floating- or variable-rate securities. Floating- or variable-rate obligations bear interest at rates that are not fixed, but vary with changes in specified market rates or indices, such as the prime rate, or at specified intervals. The interest rate on floating-rate securities varies with changes in the underlying index (such as the Treasury bill rate), while the interest rate on variable or adjustable rate securities changes at preset times based upon an underlying index. Certain of the floating- or variable-rate obligations that may be purchased by the Funds may carry a demand feature that would permit the holder to tender them back to the issuer of the instrument or to a third party at par value prior to maturity.

 

19


Some of the demand instruments purchased by a Fund may not be traded in a secondary market and derive their liquidity solely from the ability of the holder to demand repayment from the issuer or third party providing credit support. If a demand instrument is not traded in a secondary market, a Fund will nonetheless treat the instrument as “readily marketable” for the purposes of its investment restriction limiting investments in illiquid securities unless the demand feature has a notice period of more than seven days in which case the instrument will be characterized as “not readily marketable” and therefore illiquid.

Such obligations include variable-rate master demand notes, which are unsecured instruments issued pursuant to an agreement between the issuer and the holder that permit the indebtedness thereunder to vary and to provide for periodic adjustments in the interest rate. A Fund will limit its purchases of floating- and variable-rate obligations to those of the same quality as it is otherwise allowed to purchase. A Fund’s subadviser will monitor on an ongoing basis the ability of an issuer of a demand instrument to pay principal and interest on demand.

A Fund’s right to obtain payment at par on a demand instrument could be affected by events occurring between the date the Fund elects to demand payment and the date payment is due that may affect the ability of the issuer of the instrument or third party providing credit support to make payment when due, except when such demand instruments permit same day settlement. To facilitate settlement, these same day demand instruments may be held in book entry form at a bank other than a Fund’s custodian subject to a subcustodian agreement approved by the Fund between that bank and the Fund’s custodian.

Foreign Securities

Each Fund, except the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, may invest in securities of issuers located outside the United States. Funds that invest in foreign securities offer the potential for more diversification than Funds that invest only in the United States because securities traded on foreign markets have often (though not always) performed differently from securities traded in the United States. However, such investments often involve risks not present in U.S. investments that can increase the chances that a Fund will lose money. In particular, a Fund is subject to the risk that, because there are generally fewer investors on foreign exchanges and a smaller number of shares traded each day, it may be difficult for the Fund to buy and sell securities on those exchanges. In addition, prices of foreign securities may fluctuate more than prices of securities traded in the United States. Investments in foreign markets may also be adversely affected by governmental actions such as the imposition of punitive taxes. In addition, the governments of certain countries may prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on foreign investing in their capital markets or in certain industries. Any of these actions could severely affect security prices, impair a Fund’s ability to purchase or sell foreign securities or transfer the Fund’s assets or income back into the United States, or otherwise adversely affect a Fund’s operations. Other potential foreign market risks include changes in foreign currency exchange rates, exchange controls, difficulties in pricing securities, defaults on foreign government securities, difficulties in enforcing favorable legal judgments in foreign courts, and political and social instability. Legal remedies available to investors in certain foreign countries may be less extensive than those available to investors in the United States or other foreign countries. Dividends or interest on, or proceeds from the sale of, foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes.

Regional Risk . Adverse conditions in a certain region can adversely affect securities of issuers in other countries whose economies appear to be unrelated. To the extent that a Fund invests a significant portion of its assets in a specific geographic region, the Fund generally will have more exposure to regional economic risks. In the event of economic or political turmoil or a deterioration of diplomatic relations in a region or country where a substantial portion of the Fund’s assets are invested, the Fund may experience substantial illiquidity.

Eurozone-Related Risk . A number of countries in the European Union (the “EU”) have experienced, and may continue to experience, severe economic and financial difficulties. Additional EU member countries may also fall subject to such difficulties. These events could negatively affect the value and liquidity of the Fund’s investments in euro-denominated securities and derivatives contracts, as well as securities of issuers located in the EU or with significant exposure to EU issuers or countries. If the euro is dissolved entirely, the legal and contractual consequences for holders of euro-denominated obligations and derivative contracts would be determined by laws in effect at such time. Such investments may continue to be held, or purchased, to the extent consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and permitted under applicable law. These potential developments, or market perceptions concerning these and related issues, could adversely affect the value of the Fund’s shares.

 

20


Certain countries in the EU have had to accept assistance from supra-governmental agencies such as the International Monetary Fund, the European Stability Mechanism, or other supra-governmental agencies. The European Central Bank has also been intervening to purchase Eurozone debt in an attempt to stabilize markets and reduce borrowing costs. There can be no assurance that these agencies will continue to intervene or provide further assistance, and markets may react adversely to any expected reduction in the financial support provided by these agencies. Responses to the financial problems by European governments, central banks, and others, including austerity measures and reforms, may not work, may result in social unrest, and may limit future growth and economic recovery or have other unintended consequences.

In addition, one or more countries may abandon the euro and/or withdraw from the EU. The impact of these actions, especially if they occur in a disorderly fashion, could be significant and far-reaching. In June 2016, the United Kingdom (the “UK”) approved a referendum to leave the EU, commonly referred to as “Brexit,” which sparked depreciation in the value of the British pound, short-term declines in global stock markets, and heightened risk of continued worldwide economic volatility. As a result of Brexit, there is considerable uncertainty as to the arrangements that will apply to the U.K.’s relationship with the EU and other countries leading up to, and following, its withdrawal. This long-term uncertainty may affect other countries in the EU and elsewhere. Further, the UK’s departure from the EU may cause volatility within the EU, triggering prolonged economic downturns in certain European countries or sparking additional member states to contemplate departing the EU. In addition, Brexit can create actual or perceived additional economic stresses for the UK, including potential for decreased trade, capital outflows, devaluation of the British pound, wider corporate bond spreads due to uncertainty, and possible declines in business and consumer spending, as well as foreign direct investment.

Foreign Economy Risk . The economies of certain foreign markets often do not compare favorably with that of the United States with respect to such issues as growth of gross national product, reinvestment of capital, resources, and balance of payments position. Certain such economies may rely heavily on particular industries or foreign capital and are more vulnerable to diplomatic developments, the imposition of economic sanctions against a particular country or countries, changes in international trading patterns, trade barriers, and other protectionist or retaliatory measures.

Currency Risk and Exchange Risk . Unless a Fund’s Prospectus states a policy to invest only in securities denominated in U.S. dollars, a Fund may invest in securities denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In such case, changes in foreign currency exchange rates will affect the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Generally, when the U.S. dollar rises in value against a foreign currency, a security denominated in that currency loses value because the currency is worth fewer U.S. dollars. Conversely, when the U.S. dollar decreases in value against a foreign currency, a security denominated in that currency gains value because the currency is worth more U.S. dollars. This risk, generally known as “currency risk,” means that a stronger U.S. dollar will reduce returns for U.S. investors while a weak U.S. dollar will increase those returns.

Governmental Supervision and Regulation/Accounting Standards . Many foreign governments supervise and regulate stock exchanges, brokers and the sale of securities less than does the United States. Some countries may not have laws to protect investors comparable to the U.S. securities laws. For example, some foreign countries may have no laws or rules against insider trading. Insider trading occurs when a person buys or sells a company’s securities based on nonpublic information about that company. Accounting standards in other countries are not necessarily the same as in the United States. If the accounting standards in another country do not require as much detail as U.S. accounting standards, it may be harder for Fund management to completely and accurately determine a company’s financial condition. In addition, the U.S. government has from time to time in the past imposed restrictions, through penalties and otherwise, on foreign investments by U.S. investors such as the Fund. If such restrictions should be reinstituted, it might become necessary for the Fund to invest all or substantially all of its assets in U.S. securities.

Certain Risks of Holding Fund Assets Outside the United States . A Fund generally holds its foreign securities and cash in foreign banks and securities depositories. Some foreign banks and securities depositories may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business. In addition, there may be limited or no regulatory oversight over their operations. Also, the laws of certain countries may put limits on a Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a foreign bank or depository or issuer of a security or any of their agents goes bankrupt. In addition, it is often more expensive for a Fund to buy, sell and hold securities in certain foreign markets than in the United States. The increased expense of investing in foreign markets reduces the amount a Fund can earn on its investments and typically results in a higher operating expense ratio for the Fund as compared to investment companies that invest only in the United States.

 

21


Settlement Risk . Settlement and clearance procedures in certain foreign markets differ significantly from those in the United States. Foreign settlement procedures and trade regulations also may involve certain risks (such as delays in payment for or delivery of securities) not typically generated by the settlement of U.S. investments. Communications between the United States and emerging market countries may be unreliable, increasing the risk of delayed settlements or losses of security certificates in markets that still rely on physical settlement. Settlements in certain foreign countries at times have not kept pace with the number of securities transactions; these problems may make it difficult for a Fund to carry out transactions. If a Fund cannot settle or is delayed in settling a purchase of securities, it may miss attractive investment opportunities and certain of its assets may be uninvested with no return earned thereon for some period. If a Fund cannot settle or is delayed in settling a sale of securities, it may lose money if the value of the security then declines or, if it has contracted to sell the security to another party, the Fund could be liable to that party for any losses incurred.

Investment in Emerging Markets . Each Fund, except the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, may invest in the securities of issuers domiciled in various countries with emerging capital markets. Emerging market countries typically are developing and low- or middle-income countries, such as those that are included in the MSCI Emerging Markets Index, the FTSE Emerging Index or the JPMorgan Emerging Market Bond Index. Emerging market countries may be found in regions such as Asia, Latin America, Eastern Europe, the Middle East and Africa.

Investments in the securities of issuers domiciled in countries with emerging capital markets involve certain additional risks that do not generally apply to investments in securities of issuers in more developed capital markets, such as (i) low or non-existent trading volume, resulting in a lack of liquidity and increased volatility in prices for such securities, as compared to securities of comparable issuers in more developed capital markets; (ii) uncertain national policies and social, political and economic instability, increasing the potential for expropriation of assets, confiscatory taxation, high rates of inflation or unfavorable diplomatic developments; (iii) possible fluctuations in exchange rates, differing legal systems and the existence or possible imposition of exchange controls, custodial restrictions or other foreign or U.S. governmental laws or restrictions applicable to such investments; (iv) national policies that may limit a Fund’s investment opportunities such as restrictions on investment in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to national interests; and (v) the lack or relatively early development of legal structures governing private and foreign investments and private property. In addition to withholding taxes on investment income, some countries with emerging markets may impose differential capital gains taxes on foreign investors.

Emerging capital markets are developing in a dynamic political and economic environment brought about by events over recent years that have reshaped political boundaries and traditional ideologies. In such a dynamic environment, there can be no assurance that any or all of these capital markets will continue to present viable investment opportunities for a Fund. In the past, governments of such nations have expropriated substantial amounts of private property, and most claims of the property owners have never been fully settled. There is no assurance that such expropriations will not reoccur. In such an event, it is possible that a Fund could lose the entire value of its investments in the affected market.

Also, there may be less publicly available information about issuers in emerging markets than would be available about issuers in more developed capital markets, and such issuers may not be subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and requirements comparable to those to which U.S. companies are subject. In certain countries with emerging capital markets, reporting standards vary widely. As a result, traditional investment measurements used in the United States, such as price/earnings ratios, may not be applicable. Emerging market securities may be substantially less liquid and more volatile than those of mature markets, and company shares may be held by a limited number of persons. This may adversely affect the timing and pricing of the Fund’s acquisition or disposal of securities.

Practices in relation to settlement of securities transactions in emerging markets involve higher risks than those in developed markets, in part because a Fund will need to use brokers and counterparties that are less well capitalized, and custody and registration of assets in some countries may be unreliable. The possibility of fraud, negligence, undue influence being exerted by the issuer or refusal to recognize ownership exists in some emerging markets, and, along with other factors, could result in ownership registration being completely lost. A Fund would absorb any loss resulting from such registration problems and may have no successful claim for compensation.

Investment in Frontier Markets . Frontier market countries generally have smaller economies and less developed capital markets than traditional emerging markets, and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging market countries are magnified in frontier market countries. The economies of frontier market countries are less correlated to global economic cycles than those of their more developed counterparts and their markets have low trading volumes and the potential for extreme price volatility and illiquidity. This volatility may be further heightened by the actions of a few major investors. For example, a

 

22


substantial increase or decrease in cash flows of mutual funds investing in these markets could significantly affect local stock prices and, therefore, the price of Fund shares. These factors make investing in frontier market countries significantly riskier than in other countries and any one of them could cause the price of a Fund’s shares to decline.

Governments of many frontier market countries in which a Fund may invest may exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. In some cases, the governments of such frontier market countries may own or control certain companies. Accordingly, government actions could have a significant effect on economic conditions in a frontier market country and on market conditions, prices and yields of securities in a Fund’s portfolio. Moreover, the economies of frontier market countries may be heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be, adversely affected by trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade. These economies also have been and may continue to be adversely affected by economic conditions in the countries with which they trade.

Investment in equity securities of issuers operating in certain frontier market countries may be restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions or controls may at times limit or preclude foreign investment in equity securities of issuers operating in certain frontier market countries and increase the costs and expenses of a Fund. Certain frontier market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by foreign persons only to a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than the classes available for purchase by domiciliaries of the countries and/or impose additional taxes on foreign investors. Certain frontier market countries may also restrict investment opportunities in issuers in industries deemed important to national interests.

Frontier market countries may require governmental approval for the repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors, such as a Fund. In addition, if deterioration occurs in a frontier market country’s balance of payments, the country could impose temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances. A Fund could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, any required governmental approval for repatriation of capital, as well as by the application to the Fund of any restrictions on investments. Investing in local markets in frontier market countries may require a Fund to adopt special procedures, seek local government approvals or take other actions, each of which may involve additional costs to the Fund.

In addition, investing in frontier markets includes the risk of share blocking. Share blocking refers to a practice, in certain foreign markets, where voting rights related to an issuer’s securities are predicated on these securities being blocked from trading at the custodian or sub-custodian level, for a period of time around a shareholder meeting. These restrictions have the effect of prohibiting securities to potentially be voted (or having been voted), from trading within a specified number of days before, and in certain instances, after the shareholder meeting. Share blocking may prevent a Fund from buying or selling securities for a period of time. During the time that shares are blocked, trades in such securities will not settle. The specific practices may vary by market and the blocking period can last from a day to several weeks, typically terminating on a date established at the discretion of the issuer. Once blocked, the only manner in which to remove the block would be to withdraw a previously cast vote, or to abstain from voting all together. The process for having a blocking restriction lifted can be very difficult with the particular requirements varying widely by country. In certain countries, the block cannot be removed.

There may be no centralized securities exchange on which securities are traded in frontier market countries. Also, securities laws in many frontier market countries are relatively new and unsettled. Therefore, laws regarding foreign investment in frontier market securities, securities regulation, title to securities, and shareholder rights may change quickly and unpredictably.

The frontier market countries in which a Fund invests may become subject to sanctions or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and the United Nations. The value of the securities issued by companies that operate in, or have dealings with these countries may be negatively impacted by any such sanction or embargo and may reduce a Fund’s returns. Banks in frontier market countries used to hold a Fund’s securities and other assets in that country may lack the same operating experience as banks in developed markets. In addition, in certain countries there may be legal restrictions or limitations on the ability of a Fund to recover assets held by a foreign bank in the event of the bankruptcy of the bank. Settlement systems in frontier markets may be less well organized than in the developed markets. As a result, there is greater risk than in developed countries that settlement will take longer and that cash or securities of a Fund may be in jeopardy because of failures of or defects in the settlement systems.

 

23


Restrictions on Certain Investments . A number of publicly traded closed-end investment companies have been organized to facilitate indirect foreign investment in developing countries, and certain of such countries, such as Thailand, South Korea, Chile and Brazil, have specifically authorized such funds. There also are investment opportunities in certain of such countries in pooled vehicles that resemble open-end investment companies. In accordance with the 1940 Act, a Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities of other investment companies, not more than 5% of which may be invested in any one such company. In addition, under the 1940 Act, a Fund may not own more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any investment company. These restrictions on investments in securities of investment companies may limit opportunities for a Fund to invest indirectly in certain developing countries. Shares of certain investment companies may at times be acquired only at market prices representing premiums to their net asset values. If a Fund acquires shares of other investment companies, shareholders would bear both their proportionate share of expenses of the Fund (including management and advisory fees) and, indirectly, the expenses of such other investment companies.

Depositary Receipts . A Fund may invest in foreign securities by purchasing depositary receipts, including American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and non- voting depositary receipts (“NVDRs”) or other securities convertible into securities of issuers based in foreign countries. These securities may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the securities into which they may be converted. Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are denominated in U.S. dollars and are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets, GDRs, in bearer form, are issued and designed for use outside the United States and EDRs (also referred to as Continental Depositary Receipts (“CDRs”)), in bearer form, may be denominated in other currencies and are designed for use in European securities markets. ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of the underlying securities. EDRs are European receipts evidencing a similar arrangement. GDRs are receipts typically issued by non-U.S. banks and trust companies that evidence ownership of either foreign or domestic securities. For purposes of a Fund’s investment policies, ADRs, GDRs, EDRs and NVDRs are deemed to have the same classification as the underlying securities they represent. Thus, an ADR, GDR, EDR or NVDR representing ownership of common stock will be treated as common stock.

A Fund may invest in depositary receipts through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” facilities. While ADRs issued under these two types of facilities are in some respects similar, there are distinctions between them relating to the rights and obligations of ADR holders and the practices of market participants.

A depositary may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by (or even necessarily the acquiescence of) the issuer of the deposited securities, although typically the depositary requests a letter of non-objection from such issuer prior to the establishment of the facility. Holders of unsponsored ADRs generally bear all the costs of such facilities. The depositary usually charges fees upon the deposit and withdrawal of the deposited securities, the conversion of dividends into U.S. dollars, the disposition of non-cash distributions, and the performance of other services. The depositary of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to pass through voting rights to ADR holders in respect of the deposited securities. In addition, an unsponsored facility is generally not obligated to distribute communications received from the issuer of the deposited securities or to disclose material information about such issuer in the U.S. and thus there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the depositary receipts. Unsponsored ADRs tend to be less liquid than sponsored ADRs.

Sponsored ADR facilities are created in generally the same manner as unsponsored facilities, except that the issuer of the deposited securities enters into a deposit agreement with the depositary. The deposit agreement sets out the rights and responsibilities of the issuer, the depositary, and the ADR holders. With sponsored facilities, the issuer of the deposited securities generally will bear some of the costs relating to the facility (such as dividend payment fees of the depositary), although ADR holders continue to bear certain other costs (such as deposit and withdrawal fees). Under the terms of most sponsored arrangements, depositaries agree to distribute notices of shareholder meetings and voting instructions, and to provide shareholder communications and other information to the ADR holders at the request of the issuer of the deposited securities.

Foreign Sovereign Debt . The Fixed-Income Funds may invest in sovereign debt obligations issued by foreign governments. To the extent that a Fund invests in obligations issued by governments of developing or emerging market countries, these investments involve additional risks. Sovereign obligors in developing and emerging market countries are among the world’s largest debtors to commercial banks, other governments, international financial organizations and other financial institutions. These obligors have in the past experienced substantial difficulties in servicing their external debt obligations, which led to defaults on certain obligations and the restructuring of certain indebtedness. Restructuring

 

24


arrangements have included, among other things, reducing and rescheduling interest and principal payments by negotiating new or amended credit agreements or converting outstanding principal and unpaid interest to Brady Bonds, and obtaining new credit for finance interest payments. Holders of certain foreign sovereign debt securities may be requested to participate in the restructuring of such obligations and to extend further loans to their issuers. There can be no assurance that the foreign sovereign debt securities in which a Fund may invest will not be subject to similar restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit which may adversely affect the Fund’s holdings. Furthermore, certain participants in the secondary market for such debt may be directly involved in negotiating the terms of these arrangements and may therefore have access to information not available to other market participants.

Initial Public Offerings

Each of the Equity Funds may participate in initial public offerings (“IPOs”). Securities issued in initial public offerings have no trading history, and information about the companies may be available for very limited periods. The volume of IPOs and the levels at which the newly issued stocks trade in the secondary market are affected by the performance of the stock market overall. If IPOs are brought to the market, availability may be limited and a Fund may not be able to buy any shares at the offering price, or if it is able to buy shares, it may not be able to buy as many shares at the offering price as it would like. In addition, the prices of securities involved in IPOs are often subject to greater and more unpredictable price changes than more established stocks.

Interfund Borrowing and Lending Program

Pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC dated June 13, 2016, the Funds may lend money to, and borrow money for temporary purposes from, other funds advised by the Funds’ investment adviser, NFA. Generally, a Fund will borrow money through the program only when the costs are equal to or lower than the cost of bank loans. Interfund borrowings can have a maximum duration of seven days. Loans may be called on one day’s notice. There is no assurance that a Fund will be able to borrow or lend under the program at any time, and a Fund may have to borrow from a bank at a higher interest rate if an interfund loan is unavailable, called, or not renewed.

Investments in California Municipal Securities by the Nationwide California Intermediate Tax-Free Bond Fund

The following information is a general summary, based primarily upon information derived from state official statements, Comprehensive Annual Financial Reports, other public documents relating to securities offerings of issuers of the state, and other historically reliable sources. It is only a brief summary of the complex factors affecting the financial situation in California. It has not been independently verified by the Fund. The Fund makes no representation or warranty regarding the completeness or accuracy of such information.

Because the Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund expects to invest substantially all of its assets in California municipal securities, it will be susceptible to a number of complex factors affecting the issuers of California municipal securities, including national and local political, economic, social, environmental, and regulatory policies and conditions. The Fund cannot predict whether or to what extent such factors or other factors may affect the issuers of California municipal securities, the market value or marketability of such securities or the ability of the respective issuers of such securities to pay interest on, or principal of, such securities. The creditworthiness of obligations issued by a local California issuer may be unrelated to the creditworthiness of obligations issued by the State of California, and there is no responsibility on the part of the State of California to make payments on such local obligations.

General Economic Factors . California’s economy, the largest among the U.S. states and one of the largest and most diverse in the world, has major components in high-technology, trade, entertainment, manufacturing, government, tourism, construction and services. California led the nation’s path (and depth) through the recession, but also led into the recovery. California labor markets deteriorated dramatically during the recession, making unemployment a major concern, and its housing market tumbled tremendously causing a major foreclosure issue. As part of its economic recovery, California’s labor and housing markets have robustly rebounded.

 

25


The State’s population as of July 2016 was about 39.4 million, which represents approximately 12% of the total United States population. California’s population continues to grow, with its population expecting to breach 40 million by July of 2018. California has a younger population than the remainder of the U.S., with a slightly higher percentage under 18 and a lower percentage 65 and older. California’s population is highly concentrated in metropolitan areas, with greater than 60% of its people located in the five-county Los Angeles area and the nine-county San Francisco Bay combined metropolitan areas.

Total personal income in California was in excess of $2.1 trillion in 2015 (a gross increase of 6.4% compared to the previous year), and accounted for 13.6% of all personal income in the nation. Total civilian employment was over 18.16 million in 2016 (surpassing the pre-recession peak employment in 2007 by more than 1.2 million jobs), the majority of which was in the services and trade sectors. The latest statistics from the U.S. Department of Labor (May 2017) pegs State unemployment at 4.7%, higher than the States’ median, but quit near the national average (4.3% in May). As further discussed herein, the State (and by extension its political subdivisions) had been very hard hit by the national recession at the end of the prior decade. Real property values within the State suffered large declines during the recession, but have seen robust increases, at the top end in the nation, in recent years. Foreclosures, in which California, during the recession became a national leader, are back to normal levels, as has unemployment which had skyrocketed into double digit rates, but is now close to the national average (which is at historically low rates).

Overall, California’s real GDP increased by 4.1 percent in 2015, and totaled $2.46 trillion at current prices, making it the sixth largest economy in the world. Following 5 years of drought, which was one of the most severe in California’s history (and which led to the Governor’s declaration of a State of Emergency), California has experienced rainfall significantly in excess of its average this year, relieving pressure on its agricultural businesses. Personal income continued to increase in 2016, but at lower than expected rates (based in part on the stronger than expected growth in lower wage sectors of the economy). Home prices continued to climb in 2015, increasing 7.8% relative to the prior year’s prices. The median price of existing, single-family homes sold in May 2017 was $550,200, approaching historical highs. California issued 99,975 residential building permits in 2016, almost three times as many as issued in 2009 but still only 61 percent of the 164,187 permits issued in 2006. A slight majority of these permits were for multi-family structures. California’s export of goods has receded in each of the two prior year; by 4.9 percent in 2015 and by an additional 1.1% in 2016. The California economy is expected to continue making steady progress. Despite sustained moderate to rapid growth in the past few years, which appears to be continuing into 2016, there are still risks to the California economy. Economic expansions do not last forever. In the post-war period, the average expansion length is almost five years and the longest expansion was ten years. As of June 2017, the current expansion has lasted in excess of seven years.

Overview of State Financial Condition. During the national recession, which officially ended in California in 2009, the State experienced the most significant economic downturn since the Great Depression of the 1930s. As a result, state tax revenues declined precipitously, resulting in large budget gaps and occasional cash shortfalls in the period from 2008 through 2011. To offset these factors, the State enacted and maintained significant spending reductions in recent budget years, and voters in 2012 approved Proposition 30 providing for increased State revenues for several fiscal years going forward (the sales tax increases associated therewith having expired, but the income tax increases have been extended to 2030 pursuant to Proposition 55). The Governor’s Budget, proposes a plan that is projected to remain balanced through the end of fiscal year 2020-21. Voters also approved Proposition 2 in November 2014, which directs specified revenues towards increasing reserves in the California’s rainy day fund and paying down specified debts. This mechanism will save money for the next recession and pay down the state’s debts and liabilities. By the end of fiscal year 2017-18, California’s rainy day fund is projected to have a balance of $7.9 billion. The 2017-18 Governor’s Budget proposes to pay down an additional $887 million in various debts and liabilities, as well as settle up on underfunding of Proposition 98. The administration projects that all loans from special funds and from underfunding Proposition 98 will be entirely repaid by the end of fiscal year 2020-21.

The State has rebounded from the depths of the last national recession and is currently on sound economic and budgetary footing. Despite this major economic and budgetary improvement, there remain a number of risks and pressures that threaten or could threaten the State’s financial condition, including balancing budgets during economic downturns that are bound to occur, retaining enhanced revenue sources, as well as dealing with significant unfunded liabilities of the two main retirement systems managed by state entities, CalPERS and CalSTRS. In addition, the State’s revenues, which are significantly dependent on personal and corporate income tax receipts, are volatile and correlate rather directly to general economic conditions (over which the State has little control), and property taxes, which are generally less volatile, are heavily restricted under the State’s constitutional and statutory schemes. The State is trying to ameliorate this issue by building

 

26


adequate financial reserves during periods of economic expansion. Finally, the State continues to be hampered by the constitutional restrictions imposed on its raising revenues, and equally so by constitutional mandates in respect to certain expenditures, particularly, education.

State Revenues, Expenditures and Cash Management. The State’s moneys are segregated into over 1000 funds, the lion’s share of which are found in the General Fund. The General Fund is credited with all revenues received by the State Treasury and not required by law to be credited to any other fund. The General Fund is the principal operating fund for the majority of governmental activities and is the depository of most of the major revenue sources of the State. The State receives revenues from taxes, fees and other sources, the most significant of which are the personal income tax, sales and use tax, and corporation tax (which collectively constitute over 90 percent of total General Fund revenues and transfers). The State expends money on a variety of programs and services. Significant elements of State expenditures include education (both kindergarten through twelfth grade and higher education), health and human services, and correctional programs. The State maintains two (2) budget reserve funds. The Special Fund for Economic Uncertainties (the “SFEU”) is funded with General Fund revenues, and was established for the purpose of protecting the State from unforeseen revenue reductions and/or unanticipated expenditure increases. The State Controller is authorized to transfer amounts in the SFEU to the General Fund as necessary to meet cash needs of the General Fund; such transfers being characterized as “loans.” The State Controller is required to return moneys so transferred without payment of interest as soon as there are sufficient moneys in the General Fund. At the end of each fiscal year, the State Controller is required to transfer from the SFEU to the General Fund any amount necessary to eliminate any deficit in the General Fund. The SFEU was completely drained of funds in California’s post-recession period, but has come back to viability in light of the State’s continuing economic expansion. It is projected that the SFEU will have a balance of $1.6 billion at the end of fiscal year 2017-18. In addition, Proposition 58 created a second budgetary reserve call the Budget Stabilization Account (the “BSA”). The BSA was to be funded from transfers from the General Fund, such transfers continuing until the BSA reached the greater of $8 billion or 5% of the estimated General Fund revenues for a given fiscal year. Based on the State’s budgetary problems, all funds within the BSA were transferred to the General Fund in January of 2008. No additional deposits to the BSA were made until fiscal year 2015, when a transfer to the BSA in the amount of $3.213 billion was made, half of which is being retained as a “rainy day” fund. The provisions of Proposition 58 have been superseded by Proposition 2, described below, which was approved at the November 4, 2014 election. Proposition 2 provides for a stronger rainy day fund that requires both paying down liabilities and saving for a rainy day by making specified deposits into the BSA. In response to the volatility of capital gains revenues and the resulting boom- and-bust budget cycles, Proposition 2 takes into account the state’s heavy dependence on the performance of the stock market and the resulting capital gains.

Constraints on the Budget Process; Structural Imbalance. Complicating the State’s (and certain of its political subdivision’s) budgetary issues, over the years, a substantial number of laws and constitutional amendments have been enacted, often through voter initiatives, which have increased the difficulty of raising state taxes, restricted the use of the state’s General Fund or special fund revenues, or otherwise limited the Legislature and the Governor’s discretion in enacting budgets. Historic examples of provisions that make it more difficult to raise taxes include Proposition 13, passed in 1978, which, among other things, required that any change in state taxes enacted for the purpose of increasing revenues collected pursuant thereto, whether by increased rates or changes in computation, be approved by a two-thirds vote in each house of the Legislature. Examples of provisions restricting the use of General Fund revenues are Proposition 98, passed in 1988, which mandates that a minimum amount of General Fund revenues be spent on local education, and Proposition 10, passed in 1998, which raised taxes on tobacco products and mandated how the additional revenues would be expended. Constitutional amendments approved by the voters have also affected the budget process. These include Proposition 58, approved in 2004, which requires the adoption of a balanced budget and restricts future borrowing to cover budget deficits; Proposition 49, approved in 2002, which requires the expansion of funding for before and after school programs; Proposition 63, approved in 2004, which imposes a surcharge on taxable income of more than $1 million and earmarks this funding for expanded mental health services; Proposition 1A, approved in 2004, which limits the Legislature’s power over local revenue sources, and Proposition 1A, approved in 2006, which limits the Legislature’s ability to use sales taxes on motor vehicle fuels for any purpose other than transportation. Propositions 22 and 26, approved on November 2, 2010, further limit the state’s fiscal flexibility. Proposition 25, also passed by the voters in November 2010, changed the legislative vote requirement to pass a budget and budget related legislation from two-thirds to a simple majority. It retained the two-thirds vote requirement for taxes. Proposition 30, approved on November 6, 2012, among other things, placed into the state Constitution the current statutory provisions transferring 1.0625% of the state sales tax to local governments to fund realignment; and Proposition 39, approved on November 6, 2012, among other things, dedicates for five years approximately $550 million annually to clean energy projects out of an expected $1 billion annual increase in corporate tax revenue due to reversal of a provision adopted in 2009 that gave corporations an option on how to calculate their state income tax liability. Most recently, Proposition 2

 

27


passed by voters on November 4, 2014 amends the Proposition 58 version of the Budget Stabilization Account, and requires one-half of a calculated amount of money to be put aside in a “rainy day fund,” with the other half to be used to pay down debts and liabilities for the first fifteen years. The effect of these various constitutional and statutory provisions is a structural imbalance in the State’s ability to raise revenues and its obligations to make expenditures, which in turn may impact the ability of California issuers of municipal securities to pay interest and principal on their obligations and may depend, in part, on whether a particular security is a general obligation or limited obligation bond (with limited obligation bonds being generally less affected). Moreover, other measures affecting the taxing and spending authority of California or its political subdivisions may be approved or enacted in the future. However, it is not possible to predict the likelihood of such future legislation or other measures.

State and Local Government Interaction, State Assistance. Property tax revenues received by local governments declined significantly following passage of Proposition 13. Counties, in particular, have had fewer options to raise revenues than many other local government entities and have been required to maintain many services. To offset these tax revenue losses, the State provides aid to local governments from the General Fund, principally for the purpose of funding K-12 schools and community colleges. Legislation and the enactment of Proposition 1A and Proposition 22 dramatically changed the State-local fiscal relationship. These statutory and Constitutional changes implemented an agreement negotiated between the Governor and local government officials (the ‘‘State-local agreement’’). One such change relates to the reduction of the vehicle license fee (‘‘VLF’’) rate from 2% to 0.65% of the market value of the vehicle. In order to protect local governments, which have previously received all VLF revenues, the reduction in VLF revenue to cities and counties from this rate change was replaced by an increase in the amount of property tax they receive. This worked to the benefit of local governments because the backfill amount annually increases in proportion to the growth in property tax revenues, which has historically grown at a higher rate than VLF revenues, although property tax revenues declined between fiscal years 2009-10 and 2011- 12. This arrangement continues without change in the 2017-18 budget. As part of the State-local agreement, Proposition 1A reduces the Legislature’s authority over local government revenue sources by placing restrictions on the State’s access to local governments’ property, sales and VLF revenues. Beginning with the fiscal year ending in 2009, the State was able to borrow up to 8% of local property tax revenues, such borrowed amounts to be repaid within three years. Amounts previously borrowed by the State were fully repaid under the fiscal year 2012-2013 budget. Proposition 22, adopted on November 2, 2010, supersedes Proposition 1A and completely prohibits any future borrowing by the State from local government funds, and generally prohibits the Legislature from making changes in local government funding sources. Proposition 1A also prohibits the State from mandating that cities, counties or special districts undertake certain activities without providing for the funding needed to comply with such mandates. If the State does not provide funding for a mandated activity that mandate would be suspended. In addition, the definition of what constitutes a mandate to encompass State action that transfers financial responsibility to cities, counties and special districts for a required program for which the State previously had partial or complete responsibility. To the extent the State should be constrained by its appropriations limit, or its obligation to conform to Proposition 98, or other fiscal considerations, the absolute level, or the rate of growth, of State assistance to local governments may be reduced. Any such reductions in State aid could compound the serious fiscal constraints already experienced by many local governments, particularly counties.

Current and Adopted Budgets . The budget discussions below are based on estimates and projections of revenues and expenditures as supplied by the State. These estimates and projections are based upon public releases from the California Department of Finance.

Current Fiscal Year 2016-17 Budget. The 2016-17 fiscal year budget, enacted in June 2016, provided for a multi-year plan that was balanced, transferred $3.3 billion (now decreased to $3.2 billion) to reserves, and continued to pay down budgetary debt from past years. When the budget was enacted, General Fund revenues and transfers for fiscal year 2016-17 were projected at $120.3 billion. Current estimates total General Fund revenues of $118.8 billion (net of the $3.2 billion transfer to the BSA) for the year. General Fund expenditures for fiscal year 2016-17 were projected at $122.5 billion, but have been revised up to $122.8 billion. The 2016-17 budget included General Fund expenditures of $51.3 billion for K-12 education, $14.5 billion for Higher Education, $33.2 billion for Health and Human Services and $10.6 billion for Public Safety.

Governor s Proposed Fiscal Year 2017-18 Budget. The 2017-18 budget released by the Governor on January 10, 2017 includes a multi-year plan that is balanced, and continues to pay down budgetary debt from past years and build up reserves for the future. However, the State faces its first budgetary challenge since 2012, with a projected deficit of $1.6 billion absent corrective actions. The Governor’s Budget includes $3.2 billion in proposed solutions to offset such deficits. General Fund revenues and transfers for fiscal year 2017-18 are projected at $124.0 billion, an increase of $5.3 billion or 4.4 percent

 

28


compared with revised estimates for fiscal year 2016-17. These estimates include transfers to the BSA of $3.2 billion for fiscal year 2016-17 and $1.2 billion for fiscal year 2017-18. General Fund expenditures for fiscal year 2017-18 are projected at $122.5 billion, a decrease of $200 million or 0.2 percent compared with revised estimates for fiscal year 2016-17. Major components of the budget include Proposition 98 (K-14 Education) funding totaling $73.5 billion (of which $51.4 billion is from the General Fund); $15.1 billion of funding for higher education (of which $14.6 billion is from the General Fund); $59.8 billion of funding for health and human service programs (of which $34.0 billion is from the General Fund); and $13.8 billion of funding for public safety programs (of which $11.1 billion is from the General Fund). The 2017-2018   budget projects that the State will not have any need to use external cash flow borrowing in this fiscal year.

Bond Ratings . Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch Ratings assign ratings to California’s long-term general obligation bonds. The State’s general obligation bond ratings, from all its rating agencies, dropped considerably since the onset of the national recession, and have remained at lowered levels, after coming off their absolute lows, with the agencies all citing liquidity pressures, likelihood of lower revenues and a continuing economic decline. In April of 2016 California issued its general obligation bonds that were rated “Aa3”, “AA-”, and “AA-” by Moody’s, S&P and Fitch, respectively.

The obligations of California’s municipalities are generally stand-alone credits, rated on their own, and not affected by the State’s bond ratings. The ratings of certain related debt of other issuers for which California has an outstanding lease purchase, guarantee or other contractual obligation (such as for State-insured hospital bonds) are generally linked directly to California’s rating. Such ratings reflect only the respective views of such rating agencies and an explanation of the significance of a rating may be obtained from such rating agencies. There can be no assurance that the conditions on which these ratings are based will continue, that any such ratings will remain in effect for any given period of time or that they may not be lowered or withdrawn entirely, or that particular bond issues may not be adversely affected by changes in financial, economic, political or other conditions. Any downgrade revision or withdrawal assigned to such debt obligations could have an adverse effect on their market price and liquidity.

Obligations of the State of California

General Obligations. Under the California Constitution, debt service on the most of the State’s outstanding general obligation bonds is appropriated and paid from the General Fund (other than self-liquidating bonds). Such debt service is the second charge to the General Fund after support of the public school system and public institutions of higher education. As of February 1, 2017, California had approximately $74.22 billion aggregate amount of long-term general obligation bonds (and capital leases) outstanding, of which $73.5 are payable primarily from the State’s General Fund (the remainder being self- liquidating), and unused voter authorizations for future issuance of approximately $35.6 billion of long-term general obligation bonds (and capital leases).

California Long Term Lease Obligations. Based on a series of court decisions, certain long-term lease obligations, although typically payable from the General Fund of the State or a municipality, are not considered ‘‘indebtedness’’ requiring voter approval. Such leases, however, are subject to ‘‘abatement’’ in the event that the facility being leased is unavailable for beneficial use and occupancy by the municipality during the term of the lease. Abatement is not a default, and there may be no remedies available to the holders of the certificates evidencing the lease obligation in the event abatement occurs. The most common causes of abatement are failure to complete construction of the facility before the end of the period during which lease payments have been capitalized and uninsured casualty losses to the facility In the event abatement occurs with respect to a lease obligation, lease payments may be interrupted (if all available insurance proceeds and reserves are exhausted) and the certificates may not be paid when due.

Non- Recourse Debt. Certain state agencies and authorities issue revenue obligations for which the General Fund has no liability. Revenue bonds represent obligations payable from state revenue-producing enterprises and projects, which are not payable from the General Fund, and conduit obligations payable only from revenues paid by private users or local governments of facilities financed by the revenue bonds. The enterprises and projects include transportation projects, various public works projects, public and private educational facilities (including the California State University and University of California systems), housing, health facilities and pollution control facilities. State agencies and authorities had approximately $60.6 billion aggregate principal amount of revenue bonds and notes which are non-recourse to the General Fund outstanding as of December 31, 2016.

 

29


Obligations of Other Issuers . There are a number of State agencies, instrumentalities and political subdivisions of the State that issue municipal obligations, some of which may be conduit revenue obligations payable from payments from private borrowers. The primary units of local government in California are its 58 counties, which are responsible for the provision of many basic services, including indigent health care, welfare, jails, and public safety in unincorporated areas. There are also 482 incorporated cities in California and thousands of special districts formed for education, utilities, and other services.

Recent Developments

Statewide. On January 10, 2017, the Governor released his budget proposal for the coming fiscal year. The 2017-18 Governor’s Budget sets forth a structurally balanced budget which continues to pay down debt while it invests in education, healthcare, and builds a strong reserve fund.

Recent Tax Receipts. Though January, 2017 agency cash receipts were $747 million above the 2017-18 Governor’s Budget forecast, fiscal year-to-date cash receipts were $9 million below the forecasted aggregate collections of $68.48 billion.

Local. Within the last decade, the City of Stockton, California (a city located 64 miles to the east of San Francisco), and the City of San Bernardino, California (a city located 65 miles to the east of Los Angeles) filed cases seeking bankruptcy protection and the adjustment of their debts under chapter 9 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. These two bankruptcies represented two of the five largest municipal bankruptcies in U.S. history. Each of these cities was hit hard by the weak housing market and overly generous public employee salaries and benefits (resulting in structurally imbalanced budgets. These two cities have both emerged from bankruptcy, and bondholders in each instance took substantial losses in the process. Many other California municipalities have structural budgetary imbalances, principally derived from high municipal salary costs and pension obligations. No additional California cities have recently sought protection from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court.

Legal Proceedings

The State is involved in certain legal proceedings that, if decided against the State, may require the State to make significant future expenditures or may substantially impair revenues (or cash flow including through the limitation of certain financing vehicles or budgetary mechanisms). Lawsuits involving issues such as environmental cleanup, state employee retirement benefits, use of certain revenues and repayments of certain mandate costs to municipalities, school financing, healthcare and welfare programs, prison reform, tax refunds, escheated property, Indian tribal issues and privacy rights. If the State eventually loses any of these cases, the final remedies generally will involve multiyear consequences the full impact of which should not be felt in any one year.

Other Considerations

Numerous other factors may adversely affect the State’s and its municipalities’ economies. For example, reductions in federal funding could result in the loss of federal assistance otherwise available to the State. In addition, natural disasters, such as earthquakes, droughts and floods, have caused substantial damage to parts of California or have harmed the State’s economy, and the possibility exists that another natural disaster could create a major dislocation of the California economy.

Investments in Municipal Securities by the Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund

Investments in Wisconsin Municipal Securities .The following information is a general summary, based primarily upon information derived from state official statements, Comprehensive Annual Financial Reports, other public documents relating to securities offerings of issuers of the state, and other historically reliable sources. It is only a brief summary of the complex factors affecting the financial situation in Wisconsin. It has not been independently verified by the Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund. The Fund makes no representation or warranty regarding the completeness or accuracy of such information

 

30


General Economic Factors . In 2014, Wisconsin continued its economic rebound from the recession. Wisconsin’s gross domestic product is projected to rise 4.0% in 2015 and 4.1% in 2016. Total nonfarm employment in Wisconsin is expected to increase 1.5% in 2015 and 1.4% in 2016. Wisconsin personal income growth is projected to increase 3.0% in 2015 and 3.6% in 2016.

Wisconsin’s statewide total property value increased again in 2015 for the second straight year following five years of declines from 2009 through 2013. The recovery in values has been broad-based, reflecting improvements in all major sectors. In 2014, overall property values increased 2.5%, residential real estate values rose 2.3% and commercial real estate values increased 0.6%. In 2015, total property value increased 2.4%, with residential property value growing at 2.3%. In addition, commercial real estate and manufacturing values both increased 3.2%.

In 2014, Wisconsin’s $3.6 billion in agricultural exports ranked 13th among U.S. states, moving up three spots from 2011. Top export markets were Canada, Mexico, China, Korea and Japan; and top product categories included dairy products, miscellaneous food, ethanol and raw fur skins. Wisconsin led the nation in 2014 in exports of bovine genetics, whey, cranberries, sweet corn, and ginseng roots.

In 2015, Wisconsin was home to more than 9,800 dairy farms with more than 1.27 million cows. Wisconsin’s milk production continues to grow as the dairy farms in the State yielded 27.8 billion pounds of milk in 2014, an increase of 0.8% over the all-time record of 27.6 billion set in 2013. Wisconsin accounts for 14% of the nation’s milk production. Dairy production and processing accounts for almost half of all the economic activity associated with agriculture: $43.4 billion in economic activity, accounting for nearly 79,000 jobs. In 2014, Wisconsin was the nation’s top cheese producing state with 2.9 billion pounds of cheese or more than 25% of the nation’s cheese production.

Recent Financial Results and Obligations .In fiscal year 2013, total general fund revenues increased by 4.2% over fiscal year 2012 tax collections, outpacing expectations, with significant strength in Wisconsin’s major general fund tax revenue sources. Individual income tax revenues increased 6.5%, sales and use tax revenues increased 2.8% and corporate tax revenues increased 2.1%. As a result, Wisconsin deposited $153.2 million into the State’s budget stabilization fund.

Wisconsin continued to build its economic recovery through economic development and infrastructure investment, reconciling government spending with revenues without raising taxes and providing $751.1 million more to provide coverage to the Medicaid population over the 2013-15 biennium. Since fiscal year 2011, state funding for the Medicaid program has grown from $1.45 billion to $2.52 billion in fiscal year 2015.

While total general fund revenues in 2014 decreased by 1.0% compared to fiscal year 2013 tax collections, this was mostly driven by tax reductions enacted in the 2013-15 biennial budget as well as changes in income tax withholding tables. Individual income tax revenues decreased 5.8%, sales and use tax revenues increased 4.9% and corporate tax revenues increased 4.5%. 2013 Wisconsin Act 145 prohibited transfers from the General Fund to the budget stabilization appropriation in fiscal year 2014.

Total general fund tax collections increased 4.3% in fiscal year 2015 from fiscal year 2014. Individual income tax collections rose 3.7%, sales and use taxes rose 5.7%, and corporate income taxes increased 3.9%. 2013 Wisconsin Act 145 also prohibited transfers from the General Fund to the budget stabilization appropriation in fiscal year 2015. The balance of the budget stabilization arrangement as of June 30, 2015 was $280.3 million.

The State of Wisconsin Building Commission, an agency of the State, is empowered by law to consider, act upon, authorize, issue and sell all debt obligations of the State. The total general obligation debt outstanding for the State as of June 30, 2015 was $7.4 billion. During fiscal year 2015, $1.5 billion of general obligation bonds and $279.8 million of general obligation long term notes were issued to provide for the acquisition or improvement of land, water, property, highways, buildings, equipment, or facilities for public purposes or to refund outstanding bonds.

The General Fund had an undesignated balance of $331.0 million as of the end of the 2016 fiscal year. General-purpose revenue taxes were $15.098 billion compared to $14.541 billion in the prior year, an increase of $556 million. General- purpose revenue expenditures, excluding fund transfers, were $15.341 billion. No transfers were made to the budget stabilization fund in fiscal year 2016 and as of June 30, 2016 the budget stabilization fund had a balance of $281.2 million.

 

31


General obligations issued by the State are subject to debt limits set forth in the Wisconsin Constitution and the Wisconsin Statutes. There is an annual debt limit of three-quarters of 1%, and a cumulative debt limit of 5%, of the aggregate value of all taxable property in the State. The annual debt limit for calendar year 2016 was $3,788,432,462, and the cumulative debt limit was $25,256,216,413. As of December 15, 2016, general obligations of the State were outstanding in the principal amount of $8,071,307,580.

As of January 2017, the ratings of the State’s general obligation bonds were “Aa2” (with a positive outlook) from Moody’s, “AA” (with a stable outlook) from S&P and “AA” (with a stable outlook) from Fitch. The ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or unavailability of, such information, or based on other circumstances. There is no assurance that such ratings will continue for any given period of time or that they will not be revised or withdrawn entirely by any such rating agencies, if in their respective judgments, circumstances so warrant. Any revisions to or withdrawal of a credit rating could have an adverse effect on the market price and liquidity of bonds offered by the State of Wisconsin.

Investments in Municipal Securities of Puerto Rico, Guam, U.S. Virgin Islands, American Samoa and the Northern Mariana Islands

From time to time the Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund, Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund or Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax-Exempt Fund may invest a significant portion of its assets in municipal securities issued by or on behalf of Puerto Rico, Guam, U.S. Virgin Islands, American Samoa or the Northern Mariana Islands or their respective agencies or instrumentalities. Accordingly, it will be susceptible to a number of complex factors affecting the issuers of Puerto Rico, Guam, U.S. Virgin Islands, American Samoa and the Northern Mariana Islands securities, including political, economic, social, environmental, and regulatory policies and conditions. The Funds cannot predict whether or to what extent such factors or other factors may affect the issuers of Puerto Rico, Guam, U.S. Virgin Islands, American Samoa and the Northern Mariana Islands securities, the market value or marketability of such securities or the ability of the respective issuers of such securities to pay interest on, or principal of, such securities.

Puerto Rico . The following information is a general summary, based primarily upon information derived from information derived from various Commonwealth and local agencies in Puerto Rico including Commonwealth official statements, Comprehensive Annual Financial Reports, other public documents relating to securities offerings of issuers of the Commonwealth, and other historically reliable sources. It is only a brief summary of the complex factors affecting the financial situation in Puerto Rico. It has not been independently verified by the Funds. The Funds make no representation or warranty regarding the completeness or accuracy of such information.

Puerto Rico Economy . The Commonwealth currently faces a severe fiscal, economic and liquidity crisis, the culmination of many years of significant governmental deficits, a prolonged economic recession (which commenced in 2006), high unemployment, population decline, and high levels of debt and pension obligations. The Commonwealth’s largest revenue streams are especially vulnerable during times of major economic downturns and have been affected by these same factors. Further stressing the Commonwealth’s liquidity are large healthcare, pension and debt service costs. As the Commonwealth’s tax base has shrunk and its revenues affected by prevailing economic conditions, healthcare, pension, and debt service costs have become an increasing portion of the General Fund budget, which has resulted in reduced funding available for other essential services. The Commonwealth’s very high level of debt and unfunded pension liabilities and the resulting required allocation of revenue to service debt and pension obligations have contributed to significant budget deficits during the past several years, which deficits the Commonwealth has financed, further increasing the amount of its debt.

The economy of Puerto Rico is closely linked to the United States economy as most of the external factors that affect the Puerto Rico economy are determined by the policies and performance of the United States mainland economy. These factors include exports, direct investment, the amount of federal transfer payments, interest rates, inflation rate and tourist expenditures. During fiscal year 2014, approximately 71.8% of Puerto Rico’s exports went to the U.S. mainland, which was also the source of approximately 47.2% of Puerto Rico’s imports.

From fiscal year 2009 to fiscal year 2014, the manufacturing and service sectors generated the largest portion of gross domestic product. The manufacturing sector has undergone fundamental changes over the years as a result of increased emphasis on higher wage, high technology industries, such as pharmaceuticals, biotechnology, computers, professional and

 

32


scientific instruments, and certain high technology machinery and equipment. Most of Puerto Rico’s manufacturing output is shipped to the U.S. mainland, which is also the principal source of semi-finished manufactured articles on which further manufacturing operations are performed in Puerto Rico.

According to the Puerto Rico Department of Labor and Human Resources Household Survey, the number of persons employed in Puerto Rico during fiscal year 2015 averaged 990,113, a decrease of 0.5% when compared to the previous fiscal year; and the unemployment rate averaged 13.0%, as compared to the 14.3% it reached during fiscal year 2014.

According to December 2016 figures from the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, the number of persons employed in Puerto Rico was approximately 989,100 and the seasonally adjusted unemployment rate was 12.4%.

Debt, Revenues and Expenditures . The Constitution of Puerto Rico provides that direct obligations of the Commonwealth evidenced by bonds or notes and backed by the full faith, credit, and taxing power of the Commonwealth shall not be issued if the amounts of the principal and interest on such bonds and notes guaranteed by the Commonwealth exceed 15% of the average annual revenue in the two fiscal years preceding the fiscal year of such proposed issuance. The Constitution of Puerto Rico does not limit the amount of debt that the Commonwealth may guarantee as long as the Commonwealth is in compliance with the 15% limitation at the time of issuance of such guaranteed debt.

As of September 30, 2015, the Commonwealth had outstanding a total of $22.764 billion aggregate principal amount of bonds and notes issued or guaranteed by the Commonwealth or payable directly from General Fund appropriations, equivalent to approximately 33% of the Commonwealth’s gross national product for fiscal year 2014 ($69.202 billion—preliminary). As of September 30, 2015, total public sector debt of the Commonwealth, including its instrumentalities and municipalities, was $69.909 billion.

The General Fund is the chief operating fund of the Commonwealth. For more than a decade, the Commonwealth has experienced significant General Fund budget deficits. These deficits, including the payment of a portion of the Commonwealth’s debt service obligations, have been covered primarily with the net proceeds of bonds issued by the Puerto Rico Sales Tax Financing Authority (“COFINA”) and Commonwealth general obligation bonds, with interim financings provided by the Government Development Bank (“GDB”) and, in some cases, with extraordinary onetime revenue measures or expense adjustment measures. The Commonwealth expects that its ability to finance future budget deficits will be severely limited.

The difference between General Fund operating revenues and operating expenses for fiscal year 2013 was $807 million. The difference between total General Fund resources and total expenditures was $1.353 billion. This amount was funded by (i) $775 million of general obligation and Puerto Rico Public Buildings Authority debt service refunding, (ii) a $332 million debt issuance from COFINA, (iii) a short term line of credit with GDB of $98 million, and (iv) $148 million in cash management measures.

The total deficiency of revenue under expenditures and general obligation debt service payments in the General Fund (budgetary basis) for fiscal year 2014 was approximately $1.2 billion, consisting of the difference between total actual revenue of approximately $8.7 billion (excluding other financing sources), less the sum of total actual expenditures of approximately $9.2 billion and general obligation debt service payments of approximately $738 million (excluding other financing uses).

The Commonwealth’s primary government, which encompasses the Commonwealth’s governmental and business-type activities, reported, in the government-wide financial statements, a net deficit position of approximately $49.7 billion at June 30, 2014, comprising of approximately $15.4 billion in total assets and approximately $538 million in deferred outflows of resources, less approximately $65.5 billion in total liabilities and approximately $103 million in deferred inflows of resources. As noted in the 2014 financial statements there is substantial doubt as to the ability of the primary government and of various component units to continue as a going concern.

The retirement systems comprising the pension trust funds carry a substantial risk of insolvency, if measures are not taken to significantly increase contributions to them. The pension trust funds’ net pension liability and the funded ratio as of June 30, 2014, are approximately $43.7 billion and 4.0%, respectively.

 

33


On April 29, 2016, the Commonwealth filed with the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board’s Electronic Municipal Market Access a notice that the Commonwealth would not file its audited financial statements for fiscal year 2015 by April 30, 2016, as required by its continuing disclosure undertakings. The Commonwealth could not provide an estimate of when it will be able to complete and file its audited financial statements.

The Commonwealth’s continued economic recession, high level of debt and pension obligations, and structural budget deficits, among other factors, have adversely affected its credit ratings and its ability to obtain financing at reasonable interest rates, if at all. As a result, the Commonwealth has relied more heavily on short-term financings and interim loans from the GDB and other component units of the Commonwealth, which reliance has constrained the liquidity of the Commonwealth in general and GDB in particular, and increased near-term refinancing risk. These factors have also resulted in delays in the repayment by the Commonwealth and its component units of outstanding GDB lines of credit, which delays have limited GDB’s ability to continue providing liquidity to the Commonwealth and have caused GDB to fail to make a principal payment on its debt obligations. These factors are reflected in the deterioration of the Commonwealth’s credit ratings.

On June 28, 2014, the Commonwealth enacted the Puerto Rico Public Corporation Debt Enforcement and Recovery Act (the “Recovery Act”). The Recovery Act was intended to provide a legal framework that would allow certain public corporations, including Puerto Rico Electric Power Authority (“PREPA”) to seek protection from creditors and to reorganize and restructure their debt. In June and July of 2014, certain holders of bonds issued by PREPA filed lawsuits in the United States District Court for the District of Puerto Rico (“District Court”) to enjoin enforcement of the Recovery Act. The complaints alleged, in addition to other claims, that Puerto Rico was prohibited by the United States Bankruptcy Code (“Bankruptcy Code”) from implementing its own bankruptcy scheme. The District Court consolidated the suits and ruled in the plaintiffs’ favor. The United States Court of Appeals for the First Circuit upheld the judgment of the District Court. On June 13, 2016, the United States Supreme Court held that section 903(1) of the Bankruptcy Code pre-empts the Recovery Act.

The Commonwealth is in the midst of a profound fiscal crisis. Despite various measures that have been undertaken by the current and previous administrations to grow the economy, reduce government expenses, and increase revenues the Commonwealth’s economy continues to shrink and the Commonwealth has been unable to achieve a balanced budget. On June 29, 2015, Governor García Padilla announced that the Commonwealth had no choice but to seek to renegotiate its debt with the goal of achieving a more sustainable debt service, and that if it was unable to do so the Commonwealth could default on its debt.

During fiscal years 2015 and 2016, the Commonwealth has sought additional liquidity through potential bond issues or private financings. Due to its deteriorated financial condition, however, the Commonwealth has been unable to complete these transactions and, is now pursuing a comprehensive debt restructuring that seeks to improve its liquidity position as a result of near-term debt service relief. While the Commonwealth pursues this strategy, it has taken a number of emergency measures to stabilize its liquidity condition that are unsustainable over the long-term. These include, among others, requiring advance payments from the government retirement systems for payments of retirement benefits to participants, suspending for fiscal year 2016 the Commonwealth set-asides for the payment of its general obligation debt, delaying the payments to suppliers and amounts due to component units, financing tax and revenue anticipation notes for fiscal year 2016 through certain intra-governmental transactions, deferring the disbursement of certain budgetary assignments, and delaying the payment of income tax refunds.

In April 2016, the Governor of Puerto Rico signed into law Act 21-2016, known as the “Puerto Rico Emergency Moratorium and Financial Rehabilitation Act.” Act 21 allows the Governor to prioritize essential government services over the financial obligations of the Commonwealth and its instrumentalities by imposing a moratorium on debt service payments, including debt service on general obligation bonds, and staying related creditor remedies for a temporary period. In respect of GDB, Act No. 21 also allows the Governor to take any and all actions that are reasonable and necessary to allow GDB to continue carrying out its operations.

GDB has historically served as the principal source of short-term liquidity for the Commonwealth and its component units and its functions are very important to the operations of the Commonwealth, its public corporations and municipalities. GDB announced that, at present, it is not able to continue to provide such assistance. Act 21 included amendments to the GDB’s Enabling Act to enhance the statutory tools necessary if a resolution, reorganization or restructuring of GDB becomes necessary in the future. GDB faces significant risks and uncertainties and it currently does not have sufficient liquid financial

 

34


resources to meet obligations when they come due, including deposit withdrawals. Pursuant to Act 21, the Governor has ordered the suspension of loan disbursements by GDB, imposed restrictions on the withdrawal and transfer of deposits from GDB, and imposed a moratorium on debt obligations of GDB, among other measures.

On June 30, 2016, the U.S. President signed the Puerto Rico Oversight, Management, and Economic Stability Act (PROMESA), which grants the Commonwealth and its instrumentalities access to an orderly mechanism to restructure their debts, in exchange for significant federal oversight over the Commonwealth’s finances. In broad strokes, PROMESA seeks to provide Puerto Rico with the fiscal and economic discipline through the creation of a control board (“Oversight Board’), relief from creditor lawsuits through the enactment of a temporary stay on litigation, and two alternative methods to adjust unsustainable debt. Since July 1, 2016, Puerto Rico and several of its instrumentalities defaulted on certain of their scheduled debt payments.

On March 13, 2017, the Oversight Board certified the Commonwealth’s 10-year fiscal plan, which now becomes the broad operating framework within which Puerto Rico must develop budgets going forward. The five principles that guided the Oversight Board in its decision to certify the proposed fiscal plan were:

 

    The fiscal plan must cover at least the next 10 fiscal years, with meaningful progress in the next five, and meet the standards set forth in PROMESA, including the 14 criteria under PROMESA § 201(b).

 

    The fiscal plan must work to stabilize the current economic situation, increase the economy’s resilience, shore up public finances, support long-term, durable growth, meet basic needs of the citizenry, and restore opportunity for the people of Puerto Rico.

 

    To properly establish an accurate assessment of the fiscal outlook, the base-case scenario within the fiscal plan must assume no additional federal support beyond that which is already established by law (e.g., no Affordable Care Act support extension) and no reliance on unsustainable Act 154 revenues in light of the expiration of that act.

 

    The fiscal plan must include an appropriate mix of structural reform, fiscal adjustment, and debt restructuring. It must be informed by the relevant analytical tools such as a debt sustainability analysis and a detailed economic projection.

 

    The fiscal plan must be accompanied by relevant operational plans that show how the Commonwealth will achieve the changes and reforms it proposes.

According to the Oversight Board, the fiscal plan provides for meaningful and drastic fiscal and economic measures projected to result in an economic turnaround towards growth after six years. The fiscal plan is a carefully calibrated solution that maintains sufficient infrastructure and governmental services to arrest negative growth after several years, and respects creditors’ rights. The Oversight Board recognizes that Puerto Rico’s residents vehemently believe the Oversight Board has cut government services far too much and that creditors believe the money for debt services is far too little. Both residents and creditors are victims of a crisis situation exponentially getting worse due to the imminent termination of approximately $850 million in Affordable Care Act funding (which will continue to increase substantially year-over-year)  and the dissipation of pension funding of the annual $1.5 billion pension payments needed to save public retirees from federal poverty levels. The fiscal plan cuts as much from government expenditures and raises revenues by as much as the Oversight Board considered feasible. It contemplates measures that will reduce the fiscal gap by $39.6 billion and generate surplus cash flow of approximately $7.9 billion over a ten-year period. It also proposes to repay only 23.5% of debt service between June 2017 and 2026, and does not differentiate as to how various types of debt would be treated in this event.

On May 3, 2017, the Oversight Board filed for Title III (bankruptcy) under PROMESA for the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and made similar filings on May 5, 2017 for COFINA and July2, 2017 for PREPA, government owned corporations of Puerto Rico. In its filing, the Oversight Board noted the following statistics:

 

    GNP Decline since 2007: from 2007–2016, Puerto Rico’s Gross National Product (“GNP”) declined by over 14%, while total employment in Puerto Rico fell from 1.25 million to fewer than 1 million;

 

    Unemployment Rate: In October 2016, Puerto Rico’s unemployment rate was 12.1%, and only 987,606 persons were

employed, down 23% from 1,277,559 employed persons in December 2006;

 

    Labor Participation Rate: the labor participation rate has plummeted to 40%, two-thirds of the level on the

U.S. mainland;

 

    Drop in Economic Activity Index: the Economic Activity Index composed of four factors (payroll employment, electric power generation, cement sales, and gasoline consumption) fell from 160.0 to 124.1 between August 2005 and August 2016;

 

    Population Decline: since 2007, Puerto Rico’s population has declined approximately 10% down to less than

3.41 million people in 2016;

 

35


    Poverty and Unemployment: according to the U.S. Census Bureau’s 2015 community survey, 46.1% of Puerto Rico’s residents live below the federal poverty level compared to the national average of 14.7%, and 36% of the residents of Detroit, whose financial distress was viewed by many as uniquely devastating. Puerto Rico’s is more so. For Puerto Rico children under age 5, 63.7% live under the federal poverty level, compared to the national average of 22.8%. Median household income in Puerto Rico was $18,626 in 2015, as compared to $56,515 in the United States, and to $27,862 in Detroit in 2011; and

 

    Public Debt as a Percentage of Income: Puerto Rico has approximately $74 billion of bond debt and $48 billion of

unfunded pension liabilities. As of 2012, Puerto Rico’s public debt as a percentage of aggregate income was 100.7%, as compared to 29% for New York, which has the highest ratio of public debt to income in the United States (the average is 16.8%).

Given the massive debt load to be addressed, as well as the need to attain pension and operational reform in accordance with the fiscal plan, the Oversight Board determined that the best path forward was to commence a Title III case to protect Puerto Rico and its citizens. Title III was especially compelled by the Commonwealth’s need to restructure $49 billion of pension liabilities because Congress did not authorize pension restructurings in Title VI. The Oversight Board and the Commonwealth will continue efforts to negotiate, preferably through consensual deals with all constituencies, a comprehensive debt restructuring through a Title III plan of adjustment, which can incorporate all consensual agreements reached (including those that could otherwise form a qualifying Title VI modification).

The Commonwealth expects that its ability to finance future budget deficits will be severely limited even when it achieves a comprehensive debt restructuring, and, therefore, that it will be required to, among other measures, reduce the amount of resources that fund important governmental programs and services in order to balance its budget. There is no assurance, however, that budgetary balance will be achieved and, if achieved, that such budgetary balance will be based on recurring revenues or expense reductions or that the revenue or expense measures undertaken to balance the budget will be sustainable on a long-term basis. Moreover, the measures to achieve budgetary balance through austerity may adversely affect the performance of the Commonwealth’s economy which, in turn, may adversely affect governmental revenues. While comprehensive debt restructuring seeks to address these recurring budgetary imbalances and to make debt service payments sustainable, it is at present uncertain when such a restructuring will be consummated or that it will achieve the goals of recurring budgetary balance and debt sustainability.

Bond Ratings .In February 2014 Puerto Rico’s general obligation bonds were downgraded to non-investment grade or “junk” status by Moody’s, S&P and Fitch. In July 2014 Moody’s, S&P and Fitch further downgraded their Puerto Rico general obligation ratings following the enactment of the Recovery Act. Following multiple further downgrades, and as of January 2017, the ratings of the Commonwealth’s outstanding general obligation bonds were “Caa3” (with a developing outlook) from Moody’s, “D” from S&P and “D” (with a negative outlook) from Fitch.

The ratings may be further changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or unavailability of, such information, or based on other circumstances. There is no assurance that such ratings will continue for any given period of time or that they will not be revised or withdrawn entirely by any such rating agencies, if in their respective judgments, circumstances so warrant. Any revisions to or withdrawal of a credit rating could have an adverse effect on the market price and liquidity of bonds offered by the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.

It should be noted that the creditworthiness of obligations issued by local Puerto Rican issuers may be unrelated to the creditworthiness of obligations issued by the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and there is no obligation on the part of the Commonwealth to make payment on such local obligations in the event of default.

Guam Economy . Tourism revenues and U.S. federal and military spending contribute to Guam’s economy. Guam’s proximity to many of the major cities of Asia and the South Pacific greatly contributes to the diversity of the island’s population and the visitor industry. This geographic advantage also provides U.S. military operations with significant flexibility compared to other locations in the Pacific and Asia. Guam has an international airport, the Antonio B. Won Pat Guam International Air Terminal (the “Airport”), operated by the A.B. Won Pat International Airport Authority of Guam, a public corporation and autonomous instrumentality of the Government of Guam. The Airport is the only commercial airport serving Guam and is the principal air carrier airport serving the surrounding Micronesian islands. According to the Federal Aviation Authority (the “FAA”), 1,420,500 enplaned passengers were processed through the Airport in calendar year 2015, making the Airport the 74th busiest primary airport within the FAA system. According to data published by U.S. Department

 

36


of Commerce Office of Travel and Tourism Industries, for calendar year 2015 (based on preliminary data as of December 2015), the Airport was the 9th busiest port of entry to the United States for non-U.S. resident arrivals (excluding arrivals from Canada and Mexico).

In September 2016, the Bureau of Economic Analysis of the United States Department of Commerce (“BEA”) released its estimates of gross domestic product (“GDP”) and gross domestic income (“GDI”) for Guam for 2015 and its estimates of gross domestic product by industry and compensation by industry for Guam for 2014 and revised estimates for prior years. The BEA’s estimates indicate that Guam’s GDP grew from $4.895 billion in 2010 to $5.734 billion in 2015. The 2015 GDP figure consists of approximately $3.240 billion of personal consumption expenditures, $3.295 billion of government consumption expenditures and gross investment, and $1.301 billion of private fixed investment, and is offset by approximately $2.102 billion of net exports. The BEA also estimates that Guam’s real per capital GDP, measured in 2005 dollars adjusted for inflation, grew from $30,621 in 2010 to $31,809 in 2014.

The BEA estimates for Guam’s real GDP increased 0.4% in 2015 after increasing 1.3% in 2014. The growth in the Guam economy reflected increases in consumer spending, exports of services, and federal government spending. These increases were partly offset by a decrease in private fixed investment. Consumer spending continued to increase in 2015, supported by growth in compensation and decreases in consumer prices. Exports of services, consisting primarily of spending by tourists, grew for a second consecutive year. The increase reflected growth in Korean visitor arrivals and average spending by Korean tourists. Federal government spending also increased for a second year. The increase in 2015 reflected growth in defense construction spending, major projects included fuel pipeline and aircraft maintenance hangar construction to support operations at Anderson Air Force Base. Private fixed investment, which is spending by business on construction and equipment, declined in 2015 after posting strong growth in the previous two years. A number of major projects, including the construction of Guam’s first private hospital and a new luxury hotel in Tumon Bay, were near completion early in the year.

Spending by tourists makes up the vast majority of Guam’s exports of services. Guam’s net real exports of services decreased by 1.5% in 2013 and increased 4.8% in 2014. Guam’s real consumer spending on goods and services decreased 0.1% in 2013 and increased 1.4% in 2014. Consumer prices increased 0.3% in 2013 and increased 1.0% in 2014.

Average annual individual income for residents of Guam has increased from $26,730 in 2003 to $32,700 in 2013, a compound annual growth rate of 2.0%, according to the United States Department of Labor Bureau of Labor Statistics.

Most food and goods are imported, and approximately 70% of imports are from the U.S. mainland. Guam’s commercial shipping port is the entry point for more than 90% of Guam’s imports and also serves as a transshipment center for Micronesia. The port handled approximately 2.3 million revenue tons, including the contents of over 90,000 twenty-foot- equivalent unit containers in 2015.

According to the 2010 U.S. Census, Guam’s 2010 population estimate was 159,358. This represents a 2.9% increase over the 2000 U.S. Census tabulation of 154,805, which was in turn a 16.3% increase over the 1990 population of 133,152. According to the World Bank Group, Guam’s population in 2014 was approximately 167,500.

Approximately 75% of Guam’s workforce is employed in the private sector, with the remainder in government, both local and federal. Guam’s individual and household incomes have fairly equal distributions, as compared to other nations, islands, or territories in similar stages of economic development. Guam’s unemployment was 6.9% as of March 2015, the most recent date for which information is available.

Tourism has represented the primary source of income for Guam’s economy for over twenty-five years. Visitor arrivals first exceeded 1,000,000 travelers for the first time in 1994 and have remained near or above that level ever since. Based on data from the Guam’s Visitors Bureau, the total number of visitors to Guam for fiscal year 2015 was 1,372,531 compared to 1,341,171 fiscal year 2014, representing an increase of approximately 2.3%.

Historically, the tourism industry, both worldwide and on Guam, has correlated closely with the state of the world’s economies and levels of real disposable income. A weak economy, war or threat of terrorist activity, and regional pandemics, among other influences can adversely affect the tourism industry. Also, currency exchange rates, trade balances, political relationships, and conflicts within and between countries are increasingly important influences on tourism. Economic

 

37


conditions in Japan and throughout the Pacific Rim, and the resulting effect on overseas travel from these countries, are a major determinant of tourism on Guam. Like that of many destinations, Guam’s tourism industry is susceptible to the negative impacts of terrorism and other conflicts on the travel industry in general.

The level of active duty military personnel in Guam increased slightly from 2007 to 2010. In 2010, it was anticipated that the military build-up would have three major parts: relocation of the Third Marine Expeditionary Force from Okinawa, Japan, creation of the infrastructure for an aircraft carrier berthing, and installation of an Army Air and Missile Defense Task Force. In the years following 2010, Guam began to experience a decrease in military personnel as a result of the delay in the relocation of the Third Marine Expeditionary Force from Okinawa and Iwakuni, Japan to Guam. Concerns regarding the high cost of the relocation, delays in relocating U.S. military personnel and facilities within Japan and the U.S. budget deficit have extended the implementation timeframe for the relocation of the U.S. Marines from Japan. The proposed U.S. military build-up is now not expected to occur until after 2018. In addition, the expected size of the build-up has decreased. In particular, the relocation of part of the Third Marine Expeditionary Force from Okinawa, Japan is now expected to result in the relocation of approximately 4,700 marines and 1,300 dependents over a 13-year period, rather than approximately 8,600 marines and 9,000 dependents, originally expected. On April 4, 2017, the governor of Guam announced that he no longer supports further progress on the U.S. military alignment to Guam. The U.S. government may choose to relocate military fleets, equipment and personnel from time to time in ways that either increase or decrease the U.S. military presence on Guam, and the Government of Guam cannot predict whether or when such adjustments may occur.

U.S. Virgin Islands Economy . The U.S. Virgin Islands, a territory of the United States, is located in the Caribbean Sea and Atlantic Ocean. The U.S. Virgin Islands consists of dozens of islands, most notably the islands of Saint Croix, Saint John and Saint Thomas. Tourism is the primary economic activity of the U.S. Virgin Islands, followed by manufacturing which includes petroleum refining, electronics, rum distilling, watch assembly, textiles and pharmaceuticals. The economy of the U.S. Virgin Islands is also dependent to a significant extent on grants from the federal government. International business and financial services are a small but growing component of the economy. A decrease in tourism or manufacturing, or natural disasters, could lead to economic instability and volatility in the U.S. Virgin Islands municipal securities market.

The credit ratings for Virgin Island debt have been downgraded in 2016 and 2017 as a result of the Virgin Island’s extremely weak financial position and liquidity, its failure to access the capital markets in January 2017 for a planned deficit financing which would have balanced the current year budget and bolstered liquidity levels, and an increased possibility that the government may be forced to restructure its debt to address its financial problems. According to Moody’s Investors Service, key characteristics of the government’s general credit profile include: persistent general fund deficits addressed primarily with repeated deficit financings; very high debt levels; declining gross domestic product and population; high unemployment; and an extremely large unfunded pension liability. According to S&P Global Ratings, the negative outlook reflects their view that the continued significant economic, financial, and budgetary challenges the territory currently faces, absent corrective action, could lead to increased deficit financing, and, over time, inadequate capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment to its obligations, especially if liquidity continues to weaken.

After an unsuccessful attempt to access the capital market in January 2017 to sell about $247 million in matching fund revenue bonds, the governor of the Virgin Islands indicated that investors required enactment of revenue enhancements outlined in the governor’s five-year plan to re-establish market access. The five-year plan was passed in March. However, the territory’s ability to access the market remains untested since it has not successfully obtained any external capital since that time.

In December 2016, the Bureau of Economic Analysis of the United States Department of Commerce (“BEA”) released its estimates of gross domestic product (“GDP”) and gross domestic income (“GDI”) for Virgin Islands for 2015 and its estimates of gross domestic product by industry and compensation by industry for Virgin Islands for 2014 and revised estimates for prior years. After declining for four consecutive years, the Virgin Islands economy grew in 2015. The estimates of GDP for the U.S. Virgin Islands show that real GDP — GDP adjusted to remove price changes – increased 0.2% in 2015 after decreasing 1.0% in 2014. For comparison, real GDP for the U.S. (excluding the territories) increased 2.6% percent in 2015 after increasing 2.4% in 2014. The growth in the Virgin Islands economy reflected increases in exports of services and consumer spending. These increases were partly offset by a decrease in government spending. The growth in exports of services, which consists primarily of spending by tourist, reflected increases in air arrivals and hotel revenues. The growth in consumer spending was supporting by an increase in compensation and by lower energy prices. Government spending fell in 2015, as territorial government construction activity decreased. Territorial government spending on capital assets had been elevated in previous years due in part to the development of a fiber optic network.

 

38


In recent years, the Government of the U.S. Virgin Islands has experienced substantial fluctuations in revenues and expenditures and recurring structural deficits. Since fiscal year 2009, the Government of the U.S. Virgin Islands has used multiple bond issuances to finance working capital needs and other government obligations. The Government of the U.S. Virgin Islands has experienced revenue shortfalls in fiscal years 2012, 2013, and 2014 and anticipates a revenue shortfall for fiscal year 2015. The high level of indebtedness and the resulting allocation of revenues to debt service have contributed to the Government of the U.S. Virgin Islands budget deficits during the past several years, some of which deficits the Government of the U.S. Virgin Islands has been required to finance, further increasing the amount of such debt. Such high level of indebtedness, among other factors, may adversely affect credit ratings and the ability to obtain financing at favorable rates. The effort to achieve budgetary balance may adversely affect the performance of the economy in the U.S. Virgin Islands.

The Government of the U.S. Virgin Islands has taken a series of actions to reduce its operating budget and address its operating deficits. Currently the Virgin Islands Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) projects a shortfall of revenues under expenditures of $96.3 million for fiscal year 2014, which includes reduced allotments of $28.1 million. The Government of U.S. Virgin Islands expects to meet the balance of revenue shortfall in fiscal year 2014 through continuous cash flow monitoring and the allotment reduction process.

From 2003, when the unemployment rate in the Virgin Islands rose to 7.8%, primarily as a result of the completion of construction of the HOVENSA coker plant, which employed approximately 2,000 construction workers, the unemployment rate steadily declined through 2008 to 5.8%. As a result of the global financial crisis, however, the unemployment rate increased between 2009 and 2011, reaching an annual rate of 8.9% in 2011. The average unemployment rate in 2011 was 9.1%. In January 2012 HOVENSA announced that it would close its oil refining facilities on St. Croix and lay off approximately 1,200 employees and 950 subcontractors. The unemployment rate increased in 2012 to an annual rate of 11.7%. By the end of 2013, the unemployment rate had increased to 13.4%.

In calendar year 2013, employment in all sectors of the Virgin Islands economy was adversely affected by the HOVENSA refinery closure and the aftermath of the global recession, with the majority of the losses concentrated in manufacturing, construction, goods production, and other services. The manufacturing sector was affected most significantly, reflecting a 41.6% decline in the number of persons employed in calendar year 2013, as compared to calendar year 2012. Private sector employment growth is fueled primarily by tourism and related services while public sector employment consists of jobs with the U.S. Virgin Islands government and the U.S. federal government. The U.S. Virgin Islands Government is the largest employer of the public sector, representing 90% of all public sector jobs. Tourism is the Virgin Islands’ largest industry and represents the largest business segment in the private sector. After a decrease in tourism in 2001 and 2002, following the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks in the United States, the tourism industry was uneven from 2003 through 2007, and then worsened in 2008 and 2009 as a result of the global economic crisis. The tourism industry began to improve in 2010 and total visitor arrivals in the Virgin Islands in 2011, were 2,687,952, a 5.5% increase over 2010 and was largely attributable to an increase in cruise passenger arrivals. However, for calendar year 2013, total visitor arrivals increased by 1.8% as compared to calendar year 2012.

American Samoa Economy . American Samoa is part of the Samoan Islands chain in the South Pacific Ocean and is the southernmost territory of the United States. The population of American Samoa is approximately 65,000, most of whom live on the largest island of Tutuila. The economy of American Samoa relies on funding from the U.S. government. The largest private sector of the economy is tuna fishing and tuna canning.

Northern Mariana Islands Economy . The Northern Mariana Islands, located in the western Pacific Ocean, consists of 15 islands with a total population of approximately 80,000. The Northern Mariana Islands’ economy relies on funding from the U.S. government. The Northern Mariana Islands’ economy also relies on tourism, garment manufacturing, construction and agriculture, among others.

Lending Portfolio Securities

Each Fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial institutions, provided it receives collateral, with respect to each loan of U.S. securities, equal to at least 102% of the value of the portfolio securities loaned, and, with respect to each loan of non-U.S. securities, collateral of at least 105% of the value of the portfolio securities loaned, and at all times thereafter shall require the borrower to mark-to-market such collateral on a daily basis so that the market value of such collateral does not fall below 100% of the market value of the portfolio securities so loaned. By lending its

 

39


portfolio securities, a Fund can increase its income through the investment of the collateral. For the purposes of this policy, a Fund considers collateral consisting of cash, U.S. government securities or letters of credit issued by banks whose securities meet the standards for investment by the Fund to be the equivalent of cash. From time to time, a Fund may return to the borrower or a third party which is unaffiliated with it, and which is acting as a “placing broker,” a part of the interest earned from the investment of collateral received for securities loaned.

The SEC currently requires that the following conditions must be met whenever portfolio securities are loaned: (1) a Fund must receive from the borrower collateral equal to at least 100% of the value of the portfolio securities loaned; (2) the borrower must increase such collateral whenever the market value of the securities loaned rises above the level of such collateral; (3) a Fund must be able to terminate the loan at any time; (4) a Fund must receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as any dividends, interest or other distributions payable on the loaned securities, and any increase in market value; (5) a Fund may pay only reasonable custodian fees in connection with the loan; and (6) while any voting rights on the loaned securities may pass to the borrower, a Fund’s board of trustees must be able to terminate the loan and regain the right to vote the securities if a material event adversely affecting the investment occurs. In addition, a Fund may not have on loan securities representing more than one-third of its total assets at any given time. The collateral that a Fund receives may be included in calculating the Fund’s total assets.A Fund generally will not seek to vote proxies relating to the securities on loan, unless it is in the best interests of the applicable Fund to do so. These conditions may be subject to future modification. Loan agreements involve certain risks in the event of default or insolvency of the other party including possible delays or restrictions upon the Fund’s ability to recover the loaned securities or dispose of the collateral for the loan.

Investment of Securities Lending Collateral . The cash collateral received from a borrower as a result of a Fund’s securities lending activities will be used to purchase both fixed-income securities and other securities with debt-like characteristics that are rated A1 or P1 on a fixed rate or floating rate basis, including: bank obligations; commercial paper; investment agreements, funding agreements, or guaranteed investment contracts entered into with, or guaranteed by an insurance company; loan participations; master notes; medium-term notes; repurchase agreements; and U.S. government securities. Except for the investment agreements, funding agreements or guaranteed investment contracts guaranteed by an insurance company, master notes, and medium-term notes (which are described below), these types of investments are described elsewhere in the SAI. Collateral may also be invested in a money market mutual fund or short-term collective investment trust.

Investment agreements, funding agreements, or guaranteed investment contracts entered into with, or guaranteed by, an insurance company are agreements in which an insurance company either provides for the investment of the Fund’s assets or provides for a minimum guaranteed rate of return to the investor.

Master notes are promissory notes issued usually with large, creditworthy broker-dealers on either a fixed-rate or floating-rate basis. Master notes may or may not be collateralized by underlying securities. If the master note is issued by an unrated subsidiary of a broker-dealer, then an unconditional guarantee is provided by the issuer’s parent.

Medium-term notes are unsecured, continuously offered corporate debt obligations. Although medium-term notes may be offered with a maturity from one to ten years, in the context of securities lending collateral, the maturity of the medium- term note will not generally exceed two years.

Loan Participations and Assignments

The Fixed-Income Funds, except the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, may invest in Loan Participations and Assignments. Loan Participations typically will result in a Fund having a contractual relationship only with the lender, not with the borrower. A Fund will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the Loan Participation and only upon receipt by the lender of the payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing Loan Participations, a Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and a Fund may not benefit directly from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the Loan Participation. As a result, a Fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the Loan Participation. In the event of the insolvency of the lender selling a Loan Participation, a Fund may be treated as a general creditor of the lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the lender and the borrower. When a Fund purchases Assignments from lenders, the Fund will acquire direct rights against the borrower on the loan, except that under certain circumstances such rights may be more limited than those held by the assigning lender.

 

40


A Fund may have difficulty disposing of Assignments and Loan Participations. Because the market for such instruments is not highly liquid, the Fund anticipates that such instruments could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a highly liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such instruments and will have an adverse impact on the Fund’s ability to dispose of particular Assignments or Loan Participations in response to a specific economic event, such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower.

Loans and other forms of indebtedness may be structured such that they are not securities under securities laws. As such, it is unclear whether loans and other forms of direct indebtedness offer securities law protections, such as those against fraud and misrepresentation. In the absence of definitive regulatory guidance, while there can be no assurance that fraud or misrepresentation will not occur with respect to the loans and other investments in which the Fund invests, the Fund relies on the Subadviser’s research in an attempt to seek to avoid situations where fraud or misrepresentation could adversely affect the Fund.

Medium-Quality, Lower-Quality and High-Yield Securities

Except for the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, each of the Fixed-Income Funds may invest in medium- quality securities and also in lower-quality and high-yield securities (commonly known as “junk bonds”) (hereinafter referred to as “lower-quality securities”).

Medium-Quality Securities . Medium-quality securities are obligations rated in the fourth highest rating category by any NRSRO. Medium-quality securities, although considered investment grade, may have some speculative characteristics and may be subject to greater fluctuations in value than higher-rated securities. In addition, the issuers of medium-quality securities may be more vulnerable to adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances than issuers of higher-rated securities.

Lower-Quality/High-Yield Securities . Non-investment grade debt or lower-quality/rated securities include: (i) bonds rated as low as C by Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s, or Fitch, Inc. (“Fitch”); (ii) commercial paper rated as low as C by Standard & Poor’s, Not Prime by Moody’s or Fitch 4 by Fitch; and (iii) unrated debt securities of comparable quality. Lower- quality securities, while generally offering higher yields than investment grade securities with similar maturities, involve greater risks, including the possibility of default or bankruptcy. There is more risk associated with these investments because of reduced creditworthiness and increased risk of default. Under NRSRO guidelines, lower-quality securities and comparable unrated securities will likely have some quality and protective characteristics that are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions. Lower-quality securities are considered to have extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing, to have a current identifiable vulnerability to default or to be in default, to be unlikely to have the capacity to make required interest payments and repay principal when due in the event of adverse business, financial or economic conditions, or to be in default or not current in the payment of interest or principal. They are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. The special risk considerations in connection with investments in these securities are discussed below.

Effect of Interest Rates and Economic Changes . Interest-bearing securities typically experience appreciation when interest rates decline and depreciation when interest rates rise. The market values of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities tend to reflect individual corporate developments to a greater extent than do higher-rated securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Lower-quality and comparable unrated securities also tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions than are higher-rated securities. As a result, they generally involve more credit risks than securities in the higher-rated categories. During an economic downturn or a sustained period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities may experience financial stress and may not have sufficient revenues to meet their payment obligations. The issuer’s ability to service its debt obligations may also be adversely affected by specific corporate developments, the issuer’s inability to meet specific projected business forecasts or the unavailability of additional financing. The risk of loss due to default by an issuer of these securities is significantly greater than issuers of higher-rated securities also because such securities are generally unsecured and are often subordinated to other creditors. Further, if the issuer of a lower-quality or comparable unrated security defaulted, a Fund might incur additional expenses to seek recovery. Periods of economic uncertainty and changes would also generally result in increased volatility in the market prices of these securities and thus in a Fund’s net asset value.

 

41


As previously stated, the value of a lower-quality or comparable unrated security will generally decrease in a rising interest rate market, and accordingly so will a Fund’s net asset value. If a Fund experiences unexpected net redemptions in such a market, it may be forced to liquidate a portion of its portfolio securities without regard to their investment merits. Due to the limited liquidity of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities (discussed below), a Fund may be forced to liquidate these securities at a substantial discount which would result in a lower rate of return to the Fund.

Payment Expectations . Lower-quality and comparable unrated securities typically contain redemption, call or prepayment provisions which permit the issuer of such securities containing such provisions to, at its discretion, redeem the securities. During periods of falling interest rates, issuers of these securities are likely to redeem or prepay the securities and refinance them with debt securities at a lower interest rate. To the extent an issuer is able to refinance the securities, or otherwise redeem them, a Fund may have to replace the securities with a lower yielding security, which would result in a lower return for that Fund.

Liquidity and Valuation . A Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain lower-quality and comparable unrated securities because there may be a thin trading market for such securities. Because not all dealers maintain markets in all lower-quality and comparable unrated securities, there may be no established retail secondary market for many of these securities. The Funds anticipate that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of dealers or institutional investors. To the extent a secondary trading market does exist, it is generally not as liquid as the secondary market for higher- rated securities. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the market price of the security. As a result, a Fund’s net asset value and ability to dispose of particular securities, when necessary to meet such Fund’s liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event, may be impacted. The lack of a liquid secondary market for certain securities may also make it more difficult for a Fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing that Fund’s portfolio. Market quotations are generally available on many lower-quality and comparable unrated issues only from a limited number of dealers and may not necessarily represent firm bids of such dealers or prices for actual sales. During periods of thin trading, the spread between bid and asked prices is likely to increase significantly. In addition, adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities, especially in a thinly traded market.

Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities

Each of the Fixed-Income Funds, except the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, may invest in mortgage- and asset-backed securities. Mortgage-backed securities represent direct or indirect participation in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans secured by real property. Mortgage-backed securities come in different forms. The simplest form of mortgage-backed securities is pass-through certificates. Such securities may be issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities or may be issued by private issuers, generally originators in mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage bankers, commercial banks, investment bankers, and special purpose entities (collectively, “private lenders”). The purchase of mortgage-backed securities from private lenders may entail greater risk than mortgage-backed securities that are issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. Mortgage-backed securities issued by private lenders may be supported by pools of mortgage loans or other mortgage- backed securities that are guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities, or they may be issued without any governmental guarantee of the underlying mortgage assets but with some form of non- governmental credit enhancement. These credit enhancements may include letters of credit, reserve funds, over- collateralization, or guarantees by third parties. There is no guarantee that these credit enhancements, if any, will be sufficient to prevent losses in the event of defaults on the underlying mortgage loans. Additionally, mortgage-backed securities purchased from private lenders are not traded on an exchange and there may be a limited market for the securities, especially when there is a perceived weakness in the mortgage and real estate market sectors. Without an active trading market, mortgage-backed securities held in a Fund’s portfolio may be particularly difficult to value because of the complexities involved in assessing the value of the underlying mortgage loan.

Through its investments in mortgage-backed securities, including those issued by private lenders, a Fund may have some exposure to subprime loans, as well as to the mortgage and credit markets generally. Subprime loans refer to loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their loans. For these reasons, the loans underlying these securities have had, in many cases, higher default rates than those loans that meet government underwriting requirements. The risk of non-payment is greater for mortgage-backed securities issued by private lenders that contain subprime loans, but a level of risk exists for all loans.

 

42


Since privately-issued mortgage certificates are not guaranteed by an entity having the credit status of GNMA or FHLMC (each of which is defined below under “U.S. Government Securities and U.S. Government Agency Securities”), such securities generally are structured with one or more types of credit enhancement. Such credit enhancement falls into two categories: (i) liquidity protection; and (ii) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provisions of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the pass-through of payments due on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from ultimate default enhances the likelihood of ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. Such protection may be provided through guarantees, insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties, through various means of structuring the transaction or through a combination of such approaches.

The ratings of mortgage-backed securities for which third-party credit enhancement provides liquidity protection or protection against losses from default are generally dependent upon the continued creditworthiness of the provider of the credit enhancement. The ratings of such securities could be subject to reduction in the event of deterioration in the creditworthiness of the credit enhancement provider even in cases where the delinquency loss experienced on the underlying pool of assets is better than expected. There can be no assurance that the private issuers or credit enhancers of mortgage- backed securities will meet their obligations under the relevant policies or other forms of credit enhancement.

Examples of credit support arising out of the structure of the transaction include “senior-subordinated securities” (multiple class securities with one or more classes subordinate to other classes as to the payment of principal thereof and interest thereon, with the result that defaults on the underlying assets are borne first by the holders of the subordinated class), creation of “reserve funds” (where cash or investments sometimes funded from a portion of the payments on the underlying assets are held in reserve against future losses) and “over-collateralization” (where the scheduled payments on, or the principal amount of, the underlying assets exceed those required to make payment of the securities and pay any servicing or other fees). The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information with respect to the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquency or loss in excess of that which is anticipated could adversely affect the return on an investment in such security.

Private lenders or government-related entities may also create mortgage loan pools offering pass-through investments where the mortgages underlying these securities may be alternative mortgage instruments, that is, mortgage instruments whose principal or interest payments may vary or whose terms to maturity may be shorter than was previously customary. As new types of mortgage-related securities are developed and offered to investors, a Fund, consistent with its investment objective and policies, may consider making investments in such new types of securities.

The yield characteristics of mortgage-backed securities differ from those of traditional debt obligations. Among the principal differences are that interest and principal payments are made more frequently on mortgage-backed securities, usually monthly, and that principal may be prepaid at any time because the underlying mortgage loans or other assets generally may be prepaid at any time. As a result, if a Fund purchases these securities at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing the yield to maturity. Conversely, if a Fund purchases these securities at a discount, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will increase yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will reduce yield to maturity. Accelerated prepayments on securities purchased by the Fund at a premium also impose a risk of loss of principal because the premium may not have been fully amortized at the time the principal is prepaid in full.

Unlike fixed rate mortgage-backed securities, adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities are collateralized by or represent interest in mortgage loans with variable-rates of interest. These variable-rates of interest reset periodically to align themselves with market rates. A Fund will not benefit from increases in interest rates to the extent that interest rates rise to the point where they cause the current coupon of the underlying adjustable rate mortgages to exceed any maximum allowable annual or lifetime reset limits (or “cap rates”) for a particular mortgage. In this event, the value of the adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities in a Fund would likely decrease. Also, a Fund’s net asset value could vary to the extent that current yields on adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities are different than market yields during interim periods between coupon reset dates or if the timing of changes to the index upon which the rate for the underlying mortgage is based lags behind changes in market rates. During periods of declining interest rates, income to a Fund derived from adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities which remain in a mortgage pool will decrease in contrast to the income on fixed rate mortgage- backed securities, which will remain constant. Adjustable rate mortgages also have less potential for appreciation in value as interest rates decline than do fixed rate investments.

 

43


There are a number of important differences among the agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that issue mortgage-backed securities and among the securities that they issue. Mortgage-backed securities issued by GNMA include GNMA Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as “Ginnie Maes”), which are guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by GNMA, and such guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. GNMA certificates also are supported by the authority of GNMA to borrow funds from the U.S. Treasury to make payments under its guarantee. Mortgage-backed securities issued by FNMA include FNMA Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as “Fannie Maes”), which are solely the obligations of FNMA, and are not backed by or entitled to the full faith and credit of the United States. Fannie Maes are guaranteed as to timely payment of the principal and interest by FNMA. Mortgage-backed securities issued by FHLMC (which is defined below under “U.S. Government Securities and U.S. Government Agency Securities”) include FHLMC Mortgage Participation Certificates (also known as “Freddie Macs” or “PCs”). FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality of the United States, created pursuant to an Act of Congress, which is owned entirely by Federal Home Loan Banks. Securities issued by FHLMC do not constitute a debt or obligation of the United States or by any Federal Home Loan Bank. Freddie Macs entitle the holder to timely payment of interest, which is guaranteed by the FHLMC. FHLMC guarantees either ultimate collection or timely payment of all principal payments on the underlying mortgage loans. When the FHLMC does not guarantee timely payment of principal, FHLMC may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of ultimate payment of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage, but in no event later than one year after it becomes payable.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations ( CMOs ) and Multiclass Pass-Through Securities . CMOs are a more complex form of mortgage-backed security in that they are multi-class debt obligations which are collateralized by mortgage loans or pass-through certificates. As a result of changes prompted by the Tax Reform Act of 1986, most CMOs are today issued as Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”). From the perspective of the investor, REMICs and CMOs are virtually indistinguishable. However, REMICs differ from CMOs in that REMICs provide certain tax advantages for the issuer of the obligation. Multiclass pass-through securities are interests in a trust composed of whole loans or private pass- throughs (collectively hereinafter referred to as “Mortgage Assets”). Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references herein to CMOs include REMICs and multiclass pass-through securities.

Often, CMOs are collateralized by GNMA, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac Certificates, but also may be collateralized by Mortgage Assets. Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references herein to CMOs include REMICs and multiclass pass-through securities. Payments of principal and interest on the Mortgage Assets, and any reinvestment income thereon, provide the funds to pay debt service on the CMOs or make scheduled distributions on the multiclass pass-through securities. CMOs may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing.

In order to form a CMO, the issuer assembles a package of traditional mortgage-backed pass-through securities, or actual mortgage loans, and uses them as collateral for a multi-class security. Each class of CMOs, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specified fixed or floating coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the Mortgage Assets may cause the CMOs to be retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates. Interest is paid or accrues on all classes of the CMOs on a monthly, quarterly or semi-annual basis. The principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the several classes of a series of a CMO in innumerable ways. In one structure, payments of principal, including any principal prepayments, on the Mortgage Assets are applied to the classes of a CMO in the order of their respective stated maturities or final distribution dates, so that no payment of principal will be made on any class of CMOs until all other classes having an earlier stated maturity or final distribution date have been paid in full. As market conditions change, and particularly during periods of rapid or unanticipated changes in market interest rates, the attractiveness of the CMO classes and the ability of the structure to provide the anticipated investment characteristics may be significantly reduced. Such changes can result in volatility in the market value, and in some instances reduced liquidity, of the CMO class.

A Fund may also invest in, among others types of CMOs, parallel pay CMOs and Planned Amortization Class CMOs (“PAC Bonds”). Parallel pay CMOs are structured to provide payments of principal on each payment date to more than one class. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the stated maturity date or final distribution date of each class, which, as with other CMO structures, must be retired by its stated maturity date or a final distribution date but may be retired earlier. PAC Bonds are a type of CMO tranche or series designed to provide relatively predictable payments of principal provided that, among other things, the actual prepayment experience on the underlying mortgage loans falls within a predefined range. If the actual prepayment experience on the underlying mortgage loans is at a rate faster or slower than the

 

44


predefined range or if deviations from other assumptions occur, principal payments on the PAC Bond may be earlier or later than predicted. The magnitude of the predefined range varies from one PAC Bond to another; a narrower range increases the risk that prepayments on the PAC Bond will be greater or smaller than predicted. Because of these features, PAC Bonds generally are less subject to the risks of prepayment than are other types of mortgage-backed securities.

Stripped Mortgage Securities . Stripped mortgage securities are derivative multiclass mortgage securities. Stripped mortgage securities may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Stripped mortgage securities have greater volatility than other types of mortgage securities. Although stripped mortgage securities are purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers, the market for such securities has not yet been fully developed. Accordingly, stripped mortgage securities are generally illiquid.

Stripped mortgage securities are structured with two or more classes of securities that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of stripped mortgage security will have at least one class receiving only a small portion of the interest and a larger portion of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive primarily interest and only a small portion of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (“IO” or interest-only), while the other class will receive the entire principal (“PO” or principal-only class). The yield to maturity on IOs, POs and other mortgage-backed securities that are purchased at a substantial premium or discount generally are extremely sensitive not only to changes in prevailing interest rates but also to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on such securities’ yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a Fund may fail to fully recoup its initial investment in these securities even if the securities have received the highest rating by an NRSRO.

In addition to the stripped mortgage securities described above, certain Funds may invest in similar securities such as Super POs and Levered IOs which are more volatile than POs, IOs and IOettes. Risks associated with instruments such as Super POs are similar in nature to those risks related to investments in POs. IOettes represent the right to receive interest payments on an underlying pool of mortgages with similar risks as those associated with IOs. Unlike IOs, the owner also has the right to receive a very small portion of the principal. Risks connected with Levered IOs and IOettes are similar in nature to those associated with IOs. Such Funds may also invest in other similar instruments developed in the future that are deemed consistent with its investment objective, policies and restrictions. See “Other Tax Consequences” in this SAI.

A Fund may also purchase stripped mortgage-backed securities for hedging purposes to protect that Fund against interest rate fluctuations. For example, since an IO will tend to increase in value as interest rates rise, it may be utilized to hedge against a decrease in value of other fixed-income securities in a rising interest rate environment. Stripped mortgage- backed securities may exhibit greater price volatility than ordinary debt securities because of the manner in which their principal and interest are returned to investors. The market value of the class consisting entirely of principal payments can be extremely volatile in response to changes in interest rates. The yields on stripped mortgage-backed securities that receive all or most of the interest are generally higher than prevailing market yields on other mortgage-backed obligations because their cash flow patterns are also volatile and there is a greater risk that the initial investment will not be fully recouped. The market for CMOs and other stripped mortgage-backed securities may be less liquid if these securities lose their value as a result of changes in interest rates; in that case, a Fund may have difficulty in selling such securities.

TBA Commitments . The Funds may enter into “to be announced” or “TBA” commitments. TBA commitments are forward agreements for the purchase or sale of securities, including mortgage-backed securities for a fixed price, with payment and delivery on an agreed upon future settlement date. The specific securities to be delivered are not identified at the trade date. However, delivered securities must meet specified terms, including issuer, rate and mortgage terms. See “When Issued Securities, Delayed Delivery Securities and Transactions” below.

Asset-Backed Securities . Asset-backed securities have structural characteristics similar to mortgage-backed securities. However, the underlying assets are not first-lien mortgage loans or interests therein; rather the underlying assets are often consumer or commercial debt contracts such as motor vehicle installment sales contracts, other installment loan contracts, home equity loans, leases of various types of property and receivables from credit card and other revolving credit arrangements. However, almost any type of fixed-income assets may be used to create an asset-backed security, including other fixed-income securities or derivative instruments such as swaps. Payments or distributions of principal and interest on

 

45


asset-backed securities may be supported by non-governmental credit enhancements similar to those utilized in connection with mortgage-backed securities. Asset-backed securities, though, present certain risks that are not presented by mortgage- backed securities. The credit quality of most asset-backed securities depends primarily on the credit quality of the assets underlying such securities, how well the entity issuing the security is insulated from the credit risk of the originator or any other affiliated entities, and the amount and quality of any credit enhancement of the securities. To the extent a security interest exists, it may be more difficult for the issuer to enforce the security interest as compared to mortgage-backed securities.

Municipal Securities

Each of the Fixed-Income Funds, except the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, may invest in municipal securities. Municipal securities include debt obligations issued by governmental entities to obtain funds for various public purposes, such as the construction of a wide range of public facilities, the refunding of outstanding obligations, the payment of general operating expenses, and the extension of loans to other public institutions and facilities. Private activity bonds that are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to finance various privately-operated facilities are deemed to be municipal securities, only if the interest paid thereon is exempt from federal taxes.

Other types of municipal securities include short-term General Obligation Notes, Tax Anticipation Notes, Bond Anticipation Notes, Revenue Anticipation Notes, Project Notes, Tax-Exempt Commercial Paper, Construction Loan Notes and other forms of short-term tax-exempt loans. Such instruments are issued with a short-term maturity in anticipation of the receipt of tax funds, the proceeds of bond placements or other revenues.

Project Notes are issued by a state or local housing agency and are sold by the Department of Housing and Urban Development. While the issuing agency has the primary obligation with respect to its Project Notes, they are also secured by the full faith and credit of the United States through agreements with the issuing authority which provide that, if required, the federal government will lend the issuer an amount equal to the principal of and interest on the Project Notes.

The two principal classifications of municipal securities consist of “general obligation” and “revenue” issues. The Funds may also acquire “moral obligation” issues, which are normally issued by special purpose authorities. There are, of course, variations in the quality of municipal securities, both within a particular classification and between classifications, and the yields on municipal securities depend upon a variety of factors, including the financial condition of the issuer, general conditions of the municipal bond market, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. Ratings represent the opinions of an NRSRO as to the quality of municipal securities. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality, and municipal securities with the same maturity, interest rate and rating may have different yields, while municipal securities of the same maturity and interest rate with different ratings may have the same yield. Subsequent to purchase, an issue of municipal securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum rating required for purchase. A Fund’s investment adviser or subadviser will consider such an event in determining whether a Fund should continue to hold the obligation.

General Obligation Bonds . General obligation bonds are secured by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith, credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. The taxing power of any governmental entity may be limited, however, by provisions of its state constitution or laws, and an entity’s creditworthiness will depend on many factors, including potential erosion of its tax base due to population declines, natural disasters, declines in the state’s industrial base or inability to attract new industries, economic limits on the ability to tax without eroding the tax base, state legislative proposals or voter initiatives to limit ad valorem real property taxes and the extent to which the entity relies on Federal or state aid, access to capital markets or other factors beyond the state’s or entity’s control. Accordingly, the capacity of the issuer of a general obligation bond as to the timely payment of interest and the repayment of principal when due is affected by the issuer’s maintenance of its tax base.

Revenue Bonds . Revenue bonds are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise tax or other specific revenue source such as payments from the user of the facility being financed; accordingly, the timely payment of interest and the repayment of principal in accordance with the terms of the revenue or special obligation bond is a function of the economic viability of such facility or such revenue source.

 

46


Revenue bonds issued by state or local agencies to finance the development of low-income, multi-family housing involve special risks in addition to those associated with municipal bonds generally, including that the underlying properties may not generate sufficient income to pay expenses and interest costs. Such bonds are generally nonrecourse against the property owner, may be junior to the rights of others with an interest in the properties, may pay interest that changes based in part on the financial performance of the property, may be prepayable without penalty and may be used to finance the construction of housing developments which, until completed and rented, do not generate income to pay interest. Increases in interest rates payable on senior obligations may make it more difficult for issuers to meet payment obligations on subordinated bonds.

Private activity bonds . Private activity bonds (“PABs”) are, in most cases, tax-exempt securities issued by states, municipalities or public authorities to provide funds, usually through a loan or lease arrangement, to a private entity for the purpose of financing construction or improvement of a facility to be used by the entity. Such bonds are secured primarily by revenues derived from loan repayments or lease payments due from the entity, which may or may not be guaranteed by a parent company or otherwise secured. PABs generally are not secured by a pledge of the taxing power of the issuer of such bonds. Therefore, an investor should understand that repayment of such bonds generally depends on the revenues of a private entity and be aware of the risks that such an investment may entail. The continued ability of an entity to generate sufficient revenues for the payment of principal and interest on such bonds will be affected by many factors including the size of the entity, its capital structure, demand for its products or services, competition, general economic conditions, government regulation and the entity’s dependence on revenues for the operation of the particular facility being financed.

An issuer’s obligations under its municipal securities are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency, and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the federal bankruptcy code, and laws, if any, which may be enacted by Congress or state legislatures extending the time for payment of principal or interest, or both, or imposing other constraints upon the enforcement of such obligations or upon the ability of municipalities to levy taxes. The power or ability of an issuer to meet its obligations for the payment of interest on and principal of its municipal securities may be materially adversely affected by litigation or other conditions.

Operational and Technology Risk/Cyber Security Risk

A Fund, its service providers, and other market participants depend on complex information technology and communications systems to conduct business functions. These systems are subject to a number of different threats or risks that could adversely affect a Fund and its shareholders, despite the efforts of a Fund and its service providers to adopt technologies, processes, and practices intended to mitigate these risks.

For example, a Fund, and its service providers, may be susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting from cyber incidents. In general, cyber incidents can result from deliberate attacks or unintentional events. Cyber attacks include, but are not limited to, gaining unauthorized access to digital systems (e.g., through “hacking” or malicious software coding) for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. Cyber attacks also may be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service attacks on websites (i.e., efforts to make network services unavailable to intended users). Cyber security failures or breaches by a Fund’s adviser, and other service providers (including, but not limited to, Fund accountants, custodians, subadvisers, transfer agents and administrators), and the issuers of securities in which the Funds invest, have the ability to cause disruptions and impact business operations, potentially resulting in financial losses, interference with a Fund’s ability to calculate its net asset value, impediments to trading, the inability of a Fund’s shareholders to transact business, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, regulatory fines, penalties, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, or additional compliance costs. In addition, substantial costs may be incurred in order to prevent any cyber incidents in the future. While a Fund and its service providers have established business continuity plans in the event of, and systems designed to reduce the risks associated with, such cyber attacks, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified.

In addition, power or communications outages, acts of God, information technology equipment malfunctions, operational errors, and inaccuracies within software or data processing systems may also disrupt business operations or impact critical data. Market events also may trigger a volume of transactions that overloads current information technology and communication systems and processes, impacting the ability to conduct a Fund’s operations.

 

47


The Funds cannot control the cyber security plans and systems put in place by service providers to the Funds and issuers in which the Funds invest. The Funds and their shareholders could be negatively impacted as a result.

Preferred Stocks, Convertible Securities and Other Equity Securities

Each of the Funds, except for the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, may invest in preferred stocks and other forms of convertible securities. In some instances, a Fixed-Income Fund (except the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund) may receive common stock, warrants or other types of equity securities resulting from a corporate action by or bankruptcy of an issuer of debt securities held by the Fund. In such instances, unless such equity securities are preferred stocks or convertible securities, the Fund will sell such equity securities as soon as reasonably practicable.

Preferred stocks, like many debt obligations, are generally fixed-income securities. Shareholders of preferred stocks normally have the right to receive dividends at a fixed rate when and as declared by the issuer’s board of directors, but do not participate in other amounts available for distribution by the issuing corporation. In some countries, dividends on preferred stocks may be variable, rather than fixed. Dividends on the preferred stock may be cumulative, and all cumulative dividends usually must be paid prior to common shareholders of common stock receiving any dividends. Because preferred stock dividends must be paid before common stock dividends, preferred stocks generally entail less risk than common stocks. Upon liquidation, preferred stocks are entitled to a specified liquidation preference, which is generally the same as the par or stated value, and are senior in right of payment to common stock. Preferred stocks are, however, equity securities in the sense that they do not represent a liability of the issuer and, therefore, do not offer as great a degree of protection of capital or assurance of continued income as investments in corporate debt securities. Preferred stocks are generally subordinated in right of payment to all debt obligations and creditors of the issuer, and convertible preferred stocks may be subordinated to other preferred stock of the same issuer.

Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks, or other securities that may be converted into or exchanged for a specified amount of common stock of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. Convertible securities have general characteristics similar to both debt obligations and equity securities. The value of a convertible security is a function of its “investment value” (determined by its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege) and its “conversion value” (the security’s worth, at market value, if converted into the underlying common stock). The investment value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, the credit standing of the issuer and other factors. The market value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, tends to increase as interest rates decline. The conversion value of a convertible security is determined by the market price of the underlying common stock. The market value of convertible securities tends to vary with fluctuations in the market value of the underlying common stock and therefore will react to variations in the general market for equity securities. If the conversion value is low relative to the investment value, the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value. Generally, the conversion value decreases as the convertible security approaches maturity. To the extent the market price of the underlying common stock approaches or exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible security will be increasingly influenced by its conversion value. A convertible security generally will sell at a premium over its conversion value by the extent to which investors place value on the right to acquire the underlying common stock while holding a fixed- income security. While no securities investments are without risk, investments in convertible securities generally entail less risk than investments in common stock of the same issuer.

A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest normally paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted, or exchanged. Convertible securities have unique investment characteristics in that they generally (i) have higher yields than common stocks, but lower yields than comparable non-convertible securities, (ii) are less subject to fluctuation in value than the underlying stock since they have fixed-income characteristics, and (iii) provide the potential for capital appreciation if the market price of the underlying common stock increases. Most convertible securities currently are issued by U.S. companies, although a substantial Eurodollar convertible securities market has developed, and the markets for convertible securities denominated in local currencies are increasing.

A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument. If a convertible security held by a Fund is called for redemption, a Fund will be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common stock, or sell it to a third party.

 

48


Convertible securities generally are subordinated to other similar but non-convertible securities of the same issuer, although convertible bonds, as corporate debt obligations, generally enjoy seniority in right of payment to all equity securities, and convertible preferred stock is senior to common stock of the same issuer. Because of the subordination feature, however, some convertible securities typically are rated below investment grade or are not rated, depending on the general creditworthiness of the issuer.

Certain Funds may invest in convertible preferred stocks that offer enhanced yield features, such as Preferred Equity Redemption Cumulative Stocks (“PERCS”), which provide an investor, such as a Fund, with the opportunity to earn higher dividend income than is available on a company’s common stock. PERCS are preferred stocks that generally feature a mandatory conversion date, as well as a capital appreciation limit, which is usually expressed in terms of a stated price. Most PERCS expire three years from the date of issue, at which time they are convertible into common stock of the issuer. PERCS are generally not convertible into cash at maturity. Under a typical arrangement, after three years PERCS convert into one share of the issuer’s common stock if the issuer’s common stock is trading at a price below that set by the capital appreciation limit, and into less than one full share if the issuer’s common stock is trading at a price above that set by the capital appreciation limit. The amount of that fractional share of common stock is determined by dividing the price set by the capital appreciation limit by the market price of the issuer’s common stock. PERCS can be called at any time prior to maturity, and hence do not provide call protection. If called early, however, the issuer must pay a call premium over the market price to the investor. This call premium declines at a preset rate daily, up to the maturity date.

A Fund may also invest in other classes of enhanced convertible securities. These include but are not limited to Automatically Convertible Equity Securities (“ACES”), Participating Equity Preferred Stock (“PEPS”), Preferred Redeemable Increased Dividend Equity Securities (“PRIDES”), Stock Appreciation Income Linked Securities (“SAILS”), Term Convertible Notes (“TECONS”), Quarterly Income Cumulative Securities (“QICS”), and Dividend Enhanced Convertible Securities (“DECS”). ACES, PEPS, PRIDES, SAILS, TECONS, QICS, and DECS all have the following features: they are issued by the company, the common stock of which will be received in the event the convertible preferred stock is converted; unlike PERCS they do not have a capital appreciation limit; they seek to provide the investor with high current income with some prospect of future capital appreciation; they are typically issued with three or four-year maturities; they typically have some built-in call protection for the first two to three years; and, upon maturity, they will convert into either cash or a specified number of shares of common stock.

Similarly, there may be enhanced convertible debt obligations issued by the operating company, whose common stock is to be acquired in the event the security is converted, or by a different issuer, such as an investment bank. These securities may be identified by names such as Equity Linked Securities (“ELKS”) or similar names. Typically they share most of the salient characteristics of an enhanced convertible preferred stock but will be ranked as senior or subordinated debt in the issuer’s corporate structure according to the terms of the debt indenture. There may be additional types of convertible securities not specifically referred to herein, which may be similar to those described above in which a Fund may invest, consistent with its goals and policies.

An investment in an enhanced convertible security or any other security may involve additional risks to the Fund. A Fund may have difficulty disposing of such securities because there may be a thin trading market for a particular security at any given time. Reduced liquidity may have an adverse impact on market price and a Fund’s ability to dispose of particular securities, when necessary, to meet the Fund’s liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event, such as the deterioration in the creditworthiness of an issuer. Reduced liquidity in the secondary market for certain securities may also make it more difficult for the Fund to obtain market quotations based on actual trades for purposes of valuing the Fund’s portfolio. A Fund, however, intends to acquire liquid securities, though there can be no assurances that it will always be able to do so.

Certain Funds may also invest in zero coupon convertible securities. Zero coupon convertible securities are debt securities which are issued at a discount to their face amount and do not entitle the holder to any periodic payments of interest prior to maturity. Rather, interest earned on zero coupon convertible securities accretes at a stated yield until the security reaches its face amount at maturity. Zero coupon convertible securities are convertible into a specific number of shares of the issuer’s common stock. In addition, zero coupon convertible securities usually have put features that provide the holder with the opportunity to sell the securities back to the issuer at a stated price before maturity. Generally, the prices of zero coupon convertible securities may be more sensitive to market interest rate fluctuations than conventional convertible securities. For more information about zero coupon securities generally, see “Zero Coupon Securities, Step-Coupon Securities, Pay-In-Kind Bonds (“PIK Bonds”) and Deferred Payment Securities” below.

 

49


Current federal income tax law requires the holder of zero coupon securities to accrue income with respect to these securities prior to the receipt of cash payments. Accordingly, to avoid liability for federal income and excise taxes, a Fund may be required to distribute income accrued with respect to these securities and may have to dispose of portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances in order to generate cash to satisfy these distribution requirements.

Contingent Convertible Securities. A contingent convertible security (“CoCo”) is a hybrid debt security typically issued by a non-U.S. bank that, upon the occurrence of a specified trigger event, may be (i) convertible into equity securities of the issuer at a predetermined share price; or (ii) written down in liquidation value. Trigger events are identified in the document’s requirements. CoCos are designed to behave like bonds in times of economic health yet absorb losses when the trigger event occurs.

With respect to CoCos that provide for conversion of the CoCo into common shares of the issuer in the event of a trigger event, the conversion would deepen the subordination of the investor, subjecting the Fund to a greater risk of loss in the event of bankruptcy. In addition, because the common stock of the issuer may not pay a dividend, investors in such instruments could experience reduced yields (or no yields at all). With respect to CoCos that provide for the write-down in liquidation value of the CoCo in the event of a trigger event, it is possible that the liquidation value of the CoCo may be adjusted downward to below the original par value or written off entirely under certain circumstances. For instance, if losses have eroded the issuer’s capital levels below a specified threshold, the liquidation value of the CoCo may be reduced in whole or in part. The write-down of the CoCo’s par value may occur automatically and would not entitle holders to institute bankruptcy proceedings against the issuer. In addition, an automatic write-down could result in a reduced income rate if the dividend or interest payment associated with the CoCo is based on par value. Coupon payments on CoCos may be discretionary and may be canceled by the issuer for any reason or may be subject to approval by the issuer’s regulator and may be suspended in the event there are insufficient distributable reserves.

CoCos are subject to the credit, interest rate, high yield securities, foreign securities and market risks associated with bonds and equity securities, and to the risks specified to convertible securities in general. They are also subject to other specific risks. CoCos typically are structurally subordinated to traditional convertible bonds in the issuer’s capital structure, which increases the risk that the Fund may experience a loss. In certain scenarios, investors in CoCos may suffer a loss of capital ahead of equity holders or when equity holders do not. CoCos are generally speculative and the prices of CoCos may be volatile. There is no guarantee that the Fund will receive return of principal on CoCos.

Publicly Traded Limited Partnerships and Limited Liability Companies

Entities such as limited partnerships, limited liability companies, business trusts and companies organized outside the United States may issue securities comparable to common or preferred stock. Each of the Equity Funds may invest in interests in limited liability companies, as well as publicly traded limited partnerships (limited partnership interests or units), which represent equity interests in the assets and earnings of the company’s or partnership’s trade or business. Unlike common stock in a corporation, limited partnership interests have limited or no voting rights. However, many of the risks of investing in common stocks are still applicable to investments in limited partnership interests. In addition, limited partnership interests are subject to risks not present in common stock. For example, income derived from a limited partnership deemed not to be a “qualified publicly traded partnership” will be treated as “qualifying income” under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Internal Revenue Code”) only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership that would be qualifying income if realized directly by the Funds. See, “Tax Status” below. Also, since publicly traded limited partnerships and limited liability companies are a less common form of organizational structure than corporations, their units may be less liquid than publicly traded common stock. Also, because of the difference in organizational structure, the fair value of limited liability company or limited partnership units in a Fund’s portfolio may be based either upon the current market price of such units, or if there is no current market price, upon the pro rata value of the underlying assets of the company or partnership. Limited partnership units also have the risk that the limited partnership might, under certain circumstances, be treated as a general partnership giving rise to broader liability exposure to the limited partners for activities of the partnership. Further, the general partners of a limited partnership may be able to significantly change the business or asset structure of a limited partnership without the limited partners having any ability to disapprove any such changes. In certain limited partnerships, limited partners may also be required to return distributions previously made in the event that excess distributions have been made by the partnership, or in the event that the general partners, or their affiliates, are entitled to indemnification.

 

50


Put Bonds

Each of the Fixed-Income Funds, except the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, may invest in “put” bonds. “Put” bonds are securities (including securities with variable interest rates) that may be sold back to the issuer of the security at face value at the option of the holder prior to their stated maturity. A Fund’s investment adviser or subadviser intends to purchase only those put bonds for which the put option is an integral part of the security as originally issued. The option to “put” the bond back to the issuer prior to the stated final maturity can cushion the price decline of the bond in a rising interest rate environment. However, the premium paid, if any, for an option to put will have the effect of reducing the yield otherwise payable on the underlying security. For the purpose of determining the “maturity” of securities purchased subject to an option to put, and for the purpose of determining the dollar weighted average maturity of a Fund holding such securities, the Fund will consider “maturity” to be the first date on which it has the right to demand payment from the issuer.

Real Estate Investment Trusts

Although no Fund will invest in real estate directly, the Equity Funds may invest in securities of real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) and other real estate industry companies or companies with substantial real estate investments and, as a result, such Funds may be subject to certain risks associated with direct ownership of real estate and with the real estate industry in general. These risks include, among others: possible declines in the value of real estate; possible lack of availability of mortgage funds; extended vacancies of properties; risks related to general and local economic conditions; overbuilding; increases in competition, property taxes and operating expenses; changes in zoning laws; costs resulting from the clean-up of, and liability to third parties for damages resulting from, environmental problems; casualty or condemnation losses; uninsured damages from floods, earthquakes or other natural disasters; limitations on and variations in rents; and changes in interest rates.

REITs are pooled investment vehicles which invest primarily in income-producing real estate or real estate-related loans or interests. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the investment strategies of equity REITs and mortgage REITs. REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with several requirements of the Internal Revenue Code. The Funds pay the fees and expenses of the REITs, which, ultimately, are paid by a Fund’s shareholders.

Repurchase Agreements

Each Fund may enter into repurchase agreements. In connection with the purchase by a Fund of a repurchase agreement from member banks of the Federal Reserve System or certain non-bank dealers, the Fund’s custodian, or a subcustodian, will have custody of, and will earmark or segregate securities acquired by the Fund under such repurchase agreement. Repurchase agreements are contracts under which the buyer of a security simultaneously commits to resell the security to the seller at an agreed-upon price and date. Any portion of a repurchase agreement that is not collateralized fully is considered by the staff of the SEC to be a loan by the Fund. To the extent that a repurchase agreement is not collateralized fully, a Fund will include any collateral that the Fund receives in calculating the Fund’s total assets in determining whether a Fund has loaned more than one-third of its assets. Repurchase agreements may be entered into with respect to securities of the type in which the Fund may invest or government securities regardless of their remaining maturities, and will require that additional securities be deposited as collateral if the value of the securities purchased should decrease below resale price. Repurchase agreements involve certain risks in the event of default or insolvency by the other party, including possible delays or restrictions upon a Fund’s ability to dispose of the underlying securities, the risk of a possible decline in the value of the underlying securities during the period in which a Fund seeks to assert its rights to them, the risk of incurring expenses associated with asserting those rights and the risk of losing all or part of the income from the repurchase agreement. A Fund’s investment adviser or subadviser reviews the creditworthiness of those banks and other recognized financial institutions with which a Fund enters into repurchase agreements to evaluate these risks.

 

51


Restricted, Non-Publicly Traded and Illiquid Securities

The Funds, may not invest more than 15% (5% with respect to the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund) of its net assets, in the aggregate, in illiquid securities, including repurchase agreements which have a maturity of longer than seven days, time deposits maturing in more than seven days and securities that are illiquid because of the absence of a readily available market or legal or contractual restrictions on resale or other factors limiting the marketability of the security. Repurchase agreements subject to demand are deemed to have a maturity equal to the notice period.

Historically, illiquid securities have included securities subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale because they have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), securities which are otherwise not readily marketable and repurchase agreements having a maturity of longer than seven days. In addition, for purposes of the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, a security is illiquid if it cannot be sold or disposed of within the ordinary course of business within seven calendar days at approximately the value ascribed to it by the Fund. Securities which have not been registered under the Securities Act are referred to as private placements or restricted securities and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the secondary market. Unless subsequently registered for sale, these securities can only be sold in privately negotiated transactions or pursuant to an exemption from registration. The Funds typically do not hold a significant amount of these restricted or other illiquid securities because of the potential for delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation. Limitations on resale may have an adverse effect on the marketability of portfolio securities, and a Fund might be unable to dispose of restricted or other illiquid securities promptly or at reasonable prices and might thereby experience difficulty satisfying redemptions within seven days. A Fund might also have to register such restricted securities in order to dispose of them resulting in additional expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering of securities.

A large institutional market exists for certain securities that are not registered under the Securities Act including repurchase agreements, commercial paper, foreign securities, municipal securities and corporate bonds and notes. Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or on an issuer’s ability to honor a demand for repayment. The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of the liquidity of such investments.

The SEC has adopted Rule 144A which allows for a broader institutional trading market for securities otherwise subject to restriction on resale to the general public. Rule 144A establishes a “safe harbor” from the registration requirements of the Securities Act for resales of certain securities to qualified institutional buyers.

Any such restricted securities will be considered to be illiquid for purposes of a Fund’s limitations on investments in illiquid securities unless, pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board of Trustees”), the a Fund’s investment adviser or subadviser has determined such securities to be liquid because such securities are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A and are readily saleable, or if such securities may be readily saleable in foreign markets. To the extent that qualified institutional buyers may become uninterested in purchasing Rule 144A securities, a Fund’s level of illiquidity may increase.

A Fund may sell OTC options and, in connection therewith, earmark or segregate assets to cover its obligations with respect to OTC options written by the Fund. The assets used as cover for OTC options written by a Fund will be considered illiquid unless the OTC options are sold to qualified dealers who agree that the Fund may repurchase any OTC option it writes at a maximum price to be calculated by a formula set forth in the option agreement. The cover for an OTC option written subject to this procedure would be considered illiquid only to the extent that the maximum repurchase price under the formula exceeds the intrinsic value of the option.

A Fund’s investment adviser or subadviser will monitor the liquidity of restricted securities in the portion of a Fund it manages. In reaching liquidity decisions, the following factors are considered: (1) the unregistered nature of the security; (2) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (3) the number of dealers wishing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential purchasers; (4) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security and (5) the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of the transfer).

 

52


Private Placement Commercial Paper . Commercial paper eligible for resale under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (“Section 4(2) paper”) is offered only to accredited investors. Rule 506 of Regulation D in the Securities Act lists investment companies as an accredited investor.

Section 4(2) paper not eligible for resale under Rule 144A under the Securities Act shall be deemed liquid if (1) the Section 4(2) paper is not traded flat or in default as to principal and interest; (2) the Section 4(2) paper is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by at least two NRSROs, or if only one NRSRO rates the security, it is rated in one of the two highest categories by that NRSRO; and (3) the Fund’s investment adviser or subadviser believes that, based on the trading markets for such security, such security can be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the amount at which the Fund has valued the security.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Mortgage Dollar Rolls

Each Fund may engage in reverse repurchase agreements to facilitate portfolio liquidity, a practice common in the mutual fund industry, or for arbitrage transactions discussed below. In a reverse repurchase agreement, a Fund would sell a security and enter into an agreement to repurchase the security at a specified future date and price. A Fund generally retains the right to interest and principal payments on the security. Since a Fund receives cash upon entering into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may be considered a borrowing under the 1940 Act (see “Borrowing”). When required by guidelines of the SEC, a Fund will segregate or earmark permissible liquid assets to secure its obligations to repurchase the security. At the time a Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it will establish and maintain segregated or earmarked liquid assets with an approved custodian having a value not less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest). The segregated or earmarked liquid assets will be marked-to-market daily and additional assets will be segregated or earmarked on any day in which the assets fall below the repurchase price (plus accrued interest). A Fund’s liquidity and ability to manage its assets might be affected when it sets aside cash or portfolio securities to cover such commitments. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities retained in lieu of sale may decline below the price of the securities the Fund has sold but is obligated to repurchase. In the event the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities, and the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may effectively be restricted pending such determination.

The Fixed-Income Funds also may invest in mortgage dollar rolls, which are arrangements in which a Fund would sell mortgage-backed securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contract to purchase substantially similar securities on a specified future date. While a Fund would forego principal and interest paid on the mortgage-backed securities during the roll period, the Fund would be compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower price for the future purchase as well as by any interest earned on the proceeds of the initial sale. A Fund also could be compensated through the receipt of fee income equivalent to a lower forward price. At the time the Fund would enter into a mortgage dollar roll, it would earmark or set aside permissible liquid assets in a segregated account to secure its obligation for the forward commitment to buy mortgage-backed securities. Depending on whether the segregated or earmarked assets are cash equivalent or some other type of security, entering into mortgage dollar rolls may subject the Fund to additional interest rate sensitivity. If the segregated or earmarked assets are cash equivalents that mature prior to the mortgage dollar roll settlement, there is little likelihood that the sensitivity will increase; however, if the segregated or earmarked assets are subject to interest rate risk because they settle later, then the Fund’s interest rate sensitivity could increase. Mortgage dollar roll transactions may be considered a borrowing by the Funds (See “Borrowing”).

Mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements may be used as arbitrage transactions in which a Fund will maintain an offsetting position in investment grade debt obligations or repurchase agreements that mature on or before the settlement date on the related mortgage dollar roll or reverse repurchase agreements. Since a Fund will receive interest on the securities or repurchase agreements in which it invests the transaction proceeds, such transactions may involve leverage. However, since such securities or repurchase agreements will be high quality and will mature on or before the settlement date of the mortgage dollar roll or reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund’s subadviser believes that such arbitrage transactions do not present the risks to the Fund that are associated with other types of leverage.

 

53


Securities of Investment Companies

As permitted by the 1940 Act, a Fund may generally invest up to 10% of its total assets, calculated at the time of investment, in the securities of other open-end or closed-end investment companies. No more than 5% of a Fund’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one investment company nor may it acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment company. Notwithstanding these restrictions, each Fund may invest any amount, pursuant to Rule 12d1-1 of the 1940 Act, in affiliated or unaffiliated investment companies that hold themselves out as “money market funds” and which operate in accordance with Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act. A Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management fees paid by an investment company in which it invests in addition to the advisory fee paid by the Fund. Some of the countries in which a Fund may invest may not permit direct investment by outside investors. Investments in such countries may only be permitted through foreign government-approved or government-authorized investment vehicles, which may include other investment companies.

Exchange-Traded Funds . The Funds (except for the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund) may invest in exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”). ETFs are regulated as registered investment companies under the 1940 Act. Many ETFs acquire and hold securities of all of the companies or other issuers, or a representative sampling of companies or other issuers that are components of a particular index. Such ETFs typically are intended to provide investment results that, before expenses, generally correspond to the price and yield performance of the corresponding market index, and the value of their shares should, under normal circumstances, closely track the value of the index’s underlying component securities. Because an ETF has operating expenses and transaction costs, while a market index does not, ETFs that track particular indices typically will be unable to match the performance of the index exactly. ETF shares may be purchased and sold in the secondary trading market on a securities exchange, in lots of any size, at any time during the trading day. More recently, actively managed ETFs have been created that are managed similarly to other investment companies.

The shares of an ETF may be assembled in a block known as a creation unit and redeemed in kind for a portfolio of the underlying securities (based on the ETF’s net asset value) together with a cash payment generally equal to accumulated dividends as of the date of redemption. Conversely, a creation unit may be purchased from the ETF by depositing a specified portfolio of the ETF’s underlying securities, as well as a cash payment generally equal to accumulated dividends of the securities (net of expenses) up to the time of deposit. ETF shares, as opposed to creation units, are generally purchased and sold by smaller investors in a secondary market on a securities exchange. ETF shares can be traded in lots of any size, at any time during the trading day. Although the Fund, like most other investors in ETFs, intends to purchase and sell ETF shares primarily in the secondary trading market, the Fund may redeem creation units for the underlying securities (and any applicable cash), and may assemble a portfolio of the underlying securities and use it (and any required cash) to purchase creation units, if the investment manager believes it is in the Fund’s best interest to do so.

An investment in an ETF is subject to all of the risks of investing in the securities held by the ETF and has the same risks as investing in a closed-end fund. In addition, because of the ability of large market participants to arbitrage price differences by purchasing or redeeming creation units, the difference between the market value and the net asset value of ETF shares should in most cases be small. An ETF may be terminated and need to liquidate its portfolio securities at a time when the prices for those securities are falling.

Short Selling of Securities

The Index Funds may engage in short selling of securities consistent with their respective strategies. In a short sale of securities, a Fund sells stock which it does not own, making delivery with securities “borrowed” from a broker. The Fund is then obligated to replace the borrowed security by purchasing it at the market price at the time of replacement. This price may or may not be less than the price at which the security was sold by the Fund. Until the security is replaced, the Fund is required to pay the lender any dividends or interest which accrue during the period of the loan. In order to borrow the security, the Fund also may have to pay a premium and/or interest which would increase the cost of the security sold. The proceeds of the short sale will be retained by the broker, to the extent necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out. In addition, the broker may require the deposit of collateral (generally, up to 50% of the value of the securities sold short).

A Fund will incur a loss as a result of the short sale if the price of the security increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the Fund replaces the borrowed security. A Fund will realize a gain if the security declines in price between those two dates. The amount of any gain will be decreased and the amount of any loss will be increased by any

 

54


premium or interest the Fund may be required to pay in connection with the short sale. When a cash dividend is declared on a security for which a Fund has a short position, the Fund incurs the obligation to pay an amount equal to that dividend to the lender of the shorted security. However, any such dividend on a security sold short generally reduces the market value of the shorted security, thus increasing the Fund’s unrealized gain or reducing the Fund’s unrealized loss on its short-sale transaction. Whether a Fund will be successful in utilizing a short sale will depend, in part, on its investment adviser’s or subadviser’s ability to correctly predict whether the price of a security it borrows to sell short will decrease.

In a short sale, the seller does not immediately deliver the securities sold and is said to have a short position in those securities until delivery occurs. A Fund must segregate or earmark an amount of cash or other liquid assets equal to the difference between (a) the market value of securities sold short at the time that they were sold short and (b) the value of the collateral deposited with the broker to meet margin requirements in connection with the short sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale). While the short position is open, the Fund must maintain on a daily basis segregated or earmarked liquid assets at such a level that the amount segregated or earmarked plus the amount of collateral deposited with the broker as margin equals the current market value of the securities sold short.

A Fund also may engage in short sales if at the time of the short sale the Fund owns or has the right to obtain without additional cost an equal amount of the security being sold short. This investment technique is known as a short sale “against the box.” The Funds do not intend to engage in short sales against the box for investment purposes. A Fund may, however, make a short sale as a hedge, when it believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security owned by the Fund (or a security convertible or exchangeable for such security), or when the Fund wants to sell the security at an attractive current price. In such case, any future losses in the Fund’s long position should be offset by a gain in the short position and, conversely, any gain in the long position should be reduced by a loss in the short position. The extent to which such gains or losses are reduced will depend upon the amount of the security sold short relative to the amount the Fund owns. There will be certain additional transaction costs associated with short sales against the box. For tax purposes a Fund that enters into a short sale “against the box” may be treated as having made a constructive sale of an “appreciated financial position” causing the Fund to realize a gain (but not a loss).

Short-Term Instruments

Each Fund may invest in short-term instruments, including money market instruments. Short-term instruments may include the following types of instruments:

 

    shares of money market mutual funds, including those that may be advised by a Fund’s investment adviser or subadviser;

 

    obligations issued or guaranteed as to interest and principal by the U.S. government, its agencies, or instrumentalities, or any federally chartered corporation;

 

    obligations of sovereign foreign governments, their agencies, instrumentalities and political subdivisions;

 

    obligations of municipalities and states, their agencies and political subdivisions;

 

    high-quality asset-backed commercial paper;

 

    repurchase agreements;

 

    bank or savings and loan obligations;

 

    high-quality commercial paper (including asset-backed commercial paper), which are short-term unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance their current operations. It also may be issued by foreign issuers, such as foreign governments, states and municipalities.

 

    high-quality bank loan participation agreements representing obligations of corporations having a high-quality short-term rating, at the date of investment, and under which a Fund will look to the creditworthiness of the lender bank, which is obligated to make payments of principal and interest on the loan, as well as to creditworthiness of the borrower;

 

    high-quality short-term corporate obligations;

 

    certain variable-rate and floating-rate securities with maturities longer than 397 days, but which are subject to interest rate resetting provisions and demand features within 397 days;

 

    extendable commercial notes, which differ from traditional commercial paper because the issuer can extend the maturity of the note up to 397 days with the option to call the note any time during the extension period. Because extension will occur when the issuer does not have other viable options for lending, these notes may be considered illiquid, particularly during the extension period and

 

    unrated short-term debt obligations that are determined by a Fund’s investment adviser or subadviser to be of comparable quality to the securities described above.

 

55


Bank Obligations . Bank obligations include certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and fixed time deposits. A certificate of deposit is a short-term negotiable certificate issued by a commercial bank against funds deposited in the bank and is either interest-bearing or purchased on a discount basis. A bankers’ acceptance is a short-term draft drawn on a commercial bank by a borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction. The borrower is liable for payment as is the bank, which unconditionally guarantees to pay the draft at its face amount on the maturity date. Fixed time deposits are obligations of branches of U.S. banks or foreign banks which are payable at a stated maturity date and bear a fixed rate of interest. Although fixed time deposits do not have a market, there are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in the deposit to a third party.

Bank obligations may be general obligations of the parent bank or may be limited to the issuing branch by the terms of the specific obligations or by government regulation. Bank obligations may be issued by domestic banks (including their branches located outside the United States), domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks and savings and loan associations.

Eurodollar and Yankee Obligations . Eurodollar bank obligations are dollar-denominated certificates of deposit and time deposits issued outside the U.S. capital markets by foreign branches of U.S. banks and by foreign banks. Yankee bank obligations are dollar-denominated obligations issued in the U.S. capital markets by foreign banks.

Eurodollar and Yankee bank obligations are subject to the same risks that pertain to domestic issues, notably credit risk, market risk and liquidity risk. Additionally, Eurodollar (and to a limited extent, Yankee) bank obligations are subject to certain sovereign risks and other risks associated with foreign investments. One such risk is the possibility that a sovereign country might prevent capital, in the form of dollars, from flowing across their borders. Other risks include: adverse political and economic developments; the extent and quality of government regulation of financial markets and institutions; the imposition of foreign withholding taxes, and the expropriation or nationalization of foreign issues. However, Eurodollar and Yankee bank obligations held in a Fund will undergo the same credit analysis as domestic issuers in which the Fund invests, and will have at least the same financial strength as the domestic issuers approved for the Fund.

Small- and Medium-Cap Companies and Emerging Growth Stocks

The Equity Funds may invest in small- and medium-cap companies and emerging growth stocks. Investing in securities of small-sized companies, including micro-capitalization companies and emerging growth companies, may involve greater risks than investing in the stocks of larger, more established companies, including possible risk of loss. Also, because these securities may have limited marketability, their prices may be more volatile than securities of larger, more established companies or the market averages in general. Because small-sized, mid-cap and emerging growth companies normally have fewer shares outstanding than larger companies, it may be more difficult for a Fund to buy or sell significant numbers of such shares without an unfavorable impact on prevailing prices. Small-sized and emerging growth companies may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources and may lack management depth. In addition, small-sized, mid-cap and emerging growth companies are typically subject to wider variations in earnings and business prospects than are larger, more established companies. There is typically less publicly available information concerning small-sized, mid-cap and emerging growth companies than for larger, more established ones.

Special Situation Companies

The Equity Funds may invest in “special situation companies,” which include those involved in an actual or prospective acquisition or consolidation; reorganization; recapitalization; merger, liquidation or distribution of cash, securities or other assets; a tender or exchange offer; a breakup or workout of a holding company; or litigation which, if resolved favorably, would improve the value of the company’s stock. If the actual or prospective situation does not materialize as anticipated, the market price of the securities of a “special situation company” may decline significantly. Therefore, an investment in a Fund that invests a significant portion of its assets in these securities may involve a greater degree of risk than an investment in other mutual funds that seek long-term growth of capital by investing in better-known, larger companies. The investment adviser or subadviser of such a Fund believes, however, that if it analyzes “special situation companies” carefully and invests in the securities of these companies at the appropriate time, the Fund may achieve capital growth. There can be no assurance however, that a special situation that exists at the time a Fund makes its investment will be consummated under the terms and within the time period contemplated, if it is consummated at all.

 

56


Standby Commitment Agreements

Except for the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, each Fixed-Income Fund may enter into standby commitment agreements. Standby commitment agreements commit a Fund, for a stated period of time, to purchase a stated amount of fixed-income securities that may be issued and sold to the Fund at the option of the issuer. The price and coupon of the security is fixed at the time of the commitment. At the time of entering into the agreement the Fund is paid a commitment fee, regardless of whether or not the security is ultimately issued. Funds enter into such agreements for the purpose of investing in the security underlying the commitment at a yield and price that is considered advantageous to the Fund. The Fund segregates or earmarks liquid assets in the aggregate amount equal to the purchase price of the securities underlying the commitment.

There can be no assurance that the securities subject to a standby commitment will be issued and the value of the security, if issued, on the delivery date may be more or less than its purchase price. Since the issuance of the security underlying the commitment is at the option of the issuer, a Fund may bear the risk of a decline in the value of such security and may not benefit from appreciation in the value of the security during the commitment period if the security is not ultimately issued.

The purchase of a security subject to a standby commitment agreement and the related commitment fee will be recorded on the date on which the security can reasonably be expected to be issued, and the value of the security will thereafter be reflected in the calculation of a Fund’s net asset value. The cost basis of the security will be adjusted by the amount of the commitment fee. In the event the security is not issued, the commitment fee will be recorded as income on the expiration date of the standby commitment.

Strip Bonds

The Fixed-Income Funds, except the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, may invest in strip bonds. Strip bonds are debt securities that are stripped of their interest (usually by a financial intermediary) after the securities are issued. The market value of these securities generally fluctuates more in response to changes in interest rates than interest paying securities of comparable maturity.

Supranational Entities

The Fixed-Income Funds may invest in debt securities of supranational entities. Examples of such entities include the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the World Bank), the European Steel and Coal Community, the Asian Development Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank. The government members, or “stockholders,” usually make initial capital contributions to the supranational entity and in many cases are committed to make additional capital contributions if the supranational entity is unable to repay its borrowings. There is no guarantee that one or more stockholders of a supranational entity will continue to make any necessary additional capital contributions. If such contributions are not made, the entity may be unable to pay interest or repay principal on its debt securities, and the Fund may lose money on such investments.

Temporary Investments

Generally each of the Funds will be fully invested in accordance with its investment objective and strategies. However, pending investment of cash balances, in anticipation of redemptions or for other cash management purposes, or if a Fund’s subadviser believes that business, economic, political or financial conditions warrant, a Fund may invest without limit in cash or money market cash equivalents, including short-term instruments, as described herein and, subject to the limits of the 1940 Act, shares of other investment companies that invest in securities in which the Fund may invest. Should this occur, a Fund will not be pursuing its investment objective and may miss potential market upswings. Each Index Fund uses an indexing strategy and does not attempt to manage market volatility, use defensive strategies or reduce the effects of any long-term periods of poor securities performance, although each Fund may use temporary investments pending investment of cash balances or to manage anticipated redemption activity. See also “Short-Term Instruments.”

 

57


U.S. Government Securities and U.S. Government Agency Securities

Each of the Fixed-Income Funds may invest in a variety of securities which are issued or guaranteed as to the payment of principal and interest by the U.S. government (including U.S. Treasury securities), and by various agencies or instrumentalities which have been established or sponsored by the U.S. government. Each of the Equity Funds may invest in U.S. Treasury securities.

U.S. Treasury securities are backed by the “full faith and credit” of the United States. Securities issued or guaranteed by federal agencies and U.S. government-sponsored instrumentalities may or may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. In the case of securities not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, investors in such securities look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, and may not be able to assert a claim against the United States itself in the event the agency or instrumentality does not meet its commitment. Agencies which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States include the Export-Import Bank, Farmers Home Administration, Federal Financing Bank, and others. Certain agencies and instrumentalities, such as the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), are, in effect, backed by the full faith and credit of the United States through provisions in their charters that they may make “indefinite and unlimited” drawings on the U.S. Treasury if needed to service its debt. Debt from certain other agencies and instrumentalities, including the Federal Home Loan Banks and Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), are not guaranteed by the United States, but those institutions are protected by the discretionary authority for the U.S. Treasury to purchase certain amounts of their securities to assist the institutions in meeting their debt obligations. Finally, other agencies and instrumentalities, such as the Farm Credit System and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), are federally chartered institutions under U.S. government supervision, but their debt securities are backed only by the creditworthiness of those institutions, not the U.S. government.

Some of the U.S. government agencies that issue or guarantee securities include the Export-Import Bank of the United States, Farmers Home Administration, Federal Housing Administration, Maritime Administration, Small Business Administration, and the Tennessee Valley Authority.

An instrumentality of a U.S. government agency is a government agency organized under Federal charter with government supervision. Instrumentalities issuing or guaranteeing securities include, among others, Federal Home Loan Banks, the Federal Land Banks, Central Bank for Cooperatives, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks and the FNMA.

The maturities of such securities usually range from three months to 30 years. While such securities may be guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government or its instrumentalities, their market values may fluctuate and are not guaranteed, which may, along with the other securities in a Fund’s portfolio, cause the Fund’s daily net asset value to fluctuate.

The Federal Reserve creates STRIPS (Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities) by separating the coupon payments and the principal payment from an outstanding Treasury security and selling them as individual securities. To the extent a Fund purchases the principal portion of STRIPS, the Fund will not receive regular interest payments. Instead STRIPS are sold at a deep discount from their face value. Because the principal portion of the STRIPS does not pay current income, its price can be volatile when interest rates change.In calculating its dividend, a Fund takes into account as income a portion of the difference between the principal portion of the STRIPS’ purchase price and its face value.

In September 2008, the U.S. Treasury Department and the Federal Housing Finance Administration (“FHFA”) placed FNMA and FHLMC into a conservatorship under FHFA. As conservator, the FHFA assumed all the powers of the shareholders, directors and officers with the goal of preserving and conserving the assets and property of FNMA and FHLMC. However, FNMA and FHLMC continue to operate legally as business corporations and FHFA has delegated to the Chief Executive Officer and Board of Directors the responsibility for much of the day-to-day operations of the companies. FNMA and FHLMC must follow the laws and regulations governing financial disclosure, including SEC requirements. The long-term effect that this conservatorship will have on these companies’ debt and equity securities is unclear.

Inflation-Protected Bonds . Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities (“TIPS”) are fixed-income securities issued by the U.S. Treasury whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. The U.S. Treasury uses a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Inflation-indexed securities issued by the U.S. Treasury have maturities of five, ten or thirty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. TIPS bonds typically pay interest on a semi-annual basis, equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted amount.

 

58


If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed bonds, even during a period of deflation. However, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed and will fluctuate. The Funds may also invest in other inflation-related bonds which may or may not provide a similar guarantee. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal.

The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if inflation were to rise at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation- indexed bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increased at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds.

Investors in an inflation-indexed mutual fund who do not reinvest the portion of the income distribution that is attributable to inflation adjustments will not maintain the purchasing power of the investment over the long term. This is because interest earned depends on the amount of principal invested, and that principal will not grow with inflation if the investor fails to reinvest the principal adjustment paid out as part of a Fund’s income distributions.

While these securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.

The periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation-indexed bonds is tied to the Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”), which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy.Inflation-indexed securities issued by a foreign government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index, calculated by that government. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U or any foreign inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a foreign country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United States.

Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity.

Warrants and Rights

Each of the Equity Funds may invest in or hold warrants and rights. Warrants are securities giving the holder the right, but not the obligation, to buy the stock of an issuer at a given price (generally higher than the value of the stock at the time of issuance), on a specified date, during a specified period, or perpetually. Rights are similar to warrants, but normally have a shorter duration. Warrants and rights may be acquired separately or in connection with the acquisition of securities. Warrants and rights do not carry with them the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to the securities that they entitle their holder to purchase, and they do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuer. As a result, warrants and rights may be considered more speculative than certain other types of investments. In addition, the value of a warrant or right does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities, and a warrant or right ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date.

When-Issued Securities and Delayed-Delivery Transactions

Each of the Fixed-Income Funds may invest in when-issued securities and engage in delayed-delivery transactions.When securities are purchased on a “when-issued” basis or purchased for delayed delivery, then payment and delivery occur beyond the normal settlement date at a stated price and yield. When-issued transactions normally settle within 45 days. The payment obligation and the interest rate that will be received on when-issued securities are fixed at the time the buyer enters into the commitment. Due to fluctuations in the value of securities purchased or sold on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, the yields obtained on such securities may be higher or lower than the yields available in the market on the dates when the investments are actually delivered to the buyers. The greater a Fund’s outstanding commitments for these securities, the

 

59


greater the exposure to potential fluctuations in the net asset value of the Fund. Purchasing when-issued or delayed-delivery securities may involve the additional risk that the yield or market price available in the market when the delivery occurs may be higher or the market price lower than that obtained at the time of commitment.

When a Fund agrees to purchase when-issued or delayed-delivery securities, to the extent required by the SEC, its custodian will earmark or set aside permissible liquid assets equal to the amount of the commitment in a segregated account. Normally, the custodian will earmark or set aside portfolio securities sufficient to satisfy a purchase commitment, and in such a case the Fund may be required subsequently to earmark or place additional assets in the segregated assets in order to ensure that the value of the segregated account remains equal to the amount of such Fund’s commitment. It may be expected that a Fund’s net assets will fluctuate to a greater degree when it earmarks or sets aside portfolio securities to cover such purchase commitments than when it sets aside cash. In addition, because the Fund will earmark or set aside cash or liquid portfolio securities to satisfy its purchase commitments in the manner described above, such Fund’s liquidity and the ability of its investment adviser or subadviser to manage it might be affected in the event its commitments to purchase “when-issued” securities ever exceed 25% of the value of its total assets. When a Fund engages in when-issued or delayed-delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to consummate the trade. Failure of the seller to do so may result in the Fund incurring a loss or missing an opportunity to obtain a price considered to be advantageous.

Zero Coupon Securities, Step-Coupon Securities, Pay-In-Kind Bonds (“PIK Bonds”) and Deferred Payment Securities

Each of the Fixed-Income Funds may invest in zero coupon securities and step-coupon securities. In addition, each of the Fixed-Income Funds, except the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, may invest in PIK Bonds and deferred payment securities. Zero coupon securities are debt securities that pay no cash income but are sold at substantial discounts from their value at maturity. Step-coupon securities are debt securities that do not make regular cash interest payments and are sold at a deep discount to their face value. When a zero coupon security is held to maturity, its entire return, which consists of the amortization of discount, comes from the difference between its purchase price and its maturity value. This difference is known at the time of purchase, so that investors holding zero coupon securities until maturity know at the time of their investment what the expected return on their investment will be. Zero coupon securities may have conversion features. PIK bonds pay all or a portion of their interest in the form of debt or equity securities. Deferred payment securities are securities that remain zero coupon securities until a predetermined date, at which time the stated coupon rate becomes effective and interest becomes payable at regular intervals. Deferred payment securities are often sold at substantial discounts from their maturity value.

Zero coupon securities, PIK bonds and deferred payment securities tend to be subject to greater price fluctuations in response to changes in interest rates than are ordinary interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. The value of zero coupon securities appreciates more during periods of declining interest rates and depreciates more during periods of rising interest rates than ordinary interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. Zero coupon securities, PIK bonds and deferred payment securities may be issued by a wide variety of corporate and governmental issuers. Although these instruments are generally not traded on a national securities exchange, they are widely traded by brokers and dealers and, to such extent, will not be considered illiquid for the purposes of a Fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities.

Current federal income tax law requires the holder of zero coupon securities, certain PIK bonds and deferred payment securities acquired at a discount (such as Brady Bonds) to accrue income with respect to these securities prior to the receipt of cash payments. Accordingly, to avoid liability for federal income and excise taxes, a Fund may be required to distribute income accrued with respect to these securities and may have to dispose of portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances in order to generate cash to satisfy these distribution requirements.

THE INDEX FUNDS

Nationwide Bond Index Fund . The investment objective of the Nationwide Bond Index Fund is to match the performance of the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index (the “Aggregate Index”) as closely as possible before the deduction of Fund expenses. The Aggregate Index is composed primarily of U.S. dollar denominated investment grade bonds of different types, including U.S. government securities; U.S. government agency securities; corporate bonds issued by U.S. and foreign companies; mortgage-backed securities; securities of foreign governments and their agencies; and securities of supranational entities, such as the World Bank. There can be no assurance that the investment objective of the Fund will be achieved.

 

60


Nationwide International Index Fund . The investment objective of the Nationwide International Index Fund is to match the performance of the MSCI EAFE ® Index (the “EAFE Index”) as closely as possible before the deduction of Fund expenses. The EAFE Index is a market-weighted index composed of common stocks of companies from various industrial sectors whose primary trading markets are located outside the United States. There can be no assurance that the investment objective of the Fund will be achieved.

Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund . The investment objective of the Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund is to match the performance of the Standard & Poor’s Mid Cap 400 ® Index (the “S&P 400 Index”) as closely as possible before the deduction of Fund expenses. There can be no assurance that the investment objective of the Fund will be achieved.

Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund . The investment objective of the Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund is to seek to provide investment results that correspond to the price and yield performance of publicly traded common stocks as represented by the Standard & Poor’s 500 ® Index (the “S&P 500 Index”). There can be no assurance that the investment objective of the Fund will be achieved.

Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund . The investment objective of the Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund is to match the performance of the Russell 2000 ® Index (the “Russell 2000”) as closely as possible before the deduction of Fund expenses. The Russell 2000 is a market-weighted index composed of approximately 2000 common stocks of smaller U.S. companies in a wide range of businesses chosen by Russell Investments based on a number of factors, including industry representation, market value, economic sector and operating/financial condition. There can be no assurance that the investment objective of the Fund will be achieved.

Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund . The investment objective of the Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund is to track the total return of the NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index before deducting for Fund expenses. The NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index, which consists of at least 100 individual technology-related securities, is a price-weighted index of stocks of companies from different industries that produce or deploy innovative technologies to conduct their business.There can be no assurance that the investment objective of the Fund will be achieved.

About Indexing . The Index Funds are not managed according to traditional methods of “active” investment management, which involve the buying and selling of securities based upon economic, financial, and market analyses and investment judgment. Instead, each Index Fund, utilizing essentially a “passive” or “indexing” investment approach, seeks to replicate, before each Fund’s expenses (which can be expected to reduce the total return of the Fund), the total return of its respective index.

Indexing and Managing the Funds . Each Index Fund will be substantially invested in securities in the applicable index, and will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities or other financial instruments which are contained in or correlated with securities in the applicable index.

Because each Index Fund seeks to replicate the total return of its respective index, BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (“BlackRock”), subadviser to Nationwide Bond Index Fund, Nationwide International Index Fund, Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund, Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund and Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund, and Ziegler Capital Management, LLC (“Ziegler”), subadviser to the Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund, generally will not attempt to judge the merits of any particular security as an investment but will seek only to replicate the total return of the securities in the relevant index. However, BlackRock and Ziegler may omit or remove a security which is included in an index from the portfolio of an Index Fund if, following objective criteria, BlackRock or Ziegler judges the security to be insufficiently liquid, believes the merit of the investment has been substantially impaired by extraordinary events or financial conditions, or determines that the security is no longer useful in attempting to replicate the total return of the index.

BlackRock and Ziegler may acquire certain financial instruments based upon individual securities or based upon or consisting of one or more baskets of securities (which basket may be based upon a target index). Certain of these instruments may represent an indirect ownership interest in such securities or baskets. Others may provide for the payment to an Index Fund or by an Index Fund of amounts based upon the performance (positive, negative or both) of a particular security or basket. BlackRock and Ziegler will select such instruments when it believes that the use of the instrument will correlate substantially with the expected total return of a target security or index. In connection with the use of such instruments, BlackRock and Ziegler may enter into short sales in an effort to adjust the weightings of particular securities represented in the basket to more accurately reflect such securities weightings in the target index.

 

61


The ability of each Index Fund to satisfy its investment objective depends to some extent on both BlackRock’s and Ziegler’s ability to manage cash flow (primarily from purchases and redemptions and distributions from the Fund’s investments). BlackRock and Ziegler will make investment changes to an Index Fund’s portfolio to accommodate cash flow while continuing to seek to replicate the total return of the target index. Investors should also be aware that the investment performance of each index is a hypothetical number which does not take into account brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, custody and other costs of investing, and any incremental operating costs (e.g., transfer agency, accounting) that will be borne by the Index Funds.

Each Index Fund’s ability to replicate the total return of its respective index may be affected by, among other things, transaction costs, administration and other expenses incurred by the Index Fund, taxes (including foreign withholding taxes, which will affect the Nationwide International Index Fund and the Nationwide Bond Index Fund due to foreign tax withholding practices), and changes in either the composition of the index or the assets of an Index Fund. In addition, each Index Fund’s total return will be affected by incremental operating costs (e.g., investment advisory, transfer agency, accounting) that will be borne by the Fund.

Additional Information Concerning the Indices

Aggregate Index. The Nationwide Bond Index Fund is not promoted, sponsored or endorsed by, nor in any way affiliated with Bloomberg or Barclays. Neither Bloomberg nor Barclays has responsibility for and do not participate in the Nationwide Bond Index Fund’s management.

Russell 2000 . Russell Investment Group is the source and owner of the trademarks, service marks and copyrights related to the Russell 2000 Index.Russell ® is a trademark of Russell Investment Group (“Russell Investments”).The Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund is not promoted, sponsored or endorsed by, nor in any way affiliated with Russell Investments. Russell Investments is not responsible for and has not reviewed the Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund nor any associated literature or publications and Russell Investments makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, as to their accuracy, or completeness, or otherwise.

Russell Investments reserves the right, at any time and without notice, to alter, amend, terminate or in any way change the Russell 2000 Index. Russell Investments has no obligation to take the needs of any particular fund or its shareholders or any other product or person into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the Russell 2000 Index. Russell Investments’ publication of the Russell 2000 Index in no way suggests or implies an opinion by Russell Investments as to the attractiveness or appropriateness of investment in any or all securities upon which the Russell 2000 Index is based. RUSSELL INVESTMENTS MAKES NO REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY, OR GUARANTEE AS TO THE ACCURACY, COMPLETENESS, RELIABILITY, OR OTHERWISE OF THE RUSSELL 2000 INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED IN THE RUSSELL 2000 INDEX. RUSSELL INVESTMENTS MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY REGARDING THE USE, OR THE RESULTS OF USE, OF THE RUSSELL 2000 INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN, OR ANY SECURITY (OR COMBINATION THEREOF) COMPRISING THE RUSSELL 2000 INDEX. RUSSELL INVESTMENTS MAKES NO OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WITH RESPECT TO THE RUSSELL 2000 INDEX OR ANY DATA OR ANY SECURITY (OR COMBINATION THEREOF) INCLUDED THEREIN.

EAFE Index . The Nationwide International Index Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by MSCI Inc. (“MSCI”), any of its affiliates, any of its information providers or any other third party involved in, or related to, compiling, computing or creating any MSCI index (collectively, the “MSCI Parties”), including the EAFE Index. The EAFE Index is the exclusive property of MSCI. MSCI and the EAFE Index are service mark(s) of MSCI or its affiliates and have been licensed for use for certain purposes by Nationwide Fund Advisors, as the investment adviser to the Nationwide International Index Fund. None of the MSCI Parties makes any representation or warranty, express or implied, to the issuer or shareholders of the Nationwide International Index Fund or any other person or entity regarding the advisability of investing in funds generally or in the Nationwide International Index Fund particularly or the ability of any MSCI index to track corresponding stock market performance. MSCI or its affiliates are the licensors of certain trademarks, service marks and trade names and of the MSCI indices which are determined, composed and calculated by MSCI without regard to the Nationwide International Index Fund or its shareholders or any other person or entity. None of the MSCI Parties has any obligation to take the needs of the Nationwide International Index Fund or its shareholders or any other person or entity into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the MSCI indices. None of the MSCI Parties is responsible for or has participated in the

 

62


determination of the timing of, prices at, or quantities of the Nationwide International Index Fund to be issued or in the determination or calculation of the equation by or the consideration into which the Nationwide International Index Fund is redeemable. Further, none of the MSCI Parties has any obligation or liability to the Nationwide International Index Fund or its shareholders or any other person or entity in connection with the administration, marketing or offering of the Nationwide International Index Fund.

Although MSCI shall obtain information for inclusion in or for use in the calculation of the MSCI indices from sources that MSCI considers reliable, none of the MSCI Parties warrants or guarantees the originality, accuracy and/or the completeness of any MSCI index or any data included therein. None of the MSCI Parties makes any warranty, express or implied, as to results to be obtained by the Nationwide International Index Fund, its shareholders, or any other person or entity, from the use of any MSCI index or any data included therein. None of the MSCI Parties shall have any liability for any errors, omissions or interruptions of or in connection with any MSCI index or any data included therein. Further, none of the MSCI Parties makes any express or implied warranties of any kind, and the MSCI Parties hereby expressly disclaim all warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, with respect to each MSCI index and any data included therein. Without limiting any of the foregoing, in no event shall any of the MSCI Parties have any liability for any direct, indirect, special, punitive, consequential or any other damages (including lost profits) even if notified of the possibility of such damages.

No purchaser, seller or holder of shares of the Nationwide International Index Fund, or any other person or entity, should use or refer to any MSCI trade name, trademark or service mark to sponsor, endorse, market or promote this security without first contacting MSCI to determine whether MSCI’s permission is required. Under no circumstances may any person or entity claim any affiliation with MSCI without the prior written permission of MSCI.

S&P 500 Index and S&P 400 Index . Standard & Poor’s 500 ® , S&P 500 ® , Standard & Poor’s MidCap 400 ® , S&P MidCap 400 ® , and S&P 400 ® are trademarks of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Pursuant to an agreement with McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., on behalf of the Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund and Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund, the Funds are authorized to use the trademarks of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. The Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund and the Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”). S&P makes no representation or warranty, expressed or implied, to the shareholders of the Funds or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Funds particularly or the ability of the S&P 500 ® Index or the S&P 400 ® Index to track general stock market performance. S&P’s only relationship to the Funds, the adviser or subadvisers is the licensing of certain trademarks and trade names of S&P and of the S&P 500 ® and S&P 400 ® indices which are determined, composed and calculated by S&P without regard to the Funds. S&P has no obligation to take the needs of the Funds or their shareholders into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the S&P 500 ® and S&P 400 ® Indices. S&P is not responsible for or has not participated in the determination of the prices and amount of the Funds’ shares or the timing of the issuance or sale of Fund shares or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which Fund shares are redeemed. S&P has no obligation or liability in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of the Funds. S&P does not guarantee the accuracy makes no warranty, expressed or implied as to the results to be obtained by the Funds, shareholders of the Funds, or any other person or entity from the use of the S&P 500 ® or S&P 400 ® Indices or any data included therein. Without limiting any of the foregoing, in no event shall S&P 500 ® and S&P 400 ® Indices have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect, or consequential damages, including lost profits even if notified of the possibility of such damages.

NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index.“Archipelago ® ”, “ARCA ® ”, “ARCAEX ® ”, “NYSE ® ”, “NYSE ARCASM” and “NYSE Arca Tech 100SM” are trademarks of the NYSE Group, Inc. and Archipelago Holdings, Inc. and have been licensed for use by Nationwide Fund Advisors, on behalf of the Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund. The Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Archipelago Holdings, Inc. or by NYSE Group, Inc. Neither Archipelago Holdings, Inc. nor NYSE Group, Inc. makes any representation or warranty regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally, in the Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund particularly, or the ability of the NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index to track general stock market performance.

NYSE GROUP, INC. MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WITH RESPECT TO THE NYSE ARCA TECH 100 INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. IN NO EVENT SHALL NYSE GROUP, INC. HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS), EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

 

63


PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

The portfolio turnover rate for each Fund is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases and sales of portfolio securities for the year by the monthly average value of the portfolio securities, excluding securities whose maturities at the time of purchase were one year or less. High portfolio turnover rates generally will result in higher brokerage expenses, and may increase the volatility of the Fund. The table below shows any significant variation in the following Funds’ portfolio turnover rate for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2017 and 2016 or any anticipated variation in the portfolio turnover rate from that reported for the last fiscal year:

 

Fund

   For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2017
    For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2016
 

Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund

     126.89     0.00

Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund

     199.38     0.00

Nationwide Amundi World Bond Fund

     60.88     0.00

Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund

     115.05     0.00

Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund

     89.22     0.00

Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund

     95.51     0.00

Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund

     26.17     0.00

Nationwide Bond Fund

     61.91     0.00

Nationwide Bond Index Fund

     213.42     0.00

Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

     12.78     0.00

Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund

     90.67     0.00

Nationwide Destination 2010 Fund

     57.25     0.00

Nationwide Destination 2015 Fund

     34.93     0.00

Nationwide Destination 2020 Fund

     34.17     0.00

Nationwide Destination 2025 Fund

     41.00     0.00

Nationwide Destination 2030 Fund

     42.26     0.00

Nationwide Destination 2035 Fund

     42.82     0.00

Nationwide Destination 2040 Fund

     36.23     0.00

Nationwide Destination 2045 Fund

     34.41     0.00

Nationwide Destination 2050 Fund

     32.50     0.00

Nationwide Destination 2055 Fund

     26.27     0.00

Nationwide Destination 2060 Fund

     44.88     0.00

Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund

     106.38     0.00

Nationwide Fund

     79.20     0.00

Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund

     24.81     0.00

Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund

     22.48     0.00

Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund

     37.98     0.00

Nationwide Growth Fund

     82.46     0.00

Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund

     32.57     0.00

Nationwide International Index Fund

     6.07     0.00

Nationwide International Small Cap Fund

     90.35     0.00

Nationwide Investor Destinations Aggressive Fund

     29.48     0.00

Nationwide Investor Destinations Conservative Fund

     30.99     0.00

Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderate Fund

     24.26     0.00

Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Aggressive Fund

     26.51     0.00

Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Conservative Fund

     22.71     0.00

Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund

     81.60     0.00

Nationwide Loomis All Cap Growth Fund

     11.55     0.00

Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund

     74.15     0.00

Nationwide Loomis Short-Term Bond Fund

     48.34     0.00

Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund

     17.86     0.00

 

64


Fund

   For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2017
    For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2016
 

Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Fund

     33.65     0.00

Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund

     12.07     0.00

Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund

     14.65     0.00

Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund

     15.58     0.00

Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund

     38.77     0.00

Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund

     95.99     0.00

Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund

     59.73     0.00

Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund

     24.29     0.00

Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund

     4.31     0.00
1   The portfolio managers for the Funds are not limited by portfolio turnover in their management style, and a Fund’s portfolio turnover will fluctuate based on particular market conditions and stock valuations. In the fiscal year 2017, the portfolio managers made fewer changes than they deemed necessary during fiscal year 2016.
2   The portfolio managers for the Funds are not limited by portfolio turnover in their management style, and a Fund’s portfolio turnover will fluctuate based on particular market conditions and stock valuations. In the fiscal year 2017, the portfolio managers made more changes than they deemed necessary during fiscal year 2016.

INVES TMENT RESTRICTIONS

The following are fundamental investment restrictions of each Fund which cannot be changed without the vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund for which a change is proposed. The vote of the majority of the outstanding shares means the vote of (A) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy or (B) a majority of the outstanding voting securities, whichever is less.

The Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in bonds the income from which is exempt from both federal income tax and California personal income tax. The Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund invests 80% of its net assets in bonds, the income from which is exempt from federal income tax. The Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in municipal securities issued by the State of Wisconsin, its municipalities, other political subdivisions and public authorities of Wisconsin and similar obligations of other agencies and entities that pay interest that is exempt from federal income tax and Wisconsin personal income tax and also from federal and applicable Wisconsin alternative minimum taxes.

Each of the Funds:

 

    May not ( except the Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund and Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund ) purchase securities of any one issuer, other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, if, immediately after such purchase, more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in such issuer or the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer, except that 25% or less of the Fund’s total assets may be invested without regard to such limitations. There is no limit to the percentage of assets that may be invested in U.S. Treasury bills, notes, or other obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. The Nationwide Government Money Market Fund will be deemed to be in compliance with this restriction so long as it is in compliance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time.

 

    May not ( except the Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund ) borrow money or issue senior securities, except that each Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements and may otherwise borrow money and issue senior securities as and to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any rule, order or interpretation thereunder.

 

    May not act as an underwriter of another issuer’s securities, except to the extent that the Fund may be deemed an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities

 

    May not purchase or sell commodities or commodities contracts, except to the extent disclosed in the current Prospectus or Statement of Additional Information of the Fund.

 

65


    May not ( except the Nationwide Bailard Technology  & Science Fund, Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund, Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund, Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund, and the Index Funds (except the Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund) ) purchase the securities of any issuer if, as a result, 25% or more (taken at current value) of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of issuers, the principal activities of which are in the same industry. This limitation does not apply to securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities. The following industries are considered separate industries for purposes of this investment restriction: electric, natural gas distribution, natural gas pipeline, combined electric and natural gas, and telephone utilities, captive borrowing conduit, equipment finance, premium finance, leasing finance, consumer finance and other finance.

 

    May not lend any security or make any other loan, except that each Fund may in accordance with its investment objective and policies (i) lend portfolio securities, (ii) purchase and hold debt securities or other debt instruments, including but not limited to loan participations and subparticipations, assignments, and structured securities, (iii) make loans secured by mortgages on real property, (iv) enter into repurchase agreements, and (v) make time deposits with financial institutions and invest in instruments issued by financial institutions, and enter into any other lending arrangement as and to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any rule, order or interpretation thereunder.

 

    May not purchase or sell real estate, except that each Fund may (i) acquire real estate through ownership of securities or instruments and sell any real estate acquired thereby, (ii) purchase or sell instruments secured by real estate (including interests therein), and (iii) purchase or sell securities issued by entities or investment vehicles that own or deal in real estate (including interests therein).

The Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund:

 

    May not purchase securities of one issuer, other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, if at the end of each fiscal quarter, (a) more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets (taken at current value) would be invested in such issuer (except that up to 50% of the Fund’s total assets may be invested without regard to such 5% limitation), and (b) more than 25% of its total assets (taken at current value) would be invested in securities of a single issuer. There is no limit to the percentage of assets that may be invested in U.S. Treasury bills, notes, or other obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

The Index Funds (except the Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund):

 

    May not purchase the securities of any issuer if, as a result, 25% or more than (taken at current value) of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of issuers, the principal activities of which are in the same industry; provided, that in replicating the weightings of a particular industry in its target index, a Fund may invest more than 25% of its total assets in securities of issuers in that industry.

The Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund:

 

    May not purchase the securities of any issuer if, as a result, 25% or more (taken at current value) of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of issuers, the principal activities of which are in the same industry; provided, that in replicating the weightings of a particular industry in its target index, the Fund may invest more than 25% of its total assets in securities of issuers in that industry. This limitation does not apply to securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities and obligations issued by state, county or municipal governments. The following industries are considered separate industries for purposes of this investment restriction: electric, natural gas distribution, natural gas pipeline, combined electric and natural gas, and telephone utilities, captive borrowing conduit, equipment finance, premium finance, leasing finance, consumer finance and other finance.

 

    May not borrow money or issue senior securities, except that each Fund may sell securities short, enter into reverse repurchase agreements and may otherwise borrow money and issue senior securities as and to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any rule, order or interpretation thereunder.

The Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund:

The Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund is a non-diversified fund under the 1940 Act. This means the Fund can invest more than 25% of its assets in issuers in which the Fund holds individual positions that are greater than 5% of the Fund’s assets. Concentrated positions in the securities of a single issuer expose the Fund to a greater risk of loss from declines in the prices of these securities.

 

66


The Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund may not always be able to find a sufficient number of issues of securities that meet its investment objective and criteria. As a result, the Fund from time to time may invest a relatively high percentage of its assets in the obligations of a limited number of issuers, some of which may be subject to the same economic trends and/or be located in the same geographic area. The Fund’s securities may therefore be more susceptible to a single economic, political or regulatory occurrence than the portfolio securities of diversified investment companies.

The Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund also intends to comply with the diversification requirements for regulated investment companies contained in the Code. These provisions of the Code presently require that, at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets consists of cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies, and other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to a value not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and an amount not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested (x) in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses, or (y) in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (as defined in the Code).

The following are the non-fundamental operating policies of the Funds, which may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval:

Each Fund may not:

 

    Except the Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund , sell securities short unless the Fund owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short or unless it segregates or earmarks other liquid assets it owns as required by the current rules and positions of the SEC or its staff, and provided that short positions in forward currency contracts, options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, or other derivative instruments are not deemed to constitute selling securities short.

 

    Purchase securities on margin, except that the Fund may obtain such short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of transactions; and provided that margin deposits in connection with options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, transactions in currencies or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.

 

    Purchase or otherwise acquire any security if, as a result, more than 15% (5% with respect to the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund) of its net assets would be invested in securities that are illiquid.

 

    Pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any assets owned by the Fund except as may be necessary in connection with permissible borrowings or investments and then such pledging, mortgaging, or hypothecating may not exceed 33  1 3 % of the Fund’s total assets.

 

    Except the Nationwide Bond Index Fund, Nationwide International Index Fund, Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund, Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund, Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund and Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund , purchase securities of other investment companies except (a) in connection with a merger, consolidation, acquisition, reorganization or offer of exchange, or (b) to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any rules or regulations thereunder or pursuant to any exemptions therefrom.

The Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund may not:

 

    Hold less than 80% of the value of its net assets in any security or other investment other than common stocks of “U.S. small-cap companies,” as such term is defined in the Fund’s prospectus.

 

    Under normal circumstances, maintain an average portfolio market capitalization that is outside the range of the companies included in the Russell 2000 ® Value Index.

A Fund’s obligation not to pledge, mortgage, or hypothecate assets in excess of 33% of the Fund’s total assets with respect to permissible borrowings or investments, as described above, is a continuing obligation and such asset segregation and coverage must be maintained on an ongoing basis. For any other percentage restriction or requirement described above that is satisfied at the time of investment, a later increase or decrease in such percentage resulting from a change in net asset value will not constitute a violation of such restriction or requirement. However, should a change in net asset value or other external events cause a Fund’s investments in illiquid securities including repurchase agreements with maturities in excess of

 

67


seven days, to exceed the limit set forth above for such Fund’s investment in illiquid securities, a Fund will act to cause the aggregate amount of such securities to come within such limit as soon as reasonably practicable. In such event, however, such Fund would not be required to liquidate any portfolio securities where a Fund would suffer a loss on the sale of such securities.

Certain Funds have adopted a non-fundamental policy, as required by Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act, to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% the Fund’s net assets in the type of investment suggested by the Fund’s name (“80 Percent Policy”). The scope of the 80 Percent Policy includes Fund names suggesting that a Fund focuses its investments in: (i) a particular type of investment or investments; (ii) a particular industry or group of industries; or (iii) certain countries or geographic regions. For purposes of the 80 Percent Policy, 80% of the Fund’s net assets shall mean 80% of the Fund’s net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes. Each Fund that has adopted the 80 Percent Policy also has adopted a policy to provide its shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in such investment policy.

Internal Revenue Code Restrictions

In addition to the investment restrictions above, each Fund must be diversified according to Internal Revenue Code requirements. Specifically, at each tax quarter end, each Fund’s holdings must be diversified so that (a) at least 50% of the market value of its total assets is represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, securities of other U.S. regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers, limited so that no one issuer has a value greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and that the Fund holds no more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s assets is invested in the securities (other than those of the U.S. government or other U.S. regulated investment companies) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers which the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses, or, in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Board of Trustees has adopted policies and procedures regarding the disclosure of portfolio holdings information to protect the interests of Fund shareholders and to address potential conflicts of interest that could arise between the interests of Fund shareholders and the interests of the Funds’ investment adviser, principal underwriter or affiliated persons of the Funds’ investment adviser or principal underwriter. The Trust’s overall policy with respect to the release of portfolio holdings is to release such information consistent with applicable legal requirements and the fiduciary duties owed to shareholders. Subject to the limited exceptions described below, the Trust will not make available to anyone non-public information with respect to its portfolio holdings until such time as the information is made available to all shareholders or the general public.

The policies and procedures are applicable to NFA and any subadviser to the Funds. Pursuant to the policy, the Funds, NFA, any subadviser, and any service provider acting on their behalf are obligated to:

 

    Act in the best interests of Fund shareholders by protecting non-public and potentially material portfolio holdings information;

 

    Ensure that portfolio holdings information is not provided to a favored group of clients or potential clients; and

 

    Adopt such safeguards and controls around the release of client information so that no client or group of clients is unfairly disadvantaged as a result of such release.

Portfolio holdings information that is not publicly available will be released selectively only pursuant to the exceptions described below. In most cases, even where an exception applies, the release of portfolio holdings is strictly prohibited until the information is at least 15 calendar days old. Nevertheless, NFA’s Leadership Team or its duly authorized delegate may authorize, where circumstances dictate, the release of more current portfolio holdings information.

Each Fund posts onto the Trust’s internet site (nationwide.com/mutualfunds) substantially all of its securities holdings as of the end of each month. Such portfolio holdings are available no earlier than 15 calendar days after the end of the previous month, and generally remain available on the internet site until the Fund files its next quarterly portfolio holdings report on Form N-CSR or Form N-Q with the SEC. The Nationwide Government Money Market Fund posts onto the Trust’s internet site, no later than the fifth business day of each month, a schedule of its investments as of the last business day or subsequent calendar day of the prior month and maintains such portfolio holdings information for no less than six months after posting.

 

68


The Funds disclose their complete portfolio holdings information to the SEC using Form N-Q within 60 days of the end of the first and third quarter ends of the Funds’ fiscal year and on Form N-CSR on the second and fourth quarter ends of the Funds’ fiscal year. Form N-Q is not required to be mailed to shareholders, but is made available through the EDGAR database on the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov). Shareholders receive either complete portfolio holdings information or summaries of Fund portfolio holdings with their annual and semiannual reports.

Exceptions to the portfolio holdings release policy described above can only be authorized by NFA’s Leadership Team or its duly authorized delegate and will be made only when:

 

    a Fund has a legitimate business purpose for releasing portfolio holdings information in advance of release to all shareholders or the general public;

 

    the recipient of the information provides written assurances that the non-public portfolio holdings information will remain confidential and that persons with access to the information will be prohibited from trading based on the information; and

 

    the release of such information would not otherwise violate the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws or the

Funds’ fiduciary duties.

Under this policy, the receipt of compensation by a Fund, NFA, a subadviser, or an affiliate as consideration for disclosing non-public portfolio holdings information will not be deemed a legitimate business purpose.

The Funds have ongoing arrangements to distribute information about the Funds’ portfolio holdings to the Funds’ third- party service providers described herein (e.g., investment adviser, subadvisers, registered independent public accounting firm, administrator, transfer agent, sub-administrator, sub-transfer agent, custodian and legal counsel) as well as Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., Wolters Kluwer Financial Services, Inc. (GainsKeeper), SunGard Financial Systems (Wall Street Concepts), Style Research, Inc., Ernst & Young, LLP, Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc., Lipper Inc., Morningstar, Inc., Bloomberg LP, RiskMetrics Group, Inc., FactSet Research Systems, Inc., the Investment Company Institute, and on occasion, to transition managers such as BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, State Street Bank and Trust Company, Electra Information Systems, or Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., where such transition manager provides portfolio transition management assistance (e.g., upon change of subadviser, etc.). These organizations are required to keep such information confidential, and are prohibited from trading based on the information or otherwise using the information except as necessary in providing services to the Funds. No compensation or other consideration is received by the Funds, NFA or any other party in connection with each such ongoing arrangement.

NFA conducts periodic reviews of compliance with the policy and the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer provides annually a report to the Board of Trustees regarding the operation of the policy and any material changes recommended as a result of such review. NFA’s compliance staff will also annually submit to the Board of Trustees a list of exceptions granted to the policy, including an explanation of the legitimate business purpose of the Fund that was served as a result of the exception.

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS OF THE TRUST

Management Information

Each Trustee who is deemed an “interested person,” as such term is defined in the 1940 Act, is referred to as an “Interested Trustee.” Those Trustees who are not “interested persons,” as such term is defined in the 1940 Act, are referred to as “Independent Trustees.” The name, year of birth, position and length of time served with the Trust, number of portfolios overseen, principal occupation(s) and other directorships/trusteeships held during the past five years, and additional information related to experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills of each Trustee and Officer are shown below. There are 51 series of the Trust, all of which are overseen by the Board of Trustees and Officers of the Trust. The address for each Trustee and Officer is c/o Nationwide Funds Group, One Nationwide Plaza, Mail Code 5-02-210, Columbus, OH 43215.

 

69


Independent Trustees

 

Charles E. Allen

Year of Birth

  

Positions Held with Trust and

Length of Time Served 1

  

Number of Portfolios Overseen in

the Nationwide Fund Complex

1948

   Trustee since July 2000    111

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer)

Mr. Allen was Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and President of Graimark Realty Advisors, Inc. (real estate development, investment and asset management) from its founding in 1987 to 2012.

Other Directorships held During the Past Five Years 2

None

Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, and Skills for Board Membership

Significant board experience; significant executive experience, including continuing service as chief executive officer and president of a real estate development, investment and asset management business; past service includes 18 years of financial services experience; audit committee financial expert.

 

Paula H. J. Cholmondeley

Year of Birth

  

Positions Held with Trust and

Length of Time Served 1

  

Number of Portfolios Overseen in

the Nationwide Fund Complex

1947    Trustee since July 2000    111

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer)

Ms. Cholmondeley focuses full time on corporate governance. She sits on public company boards and is also on the faculty of the National Association of Corporate Directors. She has served as a Chief Executive Officer of Sorrel Group (management consulting company) since January 2004. From April 2000 through December 2003, Ms. Cholmondeley was Vice President and General Manager of Sappi Fine Paper North America.

Other Directorships held During the Past Five Years 2

Director of Dentsply International, Inc. (dental products) from 2002 to 2015, Ultralife Batteries, Inc. from 2004 to 2010, Albany International Corp. (paper industry) from 2005 to 2013, Terex Corporation (construction equipment) from 2004 to present, and Minerals Technology, Inc. (specialty chemicals) from 2005 to 2014.

Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, and Skills for Board Membership

Significant board and governance experience; significant executive experience, including continuing service as chief executive officer of a management consulting company and past service as an executive of a manufacturing-based public company; past experience as an executive in a private service-based company; former certified public accountant and former chief financial officer of both public and private companies.

 

Phyllis Kay Dryden

Year of Birth

  

Positions Held with Trust and

Length of Time Served 1

  

Number of Portfolios Overseen in

the Nationwide Fund Complex

1947   

Trustee since December 2004

   111

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer)

Ms. Dryden became CEO and President of Energy Dispute Solutions, LLC in January 2013, leading a company providing strategy consulting, arbitration and mediation services. She has been a management consultant since 1996, first as a partner of Mitchell Madison Group, then as a managing partner and head of west coast business development for marchFIRST, returning to Mitchell Madison Group in 2003 as an associated partner until January 2010 and thereafter as an independent strategy consultant through December 2012. Ms. Dryden was VP and General Counsel of Lucasfilm, Ltd. from 1981 to 1984, SVP and General Counsel of Charles Schwab and Co. Inc. from 1984 to 1992, and EVP and General Counsel of Del Monte Foods from 1992 to 1995.

Other Directorships held During the Past Five Years 2

Director of Smithsonian Environmental Board from 2016 to present, and Director of Smithsonian Institution Libraries Board from 2007 to 2015.

Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, and Skills for Board Membership

Significant board experience; significant executive, management consulting, and legal experience, including past service as general counsel for a major financial services firm and a public company.

 

Barbara I. Jacobs

Year of Birth

  

Positions Held with Trust and

Length of Time Served 1

  

Number of Portfolios Overseen in

the Nationwide Fund Complex

1950   

Trustee since December 2004

   111

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer)

Ms. Jacobs served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of KICAP Network Fund, a European (United Kingdom) hedge fund, from January 2001 through January 2006. From 1988 through 2003, Ms. Jacobs also was a Managing Director and European Portfolio Manager of CREF Investments (Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association—College Retirement Equities Fund).

 

70


Other Directorships held During the Past Five Years 2

None

Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, and Skills for Board Membership

Significant board experience; significant executive and portfolio management experience in the investment management industry.

 

Keith F. Karlawish

Year of Birth

  

Positions Held with Trust and

Length of Time Served 1

  

Number of Portfolios Overseen in

the Nationwide Fund Complex

1964    Trustee since March 2012    111

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer)

Mr. Karlawish has been a partner of Park Ridge Asset Management, LLC since December 2008, at which he also serves as a portfolio manager. From May 2002 until October 2008, Mr. Karlawish was the President of BB&T Asset Management, Inc., and was President of the BB&T Mutual Funds and BB&T Variable Insurance Funds from February 2005 until October 2008.

Other Directorships held During the Past Five Years (or Longer) 2

Trustee of the BB&T Mutual Funds and BB&T Variable Insurance Funds from June 2006 until December 2008.

Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, and Skills for Board Membership

Significant board experience; significant executive experience, including past service at a large asset management company; significant experience in the investment management industry.

 

Carol A. Kosel          

Year of Birth

  

Positions Held with Trust and

Length of Time Served 1

  

Number of Portfolios Overseen in

the Nationwide Fund Complex

1963    Trustee since March 2013    111

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer)

Ms. Kosel was a consultant to the Evergreen Funds Board of Trustees from October 2005 to December 2007. She was Senior Vice President, Treasurer, and Head of Fund Administration of the Evergreen Funds from April 1997 to October 2005.

Other Directorships held During the Past Five Years (or Longer) 2

Trustee of Sun Capital Advisers Trust from April 2011 to December 2012 and Trustee of Evergreen Funds from January 2008 to July 2010.

Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, and Skills for Board Membership

Significant board experience; significant executive experience, including past service at a large asset management company; significant experience in the investment management industry.

 

Douglas F. Kridler          

Year of Birth

  

Positions Held with Trust and

Length of Time Served 1

  

Number of Portfolios Overseen in

the Nationwide Fund Complex

1955   

Trustee since September 1997

   111

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer)

Mr. Kridler is the President and Chief Executive Officer of The Columbus Foundation, a $1.5 billion community foundation with 2,000 funds in 55 Ohio counties and 37 states in the U.S.

Other Directorships held During the Past Five Years 2

None

Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, and Skills for Board Membership

Significant board experience; significant executive experience, including service as president and chief executive officer of one of America’s largest community foundations; significant service to his community and the philanthropic field in numerous leadership roles.

 

David C. Wetmore          

Year of Birth

  

Positions Held with Trust and

Length of Time Served 1

  

Number of Portfolios Overseen in

the Nationwide Fund Complex

1948    Trustee since 1995 and Chairman since February 2005    111

 

71


Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer)

Mr. Wetmore was a Managing Director of Updata Capital, Inc. (a technology-oriented investment banking and venture capital firm) from 1995 through 2000. Prior to 1995, Mr. Wetmore served as the Chief Operating Officer, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of several publicly held software and services companies, and as the managing partner of a “big 8” public accounting firm.

Other Directorships held During the Past Five Years 2

None

Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, and Skills for Board Membership

Significant board experience; significant executive experience, including past service as a managing director of an investment banking and venture capital firm; chief executive officer and/or Chairman of the Board of several publicly owned companies; certified public accountant with significant accounting experience, including past service as a managing partner at a major accounting firm.

Interested Trustee

 

Lydia M. Marshall 3          

Year of Birth

  

Positions Held with Trust and

Length of Time Served 1

  

Number of Portfolios Overseen in

the Nationwide Fund Complex

1949   

Trustee since June 2014

   111

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer)

Ms. Marshall has been President of LM Marshall, LLC (investment and business consulting company) since 2007.

Other Directorships held During the Past Five Years (or Longer) 2

Director of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company 2001-present, Director of Nationwide Mutual Fire Insurance Company 2001-present, Director of Nationwide Corporation 2001-present, Director of Public Welfare Foundation (non-profit foundation) 2009-present, Trustee of Nationwide Foundation 2002-2014, and Director of Seagate Technology (hard disk drive and storage manufacturer) 2004-2014.

Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, and Skills for Board Membership

Significant board and governance experience, including service at financial services and insurance companies; significant executive experience, including continuing service as chief executive officer of a data processing company.

 

1   Length of time served includes time served with the Trust’s predecessors.
2   Directorships held in: (1) any other investment companies registered under the 1940 Act, (2) any company with a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or (3) any company subject to the requirements of Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
3   Ms. Marshall is considered an interested person of the Trust because she is a Director of the parent company of, and several affiliates of, the Trust’s investment adviser and distributor.

Officers of the Trust

 

Michael S. Spangler

Year of Birth

   Positions Held with Funds and Length of Time Served 1
1966   

President, Chief Executive Officer and Principal Executive Officer since June 2008

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer)

Mr. Spangler is President and Chief Executive Officer of Nationwide Funds Group, which includes NFA, Nationwide Fund Management LLC and Nationwide Fund Distributors LLC, and is a Senior Vice President of Nationwide Financial Services, Inc. and Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company. 2

 

Joseph Finelli

Year of Birth

   Positions Held with Funds and Length of Time Served 1
1957    Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer since September 2007; Vice President since December 2015

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer)

Mr. Finelli is the Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer of Nationwide Funds Group and an Associate Vice President of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company. 2

Brian Hirsch

 

72


Year of Birth

   Positions Held with Funds and Length of Time Served 1
1956    Chief Compliance Officer since January 2012; Senior Vice President since December 2015

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer)

Mr. Hirsch is Vice President of NFA and Chief Compliance Officer of NFA and the Trust. He is also a Vice President of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company. 2

 

Eric E. Miller

Year of Birth

   Positions Held with Funds and Length of Time Served 1
1953    Secretary since December 2002; Senior Vice President and General Counsel since December 2015

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer)

Mr. Miller is Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary for Nationwide Funds Group, and Vice President of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company. 2

 

Lee T. Cummings

Year of Birth

   Positions Held with Funds and Length of Time Served 1
1963   

Senior Vice President, Head of Fund Operations since December 2015

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer)

Mr. Cummings is Senior Vice President and Head of Fund Operations of Nationwide Funds Group, and is a Vice President of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company. 2

 

Timothy M. Rooney

Year of Birth

   Positions Held with Funds and Length of Time Served 1
1965   

Vice President, Head of Product Development and Acquisitions since December 2015

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer)

Mr. Rooney is Vice President, Head of Product Development and Acquisitions for Nationwide Funds Group, and is a Vice President of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company. 2

 

Christopher C. Graham

Year of Birth

   Positions Held with Funds and Length of Time Served 1
1971    Senior Vice President, Head of Investment Strategies, Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager since September 2016

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer)

Mr. Graham is Senior Vice President, Head of Investment Strategies and Portfolio Manager for the Nationwide Funds Group, and is a Vice President of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company. 2

 

1   Length of time served includes time served with the Trust’s predecessors.
2   These positions are held with an affiliated person or principal underwriter of the Fund.

Responsibilities of the Board of Trustees

The Board of Trustees (the “Board”) has oversight responsibility for the conduct of the affairs of the Trust. The Board approves policies and procedures regarding the operation of the Trust, regularly receives and reviews reports from NFG regarding the implementation of such policies and procedures, and elects the Officers of the Trust to perform the daily functions of the Trust. The Chairman of the Board is an Independent Trustee.

Board Leadership Structure

The Trustees approve financial arrangements and other agreements between the Funds, on the one hand, and Nationwide Fund Advisors (“NFA”), any subadvisers or other affiliated parties, on the other hand. The Independent Trustees meet regularly as a group in executive session and with independent legal counsel. The Board has determined that the efficient conduct of the Board’s affairs makes it desirable to delegate responsibility for certain specific matters to Committees of the Board (“Committees”), as described below. The Committees meet as often as necessary, either in conjunction with regular meetings of the Board or otherwise. The membership and chair of each Committee are appointed by the Board upon recommendation of the Nominating and Fund Governance Committee.

 

73


This structure is reviewed by the Board periodically, and the Board believes it to be appropriate and effective. The Board also completes an annual self-assessment during which it reviews its leadership and Committee structure, and considers whether its structure remains appropriate in light of the Funds’ current operations.

Each Trustee shall hold office for the lifetime of the Trust or until such Trustee’s earlier death, resignation, removal, retirement, or inability otherwise to serve, or, if sooner than any of such events, until the next meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of electing Trustees or consent of shareholders in lieu thereof for the election of Trustees, and until the election and qualification of his or her successor. The Board may fill any vacancy on the Board provided that, after such appointment, at least two-thirds of the Trustees have been elected by shareholders. Any Trustee may be removed by the Board, with or without cause, by action of a majority of the Trustees then in office, or by a vote of shareholders at any meeting called for that purpose. In addition to conducting an annual self-assessment, the Board completes biennial peer evaluations, which focus on the performance and effectiveness of the individual members of the Board.

The Officers of the Trust are appointed by the Board, or, to the extent permitted by the Trust’s By-laws, by the President of the Trust, and each shall serve at the pleasure of the Board, or, to the extent permitted by the Trust’s By-laws, and except for the Chief Compliance Officer, at the pleasure of the President of the Trust, subject to the rights, if any, of an Officer under any contract of employment. The Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer must be approved by a majority of the Independent Trustees. Subject to the rights, if any, of an Officer under any contract of employment, any Officer may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board, or, to the extent permitted by the Trust’s By-laws, by the President of the Trust; provided, that only the Board may remove, with or without cause, the Chief Compliance Officer of the Trust.

Board Oversight of Trust Risk

The Board’s role is one of oversight, including oversight of the Funds’ risks, rather than active management. The Trustees believe that the Board’s Committee structure enhances the Board’s ability to focus on the oversight of risk as part of its broader oversight of the Funds’ affairs. While risk management is the primary responsibility of NFA and the Funds’ subadvisers, the Trustees regularly receive reports from NFA, Nationwide Fund Management LLC (“NFM”), and various service providers, including the subadvisers, regarding investment risks and compliance risks. The Committee structure allows separate Committees to focus on different aspects of these risks and their potential impact on some or all of the Funds and to discuss with NFA or the Funds’ subadvisers how they monitor and control such risks. In addition, the Officers of the Funds, all of whom are employees of NFA, including the President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Compliance Officer and Chief Operating Officer, report to the Board and to the Chairs of its Committees on a variety of risk-related matters, including the risks inherent in each Officer’s area of responsibility, at regular meetings of the Board and on an ad hoc basis.

The Funds have retained NFA as the Funds’ investment adviser and NFM as the Funds’ administrator. NFA and NFM are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the Funds. NFA has delegated the day-to-day management of the investment activities of each Fund, with the exception of the Fund-of-Funds, to one or more subadvisers. NFA and NFM are primarily responsible for the Funds’ operations and for supervising the services provided to the Funds by each service provider, including risk management services provided by the Funds’ subadvisers. The Board also meets periodically with the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer to receive reports regarding the compliance of each Fund with the federal securities laws and the Fund’s internal compliance policies and procedures. The Board also reviews the Chief Compliance Officer’s annual report, including the Chief Compliance Officer’s compliance risk assessments for the Funds. The Board meets periodically with the portfolio managers of the Funds to receive reports regarding the management of the Funds, including each Fund’s investment risks.

Committees of the Board

The Board has four standing committees: Audit, Valuation and Operations, Nominating and Fund Governance, and Investment Committees. The function of each Committee is oversight.

The purposes of the Audit Committee are to: (a) oversee the Trust’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, its internal controls and, as appropriate, the internal controls of certain of its service providers; it is the intention of the Board that it is management’s responsibility to maintain appropriate systems for accounting and internal control, and the independent auditors’ responsibility to plan and carry out a proper audit–the independent auditors are ultimately accountable

 

74


to the Board and the Committee, as representatives of the Trust’s shareholders; (b) oversee the quality and integrity of the Trust’s financial statements and the independent audit thereof; (c) ascertain the independence of the Trust’s independent auditors; (d) act as a liaison between the Trust’s independent auditors and the Board; (e) approve the engagement of the Trust’s independent auditors; (f) meet and consider the reports of the Trust’s independent auditors; (g) oversee the Trust’s written policies and procedures adopted under Rule 38a-1 of the 1940 Act and oversee the appointment and performance of the Trust’s designated Chief Compliance Officer; (h) review information provided to the Audit Committee regarding SEC examinations of the Trust and its service providers; and (i) undertake such other responsibilities as may be delegated to the Audit Committee by the Board. The Audit Committee met five times during the past fiscal year, and currently consists of the following Trustees: Ms. Cholmondeley, Mr. Karlawish, Ms. Kosel (Chair) and Mr. Kridler, each of whom is not an interested person of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act.

The purposes of the Valuation and Operations Committee are to: (a) assist the Board in its review and oversight of the valuation of the Trust’s portfolio assets; (b) to assist the Board with its review and oversight of the implementation and operation of the Trust’s various policies and procedures relating to money market funds under Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, including without limitation policies and procedures relating to the use of the amortized cost method of valuation, stress testing, and portfolio liquidity; (c) to review and oversee the actions of the principal underwriter and investment advisers with respect to distribution of the funds’ shares including the operation of the Trust’s 12b-1 Plans and Administrative Services Plans; (d) to assist the Board with its review and oversight of the implementation and operation of the Trust’s various policies and procedures relating to transactions involving affiliated persons of a Trust, or affiliated persons of such affiliated persons; (e) to review and oversee the investment advisers’ brokerage practices as these relate to the Trust, including the use of “soft dollars”; (f) to assist the Board in its oversight of the administration of any credit facilities entered into for the benefit of the Trust or any of the funds and the use thereof by the funds; (g) to review and evaluate the services received by the Trust in respect of, and the Trust’s contractual arrangements relating to, transfer agency services, administrative services, custody services, securities lending services, and such other services as may be assigned from time to time to the Committee by the Board for review and evaluation; (h) to assist the Board in the design and oversight of the process for reviewing and evaluating payments made from the assets of any of the funds to financial intermediaries for sub-transfer agency services, shareholder services, administrative services, and similar services; (i) to assist the board in its oversight and evaluation of policies, procedures, and activities of the Trust and of service providers to the Trust relating to cybersecurity and data security; and to undertake such other responsibilities as may be delegated to the Committee by the Board. The Valuation and Operations Committee met four times during the past fiscal year, and currently consists of the following Trustees: Ms. Dryden (Chair), Ms. Cholmondeley, Mr. Kridler and Mr. Wetmore, each of whom is not an interested person of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act.

The purposes of the Nominating and Fund Governance Committee are to: (a) assist the Board in its review and oversight of governance matters; (b) assist the Board with the selection and nomination of candidates to serve on the Board; (c) oversee legal counsel; (d) assist the Board in its review and oversight of shareholder communications and proxy voting by series of the Trust; (e) to assist the Board in its review and consideration of insurance coverages to be obtained by or for the benefit of the Trust or the Trustees of the Trust, including, without limitation, fidelity bond coverage and errors and omissions/directors’ and officers’ liability coverage; (f) to assist the Board in its review and consideration of any proposed line of credit or other credit facility for the benefit of the Trust or any of the funds; and (g) undertake such other responsibilities as may be delegated to the Committee by the Board. The Nominating and Fund Governance Committee met four times during the past fiscal year, and currently consists of the following Trustees: Mr. Allen (Chair), Ms. Dryen, Ms. Jacobs and Mr. Wetmore, each of whom is not an interested person of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act.

The Nominating and Fund Governance Committee has adopted procedures regarding its review of recommendations for trustee nominees, including those recommendations presented by shareholders. When considering whether to add additional or substitute trustees to the Board, the Trustees shall take into account any proposals for candidates that are properly submitted to the Trust’s Secretary. Shareholders wishing to present one or more candidates for trustee for consideration may do so by submitting a signed written request to the Trust’s Secretary at Attn: Secretary, Nationwide Mutual Funds, One Nationwide Plaza, Mail Code 5-02-210, Columbus, OH 43215, which includes the following information: (i) name and address of the shareholder and, if applicable, name of broker or record holder; (ii) number of shares owned; (iii) name of Fund(s) in which shares are owned; (iv) whether the proposed candidate(s) consent to being identified in any proxy statement utilized in connection with the election of Trustees; (v) the name, background information, and qualifications of the proposed candidate(s); and (vi) a representation that the candidate or candidates are willing to provide additional information about themselves, including assurances as to their independence.

The purposes of the Investment Committee are to: (a) assist the Board in its review and oversight of the Funds’ performance; (b) to assist the Board in the design and oversight of the process for the renewal and amendment of the funds’ investment advisory and subadvisory contracts subject to the requirements of Section 15 of the 1940 Act; (c) to assist the Board in its oversight of a liquidity risk management program for the funds pursuant to Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act; and (d) undertake such other responsibilities as may be delegated to the Committee by the Board. The Investment Committee met four times during the past fiscal year, and currently consists of the following Trustees: Mr. Allen, Ms. Jacobs, Mr. Karlawish (Chair) and Ms. Kosel, each of whom is not an interested person of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act, and Ms. Marshall, who is an interested person of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act.

 

75


Ownership of Shares of Nationwide Mutual Funds as of December 31, 2017

 

Name of Trustee

   Dollar Range of Equity Securities and/or
Shares in the Funds
   Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities
and/or Shares in All Registered Investment
Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of
Investment Companies

Independent Trustees

Charles E. Allen

   Over $100,000    Over $100,000

Paula H.J. Cholmondeley

   Over $100,000    Over $100,000

Phyllis Kay Dryden

   Over $100,000    Over $100,000

Barbara I. Jacobs

   Over $100,000    Over $100,000

Keith F. Karlawish

   Over $100,000    Over $100,000

Carol A. Kosel

   Over $100,000    Over $100,000

Douglas F. Kridler

   Over $100,000    Over $100,000

David C. Wetmore

   Over $100,000    Over $100,000

Interested Trustee

Lydia M. Marshall

   Over $100,000    Over $100,000

Ownership in the Trust’s Investment Adviser 1 , Subadvisers 2 or Distributor 3 as of December 31, 2017

Trustees who are not Interested Persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust

 

Name of Trustee

  

Name of Owners and
Relationships to Trustee

  

Name of Company

  

Title of Class

of Security

  

Value of Securities

  

Percent of Class

Charles E. Allen

   N/A    N/A    N/A    None    N/A

Paula H.J. Cholmondeley

   N/A    N/A    N/A    None    N/A

Phyllis Kay Dryden

   N/A    N/A    N/A    None    N/A

Barbara I. Jacobs

   N/A    N/A    N/A    None    N/A

Keith F. Karlawish

   N/A    N/A    N/A    None    N/A

Carol A. Kosel

   N/A    N/A    N/A    None    N/A

Douglas F. Kridler

   N/A    N/A    N/A    None    N/A

David C. Wetmore

   N/A    N/A    N/A    None    N/A

 

1   Nationwide Fund Advisors.
2   As of December 31, 2017, subadvisers to the Trust included: Amundi Smith Breeden, LLC; Bailard, Inc.; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC; Boston Advisors, LLC; Brown Capital Management, LLC; Diamond Hill Capital Management, Inc.; Dimensional Fund Advisors LP; Federated Investment Management Company; Geneva Capital Management LLC; Logan Capital Management, Inc.; Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.; Massachusetts Financial Services Company, d/b/a MFS Investment Management, Nationwide Asset Management LLC; Standard Life Investments (Corporate Funds) Limited; Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC; UBS Asset Management (Americas) Inc.; WCM Investment Management; Wellington Management Company LLP; and Ziegler Capital Management, LLC.
3   Nationwide Fund Distributors LLC or any company, other than an investment company, that controls a Fund’s adviser or distributor.

Compensation of Trustees

The Independent Trustees receive fees and reimbursement for expenses of attending board meetings from the Trust. The Compensation Table below sets forth the total compensation paid to the Independent Trustees, before reimbursement of any expenses incurred by them, for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017. In addition, the Compensation Table sets forth the total compensation paid to the Independent Trustees from all the funds in the Fund Complex for the twelve months ended October 31, 2017. Trust officers receive no compensation from the Trust in their capacity as officers. The Adviser or an affiliate of the Adviser pays the fees, if any, and expenses of any Trustees who are interested persons of the Trust. Accordingly, Ms. Marshall is not compensated by the funds in the Fund Complex and, therefore, is not included in the Compensation Table below.

 

76


The Trust does not maintain any pension or retirement plans for the Officers or Trustees of the Trust.

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate
Compensation
from the Trust
     Pension
Retirement
Benefits Accrued
as Part of Trust
Expenses
     Estimated Annual
Benefits Upon
Retirement
     Total Compensation
from the Fund
Complex 1
 

Charles E. Allen

   $ 90,458        N/A        N/A      $ 335,000  

Paula H.J. Cholmondeley

     91,812        N/A        N/A        340,000  

Phyllis Kay Dryden

     86,437        N/A        N/A        320,000  

Barbara I. Jacobs

     87,776        N/A        N/A        325,000  

Keith F. Karlawish

     86,408        N/A        N/A        320,000  

Carol A. Kosel

     86,408        N/A        N/A        320,000  

Douglas F. Kridler

     90,540        N/A        N/A        335,000  

David C. Wetmore

     110,005        N/A        N/A        407,000  

 

1   As of October 31, 2017, the Fund Complex included two trusts comprised of 114 investment company funds or series.

Each of the Trustees and officers and their families are eligible to purchase Class A shares at net asset value without any sales charge.

Code of Ethics

Federal law requires the Trust, each of its investment advisers and subadvisers, and its principal underwriter to adopt codes of ethics which govern the personal securities transactions of their respective personnel. Accordingly, each such entity has adopted a code of ethics pursuant to which their respective personnel may invest in securities for their personal accounts (including securities that may be purchased or held by the Trust). Copies of these Codes of Ethics are on file with the SEC and are available to the public.

Proxy Voting Guidelines

Federal law requires the Trust and each of its investment advisers and subadvisers to adopt procedures for voting proxies (the “Proxy Voting Guidelines”) and to provide a summary of those Proxy Voting Guidelines used to vote the securities held by a Fund. The Funds’ proxy voting policies and procedures and information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 are available without charge (i) upon request, by calling 800-848-0920, (ii) on the Funds’ website at nationwide.com/mutualfunds, or (iii) on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. The summary of such Proxy Voting Guidelines is attached as Appendix B to this SAI.

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

Trust Expenses

The Trust pays, on behalf of the Funds, the compensation of the Trustees who are not interested persons (as described in the 1940 Act) of the Trust, and all expenses (other than those assumed by the Adviser), including governmental fees; interest charges; taxes; membership dues in the Investment Company Institute allocable to the Trust; investment advisory fees and any Rule 12b-1 fees; fees under the Trust’s Fund Administration and Transfer Agency Agreement, which include the expenses of calculating the Funds’ net asset values; fees and expenses of independent certified public accountants and legal counsel of the Trust and to the Independent Trustees; expenses of preparing, printing, and mailing shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements, and reports to governmental offices and commissions; expenses connected with the execution, recording, and settlement of portfolio security transactions; short sale dividend expenses; insurance premiums; administrative services fees under an Administrative Services Plan; fees and expenses of the custodian for all services to the Trust; expenses of shareholder meetings; and expenses relating to the issuance, registration, and qualification of shares of the Trust. NFA may, from time to time, agree to voluntarily or contractually waive advisory fees, and if necessary reimburse expenses, in order to limit total operating expenses for each Fund and/or classes, as described below. These expense limitations apply to the classes described; if a particular class is not referenced, there is no expense limitation for that class.

 

77


Investment Adviser

NFA, located at One Nationwide Plaza, Mail Code 5-02-210, Columbus, OH 43215, is a wholly owned subsidiary of Nationwide Financial Services, Inc. (“NFS”), a holding company which is a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Nationwide Corporation. All of the common stock of Nationwide Corporation is held by Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company (95.2%) and Nationwide Mutual Fire Insurance Company (4.8%), each of which is a mutual company owned by its policy holders.

Under the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Trust, NFA manages the Funds in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Trustees. NFA operates primarily as a “Manager-of-Managers” under which NFA, rather than managing most Funds directly, instead oversees one or more subadvisers.

NFA provides investment management evaluation services in initially selecting and monitoring on an ongoing basis the performance of one or more subadvisers who manage the investment portfolio of a particular Fund. NFA is also authorized to select and place portfolio investments on behalf of such subadvised Funds; however, NFA does not intend to do so as a routine matter at this time. The Adviser and the Trust have received an exemptive order from the SEC for a multi-manager structure that allows the Adviser, subject to the approval of the Board of Trustees, to hire, replace or terminate a subadviser (excluding hiring a subadviser which is an affiliate of the Adviser) without the approval of shareholders. The order also allows the Adviser to revise a subadvisory agreement with an unaffiliated subadviser with the approval of the Board but without shareholder approval. If a new unaffiliated subadviser is hired for a Fund, shareholders will receive information about the new subadviser within 90 days of the change. The exemptive order allows the Funds greater flexibility, enabling them to operate more efficiently.

All of the Funds to which this SAI relates are subadvised.

NFA pays the compensation of the officers of the Trust employed by NFA and pays the compensation and expenses of any Trustees who are interested persons of the Trust. NFA also furnishes, at its own expense, all necessary administrative services, office space, equipment, and clerical personnel for servicing the investments of the Trust and maintaining its investment advisory facilities, and executive and supervisory personnel for managing the investments and effecting the portfolio transactions of the Trust. In addition, NFA pays, out of its legitimate profits, broker-dealers, trust companies, transfer agents and other financial institutions in exchange for their selling of shares of the Trust’s series or for recordkeeping or other shareholder related services.

The Investment Advisory Agreement (the “Agreement”) also specifically provides that NFA, including its directors, officers, and employees, shall not be liable for any error of judgment, or mistake of law, or for any loss arising out of any investment, or for any act or omission in the execution and management of the Trust, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Agreement. The Agreement continues in effect for an initial period of no more than two years and thereafter shall continue automatically for successive annual periods provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Trustees, or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust, and, in either case, by a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Agreement or interested persons of any such party. The Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its “assignment,” as defined under the 1940 Act. It may be terminated at any time as to a Fund, without penalty, by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that Fund, by the Board of Trustees or NFA on not more than 60 days’ written notice. The Agreement further provides that NFA may render similar services to others.

For services provided under the Investment Advisory Agreement, NFA receives an annual fee paid monthly based on average daily net assets of the applicable Fund according to the following schedule:

 

Fund

  

Assets

   Investment Advisory Fee  

Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund

   All Assets      0.64

Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund

   All Assets      0.56

Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund

  

$0 up to $500 million

$500 million and more

    

0.75

0.70


Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund

  

$0 up to $200 million

$200 million and more

    

1.00

0.97


 

78


Fund

  

Assets

   Investment Advisory Fee  

Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund

  

$0 up to $1 billion

$1 billion and more

    

0.75

0.70


Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund

  

$0 up to $500 million

$500 million up to $1 billion

$1 billion and more

    

0.75

0.70

0.65


Nationwide Bond Fund

  

$0 up to $250 million

$250 million up to $1 billion

$1 billion up to $2 billion

$2 billion up to $5 billion

$5 billion and more

    

0.41

0.385

0.36

0.335

0.31


Nationwide Bond Index Fund

  

$0 up to $1.5 billion

$1.5 billion up to $3 billion

$3 billion and more

    

0.195

0.155

0.145


Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

  

$0 up to $250 million

$250 million and more

    

0.45

0.40


Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund

  

$0 up to $500 million

$500 million up to $1 billion

$1 billion and more

    

0.45

0.425

0.40


Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund

   All Assets      0.70

Nationwide Fund

  

$0 up to $250 million

$250 million up to $1 billion

$1 billion up to $2 billion

$2 billion up to $5 billion

$5 billion and more

    

0.54

0.53

0.52

0.495

0.47


Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund

  

$0 up to $250 million

$250 million up to $500 million

$500 million and more

    

0.75

0.70

0.65


Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund

  

$0 up to $250 million

$250 million up to $500 million

$500 million and more

    

0.84

0.79

0.74


Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund

  

$0 up to $250 million

$250 million up to $500 million

$500 million up to $1 billion

$1 billion and more

    

0.75

0.70

0.68

0.65


Nationwide Government Money Market Fund

  

$0 up to $ 1 billion

$1 billion up to $2 billion

$2 billion up to $5 billion

$5 billion and more

    

0.30

0.28

0.26

0.24


Nationwide Growth Fund

  

$0 up to $250 million

$250 million up to $1 billion

$1 billion up to $2 billion

$2 billion up to $5 billion

$5 billion and more

    

0.60

0.575

0.55

0.525

0.50


Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund

  

$0 up to $ 1 billion

$1 billion and more

    

0.25

0.23


Nationwide International Index Fund

  

$0 up to $1.5 billion

$1.5 billion up to $3 billion

$3 billion and more

    

0.245

0.205

0.195


Nationwide International Small Cap Fund

  

Up to $500 million

$500 million up to $1 billion

$1 billion and more

    

0.95

0.925

0.90


 

79


Fund

  

Assets

   Investment Advisory Fee  

Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund

  

$0 up to $250 million

$250 million up to $1 billion

$1 billion up to $2 billion

$2 billion up to $5 billion

$5 billion and more

    

0.60

0.575

0.55

0.525

0.50


Nationwide Loomis All Cap Growth Fund

  

$0 up to $1 billion

$1 billion and more

    

0.80

0.775


Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund

  

$0 up to $250 million

$250 million up to $1 billion

$1 billion up to $2 billion

$2 billion up to $5 billion

$5 billion and more

    

0.41

0.385

0.36

0.335

0.31


Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund

  

$0 up to $500 million

$500 million up to $1 billion

$1 billion up to $3 billion

$3 billion up to $5 billion

$5 billion up to $10 billion

$10 billion and more

    

0.35

0.34

0.325

0.30

0.285

0.275


Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund

  

$0 up to $1.5 billion

$1.5 billion up to $3 billion

$3 billion and more

    

0.205

0.185

0.175


Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

  

$0 up to $250 million

$250 million and more

    

0.45

0.40


Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund

  

$0 up to $1.5 billion

$1.5 billion up to $3 billion

$3 billion and more

    

0.125

0.105

0.095


Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund

  

$0 up to $1.5 billion

$1.5 billion up to $3 billion

$3 billion and more

    

0.19

0.17

0.16


Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund

  

$0 up to $500 million

$500 million and more

    

0.84

0.79


Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund

  

$0 up to $500 million

$500 million and more

    

0.84

0.79


Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund

  

$0 up to $500 million

$500 million and more

    

0.84

0.79


Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund

  

$0 up to $100 million

$100 million up to $500 million

$500 million and more

    

0.55

0.50

0.45


Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund

  

$0 up to $50 million

$50 million up to $250 million

$250 million up to $500 million

$500 million and more

    

0.50

0.30

0.25

0.20


Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund

  

$0 up to $250 million

$250 million and more

    

0.50

0.40


Limitation of Fund Expenses

In the interest of limiting the expenses of the Funds, NFA may from time to time waive some, or all, of its investment advisory fee or reimburse other fees for any of the Funds. In this regard, NFA has entered into an expense limitation agreement with the Trust on behalf of certain of the Funds (the “Expense Limitation Agreement”). Pursuant to the Expense Limitation Agreement, NFA has agreed to waive or limit its fees and to assume other expenses to the extent necessary to limit the total annual operating expenses of each Class of each such Fund to the limits described below. The waiver of such fees will cause the total return and yield of a Fund to be higher than they would otherwise be in the absence of such a waiver.

 

80


NFA may request and receive reimbursement from the Funds for the advisory fees waived or limited and other expenses reimbursed by NFA pursuant to the Expense Limitation Agreement at a later date when a Fund has reached a sufficient asset size to permit reimbursement to be made without causing the total annual operating expense ratio of the Fund to exceed the limits that were in the Expense Limitation Agreement at the time that NFA waived the fees or reimbursed the expenses. No reimbursement will be made to a Fund unless: (i) such Fund’s assets exceed $100 million; (ii) the total annual expense ratio of the Class making such reimbursement is less than the limit set forth above; and (iii) the payment of such reimbursement is made no more than three years from the month in which the corresponding waiver or reimbursement to the Fund was made. Except as provided for in the Expense Limitation Agreement, reimbursement of amounts previously waived or assumed by NFA is not permitted.

Until at least February 28, 2019, NFA has agreed contractually to waive advisory fees and, if necessary, reimburse expenses in order to limit total annual fund operating expenses, excluding any taxes, interest, brokerage commissions and other costs incurred in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities, short sale dividend expenses, Rule 12b-1 fees, fees paid pursuant to an Administrative Services Plan, other expenditures which are capitalized in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, expenses incurred by a Fund in connection with any merger or reorganization and may exclude other nonroutine expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund’s business, for all share classes of the following Funds of the Trust:

 

    Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund to 0.70%

 

    Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund to 0.67%

 

    Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund to 1.07%

 

    Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund to 1.10%

 

    Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund to 1.10%

 

    Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund to 1.05%

 

    Nationwide Bond Fund to 0.44%

 

    Nationwide Bond Index Fund to 0.29%

 

    Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund to 0.49%

 

    Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund to 0.70%

 

    Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund to 0.90%

 

    Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund to 0.98%

 

    Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund to 1.22%

 

    Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund to 0.95%

 

    Nationwide Government Money Market Fund to 0.59% 1

 

    Nationwide Growth Fund to 0.65%

 

    Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund to 0.22% for Class A shares only until December 31, 2019, 0.30% for all other share classes

 

    Nationwide International Index Fund to 0.34%

 

    Nationwide International Small Cap Fund to 0.99%

 

    Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund to 0.82%

 

    Nationwide Loomis All Cap Growth Fund to 0.85%

 

    Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund to 0.65%

 

    Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund to 0.45%

 

    Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund to 0.30%

 

    Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund to 0.47%

 

    Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund to 0.21%

 

    Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund to 0.28%

 

    Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund to 0.94%

 

    Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund to 1.09%

 

    Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund to 1.22%

 

    Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund to 0.75%

 

    Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund to 0.68%

 

    Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund to 0.60%

In addition, with respect to the Service Class of the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, effective until at least February 28, 2019, the Fund Operating Expenses including the Rule 12b-1 fees and fees paid pursuant to an Administrative Services Plan shall be limited to 0.75%.

 

81


In addition to the foregoing, until at least INSERT DATE, 2019, NFA has agreed contractually to waive an additional amount of its advisory fee with respect to the Nationwide Fund equal to 0.045% annually. NFA shall not be entitled to reimbursement of amounts waived pursuant to this separate fee waiver agreement.

In addition to the foregoing, until at least February 28, 2019, NFA has agreed contractually to waive an additional amount of its advisory fee with respect to the Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund equal to 0.01% annually, and with respect to the Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund equal to 0.02% annually. NFA shall not be entitled to reimbursements of amounts waived pursuant to this separate fee waiver agreement.

 

82


Investment Advisory Fees Paid

During the fiscal years ended October 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, the Funds listed below paid NFA fees for investment advisory services, after waivers and reimbursements:

 

     Years Ended October 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  

Fund

   Gross Fees      Net Fees      Gross Fees      Net Fees      Gross Fees      Net Fees  

Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund

   $ 961,349      $ 806,541      $ 1,043,431      $ 816,949        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund

     160,756        0        141,980        0        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Amundi World Bond Fund

     191,484        0        23,924        0        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund

     721,550        721,550        622,112        622,029      $ 670,409      $ 670,409  

Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund

     1,452,437        1,307,495        1,114,789        959,208        760,451        573,613  

Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund

     3,148,020        3,148,020        2,580,303        2,580,303        2,165,196        2,165,196  

Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund

     918,563        918,563        758,789        758,587        797,286        797,286  

Nationwide Bond Fund

     2,291,161        1,957,323        2,080,068        1,675,598        1,112,558        775,822  

Nationwide Bond Index Fund

     1,826,771        1,826,771        1,688,766        1,688,766        1,917,498        1,917,498  

Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund

     4,912,040        4,912,040        4,360,997        4,360,997        3,972,545        3,972,545  

Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund

     679,067        605,348        482,023        376,365        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Fund

     5,770,081        5,323,373        5,481,101        5,034,528        5,237,162        4,801,341  

Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund

     6,703,003        6,703,003        6,749,008        6,749,008        8,223,259        8,223,259  

Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund

     4,691,399        4,691,399        2,971,116        2,971,116        1,581,506        1,581,506  

Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund

     409,668        281,047        415,247        273,943        557,054        435,631  

Nationwide Government Money Market Fund

     2,369,717        2,265,126        3,325,151        2,948,150        3,808,333        1,165,855  

Nationwide Growth Fund

     1,227,065        821,311        1,231,106        780,855        1,325,185        875,203  

Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund

     2,035,494        2,035,494        2,352,379        2,352,379        2,472,506        2,472,506  

Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

     724,342        539,408        863,330        660,169        884,629        675,216  

Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund

     445,554        387,570        479,274        423,741        379,435        374,928  

Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

     178,200        0        271,340        56,058        306,326        111,893  

Nationwide Loomis Short-Term Bond Fund

     1,278,031        1,268,235        1,301,666        1,282,460        1,477,478        1,446,173  

Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund

     1,518,955        1,518,955        1,230,848        1,230,848        1,287,091        1,287,091  

Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund

     472,350        303,256        417,053        288,048        620,116        517,937  

Nationwide International Index Fund

     3,776,150        3,776,150        4,126,955        4,126,955        4,312,128        4,312,128  

Nationwide International Small Cap Fund

     3,884,406        3,723,926        0        0        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Loomis All Cap Growth Fund

     413,389        343,972        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund

     2,603,591        2,476,577        2,429,958        2,368,504        2,606,994        2,606,994  

$Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund

     3,022,951        3,022,951        2,805,859        2,805,859        3,120,192        3,120,192  

Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund

     1,150,360        963,661        1,239,023        1,170,349        1,461,897        1,461,897  

Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund

     1,731,938        1,708,440        1,497,429        1,452,583        553,508        456,332  

 

83


     Years Ended October 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  

Fund

   Gross Fees      Net Fees      Gross Fees      Net Fees      Gross Fees      Net Fees  

Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund

     1,585,169        1,585,169        1,346,551        1,346,551        1,421,420        1,414,851  

Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income

     3,260,327        3,260,327        3,094,525        3,094,525        2,227,167        2,227,167  

Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund

     1,185,381        1,185,381        1,059,125        1,059,125        1,145,778        1,145,778  

Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund

     434,579        295,495        488,922        344,888        549,483        441,351  

Nationwide Destination 2010 Fund

     31,035        0        33,768        0        35,829        0  

Nationwide Destination 2015 Fund

     132,340        0        151,557        0        178,603        0  

Nationwide Destination 2020 Fund

     339,093        0        340,674        0        348,708        0  

Nationwide Destination 2025 Fund

     403,108        0        379,110        0        371,834        0  

Nationwide Destination 2030 Fund

     398,461        0        367,623        0        359,568        0  

Nationwide Destination 2035 Fund

     325,740        0        285,123        0        273,017        0  

Nationwide Destination 2040 Fund

     262,124        0        234,175        0        224,355        0  

Nationwide Destination 2045 Fund

     197,683        0        163,462        0        144,605        0  

Nationwide Destination 2050 Fund

     153,319        0        122,830        0        110,160        0  

Nationwide Destination 2055 Fund

     72,763        0        50,113        0        38,432        0  

Nationwide Destination 2060 Fund

     10,675        0        4,434        0        1,606        0  

Nationwide Investor Destinations Aggressive Fund

     1,405,991        0        1,416,692        0        1,586,764        0  

Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Aggressive Fund

     2,243,538        0        2,321,199        0        2,620,287        0  

Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderate Fund

     1,867,200        0        2,048,857        0        2,279,593        0  

Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Conservative Fund

     649,405        0        698,838        0        752,629        0  

Nationwide Investor Destinations Conservative Fund

     932,803        0        792,478        0        659,162        0  

 

1   Fund commenced operations on November 2, 2015.
2 Fund commenced operations on March 1, 2016.
3   Fund commenced operations on December 30, 2016.
4   Fund commenced operations on June 1, 2017.

 

84


Subadvisers

The subadvisers for the Funds are as follows:

 

Fund

  

Subadviser

Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund

   Amundi Smith Breeden, LLC

Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund

   Amundi Smith Breeden, LLC

Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund

   Bailard, Inc.

Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund

   Bailard, Inc.

Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund

   Bailard, Inc.

Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund

   Bailard, Inc.

Nationwide Bond Fund

   Nationwide Asset Management, LLC

Nationwide Bond Index Fund

   BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

   Massachusetts Financial Services Company

Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund

   Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC

Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund

   Standard Life Investments (Corporate Funds) Limited

Nationwide Fund

   Wellington Management Company LLP

Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund

   Geneva Capital Management LLC

Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund

   Geneva Capital Management LLC

Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund

   UBS Asset Management (Americas) Inc.

Nationwide Government Money Market Fund

   Federated Investment Management Company

Nationwide Growth Fund

   Boston Advisors, LLC

Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund

   Nationwide Asset Management, LLC

Nationwide International Index Fund

   BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

Nationwide International Small Cap Fund

   Wellington Management Company LLP

Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund

   Diamond Hill Capital Management, Inc.

Nationwide Loomis All Cap Growth Fund

   Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.

Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund

   Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.

Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund

   Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.

Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund

   BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

   Massachusetts Financial Services Company

Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund

   BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund

   BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund

   Brown Capital Management, LLC

Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund

   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund

   WCM Investment Management

Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund

   Ziegler Capital Management, LLC

Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund

   Ziegler Capital Management, LLC

Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund

   Ziegler Capital Management, LLC

Amundi Smith Breeden, LLC (“ASB”) is located at 280 South Mangum Street, Suite 301, Durham, NC 27701. ASB is 100% owned by Amundi Asset Management. Amundi Smith Breeden was formed on September 30, 2013 when Smith Breeden Associates, Inc. converted from a Kansas subchapter S corporation to a Delaware Limited Liability company and changed its name. Following the acquisition of Pioneer Investments by ASB on July 3, 2017, Amundi Smith Breeden and Pioneer Investments USA are both owned by Amundi Asset Management and are affiliates. The two subsidiaries have begun co-branding in the United States as Amundi Pioneer and have put in place a co-management governance structure. The integration of legal entities (both broker dealers and investment advisers) was completed on or about January 1, 2018.

Bailard, Inc. (“Bailard”), located at 950 Tower Lane, Suite 1900, Foster City, CA 94404, is organized as a California corporation. As of December 31, 2017, Bailard had approximately $4 billion in assets under management. Bailard has been providing investment management services since 1972.

 

85


BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (“BlackRock”), located at 1 University Drive, Princeton, New Jersey 08543- 9011, is a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc., a Delaware corporation. BlackRock was organized in 1999 and is a registered investment adviser and a registered commodity pool operator.

Boston Advisors, LLC (“Boston Advisors”) is located at One Liberty Square, 10th Floor, Boston, MA 02109. Boston Advisors is a privately held, majority employee-owned firm. As of December 31, 2017, Boston Advisors had $ billion in assets under management.

Brown Capital Management, LLC (“Brown Capital”), located at 1201 North Calvert Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, has been an investment adviser since 1983.

Diamond Hill Capital Management, Inc. (“DHCM”) is located at 325 John H. McConnell Blvd., Suite 200, Columbus, OH 43215. DHCM is an Ohio corporation that is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Diamond Hill Investment Group, Inc., a publicly owned Ohio corporation.

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (“DFA”), located at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, Texas 78746, has been engaged in the business of providing investment management services since May 1981. DFA is currently organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. As of December 31, 2017, assets under management for all DFA affiliated advisors totaled approximately $577 billion.

Federated Investment Management Company (“Federated”) is located at Federated Investors Tower, 1001 Liberty Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222. Federated is a subsidiary of Federated Investors, Inc. Federated and other subsidiaries of Federated Investors, Inc. serve as investment advisers to a number of investment companies as well as a variety of other customized separately managed accounts, private funds and pooled investment vehicles. Federated Advisory Services Company, an affiliate of the sub-adviser, provides certain support services to Federated. The fee for these services is paid by the Federated and not by the Fund.

Geneva Capital Management LLC (“Geneva”), located at 100 E. Wisconsin Ave., Suite 2550, Milwaukee, WI 53202, is organized as a Delaware limited liability company. Geneva is a wholly owned subsidiary of Henderson Global Investors (North America) Inc. As of December 31, 2017, Geneva had approximately $ billion in assets under management. Geneva has been providing investment management services since 1987. On May 30, 2017 , Henderson Group plc, the ultimate parent of Geneva, completed a merger with Janus Capital Group Inc., to form Janus Henderson Group plc doing business as “Janus Henderson Investors,” a London based public company registered on the New York Stock Exchange and the Australian Securities Exchange. Janus Henderson Investors is an independent global asset management firm that conducts its U.S. investment management business through a variety of other investment advisor entities.

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P., located at One Financial Center, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, was founded in 1926 and is one of the oldest investment advisory firms in the United States with over $268.1 billion in assets under management as of December 31, 2017.

Massachusetts Financial Services Company, d/b/a MFS Investment Management (“MFS”) is located at 111 Huntington Avenue, Boston, MA 02199. MFS is a subsidiary of Sun Life of Canada (U.S.) Financial Services Holdings, Inc., which in turn is an indirect majority-owned subsidiary of Sun Life Financial Inc. (a diversified financial services company).

Nationwide Asset Management, LLC (“NWAM”), located at One Nationwide Plaza, Mail Code 1-20-19, Columbus, OH 43215, provides investment advisory services to registered investment companies and other types of accounts, such as institutional separate accounts. NWAM was organized in 2007, in part, to serve as investment subadviser for fixed-income funds. NWAM is a wholly owned subsidiary of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company, and thus an affiliate of NFA.

Standard Life Investments (Corporate Funds) Limited (“Aberdeen Standard Investments”), located at 1 George Street, Edinburgh EH2 2LL, UK, is a wholly owned subsidiary of Standard Life Investments (Holdings) Limited, which in turn, is a wholly owned subsidiary of Standard Life Aberdeen PLC. Standard Life Aberdeen PLC is an investment company based in Edinburgh, Scotland, with shares publicly traded on the London Stock Exchange (LSE) under ticker: SLA.

 

86


Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC (“TSW”), a Delaware limited liability company, is located at 6641 West Broad Street, Suite 600, Richmond, Virginia 23230. TSW is a majority-owned subsidiary of OMAM Inc. Since 1970, TSW has provided investment management services to corporations, pensions and profit-sharing plans, 401(k) and thrift plans, trusts, estates and other institutions and individuals.

UBS Asset Management (Americas) Inc. (“UBS AM”) is located at 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10019. UBS AM is an indirect asset management subsidiary of UBS Group AG (“UBS”) and a member of the UBS Asset Management Division. UBS, with headquarters in Zurich, Switzerland, is an internationally diversified organization, with operations in many areas of the financial services industry.

WCM Investment Management (“WCM”) is located at 281 Brooks Street, Laguna Beach, California 92651. WCM is a California corporation that is privately owned and managed entirely by active employees.

Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”) is a Delaware limited liability partnership with principal offices at 280 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210. Wellington Management is a professional investment counseling firm which provides investment services to investment companies, employee benefit plans, endowments, foundations and other institutions. Wellington Management and its predecessor organizations have provided investment advisory services for over 80 years. Wellington Management is owned by the partners of Wellington Management Group LLP, a Massachusetts limited liability partnership. As of December 31, 2017, Wellington Management had investment management authority with respect to approximately $ billion in assets.

Ziegler Capital Management, LLC (“Ziegler”), located at 70 West Madison Street, Suite 2400, Chicago, IL 60602, is organized as a Wisconsin limited liability company. As of December 31, 2017, Ziegler had approximately $9.9 billion in assets under management. Ziegler (and its predecessors) has been providing investment management services since 1991.

Subject to oversight by NFA and the Trustees, each of the subadvisers will manage all or a portion of the assets of the Funds listed above in accordance with each Fund’s investment objectives and policies. Each subadviser makes investment decisions for the Fund and, in connection with such investment decisions, places purchase and sell orders for securities. For the investment management services they provide to the Funds, the subadvisers receive annual fees from NFA, calculated at an annual rate based on the average daily net assets of the Funds.

Each subadviser provides investment advisory services to one or more Funds pursuant to a Subadvisory Agreement. Each of the Subadvisory Agreements specifically provides that the subadviser shall not be liable for any error of judgment, or mistake of law, or for any loss arising out of any investment, or for any act or omission in the execution and management of the Fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under such Agreement.

After an initial period of not more than two years, each Subadvisory Agreement entered into prior to November 13, 2017, must be approved each year by the Trust’s Board of Trustees or by shareholders in order to continue. Subadvisory Agreements entered into with the Adviser prior to November 13, 2017, may be terminated, at any time, without penalty, by vote of a majority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, or by “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), or by the Adviser, in each case, upon not more than 60 days’ written notice to the Subadviser. A Subadvisory Agreement entered into with the Adviser on or after November 13, 2017, may be terminated, at any time, without penalty, by vote of a majority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, or by “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), or by the Adviser, in each case, upon not more than 60 days’ written notice to the Subadviser, or by the Subadviser upon not less than 120 days’ written notice to the Adviser and the Trust. Each Subadvisory Agreement terminates automatically if it is assigned.

Subadvisory Fees Paid

During the fiscal years ended October 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, NFA paid to the subadvisers of the Funds listed below, the following amounts:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended October 31,  

Fund

   2017      2016      2015  

Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund

     N/A        N/A        N/A  

 

87


     Fiscal Year Ended October 31,  

Fund

   2017      2016      2015  

Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund

     N/A        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Amundi World Bond Fund

   $ 335,204      $ 335,204      $ 335,204  

Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund

     323,191        323,191        323,191  

Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund

     1,082,598        1,082,598        1,082,598  

Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund

     398,643        398,643        398,643  

Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund

     356,798        356,798        356,798  

Nationwide Bond Fund

     158,798        158,798        158,798  

Nationwide Bond Index Fund

     1,709,059        1,709,059        1,709,059  

Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund

     61,405        61,405        61,405  

Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund

     N/A        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Fund

     1,804,039        1,804,039        1,804,039  

Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund

     4,413,481        4,413,481        4,413,481  

Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund

     870,445        870,445        870,445  

Nationwide Global Equity Fund

     297,096        297,096        297,096  

Nationwide Government Money Market Fund

     100,617        100,617        100,617  

Nationwide Growth Fund

     577,267        577,267        577,267  

Nationwide HighMark Bond Fund

     18,300        18,300        18,300  

Nationwide HighMark California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

     741,563        741,563        741,563  

Nationwide HighMark Large Cap Core Equity Fund

     465,824        465,824        465,824  

Nationwide HighMark National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

     173,452        173,452        173,452  

Nationwide HighMark Short Term Bond Fund

     161,051        161,051        161,051  

Nationwide HighMark Small Cap Core Fund

     422,138        422,138        422,138  

Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund

     664,465        664,465        664,465  

Nationwide International Index Fund

     130,759        130,759        130,759  

Nationwide International Small Cap Fund

     186,036        186,036        186,036  

Nationwide Loomis All Cap Growth Fund

     515,431        515,431        515,431  

Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund

     208,659        208,659        208,659  

$Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund

     607,971        607,971        607,971  

Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund

     1,616,930        1,616,930        1,616,930  

Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund

     211,581        211,581        211,581  

Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund

     198,851        198,851        198,851  

Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund

     1,113,584        1,113,584        1,113,584  

Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund

     572,889        572,889        572,889  

Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax-Exempt Fund

     274,742        274,742        274,742  

 

1   Fund commenced operations on November 2, 2015.
2   Fund commenced operations on March 1, 2016.
3   Fund commenced operations on December 30, 2016.
4   Fund commenced operations on June 1, 2017.

Manager-of-Managers Structure

NFA and the Trust have received from the SEC an exemptive order for a manager-of-managers structure which allows NFA, subject to the approval of the Board of Trustees, to hire, replace or terminate unaffiliated subadvisers without the approval of shareholders; the order also allows NFA to revise a subadvisory agreement with an unaffiliated subadviser without shareholder approval. If a new unaffiliated subadviser is hired, the change will be communicated to shareholders within 90 days of such change, and all changes will be approved by the Board of Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust or NFA. The order is intended to facilitate the efficient operation of the Funds and afford the Trust increased management flexibility.

 

88


NFA provides investment management evaluation services to the Funds principally by performing initial due diligence on prospective subadvisers for the Funds and thereafter monitoring the performance of the subadvisers through quantitative and qualitative analysis as well as periodic in-person, telephonic and written consultations with the subadvisers. NFA has responsibility for communicating performance expectations and evaluations to the subadviser and ultimately recommending to the Board of Trustees whether a subadviser’s contract should be renewed, modified or terminated; however, NFA does not expect to recommend changes of subadvisers frequently. NFA will regularly provide written reports to the Board of Trustees regarding the results of their evaluation and monitoring functions. Although NFA will monitor the performance of the subadvisers, there is no certainty that the subadvisers or the Funds will obtain favorable results at any given time.

Portfolio Managers

Appendix C contains the following information regarding the portfolio managers identified in the Funds’ Prospectuses: (i) the dollar range of the portfolio manager’s investments in each Fund; (ii) a description of the portfolio manager’s compensation structure; and (iii) information regarding other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and potential conflicts of interest that might arise from the management of multiple accounts.

Distributor

Nationwide Fund Distributors LLC (“NFD” or the “Distributor”), One Nationwide Plaza, Mail Code 5-02-210, Columbus, OH 43215 serves as underwriter for each Fund in the continuous distribution of its shares pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement dated May 1, 2007 (the “Underwriting Agreement”). Unless otherwise terminated, the Underwriting Agreement will continue for an initial period of two years and from year to year thereafter for successive annual periods, if, as to each Fund, such continuance is approved at least annually by (i) the Board of Trustees or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of that Fund, and (ii) the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not parties to the Underwriting Agreement or interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to the Underwriting Agreement, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Underwriting Agreement may be terminated in the event of any assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act. NFD is a wholly owned subsidiary of NFS Distributors, Inc., which in turn is a wholly owned subsidiary of NFS. The following entities or people are affiliates of the Trust and are also affiliates of NFD:

Nationwide Fund Advisors

Nationwide Fund Management LLC

Nationwide Life Insurance Company

Nationwide Life and Annuity Insurance Company

Jefferson National Life Insurance Company

Jefferson National Life Insurance Company of New York

Nationwide Financial Services, Inc.

Nationwide Corporation

Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company

Joseph Finelli

Christopher Graham

Brian Hirsch

Eric Miller

Michael S. Spangler

Lydia M. Marshall

Lee T. Cummings Timothy M. Rooney

In its capacity as Distributor, NFD solicits orders for the sale of shares, advertises and pays the costs of distributions, advertising, office space and the personnel involved in such activities. NFD receives no compensation under the Underwriting Agreement with the Trust, but may retain all or a portion of the 12b-1 fee, if any, imposed up sales of shares of each Fund.

 

89


The table below sets forth the aggregate amount of underwriting commissions received (which includes front-end sales charges and contingent deferred sales charges) by the Funds’ Distributor from the sale of fund shares and the amounts retained by the Fund’s Distributor after reallowances to dealers for the Funds listed below for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended October 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  

Fund

   Aggregate
Amount of
Underwriting
Commissions
     Amount
Retained by
Distributor
     Aggregate
Amount of
Underwriting
Commissions
     Amount
Retained by
Distributor
     Aggregate
Amount of
Underwriting
Commissions
     Amount
Retained by
Distributor
 

Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund

   $ 15,156      $ 1,737      $ 840      $ 100        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund

     3,639        318        567        67        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund

     80        11        1,863        262      $ 1,664      $ 691  

Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund

     29,874        4,318        847        114        696        0  

Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund

     123,684        17,582        36,941        5,145        81,663        12,699  

Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund

     17,327        2,387        13,098        1,580        34,322        4,873  

Nationwide Bond Fund

     22,888        2,074        10,275        1,398        21,699        2,272  

Nationwide Bond Index Fund

     3,682        249        2,895        453        2,254        1,082  

Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund

     21,213        2,915        11,192        1,500        11,663        0  

Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund

     23        3        582        92        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Fund

     66,653        9,210        63,341        8,710        59,028        8,553  

Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund

     100,043        14,167        206,573        28,381        202,487        35,359  

Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund

     374,565        47,980        444,205        63,289        184,035        29,146  

Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund

     6,712        868        23,149        3,450        3,556        1,040  

Nationwide Government Money Market Fund

     0        0        1,140        1,140        0        0  

Nationwide Growth Fund

     40,358        5,641        52,905        7,645        74,959        12,357  

Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund

     1,907        212        10,727        1,012        6,064        1,574  

Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

     32,490        2,122        33,230        3,188        23,345        0  

Nationwide Large Cap Core Equity Fund

     13,152        1,319        10,067        1,441        7,815        1,871  

Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

     1,660        749        13,267        1,094        4,399        357  

Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund

     36,372        2,828        22,403        1,990        9,121        9,121  

Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund

     86,222        11,883        15,149        2,319        73,055        10,515  

Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund

     1,402        137        21        2        252        0  

Nationwide International Index Fund

     7,022        1,108        7,633        865        8,079        0  

Nationwide International Small Cap Fund

     642        94        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A  

 

90


     Fiscal Year Ended October 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  

Fund

   Aggregate
Amount of
Underwriting
Commissions
     Amount
Retained by
Distributor
     Aggregate
Amount of
Underwriting
Commissions
     Amount
Retained by
Distributor
     Aggregate
Amount of
Underwriting
Commissions
     Amount
Retained by
Distributor
 

Nationwide Loomis All Cap Growth Fund

     5,425        725        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund

     59,422        8,624        25,292        4,237        24,309        5,593  

Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund

     121,634        18,214        82,136        11,470        46,509        17,066  

Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund

     15,925        2,334        5,396        568        7,813        1,319  

Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund

     61,944        8,578        13,284        1,830        3,714        1,584  

Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund

     17,534        2,402        16,037        2,346        18,935        2,968  

Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income

     52,108        7,661        57,155        8,333        45,368        8,183  

Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund

     370,770        52,167        242,916        35,095        586,703        90,011  

Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund

     9,185        1,403        9,187        931        15,794        2,763  

Nationwide Destination 2010 Fund

     128        17        130        17        1,309        0  

Nationwide Destination 2015 Fund

     435        68        436        69        704        0  

Nationwide Destination 2020 Fund

     1,768        271        14,061        1,971        11,074        0  

Nationwide Destination 2025 Fund

     7,261        982        9,896        1,388        15,464        0  

Nationwide Destination 2030 Fund

     7,691        1,098        19,573        2,877        14,323        2,065  

Nationwide Destination 2035 Fund

     8,617        1,114        7,256        1,167        31,517        10,464  

Nationwide Destination 2040 Fund

     3,153        404        15,116        2,295        4,966        761  

Nationwide Destination 2045 Fund

     14,216        2,011        12,688        1,765        5,571        794  

Nationwide Destination 2050 Fund

     7,107        1,058        8,720        1,212        8,612        1,407  

Nationwide Destination 2055 Fund

     3,585        466        8,563        1,127        4,639        673  

Nationwide Destination 2060 Fund

     1,528        200        692        217        132        32  

Nationwide Investor Destinations Aggressive Fund

     93,705        14,035        102,478        14,260        106,164        19,312  

Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Aggressive Fund

     164,951        25,051        186,047        28,812        270,794        48,822  

Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderate Fund

     263,312        38,470        290,416        51,698        356,470        67,634  

Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Conservative Fund

     158,118        26,041        194,506        29,047        283,445        51,179  

Nationwide Investor Destinations Conservative Fund

     549,029        73,765        1,171,598        125,333        587,163        115,760  

 

1   Fund commenced operations on November 2, 2015.
2   Fund commenced operations on March 1, 2016.
3   Fund commenced operations on December 30, 2016.
4   Fund commenced operations on June 1, 2017.

The amount of front-end sales load that NFD reallows to dealers with respect to Class A shares of each Fund, as a percentage of the offering price of such Class A shares, appears under “Additional Information on Purchases and Sales – Class A Sales Charges.” The amount of front-end sales load that NFD reallows to dealers with respect to Class T shares of each Fund, as a percentage of the offering price of such Class T shares, appears under “Additional Information on Purchases and Sales – Class T Sales Charges.”

 

91


Distribution Plan

The Trust has adopted a Distribution Plan under Rule 12b-1 (“Rule 12b-1 Plan”) of the 1940 Act with respect to certain classes of shares. The Rule 12b-1 Plan permits the Funds to compensate NFD, as the Funds’ principal underwriter, for expenses associated with the distribution of certain classes of shares of the Funds. Under the Rule 12b-1 Plan, NFD is paid an annual fee in the following amounts:

 

    0.25% of the average daily net assets of Class A and Class T shares of each applicable Fund (distribution or service fee);

 

    0.50% of the average daily net assets of the Class R shares of each applicable Fund (0.25% of which may be either a distribution or service fee);

 

    1.00% of the average daily net assets of Class C shares for each Fund (except the Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund, Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund, Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund, Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund and Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund) (0.75% of which may be a distribution fee and 0.25% a service fee);

 

    0.75% of the average daily net assets of Class C shares for each of the Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund, Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund, Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund, Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund and Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund (0.50% of which may be a distribution fee and 0.25% a service fee);

 

    0.15% of the average daily net assets of Service Class shares of the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund and Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund (distribution or service fee).

The table below sets forth the distribution fees paid to the Fund’s Distributor under the Rule 12b-1 Plan from the following Funds for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017:

 

Fund

  

Class A

    

Class C

    

Class R

    

Service Class

 

Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund

   $ 1,197      $ 1,201        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund

     565        1,540        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Amundi World Bond Fund

     318        1,007        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund

     2,180        2,606        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund

     1,209        1,210        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund

     29,402        48,684        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund

     9,270        13,190        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Bond Fund

     29,692        31,283      $ 2,205        N/A  

Nationwide Bond Index Fund

     495,266        21,104        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund

     11,603        N/A        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund

     399        1,149        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Fund

     371,468        40,342        308        N/A  

Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund

     389,694        526,170        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund

     232,786        373,429        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund

     85,590        106,866        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Government Money Market Fund

     N/A        N/A        N/A      $ 1,831  

Nationwide Growth Fund

     71,926        66,252        433        N/A  

Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund

     66,276        45,980        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

     122,592        202,645        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund

     65,661        30,601        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

     21,171        26,814        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Loomis Short—Term Bond Fund

     164,241        114,278        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund

     51,280        90,725        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund

     1,974        N/A        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide International Index Fund

     416,339        52,917        16,036        N/A  

Nationwide International Small Cap Fund

     66        N/A        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Loomis All Cap Growth Fund

     115        N/A        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund

     866,524        174,576        110,479        N/A  

Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund

     287,808        360,261        157,079        466,332  

 

92


Fund

  

Class A

    

Class C

    

Class R

    

Service Class

 

Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund

     390,016        76,135        20,404        N/A  

Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund

     37,455        N/A        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund

     21,134        29,367        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income

     47,848        76,352        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund

     639,236        378,630        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund

     194,016        61,903        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Destination 2010 Fund

     15,181        15,038        54,589        N/A  

Nationwide Destination 2015 Fund

     24,981        9,683        145,845        N/A  

Nationwide Destination 2020 Fund

     54,852        37,273        320,449        N/A  

Nationwide Destination 2025 Fund

     88,576        29,135        399,027        N/A  

Nationwide Destination 2030 Fund

     90,256        19,147        416,751        N/A  

Nationwide Destination 2035 Fund

     83,846        23,367        357,101        N/A  

Nationwide Destination 2040 Fund

     64,781        4,971        286,393        N/A  

Nationwide Destination 2045 Fund

     60,531        19,875        227,168        N/A  

Nationwide Destination 2050 Fund

     47,657        1,061        193,538        N/A  

Nationwide Destination 2055 Fund

     30,119        616        79,070        N/A  

Nationwide Destination 2060 Fund

     5,540        1,275        3,411        N/A  

Nationwide Investor Destinations Aggressive Fund

     148,435        533,731        389,574        1,757,468  

Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Aggressive Fund

     324,269        910,114        830,964        2,404,779  

Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderate Fund

     340,131        1,081,341        658,756        1,778,829  

Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Conservative Fund

     156,776        568,075        266,202        483,607  

Nationwide Investor Destinations Conservative Fund

     334,482        1,536,969        202,346        357,063  

 

1   Fund commenced operations on December 30, 2016.
2   Fund commenced operations on June 1, 2017.
3   Class T shares have not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI.

The following expenditures were made during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, using the 12b-1 fees received by NFD with respect to the Funds:

 

Fund

  

Prospectus
Printing &
Mailing 1

    

Distributor
Compensation

&Costs 1

    

Financing
Charges with

Respect to C Shares

    

Broker-Dealer
Compensation

& Costs

 

Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund

   $ 0      $ 989      $ 0      $ 1,183  

Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund

     0        1,193        0        688  

Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund

     0        777        578        3,695  

Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund

     0        6,253        159        1,5421  

Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund

     0        11,095        1,056        64,838  

Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund

     0        1,158        179        20,696  

Nationwide Bond Fund

     0        2,403        542        59,325  

Nationwide Bond Index Fund

     0        12,904        202        506,702  

Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

     0        4,477        8        311,112  

Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund

     0        607        0        11,235  

Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund

     0        975        0        343  

Nationwide Fund

     0        1,813        247        401,208  

Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund

     0        24,260        4,534        869,884  

Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund

     0        58,020        19,453        510,077  

Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund

     0        1,211        215        190,660  

Nationwide Government Money Market Fund

     0        2,173        0        0  

Nationwide Growth Fund

     0        8,855        349        126,145  

Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund

     0        7        0        1,946  

Nationwide International Index Fund

     0        30,587        2,291        462,972  

 

93


Fund

  

Prospectus
Printing &

Mailing 1

    

Distributor
Compensation

&Costs 1

    

Financing
Charges with

Respect to C Shares

    

Broker-Dealer
Compensation

& Costs

 

Nationwide International Small Cap Fund 2

     0        0        0        389  

Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund

     0        1,404        156        92,969  

Nationwide Loomis All Cap Growth Fund 3

     0        0        0        323  

Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund

     0        17,024        189        98,815  

Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund

     0        5,157        2,127        268,326  

Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund

     0        49,395        4,015        1,089,852  

Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

     0        0        8        46,016  

Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund

     0        95,179        7,834        1,148,084  

Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund

     0        24,845        2,367        456,692  

Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund

     0        0        0        37,631  

Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund

     0        4,724        228        44,727  

Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund

     0        21,013        998        124,103  

Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund

     0        13,463        767        107,841  

Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund

     0        33,890        5,497        955,356  

Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax-Exempt Fund

     0        22,471        155        227,999  

 

1   Printing and mailing of prospectuses to other than current Fund shareholders.
2   Fund commenced operations on December 30, 2016.
3   Fund commenced operations on June 1, 2017.

As required by Rule 12b-1, the Rule 12b-1 Plan was approved by the Board of Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Funds and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Rule 12b-1 Plan (the “Independent Trustees”). The Trust’s current Rule 12b-1 Plan was initially approved by the Board of Trustees on May 1, 2007, and is amended from time to time upon approval by the Board of Trustees. The Rule 12b-1 Plan may be terminated as to a class of a Fund by vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees, or by vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of that class. Any change in the Rule 12b-1 Plan that would materially increase the distribution cost to a class requires shareholder approval. The Trustees review quarterly a written report of such costs and the purposes for which such costs have been incurred. The Rule 12b-1 Plan may be amended by vote of the Trustees, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for that purpose. For so long as the Rule 12b-1 Plan is in effect, selection and nomination of those Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust shall be committed to the discretion of such disinterested persons. All agreements with any person relating to the implementation of the Rule 12b-1 Plan may be terminated at any time on 60 days’ written notice without payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by a vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of the applicable Class. The Rule 12b-1 Plan will continue in effect for successive one-year periods, provided that each such continuance is specifically approved (i) by the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees, and (ii) by a vote of a majority of the entire Board of Trustees cast in person at a meeting called for that purpose. The Board of Trustees has a duty to request and evaluate such information as may be reasonably necessary for them to make an informed determination of whether the Rule 12b-1 Plan should be implemented or continued. In addition, the Trustees in approving the Rule 12b-1 Plan as to a Fund must determine that there is a reasonable likelihood that the Rule 12b-1 Plan will benefit such Fund and its shareholders.

NFD has entered into, and will enter into, from time to time, agreements with selected dealers pursuant to which such dealers will provide certain services in connection with the distribution of a Fund’s shares including, but not limited to, those discussed above. NFD, or an affiliate of NFD, pays additional amounts from its own resources to dealers or other financial intermediaries, including its affiliate, NFS or its subsidiaries, for aid in distribution or for aid in providing administrative services to shareholders.

A Fund may not recoup the amount of unreimbursed expenses in a subsequent fiscal year and does not generally participate in joint distribution activities with other Funds. To the extent that certain Funds utilize the remaining Rule 12b-1 fees not allocated to “Broker-Dealer Compensation and Costs” or “Printing and Mailing” (as shown in the table above) of a prospectus which covers multiple Funds, such other Funds may benefit indirectly from the distribution of the Fund paying the Rule 12b-1 fees.

 

94


Administrative Services Plan

Under the terms of an Administrative Services Plan, Nationwide Fund Management LLC is permitted to enter into, on behalf of the Trust, Servicing Agreements with servicing organizations, such as broker-dealers, insurance companies and other financial institutions, who agree to provide certain administrative support services for the Funds. Such administrative support services include, but are not limited to, the following: establishing and maintaining shareholder accounts, processing purchase and redemption transactions, arranging for bank wires, performing shareholder sub-accounting, answering inquiries regarding the Funds, providing periodic statements, showing the account balance for beneficial owners or for plan participants or contract holders of insurance company separate accounts, transmitting proxy statements, periodic reports, updated prospectuses and other communications to shareholders and, with respect to meetings of shareholders, collecting, tabulating and forwarding to the Trust executed proxies and obtaining such other information and performing such other services as may reasonably be required. With respect to the Class R shares, these types of administrative support services will be exclusively provided for retirement plans and their plan participants.

As authorized by the particular Administrative Services Plan(s) for the Funds, the Trust has entered into Servicing Agreements for the Funds pursuant to which NFS has agreed to provide certain administrative support services in connection with the applicable Fund shares held beneficially by its customers. NFS is a wholly owned subsidiary of Nationwide Corporation, and is the parent company of NFA, and the indirect parent company of Nationwide Fund Management LLC. In consideration for providing administrative support services, NFS and other entities with which the Trust or its agent may enter into Servicing Agreements will receive a fee, computed at the annual rate of up to 0.25%, of the average daily net assets of the Class A, Class C, Class R, Class T, Institutional Service Class and Service Class shares of certain Funds, and Investor Shares of the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund.

During the fiscal years ended October 31, 2017, October 31, 2016 and October 31, 2015, NFS and its affiliates received $4,802,274 in administrative services fees from the Funds.

Fund Administration and Transfer Agency Services

Under the terms of a Joint Fund Administration and Transfer Agency Agreement (the “Joint Administration Agreement”) dated May 1, 2010, Nationwide Fund Management LLC (“NFM”), an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of NFS, provides various administration and accounting services to the Funds and Nationwide Variable Insurance Trust (another trust also advised by NFA), including daily valuation of the Funds’ shares, preparation of financial statements, tax returns, and regulatory reports, and presentation of quarterly reports to the Board of Trustees. NFM also serves as transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent for each of the Funds. NFM is located at One Nationwide Plaza, Mail Code 5-02-210, Columbus, OH 43215. Under the Joint Administration Agreement, NFM is paid an annual fee for fund administration and transfer agency services based on the sum of the following: (i) the amount payable by NFM to J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan”) under the Sub-Administration Agreement between NFM and JPMorgan (see “Sub-Administration” below); and (ii) the amount payable by NFM to U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (“US Bancorp”) under the Sub-Transfer Agent Servicing Agreement between NFM and US Bancorp (see “Sub-Transfer Agency” below); and (iii) a percentage of the combined average daily net assets of the Trust and Nationwide Variable Insurance Trust. In addition, the Trust also pays out- of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by NFM in providing services to the Funds and Trust, including, but not limited to, the cost of pricing services that NFM utilizes.

During the fiscal years ended October 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, NFM earned fund administration and transfer agency fees, including reimbursement for payment of networking fees, from the Funds, as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended October 31,  

Fund

  

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund 1

   $ 115,245      $ 97,294        N/A  

Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund 1

     88,968        67,494        N/A  

Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund

     105,157        102,333      $ 103,273  

Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund

     115,652        108,461        102,059  

Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund

     173,915        158,048        146,026  

Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund

     110,780        106,248        106,903  

Nationwide Bond Fund

     205,414        189,895        137,352  

 

95


     Fiscal Year Ended October 31,  

Fund

  

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Nationwide Bond Index Fund

     299,116        281,442        311,806  

Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

     117,019        123,731        122,069  

Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund

     351,921        316,783        292,154  

Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund 2

     102,941        48,993        N/A  

Nationwide Fund

     316,468        304,363        290,529  

Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund

     311,848        312,774        371,955  

Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund

     209,667        159,905        119,460  

Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund

     94,255        94,407        89,108  

Nationwide Government Money Market Fund

     239,208        282,191        313,488  

Nationwide Growth Fund

     128,341        128,595        130,192  

Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund

     119,008        114,356        131,331  

Nationwide International Index Fund

     453,785        505,794        531,745  

Nationwide International Small Cap Fund 3

     135,925        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund

     98,459        99,883        95,666  

Nationwide Loomis All Cap Growth Fund 4

     24,166        N/A        N/A  

Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund

     188,516        201,945        199,584  

Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund

     160,730        162,412        170,706  

Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund

     389,616        366,184        390,382  

Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

     91,040        95,468        95,919  

Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund

     736,909        683,209        765,858  

Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund

     215,572        227,201        258,949  

Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund

     122,703        116,807        91,960  

Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund

     121,800        114,843        114,658  

Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund

     120,228        112,058        112,105  

Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund

     230,336        221,110        175,541  

Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund

     164,307        153,809        161,101  

Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax-Exempt Fund

     101,168        103,521        105,673  

 

1   Fund commenced operations on November 2, 2015.
2   Fund commenced operations on March 1, 2016.
3   Fund commenced operations on December 30, 2016.
4   Fund commenced operations on June 1, 2017.

Sub-Administration

NFM has entered into a Sub-Administration Agreement with J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., dated May 22, 2009, to provide certain fund sub-administration services for each Fund. NFM pays JPMorgan a fee for these services.

Sub-Transfer Agency

NFM has entered into a Sub-Transfer Agent Servicing Agreement with U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, dated September 1, 2012, to provide certain sub-transfer agency services for each Fund. NFM pays US Bancorp a fee for these services.

Custodian

J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., 270 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10008, is the Custodian for the Funds and makes all receipts and disbursements under a Global Custody Agreement. The Custodian performs no managerial or policy making functions for the Funds.

 

96


Legal Counsel

Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP, 1250 Connecticut Avenue N.W., Suite 500, Washington, D.C. 20036-2652, serves as the Trust’s legal counsel.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042, serves as the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for the Trust.

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION

NFA or a subadviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities and other investments for the Funds, the selection of brokers and dealers to effect the transactions and the negotiation of brokerage commissions, if any. In transactions on stock and commodity exchanges in the United States, these commissions are negotiated, whereas on foreign stock and commodity exchanges these commissions are generally fixed and are generally higher than brokerage commissions in the United States. In the case of securities traded on the over-the-counter markets or for securities traded on a principal basis, there is generally no commission, but the price includes a spread between the dealer’s purchase and sale price. This spread is the dealer’s profit. In underwritten offerings, the price includes a disclosed, fixed commission or discount. Most short-term obligations are normally traded on a “principal” rather than agency basis. This may be done through a dealer (e.g., a securities firm or bank) who buys or sells for its own account rather than as an agent for another client, or directly with the issuer.

Except as described below, the primary consideration in portfolio security transactions is best price and execution of the transaction, i.e., execution at the most favorable prices and in the most effective manner possible. “Best price-best execution” encompasses many factors affecting the overall benefit obtained by the client account in the transaction including, but not necessarily limited to, the price paid or received for a security, the commission charged, the promptness, availability and reliability of execution, the confidentiality and placement accorded the order, and customer service. Therefore, “best price- best execution” does not necessarily mean obtaining the best price alone but is evaluated in the context of all the execution services provided. NFA and any subadvisers have complete freedom as to the markets in and the broker-dealers through which they seek this result.

Subject to the primary consideration of seeking best price-best execution and as discussed below, securities may be bought or sold through broker-dealers who have furnished statistical, research, and other information or services to NFA or a subadviser. In placing orders with such broker-dealers, NFA or the subadviser will, where possible, take into account the comparative usefulness of such information. Such information is useful to NFA or a subadviser even though its dollar value may be indeterminable, and its receipt or availability generally does not reduce NFA’s or a subadviser’s normal research activities or expenses.

There may be occasions when portfolio transactions for a Fund are executed as part of concurrent authorizations to purchase or sell the same security for trusts or other accounts (including other mutual funds) served by NFA or a subadviser or by an affiliated company thereof. Although such concurrent authorizations potentially could be either advantageous or disadvantageous to a Fund, they are effected only when NFA or the subadviser believes that to do so is in the interest of the Fund. When such concurrent authorizations occur, the executions will be allocated in an equitable manner.

In purchasing and selling investments for the Funds, it is the policy of NFA or a subadviser to obtain best execution at the most favorable prices through responsible broker-dealers. The determination of what may constitute best execution in a securities transaction by a broker involves a number of considerations, including the overall direct net economic result to the Fund (involving both price paid or received and any commissions and other costs paid), the efficiency with which the transaction is effected, the ability to effect the transaction at all when a large block is involved, the availability of the broker to stand ready to execute possibly difficult transactions in the future, the professionalism of the broker, and the financial strength and stability of the broker. These considerations are judgmental and are weighed by NFA or a subadviser in determining the overall reasonableness of securities executions and commissions paid. In selecting broker-dealers, NFA or a subadviser will consider various relevant factors, including, but not limited to, the size and type of the transaction; the nature

 

97


and character of the markets for the security or asset to be purchased or sold; the execution efficiency, settlement capability, and financial condition of the broker-dealer’s firm; the broker-dealer’s execution services, rendered on a continuing basis; and the reasonableness of any commissions.

NFA or a subadviser may cause a Fund to pay a broker-dealer who furnishes brokerage and/or research services a commission that is in excess of the commission another broker-dealer would have received for executing the transaction if it is determined, pursuant to the requirements of Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act, that such commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and/or research services provided. Such research services may include, among other things, analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, analytic or modeling software, market data feeds and historical market information. Any such research and other information provided by brokers to NFA or a subadviser is considered to be in addition to and not in lieu of services required to be performed by it under the respective advisory or subadvisory agreement. The fees paid to NFA or a subadviser pursuant to the respective advisory or subadvisory agreement are not reduced by reason of its receiving any brokerage and research services. The research services provided by broker-dealers can be useful to NFA or a subadviser in serving its other clients. All research services received from the brokers to whom commissions are paid are used collectively, meaning such services may not actually be utilized in connection with each client account that may have provided the commission paid to the brokers providing such services. NFA and any subadviser are prohibited from considering a broker-dealer’s sale of shares of any fund for which it serves as investment adviser or subadviser, except as may be specifically permitted by law.

Commission Recapture Program. NFA may instruct subadvisers to direct certain brokerage transactions, using best efforts, and subject always to obtaining best execution, to broker-dealers in connection with a commission recapture program that is used to offset the Funds’ operating expenses. Commission recapture is a form of institutional discount brokerage that returns commission dollars directly to a Fund. It provides a way to gain control over the commission expenses incurred by a subadviser, which can be significant over time, and thereby reduces expenses. If a subadviser does not believe it can obtain best execution from such broker-dealers, there is no obligation to execute portfolio transactions through such broker-dealers. Commissions recaptured by a Fund will be included in realized gain (loss) on securities in the Fund’s appropriate financial statements.

Fund portfolio transactions may be effected with broker-dealers who have assisted investors in the purchase of variable annuity contracts or variable insurance policies issued by Nationwide Life Insurance Company, Nationwide Life & Annuity Insurance Company, Jefferson National Insurance Company or Jefferson National Life Insurance Company of New York. However, neither such assistance nor sale of other investment company shares is a qualifying or disqualifying factor in a broker-dealer’s selection, nor is the selection of any broker-dealer based on the volume of shares sold.

Under the 1940 Act, “affiliated persons” of a Fund are prohibited from dealing with it as a principal in the purchase and sale of securities unless an exemptive order allowing such transactions is obtained from the SEC. However, each Fund may purchase securities from underwriting syndicates of which a subadviser or any of its affiliates, as defined in the 1940 Act, is a member under certain conditions, in accordance with Rule 10f-3 under the 1940 Act.

Each of the Funds contemplates that, consistent with the policy of obtaining best results, brokerage transactions may be conducted through “affiliated brokers or dealers,” as defined in the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, commissions paid by a Fund to an “affiliated broker or dealer” in connection with a purchase or sale of securities offered on a securities exchange may not exceed the usual and customary broker’s commission. Accordingly, it is the Funds’ policy that the commissions to be paid to an affiliated broker-dealer must, in the judgment of NFA or the appropriate subadviser, be (1) at least as favorable as those that would be charged by other brokers having comparable execution capability and (2) at least as favorable as commissions contemporaneously charged by such broker or dealer on comparable transactions for the broker’s or dealer’s most favored unaffiliated customers. NFA and the subadvisers do not necessarily deem it practicable or in the Funds’ best interests to solicit competitive bids for commissions on each transaction. However, NFA and the subadvisers regularly give consideration to information concerning the prevailing level of commissions charged on comparable transactions by other brokers during comparable periods of time.

 

98


For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, the following Funds, through their respective subadvisers, directed the dollar amount of transactions and related commissions for transactions to a broker because of research services provided, as summarized in the table below 1 :

 

Fund Name

  

Total Dollar Amount

of Transactions

    

Total Commissions Paid

on Such Transactions

 

Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund

   $ 220,231,989      $ 170,836  

Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund

     268,529,073        298,086  

Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund

     848,280,861        1,083,765  

Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund

     69,991,050        45,895  

Nationwide Fund

     1,331,543,209        804,018  

Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund

     320,434,360        187,888  

Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund

     165,829,853        125,268  

Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund

     11,224,616        3,374  

Nationwide Growth Fund

     44,905,218        18,765  

Nationwide International Small Cap Fund

     1,212,714,590        914,528  

Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund

     111,128,669        82,596  

Nationwide Loomis All Cap Growth Fund

     215,718,488        79,474  

Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund

     60,600,046        51,141  

Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund

     319,991,809        470,645  

Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund

     1,127,395,070        474,039  

Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund

     206,070,276        58,994  

 

1   This information has been provided by the respective Fund’s subadviser(s) and the information is believed to be reliable; however, the Funds have not independently verified it.

During the fiscal years ended October 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the following brokerage commissions were paid by the Funds:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended October 31,  

Fund Name

  

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund 1

   $ 0      $ 0        N/A  

Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund 1

     3,165        2095        N/A  

Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund

     170,796        135,072      $ 219,521  

Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund

     298,164        286,518        407,981  

Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund

     1,084,109        786,121        773,233  

Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund

     45,895        46,740        49,836  

Nationwide Bond Fund

     43,945        3,244        0  

Nationwide Bond Index Fund

     0        0        0  

Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

     0        0        0  

Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund

     479        3,568        0  

Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund 2

     122        0        N/A  

Nationwide Fund

     1,202,889        905,406        1,115,891  

Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund

     268,007        250,431        314,688  

Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund

     188,655        129,640        108,058  

Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund

     18,532        81,889        61,069  

Nationwide Government Money Market Fund

     0        0        0  

Nationwide Growth Fund

     79,901        111,356        96,698  

Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund

     372        0        0  

Nationwide International Index Fund

     146,683        54,461        92,521  

Nationwide International Small Cap Fund 3

     919,687        0        N/A  

Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund

     104,548        92,984        83,071  

Nationwide Loomis All Cap Growth Fund 4

     79,474        

 

99


     Fiscal Year Ended October 31,  

Fund Name

  

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund

     0        0        0  

Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund

     0        0        0  

Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund

     59,578        48,522        44,577  

Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

     0        0        0  

Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund

     55,508        56,251        70,885  

Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund

     76,309        52,755        14,260  

Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund

     51,141        53,669        28,007  

Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund

     42,527        29,670        33,758  

Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund

     613,405        415,376        623,121  

Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund

     543,985        612,598        0  

Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund

     69,016        102,365        0  

Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund

     0        0        0  

 

1   Fund commenced operations on November 2, 2015.
2   Fund commenced operations on March 1, 2016.
3   Fund commenced operations on December 30, 2016.
4   Fund commenced operations on June 1, 2017.

As of the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, the Funds listed below held investments in securities of their regular broker-dealers as follows:

 

Fund

  

Approximate Aggregate

Value of Issuer’s

Securities Owned by the

Fund as of fiscal year

end October 31, 2017

    

Name of Broker or Dealer

Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund

   $ 301,558      The Royal Bank of Scotland Group PLC
     780,210      Wells Fargo & Company

Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund

     2,114,992      AXA Advisors LLC
     1,655,890      Nomura Securities International, Inc.

Nationwide Bond Fund

     6,279,094      Bank of America
     8,665,079      Citigroup, Inc.
     2,093,782      ING Financial Markets LLC
     10,956,894      JP Morgan Chase & Co.
     4,099,681      Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc.
     5,981,091      UBS AG

Nationwide Bond Index Fund

     117,792      AXA Advisors LLC
     5,827,542      Bank of America
     1,310,329      Bank of New York Mellon Corp.
     1,758,811      Barclays PLC
     9,043,232      Citigroup, Inc.
     6,835,852      JP Morgan Chase & Co.
     10,867,962      Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc.
     269,248      The Royal Bank of Scotland Group PLC
     251,622      UBS AG
     7,587,750      Wells Fargo & Company

Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund

     10,595,228      Bank of America
     17,054,398      Citigroup, Inc.
     4,429,067      JP Morgan Chase & Co.
     7,699,019      Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc.
     21,002,514      Wells Fargo & Company

Nationwide Fund

     3,421,572      Citigroup, Inc.

 

100


Fund

  

Approximate Aggregate
Value of Issuer’s
Securities Owned by the
Fund as of fiscal year

end October 31, 2017

    

Name of Broker or Dealer

     16,522,577      JP Morgan Chase & Co.
     11,002,486      Wells Fargo & Company

Nationwide Growth Fund

     1,539,825      Citigroup, Inc.

Nationwide International Index Fund

     6,171,848      AXA Advisors LLC
     4,404,684      Barclays PLC
     7,621,890      ING Financial Markets LLC
     3,595,661      Nomura Securities International, Inc.
     1,433,371      The Royal Bank of Scotland Group PLC
     6,541,740      UBS AG

Nationwide International Small Cap Fund

     2,047,907      Nomura Securities International, Inc.

Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund

     254,727      Bank of America
     1,115,262      JP Morgan Chase & Co.

Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund

     8,476,182      Bank of America
     5,651,053      Bank of New York Mellon Corp.
     234,000      Barclays PLC
     16,072,204      Citigroup, Inc.
     9,241,186      JP Morgan Chase & Co.
     4,974,362      The Royal Bank of Scotland Group PLC
     9,895,219      Wells Fargo & Company

Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund

     7,972,830      Bank of America
     29,250      Barclays PLC
     5,998,697      Citigroup, Inc.
     9,248,839      JP Morgan Chase & Co.
     4,415,978      Wells Fargo & Company

Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund

     33,073,178      Bank of America
     6,998,692      Bank of New York Mellon Corp.
     25,909,118      Citigroup, Inc.
     45,806,324      JP Morgan Chase & Co.
     9,148,300      Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc.
     32,449,762      Wells Fargo & Company

Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund

     219,914      Investment Technology Group, Inc.

Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund

     132,840      Investment Technology Group, Inc.

Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund

     711,258      Investment Technology Group, Inc.

Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund

     20,421,114      JP Morgan Chase & Co.
     9,737,146      Wells Fargo & Company

During the fiscal periods ended October 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Funds did not pay brokerage commissions to affiliated brokers of NFA.

Other Dealer Compensation

In addition to the dealer commissions and payments under the Funds’ 12b-1 Plan, from time to time, NFA and/or its affiliates may make payments for distribution and/or shareholder servicing activities out of their past profits and other of their own resources. NFA and/or its affiliates may make payments for marketing, promotional, or related services provided by dealers and other financial intermediaries, and may be in exchange for factors that include, without limitation, differing levels or types of services provided by the intermediary, the expected level of assets or sales of shares, the placing of some or all of the Funds on a preferred or recommended list, access to an intermediary’s personnel, and other factors. The amount of these payments is determined by NFA.

 

101


In addition to these payments described above, NFA or its affiliates may offer other sales incentives in the form of sponsorship of educational or client seminars relating to current products and issues, assistance in training and educating the intermediary’s personnel, and/or entertainment or meals. These payments also may include, at the direction of a retirement plan’s named fiduciary, amounts to intermediaries for certain plan expenses or otherwise for the benefit of plan participants and beneficiaries. As permitted by applicable law, NFA or its affiliates may pay or allow other incentives or payments to intermediaries.

The payments described above are often referred to as “revenue sharing payments.” The recipients of such payments may include:

 

    the Distributor and other affiliates of NFA,

 

    broker-dealers,

 

    financial institutions, and

 

    other financial intermediaries through which investors may purchase shares of a Fund.

Payments may be based on current or past sales; current or historical assets; or a flat fee for specific services provided. In some circumstances, such payments may create an incentive for an intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend or sell shares of a Fund to you instead of shares of funds offered by competing fund families. NFA does not seek reimbursement by the Funds for such payments.

Additional Compensation to Affiliated Financial Institution . Nationwide Fund Advisors (“NFA”) and Nationwide Fund Distributors LLC (“NFD”), pursuant to an agreement by the parties, pay their affiliate, Nationwide Financial Services, Inc. various amounts under the terms of the agreement.

Additional Compensation to Financial Institutions. The unaffiliated financial institutions that receive additional compensation (as described in the Prospectus) from NFA, NFM or NFD, from their own resources, include the following (the information set forth below is considered complete as of the date of this SAI, and as supplemented; however, agreements may be entered into, terminated, or amended, from time to time, without notice or change to the SAI):

AIG Advisor Group, Inc.; SagePoint Financial Advisors, Inc.; FSC Securities Corporation; Woodbury Financial, Inc.; and Royal Alliance Associates, Inc. (collectively, “Advisor Group”)

NFA, pursuant to a written agreement, pays each respective member of the Advisor Group quarterly at the annual rates as follows: (i) 0.07% (7 basis points) of the average daily net asset value of shares of each respective Nationwide Target Destination Fund and each respective Nationwide Investor Destinations Fund that are sold by the Advisor Group to their customers; (ii) 0.00% (0 basis points) of the average daily net asset value of shares of the following Funds that are sold by the Advisor Group to their customers: Nationwide Bond Index Fund; Nationwide International Index Fund; Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund; Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund; Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund; and Nationwide Government Money Market Fund; and (iii) 0.10% (10 basis points) of the average daily net asset value of shares of all other series of the Trust that are sold by the Advisor Group to their customers.

Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. (“Ameriprise”)

NFD, pursuant to a written agreement, pays Ameriprise monthly at the annual rates as follows: (i) 0.08% (8 basis points) of the average daily aggregate value of shares of each respective Nationwide Target Destination Fund and each respective Nationwide Investor Destinations Fund held by Ameriprise’s customers during the month through all sales platforms, as set forth in the agreement; (ii) 0.00% (0 basis points) of the average daily aggregate value of shares of the following Funds that are held by Ameriprise’s customers during the month through all sales platforms, as set forth in the agreement: Nationwide Bond Index Fund; Nationwide International Index Fund; Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund; Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund; Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund; and Nationwide Government Money Market Fund; and (iii) 0.10% (10 basis points) of the average daily aggregate value of shares of all other series of the Trust held by Ameriprise’s customers during the month through all platforms, as set forth in the agreement. NFD also will pay Ameriprise $1,000 for each new subsequent Fund placed in the written agreement of the parties. The merger or reorganization of a Fund into another Fund that is not at the time included in the agreement, will be considered to be the addition of a new Fund. NFD also will reimburse Ameriprise for expenses deriving from performing services relating to but separate from distribution services, including but not limited to, technology services, operational reporting, or technology or operational expenses deriving from particular issues

 

102


presented by the Funds or systems. NFD also will pay Ameriprise the reasonable costs Ameriprise incurs when responding to or complying with any audit, report, examination, inspection or compliance review requested by NFD or the Funds and any information or document request and any other request by NFD that is not otherwise specifically addressed in an agreement of the parties.

Bailard, Inc. (“Bailard”)

NFA, pursuant to a written agreement, pays Bailard monthly at the following annual rates: (i) 0.275% (27.5 basis points) of the daily net assets of the Class M shares of the Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund; (ii) 0.305% (30.5 basis points) of the daily net assets of the Class M shares of the Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund and the Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund; and (iii) 0.475% (47.5 basis points) of the daily net assets of the Class M shares of the Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund. Clients of Bailard pay investment advisory fees to Bailard in connection with the management of the clients’ assets, a portion of which may be invested in one or more of the Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund, Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund, the Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund and the Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund. Bailard has agreed with its clients that the amount of the advisory fee paid by the client (whether directly to Bailard or indirectly through Bailard’s management of investment vehicles in which the client invests) will equal a fixed percentage of the value of the client’s account with Bailard. As a result, the direct fee that Bailard receives from its clients will be reduced by the amount of the investment advisory fee (i.e., the fee paid to NFA) that such clients indirectly incur as shareholders of such Funds. The additional payments by NFA out of its own resources, as described above, are intended to assist Bailard in recouping the client fees waived or reduced by it as described above. These periodic payments, which are solely the obligation of NFA are separate from and in addition to the subadvisory fees paid to Bailard.

B.C. Ziegler & Company, Inc. (“B.C. Ziegler”)

NFA, pursuant to a written agreement, pays B.C. Ziegler the following (i) 0.10% (10 basis points) on the average daily net asset value of Fund shares held by customers of B.C. Ziegler in the following Funds: Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund, Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund, Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund, Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund, Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund, Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund and Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund, and (ii) 0.05% (5 basis points) on the average daily net asset value of Fund shares held by customers of B.C. Ziegler in the following Funds: Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund, Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund, Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund and Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund.

Cambridge Investment Research, Inc. (“Cambridge”)

NFA, pursuant to a written agreement with Cambridge, reimburses Cambridge a ten dollar ($10.00) ticket charge for each Fund share purchase that is (1) equal to or greater than $5,000, (2) on a single ticket that includes only Nationwide Funds, and (3) entered and executed through one of Cambridge’s clearing firms, National Financial, LLC and/or Pershing, LLC. Excluded from this arrangement are (i) redemptions or exchanges, (ii) purchases subject to no-transaction fees, (iii) purchases by check and application direct to the Funds’ transfer agent, or (iv) any Fund that is not available for purchase by new investors or is otherwise only available for purchase by existing shareholders pursuant to the terms of the Fund’s then- current prospectus.

Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (“Schwab”)

Pursuant to a written agreement, Schwab receives 0.40% (40 basis points) of the average daily value of shares held in accounts at Schwab (excluding the value of shares held in such accounts prior to the effectiveness of the written agreement) or $1,000 per month for each Fund, whichever is greater. Each Fund’s Rule 12b-1 and administrative servicing fees pay for distribution and service components, respectively. NFA pays for any overage.

 

103


Fidelity Brokerage Services LLC (“Fidelity Brokerage”) and National Financial Services LLC (“National Financial”)

Pursuant to a written agreement, Fidelity Brokerage and National Financial receive monthly 0.40% (40 basis points) of the daily market value of the number of Fund shares held in accounts at Fidelity Brokerage and National Financial. Each Fund’s Rule 12b-1 and administrative servicing fees pay for distribution and service components, respectively. NFA pays for any overage.

First Allied Securities, Inc. (“First Allied”)

NFA, pursuant to a written agreement of the parties, pays First Allied quarterly a service fee at the annual rate as follows: (i) 0.20% (20 basis points) of the net asset value of Class A shares of the following Funds sold subject to a front-end sales charge (as may be reduced by rights of accumulation, if applicable), by First Allied to its customers: Nationwide Target Destination Funds, Nationwide Investor Destinations Funds, Nationwide Growth Fund, Nationwide International Index Fund, Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund, Nationwide S& P 500 Index Fund, Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund, and Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund; and (ii) 0.05% (5 basis points) on the net asset value of Class A shares of the following Funds, sold subject to a front-end sales charge (as may be reduced by rights of accumulation, if applicable), by First Allied to its customers: Nationwide Bond Fund and Nationwide Bond Index Fund. Any annual aggregate minimum with respect to the foregoing payments have been waived.

LPL Financial LLC (“LPL”)

NFA, pursuant to a written agreement with LPL, pays LPL a ticket charge of $10.00 for each Fund purchase order entered and executed electronically by LPL on its brokerage platform. Ticket charges do not apply to redemptions, exchanges, purchases by check and application direct to the Funds’ transfer agent or to purchase orders with respect to the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund. A $4.50 ticket charge will be paid on eligible fee based account purchases in Institutional Service Class shares. The Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund and the Index Funds are excluded from this arrangement. In addition, NFA pays LPL a service fee at the annual rate of 0.09% (9 basis points) of the average daily net asset value of brokerage (load/commissionable non-ERISA) and advisory assets above a base rate established January 1, 2014, of the Funds, with the exception of the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, in any asset class owned beneficially or of record from time to time by customers or owned of record by LPL. NFA will pay a fee of 0.05% (5 basis points) on the advisory asset base established on January 1, 2014. For purposes of this service fee, Fund shareholder accounts may be held at LPL in street name or at the Fund’s transfer agent.

MSCS Financial Services, Inc. (“MSCS”)

NFA, pursuant to a written agreement of the parties, pays MSCS monthly a service fee at the annual rate of 0.25% (25 basis points) on shares held at Merrill Lynch that are subject to a service fee.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”)

NFD, pursuant to a written agreement of the parties, pays Merrill Lynch the following fees: (i) a monthly fee of 0.25% (25 basis points) of total new gross sales of shares of any class of each Fund (excluding sales from reinvestment of distributions and exchanges of shares of one or more Funds for any other Fund or Funds), payable in arrears; and (ii) an annual fee, payable quarterly, of 0.10% (10 basis points) of the value of Fund shares (including sales from exchanges of shares of one or more Funds for any other Fund or Funds) held by Merrill Lynch’s customers for more than one year, for Merrill Lynch’s continuing due diligence, training and marketing. In addition, NFA pays for administrative services that exceed the amount available under the Trust’s Administrative Services Plan for shares held on Merrill Lynch’s retirement plan platform.

 

104


Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (“Morgan Stanley”)

NFA, pursuant to a written agreement of the parties, pays Morgan Stanley quarterly a mutual fund support fee on all brokerage and advisory assets, excluding money market, ERISA, SEP-IRA and SIMPLE-IRA assets at the following rates based on the Fund’s management fee stated in the then-current prospectus:

 

Support Fee

   Fee Paid  

Up to 0.25%

     1bps  

0.25%-0.29%

     2bps  

0.30%-0.34%

     4bps  

0.35%-0.39%

     5bps  

0.40% and above

     10bps  

In addition, NFM pays Morgan Stanley 0.06% (6 basis points) for each customer account position. Each Fund’s administrative servicing fees pay for the service components, to the extent permitted by the Trust’s Administrative Services Plan. NFA pays out of its own resources for any overages.

National Planning Holdings, Inc.; Invest Financial Corporation, Investment Centers of America, Inc.; National Planning Corporation; and SII Investments, Inc. (collectively, “NPH Group”)

NFA, pursuant to a written agreement with National Planning Holdings, Inc. (the parent company of each of the other members of the NPH Group), pays each member of NPH Group a fee equal to 0.20% (20 basis points) of the net asset value of the Trust’s Class A shares sold subject to a front-end sales charge (as may be reduced by rights of accumulation, if applicable) and Class C shares by NPH Group to its customers. The Nationwide Government Money Market Fund is excluded from this arrangement.

Pershing LLC (“Pershing”)

NFD, pursuant to a written agreement of the parties, pays Pershing $19 for each customer account position in a share class subject to a CDSC fee and $16 for each customer account position in a share class not subject to a CDSC fee, with the exception of the Class R6, for which NFD has agreed to pay $12 for each customer account position in all series of the shares. A Fund’s administrative servicing fees pay for the service components, to the extent permitted by the Trust’s Administrative Services Plan. NFA pays out of its own resources for any overages.

The Prudential Insurance Company of America (“Prudential”)

NFA, pursuant to a written agreement of the parties, pays Prudential monthly a service fee at the annual rate as follows:(i) 0.40% (40 basis points) of the average daily net assets of Class A and Institutional Service Class shares for the Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund, Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund, Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund, Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund, Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund and Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund; (ii) 0.30% (30 basis points) of the average daily net assets of Class A and Institutional Service Class shares for the Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund and Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund; and (iii) 0.20% (20 basis points) of the average daily net assets of Class A and Institutional Service Class shares for the Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund, Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund and the Nationwide Ziegler NYSE ARCA Tech 100 Index Fund. Each Fund’s administrative servicing fees pay for the service components, to the extent permitted by the Trust’s Administrative Services Plan. NFA pays out of its own resources for any overages.

Raymond James & Associates, Inc. and Raymond James Financial Services, Inc. (collectively, “Raymond James”)

NFA, pursuant to a written agreement, pays Raymond James an annual fee calculated quarterly against the total value of Fund shares held by customers of Raymond James according to the following schedule:

 

(i) 0.15% (15 basis points) of the average daily value of shares held in Equity Funds;

 

(ii) 0.10% (10 basis points) of the average daily value of shares held in Fixed-Income Funds; and

 

(iii) 0.05% (5 basis points) of the average daily value of shares held in Index Funds.

 

105


For purposes of this agreement, the following funds are deemed to be Index Funds: Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund, Nationwide Bond Index Fund, Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund, Nationwide International Index Fund, Nationwide Ziegler NYSE ARCA Tech 100 Index Fund, Nationwide Investor Destinations Funds (all series) and Nationwide Target Destination Funds (all series). Excluded from this agreement are the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund and the Class R6 of all series of the Funds.

In addition, a $15 ticket charge fee will be paid on purchases in non-taxable accounts in the IMPAC and Passport fee- based programs. Purchases in the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund and Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund are excluded.

UBS Financial Services Inc. (“UBS”)

NFD, pursuant to a written agreement, pays UBS quarterly fees based on the following schedule or $75,000, whichever is greater: (i) the annual rate of 0.15% (15 basis points) of the value of the average monthly non-Index equity assets; (ii) the annual rate of 0.10% (10 basis points) of the average value of the average monthly non-Index fixed-income assets, and; (iii) the annual rate of 0.075% (7.5 basis points) of the value of the average monthly fixed-income assets in each of its retail and wrap programs that are invested in each Fund. In addition, NFA pays UBS a quarterly sales fee at the annual rate of 0.05% (5 basis points) of all sales of non-Index Fund shares and 0.08% (8 basis points), excluding the sales of Fund shares in InsightOne, PACE, Strategic Advisor or Diversified Return Strategies. For the purposes of this agreement, the following funds are deemed to be Index funds; Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund, Nationwide Bond Index Fund, Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund, Nationwide International Index Fund, Nationwide Ziegler NYSE ARCA Tech 100 Index Fund, Nationwide Investor Destinations Funds (all series) and Nationwide Target Destination Funds (all series). Excluded from this agreement are the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund and the Class R6 of all series of the Funds. In addition, in exchange for omnibus account services provided, NFM pays UBS $19 for each client account position in a Fund share class subject to a CDSC fee, and $18 for each client account position in a Fund share class not subject to a CDSC fee. Each Fund’s administrative servicing fees pay for the service components, to the extent permitted by the Trust’s Administrative Services Plan. NFA pays out of its own resources for any overages.

U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc. (“U.S. Bancorp”)

NFA, pursuant to a written agreement of the parties, pays U.S. Bancorp quarterly at the following annual rates: (i) 0.07% (7 basis points) of the average daily aggregate value of shares of each respective Nationwide Target Destination Fund and each Nationwide Investor Destinations Fund held by customers of U.S. Bancorp, excluding Fund shares that are held in any fee-based ERISA or individual retirement account; (ii) 0.00% (0 basis points) of the average daily aggregate value of shares of the following Funds that are held by U.S. Bancorp’s customers, excluding Fund shares that are held in any fee-based ERISA or individual retirement account: Nationwide Bond Index Fund; Nationwide International Index Fund; Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund; Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund; Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund; and Nationwide Government Money Market Fund; and (iii) 0.10% (10 basis points) of the average daily aggregate value of shares of all other series of the Trust held by U.S. Bancorp’s customers, excluding Fund shares that are held in any fee-based ERISA or individual retirement account.

U.S. Bank N.A. (“U.S. Bank”)

NFA, pursuant to a written agreement of the parties, pays U.S. Bank monthly a service fee at the annual rate as follows: (i) 0.40% (40 basis points) of the average daily net assets of the Institutional Service Class for the Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund, Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund, Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund, Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund, Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund, Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund and Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund; and (ii) 0.30% (30 basis points) of the average daily net assets of the Institutional Service Class for the Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund, Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund and Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund. Each Fund’s administrative servicing fees pays for the service components, to the extent permitted by the Trust’s Administrative Services Plan. NFA pays out of its own resources for any overages.

 

106


Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC and Wells Fargo Advisors Financial Network, LLC (collectively, “Wells Fargo”)

NFD, pursuant to a written agreement of the parties, pays Wells Fargo the following fees in exchange for Wells Fargo’s continuing due diligence, training, operations and systems support, and marketing provided to unaffiliated broker-dealers based on the following schedule or $250,000, whichever is greater: (i) the annual rate of 0.07% (7 basis points) of the net asset value of shares of Index Funds sold by Wells Fargo to its customers; (ii) the annual rate of 0.09% (9 basis points) of the net asset value of shares of the Nationwide Target Destination Funds and Nationwide Investor Destinations Funds sold by Wells Fargo to its customers; (iii) the annual rate of 0.12% (12 basis points) of the net asset value of shares of Fixed-Income and Equity Funds; and (iv) the annual rate of 0.13% (13 basis points) of the net asset value of shares of the other Nationwide Funds sold by Wells Fargo to its customers. Excluded from this agreement are the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund and Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund. In addition, in exchange for omnibus account services provided, NFM pays Wells Fargo $19 for each client account position in a Fund share class subject to a CDSC fee, and $16 for each client account position in a Fund share class not subject to a CDSC fee. Each Fund’s administrative servicing fees pay for the service components, to the extent permitted by the Trust’s Administrative Services Plan. NFA pays out of its own resources for any overages.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON PURCHASES AND SALES

Class A Sales Charges

The following tables show the Class A sales charges, which decrease as the amount of your investment increases.

Class A Shares of the Equity Funds

 

Amount of purchase

  

Sales charge as %

of offering price

   

Sales charge as %

of amount invested

   

Sales charge as %

of Dealer Commission

 

less than $50,000

     5.75     6.10     5.00

$50,000 to $99,999

     4.75       4.99       4.00  

$100,000 to $249,999

     3.50       3.63       3.00  

$250,000 to $499,999

     2.50       2.56       2.00  

$500,000 to $999,999

     2.00       2.04       1.75  

$1 million or more

     None       None       None  

Class A Shares of the Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund

 

Amount of purchase

  

Sales charge as %

of offering price

   

Sales charge as %

of amount invested

   

Sales charge as %

of Dealer Commission

 

less than $100,000

     4.25     4.44     3.75

$100,000 to $249,999

     3.50       3.63       3.00  

$250,000 to $499,999

     2.50       2.56       2.00  

$500,000 to $999,999

     2.00       2.04       1.75  

$1 million or more

     None       None       None  

Class A Shares of the Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund, Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund, Nationwide Bond Fund, Nationwide Bond Index Fund, Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund and Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund

 

Amount of purchase

  

Sales charge as %

of offering price

   

Sales charge as %

of amount invested

   

Sales charge as %

of Dealer Commission

 

less than $100,000

     2.25     2.30     2.00

$100,000 to $249,999

     1.75       1.78       1.50  

$250,000 to $499,999

     1.25       1.27       1.00  

$500,000 or more

     None       None       None  

 

107


Class A Shares of the Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund, Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund, Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund, Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund, and Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund

 

Amount of purchase

  

Sales charge as %

of offering price

   

Sales charge as %

of amount invested

   

Dealer Commission

 

less than $100,000

     2.25     2.30     2.00

$100,000 to $249,999

     1.75       1.78       1.50  

$250,000 or more

     None       None       None  

Waiver of Class A Sales Charges

You may qualify for a waiver of the Class A sales charge if you own or are purchasing shares of a Fund (If you are customer of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”) purchasing Class A shares of a Fund through a Merrill Lynch account or platform, see “Waiver of Class A Sales Charges for Fund Shares Purchased through Merrill Lynch” below for applicable waivers of Class A sales charges). To receive the sales charge waiver, you must inform the Trust, your financial advisor or your financial intermediary at the time of your purchase that you qualify for such a waiver. If you do not inform the Trust, your financial advisor or your financial intermediary that you are eligible for a sales charge waiver, you may not receive the waiver to which you are entitled. You may have to produce evidence that you qualify for a sales charge waiver before you will receive it.

Due to the reduced marketing effort required by NFD, the sales charge applicable to Class A shares may be waived for sales of shares to:

 

(a) current shareholders of a Nationwide Fund who, as of February 28, 2017, owned their shares directly with the Trust in an account for which NFD was identified as the broker-dealer of record;

 

(b) owners of an account held directly with the Trust in which the previous broker-dealer of record had transferred such account to NFD;
(c) employer-sponsored 401(k) plans, 457 plans, 403(b) plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans, defined benefit plans, nonqualified deferred compensation plans and other retirement plan customers of Nationwide Financial Services, Inc. or one of its subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sales charge waiver shall not apply with respect to sales of shares to retirement plan investors for whom Nationwide Securities, LLC is identified as the broker of record;

 

(d) owners of individual retirement accounts (“IRA account”) investing assets formerly in retirement plans that were subject to the automatic rollover provisions under Section 401(a)(31)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;
(e) Trustees and retired Trustees of the Trust (including its predecessor Trusts);

 

(f) directors, officers, full-time employees, sales representatives and their employees, and retired directors, officers, employees, and sale representatives, their spouses (including domestic partners), children or immediate relatives (immediate relatives include mother, father, brothers, sisters, grandparents, grandchildren, (“Immediate Relatives”)), and Immediate Relatives of deceased employees of any member of the Nationwide Insurance and Nationwide Financial companies;

 

(g) directors, officers, and full-time employees, their spouses (including domestic partners), children or Immediate Relatives of any current subadviser to the Trust;

 

(h) any directors, officers, full-time employees, sales representatives and their employees, their spouses (including domestic partners), children or Immediate Relatives of a broker-dealer having a dealer/selling agreement with the Distributor;
(i) retirement plan customers of an unaffiliated brokerage firm or retirement plan administrator that has an agreement with the Distributor to waive sales charges;

 

(j) any qualified pension or profit sharing plan established by a Nationwide sales representative for himself/herself and his/her employees; and

 

(k) registered investment advisers, trust companies and bank trust departments exercising discretionary investment authority with respect to the amounts to be invested in a Fund.

 

108


Waiver of Class A Sales Charges for Fund Shares Purchased through Merrill Lynch

Shareholders purchasing Class A shares of a Fund through a Merrill Lynch platform or account will be eligible only for the following sales charge waivers:

 

    employer-sponsored retirement, deferred compensation and employee benefit plans (including health savings accounts) and trusts used to fund those plans, provided that the shares are not held in a commission-based brokerage account and shares are held for the benefit of the plan;

 

    shares purchased by or through a 529 Plan;

 

    shares purchased through a Merrill Lynch-affiliated investment advisory program;

 

    shares purchased by third party investment advisers on behalf of their advisory clients through a Merrill Lynch platform;

 

    shares purchased through the Merrill Edge Self-Directed platform;

 

    shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same Fund (but not any other fund within the fund family);

 

    shares exchanged from Class C shares of the same Fund in the month of or following the 10-year anniversary of the purchase date;

 

    employees and registered representatives of Merrill Lynch or its affiliates and their family members;

 

    Trustees of the Trust, and employees of the Adviser or any of its affiliates; and

 

    shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions of any Nationwide Fund, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales load (i.e., Rights of Reinstatement).

Reduction of Class A Sales Charges

You may qualify for a reduced Class A sales charge if you own or are purchasing shares of a Fund. (If you are customer of Merrill Lynch purchasing Class A shares of the Funds through a Merrill Lynch account or platform, see “Front-End Load Discounts Available at Merrill Lynch: Breakpoints, Rights of Accumulation & Letters of Intent” below for applicable reductions of Class A sales charges.) To receive the reduced sales charge, you must inform the Trust, your financial advisor or your financial intermediary at the time of your purchase that you qualify for such a reduction. If you do not inform the Trust, your financial advisor or your financial intermediary that you are eligible for a reduced sales charge, you may not receive the discount to which you are entitled. You may have to produce evidence that you qualify for a reduced sales charge or waiver before you will receive it.

Shareholders can reduce or eliminate Class A shares’ initial sales charge through one or more of the discounts described below:

 

    A larger investment . The sales charge decreases as the amount of your investment increases.

 

    Rights of accumulation . You and members of your family who live at the same address can add the current value of your Class A and Class C investments in the Nationwide Funds (except shares of the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund), that you currently own or are currently purchasing to the value of your Class A purchase, possibly reducing the sales charge.

 

    No sales charge on a repurchase . If you sell Fund shares from your account, we allow you a privilege to reinvest some or

 

    all of the proceeds in shares of the same class. Generally, you will not pay a sales charge on Class A shares that you buy within 30 days of selling Class A shares of an equal or greater amount if you have already paid a sales charge. If you purchase Fund shares through a Merrill Lynch platform or account, then you may reinvest some or all of the proceeds of redemptions of shares of any Nationwide Fund within 90 days following the redemption. Remember, if you realize a gain or a loss on your sale of shares, the transaction is taxable and reinvestment may affect the amount of capital gains tax that is due (see, “Sales, Exchanges and Redemptions of Fund Shares—Deferral of basis” under “ADDITIONAL GENERAL TAX INFORMATION FOR ALL FUNDS” below). If you realize a loss on your sale and you reinvest, some or all of the loss may not be allowed as a tax deduction depending on the amount you reinvest.

 

    Letter of Intent discount . State in writing that during a 13-month period you or a group of family members who live at the same address will purchase or hold at least $50,000 (or $100,000 in certain Nationwide Funds as identified in their respective prospectuses) in Class A shares (excluding the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund) and your sales charge will be based on the total amount you intend to invest. You also can combine your purchases of Class C shares with your purchase of Class A shares to fulfill your Letter of Intent. Your Letter of Intent is not a binding obligation to buy shares of the Fund; it is merely a statement of intent. Call 800-848-0920 for more information.

 

109


Front-End Load Discounts Available at Merrill Lynch: Breakpoints, Rights of Accumulation & Letters of Intent

 

    Breakpoints as described in the Prospectus.

 

    Rights of Accumulation (“ROA”), which entitle shareholders to breakpoint discounts.*

 

    Letters of Intent (“Letter of Intent”), which allow for breakpoint discounts based on anticipated purchases within a fund family, through Merrill Lynch, over a 13-month period of time.*

 

* ROA and Letters of Intent for Fund shares purchased through a Merrill Lynch platform or account are calculated based on the aggregated holding of fund family assets held by accounts within the purchaser’s household at Merrill Lynch. Eligible fund family assets not held at Merrill Lynch may be included in the ROA or Letter of Intent calculation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial advisor about such assets.

Class A Shares—Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (“CDSC”)

An investor may purchase $1 million, $500,000 or $250,000, or more, depending on the Fund, as indicated below, of Class A shares in one or more of the Nationwide Funds and avoid the front-end sales charge. However, unless an investor is otherwise eligible to purchase Class A shares without a sales charge, the investor will pay a CDSC (as shown below) if he or she redeems such Class A shares within 18 months of the date of purchase. With respect to such purchases, the Distributor may pay dealers a finder’s fee on investments made in Class A shares with no initial sales charge. The CDSC applies only if the Distributor paid a finder’s fee to the selling dealer. The CDSC does not apply to shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends or capital gains distributions.

The applicable CDSC will be determined on a pro rata basis according to the amount of the redemption from each particular Fund. Any CDSC is based on the original purchase price or the current market value of the shares being redeemed, whichever is less.

Amount of Finder’s Fee/Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge on Certain Redemptions of Class A Shares of the Equity Funds

 

Amount of Purchase

  

$1 million or more

If sold within

   18 months

Amount of CDSC

   1.00%

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge on Certain Redemptions of Class A Shares of the Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund

 

Amount of Purchase

  

$1 million or more

If sold within

   18 months

Amount of CDSC

   0.75%

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge on Certain Redemptions of Class A Shares of the Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund, Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund, Nationwide Bond Fund, Nationwide Bond Index Fund, Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund and Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund

 

Amount of Purchase

  

$500,000 or more

If sold within

   18 months

Amount of CDSC

   0.75%

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge on Certain Redemptions of Class A Shares of the Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund, Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund, Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund, Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund and Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund

 

Amount of Purchase

  

$250,000 or more

If sold within

   18 months

Amount of CDSC

   0.50%

 

110


CDSC for Class C Shares

You will pay a CDSC of 1.00% if you sell your Class C shares within the first year after you purchased the shares. The Distributor compensates broker-dealers and financial intermediaries for sales of Class C shares from its own resources at the rate of 1.00% of sales of Class C shares of the Funds having Class C shares.

Waiver of CDSC for Class A and Class C Shares

Generally, the CDSC is waived on:

 

    the redemption of Class A or Class C shares purchased through reinvested dividends or distributions;

 

    Class A or Class C shares redeemed following the death or disability of a shareholder, provided the redemption occurs within one year of the shareholder’s death or disability;

 

    mandatory withdrawals of Class A or Class C shares from traditional IRA accounts after age 70  1 2 and for other required distributions from retirement accounts; and

 

    redemptions of Class C shares from retirement plans offered by broker-dealers or retirement plan administrators that maintain an agreement with the Funds or the Distributor. If a CDSC is charged when you redeem your Class C shares, and you then reinvest the proceeds in Class C shares within 30 days, shares equal to the amount of the CDSC are re-deposited into your new account.

If you qualify for a waiver of a CDSC, you must notify the Fund’s transfer agent, your financial advisor or other intermediary at the time of purchase and must also provide any required evidence showing that you qualify.

Waiver of Contingent Deferred Sales Charges for Class A or Class C Shares Purchased Through Merrill Lynch

If you are a shareholder selling Class A or Class C shares through a Merrill Lynch platform or account, you will be eligible for only the following CDSC waivers, which may differ from those disclosed above:

 

    shares redeemed following the death or disability of the shareholder;

 

    shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the Prospectus;

 

    redemptions that constitute a return of excess contributions from an IRA account;

 

    shares redeemed as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts due to the shareholder reaching age 70  1 2 ;

 

    shares redeemed to pay Merrill Lynch fees, but only if the redemption is initiated by Merrill Lynch;

 

    shares redeemed where the redemption proceeds are used to purchase shares of the same Fund or a different Fund within the same fund family, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales load (i.e., Rights of Reinstatement); and

 

    the redemption of shares held in retirement brokerage accounts that are exchanged for a lower cost share class due to the transfer to a fee-based account or platform.

Class A and Class C Broker Exchanges

Class A and Class C shares purchased by accounts participating in certain fee-based programs sponsored by and/or controlled by financial intermediaries (“Programs”) may be exchanged by the financial intermediary on behalf of the shareholder for Institutional Service Class shares of the same Fund under certain circumstances. Such exchange will be on the basis of the net asset values per share, without the imposition of any sales load, fee or other charge. If a shareholder of Institutional Service Class shares has ceased his or her participation in the Program, the financial intermediary may exchange all such Institutional Service Class shares for Class A or Class C shares of a Fund, whichever class of shares the shareholder held prior to the entry into such Program. Such exchange will be on the basis of the relative net asset values of the shares, without imposition of any sales load, fee or other charge. At the discretion of a shareholder’s financial intermediary, Class A or Class C shares may also be eligible for a one-time exchange for Class T shares without the imposition of the applicable sales charge.

 

111


Holders of Class A and Class C shares that are subject to a CDSC are generally not eligible for this exchange privilege until the applicable CDSC period has expired. The applicable CDSC period for Class C shares is generally one year after the purchase of such Class C shares, and for certain Class A shares that were purchased without the imposition of a front-end sales load, 18 months after the purchase of such Class A shares.

Exchanges of Class A or Class C shares for Institutional Service Class or Class T shares of the same Fund, or the exchange of Institutional Service Class shares for Class A or C shares of the same Fund, under these particular circumstances, will be tax-free for federal income tax purposes. You should also consult with your tax advisor regarding the state and local tax consequences of such an exchange of Fund shares.

This exchange privilege is subject to termination and may be amended from time to time.

Class R Shares

Class R shares generally are available only to 401(k) plans, 457 plans, 403(b) plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans, defined benefit plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans and other retirement accounts (collectively, “retirement plans”) whereby the retirement plan or the retirement plan’s financial service firm has an agreement with NFD to utilize such shares in certain investment products or programs. Class R shares generally are available to small- and mid-sized retirement plans having at least $1 million in assets. In addition, Class R shares also generally are available only to retirement plans where Class R shares are held on the books of the Funds through omnibus accounts (either at the plan level or at the level of the financial services firm) and where the plans are introduced by an intermediary, such as a broker, third party administrator, registered investment adviser or other retirement plan service provider. Class R shares are not available to retail or institutional non-retirement accounts, traditional and Roth IRAs, Coverdell Education Savings Accounts, SEPs, SAR-SEPs, one person Keogh plans, SIMPLE IRAs, or individual 403(b) plans, or through 529 Plan accounts.

A retirement plan’s intermediaries can help determine which class is appropriate for that retirement plan. If a retirement plan qualifies to purchase other shares of a Fund, one of these other classes may be more appropriate than Class R shares. Specifically, if a retirement plan eligible to purchase Class R shares is otherwise qualified to purchase Class A shares at net asset value or at a reduced sales charge or to purchase Institutional Service Class or Service Class shares, one of these classes may be selected where the retirement plan does not require the distribution and administrative support services typically required by Class R share investors and/or the retirement plan’s intermediaries have elected to forgo the level of compensation that Class R shares provide. Plan fiduciaries of retirement plans subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) should consider their obligations under ERISA in determining which class is an appropriate investment for a retirement plan. A retirement plan’s intermediaries may receive different compensation depending upon which class is chosen.

Class T Shares

The chart below shows Class T sales charges, which decrease as the amount of your investment increases:

 

Amount of Purchase

   Sales charge as a %
of offering price
  Sales charge as a %
of net amount invested
  Dealer Compensation as a %
of offering price

Less than $250,000

   2.50%   2.56%   2.50%

$250,000 to $499,999

   2.00%   2.04%   2.00%

$500,000 to $999,999

   1.50%   1.52%   1.50%

$1 million and more

   1.00%   1.01%   1.00%

Class T shares are available only to commission-based retirement and other accounts of broker-dealers and other financial intermediaries. Not all financial intermediaries make Class T shares available to all of their clients. Certain financial intermediaries through whom you may invest in Class T shares may impose their own investment minimums, fees, policies and procedures for purchasing and selling fund shares, which are not described in a Fund’s prospectus or in this SAI, and which will depend on the policies, procedures and trading platforms of the financial intermediary. Certain financial intermediaries may establish shareholder accounts directly with the Trust’s transfer agent pursuant to “check and app” procedures, in which case the transfer agent imposes a minimum account size of $2,000, or $1,000 for IRA accounts. You should consult a representative of your financial intermediary about the availability of Class T shares of a Fund and the intermediary’s policies, procedures and other information.

 

112


Redemptions

A Fund may delay forwarding redemption proceeds for up to seven days if the Fund believes that the investor redeeming shares is engaged in excessive trading, or if the amount of the redemption request otherwise would be disruptive to efficient portfolio management, or would adversely affect the Fund. The Trust may suspend the right of redemption for such periods as are permitted under the 1940 Act and under the following unusual circumstances: (a) when the Exchange is closed (other than weekends and holidays) or trading is restricted; (b) when an emergency exists, making disposal of portfolio securities or the valuation of net assets not reasonably practicable; or (c) during any period when the SEC has by order permitted a suspension of redemption for the protection of shareholders.

In-Kind Redemptions

The Funds generally plan to redeem their shares for cash with the following exceptions. As described in the Prospectuses, each Fund reserves the right, in circumstances where in its sole discretion it determines that cash redemption payments would be undesirable, taking into account the best interests of all Fund shareholders, to honor any redemption request by transferring some of the securities held by the Fund directly to a redeeming shareholder (“redemption in-kind”).

The Board has adopted procedures for redemptions in-kind to affiliated persons of a Fund. Affiliated persons of a Fund include shareholders who are affiliates of the Fund’s investment adviser and shareholders of a Fund owning 5% or more of the outstanding shares of that Fund. These procedures provide that a redemption in-kind shall be effected at approximately the affiliated shareholder’s proportionate share of the distributing Fund’s current net assets, and they are designed so that redemptions will not favor the affiliated shareholder to the detriment of any other shareholder. The procedures also require that the distributed securities be valued in the same manner as they are valued for purposes of computing the distributing Fund’s net asset value and that neither the affiliated shareholder nor any other party with the ability and pecuniary incentive to influence the redemption in-kind selects, or influences the selection of, the distributed securities. Use of the redemption in-kind procedures will allow a Fund to avoid having to sell significant portfolio assets to raise cash to meet the shareholder’s redemption request, thus limiting the potential adverse effect on the distributing Fund’s net asset value.

Accounts with Low Balances

Unless an account actively participates in an Automatic Asset Accumulation Plan, if the value of an account falls below $2,000 ($1,000 for IRA accounts) for any reason, including market fluctuation, a shareholder is generally subject to a $5 quarterly fee, which is deposited into the Fund to offset the expenses of small accounts. The Fund will sell shares from an account quarterly to cover the fee.

The Trust reserves the right to sell the rest of a shareholder’s shares and close its account if that shareholder makes a sale that reduces the value of its account to less than $2,000 ($1,000 for IRA accounts). Before the account is closed, the Trust will give a shareholder notice and allow that shareholder 60 days to purchase additional shares to avoid this action. The Trust does this because of the high cost of maintaining small accounts.

If the monthly average balance of an account holding Investor Shares of the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund falls below $500, there is a $2/month fee.

VALUATION OF SHARES

All investments in the Trust are credited to the shareholder’s account in the form of full and fractional shares of the designated Fund (rounded to the nearest 1/1000 of a share). The Trust does not issue share certificates. Subject to the sole discretion of NFA, each Fund may accept payment for shares in the form of securities that are permissible investments for such Fund.

The net asset value per share (“NAV”) of each Fund is determined once daily, as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) (generally 4 p.m. Eastern time) on each business day the Exchange is open for regular trading (the “Valuation Time”). To the extent that a Fund’s investments are traded in markets that are open when the Exchange is closed, the value of the Funds’ investments may change on days when shares cannot be purchased or redeemed.

 

113


The Trust will not compute NAV for the Funds on customary national business holidays, including the following: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day and other days when the Exchange is closed.

Each Fund reserves the right to not determine NAV when: (i) a Fund has not received any orders to purchase, sell or exchange shares and (ii) changes in the value of the Fund’s portfolio do not affect the Fund’s NAV.

The offering price for orders placed before the close of the Exchange, on each business day the Exchange is open for trading, will be based upon calculation of the NAV at the close of regular trading on the Exchange. For orders placed after the close of regular trading on the Exchange, or on a day on which the Exchange is not open for trading, the offering price is based upon NAV at the close of the Exchange on the next day thereafter on which the Exchange is open for trading. The NAV of each class of a Fund on which offering and redemption prices are based is determined by adding the value of all securities and other assets of a Fund attributable to the class, deducting liabilities attributable to that class, and dividing by the number of that class’ shares outstanding. Each Fund may reject any order to buy shares and may suspend the sale of shares at any time.

Securities for which market-based quotations are readily available are valued as of Valuation Time. Equity securities are generally valued at the last quoted sale price, or if there is no sale price, the last quoted bid price provided by an independent pricing service approved by the Board. Securities traded on NASDAQ generally are valued at the NASDAQ Official Closing Price. Prices are taken from the primary market or exchange in which each security trades. Debt and other fixed-income securities are generally valued at the bid price provided by an independent pricing service, the use of which has been approved by the Board.

Securities for which market-based quotations are either unavailable (e.g., independent pricing service does not provide a value) or are deemed unreliable, in the judgment of NFA or designee, are generally valued at fair value by the Trustees, or persons to whom the Board has delegated its responsibilities pursuant to procedures approved by the Board (in this case, the Fair Valuation Committee). In addition, fair value determinations are required for securities whose value is affected by a significant event that will materially affect the value of a security and which occurs subsequent to the time of the close of the principal market on which such security trades but prior to the calculation of the Funds’ NAVs. The Fair Valuation Committee monitors the results of fair valuation determinations and regularly reports the results to the Board or a committee of the Board. Fair value determinations may require subjective determinations. There can be no assurance that the fair value of an asset is the price at which the asset could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair value was used in determining a Fund’s NAV.

The Fair Valuation Committee monitors the continuing appropriateness of the valuation methodology with respect to each security. In the event that NFA or a subadviser believes that the valuation methodology being used to value a security does not produce a fair value for such security, the Fair Valuation Committee is notified so that it may meet to determine what adjustment should be made.

To the extent that a Fund invests in foreign securities, the following would be applicable. Generally, trading in foreign securities markets is completed each day at various times prior to the Valuation Time. Due to the time differences between the closings of the relevant foreign securities exchanges and the time that a Fund’s NAV is calculated, a Fund may fair value its foreign investments more frequently than it does other securities. When fair value prices are utilized, these prices will attempt to reflect the impact of the financial markets’ perceptions and trading activities on the Fund’s investments since their last closing prices were calculated on their primary securities markets or exchanges. Pursuant to the Valuation Procedures, a Fund’s foreign equity investments generally will be fair valued daily by an independent pricing service using models designed to estimate likely changes in the values of those investments between the times in which the trading in those securities is substantially completed and the close of the Exchange. When a Fund uses fair value pricing, the values assigned to the Fund’s foreign equity investments may not be the quoted or published prices of the investments on their primary markets or exchanges.

 

114


Nationwide Government Money Market Fund (the “Fund”)

The Fund operates as a “Government Money Market Fund,” as defined in Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. This means that the Fund invests at least 99.5% of its total assets in (1) securities that are issued by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, (2) repurchase agreements that are collateralized fully by such securities or cash, (3) cash, or (4) other money market mutual funds that operate as Government Money Market Funds.

The value of portfolio securities in the Fund is determined on the basis of the amortized cost method of valuation in accordance with Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act. This method involves valuing a security at its cost and thereafter assuming a constant amortization to maturity of any discount or premium, regardless of the impact of fluctuating interest rates on the market value of the instrument. While this method provides certainty in valuation, it may result in periods during which value, as determined by amortized cost, is higher or lower than the price the Fund would receive if it sold the instrument.

The Board has adopted procedures whereby the extent of deviation, if any, of the current NAV calculated using available market quotations from the Fund’s amortized cost price per share will be determined. In the event such deviation from the Fund’s amortized cost price per share exceeds 1/2 of 1 percent, NFA or the Chairman of the Board’s Valuation and Operations Committee (or, in his absence, the Chairman of the Board) shall promptly convene a meeting of the Board to consider what action, if any, should be taken. Where the Board believes that the extent of any deviation from the Fund’s amortized cost per share may result in material dilution or other unfair results to shareholders, it shall cause the Fund to take such action as it deems appropriate to eliminate or reduce, to the extent reasonably practicable, such dilution or unfair result. Such action might include: reducing or withholding dividends; redeeming shares in-kind; selling portfolio instruments prior to maturity to realize capital gains or losses to shorten the Fund’s average portfolio maturity; or utilizing an NAV as determined by using available market quotations. In addition, in accordance with applicable legal requirements, the Fund may suspend redemptions if: (i) the Fund, at the end of a business day, has invested less than ten percent of its total assets in weekly liquid assets or the Fund’s price per share as computed for the purpose of distribution, redemption and repurchase, rounded to the nearest one percent, has deviated from the stable price established by the Board of Trustees or the Board of Trustees, including a majority of its non-interested Trustees, determines that such a deviation is likely to occur; (ii) the Board, including a majority of its non-interested trustees, irrevocably approve the liquidation of the Fund; and (iii) the Fund, prior to suspending redemptions, has notified the SEC of the decision to liquidate the Fund and suspend redemptions.

The Board, in supervising the Fund’s operations and delegating special responsibilities involving portfolio management to NFA, has undertaken as a particular responsibility within its overall duty of care owed to the Fund’s shareholders to assure to the extent reasonably practicable, taking into account current market conditions affecting the Fund’s investment objectives, that the Fund’s NAV will not deviate from $1.00. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of a shareholder’s investment at $1.00 per share, it cannot guarantee it will do so.

Pursuant to its objective of maintaining a stable net asset value per share, the Fund will only purchase investments deemed under Rule 2a-7 to have a remaining maturity of 397 calendar days or less, with certain exceptions permitted by applicable regulations, and will maintain a dollar weighted average portfolio maturity of 60 days or less and a weighted average life of 120 calendar days or less that is determined without reference to certain interest rate readjustments.

SYSTEMATIC INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Directed Dividends –This strategy provides the security of principal that the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund offers plus the opportunity for greater long-term capital appreciation or income through reinvestment of dividends in another Fund.

An initial investment of $5,000 or more is made in the Investor Shares of the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, and monthly dividends are then automatically invested into one or more of the Funds chosen by you at such Fund’s current offering price. Nationwide Government Money Market Fund dividends reinvested into one of the other Funds are subject to applicable sales charges.

Automatic Asset Accumulation This is a systematic investment strategy which combines automatic monthly transfers from your personal checking account to your mutual fund account with the concept of Dollar Cost Averaging. With this strategy, you invest a fixed amount monthly over an extended period of time, during both market highs and lows. Dollar Cost

 

115


Averaging can allow you to achieve a favorable average share cost over time since your fixed monthly investment buys more shares when share prices fall during low markets, and fewer shares at higher prices during market highs. Although no formula can assure a profit or protect against loss in a declining market, systematic investing has proven a valuable investment strategy in the past.

You may open an account that is subject to an Automatic Asset Accumulation plan with no minimum investment, so long as each monthly purchase is at least $50 (per Fund). Another way to take advantage of the benefits that Dollar Cost Averaging can offer is through Directed Dividends, as described above.

Automatic Asset Transfer – This systematic investment plan allows you to transfer $50 or more to one Fund from another Fund systematically, monthly or quarterly, after Fund minimums have been met. The money is transferred on the day of the month the shareholder selects, or the following business day, if the date selected is a weekend or holiday. Dividends of any amount can be moved automatically from one Fund to another at the time they are paid. This strategy can provide investors with the benefits of Dollar Cost Averaging through an opportunity to achieve a favorable average share cost over time. With this plan, your fixed monthly or quarterly transfer from the Fund to any other Fund you select buys more shares when share prices fall during low markets and fewer shares at higher prices during market highs. Although no formula can assure a profit or protect against loss in a declining market, systematic investing has proven a valuable investment strategy in the past. For transfers from the Investor Shares of the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund to another Fund, sales charges may apply if not already paid.

Automatic Withdrawal Plan ($50 or More) – You may have checks for any fixed amount of $50 or more automatically sent bi-monthly, monthly, quarterly, semiannually or annually, to you (or anyone you designate) from your account. Complete the appropriate section of the New Account Form or contact your financial intermediary or the Fund. Your account value must meet the minimum initial investment amount at the time the program is established. This program may reduce and eventually deplete your account. Generally, it is not advisable to continue to purchase Class A , Class C or Class T shares subject to a sales charge while simultaneously redeeming shares under the program. The $50 minimum is waived for required minimum distributions from IRAs.

NOTE: If you are withdrawing more shares than your account receives in dividends, you will be decreasing your total shares owned, which will reduce your future dividend potential.

INVESTOR PRIVILEGES

The Funds offer the following privileges to shareholders. Additional information may be obtained by calling NFD toll free at 800-848-0920.

No Sales Charge on Reinvestments – All dividends and capital gains will be automatically reinvested free of charge in the form of additional shares within the same Fund and class or another specifically requested Fund (but the same class) unless you have chosen to receive them in cash on your application. Unless requested in writing by the shareholder, the Trust will not mail checks for dividends and capital gains but instead they will automatically be reinvested in the form of additional shares.

Exchange Privilege – The exchange privilege is a convenient way to exchange shares from one Fund to another Fund in order to respond to changes in your goals or in market conditions. The registration of the account to which you are making an exchange must be exactly the same as that of the Nationwide Fund account from which the exchange is made, and the amount you exchange must meet the applicable minimum investment of the Fund being purchased. The exchange privilege may be limited due to excessive trading or market timing of Fund shares.

Exchanges among Nationwide Funds

Exchanges may be made among any of the Nationwide Funds within the same class of shares, so long as both accounts have the same registration, and your first purchase in the new Fund meets the new Fund’s minimum investment requirement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no minimum investment requirement shall apply to holders of Class R6 shares of a Nationwide Fund seeking to exchange shares for Class R6 shares of another Nationwide Fund, where such Class R6 shares had been designated as Class D shares at the close of business on July 31, 2012.

 

116


Because Class R shares of the Funds are held within retirement plans, exchange privileges with other Class R shares of the Nationwide Funds may not be available unless the Class R shares of the other Nationwide Funds, as applicable, are also available within a plan. Please contact your retirement plan administrator for information on how to exchange your Class R shares within your retirement plan.

With the exception of Class T shares, there generally is no sales charge for exchanges of shares. However, if your exchange involves certain Class A shares, you may have to pay the difference between the sales charges if a higher sales charge applies to the Fund into which you are exchanging. If you exchange your Class A shares of a Fund that are subject to a CDSC into another Nationwide Fund and then redeem those Class A shares within 18 months of the original purchase, the applicable CDSC will be the CDSC for the original Fund. If you exchange Investor Shares of the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund into another fund, you must pay the applicable sales charge, unless it has already been paid prior to an exchange into the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund. Exchanges into the Investor Shares of the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund are permitted only from Class A, Class C, Class R, Class M and Institutional Service Class shares of other Nationwide Funds. If you exchange Class C shares (or certain Class A shares subject to a CDSC) for Investor Shares of the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, the time you hold the shares in the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund will not be counted for purposes of calculating any CDSC. As a result, if you then sell your Investor Shares of the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, you will pay the sales charge that would have been charged if the initial Class C (or certain Class A) shares had been sold at the time they were originally exchanged into the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund. If you exchange your Investor Shares of the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund back into Class C (or certain Class A) shares, the time you held Class C (or certain Class A) shares prior to the initial exchange into the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund will be counted for purposes of calculating the CDSC. If you wish to purchase shares of a Fund or class for which the exchange privilege does not apply, you will pay any applicable CDSC at the time you redeem your shares and pay any applicable front-end load on the new Fund you are purchasing unless a sales charge waiver otherwise applies.

Shareholders who hold Class C shares of a Nationwide Fund through a Merrill Lynch platform or account are permitted to exchange Class C shares for Class A shares of the same Fund provided the exchange occurs in the month of or following the ten-year anniversary of the original purchase date of Class C shares.

Free Checking Writing Privilege (Investor Shares of the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund Only) – You may request a supply of free checks for your personal use and there is no monthly service fee. You may use them to make withdrawals of $500 or more from your account at any time. Your account will continue to earn daily income dividends until your check clears your account. There is no limit on the number of checks you may write. Cancelled checks will not be returned to you. However, your monthly statement will provide the check number, date and amount of each check written. You also will be able to obtain copies of cancelled checks, the first five free and $2.00 per copy thereafter, by contacting one of our service representatives at 800-848-0920.

Exchanges May Be Made Four Convenient Ways:

By Telephone

Automated Voice Response System You can automatically process exchanges for a Fund by calling 800-848-0920, 24 hours a day, seven days a week. However, if you declined the option on the application, you will not have this automatic exchange privilege. This system also gives you quick, easy access to mutual fund information. Select from a menu of choices to conduct transactions and hear fund price information, mailing and wiring instructions as well as other mutual fund information. You must call our toll-free number by the Valuation Time to receive that day’s closing share price. The Valuation Time is the close of regular trading of the New York Stock Exchange, which is usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time.

Customer Service Line – By calling 800-848-0920, you may exchange shares by telephone. Requests may be made only by the account owner(s). You must call our toll-free number by the Valuation Time to receive that day’s closing share price.

The Funds may record all instructions to exchange shares. The Funds reserve the right at any time without prior notice to suspend, limit or terminate the telephone exchange privilege or its use in any manner by any person or class.

 

117


The Funds will employ the same procedure described under “Buying, Selling and Exchanging Fund Shares” in the Prospectus to confirm that the instructions are genuine.

No Fund will be liable for any loss, injury, damage, or expense as a result of acting upon instructions communicated by telephone reasonably believed to be genuine, and each Fund will be held harmless from any loss, claims or liability arising from its compliance with such instructions. These options are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and all telephone transaction calls may be recorded. The Funds reserve the right to revoke this privilege at any time without notice to shareholders and request the redemption in writing, signed by all shareholders.

By Mail – Write to Nationwide Funds, P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701. Please be sure that your letter is signed exactly as your account is registered and that your account number and the name of the Fund from which you wish to make the exchange are included. For example, if your account is registered “John Doe and Mary Doe”, “Joint Tenants with Right of Survivorship,’ then both John and Mary must sign the exchange request. The exchange will be processed effective the date the signed letter is received.

By Online Access – Log on to our website nationwide.com/mutualfunds 24 hours a day, seven days a week, for easy access to your mutual fund accounts. Once you have reached the website, you will be instructed on how to select a password and perform transactions. You can choose to receive information on all Nationwide Funds as well as your own personal accounts. You also may perform transactions, such as purchases, redemptions and exchanges. The Funds may terminate the ability to buy Fund shares on its website at any time, in which case you may continue to exchange shares by mail, wire or telephone pursuant to the Prospectus.

INVESTOR SERVICES

Automated Voice Response System – Our toll-free number 800-848-0920 will connect you 24 hours a day, seven days a week to the system. Through a selection of menu options, you can conduct transactions, hear fund price information, mailing and wiring instructions and other mutual fund information.

Toll Free Information and Assistance – Customer service representatives are available to answer questions regarding the Funds and your account(s) between the hours of 9 a.m. and 8 p.m. Eastern Time (Monday through Friday). Call toll-free: 800-848-0920.

Retirement Plans and Accounts and Coverdell Accounts – Shares of the Funds may be purchased for Self-Employed Retirement Plans, Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs), Roth IRAs, Coverdell Education Savings Accounts and Simplified Employee Pension Plans. For a free information kit, call 800-848-0920.

Shareholder Confirmations You will receive a confirmation statement each time a requested transaction is processed. However, no confirmations are mailed on certain pre-authorized or systematic transactions. Instead, these will appear on your next consolidated statement.

Consolidated Statements Fund shareholders receive quarterly statements as of the end of March, June, September and December. Please review your statement carefully and notify us immediately if there is a discrepancy or error in your account.

For shareholders with multiple accounts, your consolidated statement will reflect all of your current holdings in the Funds. Your accounts are consolidated by Social Security number, address and zip code. Only transactions during the reporting period will be reflected on the statements. An annual summary statement reflecting all calendar-year transactions in all your Funds will be sent after year-end.

Shareholder Reports – All shareholders will receive reports semiannually detailing the financial operations of the Funds.

Prospectuses – Updated prospectuses will be mailed to you at least annually.

 

118


Undeliverable Mail – If mail from the Funds to a shareholder is returned as undeliverable on two or more consecutive occasions, the Funds will not send any future mail to the shareholder unless it receives notification of a correct mailing address for the shareholder. With respect to any dividend/capital gain distribution checks that are returned as undeliverable or not presented for payment within six months, the Trust reserves the right to reinvest the check proceeds and any future distributions in shares of the particular Fund at the then-current NAV of such Fund until the Funds receive further instructions from the shareholder.

Abandoned Property – The assets in your mutual fund account may be transferred to the state in which you reside if no activity occurs within your account during the “inactivity period” specified in your state’s abandoned property laws.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Description of Shares

The Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust permits the Board to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares of beneficial interest of each Fund and to divide or combine such shares into a greater or lesser number of shares without thereby exchanging the proportionate beneficial interests in the Trust. Each share of a Fund represents an equal proportionate interest in that Fund with each other share. The Trust reserves the right to create and issue a number of different funds. Shares of each Fund would participate equally in the earnings, dividends, and assets of that particular fund. Upon liquidation of a Fund, shareholders are entitled to share pro rata in the net assets of such Fund available for distribution to shareholders.

The Trust is authorized to offer the following series of shares of beneficial interest, without par value and with the various classes listed:

 

Series

  

Share Classes

Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund    Class A, Class C, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund    Class A, Class C, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund    Class A, Class C, Class M, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Bailard Emerging Equity Markets Fund    Class A, Class C, Class M, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund    Class A, Class C, Class M, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund    Class A, Class C, Class M, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Bond Fund    Class A, Class C, Class R, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Bond Index Fund    Class A, Class C, Class R, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund 1    Class A, Class C, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund    Class A, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Destination 2010 Fund*    Class A, Class C, Class R, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Destination 2015 Fund*    Class A, Class C, Class R, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Destination 2020 Fund*    Class A, Class C, Class R, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Destination 2025 Fund*    Class A, Class C, Class R, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Destination 2030 Fund*    Class A, Class C, Class R, Institutional Service Class, Class R6

 

119


Series

  

Share Classes

Nationwide Destination 2035 Fund*    Class A, Class C, Class R, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Destination 2040 Fund*    Class A, Class C, Class R, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Destination 2045 Fund*    Class A, Class C, Class R, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Destination 2050 Fund*    Class A, Class C, Class R, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Destination 2055 Fund*    Class A, Class C, Class R, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Destination 2060 Fund*    Class A, Class C, Class R, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund    Class A, Class C, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Fund    Class A, Class C, Class T, Class R, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund    Class A, Class C, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund    Class A, Class C, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund 2    Class A, Class C, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Government Money Market Fund    Service Class, Investor Shares, Class R6
Nationwide Growth Fund    Class A, Class C, Class R, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund    Class A, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide International Index Fund    Class A, Class C, Class R, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide International Small Cap Fund    Class A, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Investor Destinations Aggressive Fund*    Class A, Class C, Class R, Class R6, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Service Class
Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Aggressive Fund*    Class A, Class C, Class R, Class R6, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Service Class
Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderate Fund*    Class A, Class C, Class R, Class R6, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Service Class
Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Conservative Fund*    Class A, Class C, Class R, Class R6, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Service Class
Nationwide Investor Destinations Conservative Fund*    Class A, Class C, Class R, Class R6, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Service Class
Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund 3    Class A, Class C, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Loomis All Cap Growth Fund    Class A, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund 4    Class A, Class C, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund 5    Class A, Class C Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Long/Short Equity Fund*    Class A, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund    Class A, Class C, Class R, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund 6    Class A, Class C, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6

 

120


Series

  

Share Classes

Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund    Class A, Class C, Class R, Class T, Service Class, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund    Class A, Class C, Class R, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund    Class A, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund    Class A, Class C, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund 7    Class A, Class C, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund    Class A, Class C, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund    Class A, Class C, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6
Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund    Class A, Class C, Class T, Institutional Service Class, Class R6

 

*   Information on these Nationwide Funds is contained in separate Statements of Additional Information.
1   Name change effective November 13, 2017. Formerly, Nationwide HighMark California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund.
2   Name change effective June 28, 2017. Formerly, Nationwide Global Equity Fund.
3   Name change effective November 13, 2017. Formerly, Nationwide HighMark Large Cap Core Equity Fund.
4   Name change effective December 7, 2017. Formerly, Nationwide Loomis Bond Fund from November 13, 2017, to December 6, 2017, and prior to November 13, 2017, the Nationwide HighMark Bond Fund.
5   Name change effective November 13, 2017. Formerly, Nationwide HighMark Short Term Bond Fund.
6   Name change effective November 13, 2017. Formerly, Nationwide HighMark National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund.
7   Name change effective November 13, 2017. Formerly, Nationwide HighMark Small Cap Core Fund.

You have an interest only in the assets of the Fund whose shares you own. Shares of a particular class are equal in all respects to the other shares of that class. In the event of liquidation of a Fund, shares of the same class will share pro rata in the distribution of the net assets of the Fund with all other shares of that class. All shares are without par value and when issued and paid for, are fully paid and nonassessable by the Trust. Shares may be exchanged or converted as described in this SAI and in the Prospectus but will have no other preference, conversion, exchange or pre-emptive rights.

Voting Rights

Shareholders of each class of shares have one vote for each share held and a proportionate fractional vote for any fractional share held. Shareholders may vote in the election of Trustees and on other matters submitted to meetings of shareholders. Shares, when issued, are fully paid and nonassessable. Generally, amendment may not be made to the Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust without the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust. The Trustees may, however, further amend the Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust without the vote or consent of shareholders to:

 

(1) designate series of the Trust; or

 

(2) change the name of the Trust; or

 

(3) apply any omission, cure, correct, or supplement any ambiguous, defective, or inconsistent provision to conform the Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust to the requirements of applicable federal laws or regulations if they deem it necessary.

An annual or special meeting of shareholders to conduct necessary business is not required by the Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, the 1940 Act or other authority, except, under certain circumstances, to amend the Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, the Investment Advisory Agreement, fundamental investment objectives, investment policies and investment restrictions, to elect and remove Trustees, to reorganize the Trust or any series or class thereof and to act upon certain other business matters. In regard to termination, sale of assets, modification or change of the Investment Advisory Agreement, or change of investment restrictions with respect to a Fund, the right to vote is limited to the holders of shares of that Fund. However, shares of all Nationwide Funds vote together, and not by Fund, in the election of Trustees. If an issue must be approved by a majority as defined in the 1940 Act, a “majority of the outstanding voting

 

121


securities” means the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting when the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares. For the election of Trustees only a plurality is required. Holders of shares subject to a Rule 12b-1 fee will vote as a class and not with holders of any other class with respect to the approval of the Rule 12b-1 Plan.

ADDITIONAL GENERAL TAX INFORMATION FOR ALL FUNDS

The following is a summary of certain additional tax considerations generally affecting a Fund (sometimes referred to as “the Fund”) and its shareholders that are not described in the Prospectus. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of the Fund or its shareholders, and the discussion here and in the Prospectus is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning.

This “ADDITIONAL GENERAL TAX INFORMATION FOR ALL FUNDS” section is based on the Internal Revenue Code and applicable regulations in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. Future legislative, regulatory or administrative changes, including provisions of current law that sunset and thereafter no longer apply, or court decisions may significantly change the tax rules applicable to the Fund and its shareholders. Any of these changes or court decisions may have a retroactive effect.

This is for general information only and not tax advice. All investors should consult their own tax advisors as to the federal, state, local and foreign tax provisions applicable to them.

The information discussed in this section applies generally to all of the Funds, but is supplemented or modified in additional separate sections that are provided below for the Nationwide Bond Fund, Nationwide Bond Index Fund, Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund, Nationwide International Index Fund, Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund, Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund, Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund, and the Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund.

Taxation of the Fund.

The Fund has elected and intends to qualify, or, if newly organized, intends to elect and qualify, each year as a regulated investment company (sometimes referred to as a “regulated investment company,” “RIC” or “fund”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code. If the Fund so qualifies, the Fund will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income (that is, generally, taxable interest, dividends, net short-term capital gains, and other taxable ordinary income, net of expenses, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) that it distributes to shareholders.

In order to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, the Fund must satisfy the following requirements:

 

    Distribution Requirement – the Fund must distribute an amount equal to the sum of at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and 90% of its net tax-exempt income, if any, for the tax year (including, for purposes of satisfying this distribution requirement, certain distributions made by the Fund after the close of its taxable year that are treated as made during such taxable year).

 

    Income Requirement – the Fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived from its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from qualified publicly traded partnerships (“QPTPs”).

 

    Asset Diversification Test – the Fund must satisfy the following asset diversification test at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s tax year: (1) at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers (as to which the Fund has not invested more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets in securities of an issuer and as to which the Fund does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer); and (2) no more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) or of two or more issuers which the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or, in the securities of one or more QPTPs.

 

122


In some circumstances, the character and timing of income realized by the Fund for purposes of the Income Requirement or the identification of the issuer for purposes of the Asset Diversification Test is uncertain under current law with respect to a particular investment, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) with respect to such type of investment may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to satisfy these requirements. See, “Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions” below with respect to the application of these requirements to certain types of investments. In other circumstances, the Fund may be required to sell portfolio holdings in order to meet the Income Requirement, Distribution Requirement, or Asset Diversification Test, which may have a negative impact on the Fund’s income and performance.

The Fund may use “equalization accounting” (in lieu of making some cash distributions) in determining the portion of its income and gains that has been distributed. If the Fund uses equalization accounting, it will allocate a portion of its undistributed investment company taxable income and net capital gain to redemptions of Fund shares and will correspondingly reduce the amount of such income and gains that it distributes in cash. If the IRS determines that the Fund’s allocation is improper and that the Fund has under distributed its income and gain for any taxable year, the Fund may be liable for federal income and/or excise tax. If, as a result of such adjustment, the Fund fails to satisfy the Distribution Requirement, the Fund will not qualify that year as a regulated investment company the effect of which is described in the following paragraph.

If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at the applicable corporate tax rate without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders, and the dividends would be taxable to the shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Failure to qualify as a regulated investment company would thus have a negative impact on the Fund’s income and performance. Subject to savings provisions for certain failures to satisfy the Income Requirement or Asset Diversification Test which, in general, are limited to those due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, it is possible that the Fund will not qualify as a regulated investment company in any given tax year. Even if such savings provisions apply, the Fund may be subject to a monetary sanction of $50,000 or more. Moreover, the Board of Trustees reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of the Fund as a regulated investment company if it determines such a course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.

Portfolio turnover . For investors that hold their Fund shares in a taxable account, a high portfolio turnover rate (except in a money market fund that maintains a stable net asset value) may result in higher taxes. This is because a fund with a high turnover rate is likely to accelerate the recognition of capital gains and more of such gains are likely to be taxable as short- term rather than long-term capital gains in contrast to a comparable fund with a low turnover rate. Any such higher taxes would reduce the Fund’s after-tax performance. See, “Taxation of Fund Distributions – Distributions of capital gains” below. For non-U.S. investors, any such acceleration of the recognition of capital gains that results in more short-term and less long-term capital gains being recognized by the Fund may cause such investors to be subject to increased U.S. withholding taxes. See, “Non-U.S. Investors – In general” below.

Capital loss carryovers . The capital losses of the Fund, if any, do not flow through to shareholders. Rather, the Fund may use its capital losses, subject to applicable limitations, to offset its capital gains without being required to pay taxes on or distribute to shareholders such gains that are offset by the losses. If the Fund has a “net capital loss” (that is, capital losses in excess of capital gains), the excess (if any) of the Fund’s net short-term capital losses over its net long-term capital gains is treated as a short-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Fund’s next taxable year, and the excess (if any) of the Fund’s net long-term capital losses over its net short-term capital gains is treated as a long-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Fund’s next taxable year. Any such net capital losses of the Fund that are not used to offset capital gains may be carried forward indefinitely to reduce any future capital gains realized by the Fund in succeeding taxable years. However, for any net capital losses realized in taxable years of the Fund beginning on or before December 22, 2010, the Fund is only permitted to carry forward such capital losses for eight years as a short-term capital loss. Capital losses arising in a taxable year beginning after December 22, 2010 must be used before capital losses realized in a taxable year beginning on or before December 22, 2010. The amount of capital losses that can be carried forward and used in any single year is subject to an annual limitation if there is a more than 50% “change in ownership” of the Fund. An ownership change generally results when shareholders owning 5% or more of the Fund increase their aggregate holdings by more than 50 percentage points over a three-year look-back period. An ownership change could result in capital loss carryovers being used at a slower rate (or, in the case of those realized in taxable years of the Fund beginning on or before December 22, 2010, expiring unutilized), thereby reducing the Fund’s ability to offset capital gains with those losses. An increase in the amount of taxable gains distributed to the Fund’s shareholders could result from an ownership change. The Fund undertakes no obligation to avoid or

 

123


prevent an ownership change, which can occur in the normal course of shareholder purchases and redemptions or as a result of engaging in a tax-free reorganization with another fund. Moreover, because of circumstances beyond the Fund’s control, there can be no assurance that the Fund will not experience, or has not already experienced, an ownership change. In addition, if the Fund engages in a tax-free reorganization with another fund, the effect of these and other rules not discussed herein may be to disallow or postpone the use by the Fund of its capital loss carryovers (including any current year losses and built-in losses when realized) to offset its own gains or those of the other fund, or vice versa, thereby reducing the tax benefits Fund shareholders would otherwise have enjoyed from use of such capital loss carryovers.

Deferral of late year losses . The Fund may elect to treat part or all of any “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in determining the Fund’s taxable income, net capital gain, net short-term capital gain, and earnings and profits. The effect of this election is to treat any such “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in characterizing Fund distributions for any calendar year (see, “Taxation of Fund Distributions – Distributions of capital gains” below). A “qualified late year loss” includes:

 

    any net capital loss incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year, or, if there is no such loss, any net long-term capital loss or any net short-term capital loss incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year (“post-October capital losses”), and

 

    the sum of (1) the excess, if any, of (a) specified losses incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year, over (b) specified gains incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year and (2) the excess, if any, of (a) ordinary losses incurred after December 31 of the current taxable year, over (b) the ordinary income incurred after December 31 of the current taxable year.

The terms “specified losses” and “specified gains” mean ordinary losses and gains from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of property (including the termination of a position with respect to such property), foreign currency losses and gains, and losses and gains resulting from holding stock in a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for which a mark- to-market election is in effect. The terms “ordinary losses” and “ordinary income” mean other ordinary losses and income that are not described in the preceding sentence. Since the Fund has a fiscal year ending in October, the amount of qualified late-year losses (if any) is computed without regard to any items of income, gain, or loss that are (a) post-October losses, (b) specified losses, and (c) specified gains.

Undistributed capital gains . The Fund may retain or distribute to shareholders its net capital gain for each taxable year. The Fund currently intends to distribute net capital gains. If the Fund elects to retain its net capital gain, the Fund will be taxed thereon (except to the extent of any available capital loss carryovers) at the applicable corporate tax rate. If the Fund elects to retain its net capital gain, it is expected that the Fund also will elect to have shareholders treated as if each received a distribution of its pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will be required to report its pro rata share of such gain on its tax return as long-term capital gain, will receive a refundable tax credit for its pro rata share of tax paid by the Fund on the gain, and will increase the tax basis for its shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

Federal excise tax . To avoid a 4% non-deductible excise tax, the Fund must distribute by December 31 of each year an amount equal to at least: (1) 98% of its ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of capital gain net income (that is, the excess of the gains from sales or exchanges of capital assets over the losses from such sales or exchanges) for the one- year period ended on October 31 of such calendar year, and (3) any prior year undistributed ordinary income and capital gain net income. The Fund may elect to defer to the following year any net ordinary loss incurred for the portion of the calendar year which is after the beginning of the Fund’s taxable year. Also, the Fund will defer any “specified gain” or “specified loss” which would be properly taken into account for the portion of the calendar year after October 31. Any net ordinary loss, specified gain, or specified loss deferred shall be treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year. Generally, the Fund intends to make sufficient distributions prior to the end of each calendar year to avoid any material liability for federal income and excise tax, but can give no assurances that all or a portion of such liability will be avoided. In addition, under certain circumstances, temporary timing or permanent differences in the realization of income and expense for book and tax purposes can result in the Fund having to pay an excise tax.

Foreign income tax . Investment income received by the Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign income tax withheld at the source and the amount of tax withheld generally will be treated as an expense of the Fund. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries, which entitle the Fund to a reduced rate of, or exemption from, tax on such income. Some countries require the filing of a tax reclaim or other forms to receive the benefit

 

124


of the reduced tax rate; whether or when the Fund will receive the tax reclaim is within the control of the individual country. Information required on these forms may not be available such as shareholder information; therefore, the Fund may not receive the reduced treaty rates or potential reclaims. Other countries have conflicting and changing instructions and restrictive timing requirements which may cause the Fund not to receive the reduced treaty rates or potential reclaims. Other countries may subject capital gains realized by the Fund on sale or disposition of securities of that country to taxation. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of the Fund’s assets to be invested in various countries is not known. Under certain circumstances, the Fund may elect to pass-through foreign taxes paid by the Fund to shareholders, although it reserves the right not to do so. If the Fund makes such an election and obtains a refund of foreign taxes paid by the Fund in a prior year, the Fund may be eligible to reduce the amount of foreign taxes reported by the Fund to its shareholders, generally by the amount of the foreign taxes refunded, for the year in which the refund is received. See, “Taxation of Fund Distributions – Pass-through of foreign tax credits.”

Taxation of Fund Distributions

The Fund anticipates distributing substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain for each taxable year. Distributions by the Fund will be treated in the manner described below regardless of whether such distributions are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares of the Fund (or of another fund). The Fund will send you information annually as to the federal income tax consequences of distributions made (or deemed made) during the year.

Distributions of net investment income . The Fund receives ordinary income generally in the form of dividends and/or interest on its investments. The Fund also may recognize ordinary income from other sources, including, but not limited to, certain gains on foreign currency-related transactions. This income, less expenses incurred in the operation of the Fund, constitutes the Fund’s net investment income from which dividends may be paid to you. If you are a taxable investor, distributions of net investment income generally are taxable as ordinary income to the extent of the Fund’s earnings and profits. In the case of a Fund whose strategy includes investing in stocks of corporations, a portion of the income dividends paid to you may be qualified dividends eligible to be taxed to noncorporate taxpayers at reduced rates or for the dividends- received deduction available to corporations. See the discussion below under the headings, “—Qualified dividend income for individuals” and “—Dividends-received deduction for corporations.”

Distributions of capital gains . The Fund may derive capital gain and loss in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities. Distributions derived from the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions paid from the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short- term capital loss will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long you have held your shares in the Fund. Any net short-term or long-term capital gain realized by the Fund (net of any capital loss carryovers) generally will be distributed once each year and may be distributed more frequently, if necessary, in order to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Fund.

Returns of capital . Distributions by the Fund that are not paid from earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of (and in reduction of) the shareholder’s tax basis in his shares; any excess will be treated as gain from the sale of his shares. Thus, the portion of a distribution that constitutes a return of capital will decrease the shareholder’s tax basis in his Fund shares (but not below zero), and will result in an increase in the amount of gain (or decrease in the amount of loss) that will be recognized by the shareholder for tax purposes on the later sale of such Fund shares. Return of capital distributions can occur for a number of reasons including, among others, the Fund over-estimates the income to be received from certain investments such as those classified as partnerships or equity REITs (see, “Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions – Investments in U.S. REITs” below).

Qualified dividend income for individuals . Ordinary income dividends reported by the Fund to shareholders as derived from qualified dividend income will be taxed in the hands of individuals and other noncorporate shareholders at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain. “Qualified dividend income” means dividends paid to the Fund (a) by domestic corporations, (b) by foreign corporations that are either (i) incorporated in a possession of the United States, or (ii) are eligible for benefits under certain income tax treaties with the United States that include an exchange of information program, or (c) with respect to stock of a foreign corporation that is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Both the Fund and the investor must meet certain holding period requirements to qualify Fund dividends for this treatment. Specifically, the Fund must hold the stock for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, investors must hold their Fund shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Fund distribution goes ex-dividend. Income derived from investments in derivatives,

 

125


fixed-income securities, U.S. REITs, PFICs, and income received “in lieu of ” dividends in a securities lending transaction generally is not eligible for treatment as qualified dividend income. If the qualifying dividend income received by the Fund is equal to or greater than 95% of the Fund’s gross income (exclusive of net capital gain) in any taxable year, all of the ordinary income dividends paid by the Fund will be qualifying dividend income.

Dividends-received deduction for corporations . For corporate shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by the Fund may qualify for the 50% corporate dividends-received deduction. The portion of dividends paid by the Fund that so qualifies will be reported by the Fund to shareholders each year and cannot exceed the gross amount of dividends received by the Fund from domestic (U.S.) corporations. The availability of the dividends-received deduction is subject to certain holding period and debt financing restrictions that apply to both the Fund and the investor. Specifically, the amount that the Fund may report as eligible for the dividends-received deduction will be reduced or eliminated if the shares on which the dividends earned by the Fund were debt-financed or held by the Fund for less than a minimum period of time, generally 46 days during a 91-day period beginning 45 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, if your Fund shares are debt-financed or held by you for less than a 46-day period then the dividends-received deduction for Fund dividends on your shares also may be reduced or eliminated. Even if reported as dividends eligible for the dividends-received deduction, all dividends (including any deducted portion) must be included in your alternative minimum taxable income calculation. (Under 2017 legislation commonly known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, corporations are no longer subject to the alternative minimum tax for taxable years of the corporation beginning after December 31, 2017.) Income derived by the Fund from investments in derivatives, fixed-income and foreign securities generally is not eligible for this treatment.

Impact of realized but undistributed income and gains, and net unrealized appreciation of portfolio securities. At the time of your purchase of shares (except in a money market fund that maintains a stable net asset value), the Fund’s net asset value may reflect undistributed income, undistributed capital gains, or net unrealized appreciation of portfolio securities held by the Fund. A subsequent distribution to you of such amounts, although constituting a return of your investment, would be taxable, and would be taxed as ordinary income (some portion of which may be taxed as qualified dividend income), capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-advantaged arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. The Fund may be able to reduce the amount of such distributions from capital gains by utilizing its capital loss carryovers, if any.

Pass-through of foreign tax credits . If more than 50% of the Fund’s total assets at the end of a fiscal year is invested in foreign securities, the Fund may elect to pass-through to you your pro rata share of foreign taxes paid by the Fund. If this election is made, the Fund may report more taxable income to you than it actually distributes. You will then be entitled either to deduct your share of these taxes in computing your taxable income, or to claim a foreign tax credit for these taxes against your U.S. federal income tax (subject to limitations for certain shareholders). The Fund will provide you with the information necessary to claim this deduction or credit on your personal income tax return if it makes this election. No deduction for foreign tax may be claimed by a noncorporate shareholder who does not itemize deductions or who is subject to the alternative minimum tax. Shareholders may be unable to claim a credit for the full amount of their proportionate shares of the foreign income tax paid by the Fund due to certain limitations that may apply. The Fund reserves the right not to pass-through to its shareholders the amount of foreign income taxes paid by the Fund. In addition, any foreign tax withheld on payments made “in lieu of ” dividends or interest will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits to shareholders. See, “Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions – Securities lending” below.

Tax credit bonds . If the Fund holds, directly or indirectly, one or more “tax credit bonds” (including build America bonds, clean renewable energy bonds and qualified tax credit bonds) on one or more applicable dates during a taxable year, the Fund may elect to permit its shareholders to claim a tax credit on their income tax returns equal to each shareholder’s proportionate share of tax credits from the applicable bonds that otherwise would be allowed to the Fund. (Under 2017 legislation commonly known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the Code section permitting a credit against the tax imposed on build America bonds, clean renewable energy bonds and certain other qualified bonds was repealed.) In such a case, shareholders must include in gross income (as interest) their proportionate share of the income attributable to their proportionate share of those offsetting tax credits. A shareholder’s ability to claim a tax credit associated with one or more tax credit bonds may be subject to certain limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. Even if the Fund is eligible to pass- through tax credits to shareholders, the Fund may choose not to do so.

U.S. government securities . Income earned on certain U.S. government obligations is exempt from state and local personal income taxes if earned directly by you. States also grant tax-free status to dividends paid to you from interest earned on direct obligations of the U.S. government, subject in some states to minimum investment or reporting requirements that

 

126


must be met by the Fund. Income on investments by the Fund in certain other obligations, such as repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government obligations, securities lending agreements, commercial paper and federal agency-backed obligations (e.g., GNMA or FNMA obligations), generally does not qualify for tax-free treatment. The rules on exclusion of this income are different for corporations.

Dividends declared in December and paid in January. Ordinarily, shareholders are required to take distributions by the Fund into account in the year in which the distributions are made. However, dividends declared in October, November or December of any year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month will be deemed to have been received by the shareholders (and made by the Fund) on December 31 of such calendar year if such dividends are actually paid in January of the following year. Shareholders will be advised annually as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of distributions made (or deemed made) during the year in accordance with the guidance that has been provided by the IRS.

Medicare tax. A 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on net investment income earned by certain individuals, estates and trusts. “Net investment income,” for these purposes, means investment income, including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from the Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Fund shares, reduced by the deductions properly allocable to such income. In the case of an individual, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (1) the shareholder’s net investment income or (2) the amount by which the shareholder’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $250,000 (if the shareholder is married and filing jointly or a surviving spouse), $125,000 (if the shareholder is married and filing separately) or $200,000 (in any other case). This Medicare tax, if applicable, is reported by you on, and paid with, your federal income tax return.

Sales, Exchanges and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Sales, exchanges and redemptions (including redemptions in kind) of Fund shares are taxable transactions for federal and state income tax purposes. If you redeem your Fund shares, the IRS requires you to report any gain or loss on your redemption. If you held your shares as a capital asset, the gain or loss that you realize will be a capital gain or loss and will be long-term or short-term, generally depending on how long you have held your shares. Any redemption fees you incur on shares redeemed will decrease the amount of any capital gain (or increase any capital loss) you realize on the sale. Capital losses in any year are deductible only to the extent of capital gains plus, in the case of a noncorporate taxpayer, $3,000 of ordinary income.

Tax basis information . The Fund is required to report to you and the IRS annually on Form 1099-B the cost basis of shares purchased or acquired on or after January 1, 2012 where the cost basis of the shares is known by the Fund (referred to as “covered shares”) and which are disposed of after that date. However, cost basis reporting is not required for certain shareholders, including shareholders investing in the Fund through a tax-advantaged retirement account, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account, or shareholders investing in a money market fund that maintains a stable net asset value. When required to report cost basis, the Fund will calculate it using the Fund’s default method of average cost, unless you instruct the Fund in writing to use a different calculation method. In general, average cost is the total cost basis of all your shares in an account divided by the total number of shares in the account. To determine whether short-term or long- term capital gains taxes apply, the IRS presumes you redeem your oldest shares first.

The IRS permits the use of several methods to determine the cost basis of mutual fund shares. The method used will determine which specific shares are deemed to be sold when there are multiple purchases on different dates at differing share prices, and the entire position is not sold at one time. The Fund does not recommend any particular method of determining cost basis, and the use of other methods may result in more favorable tax consequences for some shareholders. It is important that you consult with your tax advisor to determine which method is best for you and then notify the Fund in writing if you intend to utilize a method other than average cost for covered shares.

In addition to the Fund’s default method of average cost, other cost basis methods offered by Nationwide Mutual Funds, which you may elect to apply to covered shares, include:

 

    FIFO (First In, First Out) - the shares purchased first are sold first.

 

    LIFO (Last In, First Out) - the shares purchased last are sold first.

 

    High Cost - the shares with the highest cost per share are sold first.

 

    Low Cost - the shares with the lowest cost per share are sold first.

 

127


    Loss/Gain Utilization - groups of shares (lots) are selected and sold based on generating losses first (short-term then long-term) and gains last (long-term then short-term).

 

    Specific Lot Identification - you must specify the share lots to be sold at the time of redemption. This method requires you to elect a secondary method in the event the lots you designate for redemption are unavailable. The secondary method options include first in, first out; last in, first out; low cost; high cost; and loss/gain utilization. If a secondary method is not elected, first in, first out will be used.

You may elect any of the available methods detailed above for your covered shares. If you do not notify the Fund in writing of your elected cost basis method upon the initial purchase into your account, the default method of average cost will be applied to your covered shares. The cost basis for covered shares will be calculated separately from any shares purchased prior to January 1, 2012 or shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012 for which cost basis information is not known by the Fund (“noncovered shares”) you may own. You may change from average cost to another cost basis method for covered shares at any time by notifying the Fund in writing, but only for shares acquired after the date of the change (the change is prospective). The basis of the shares that were averaged before the change will remain averaged after the date of the change.

With the exception of the specific lot identification method, Nationwide Mutual Funds first depletes noncovered shares with unknown cost basis in first in, first out order and then noncovered shares with known basis in first in, first out order before applying your elected method to your remaining covered shares. If you want to deplete your shares in a different order, then you must elect specific lot identification and choose the lots you wish to deplete first.

The Fund will compute and report the cost basis of your Fund shares sold or exchanged by taking into account all of the applicable adjustments to cost basis and holding periods as required by the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury regulations for purposes of reporting these amounts to you and the IRS. However, the Fund is not required to, and in many cases the Fund does not possess the information to, take all possible basis, holding period or other adjustments into account in reporting cost basis information to you. Therefore, shareholders should carefully review the cost basis information provided by the Fund and make any additional basis, holding period or other adjustments that are required by the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury regulations when reporting these amounts on their federal income tax returns. Shareholders remain solely responsible for complying with all federal income tax laws when filing their federal income tax returns.

If you hold your Fund shares through a broker (or other nominee), please contact that broker (nominee) with respect to reporting of cost basis and available elections for your account.

Wash sales . All or a portion of any loss that you realize on a redemption of your Fund shares will be disallowed to the extent that you buy other shares in the Fund (through reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within 30 days before or after your share redemption. Any loss disallowed under these rules will be added to your tax basis in the new shares.

Redemptions at a loss within six months of purchase . Any loss incurred on a redemption or exchange of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributed to you by the Fund on those shares.

Deferral of basis . If a shareholder (a) incurs a sales load in acquiring shares of the Fund, (b) disposes of such shares less than 91 days after they are acquired, and (c) subsequently acquires shares of the Fund or another fund by January 31 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the disposition of the original shares occurred at a reduced sales load pursuant to a right to reinvest at such reduced sales load acquired in connection with the acquisition of the shares disposed of, then the sales load on the shares disposed of (to the extent of the reduction in the sales load on the shares subsequently acquired) shall not be taken into account in determining gain or loss on the shares disposed of, but shall be treated as incurred on the acquisition of the shares subsequently acquired. The wash sale rules also may limit the amount of loss that may be taken into account on disposition after such adjustment.

Conversion or exchange of shares into shares of the same Fund . The conversion or exchange of shares of one class into another class of the same Fund is not taxable for federal income tax purposes. For example, the exchange of Class A or Class C shares for Institutional Service Class shares of the same Fund in certain Programs sponsored by and/or controlled by financial intermediaries, or the exchange of Institutional Service Class shares for Class A or Class C shares of the same Fund by certain holders who cease participation in such Programs, will be tax-free for federal income tax purposes. Shareholders also should consult their tax advisors regarding the state and local tax consequences of a conversion or exchange of shares.

 

128


Reportable transactions . Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the Fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder (or certain greater amounts over a combination of years), the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions

Set forth below is a general description of the tax treatment of certain types of securities, investment techniques and transactions that may apply to a fund and, in turn, affect the amount, character and timing of dividends and distributions payable by the fund to its shareholders. This section should be read in conjunction with the discussion above under “ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON PORTFOLIO INSTRUMENTS, STRATEGIES AND INVESTMENT POLICIES” for a detailed description of the various types of securities and investment techniques that apply to the Fund.

In general . In general, gain or loss recognized by a fund on the sale or other disposition of portfolio investments will be a capital gain or loss. Such capital gain and loss may be long-term or short-term depending, in general, upon the length of time a particular investment position is maintained and, in some cases, upon the nature of the transaction. Property held for more than one year generally will be eligible for long-term capital gain or loss treatment. The application of certain rules described below may serve to alter the manner in which the holding period for a security is determined or may otherwise affect the characterization as long-term or short-term, and also the timing of the realization and/or character of certain gains or losses.

Certain fixed-income investments . Gain recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation purchased by a fund at a market discount (generally, at a price less than its principal amount) will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of the market discount which accrued during the period of time the fund held the debt obligation unless the fund made a current inclusion election to accrue market discount into income as it accrues. If a fund purchases a debt obligation (such as a zero coupon security or pay-in-kind security) that was originally issued at a discount, the fund generally is required to include in gross income each year the portion of the original issue discount which accrues during such year. Therefore, a fund’s investment in such securities may cause the fund to recognize income and make distributions to shareholders before it receives any cash payments on the securities. To generate cash to satisfy those distribution requirements, a fund may have to sell portfolio securities that it otherwise might have continued to hold or to use cash flows from other sources such as the sale of fund shares.

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present tax issues for a fund. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether and to what extent a fund should recognize market discount on a debt obligation, when a fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent a fund may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how a fund should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by a fund in order to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company.

Options, futures, forward contracts, swap agreements and hedging transactions . In general, option premiums received by a fund are not immediately included in the income of the fund. Instead, the premiums are recognized when the option contract expires, the option is exercised by the holder, or the fund transfers or otherwise terminates the option (e.g., through a closing transaction). If an option written by a fund is exercised and the fund sells or delivers the underlying stock, the fund generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to (a) the sum of the strike price and the option premium received by the fund minus (b) the fund’s basis in the stock. Such gain or loss generally will be short-term or long-term depending upon the holding period of the underlying stock. If securities are purchased by a fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the fund generally will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased. The gain or loss with respect to any termination of a fund’s obligation under an option other than through the exercise of the option and related sale or delivery of the underlying stock generally will be short-term gain or loss depending on whether the premium income received by the fund is greater or less than the amount paid by the fund (if any) in terminating the transaction. Thus, for example, if an option written by a fund expires unexercised, the fund generally will recognize short-term gain equal to the premium received.

 

129


The tax treatment of certain futures contracts entered into by a fund as well as listed non-equity options written or purchased by the fund on U.S. exchanges (including options on futures contracts, broad-based equity indices and debt securities) may be governed by section 1256 of the Internal Revenue Code (“section 1256 contracts”). Gains or losses on section 1256 contracts generally are considered 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses (“60/40”), although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary in character. Also, any section 1256 contracts held by a fund at the end of each taxable year (and, for purposes of the 4% excise tax, on certain other dates as prescribed under the Internal Revenue Code) are “marked to market” with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized and the resulting gain or loss is treated as ordinary or 60/40 gain or loss, as applicable. Section 1256 contracts do not include any interest rate swap, currency swap, basis swap, interest rate cap, interest rate floor, commodity swap, equity swap, equity index swap, credit default swap, or similar agreement.

In addition to the special rules described above in respect of options and futures transactions, a fund’s transactions in other derivative instruments (including options, forward contracts and swap agreements) as well as its other hedging, short sale, or similar transactions, may be subject to one or more special tax rules (including the constructive sale, notional principal contract, straddle, wash sale and short sale rules). These rules may affect whether gains and losses recognized by a fund are treated as ordinary or capital or as short-term or long-term, accelerate the recognition of income or gains to the fund, defer losses to the fund, and cause adjustments in the holding periods of the fund’s securities. These rules, therefore, could affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions to shareholders. Moreover, because the tax rules applicable to derivative instruments are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether a fund has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements, to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid a fund-level tax.

Certain of a fund’s investments in derivatives and foreign currency-denominated instruments, and the fund’s transactions in foreign currencies and hedging activities, may produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. If a fund’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company. If a fund’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the distribution of any such excess will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the fund’s remaining earnings and profits (including current earnings and profits arising from tax- exempt income, reduced by related deductions), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in the shares, and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset.

Foreign currency transactions . A fund’s transactions in foreign currencies, foreign currency-denominated debt obligations and certain foreign currency options, futures contracts and forward contracts (and similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned. This treatment could increase or decrease a fund’s ordinary income distributions to you, and may cause some or all of the fund’s previously distributed income to be classified as a return of capital. In certain cases, a fund may make an election to treat such gain or loss as capital.

PFIC investments . A fund may invest in securities of foreign companies that may be classified under the Internal Revenue Code as PFICs. In general, a foreign company is classified as a PFIC if at least one-half of its assets constitute investment-type assets or 75% or more of its gross income is investment-type income. When investing in PFIC securities, a fund intends to mark-to-market these securities under certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and recognize any unrealized gains as ordinary income at the end of the fund’s fiscal and excise tax years. Deductions for losses are allowable only to the extent of any current or previously recognized gains. These gains (reduced by allowable losses) are treated as ordinary income that a fund is required to distribute, even though it has not sold or received dividends from these securities. You also should be aware that the designation of a foreign security as a PFIC security will cause its income dividends to fall outside of the definition of qualified foreign corporation dividends. These dividends generally will not qualify for the reduced rate of taxation on qualified dividends when distributed to you by a fund. Foreign companies are not required to identify themselves as PFICs. Due to various complexities in identifying PFICs, a fund can give no assurances that it will be able to identify portfolio securities in foreign corporations that are PFICs in time for the fund to make a mark-to-market election. If a fund is unable to identify an investment as a PFIC and thus does not make a mark-to-market election, the fund may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on a fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.

 

130


Investments in U.S. REITs. A U.S . REIT is not subject to federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to shareholders. Dividends paid by a U.S. REIT, other than capital gain distributions, will be taxable as ordinary income up to the amount of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Capital gain dividends paid by a U.S. REIT to a fund will be treated as long-term capital gains by the fund and, in turn, may be distributed by the fund to its shareholders as a capital gain distribution. Because of certain noncash expenses, such as property depreciation, an equity U.S. REIT’s cash flow may exceed its taxable income. The equity U.S. REIT, and in turn a fund, may distribute this excess cash to shareholders in the form of a return of capital distribution. However, if a U.S. REIT is operated in a manner that fails to qualify as a U.S. REIT, an investment in the U.S. REIT would become subject to double taxation, meaning the taxable income of the U.S. REIT would be subject to federal income tax at the applicable corporate tax rate without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders and the dividends would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Also, see, “Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions – Investment in taxable mortgage pools (excess inclusion income)” and “Non-U.S. Investors – Investment in U.S. real property” below with respect to certain other tax aspects of investing in U.S. REITs.

Investment in non-U.S. REITs . While non-U.S. REITs often use complex acquisition structures that seek to minimize taxation in the source country, an investment by a fund in a non-U.S. REIT may subject the fund, directly or indirectly, to corporate taxes, withholding taxes, transfer taxes and other indirect taxes in the country in which the real estate acquired by the non-U.S. REIT is located. A fund’s pro rata share of any such taxes will reduce the fund’s return on its investment. A fund’s investment in a non-U.S. REIT may be considered an investment in a PFIC, as discussed above in “PFIC investments.” In addition, foreign withholding taxes on distributions from the non-U.S. REIT may be reduced or eliminated under certain tax treaties, as discussed above in “Taxation of the Fund – Foreign income tax.” Also, a fund in certain limited circumstances may be required to file an income tax return in the source country and pay tax on any gain realized from its investment in the non-U.S. REIT under rules similar to those in the United States, which tax foreign persons on gain realized from dispositions of interests in U.S. real estate.

Investment in taxable mortgage pools (excess inclusion income). Under a Notice issued by the IRS, the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury regulations to be issued, a portion of a fund’s income from a U.S. REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a real estate mortgage investment conduit (“REMIC”) or equity interests in a “taxable mortgage pool” (referred to in the Internal Revenue Code as an excess inclusion) will be subject to federal income tax in all events. The excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as a fund, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest or, if applicable, taxable mortgage pool directly. In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) to entities (including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, 401(k) plans, Keogh plans or other tax-exempt entities) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a foreign stockholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a “disqualified organization” (which generally includes certain cooperatives, governmental entities, and tax-exempt organizations not subject to UBTI) is a record holder of a share in a regulated investment company, then the regulated investment company will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the highest applicable corporate tax rate. The Notice imposes certain reporting requirements upon regulated investment companies that have excess inclusion income. There can be no assurance that a fund will not allocate to shareholders excess inclusion income.

These rules are potentially applicable to a fund with respect to any income it receives from the equity interests of certain mortgage pooling vehicles, either directly or, as is more likely, through an investment in a U.S. REIT. It is unlikely that these rules will apply to a fund that has a non-REIT strategy.

Investments in partnerships and QPTPs. For purposes of the Income Requirement, income derived by a fund from a partnership that is not a QPTP will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership that would be qualifying income if realized directly by the fund. While the rules are not entirely clear with respect to a fund investing in a partnership outside a master-feeder structure, for purposes of testing whether a fund satisfies the Asset Diversification Test, the fund generally is treated as owning a pro rata share of the underlying assets of a partnership. See, “Taxation of the Fund.” In contrast, different rules apply to a partnership that is a QPTP. A QPTP is a partnership (a) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market, (b) that is treated as a partnership for

 

131


federal income tax purposes, and (c) that derives less than 90% of its income from sources that satisfy the Income Requirement (e.g., because it invests in commodities). All of the net income derived by a fund from an interest in a QPTP will be treated as qualifying income but the fund may not invest more than 25% of its total assets in one or more QPTPs. However, there can be no assurance that a partnership classified as a QPTP in one year will qualify as a QPTP in the next year. Any such failure to annually qualify as a QPTP might, in turn, cause a fund to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company. Although, in general, the passive loss rules of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a fund with respect to items attributable to an interest in a QPTP. Fund investments in partnerships, including in QPTPs, may result in the fund being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

Securities lending . While securities are loaned out by a fund, the fund generally will receive from the borrower amounts equal to any dividends or interest paid on the borrowed securities. For federal income tax purposes, payments made “in lieu of ” dividends are not considered dividend income. These distributions will neither qualify for the reduced rate of taxation for individuals on qualified dividends nor the 50% dividends-received deduction for corporations. Also, any foreign tax withheld on payments made “in lieu of ” dividends or interest will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits to shareholders. In addition, in the case of a fund with a strategy of investing in tax-exempt securities, any payments made “in lieu of ” tax-exempt interest will be considered taxable income to the fund, and thus, to the investors, even though such interest may be tax-exempt when paid to the borrower.

Investments in convertible securities . Convertible debt is ordinarily treated as a “single property” consisting of a pure debt interest until conversion, after which the investment becomes an equity interest. If the security is issued at a premium (i.e., for cash in excess of the face amount payable on retirement), the creditor-holder may amortize the premium unrelated to the conversion feature of the security over the life of the bond. If the security is issued for cash at a price below its face amount, the creditor-holder must accrue original issue discount in income over the life of the debt. The creditor-holder’s exercise of the conversion privilege is treated as a nontaxable event. Mandatorily convertible debt (e.g., an exchange-traded note or ETN issued in the form of an unsecured obligation that pays a return based on the performance of a specified market index, exchange currency, or commodity) is often, but not always, treated as a contract to buy or sell the reference property rather than debt. Similarly, convertible preferred stock with a mandatory conversion feature is ordinarily, but not always, treated as equity rather than debt. Dividends received generally are qualified dividend income and eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction. In general, conversion of preferred stock for common stock of the same corporation is tax- free. Conversion of preferred stock for cash is a taxable redemption. Any redemption premium for preferred stock that is redeemable by the issuing company might be required to be amortized under original issue discount principles.

Investments in securities of uncertain tax character. A fund may invest in securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the tax treatment expected by a fund, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the fund, requiring the fund to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to regulated investment companies under the Internal Revenue Code.

Backup Withholding

By law, the Fund may be required to withhold a portion of your taxable dividends and sales proceeds unless you:

 

    provide your correct social security or taxpayer identification number,

 

    certify that this number is correct,

 

    certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, and

 

    certify that you are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

The Fund also must withhold if the IRS instructs it to do so. When withholding is required, the amount will be 24% of any distributions or proceeds paid. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the appropriate information is furnished to the IRS. Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding and information reporting. The special U.S. tax certification requirements applicable to non-U.S. investors to avoid backup withholding are described under the “Non- U.S. Investors” heading below.

 

132


Non-U.S. Investors

Non-U.S. investors (shareholders who, as to the United States, are nonresident alien individuals, foreign trusts or estates, foreign corporations, or foreign partnerships) may be subject to U.S. withholding and estate tax and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements. Non-U.S. investors should consult their tax advisors about the applicability of U.S. tax withholding and the use of the appropriate forms to certify their status.

In general . The United States imposes a flat 30% withholding tax (or a withholding tax at a lower treaty rate) on U.S. source dividends, including on income dividends paid to you by the Fund. Exemptions from this U.S. withholding tax are provided for capital gain dividends paid by the Fund from its net long-term capital gains, interest-related dividends paid by the Fund from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources, and short-term capital gain dividends.

However, the Fund may choose not to utilize the exemptions for interest-related dividends paid and short- term capital gains dividends paid. Moreover, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any dividends and distributions of income and capital gains, including the proceeds from the sale of your Fund shares, will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 24% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person.

Net investment income from dividends on stock and foreign source interest income continue to be subject to withholding tax; foreign tax credits. Ordinary dividends paid by the Fund to non-U.S. investors on the income earned on portfolio investments in (i) the stock of domestic and foreign corporations and (ii) the debt of foreign issuers continue to be subject to U.S. withholding tax. Foreign shareholders may be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% on the income resulting from an election to pass-through foreign tax credits to shareholders, but may not be able to claim a credit or deduction with respect to the withholding tax for the foreign tax treated as having been paid by them.

Income effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. If the income from the Fund is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, then ordinary income dividends, capital gain dividends and any gains realized upon the sale or redemption of shares of the Fund will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. citizens or domestic corporations and require the filing of a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

Investment in U.S. real property . The Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 (“FIRPTA”) makes non- U.S. persons subject to U.S. tax on disposition of a U.S. real property interest (“USRPI”) as if he or she were a U.S. person. Such gain is sometimes referred to as FIRPTA gain. The Fund may invest in equity securities of corporations that invest in USRPI, including U.S. REITs, which may trigger FIRPTA gain to the Fund’s non-U.S. shareholders.

The Internal Revenue Code provides a look-through rule for distributions of FIRPTA gain when a RIC is classified as a qualified investment entity. A RIC will be classified as a qualified investment entity if, in general, 50% or more of the RIC’s assets consist of interests in U.S. REITs, USRPIs and other U.S. real property holding corporations (“USRPHC”). If a RIC is a qualified investment entity and the non-U.S. shareholder owns more than 5% of a class of Fund shares at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the FIRPTA distribution, the FIRPTA distribution to the non-U.S. shareholder is treated as gain from the disposition of a USRPI, causing the distribution to be subject to U.S. withholding tax at the applicable tax rate, and requiring the non-U.S. shareholder to file a nonresident U.S. income tax return. In addition, even if the non-U.S. shareholder does not own more than 5% of a class of Fund shares, but the Fund is a qualified investment entity, the FIRPTA distribution will be taxable as ordinary dividends (rather than as a capital gain or short-term capital gain dividend) subject to withholding at 30% or lower treaty rate.

Because the Fund expects to invest less than 50% of its assets at all times, directly or indirectly, in U.S. real property interests, the Fund expects that neither gain on the sale or redemption of Fund shares nor Fund dividends and distributions would be subject to FIRPTA reporting and tax withholding.

U.S. estate tax . Transfers by gift of shares of the Fund by a foreign shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual will not be subject to U.S. federal gift tax. An individual who, at the time of death, is a non-U.S. shareholder will nevertheless be subject to U.S. federal estate tax with respect to Fund shares at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens and residents, unless a treaty exemption applies. If a treaty exemption is available, a decedent’s estate may nonetheless need to file a U.S. estate tax return to claim the exemption in order to obtain a U.S. federal transfer certificate. The transfer certificate will identify the property (i.e., Fund shares) as to which the U.S. federal estate tax lien has been released. In the absence of a

 

133


treaty, there is a $13,000 statutory estate tax credit (equivalent to U.S. situs assets with a value of $60,000). For estates with U.S. situs assets of not more than $60,000, the Fund may accept, in lieu of a transfer certificate, an affidavit from an appropriate individual evidencing that decedent’s U.S. situs assets are below this threshold amount.

U.S. tax certification rules . Special U.S. tax certification requirements may apply to non-U.S. shareholders both to avoid U.S. backup withholding imposed at a rate of 24% and to obtain the benefits of any treaty between the U.S. and the shareholder’s country of residence. In general, if you are a non-U.S. shareholder, you must provide a Form W-8 BEN (or other applicable Form W-8) to establish that you are not a U.S. person, to claim that you are the beneficial owner of the income and, if applicable, to claim a reduced rate of, or exemption from, withholding as a resident of a country with which the United States has an income tax treaty. A Form W-8 BEN provided without a U.S. taxpayer identification number will remain in effect for a period beginning on the date signed and ending on the last day of the third succeeding calendar year unless an earlier change of circumstances makes the information on the form incorrect. Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding.

The tax consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Non-U.S. shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund, including the applicability of foreign tax.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”). Under FATCA, the Fund will be required to withhold a 30% tax on the following payments or distributions made by the Fund to certain foreign entities, referred to as foreign financial institutions (“FFI”) or non-financial foreign entities (“NFFE”): (a) income dividends, and (b) after December 31, 2018, certain capital gain distributions, return of capital distributions and the proceeds arising from the sale of Fund shares. The FATCA withholding tax generally can be avoided: (a) by an FFI, if it reports certain direct and indirect ownership of foreign financial accounts held by U.S. persons with the FFI and (b) by an NFFE, if it meets certification requirements described below. The U.S. Treasury has negotiated intergovernmental agreements (“IGA”) with certain countries and is in various stages of negotiations with a number of other foreign countries with respect to one or more alternative approaches to implement FATCA; an entity in one of those countries may be required to comply with the terms of an IGA instead of U.S. Treasury regulations.

An FFI can avoid FATCA withholding if it is deemed compliant or by becoming a “participating FFI,” which requires the FFI to enter into a U.S. tax compliance agreement with the IRS under section 1471(b) of the Internal Revenue Code (“FFI agreement”) under which it agrees to verify, report and disclose certain of its U.S. accountholders and meet certain other specified requirements. The FFI will either report the specified information about the U.S. accounts to the IRS, or, to the government of the FFI’s country of residence (pursuant to the terms and conditions of applicable law and an applicable IGA entered into between the U.S. and the FFI’s country of residence), which will, in turn, report the specified information to the IRS. An FFI that is resident in a country that has entered into an IGA with the U.S. to implement FATCA will be exempt from FATCA withholding provided that the FFI shareholder and the applicable foreign government comply with the terms of such agreement.

An NFFE that is the beneficial owner of a payment from the Fund can avoid the FATCA withholding tax generally by certifying that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or by providing the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner. The NFFE will report the information to the Fund or other applicable withholding agent, which will, in turn, report the information to the IRS.

Such foreign shareholders also may fall into certain exempt, excepted or deemed compliant categories as established by U.S. Treasury regulations, IGAs, and other guidance regarding FATCA. An FFI or NFFE that invests in the Fund will need to provide the Fund with documentation properly certifying the entity’s status under FATCA in order to avoid FATCA withholding. Non-U.S. investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the impact of these requirements on their investment in the Fund. The requirements imposed by FATCA are different from, and in addition to, the U.S. tax certification rules to avoid backup withholding described above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of these requirements to their own situation.

 

134


Effect of Future Legislation; Local Tax Considerations

The foregoing general discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is based on the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. Future legislative or administrative changes, including provisions of current law that sunset and thereafter no longer apply, or court decisions may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and any such changes or decisions may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein. Rules of state and local taxation of ordinary income, qualified dividend income and capital gain dividends may differ from the rules for U.S. federal income taxation described above. Distributions also may be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation. Non- U.S. shareholders may be subject to U.S. tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of these and other state and local tax rules affecting investment in the Fund.

Additional Tax Information with Respect to the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund

The tax information described in “Additional General Tax Information for All Funds” above applies to the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund (the “Money Market Fund”), except as noted in this section.

Distributions of net investment income

The Money Market Fund typically declares dividends from its daily net income each day that its NAV is calculated and pays such dividends monthly. The Money Market Fund’s daily net income includes accrued interest and any original issue or acquisition discount, plus or minus any gain or loss on the sale of portfolio securities and changes in unrealized appreciation or depreciation in portfolio securities (to the extent required to maintain a stable $1 share price), less the estimated expenses of the Money Market Fund. Any distributions by the Money Market Fund from such income will be taxable to you as ordinary income, whether you receive them in cash or in additional shares.

Distributions of capital gain

The Money Market Fund may derive capital gain or loss in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities. If you are a taxable investor, distributions from net short-term capital gain will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Because the Money Market Fund is a money market fund, it is not expected to realize any long-term capital gain.

Maintaining a $1 share price

Gain and loss on the sale of portfolio securities and unrealized appreciation or depreciation in the value of these securities may require the Money Market Fund to adjust distributions, including withholding dividends, to maintain its $1 share price. These procedures may result in under- or over-distributions by the Money Market Fund of its net investment income. This in turn may result in return of capital distributions, the effect of which is described above in “Taxation of Fund Distributions – Returns of capital.”

Redemption of Fund shares

Redemptions (including redemptions in kind) and exchanges of Money Market Fund shares are taxable transactions for federal and state income tax purposes. Because the Money Market Fund tries to maintain a stable $1 share price, however, you should not expect to realize any capital gain or loss on the sale or exchange of your shares. For tax purposes, an exchange of your Money Market Fund shares for shares of a different Nationwide Fund is the same as a sale. Shareholders may elect to adopt a simplified “NAV method” for computing gains and losses from taxable sales, exchanges or redemptions of Money Market Fund shares. Under the NAV method, rather than computing gain or loss separately for each taxable disposition of shares as described above, a shareholder would determine gain or loss based on the change in the aggregate value of the shareholder’s shares during a computation period (which could be the shareholder’s taxable year or certain shorter periods), reduced by the shareholder’s net investment (purchases minus taxable sales, exchanges, or redemptions or exchanges) in those shares during that period. Under the NAV method, if a shareholder holds the shares as a capital asset, any resulting net gain or loss would be treated as short-term capital gain or loss.

 

135


Wash sale rule

All or a portion of any loss so realized on the sale or redemption of shares in the Money Market Fund may be deferred under the wash sale rules if the shareholder purchases other shares of the same Fund within 30 days before or after the sale or redemption and the shareholder does not elect to adopt the NAV method.

Qualified dividend income for individuals

Because the Money Market Fund’s income is derived primarily from interest rather than dividends, none of its distributions are expected to be qualified dividends eligible for taxation by individuals at long-term capital gain rates.

Dividends-received deduction for corporations

Because the Money Market Fund’s income is derived primarily from interest rather than dividends, none of its distributions are expected to qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction.

ADDITIONAL TAX INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO THE NATIONWIDE BOND FUND, NATIONWIDE BOND INDEX FUND, NATIONWIDE CORE PLUS BOND FUND, NATIONWIDE INTERNATIONAL INDEX FUND AND NATIONWIDE INFLATION- PROTECTED SECURITIES FUND

The tax information described in “Additional General Tax Information for All Funds” above applies to the Nationwide Bond Fund, Nationwide Bond Index Fund, Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund, Nationwide Government Bond Fund, Nationwide High Yield Bond Fund, Nationwide International Index Fund and Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund, except as noted in this section.

Qualified dividend income for individuals

Because the income of the Nationwide Bond Fund, Nationwide Bond Index Fund, Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund, Nationwide Government Bond Fund, Nationwide High Yield Bond Fund and Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund is derived primarily from interest rather than dividends, generally none or only a small portion of its distributions are expected to be qualified dividends eligible for taxation by individuals at long-term capital gain rates.

Dividends-received deduction for corporations

Because each Fund’s income is derived primarily from interest or foreign securities, generally none or only a small portion of its distributions are expected to qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction.

ADDITIONAL TAX INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO THE NATIONWIDE ZIEGLER WISCONSIN TAX EXEMPT FUND, NATIONWIDE CALIFORNIA INTERMEDIATE TAX FREE BOND FUND AND THE NATIONWIDE NATIONAL INTERMEDIATE TAX FREE BOND FUND

The Fund intends to qualify each year to pay exempt-interest dividends by satisfying the requirement that at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s (or underlying fund’s) taxable year at least 50% of the Fund’s (or underlying fund’s) total assets consists of municipal securities, which are exempt from federal income tax.

Exempt-interest dividends

Distributions from the Fund will constitute exempt-interest dividends to the extent of the Fund’s (or underlying fund’s) tax-exempt interest income (net of allocable expenses and amortized bond premium). Exempt-interest dividends distributed to shareholders of the Fund are excluded from gross income for federal income tax purposes. However, shareholders required to file a federal income tax return will be required to report the receipt of exempt-interest dividends on their returns. Moreover, while exempt-interest dividends are excluded from gross income for federal income tax purposes, they may be subject to alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) in certain circumstances and may have other collateral tax consequences as discussed below.

 

136


Distributions of ordinary income and capital gains

Any gain or loss from the sale or other disposition of a tax-exempt security generally is treated as either long-term or short-term capital gain or loss, depending upon its holding period, and is fully taxable. However, gain recognized from the sale or other disposition of a tax-exempt security purchased after April 30, 1993, will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the accrued market discount on such security. Distributions by the Fund of ordinary income and capital gains will be taxable to shareholders as discussed above under “Taxation of Fund Distributions.”

Alternative minimum tax – private activity bonds.

AMT is imposed in addition to, but only to the extent it exceeds, the regular tax and is computed at a maximum rate of 28% for non-corporate taxpayers and 20% for corporate taxpayers on the excess of the taxpayer’s alternative minimum taxable income (“AMTI”) over an exemption amount. Exempt-interest dividends derived from certain “private activity” municipal securities issued after August 7, 1986 generally will constitute an item of tax preference includable in AMTI for both corporate and non-corporate taxpayers. However, tax-exempt interest on private activity bonds issued in 2009 and 2010 is not an item of tax preference for purposes of the AMT. In addition, exempt-interest dividends derived from all municipal securities regardless of the date of issue, must be included in adjusted current earnings which are used in computing an additional corporate preference item includable in AMTI. Certain small corporations are wholly exempt from the AMT. Consistent with its stated investment objective, the Fund intends to limit its investments in private activity bonds subject to the AMT to no more than 20% of its total assets in any given year. Under 2017 legislation commonly known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, corporations are no longer subject to the AMT for taxable years of the corporation beginning after December 31, 2017.

Effect on taxation of social security benefits; denial of interest deduction; “substantial users.”

Exempt-interest dividends must be taken into account in computing the portion, if any, of social security or railroad retirement benefits that must be included in an individual shareholder’s gross income subject to federal income tax. Further, a shareholder of the Fund is denied a deduction for interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry shares of the Fund. Moreover, a shareholder who is (or is related to) a “substantial user” of a facility financed by industrial development bonds held by the Fund (or underlying fund) will likely be subject to tax on dividends paid by the Fund which are derived from interest on such bonds. Receipt of exempt-interest dividends may result in other collateral federal income tax consequences to certain taxpayers, including financial institutions, property and casualty insurance companies and foreign corporations engaged in a trade or business in the U.S.

Exemption from state tax

To the extent that exempt-interest dividends are derived from interest on obligations of a state or its political subdivisions, or from interest on qualifying U.S. territorial obligations (including qualifying obligations of Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and Guam), they also may be exempt from that state’s personal income taxes. In addition, most states do not grant tax-free treatment to interest on state and municipal securities of other states.

Failure of a Municipal Security to qualify to pay exempt-interest

Failure of the issuer of a tax-exempt security to comply with certain legal or contractual requirements relating to a Municipal Security could cause interest on the Municipal Security, as well as Fund distributions derived from this interest, to become taxable, perhaps retroactively to the date the Municipal Security was issued. In such a case, the Fund may be required to report to the IRS and send to shareholders amended Forms 1099 for a prior taxable year in order to report additional taxable income. This, in turn, could require shareholders to file amended federal and state income tax returns for such prior year to report and pay tax and interest on their pro rata share of the additional amount of taxable income.

 

137


Distributions paid by the Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

Under existing California law, shareholders of the Fund that are individuals may exclude any tax-exempt interest dividends paid to them by the Fund from their California taxable income for purposes of the California personal income tax if:

 

    the Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code and at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, at least 50 percent of the value of its total assets consists of obligations the interest on which is exempt from taxation by the State of California when held by an individual;

 

    the dividends are derived from interest on obligations of the State of California and its political subdivisions or qualifying obligations of U.S. territories and possessions that are exempt from state taxation under federal law;

 

    the dividends paid do not exceed the amount of interest (minus certain non-deductible expenses) the Fund receives, during its taxable year, on obligations that, when held by an individual, pay interest exempt from taxation by California; and

 

    the Fund properly reports the dividends as California exempt-interest dividends in a written notice mailed to the investor.

Any distributions of net short-term and long-term capital gain earned by the Fund and any gain from the sale of shares of the Fund by a shareholder are included in a shareholder’s taxable income for purposes of the California personal income tax. Distributions from the Fund, including exempt-interest dividends, may be taxable to shareholders that are subject to certain provisions of the California Corporation Tax Law.

The foregoing is only a summary of some of the important California income tax considerations generally affecting the shareholders of the Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund. No attempt has been made to present a detailed explanation of the California income tax treatment of the Fund’s shareholders. Accordingly, this discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful planning.

Distributions paid by the Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund

Under existing Wisconsin law, shareholders of the Fund that are individuals may exclude dividends paid to them by the Fund from their Wisconsin adjusted gross income for purposes of the Wisconsin individual income tax if the dividends are excluded from their gross income for federal income tax purposes and the dividends are attributable to interest on certain specified obligations (but not all) of the State of Wisconsin or its political subdivisions or agencies. In addition, dividends are exempt from the Wisconsin individual income tax to the extent that such dividends are attributable to interest on obligations of the United States government that are exempt from state income taxation (including qualifying obligations of Puerto Rico, Guam and the Virgin Islands).

Any distributions of net short-term and long-term capital gain earned by the Fund and any gain from the sale of shares of the Fund by a shareholder are included in a shareholder’s taxable income for purposes of the Wisconsin individual income tax. Distributions from the Fund, including exempt-interest dividends, generally will be taxable to shareholders that are subject to the Wisconsin corporation franchise tax.

The foregoing is only a summary of some of the important Wisconsin individual income tax considerations generally affecting the shareholders of the Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund. No attempt has been made to present a detailed explanation of the Wisconsin income tax treatment of the Fund’s shareholders. Accordingly, this discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful planning.

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

To the extent NFA and its affiliates directly or indirectly own, control and hold power to vote 25% or more of the outstanding shares of the Funds, it is deemed to have “control” over matters which are subject a vote of the Fund’s shares.

NFA, is wholly owned by NFS. NFS, a holding company, is a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Nationwide Corporation. Nationwide Corporation is also a holding company in the Nationwide Insurance Enterprise, which includes NFG. All of the common stock of Nationwide Corporation is held by Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company (95.2%) and Nationwide Mutual Fire Insurance Company (4.8%), each of which is a mutual company owned by its policyholders.

 

138


Except as identified below, as of                  , 2018, the Trustees and Officers of the Trust, as a group, owned beneficially less than 1% of the shares of any class of the Trust.

 

Fund

  

Class

  

Percent of Fund Shares Owned by Trustees/Officers

Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund    A   
Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund    A   
Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund    A   

As of                  , 2018, the record shareholders identified in Appendix D to this SAI held five percent or greater of the shares of a class of a Fund.

 

139


APPENDIX A

DEBT RATINGS

STANDARD & POOR’S DEBT RATINGS

A Standard & Poor’s corporate or municipal debt rating is an opinion of the general creditworthiness of an obligor, or the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a particular debt security or other financial obligation, based on relevant risk factors.

The debt rating does not constitute a recommendation to purchase, sell, or hold a particular security. In addition, a rating does not comment on the suitability of an investment for a particular investor. The ratings are based on current information furnished by the issuer or obtained by Standard & Poor’s from other sources it considers reliable. Standard & Poor’s does not perform an audit in connection with any rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information. The ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or unavailability of, such information, or for other circumstances.

The ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations:

 

1. Likelihood of default - capacity and willingness of the obligor as to its financial commitments in a timely manner in accordance with the terms of the obligation.
2. Nature of and provisions of the obligation.
3. Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting.

INVESTMENT GRADE

 

AAA    Debt rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. Capacity to meet financial commitments is extremely strong.
AA    Debt rated ‘AA’ has a very strong capacity to meet financial commitments and differs from the highest rated issues only in small degree.
A    Debt rated ‘A’ has a strong capacity to meet financial commitments although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher rated categories.
BBB    Debt rated ‘BBB’ is regarded as having an adequate capacity meet financial commitments. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to meet financial commitments for debt in this category than in higher rated categories.

SPECULATIVE GRADE

Debt rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’ and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such debt will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

 

BB    Debt rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet financial commitments.
B    Debt rated ‘B’ has a greater vulnerability to nonpayment than obligations rated BB but currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to meet financial commitments.

 

A-1


CCC    Debt rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet financial commitments. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, it is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments.
CC    Debt rated ‘CC’ typically is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
C    Debt rated ‘C’ may signify that a bankruptcy petition has been filed, but debt service payments are continued.
D    Debt rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service payments are jeopardized.

MOODY’S LONG-TERM DEBT RATINGS

 

Aaa    Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.
Aa    Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards and are subject to very low credit risk.
A    Bonds which are rated A are to be considered as upper-medium grade obligations and subject to low credit risk.
Baa    Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations, subject to moderate credit risk and in fact may have speculative characteristics.
Ba    Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.
B    Bonds which are rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa    Bonds which are rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
Ca    Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are highly speculative. Such issues are likely in default, or very near, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
C    Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and are typically in default. There is little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

STATE AND MUNICIPAL NOTES

Excerpts from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., description of state and municipal note ratings:

 

MIG-1    Notes bearing this designation are of superior credit quality, enjoying excellent protection by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad based access to the market for refinancing.
MIG-2    Notes bearing this designation are of strong credit quality, with margins of protection ample although not so large as in the preceding group.
MIG-3    Notes bearing this designation are of acceptable credit quality, with possibly narrow liquidity and cash flow protection. Market access for refinancing is likely to be less well established.
SG    Notes bearing this designation are of speculative grade credit quality and may lack sufficient margins of protection.

FITCH, INC. BOND RATINGS

Fitch investment grade bond ratings provide a guide to investors in determining the credit risk associated with a particular security. The ratings represent Fitch’s assessment of the issuer’s ability to meet the obligations of a specific debt issue or class of debt in a timely manner.

The rating takes into consideration special features of the issue, its relationship to other obligations of the issuer, the current and prospective financial condition and operating performance of the issuer and any guarantor, as well as the economic and political environment that might affect the issuer’s future financial strength and credit quality.

 

A-2


Fitch ratings do not reflect any credit enhancement that may be provided by insurance policies or financial guaranties unless otherwise indicated.

Bonds that have the same rating are of similar but not necessarily identical credit quality since the rating categories do not fully reflect small differences in the degrees of credit risk.

Fitch ratings are not recommendations to buy, sell, or hold any security. Ratings do not comment on the adequacy of market price, the suitability of any security for a particular investor, or the tax-exempt nature or taxability of payments made in respect of any security.

Fitch ratings are based on information obtained from issuers, other obligors, underwriters, their experts, and other sources Fitch believes to be reliable. Fitch does not audit or verify the truth or accuracy of such information. Ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or the unavailability of, information or for other reasons.

 

AAA    Bonds considered investment grade and representing the lowest expectation of credit risk. The obligor has an exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, a capacity that is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA    Bonds considered to be investment grade and of very high credit quality. This rating indicates a very strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, a capacity that is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A    Bonds considered to be investment grade and represent a low expectation of credit risk. This rating indicates a strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in economic conditions or circumstances than long term debt with higher ratings.
BBB    Bonds considered to be in the lowest investment grade and indicates that there is currently low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances are more likely to impair this capacity.
BB    Bonds are considered speculative. This rating indicates that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic changes over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.
B    Bonds are considered highly speculative. This rating indicates that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.
CCC, CC and C    Bonds are considered a high default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic developments. A ‘CC’ rating indicates that default of some kind appears probable. ‘C’ rating signal imminent default.
DDD, DD and D    Bonds are in default. Such bonds are not meeting current obligations and are extremely speculative. ‘DDD’ designates the highest potential for recovery of amounts outstanding on any securities involved and ‘D’ represents the lowest potential for recovery.

SHORT-TERM RATINGS

STANDARD & POOR’S COMMERCIAL PAPER RATINGS

A Standard & Poor’s commercial paper rating is a current assessment of the likelihood of timely payment of debt considered short-term in the relevant market.

 

A-3


Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from ‘A-1’ for the highest quality obligations to ‘D’ for the lowest. These categories are as follows:

 

A-1    This highest category indicates that capacity to meet financial commitments is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.
A-2    Capacity to meet financial commitments is satisfactory, although more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories.
A-3    Issues carrying this designation have adequate protections. They are, however, more vulnerable to adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances which could weaken capacity to meet financial commitments.
B    Issues rated ‘B’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics.
C    This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations that are vulnerable to nonpayment and dependent on favorable business, financial, and economic conditions in order to meet financial commitments.
D    Debt rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service payments are jeopardized.

STANDARD & POOR’S NOTE RATINGS

An S&P note rating reflects the liquidity factors and market-access risks unique to notes. Notes maturing in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating.

The following criteria will be used in making the assessment:

 

1. Amortization schedule - the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely the issue is to be treated as a note.
2. Source of payment - the more the issue depends on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it is to be considered a note.

Note rating symbols and definitions are as follows:

 

SP-1    Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Issues determined to possess very strong capacity to pay principal and interest are given a plus (+) designation.
SP-2    Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.
SP-3    Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

MOODY’S SHORT-TERM RATINGS

Moody’s short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. These obligations have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted. Moody’s employs the following three designations to indicate the relative repayment capacity of rated issuers:

 

P-1    Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior capacity to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-2    Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-3    Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

 

A-4


MOODY’S NOTE RATINGS

 

MIG 1/VMIG 1    Notes bearing this designation are of superior credit quality, enjoying excellent protection by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
MIG 2/VMIG 2    Notes bearing this designation are of strong credit quality, with margins of protection ample although not so large as in the preceding group.
MIG 3/VMIG 3    Notes bearing this designation are of acceptable credit quality, with possibly narrow liquidity and cash- flow protection. Market access for refinancing is likely to be less well established.
SG    Notes bearing this designation are of speculative-grade credit quality and may lack sufficient margins of protection.

FITCH’S SHORT-TERM RATINGS

Fitch’s short-term ratings apply to debt obligations that are payable on demand or have original maturities of up to three years, including commercial paper, certificates of deposit, medium-term notes, and municipal and investment notes.

The short-term rating places greater emphasis than a long-term rating on the existence of liquidity necessary to meet the issuer’s obligations in a timely manner.

 

F-1+    Best quality, indicating exceptionally strong capacity to meet financial commitments.
F-1    Best quality, indicating strong capacity to meet financial commitments.
F-2    Good quality with satisfactory capacity to meet financial commitments.
F-3    Fair quality with adequate capacity to meet financial commitments but near term adverse conditions could impact the commitments.
B    Speculative quality and minimal capacity to meet commitments and vulnerability to short-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
C    Possibility of default is high and the financial commitments are dependent upon sustained, favorable business and economic conditions.
D    In default and has failed to meet its financial commitments.

 

A-5


APPENDIX B

PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

Amundi Smith Breeden, LLC

I. Overview

Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Rule”) requires every investment adviser that exercises voting authority with respect to client securities to adopt and implement written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interest of its clients. Amundi Smith Breeden LLC (“Amundi Smith Breeden”) has designed this policy and related procedures to address how it will resolve conflicts of interest with its clients in voting proxies on their behalf, provide to clients a concise summary of the adviser’s proxy voting process and offer to provide copies of the complete proxy voting policy and procedures to clients upon request. In addition, the Policy illustrates how Amundi Smith Breeden will disclose to clients how to obtain information on how client proxies were voted.

The SEC has determined that the Rule applies to all registered investment advisers that exercise proxy voting authority over client securities. The SEC has also indicated that advisers with implicit as well as explicit voting authority must comply with the Rule. In particular, the Rule applies when the advisory contract is silent but the adviser’s voting authority is implied by an overall delegation of discretionary authority. Since Amundi Smith Breeden has discretionary authority with respect to its discretionary accounts, Amundi Smith Breeden has an implied authority to vote proxies if received for these accounts.

The SEC has interpreted an adviser’s duty of care to require an adviser with voting authority to monitor corporate actions and to vote client proxies. However, the scope of an adviser’s responsibilities with respect to voting proxies would ordinarily be determined by the adviser’s contracts with its clients, the disclosures it has made to its clients, and the investment policies and objectives of its clients. The Rule does not necessitate an adviser to become a “shareholder activist,” but, more practically, allows an adviser to determine whether the costs and expected benefits to clients warrant such activism.

Additionally, the failure to vote every proxy should not necessarily be construed as a violation of an adviser’s fiduciary obligations. The SEC has noted times when refraining from voting a proxy may be in the client’s best interest, such as when the analysis noted above indicates the cost of voting the proxy exceeds the expected benefit to the client. Nevertheless, an adviser must be aware that it may not ignore or be negligent in fulfilling the obligation it has assumed to vote client proxies.

The Rule requires advisers to have procedures for addressing material conflicts of interest that may influence the manner in which it votes proxies. Although the SEC has not listed all conflicts of interest that an adviser may encounter when voting clients’ proxies, it has provided guidance with respect to ways in which the policies and procedures may mitigate any existing conflicts of interest.

II. Policy

If Amundi Smith Breeden receives any proxy solicitations on behalf of its clients, it will obtain the recommendations of Glass, Lewis & Co. (“Glass Lewis”), unless otherwise directed by the client. The Proxy Voting Committee will review the recommendation and determine whether it is in the best interest of the shareholders. By utilizing Glass Lewis, Amundi Smith Breeden believes that it will remove the potential for conflicts of interest in its proxy voting.

Any general or specific proxy voting guidelines provided by a client or its designated agent in writing will supersede the forgoing Policy. Clients may wish to have their proxies voted by an independent third party or other named fiduciary or agent, at the client’s cost.

III. Procedures for Identification and Voting of Proxies

When establishing an advisory relationship with a client, the Legal Department determines whether or not Amundi Smith Breeden will be voting proxy solicitations it receives on behalf of the client or whether the client or a third party determined by the client will handle the task. This information is input into a database of for all Amundi Smith Breeden’s discretionary clients. The database will be maintained electronically and updated as needed. If the client has delegated a discretionary responsibility to Amundi Smith Breeden, and no one else has specifically been given the responsibility to respond to proxies, and the client has not specifically retained voting power, Amundi Smith Breeden will take the responsibility for voting proxy solicitations.

 

B-1


Amundi Smith Breeden will work with its clients and their agents to ensure that Amundi Smith Breeden’s Operations Department is the party designated to receive proxy solicitation and voting materials from issuers or intermediaries.

Amundi Smith Breeden has appointed a Proxy Administrator who is a member of the Operations Department and who, as part of the custodial account documentation, is designated as the contact person for information regarding proxy solicitations. For any proxy solicitations received for one client, the Proxy Administrator will run a report to see if any other clients own that issue and contact that account’s custodian to ensure proper receipt of the proxy for any other client.

Once received, the Proxy Administrator will log the proxy into a database (the “Proxy Database”). The Proxy Database will include:

 

    The name of the issuer of the portfolio security;

 

    The exchange ticker symbol of the portfolio security;

 

    The Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) number for the portfolio security;

 

    The shareholder meeting date or action date;

 

    The number of shares Amundi Smith Breeden is voting for the client;

 

    A brief identification of the matter voted on;

 

    Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a security holder;

 

    Whether or not and how Amundi Smith Breeden cast its vote on the matter;

 

    Whether Amundi Smith Breeden cast its vote with or against management; and

 

    Whether any client requested an alternative vote of its proxy.

The Proxy Administrator will review the appropriate database to determine whether the client has provided specific voting instructions, and if so, the Proxy Administrator will vote that client’s proxy in accordance with the client’s written instructions. For clients who have selected a third party to vote proxies, the Proxy Administrator will forward the proxy solicitation to the third party for voting and submission.

For any other proxy, the Operations Department will notify the Chief Compliance Officer as Chair of the Proxy Voting Committee. The Proxy Voting Committee is made up of the Proxy Administrator, the Chief Compliance Officer, the General Counsel and the client’s Portfolio Manager or a representative from IMG, if needed. The Proxy Voting Committee will review the proxy solicitation, discuss any issues that may arise and then vote in accordance with the proxy voting recommendations of Glass Lewis, including modeling. The Proxy Voting Committee will determine whether or not the recommendation by Glass, Lewis is in the best interest of shareholders. By utilizing the recommendations of Glass Lewis, Amundi Smith Breeden believes that it will remove the potential for conflicts of interest in its proxy voting. Documentation of the meetings and voting instructions will be maintained by the Proxy Administrator.

Proxy solicitations received after the termination date of a client relationship will not be voted by Amundi Smith Breeden. The Proxy Administrator will deliver the proxy solicitation to the intermediary who distributed the proxy and indicate that Amundi Smith Breeden’s advisory relationship has been terminated and that future proxies for the named client should not be delivered to Amundi Smith Breeden.

At no time may any employee accept any remuneration, gifts or favors related to the solicitation of proxies. Any offers of this type must be immediately reported to the Compliance Department.

IV. Responding to Client Requests to Review Proxy Votes

Any request to review proxy votes, whether written, including e-mail, or oral, received by any employee, must be promptly reported to Marketing and Client Service. All written requests will be retained in the client’s correspondence file.

Marketing and Client Service will record the identity of the client, the date of the request, and the disposition of the request in CRM to track these requests. The Operations Department will provide Marketing and Client Service with all appropriate information retained in the Proxy Database.

 

 

B-2


Free of charge, and within a reasonable time frame, Marketing and Client Service will distribute to any client requesting proxy voting information the complete proxy voting record for the period requested pertaining to whether and how Amundi Smith Breeden voted with respect to the client’s securities.

As a matter of practice and subject to applicable law, Amundi Smith Breeden will not reveal or disclose to any client how Amundi Smith Breeden may have voted, or intends to vote, on a particular proxy until after such proxies have been counted at a shareholder’s meeting or otherwise disposed of by the issuer. Subject to applicable law, Amundi Smith Breeden will never disclose such information to unrelated third parties.

V. Recordkeeping

The amended Rule 204-2 under the Advisers Act requires investments advisers to retain the following documents. Amundi Smith Breeden will maintain the following documentation for a period of not less than five (5) years, the first two (2) years at an appropriate office of Amundi Smith Breeden:

 

    Proxy voting policies and procedures;

 

    Proxy statements received regarding client securities;

 

    Records of votes cast on behalf of clients including: a copy or a printed sample or EDGAR version of the proxy statement or card, along with a sample of the proxy solicitation instructions, or if a third party votes, Amundi Smith Breeden may rely on proxy statements and records of proxy votes cast that are maintained with a third party;

 

    Records of client requests for proxy voting information and all material related to Amundi Smith Breeden’s response;

 

    Any documents prepared by the adviser that were material to making a decision on how to vote, or that memorialized the basis for the decision;

 

    A copy of each written client request for information on how the adviser voted proxies on behalf of the client, and a copy of any written response by the investment adviser to any client request for information on how the adviser voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client;

 

    The concise policy sent to clients or included in the firm’s ADV; and,

 

    The Proxy Database.

VI. Disclosure

Disclosure Requirements—An investment adviser must disclose to clients:

 

    A concise summation of the proxy voting process, rather than a reiteration of the adviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures;

 

    How they can obtain information on how client proxies were voted; and

 

    Upon request, a copy of the proxy voting policies and procedures.

Amundi Smith Breeden meets those requirements. Amundi Smith Breeden provides a summary of its proxy policy in its Form ADV Part 2A.ADV Part 2A is provided to each client at least annually. The ADV Part 2A also includes information on how to obtain further information, including a copy of the Policy.

Disclaimer: If you have received this policy as part of a Request for Proposal, or as part of a separate request for information, you should be aware that this Policy is subject to change without notice. Amundi Smith Breeden will only send you an updated Policy upon your request.

This document describes our general practices with respect to the Policy outlined above. However, in the case of a disaster as defined in our Disaster Recovery Policy, those procedures may supersede this Policy and any of its related procedures.

Historical Dates

Amended as of November 3, 2015

Amended as of April 2, 2015

Amended as of March 27, 2014

Amended as of August 14, 2006

Amended as of January 27, 2005

 

B-3


Amended as of October 4, 2004

Adopted as of August 6, 2003

BAILARD, INC.

SUMMARY OF PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Bailard, Inc. has adopted proxy voting policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that securities held by certain of its clients, including the Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value, Technology & Science, International Equities and Emerging Markets Equity Funds (collectively, the “Funds”) are voted in the best interests of these clients. In seeking to avoid material conflicts of interest, Bailard, Inc. has engaged Glass Lewis & Co. (“Glass Lewis”), a third party service provider, to vote the proxies of the Funds and certain of Bailard’s other clients in accordance with Glass Lewis’s standard U.S. and international proxy voting guidelines (the “Standard Guidelines”). Covered Bailard Wealth Management Sustainable, Responsible and Impact Investing Service accounts are voted by Glass Lewis in accordance with its Environmental, Social & Governance proxy voting guidelines (the “ESG Guidelines”). In addition, Bailard, Inc. may, in special circumstances, instruct Glass Lewis to adopt a Bailard Institutional covered client’s custom proxy voting guidelines.

The Standard Guidelines generally:

 

1. Seek to support Boards of Directors that serve the interests of shareholders by voting for Boards that possess independence, a record of positive performance, and members with diverse backgrounds and with a breadth and depth of experience;

 

2. Seek transparency and integrity of financial reporting by voting for management’s recommendation for auditor unless the independence of a returning auditor or the integrity of the audit has been compromised;

 

3. Seek to incentivize employees and executives to engage in conduct that will improve the performance of their companies by voting for non-abusive compensation plans (including equity based compensation plans, performance based executive compensation plans and director compensation plans);

 

4. Seek to protect shareholders’ rights by voting for changes in corporate governance structure only if they are consistent with the shareholders’ interests;

 

5. Vote against shareholder proposals affecting the day-to-day management of a company or policy decisions related to political, social or environmental issues. However, on a case by case basis, Glass Lewis may support proposals that are designed to protect shareholder value in circumstances where Boards of Directors and management have not adequately monitored and addressed environmental or social risks. Glass Lewis will also generally support those shareholder proposals that protect and enhance important shareholder rights, promote director accountability or seek to improve compensation practices.

Glass Lewis’s ESG guidelines overlay the above standard proxy voting guidelines with an additional level of analysis designed for clients seeking to vote consistent with widely-accepted enhanced environmental, social and governance practices.

Bailard, Inc. will vote a proxy if it determines that Glass Lewis cannot make impartial recommendations under the Guidelines with respect to an issuer with which Glass Lewis has a conflict of interest. Bailard, Inc. may also vote a proxy if it determines that having a proxy voted by Glass Lewis in accordance with the Guidelines is not in a client’s best interest. Should a circumstance arise where Bailard, Inc. would have to vote a proxy that poses a material conflict of interest for Bailard, Inc., Bailard, Inc. will not vote the proxy because it believes the cost of voting would be larger than any benefit to its clients.

Proxies will not be voted when the shareholder would be blocked from trading while a vote is pending (in certain foreign countries), when the securities are not available for voting because the client has loaned them to a third party, when Bailard, Inc. determines that the cost of voting outweighs the benefit, when a client does not wish to divulge information that is required for proxies of certain foreign securities to be voted, when proxies are received too late to be properly processed, and when proxies have not been translated into English.

 

B-4


BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

The Company has adopted, as its proxy voting policies for each Fund for which BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC acts as subadvisor (“each Fund”), the proxy voting guidelines of BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LLC. The Company has delegated to BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC the responsibility for voting proxies on the portfolio securities held by each Fund. The remainder of this section discusses each Fund’s proxy voting guidelines and BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC’s role in implementing such guidelines.

BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC votes (or refrains from voting) proxies for each Fund in a manner that BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC, in the exercise of its independent business judgment, concludes is in the best economic interests of such Fund. In some cases, BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC may determine that it is in the best economic interests of a Fund to refrain from exercising the Fund’s proxy voting rights (such as, for example, proxies on certain non-U.S. securities that might impose costly or time-consuming in-person voting requirements). With regard to the relationship between securities lending and proxy voting, BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC’s approach is also driven by our clients’ economic interests. The evaluation of the economic desirability of recalling loans involves balancing the revenue-producing value of loans against the likely economic value of casting votes. Based on our evaluation of this relationship, we believe that the likely economic value of casting a vote generally is less than the securities lending income, either because the votes will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of the vote would not be affected by BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC recalling loaned securities in order to ensure they are voted. Periodically, BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC analyzes the process and benefits of voting proxies for securities on loan, and will consider whether any modification of its proxy voting policies or procedures are necessary in light of any regulatory changes. BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC will normally vote on specific proxy issues in accordance with its proxy voting guidelines. BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC’s proxy voting guidelines provide detailed guidance as to how to vote proxies on certain important or commonly raised issues. BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC may, in the exercise of its business judgment, conclude that the proxy voting guidelines do not cover the specific matter upon which a proxy vote is requested, or that an exception to the proxy voting guidelines would be in the best economic interests of a Fund. BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC votes (or refrains from voting) proxies without regard to the relationship of the issuer of the proxy (or any shareholder of such issuer) to a Fund, a Fund’s affiliates (if any), BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC or BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC’s affiliates. When voting proxies, BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC attempts to encourage issuers to follow practices that enhance shareholder value and increase transparency and allow the market to place a proper value on their assets. With respect to certain specific issues:

 

    Each Fund generally supports the board’s nominees in the election of directors and generally supports proposals that strengthen the independence of boards of directors;

 

    Each Fund generally does not support proposals on social issues that lack a demonstrable economic benefit to the issuer and the Fund investing in such issuer; and

 

    Each Fund generally votes against anti-takeover proposals and proposals that would create additional barriers or costs to corporate transactions that are likely to deliver a premium to shareholders.

BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC maintains institutional policies and procedures that are designed to prevent any relationship between the issuer of the proxy (or any shareholder of the issuer) and a Fund, a Fund’s affiliates (if any), BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC or BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC’s affiliates (if any) from having undue influence on BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC’s proxy voting activity. In certain instances, BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC may determine to engage an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard against potential conflicts of interest or as otherwise required by applicable law. The independent fiduciary may either vote such proxies or provide BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC with instructions as to how to vote such proxies. In the latter case, BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC votes the proxy in accordance with the independent fiduciary’s determination.

 

B-5


Boston Advisors, LLC

Summary of Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

I. INTRODUCTION

Under the investment management contracts between Boston Advisors, LLC (“BA”) and most of our clients, the client retains exclusive voting authority over the securities in the client’s portfolio and we do not have any role in proxy voting. BA assumes responsibility for voting proxies when requested by a client and with respect to clients subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”).

II. STATEMENTS OF POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

 

A. Policy Statement. The Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), requires us to, at all times, act solely in the best interest of our clients. We have adopted and implemented these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, which we believe, are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act.

While retaining final authority to determine how each proxy is voted, BA has reviewed and determined to follow in most instances the proxy voting policies and recommendations (the “Guidelines”) of Egan-Jones Proxy Services, a proxy research and consulting firm (“Egan-Jones”). Egan-Jones will track each proxy that BA is authorized to vote on behalf of our clients and will make a recommendation to management of BA as how it would vote such proxy in accordance with the Guidelines. Unless otherwise directed by BA, Egan-Jones will instruct Proxy-Edge, a proxy voting firm (“Proxy-Edge”) to vote on such matters on our behalf in accordance with its recommendations. BA will monitor the recommendations from Egan-Jones and may override specific recommendations or may modify the Guidelines in the future.

We have established these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures in a manner that is generally intended to result in us voting proxies with a view to enhance the value of the securities held in a client’s account. The financial interest of our clients is the primary consideration in determining how proxies should be voted. In the case of social and political responsibility that we believe do not primarily involve financial considerations, we shall abstain from voting or vote against such proposals since it is not possible to represent the diverse views of our clients in a fair and impartial manner. However, all proxy votes are ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into account the foregoing principal and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote.

 

B. Conflicts of Interest. If there is determined to be a material conflict between the interests of our clients on the one hand and our interests (including those of our affiliates, directors, officers, employees and other similar persons) on the other hand (a “potential conflict”) the matter shall be considered by management.

Proxy proposals that are “routine,” such as uncontested elections of directors, meeting formalities, and approval of an annual report/financial statements are presumed not to involve a material conflict of interest. Non-routine proxy proposals are presumed to involve a material conflict of interest, unless BA management determines that neither BA nor its personnel have such a conflict of interest. Non-routine proposals would typically include any contested matter, including a contested election of directors, a merger or sale of substantial assets, a change in the articles of incorporation that materially affects the rights of shareholders, and compensation matters for management (e.g., stock option plans and retirement plans).

If BA management determines that BA has a material conflict of interest then we shall vote the proxy according to the recommendation of Egan-Jones or, if applicable, the client’s proxy voting policies. BA management also reserves the right to vote a proxy using the following methods:

 

    We may obtain instructions from the client on how to vote the proxy.

 

    If we are able to disclose the conflict to the client, we may do so and obtain the client’s consent as to how we will vote on the proposal (or otherwise obtain instructions from the client on how the proxy should be voted).

 

B-6


We use commercially reasonable efforts to determine whether a potential conflict may exists, and a potential conflict shall be deemed to exist if and only if one or more of our senior investment staff actually knew or reasonably should have known of the potential conflict.

 

C. Limitations on Our Responsibilities

 

  1. Limited Value. We may abstain from voting a client proxy if we conclude that the effect on client’s economic interests or the value of the portfolio holding is indeterminable or insignificant.

 

  2. Unjustifiable Costs. We may abstain from voting a client proxy for cost reasons (e.g., costs associated with voting proxies of non-U.S. securities). In accordance with our fiduciary duties, we weigh the costs and benefits of voting proxy proposals relating to foreign securities and make an informed decision with respect to whether voting a given proxy proposal is prudent. Our decision takes into account the effect that the vote of our clients, either by itself or together with other votes, is expected to have on the value of our client’s investment and whether this expected effect would outweigh the cost of voting.

 

  3. Special Client Considerations.

 

  a. Mutual Funds. We will vote proxies of our mutual fund clients subject to the funds’ applicable investment restrictions.

 

  b. ERISA Accounts. With respect our ERISA clients, we vote proxies in accordance with our duty of loyalty and prudence, compliance with the plan documents, as well as our duty to avoid prohibited transactions.

 

  c. Catholic Screened Accounts. Boston Advisors has engaged Egan Jones to vote proxies for certain Catholic screened accounts according to Catholic screens of the United States Conference of Catholic Bishops (“USCCB”). Catholic client accounts which are managed according to Catholic screens, which enumerate rules under which investments must be managed and invested through strategies that seek to avoid participation in certain harmful activities and promote the common good. The Egan Jones Catholic voting guidelines aim to vote proxies in a manner consistent with the USCCB investment guidelines, while promoting long-term shareholder value. For more information regarding the Catholic proxy voting policies and procedures, please see the Egan Jones Catholic Proxy Voting Principles, attached as an Exhibit to this policy.

 

  4. Client Direction. If a client has a proxy-voting policy and instructs us to follow it, we will comply with that policy upon receipt except when doing so would be contrary to the client’s economic interests or otherwise imprudent or unlawful. As a fiduciary to ERISA clients, we are required to discharge our duties in accordance with the documents governing the plan (insofar as they are consistent with ERISA), including statements of proxy voting policy. We will, on a best efforts basis, comply with each client’s proxy voting policy. If client policies conflict, we may vote proxies to reflect each policy in proportion to the respective client’s interest in any pooled account (unless voting in such a manner would be imprudent or otherwise inconsistent with applicable law).

 

D. Disclosure. A client for which we are responsible for voting proxies may obtain information from us, via Egan-Jones and Proxy Edge records, regarding how we voted the client’s proxies. Clients should contact their account manager to make such a request.

 

E. Review and Changes. We shall from time to time review these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures and may adopt changes based upon our experience, evolving industry practices and developments in applicable laws and regulations. Unless otherwise agreed to with a client, we may change these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures from time to time without notice to, or approval by, any client. Clients may request a current version of our Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures from their account manager.

 

F. Delegation. We may delegate our responsibilities under these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures to a third party, provided that we retain final authority and fiduciary responsibility for proxy voting. If we so delegate our responsibilities, we shall monitor the delegate’s compliance with these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.

 

B-7


G. Maintenance of Records. We maintain at our principal place of business the records required to be maintained by us with respect to proxies in accordance with the requirements of the Advisers Act and, with respect to our fund clients, the Investment Company Act of 1940. We may, but need not, maintain proxy statements that we receive regarding client securities to the extent that such proxy statements are available on the SEC’s EDGAR system. We may also rely upon a third party, such as Egan-Jones or Proxy Edge to maintain certain records required to be maintained by the Advisers Act.

Brown Capital Management, Inc.

Proxy Voting Policy

Policy

Where contractually obligated, Brown Capital Management, LLC, (BCM) as a matter of policy and as a fiduciary to our clients, has responsibility for voting proxies for portfolio securities consistent with the best economic interests of the clients. Proxies are voted on a best efforts basis. Our firm maintains written policies and procedures as to the handling, research, voting and reporting of proxy voting and makes appropriate disclosures about our firm’s proxy policies and practices. Our policy and practice includes the responsibility to monitor corporate actions, receive and vote client proxies and disclose any potential conflicts of interest as well as making information available to clients about the voting of proxies for their portfolio securities and maintaining relevant and required records.

In order to facilitate this proxy voting process, BCM utilizes Glass Lewis & Co. a recognized leader in proxy voting and corporate governance areas to assist in the due diligence process related to making appropriate proxy voting decisions related to client accounts. Corporate actions are monitored by the BCM operations team and investment staff through information received from Advent’s corporate actions module or custodian banks. Clients with separately managed accounts may request a copy of this policy or how proxies relating to their securities were voted by contacting BCM directly. Investors in the Brown Capital Management Family of Funds (individually “Fund” or collectively “Funds”) may request a copy of this policy or the Fund’s proxy voting record upon request, without charge, by calling Alps Fund Services at 1-800-773-3863, by reviewing the Fund’s website, if applicable, or by reviewing filings available on the SEC’s website at

Glass Lewis & Co.

Glass Lewis & Co. is a leading research and professional services firm assisting institutions globally that have investment, financial or reputational exposure to public companies. The firm provides research and analysis that specializes in providing a variety of fiduciary level proxy related services to institutional investment managers, plan sponsors, custodians, consultants, and other institutional investors. BCM subscribes to the Glass Lewis Standard Voting Policy. These services, provided to BCM, include in-depth research, analysis, and voting recommendations. Members of BCM’s investment staff individually determine how each proxy ballot will be voted. Glass Lewis’s research, analysis, and voting recommendations are used as a guideline only. When specifically directed by a client with a separately managed account, BCM will vote as requested.

Background

Proxy voting is an important right of shareholders and reasonable care and diligence must be undertaken to ensure that such rights are properly and timely exercised. Investment advisers registered with the SEC, and which exercise voting authority with respect to client securities, are required by Rule 206(4)-6 of the Advisers Act to (a) adopt and implement written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that client securities are voted in the best interests of clients, which must include how an adviser addresses material conflicts that may arise between an adviser’s interests and those of its clients; (b) to disclose to clients how they may obtain information from the adviser with respect to the voting of proxies for their securities; (c) to describe to clients a summary of its proxy voting policies and procedures and, upon request, furnish a copy to its clients; and (d) maintain certain records relating to the adviser’s proxy voting activities when the adviser does have proxy voting authority.

 

B-8


Responsibility

The Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) and Director of Portfolio & Mutual Fund Operations (DPMFA) have the responsibility for creating, amending and monitoring our proxy voting policy. The proxy voting coordinator is responsible for implementing the proxy procedures, practices and recordkeeping.

Procedure

BCM has adopted procedures to implement the firm’s policy and reviews to monitor and ensure the firm’s policy is observed, implemented properly and amended or updated, as appropriate, which are as follows:

1. Voting Procedures

The BCM administrative staff coordinates the physical voting process and recordkeeping of votes at both the broader company and individual account levels through the Glass Lewis & Co.’s View Point system.

The proxy coordinator or designee follows the following process in voting proxies on a daily basis:

 

a. Sends holdings to Glass Lewis for all accounts in the proxy group,
b. Obtains and prints pending proxy ballots from Glass Lewis website,
c. Performs a reconciliation of Glass Lewis ballots against BCM accounting records to ensure a ballot exists for each eligible client,
d. Contacts Glass Lewis to research missing ballots,
e. Ungroups any terminated clients from ballot to insure accurate voting,
f. Distributes pending ballots to designated Portfolio Managers (PMs) for voting,
g. Votes ballots on-line according to designated PMs instructions,
h. Generates voted ballot report along with all backup materials, reviews and scans to the network,
i. Maintains a current list of active accounts for proxy voting based on email notification from portfolio administrators of new and terminated clients.
j. Notifies Glass Lewis and the custodian bank of all client changes to ensure accuracy of client lists.
h. Completes the Missing Ballot Form for proxies that are not voted for clients, submits for approval to CCO or designee, and maintains in a missing ballot folder. Submits copy to the CCO or designee.

Portfolio Managers

 

a. PMs vote the proxy, sign the ballot and make any notes that would reflect votes against management/Glass Lewis and returns to proxy coordinator. Proxy review form for specific clients should be checked and signed by Portfolio Manager.

Reporting

 

a. Quarterly detailed voted ballots are provided by Glass Lewis. These reports are sent to clients as requested or upon contractual agreement.
b. Proxy coordinator shall distribute appropriate proxy voting reports to portfolio administrators upon request.

Monitoring

 

a. The CCO reviews all ballots to ensure proper voting.
b. The DPMFA reviews all changes to the proxy group.

Policies Prohibiting Voting of Proxies

BCM attempts to vote all proxies for clients where voting authority has been granted BCM by the client. However, in some circumstances BCM may not vote some proxies:

a. Shares in a stock loan program,
b. Proxies for securities held in an unsupervised portion of a client’s account,
c. Proxies that are subject to blocking restrictions,
d. Proxies that require BCM to travel overseas in order to vote,
e. Proxies that are written in a language other than English.

 

B-9


Disclosure

 

a. BCM provides information in its disclosure document summarizing this proxy voting policy and procedures, including a statement that clients may request information regarding how BCM voted clients’ proxies, and that clients may request a copy of these policies and procedures.

 

b. When BCM is contractually obligated to vote proxies for a new client, the DPMFA ensures that each new client receives the current proxy policy.

Client Requests for Information

 

a. All client requests for information regarding proxy votes, or policies and procedures, received by any employee should be forwarded to proxy coordinator.

 

b. The proxy coordinator retains client proxy reports on the BCM network. Requested documents are sent via e-mail to the appropriate portfolio administrator, who forwards to the client.

Voting Guidelines

While BCM’s policy is to review each proxy proposal on its individual merits, BCM has adopted guidelines for certain types of matters to assist the investment staff in the review and voting of proxies. These guidelines are:

Corporate Governance

 

a. Election of Directors and Similar Matters

In an uncontested election, BCM will generally vote in favor of management’s proposed directors. In a contested election, BCM will evaluate proposed directors on a case-by-case basis. With respect to proposals regarding the structure of a company’s board of directors, BCM will review any contested proposal on its merits.

 

b. Audit Committee Approvals

BCM generally supports proposals that help ensure that a company’s auditors are independent and capable of delivering a fair and accurate opinion of a company’s finances. BCM will generally vote to ratify management’s recommendation and selection of auditors.

 

c. Shareholder Rights

BCM may consider all proposals that will have a material effect on shareholder rights on a case-by-case basis.

 

d. Anti-Takeover Measures, Corporate Restructuring’s and Similar Matters

BCM may review any proposal to adopt an anti-takeover measure, to undergo a corporate restructuring (e.g., change of entity form or state of incorporation, mergers or acquisitions) or to take similar action by reviewing the potential short and long- term effects of the proposal on the company. These effects may include, without limitation, the economic and financial impact the proposal may have on the company, and the market impact that the proposal may have on the company stock.

 

e. Capital Structure Proposals

BCM will seek to evaluate capital structure proposals on their own merits on a case-by-case basis.

Compensation

 

a. General

BCM generally supports proposals that encourage the disclosure of a company’s compensation policies. In addition, BCM generally supports proposals that fairly compensate executives, particularly those proposals that link executive compensation to performance. BCM may consider any contested proposal related to a company’s compensation policies on a case-by-case basis.

 

B-10


b. Stock Option Plans

BCM evaluates proposed stock option plans and issuances on a case-by-case basis. In reviewing proposals regarding stock option plans and issuances, BCM may consider, without limitation, the potential dilutive effect on shareholders’ shares, the potential short- and long-term economic effects on the company and shareholders and the actual terms of the proposed options.

Corporate Responsibility and Social Issues

The investment staff ’s review is intended to determine if a material conflict of interest exists that should be considered in the vote decision. The investment staff examines business, personal and familial relationships with the subject company and/or interested parties. If a conflict of interest is believed to exist, the investment staff will direct that the proxy issue BCM may vote against corporate responsibility and social issue proposals that BCM believes will have substantial adverse economic or other effects on a company, and BCM may vote for corporate responsibility and social issue proposals that BCM believes will have substantial positive economic or other effects on a company. BCM reserves the right to amend and revise this policy without notice at any time.

Conflicts of Interest

The investment staff’s review is intended to determine if a material conflict of interest exists that should be considered in the vote decision. The investment staff examines business, personal and familial relationships with the subject company and/or interested parties. If a conflict of interest is believed to exist, the investment staff will direct that the proxy issue must be voted in accordance with Glass Lewis recommendations. In the event Glass Lewis is unable to make a recommendation on a proxy vote regarding an investment held by a Fund, the investment staff will defer the decision to the fund’s proxy voting committee, which is made up of independent trustees. Decisions made by the fund’s proxy voting committee will be used to vote proxies for the fund. For securities not held by a fund, if Glass Lewis is unable to make a recommendation then BCM will either disclose the conflict to the client and obtain its consent before voting or suggest that the client engage another party to determine how the proxies should be voted.

Recordkeeping

The Proxy coordinator retains the following proxy records in accordance with the SEC’s five-year retention requirement.

a. Proxy voting policies and procedures,
b. Proxy statements received for client securities,
c. Records of votes cast on behalf of clients,

Records of client requests for proxy voting information and written responses by BCM are maintained in the client’s correspondence folder

d. Documents prepared by BCM that were material to making a proxy voting decision or memorialize the basis for the decisions.

All such records are maintained as required by applicable laws and regulations.

Diamond Hill Capital Management, Inc.

Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Act”), make it a fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative act, practice or course of business, within the meaning of Section 206(4) of the Act, for an investment adviser to exercise voting authority with respect to client securities, unless (i) the adviser has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interests of its clients, (ii) the adviser describes its proxy voting procedures to its clients and provides copies on request, and (iii) the adviser discloses to clients how they may obtain information on how the adviser voted their proxies.

In order to fulfill its responsibilities under the Act, Diamond Hill Capital Management, Inc. (hereinafter “we” or “us” or “our”) has adopted the following Proxy Voting Policy, Procedures and Guidelines (the “Proxy Policy”) with regard to companies in our clients’ investment portfolios.

 

B-11


Key Objective

The key objective of our Proxy Policy is to maximize the value of the securities held in our clients’ portfolios. These policies and procedures recognize that a company’s management is entrusted with the day-to-day operations and longer term strategic planning of the company, subject to the oversight of the company’s board of directors. While ordinary business matters are primarily the responsibility of management and should be approved solely by the corporation’s board of directors, we also recognize that the company’s shareholders must have final say over how management and directors are performing, and how shareholders’ rights and ownership interests are handled, especially when matters could have substantial economic implications to the shareholders.

Therefore, we will pay particular attention to the following matters in exercising our proxy voting responsibilities as a fiduciary for our clients:

Accountability . Each company should have effective means in place to hold those entrusted with running a company’s business accountable for their actions. Management of a company should be accountable to its board of directors and the board should be accountable to shareholders.

Alignment of Management and Shareholder Interests . Each company should endeavor to align the interests of management and the board of directors with the interests of the company’s shareholders. For example, we generally believe that compensation should be designed to reward management for doing a good job of creating value for the shareholders of the company.

Transparency . Each company should provide timely disclosure of important information about its business operations and financial performance to enable investors to evaluate the company’s performance and to make informed decisions about the purchase and sale of the company’s securities.

Decision Methods

Clients may retain the right to vote on shareholder proposals concerning stocks that we have bought on the client’s behalf. This is a perfectly reasonable request and we will not be offended if a client chooses to vote the shares. In addition, we will not vote the proxy for shares held in a client’s account where we do not have investment authority over the shares. The client can instruct the custodian to forward proxy materials from these issuers directly to the client for voting. Where clients have voting authority we encourage them to exercise their right by conscientiously voting all the shares owned.

Our recommendation, however, is that clients delegate the responsibility of voting on shareholder matters to us. Many clients recognize that good corporate governance and good investment decisions are complementary. Often, the investment manager is uniquely positioned to judge what is in the client’s best economic interest regarding shareholder proposals. Additionally, we can vote in accordance with a client’s wishes on any individual issue or shareholder proposal. Personally, we might believe that implementation of this proposal will diminish shareholder value, but the vote will be made in the manner the client directs. We believe clients are entitled to a statement of our principles and an articulation of our process when we make investment decisions and similarly, we believe clients are entitled to an explanation of our voting principles, as both ultimately affect clients economically.

We have developed the guidelines outlined below to guide our proxy voting. In addition, we generally believe that the investment professionals involved in the selection of securities are the most knowledgeable and best suited to make decisions with regard to proxy votes. Therefore, the portfolio management team whose strategy owns the shares has the authority to override the guidelines. Also, where the guidelines indicate that an issue will be analyzed on a case-by-case basis or for votes that are not covered by the Proxy Policy, the portfolio management team whose strategy owns the shares has final authority to direct the vote. In special cases, we may seek insight from a variety of sources on how a particular proxy proposal will affect the financial prospects of a company then vote in keeping with our primary objective of maximizing shareholder value over the long term.

Voting to maximize shareholder value over the long term may lead to an unusual circumstance of votes on the same issue held by different clients may not be the same. For instance, the Small Cap Fund may own a company that is the subject of a takeover bid by a company owned in the Large Cap Fund. Analysis of the bid may show that the bid is in the best interest of the Large Cap Fund but not in the best interest of the Small Cap Fund; therefore the Large Cap Fund may vote for the merger whereas the Small Cap Fund may vote against it.

 

B-12


In addition, when securities are out on loan, our clients collectively hold a significant portion of the company’s outstanding securities, and we learn of a pending proxy vote enough in advance of the record date, we will perform a cost/benefit analysis to determine if there is a compelling reason to recall the securities from loan to enable us to vote.

Conflicts Of Interest

Conflicts of interest may arise from various sources. They may be due to positions taken by clients that are perceived by them to be in their own best interests, but are inconsistent with our primary objective of maximizing shareholder value in the long run. We encourage clients who have their own objectives that differ from ours to notify us that they will vote their proxies themselves, either permanently or temporarily. Otherwise, we will vote their shares in keeping with this Proxy Policy.

In some instances, a proxy vote may present a conflict between the interests of a client, on the one hand, and our interests or the interests of a person affiliated with us, on the other. For example, we might manage money for a plan sponsor and that company’s securities may be held in client investment portfolios. The potential for conflict of interest is imminent since we now would have a vested interest to acquiesce to company management’s recommendations, which may not be in the best interests of clients. Another possible scenario could arise if we held a strong belief in a social cause and felt obligated to vote in this manner, which may not be best for clients. In cases of conflicts of interest that impede our ability to vote, we will refrain from making a voting decision and will forward all of the necessary proxy voting materials to the client to enable the client to cast the votes. In the case of the mutual funds under our management, we will forward the proxy material to the independent trustees or directors if we are the investment adviser or to the investment adviser if we are the sub-adviser.

Recordkeeping

We will maintain records documenting how proxies were voted. In addition, when we vote contrary to the Proxy Policy or for votes that the Proxy Policy indicates will be analyzed on a case-by-case basis or for votes that are not covered by the Proxy Policy, we will document the rationale for our vote. We will maintain this documentation in accordance with the requirements of the Act and we will provide this information to a client who held the security in question upon the client’s request.

Proxy Voting Principles

1) We recognize that the right to vote a proxy has economic value.

All else being equal, a share with voting rights is worth more than a share of the same company without voting rights. (Sometimes, investors may observe a company with both a voting class and a non-voting class in which the non-voting class sells at a higher price than the voting, the exact opposite of the expected result described above; typically, this can be attributed to the voting class being relatively illiquid.) Thus, when you buy a share of voting stock, part of the purchase price is for the right to vote in matters concerning your company. If you do not exercise that right, you paid more for that stock than you should have.

2) We recognize that we incur additional fiduciary responsibility by assuming this proxy voting right.

In general, acting as a fiduciary when dealing with the assets of others means being held to a higher than ordinary standard in each of the following aspects:

Loyalty - We will act only in the best interest of the client. Furthermore, the duty of loyalty extends to the avoidance of conflicts of interest and self-dealing.

Care - We will carefully analyze the issues at hand and bring all the skills, knowledge, and insights a professional in the field is expected to have in order to cast an informed vote.

Prudence - We will make the preservation of assets and the earning of a reasonable return on those assets primary and secondary objectives as a fiduciary.

 

B-13


Impartiality - We will treat all clients fairly.

Discretion - We will keep client information confidential. Information concerning client-specific requests is strictly between the client and us.

3) We believe that a corporation exists to maximize the value for shareholders.

Absent a specific client directive, we will always vote in the manner (to the extent that it can be determined) that we believe will maximize the share price, and thus shareholder value, in the long-term.

4) We believe conscientious proxy voting can result in better investment performance.

The presence of an owner-oriented management is a major consideration in many of our investment decisions. As a result, we typically would not expect to find ourselves at odds with management recommendations on major issues. Furthermore, we do not anticipate entering a position intending to be shareholder activists. Yet, cases will arise in which we feel the current management or management’s current strategy is unlikely to result in the maximization of shareholder value. So why would we own the stock? One reason might be that the stock price is at such a significant discount to intrinsic value that the share price need not be “maximized” for us to realize an attractive return. Another reason may be that we believe management will soon face reality and alter company strategy when it becomes apparent that a new strategy is more appropriate. Additionally, we may disagree with management on a specific issue while still holding admiration for a company, its management, or its corporate governance in general. We do not subscribe to the “If you don’t like management or its strategy, sell the stock” philosophy in many instances.

5) We believe there is relevant and material investment information contained in the proxy statement. Close attention to this document may reveal insights into management motives, aid in developing quantifiable or objective measures of how a company has managed its resources over a period of time, and, perhaps most importantly, speak volumes about a “corporate culture”.

Proxy Voting Guidelines

Each proposal put to a shareholder vote is different. As a result, each must be considered individually, however, there are several issues that recur frequently in U.S. public companies. Below are brief descriptions of various issues and our position on each. Please note that this list is not meant to be all-inclusive. In the absence of exceptional circumstances, we generally will vote in this manner on such proposals.

 

I. Corporate Governance Provisions

 

A. Board of Directors

The election of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) is frequently viewed as a “routine item”. Yet, in many ways the election of the Board is the most important issue that comes before shareholders. Inherent conflicts of interest can exist between shareholders (the owners of the company) and management (who run the company). At many companies, plans have been implemented attempting to better align the interests of shareholders and management, including stock ownership requirements and additional compensation systems based on stock performance. Yet, seldom do these perfectly align shareholder and management interests. An independent Board serves the role of oversight on behalf of shareholders. For this reason, we strongly prefer that the majority of the Board be comprised of independent (also referred to as outside or non- affiliated) directors. Furthermore, we also strongly prefer that key committees be comprised entirely of outside directors.

 

1. Cumulative Voting

Cumulative voting allows the shareholders to distribute the total number of votes they have in any manner they wish when electing directors. In some cases, this may allow a small number of shareholders to elect a minority representative to the corporate board, thus ensuring representation for all sizes of shareholders. Cumulative voting may also allow a dissident shareholder to obtain representation on the Board in a proxy contest.

 

B-14


To illustrate the difference between cumulative voting and straight voting, consider the John Smith Corporation. There are 100 total shares outstanding; Jones owns 51 and Wilson owns 49. Three directors are to be elected. Under the straight voting method, each shareholder is entitled to one vote per share and each vacant director’s position is voted on separately. Thus, Jones could elect all the directors since he would vote his 51 shares for his choice on each separately elected director. Under the cumulative voting method, each shareholder has a total number of votes equal to the number of shares owned times the number of directors to be elected. Thus, Jones has 153 votes (51 X 3 = 153) and Wilson has 147 votes (49 X 3). The election of all directors then takes place simultaneously, with the top three vote recipients being elected. Shareholders may group all their votes for one candidate. Thus, Wilson could vote all 147 of his votes for one candidate. This will ensure that Wilson is able to elect at least one director to the board since his candidate is guaranteed to be one of the top three vote recipients.

Since cumulative voting subjects management to the disciplinary effects of outside shareholder involvement, it should encourage management to maximize shareholder value and promote management accountability. Thus, we will vote FOR proposals seeking to permit cumulative voting.

 

2. Majority vs Plurality Voting

In evaluating majority voting vs. plurality voting we will vote on a case-by-case basis. A majority vote requires a candidate to receive support from a majority of votes cast to be elected. Plurality voting, on the other hand, provides that the winning candidate only garner more votes than a competing candidate. If a director runs unopposed under a plurality voting standard, he or she needs only one vote to be elected, so an “against” vote is meaningless. We feel that directors should be elected to the board by a majority vote simply because it gives us a greater ability to elect board candidates that represent our clients’ best interest. However, in the case where a company adopts a provision in which a board candidate receives more AGAINST votes than FOR votes is required to tender his or her resignation, there is less reason to vote in favor of a majority vote standard.

 

3. Election of Directors (Absenteeism)

Customarily, schedules for regular board and committee meetings are made well in advance. A person accepting a nomination for a directorship should be prepared to attend meetings. A pattern of high absenteeism (less than 75% attendance) raises sufficient doubt about that director’s ability to effectively represent shareholder interests and contribute experience and guidance to the company. While valid excuses for absences (such as illness) are possible, these are not the norm. Schedule conflicts are not an acceptable reason for absenteeism since it suggests a lack of commitment or an inability to devote sufficient time to make a noteworthy contribution. Thus, we will WITHHOLD our vote for (or vote AGAINST, if that option is provided) any director with a pattern of high absenteeism.

 

4. Classified Boards

A classified Board separates directors into more than one class, with only a portion of the full Board standing for election each year. For example, if the John Smith Corporation has nine directors on its Board and divides them into three classes, each member will be elected for a term of three years with elections staggered so that only one of the three classes stands for election in a given year. A non-classified Board requires all directors to stand for election every year and serve a one-year term.

Proponents of classified Boards argue that by staggering the election of directors, a certain level of continuity and stability is maintained. However, a classified Board makes it more difficult for shareholders to change control of the Board. A classified Board can delay a takeover advantageous to shareholders yet opposed by management or prevent bidders from approaching a target company if the acquirer fears having to wait more than one year before gaining majority control.

We will vote FOR proposals seeking to declassify the Board and AGAINST proposals to classify the Board.

 

5. Inside versus Independent (or Non-Affiliated) Directors

We will vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that Boards be comprised of a majority of independent directors.

We will vote FOR shareholder proposals seeking Board nominating committees be comprised exclusively of independent directors.

 

B-15


We will WITHHOLD votes for (or vote AGAINST, if that option is provided) directors who may have an inherent conflict of interest, such as due to receipt of consulting fees from a corporation (affiliated outsiders) if the fees are significant or represent a significant percent of the director’s income.

 

B. Confidential Voting

In a system of confidential voting, individual shareholder’s votes are kept confidential. Management and shareholders are only told the vote total. This eliminates the pressure placed on investors to vote with management, especially in cases when a shareholder would desire a business relationship with management. We will vote FOR proposals seeking confidential voting.

 

C. Supermajority Votes

Most state corporation laws require that mergers, acquisitions, and amendments to the corporate bylaws or charter be approved by a simple majority of the outstanding shares. A company may, however, set a higher requirement for certain corporate actions. We believe a simple majority should be enough to approve mergers and other business combinations, amend corporate governance provisions, and enforce other issues relevant to all shareholders. Requiring a supermajority vote entrenches management and weakens the governance ability of shareholders. We will vote AGAINST management proposals to require a supermajority vote to enact these changes. In addition, we will vote FOR shareholder proposals seeking to lower supermajority vote requirements.

 

D. Shareholder Rights Plans (Poison Pills)

Shareholder rights plans are corporate-sponsored financial devices designed with provisions that, when triggered by a hostile takeover bid, generally result in either: (1) dilution of the acquirer’s equity holdings in the target company; (2) dilution of the acquirer’s voting rights in the target company; or (3) dilution of the acquirer’s equity interest in the post-merger company.

This is typically accomplished by distributing share rights to existing shareholders that allow the purchase of stock at a fixed price should a takeover attempt occur.

Proponents of shareholder rights plans argue that they benefit shareholders by forcing potential acquirers to negotiate with the target company’s Board, thus protecting shareholders from unfair coercive offers and often leading to higher premiums in the event of a purchase. Obviously, this argument relies on the assumption of director independence and integrity. Opponents claim that these plans merely lead to the entrenchment of management and discourage legitimate tender offers by making them prohibitively expensive.

We will evaluate these proposals on a case-by-case basis. However, we generally will vote AGAINST proposals seeking to ratify a poison pill in which the expiration of the plan (sunset provision) is unusually long, the plan does not allow for the poison pill to be rescinded in the face of a bona fide offer, or the existing management has a history of not allowing shareholders to consider legitimate offers. Similarly, we generally will vote FOR the rescission of a poison pill where these conditions exist.

We will vote FOR proposals requiring shareholder rights plans be submitted to shareholder vote.

 

II. Compensation Plans

Management is an immensely important factor in the performance of a corporation. Management can either create or destroy shareholder value depending on the success it has both operating the business and allocating capital. Well-designed compensation plans can prove essential in setting the right incentives to enhance the probability that both operations and capital allocation are conducted in a rational manner. Ill- designed compensation plans work to the detriment of shareholders in several ways. For instance, there may be outsized compensation for mediocre (or worse) performance, directly reducing the resources available to the company, or misguided incentives could cloud business judgment. Given the variations in compensation plans, most of these proposals must be considered on a case-by-case basis.

 

A. Non-Employee Directors

As directors take a more active role in corporate governance, compensation is becoming more performance-based. In general, stock-based compensation will better tie the interests of directors and shareholders than cash-based compensation.

 

B-16


The goal is to have directors own enough stock (directly or in the form of a stock derivative) that when faced with a situation in which the interests of shareholders and management differ, rational directors will have incentive to act on behalf of shareholders. However, if the stock compensation or ownership is excessive (especially if management is viewed as the source for this largesse), the plan may not be beneficial.

We will vote FOR proposals to eliminate retirement plans and AGAINST proposals to maintain or expand retirement packages for non-employee directors.

We will vote FOR proposals requiring compensation of non-employee directors to be paid at least half in company stock.

 

B. Incentive Compensation subject to Section 162(m)

The Omnibus Budget and Reconciliation Act of 1993 prohibits the deductibility of executive compensation of more than $1 million. The intention was to slow the rise in executive compensation (whether the rise could be economically justified or was “bad” per se is a separate question) and to tie more of the future compensation to performance. However, the law provided exemptions to this $1 million limit in certain circumstances. Included in this exemption was compensation above $1 million that was paid on account of the attainment of one or more performance goals. The IRS required the goals to be established by a compensation committee comprised solely of two or more outside directors. Also, the material terms of the compensation and performance goals must be disclosed to shareholders and approved. The compensation committee must certify that the goals have been attained before any payment is made.

The issue at hand is the qualification for a tax deduction, not whether the executive deserves more than $1 million per year in compensation.

We will vote FOR any such plan submitted for shareholder approval. Voting against an incentive bonus plan is fruitless if the practical result will be to deny the company, and ultimately its shareholders, the potential tax deduction.

 

C. Stock Incentive Plans

Stock compensation programs can reward the creation of shareholder value through high payout sensitivity to increases in shareholder value. Of all the recurring issues presented for shareholder approval, these plans typically require the most thorough examination for several reasons. First, their economic significance is large. Second, the prevalence of these plans has grown and is likely to persist in the future. Third, there are many variations in these plans. As a result, we must consider any such plan on a case-by- case basis. However, some general comments are in order.

We recognize that options, stock appreciation rights, and other equity-based grants (whether the grants are made to directors, executive management, employees, or other parties) are a form of compensation. As such, there is a cost to their issuance and the issue boils down to a cost-benefit analysis. If the costs are excessive, then the benefit will be overwhelmed. Factors that are considered in determining whether the costs are too great (in other words, that shareholders are overpaying for the services of management and employees) include: the number of shares involved, the exercise price, the award term, the vesting parameters, and any performance criteria. Additionally, objective measures of company performance (which do not include short-term share price performance) will be factored into what we consider an acceptable amount of dilution. We will also consider past grants in our analysis, as well as the level of the executives’ or directors’ cash compensation.

We will look particularly closely at companies that have repriced options. Repricing stock options may reward poor performance and lessen the incentive such options are supposed to provide. In cases where there is a history of repricing stock options, we will vote AGAINST any plan not expressly prohibiting the future practice of option repricing.

 

D. Say-on-Pay

The Securities and Exchange Commission adopted rules on Jan. 25, 2011 which implement requirements in Section 951 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, which amends the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The rules concern three separate non-binding shareholder votes on executive compensation:

 

B-17


(1) Say-on-Pay Votes . The new rule requires public companies subject to the proxy rules to provide their shareholders with an advisory vote on the compensation of the most highly compensated executives. Say-on-pay votes must be held at least once every three years. As stated above, support for or against executive compensation will be determined on a case-by-case basis.

(2) Frequency Votes . These companies also are required to provide their shareholders with an advisory vote on how often they would like to be presented with the say-on-pay votes – every year, every second year, or every third year. In voting on the frequency of the say-on-pay, we believe that a TRIENNIAL vote is appropriate due to the fact that say-on-pay is a non- binding advisory vote and more frequent votes could reduce the Board’s strategic focus on the business. A three-year time horizon allows the Board to make well-informed decisions regarding executive compensation, evaluate the effectiveness of executive compensation, and increase time spent focusing on long-term shareholder value creation.

(3) Golden Parachute Disclosures and Votes . These companies are also required to disclose compensation arrangements and understandings with highly compensated executive officers in connection with an acquisition or merger. In certain circumstances, these companies also are required to conduct a shareholder vote to approve the golden parachute compensation arrangements. We have a bias against golden parachutes, but since each merger or acquisition presents unique facts and circumstances, we will determine our votes on golden parachutes on a case-by case basis.

 

III. Capital Structure, Classes of Stock, and Recapitalizations

 

A. Common Stock Authorization

Corporations increase the supply of common stock for a variety of ordinary business reasons including: to raise new capital to invest in a project; to make an acquisition for stock; to fund a stock compensation program; or to implement a stock split or stock dividend. When proposing an increase in share authorization, corporations typically request an amount that provides a cushion for unexpected financing needs or opportunities. However, unusually large share authorizations create the potential for abuse. An example would be the targeted placement of a large number of common shares to a friendly party in order to deter a legitimate tender offer. Thus, we generally prefer that companies present for shareholder approval all requests for share authorizations that extend beyond what is currently needed, and indicate the specific purpose for which the shares are intended. Generally, we will vote AGAINST any proposal seeking to increase the total number of authorized shares to more than 120% of the current outstanding and reserved but unissued shares, unless there is a specific purpose for the shares with which we agree.

For example, suppose a company has a total share authorization of 100 million. Of the 100 million, 85 million are issued and outstanding and an additional 5 million are reserved but unissued. We would vote against any proposal seeking to increase the share authorization by more than 8 million shares (Total allowable authorization: 1.2 X 90 =108 million; Current authorization: 100 million).

 

B. Unequal Voting Rights (Dual Class Exchange Offers/ Dual Class Recapitalizations)

Proposals to issue a class of stock with inferior or even no voting rights are sometimes made. Frequently, this class is given a preferential dividend to coax holders to cede voting power. In general, we will vote AGAINST proposals to authorize or issue voting shares without full voting rights on the grounds that it could entrench management.

 

IV. Social and Environmental Issues

Shareholder proposals relating to a company’s activities, policies, or programs concerning a particular social or environmental issue have become prevalent at annual meetings. In some cases, an attempt is made to relate a recommendation for the company’s policies and activity to its financial health. In other cases, the proposal seems tangentially related at best. These issues are often difficult to analyze in terms of their effect on shareholder value. As a result, these proposals must be considered on a case-by-case basis. In cases where we do not believe we can determine the effect, we will ABSTAIN. We will vote FOR any proposal that seeks to have a corporation change its activities or policy and we believe the failure to do so will result in economic harm to the company. Similarly, we will vote AGAINST any policy that requests a change we believe will result in economic harm.

 

B-18


We will vote FOR proposals seeking information that is relatively inexpensive to produce and provide, is not publicly available, and does not reveal sensitive company information that could be harmful if acquired by competitors. If these factors are present, then the issue reduces to freedom of information.

In practice, however, this is seldom the case. Frequently, shareholder proposals call for a company to conduct an exhaustive study of some issue that is only tangentially related to the company’s business interests. Further, the nature of the study proposed often deals with subjective issues in which no conclusive resolution will likely result from the study. We will vote AGAINST such proposals.

 

V. Voting Foreign Securities

Voting proxies of foreign issuers can be much different than voting proxies of U.S.-domiciled companies. It can be more expensive (for instance, we could need to hire a translator for the proxy materials or, in some cases votes can only be cast in person so there would be travel costs to attend the meeting) and in some jurisdictions the shares to be voted must be sequestered and cannot be sold until the votes are cast or even until the meeting has been held. In addition, the SEC has acknowledged that in some cases it can be in an investor’s best interests not to vote a proxy, for instance, when the costs of voting outweigh the potential benefits of voting. Therefore, proxy voting for foreign issuers will be evaluated and voted, or not voted, on a case-by-case basis.

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS LP

DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS LTD.

DFA AUSTRALIA LIMITED

DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS PTE. LTD.

DIMENSIONAL JAPAN LTD.

Introduction

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (“Dimensional”) is an investment adviser registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”).Dimensional is the parent or indirect parent company of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (“DFAL”), DFA Australia Limited (“DFAA”), Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (“DFAP”) and Dimensional Japan Ltd. (“DFAJ”) (Dimensional, DFAL, DFAA, DFAP and DFAJ are collectively referred to as the “Advisors”).DFAL and DFAA are also registered as investment advisors under the Advisers Act.

The Advisors provide investment advisory or subadvisory services to various types of clients, including registered funds, unregistered commingled funds, defined benefit plans, defined contribution plans, private and public pension funds, foundations, endowment funds and other types of investors. These clients frequently give the Advisors the authority and discretion to vote proxies relating to the underlying securities beneficially held by such clients. Also, a client may, at times, ask an Advisor to share its proxy voting policies, procedures, and guidelines without the client delegating full voting discretion to the Advisor. Depending on the client, an Advisor’s duties may include making decisions regarding whether and how to vote proxies as part of an investment manager’s fiduciary duty under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).

The following Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “Policy”) address the Advisors’ objectives for voting proxies received by the Advisors on behalf of client accounts or fundsto the extent that relationships with such clients are subject to the Advisers Act or ERISA or the clients are registered investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “40 Act”), including The DFA Investment Trust Company, DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc., Dimensional Investment Group Inc. and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (together, the “Dimensional Investment Companies”).The Advisors believe that this Policy is reasonably designed to meet their goal of seeking to vote (or refrain from voting) proxies in a manner consistent with applicable legal standards and in the best interests of clients, as understood by the Advisors at the time of the vote.

 

B-19


Exhibit A to this Policy includes a summary of the Advisors’ current Proxy Voting Guidelines and will change from time to time (the “Guidelines”).The Guidelines are largely based on those developed by Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (“ISS”), an independent third party, except with respect to certain matters which are generally described in Exhibit A. The Investment Committee of Dimensional has determined that, in general, voting proxies pursuant to the Guidelines should be in the best interests of clients. Therefore, an Advisor will usually instruct voting of proxies in accordance with the Guidelines. The Guidelines provide a framework for analysis and decision making, but do not address all potential issues. In order to be able to address all the relevant facts and circumstances related to a proxy vote, the Advisors reserve the right to instruct votes counter to the Guidelines if, after a review of the matter, an Advisor believes that a client’s best interests would be served by such a vote. In such circumstance, the analysis will be documented in writing and periodically presented to the Committee (as hereinafter defined).To the extent that the Guidelines do not cover potential voting issues, an Advisor may consider the spirit of the Guidelines and instruct the vote on such issues in a manner that the Advisor believes would be in the best interests of the client.

The Advisors may, but will not ordinarily, take social concerns into account in voting proxies with respect to securities held by clients, including those held by socially screened portfolios or accounts. The Advisors will ordinarily take environmental concerns into account in voting proxies with respect to securities held by certain sustainability screened portfolios or accounts, to the extent permitted by applicable law and guidance.

The Advisors have retained ISS to provide information on shareholder meeting dates and proxy materials, translate proxy materials printed in a foreign language, provide research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations in accordance with the Guidelines, effect votes on behalf of the clients for whom the Advisors have proxy voting responsibility and provide reports concerning the proxies voted (“Proxy Voting Services”).In addition, the Advisors may obtain Proxy Voting Services from supplemental third-party proxy service providers to provide, among other things, research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations for certain shareholder meetings, as identified in the Guidelines. Although the Advisors retain third- party service providers for proxy issues, the Advisors remain responsible for proxy voting decisions. ISS and other third- party proxy service providers are herein referred to as “Proxy Advisory Firms.” In this regard, the Advisors use commercially reasonable efforts to oversee any directed delegation to Proxy Advisory Firms, upon which the Advisors rely to carry out the Proxy Voting Services. In the event that the Guidelines are not implemented precisely as the Advisors intend because of the actions or omissions of any Proxy Advisory Firms, custodians or sub-custodians or other agents, or any such persons experience any irregularities (e.g., misvotes or missed votes), then such instances will not necessarily be deemed by the Advisors as a breach of this Policy.

Prior to the selection of any new Proxy Advisory Firms and annually thereafter or more frequently if deemed necessary by Dimensional, the Corporate Governance Committee (as defined below) will consider whether the Proxy Advisory Firm: (i) has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues and (ii) can make its recommendations in an impartial manner and in consideration of the best interests of the Advisors’ clients. Such considerations may include some or all of the following: (i) periodic sampling of votes cast by the Proxy Advisory Firm to review that the Guidelines adopted by the Advisors are being followed, (ii) onsite visits to the Proxy Advisory Firm office and/or discussions with the Proxy Advisory Firm to determine whether the Proxy Advisory Firm continues to have the capacity and competency to carry out its proxy obligations to the Advisors, (iii) a review of the Proxy Advisory Firm’s policies and procedures, with a particular focus on those relating to identifying and addressing conflicts of interest and monitoring that current and accurate information is used in creating recommendations, (iv) requesting the Proxy Advisory Firm to notify the Advisors if there is a change in the Proxy Advisory Firm’s material policies and procedures, particularly with respect to conflicts, or material business practices (e.g. entering or exiting new lines of business), and reviewing any such change, and (v) in case of an error made by the Proxy Advisory Firm, discussing the error with the Proxy Advisory Firm and determining whether appropriate corrective and preventive action is being taken.

Procedures for Voting Proxies

The Investment Committee at Dimensional is generally responsible for overseeing each Advisor’s proxy voting process. The Investment Committee has formed a Corporate Governance Committee (the “Corporate Governance Committee” or the “Committee”) composed of certain officers, directors and other personnel of the Advisors and has delegated to its members authority to (i) oversee the voting of proxies and the Proxy Advisory Firms, (ii) make determinations as to how to instruct the vote on certain specific proxies, (iii) verify ongoing compliance with this Policy and (iv) review this Policy from time to time and recommend changes to the Investment Committee. The Committee may designate one or more of its members to oversee specific, ongoing compliance with respect to this Policy and may designate personnel of each Advisor to instruct the vote on proxies on behalf of an Advisor’s clients, such as authorized traders of the Advisors (collectively, “Authorized Persons”).The Committee may recommend changes to this Policy to seek to act in a manner consistent with the best interests of the clients.

 

 

B-20


Generally, the Advisors analyze relevant proxy materials on behalf of their clients and seek to instruct the vote (or refrain from voting) proxies in accordance with this Policy and the Guidelines. Therefore, an Advisor typically will not instruct votes differently for different clients unless a client has expressly directed the Advisor to vote differently for such client’s account. In the case of separate accounts, where an Advisor has contractually agreed to follow a client’s individualized proxy voting guidelines, the Advisor will seek to instruct such vote on the client’s proxies pursuant to the client’s guidelines.

Each Advisor seeks to vote (or refrain from voting) proxies for its clients in a manner that the Advisor determines is in the best interests of its clients and which seeks to maximize the value of the client’s investments. When voting (or electing to refrain from voting) proxies for clients subject to ERISA, each Advisor shall seek to consider those factors that may affect the value of the ERISA client’s investment and not subordinate the interests of the client’s participants and beneficiaries on their retirement income to unrelated objectives. In some cases, the Advisor may determine that it is in the best interests of clients to refrain from exercising the clients’ proxy voting rights. The Advisor may determine that voting is not in the best interests of a client and refrain from voting if the costs, including the opportunity costs, of voting would, in the view of the Advisor, exceed the expected benefits of voting to the client. For securities on loan, the Advisor will balance the revenue-producing value of loans against the difficult-to-assess value of casting votes. It is the Advisors’ belief that the expected value of casting a vote generally will be less than the securities lending income, either because the votes will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of the vote would not be affected by an Advisor recalling loaned securities for voting. Each Advisor does intend to recall securities on loan if, based upon information in the Advisor’s possession, it determines that voting the securities is likely to materially affect the value of a client’s investment and that it is in the client’s best interests to do so.

In cases where an Advisor does not receive a solicitation or enough information within a sufficient time (as reasonably determined by the Advisor) prior to the proxy-voting deadline, the Advisor or its service provider may be unable to vote.

Generally, the Advisors do not intend to invest to seek to change or influence control of a company and do not intend to engage in shareholder activism with respect to a pending vote. If an issuer’s management, shareholders or proxy solicitors contact an Advisor with respect to a pending vote, a member of the Committee (or its delegee) may listen to such party and discuss this Policy with such party.

International Proxy Voting

While the Advisors utilize the Policy and Guidelines for both their international and domestic portfolios and clients, there are some significant differences between voting U.S. company proxies and voting non-U.S. company proxies.For U.S. companies, it is usually relatively easy to vote proxies, as the proxies are typically received automatically and may be voted by mail or electronically. In most cases, the officers of a U.S. company soliciting a proxy act as proxies for the company’s shareholders.

With respect to non-U.S. companies, however, it is typically both difficult and costly to vote proxies due to local regulations, customs or other requirements or restrictions, and such circumstances and expected costs may outweigh any anticipated economic benefit of voting. The major difficulties and costs may include: (i) appointing a proxy; (ii) obtaining reliable information about the time and location of a meeting; (iii) obtaining relevant information about voting procedures for foreign shareholders; (iv) restrictions on trading securities that are subject to proxy votes (share-blocking periods); (v) arranging for a proxy to vote locally in person; (vi) fees charged by custody banks for providing certain services with regard to voting proxies; and (vii) foregone income from securities lending programs. The Advisors do not intend to vote proxies of non- U.S. companies if they determine that the expected costs of voting outweigh any anticipated economic benefit to the client of voting. 1 The Advisors intend to make their determination on whether to vote proxies of non-U.S. companies on a client by client basis, and generally seek to implement uniform voting procedures for all proxies of companies in each country. The Advisors periodically review voting logistics, including costs and other voting difficulties, on a client by client and country by country basis, in order to determine if there have been any material changes that would affect the Advisors’ determination and procedures. 2 In the event an Advisor is made aware of and believes that an issue to be voted is likely to materially affect the economic value of a portfolio, that its vote is reasonably likely to influence the ultimate outcome of the contest, and that the expected benefits to the client of voting the proxies exceed the expected costs, the Advisor will seek to make reasonable efforts to vote such proxies.

 

B-21


Conflicts of Interest

Occasions may arise where an Authorized Person, the Committee, an Advisor, or an affiliated person of the Advisor may have a conflict of interest in connection with the proxy voting process. A conflict of interest may exist, for example, if an Advisor is actively soliciting investment advisory business from the company soliciting the proxy. However, proxies that the Advisors receive on behalf of their clients generally will be voted in accordance with the predetermined Guidelines. Therefore, proxies voted typically should not be affected by any conflicts of interest.

In the limited instances where (i) an Authorized Person is considering voting a proxy contrary to the Guidelines (or in cases for which the Guidelines do not prescribe a particular vote and the proposed vote is contrary to the recommendation of ISS), and (ii) the Authorized Person believes a potential conflict of interest exists, the Authorized Person will disclose the potential conflict to a member of the Committee. Such disclosure will describe the proposal to be voted upon and disclose any potential conflict of interest including but not limited to any potential personal conflict of interest (e.g., familial relationship with company management) the Authorized Person may have relating to the proxy vote, in which case the Authorized Person will remove himself or herself from the proxy voting process.

If the Committee member has actual knowledge of a conflict of interest and recommends a vote contrary to the Guidelines (or in the case where the Guidelines do not prescribe a particular vote and the proposed vote is contrary to the recommendation of ISS), the Committee member will bring the vote to the Committee which will (a) determine how the vote should be cast keeping in mind the principle of preserving shareholder value or (b) determine to abstain from voting, unless abstaining would be materially adverse to the Client’s interest. To the extent the Committee makes a determination regarding how to vote or to abstain for a proxy on behalf of a Dimensional Investment Company in the circumstances described in this paragraph, the Advisor will report annually on such determinations to the respective Board of Directors/Trustees of the Dimensional Investment Company.

Availability of Proxy Voting Information and Recordkeeping

Each Advisor will inform those clients for which it has voting authority how to obtain information from the Advisor about how it voted with respect to client securities. The Advisor will provide those clients with a summary of its proxy voting guidelines, process and policies and will inform the clients how they can obtain a copy of the complete Policy upon request. If an Advisor is registered under the Advisers Act, the Advisor will also include such information described in the preceding two sentences in Part 2A of its Form ADV.

Recordkeeping

The Advisors will also keep records of the following items: (i) their proxy voting guidelines, policies and procedures; (ii) proxy statements received regarding client securities (unless such statements are available on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system); (iii) records of votes they cast on behalf of clients, which may be maintained by a Proxy Advisory Firm if it undertakes to provide copies of those records promptly upon request; (iv) records of written client requests for proxy voting information and an Advisor’s responses (whether a client’s request was oral or in writing); (v) any documents prepared by an Advisor that were material to making a decision how to vote, or that memorialized the basis for the decision; (vi) a record of any testing conducted on any Proxy Advisory Firm’s votes; and (vii) a copy of each version of the Proxy Advisory Firm’s policies and procedures provided to the Advisors. The Advisors will maintain these records in an easily accessible place for at least six years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such records. For the first two years, each Advisor will store such records at one of its principal offices.

Disclosure

Dimensional shall disclose in the statements of additional information of the Dimensional Investment Companies a summary of procedures which Dimensional uses to determine how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities of the Dimensional Investment Companies. The disclosure will include a description of the procedures used when a vote presents a conflict of interest between shareholders and Dimensional, DFA Securities LLC (“DFAS”) or an affiliate of Dimensional or DFAS.

The semi-annual reports of the Dimensional Investment Companies shall indicate that the procedures are available: (i) by calling Dimensional collect; or (ii) on the SEC’s website. If a request for the procedures is received, the requested description must be sent within three business days by a prompt method of delivery.

 

B-22


Dimensional, on behalf of each Dimensional Investment Company it advises, shall file its proxy voting record with the SEC on Form N-PX no later than August 31 of each year, for the twelve-month period ending June 30 of the current year. Such filings shall contain all information required to be disclosed on Form N-PX.

FOOTNOTES

1 As the SEC has stated, “There may even be times when refraining from voting a proxy is in the client’s best interest, such as when the adviser determines that the cost of voting the proxy exceeds the expected benefit to the client..For example, casting a vote on a foreign security may involve additional costs such as hiring a translator or traveling to the foreign country to vote the security in person.” See Proxy Voting by Investment Advisers , Release No. IA-2106 (Jan. 31, 2003). Additionally, the Department of Labor has stated that it “recognizes that in some special cases voting proxies may involve out of the ordinary costs or unusual requirements, for example in the case of voting proxies on shares of certain foreign corporations. Thus, in such cases, a fiduciary should consider whether the plan’s vote, either by itself or together with the votes of other shareholders, is expected to have an effect on the value of the plan’s investment that warrants the additional cost of voting.” See Preamble to Department of Labor Interpretive Bulletin 2016-1, 81 FR 95883 (December 29, 2016).

2 If a client does not share with its Advisor information regarding the cost of voting proxies for certain non-US companies or in certain countries, the Advisor will presume, in making its determinations, that the costs incurred by the client for voting those proxies are similar to those incurred by voting for a Dimensional Investment Company.

Federated Investment Management Company

Summary of Proxy Voting Policies

The general policy of Federated Investment Management Company (the “Sub-Adviser”) is to cast proxy votes in favor of management proposals and shareholder proposals that the Sub-Adviser anticipates will enhance the long-term value of the securities being voted. Generally, this will mean voting for proposals that the Sub-Adviser believes will: (a) improve the management of a company; (b) increase the rights or preferences of the voted securities; and/or (c) increase the chance that a premium offer would be made for the company or for the voted securities. This approach to voting proxy proposals will be referred to hereafter as the “General Policy.”

The following examples illustrate how the General Policy may apply to management proposals and shareholder proposals submitted for approval or ratification by holders of the company’s voting securities. However, whether the Sub-Adviser supports or opposes a proposal will always depend on the specific circumstances described in the proxy statement and other available information.

On matters of corporate governance, generally the Sub-Adviser will vote in favor of: (1) a proposal to require a company’s audit committee to be comprised entirely of independent directors; (2) shareholder proposals to declassify the board of directors; (3) shareholder proposals to require a majority voting standard in the election of directors; (4) proposals to grant shareholders the right to call a special meeting if owners of at least 25% of the outstanding stock agree; (5) a proposal to require independent tabulation of proxies and/or confidential voting of shareholders; (6) a proposal to ratify the board’s selection of auditors, unless: (a) compensation for non-audit services exceeded 50% of the total compensation received from the company; or (b) the previous auditor was dismissed because of a disagreement with the company; (7) a proposal to repeal a shareholder rights plan (also known as a “poison pill”) and against the adoption of such a plan, unless the plan is designed to facilitate, rather than prevent, unsolicited offers for the company; (8) shareholder proposals to eliminate supermajority requirements in company bylaws; (9) shareholder proposals to separate the roles of chairman of the board and CEO; (10) shareholder proposals to allow shareholders owning at least 3% of the outstanding common stock for at least three years to nominate candidates for election to the board of directors (“Proxy Access”); (11) a full slate of directors, where the directors are elected as a group and not individually, unless more than half of the nominees are not independent; and (12) election of individual directors nominated in an uncontested election, but against any director who: (a) had not attended at least 75% of the board meetings during the previous year; (b) serves as the company’s chief financial officer; (c) has committed himself or herself to service on a large number of boards, such that we deem it unlikely that the director would be able to commit sufficient focus and time to a particular company; (d) is the chair of the nominating or governance committee when the roles of chairman of the board and CEO are combined and there is no lead independent director; (e) served on the compensation committee during a period in which compensation appears excessive relative to performance and peers; or (f) served on a board that did not implement a shareholder proposal that Federated supported and received more than 50% shareholder support the previous year.

 

B-23


On matters of capital structure, generally the Sub-Adviser will vote against a proposal to authorize or issue shares that are senior in priority or voting rights to the voted securities, and in favor of a proposal to: (1) reduce the amount of shares authorized for issuance (subject to adequate provisions for outstanding convertible securities, options, warrants, rights and other existing obligations to issue shares); (2) grant authorities to issue shares with and without pre-emptive rights unless the size of the authorities would threaten to unreasonably dilute existing shareholders; and (3) authorize a stock repurchase program.

On matters relating to management compensation, generally the Sub-Adviser will vote in favor of stock incentive plans (including plans for directors) that align the recipients of stock incentives with the interests of shareholders, without creating undue dilution, and against: (1) the advisory vote on executive compensation plans (“Say On Pay”) when the plan has failed to align executive compensation with corporate performance; (2) the advisory vote on the frequency of the Say On Pay vote when the frequency is other than annual; (3) proposals that would permit the amendment or replacement of outstanding stock incentives having more favorable terms (e.g., lower purchase prices or easier vesting requirements); and (4) executive compensation plans that do not disclose the maximum amounts of compensation that may be awarded or the criteria for determining awards.

On matters relating to corporate transactions, the Sub-Adviser will vote proxies consistent with the General Policy. The Sub- Adviser will vote proxies in contested elections of directors based upon its analysis of the opposing slates and their proposed business strategy and the expected impact on the long-term value of the securities being voted. The Sub-Adviser generally votes proxies against proposals submitted by shareholders without the favorable recommendation of a company’s board. The Sub-Adviser believes that a company’s board should manage its business and policies, and that shareholders who seek specific changes should strive to convince the board of their merits or seek direct representation on the board. However, the Sub-Adviser would vote for shareholder proposals not supported by the company’s board that the Sub-Adviser regards as: (a) likely to result in an immediate and favorable improvement in the total return of the voted security; and (b) unlikely to be adopted by the company’s board in the absence of shareholder direction.

In addition, the Sub-Adviser will not vote any proxy if it determines that the consequences or costs of voting outweigh the potential benefit of voting. For example, if a foreign market requires shareholders voting proxies to retain the voted shares until the meeting date (thereby rendering the shares “illiquid” for some period of time), the Sub-Adviser will not vote proxies for such shares. In addition, the Sub-Adviser is not obligated to incur any expense to send a representative to a shareholder meeting or to translate proxy materials into English.

Proxy Voting Procedures

The Sub-Adviser has established a Proxy Voting Committee (“Proxy Committee”), to exercise all voting discretion granted to the Sub-Adviser by the Board in accordance with the proxy voting policies. To assist it in carrying out the day-to-day operations related to proxy voting, the Proxy Committee has created the Proxy Voting Management Group (PVMG). The day-to-day operations related to proxy voting are carried out by the Proxy Voting Operations Team (PVOT) and overseen by the PVMG. This work includes, interacting with a proxy voting service on the Proxy Committee’s behalf; soliciting voting recommendations from the Sub-Adviser’s investment professionals, as necessary; bringing voting recommendations to the Proxy Committee from the Sub-Adviser’s investment professionals; filing any required proxy voting reports; providing proxy voting reports to clients and investment companies as they are requested from time to time; keeping the Proxy Committee informed of any issues related to proxy voting; and voting client shares as directed by the Proxy Committee.

The Sub-Adviser has hired a proxy voting service to obtain, vote and record proxies in accordance with the directions of the Proxy Committee. The Proxy Committee has supplied the proxy voting services with general instructions (the “Standard Voting Instructions”) that represent decisions made by the Proxy Committee in order to vote common proxy proposals. As the Proxy Committee believes that a shareholder vote is equivalent to an investment decision, the Proxy Committee retains the right to modify the Standard Voting Instructions at any time or to vote contrary to them at any time in order to cast proxy votes in a manner that the Proxy Committee believes is: (a) in the best interests of the Sub-Adviser’s clients (and shareholders of the funds advised by the Sub-Adviser); and (b) will enhance the long-term value of the securities being voted. The proxy voting service may vote any proxy as directed in the Standard Voting Instructions without further direction from the Proxy Committee. However, if the Standard Voting Instructions require case-by-case direction for a proposal, the PVOT will work with the investment professionals and the proxy voting service to develop a voting recommendation for the Proxy Committee and to communicate the Proxy Committee’s final voting decision to the proxy voting service. Further, if the Standard Voting Instructions require the PVOT to analyze a ballot question and make the final voting decision, the PVOT will report such votes to the Proxy Committee on a quarterly basis for review.

 

B-24


Conflicts of Interest

The Sub-Adviser has adopted procedures to address situations where a matter on which a proxy is sought may present a potential conflict between the interests of the Fund (and its shareholders) and those of the Sub-Adviser or Distributor. This may occur where a significant business relationship exists between the Sub-Adviser (or its affiliates) and a company involved with a proxy vote. A company that is a proponent, opponent, or the subject of a proxy vote, and which to the knowledge of the Proxy Committee has this type of significant business relationship, is referred to below as an “Interested Company.”

The Sub-Adviser has implemented the following procedures in order to avoid concerns that the conflicting interests of the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates have influenced proxy votes. Any employee of the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates who is contacted by an Interested Company regarding proxies to be voted by the Sub-Adviser must refer the Interested Company to a member of the Proxy Committee, and must inform the Interested Company that the Proxy Committee has exclusive authority to determine how the proxy will be voted. Any Proxy Committee member contacted by an Interested Company must report it to the full Proxy Committee and provide a written summary of the communication. Under no circumstances will the Proxy Committee or any member of the Proxy Committee make a commitment to an Interested Company regarding the voting of proxies or disclose to an Interested Company how the Proxy Committee has directed such proxies to be voted. If the Standard Voting Instructions already provide specific direction on the proposal in question, the Proxy Committee shall not alter or amend such directions. If the Standard Voting Instructions require the Proxy Committee to provide further direction, the Proxy Committee shall do so in accordance with the proxy voting policies, without regard for the interests of the Sub-Adviser with respect to the Interested Company. If the Proxy Committee provides any direction as to the voting of proxies relating to a proposal affecting an Interested Company, it must disclose annually to the Fund’s Board information regarding: the significant business relationship; any material communication with the Interested Company; the matter(s) voted on; and how, and why, the Sub-Adviser voted as it did. Alternatively, the Proxy Committee may seek direction from the Fund’s Board on how a proposal concerning an Interested Company shall be voted, and shall follow any such direction provided by the Board. In seeking such direction, the Proxy Committee will disclose the reason such company is considered an Interested Company and may provide a recommendation on how such proposal should be voted and the basis for such recommendation.

In certain circumstances, it may be appropriate for the Sub-Adviser to vote in the same proportion as all other shareholders, so as to not affect the outcome beyond helping to establish a quorum at the shareholders’ meeting. This is referred to as “proportional voting.” If the Fund owns shares of another Federated mutual fund, the Sub-Adviser will proportionally vote the client’s proxies for that fund or seek direction from the Board or the client on how the proposal should be voted. If the Fund owns shares of an unaffiliated mutual fund, the Sub-Adviser may proportionally vote the Fund’s proxies for that fund depending on the size of the position. If the Fund owns shares of an unaffiliated exchange-traded fund, the Sub-Adviser will proportionally vote the Fund’s proxies for that fund.

Downstream Affiliates

If the Proxy Committee gives further direction, or seeks to vote contrary to the Standard Voting Instructions, for a proxy relating to a portfolio company in which the Fund owns more than 10% of the portfolio company’s outstanding voting securities at the time of the vote (Downstream Affiliate), the Proxy Committee must first receive guidance from counsel to the Proxy Committee as to whether any relationship between the Sub-Adviser and the portfolio company, other than such ownership of the portfolio company’s securities, gives rise to an actual conflict of interest. If counsel determines that an actual conflict exists, the Proxy Committee must address any such conflict with the executive committee of the board of directors or trustees of any investment company client prior to taking any action on the proxy at issue.

Proxy Advisers’ Conflicts of Interest

Proxy advisory firms may have significant business relationships with the subjects of their research and voting recommendations. For example, a proxy voting service client may be a public company with an upcoming shareholders’ meeting and the proxy voting service has published a research report with voting recommendations. In another example, a proxy voting service board member also sits on the board of a public company for which the proxy voting service will write a research report. These and similar situations give rise to an actual or apparent conflict of interest.

 

B-25


In order to avoid concerns that the conflicting interests of the engaged proxy voting service have influenced proxy voting recommendations, the Sub-Adviser will take the following steps:

 

    A due diligence team made up of employees of the Sub-Adviser and/or its affiliates will meet with the proxy voting service on an annual basis and determine through a review of their policies and procedures and through inquiry that the proxy voting service has established a system of internal controls that provide reasonable assurance that their voting recommendations are not influenced by the business relationships they have with the subjects of their research.

 

    Whenever the standard voting guidelines call for voting a proposal in accordance with the proxy voting service recommendation and the proxy voting service has disclosed that they have a conflict of interest with respect to that issuer, the PVOT will take the following steps: (a) the PVOT will obtain a copy of the research report and recommendations published by another proxy voting service for that issuer; (b) the Head of the PVOT, or his designee, will review both the engaged proxy voting service research report and the research report of the other proxy voting service and determine what vote will be cast. The PVOT will report all proxies voted in this manner to the Proxy Committee on a quarterly basis. Alternatively, the PVOT may seek direction from the Committee on how the proposal shall be voted.

Proxy Voting Report

A report on “Form N-PX” of how the Fund voted any proxies during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available via the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Geneva Capital Management LLC

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

The following is Geneva Capital Management’s (“Geneva”) Proxy Voting Policy, which is summarized in our Form ADV Part 2A.

GUIDING PRINCIPLES

The purpose of this Statement of Policy Regarding Proxy Voting is to set forth the policies and procedures followed by Geneva in connection with voting on proxy proposals on behalf of Geneva’s clients. Geneva does not have authority to vote proxies for every client; when it exercises such authority, this policy statement will apply. The guiding principle of this policy statement is that proxies should be voted consistent with the best interests of the client. Geneva views proxy voting as a mechanism for shareholders to protect and promote shareholder wealth. Accordingly, Geneva will vote proxies in a manner designed to maximize the economic value of the clients’ investment. In addition, Geneva will abide by specific voting guidelines on certain policy issues as requested by particular Clients on a case by case basis.

Recognizing that guidance with respect to proxy voting is not static, it is intended that this Statement be reviewed periodically. The policies and procedures set forth in this Statement are monitored, discussed and updated as necessary by Geneva at the recommendation of its managing directors or investment professionals.

STATEMENT OF POLICY

Because of the increasing complexity in administering policies in this area, Geneva has engaged the firm of Glass-Lewis & Co., of San Francisco, California (“Glass-Lewis”), a nationally recognized proxy voting agent, to assist in researching proxy proposals, providing voting recommendations on each ballot issue, and administering client proxy votes. This policy describes the general voting guidelines to be applied; the procedure to be followed if a vote is to be cast contrary to the Glass- Lewis recommendation; the procedure to be followed in case of a conflict of interest between Geneva and its clients with respect to how a ballot issue will be voted; the general voting procedures; and proxy voting record retention.

GENERAL VOTING GUIDELINES

Geneva has adopted Glass-Lewis’ Proxy Paper Guidelines (“Guidelines”) as well as Glass Lewis’ Taft Hartley Addendum to determine how each issue on proxy ballots is to be voted. When instructed by a client, the Taft Hartley Addendum will be utilized. Guidelines are incorporated herein by this reference, and a copy of the Guidelines, as revised from time to time, is

 

B-26


maintained with Geneva proxy voting records. Geneva has determined that the Guidelines are consistent with the Guiding Principles described above, and has instructed Glass-Lewis to vote in accordance with the Guidelines unless the following conditions apply:

 

1. Geneva’s Investment Strategy Group has decided to override the Glass-Lewis vote recommendation for a client based on its own determination that the client would best be served with a vote contrary to the Glass-Lewis recommendation. Such decision will be documented by Geneva and communicated to Glass-Lewis; or

 

2. Glass-Lewis does not provide a vote recommendation, in which case Geneva will independently determine how a particular issue should be voted. In these instances, Geneva, through its Investment Strategy Group, will document the reason(s) used in determining a vote and communicate Geneva’s voting instruction to Glass-Lewis.

In certain circumstances, clients may choose to participate in a securities lending program through their custodian or another agent. Such participation is entirely at the discretion of the client and is not monitored or supervised by Geneva, and, as a general matter, securities on loan are not recalled to facilitate proxy voting (in which case the borrower of the security shall be entitled to vote the proxy).

However, if the Investment Strategy Group has determined in good faith that the importance of an item to be voted upon is so significant that it materially outweighs the loss in lending revenue that would result from recalling the security (i.e., if there is a controversial upcoming merger or acquisition that may have a significant impact on the value of the security or some other similarly significant matter), Geneva will work with the client to have the security recalled for voting purposes, if possible.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Unless Geneva votes a proxy proposal pursuant to paragraph 1 or 2 under the section entitled “General Voting Guidelines,” Geneva does not address material conflicts of interest that could arise between Geneva and its clients. Since Geneva relies on Glass-Lewis to cast proxy votes independently, pursuant to the Guidelines, Geneva has determined that any potential conflict of interest between Geneva and its clients is adequately mitigated.

However, when Geneva is involved in making the determination as to how a particular proxy ballot will be voted pursuant to paragraph 1 or 2 under General Voting Guidelines, above, the analyst for the company in question will refer the matter to the Investment Strategy Group. The Investment Strategy Group will consider any applicable business conflicts between Geneva and the company or other facts and circumstances that may give rise to a conflict of interest on the part of Geneva, because of a business relationship between Geneva and the company, or otherwise. The Investment Strategy Group will determine whether the proxy may be voted by Geneva, whether to seek legal advice, or whether to refer the proxy to the Client (or another fiduciary of the Client) for voting purposes.

Additionally, Glass-Lewis monitors its conflicts of interest in voting proxies and has provided the firm a written summary report of its due diligence compliance process. Geneva has reviewed such report and will review updates from time to time to determine whether Glass-Lewis conflicts of interest may materially and adversely affect Geneva’s clients and, if so, whether any action should be taken as a result.

RECORD RETENTION

Geneva shall maintain the following records for a period of at least five years, to comply with Rule 204-2(c)(2) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940:

 

    Current and historical proxy voting policies and procedures, including Glass-Lewis Proxy Paper Voting Guidelines.

 

    Proxy statements received regarding client securities. Geneva may rely on Glass-Lewis to make and retain a copy of each proxy statement, provided that Geneva obtains an undertaking from Glass-Lewis to provide a copy of the proxy statement promptly upon request. Geneva may also rely on obtaining electronic statements from the SEC’s EDGAR system.

 

    Records of proxy votes cast on behalf of each client. Geneva may rely on Glass-Lewis to make and retain records of the votes cast, provided that Geneva obtains an undertaking from Glass-Lewis to provide a copy of the record promptly upon request.

 

    Records of client requests for proxy voting information, including a record of the information provided by Geneva; Upon request, Clients shall be provided a copy of the voting record for their account and a copy of Geneva’s proxy voting policies and procedures, including the Glass-Lewis Proxy Paper Voting Guidelines.

 

B-27


Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. (“Loomis Sayles”)

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures Summary

Loomis Sayles uses the services of third parties (“Proxy Voting Services”) to research and administer the vote on proxies for those accounts and funds for which Loomis Sayles has voting authority. One of Loomis Sayles’ Proxy Voting Services provides vote recommendations and/or analysis to Loomis Sayles based on the Proxy Voting Services’ own research. Loomis Sayles will generally follow its express policy with input from the Proxy Voting Service unless Loomis Sayles’ Proxy Committee determines that the client’s best interests are served by voting otherwise. All issues presented for shareholder vote will be considered under the oversight of the Proxy Committee. All nonroutine issues will be directly considered by the Proxy Committee and, when necessary, the equity analyst following the company and/or the portfolio manager of the fund holding the security, and will be voted in the best investment interests of the fund. All routine issues will be voted according to Loomis Sayles’ policy approved by the Proxy Committee unless special factors require that they be considered by the Proxy Committee and, when necessary, the equity analyst following the company and/or the portfolio manager of the fund holding the security. Loomis Sayles’ Proxy Committee has established these routine policies in what it believes are the best investment interests of Loomis Sayles’ clients.

The specific responsibilities of the Proxy Committee include (1) the development, authorization, implementation and updating of the Loomis Sayles’ Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (“Procedures”), including an annual review of the Procedures, existing voting guidelines and the proxy voting process in general, (2) oversight of the proxy voting process including oversight of the vote on proposals according to the predetermined policies in the voting guidelines, directing the vote on proposals where there is reason not to vote according to the predetermined policies in the voting guidelines or where proposals require special consideration, and consultation with the portfolio managers and analysts for the fund holding the security when necessary or appropriate and, (3) engagement and oversight of third-party vendors, including Proxy Voting Services.

Loomis Sayles has established several policies to ensure that proxies are voted in its clients’ best interest and are not affected by any possible conflicts of interest. First, except in certain limited instances, Loomis Sayles votes in accordance with its pre-determined policies set forth in the Procedures. Second, where these Procedures allow for discretion, Loomis Sayles will generally consider the recommendations of the Proxy Voting Services in making its voting decisions. However, if the Proxy Committee determines that the Proxy Voting Services’ recommendation is not in the best interest of its clients, then the Proxy Committee may use its discretion to vote against the Proxy Voting Services’ recommendation, but only after taking the following steps: (1) conducting a review for any material conflict of interest Loomis Sayles may have; and, (2) if any material conflict is found to exist, excluding anyone at Loomis Sayles who is subject to that conflict of interest from participating in the voting decision in any way. However, if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Proxy Committee after full prior disclosure of any conflict, that person may provide information, opinions or recommendations on any proposal to the Proxy Committee. In such event the Proxy Committee will make reasonable efforts to obtain and consider, prior to directing any vote information, opinions or recommendations from or about the opposing position on any proposal.

Massachusetts Financial Services Company

February 1, 2017

Massachusetts Financial Services Company, MFS Institutional Advisors, Inc., MFS International (UK) Limited, MFS Heritage Trust Company, MFS Investment Management (Canada) Limited, MFS Investment Management Company (Lux) S.à r.l., MFS International Singapore Pte. Ltd., MFS Investment Management K.K., MFS International Australia Pty. Ltd.; and MFS’ other subsidiaries that perform discretionary investment management activities (collectively, “MFS”) have adopted proxy voting policies and procedures, as set forth below (“MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures”), with respect to securities owned by the clients for which MFS serves as investment adviser and has the power to vote proxies, including the pooled investment vehicles sponsored by MFS (the “MFS Funds”).References to “clients” in these policies and procedures include the MFS Funds and other clients of MFS, such as funds organized offshore, sub-advised funds and separate account clients, to the extent these clients have delegated to MFS the responsibility to vote proxies on their behalf under the MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.

 

B-28


The MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures include:

 

  A. Voting Guidelines;

 

  B. Administrative Procedures; C Records Retention; and

 

  D Reports.

 

A. VOTING GUIDELINES

 

  1. General Policy; Potential Conflicts of Interest

MFS’ policy is that proxy voting decisions are made in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients, and not in the interests of any other party or in MFS’ corporate interests, including interests such as the distribution of MFS Fund shares and institutional client relationships.

MFS reviews corporate governance issues and proxy voting matters that are presented for shareholder vote by either management or shareholders of public companies. Based on the overall principle that all votes cast by MFS on behalf of its clients must be in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests of such clients, MFS has adopted proxy voting guidelines, set forth below, that govern how MFS generally will vote on specific matters presented for shareholder vote.

As a general matter, MFS votes consistently on similar proxy proposals across all shareholder meetings. However, some proxy proposals, such as certain excessive executive compensation, environmental, social and governance matters, are analyzed on a case-by-case basis in light of all the relevant facts and circumstances of the proposal. Therefore, MFS may vote similar proposals differently at different shareholder meetings based on the specific facts and circumstances of the issuer or the terms of the proposal. In addition, MFS also reserves the right to override the guidelines with respect to a particular proxy proposal when such an override is, in MFS’ best judgment, consistent with the overall principle of voting proxies in the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients.

MFS also generally votes consistently on the same matter when securities of an issuer are held by multiple client accounts, unless MFS has received explicit voting instructions to vote differently from a client for its own account. From time to time, MFS may also receive comments on the MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures from its clients. These comments are carefully considered by MFS when it reviews these guidelines and revises them as appropriate.

These policies and procedures are intended to address any potential material conflicts of interest on the part of MFS or its subsidiaries that are likely to arise in connection with the voting of proxies on behalf of MFS’ clients. If such potential material conflicts of interest do arise, MFS will analyze, document and report on such potential material conflicts of interest (see Sections B.2 and D below), and shall ultimately vote the relevant proxies in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests of its clients. The MFS Proxy Voting Committee is responsible for monitoring and reporting with respect to such potential material conflicts of interest.

MFS is also a signatory to the United Nations Principles for Responsible Investment. In developing these guidelines, MFS considered environmental, social and corporate governance issues in light of MFS’ fiduciary obligation to vote proxies in the best long-term economic interest of its clients.

 

B. ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES

 

  1. MFS Proxy Voting Committee

The administration of these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures is overseen by the MFS Proxy Voting Committee, which includes senior personnel from the MFS Legal and Global Investment Support Departments. The Proxy Voting Committee does not include individuals whose primary duties relate to client relationship management, marketing, or sales. The MFS Proxy Voting Committee:

 

  a. Reviews these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures at least annually and recommends any amendments considered to be necessary or advisable;

 

B-29


  b. Determines whether any potential material conflict of interest exists with respect to instances in which MFS (i) seeks to override these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures; (ii) votes on ballot items not governed by these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures; (iii) evaluates an excessive executive compensation issue in relation to the election of directors; or (iv) requests a vote recommendation from an MFS portfolio manager or investment analyst (e.g. mergers and acquisitions); and

 

  c. Considers special proxy issues as they may arise from time to time.

 

  2. Potential Conflicts of Interest

The MFS Proxy Voting Committee is responsible for monitoring potential material conflicts of interest on the part of MFS or its subsidiaries that could arise in connection with the voting of proxies on behalf of MFS’ clients. Due to the client focus of our investment management business, we believe that the potential for actual material conflict of interest issues is small. Nonetheless, we have developed precautions to assure that all proxy votes are cast in the best long-term economic interest of shareholders.1 Other MFS internal policies require all MFS employees to avoid actual and potential conflicts of interests between personal activities and MFS’ client activities. If an employee (including investment professionals) identifies an actual or potential conflict of interest with respect to any voting decision (including the ownership of securities in their individual portfolio), then that employee must recuse himself/herself from participating in the voting process. Any significant attempt by an employee of MFS or its subsidiaries to unduly influence MFS’ voting on a particular proxy matter should also be reported to the MFS Proxy Voting Committee.

In cases where proxies are voted in accordance with these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, no material conflict of interest will be deemed to exist. In cases where (i) MFS is considering overriding these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, (ii) matters presented for vote are not governed by these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures,(iii) MFS evaluates a potentially excessive executive compensation issue in relation to the election of directors or advisory pay or severance package vote or (iv) a vote recommendation is requested from an MFS portfolio manager or investment analyst (e.g. mergers and acquisitions); (collectively, “Non-Standard Votes”); the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will follow these procedures:

 

  a. Compare the name of the issuer of such proxy against a list of significant current (i) distributors of MFS Fund shares, and (ii) MFS institutional clients (the “MFS Significant Distributor and Client List”);

 

  b. If the name of the issuer does not appear on the MFS Significant Distributor and Client List, then no material conflict of interest will be deemed to exist, and the proxy will be voted as otherwise determined by the MFS Proxy Voting Committee;

 

  c. If the name of the issuer appears on the MFS Significant Distributor and Client List, then the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will be apprised of that fact and each member of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will carefully evaluate the proposed vote in order to ensure that the proxy ultimately is voted in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients, and not in MFS’ corporate interests; and

 

  d. For all potential material conflicts of interest identified under clause (c) above, the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will document: the name of the issuer, the issuer’s relationship to MFS, the analysis of the matters submitted for proxy vote, the votes as to be cast and the reasons why the MFS Proxy Voting Committee determined that the votes were cast in the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients, and not in MFS’ corporate interests. A copy of the foregoing documentation will be provided to MFS’ Conflicts Officer.

 

B-30


The members of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee are responsible for creating and maintaining the MFS Significant Distributor and Client List, in consultation with MFS’ distribution and institutional business units. The MFS Significant Distributor and Client List will be reviewed and updated periodically, as appropriate.

For instances where MFS is evaluating a director nominee who also serves as a director of the MFS Funds, then the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will adhere to the procedures described in section (d) above regardless of whether the portfolio company appears on our Significant Distributor and Client List.

If an MFS client has the right to vote on a matter submitted to shareholders by Sun Life Financial, Inc. or any of its affiliates (collectively “Sun Life”), MFS will cast a vote on behalf of such MFS client pursuant to the recommendations of Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc.’s (“ISS”) benchmark policy, or as required by law.

Except as described in the MFS Fund’s prospectus, from time to time, certain MFS Funds (the “top tier fund”) may own shares of other MFS Funds (the “underlying fund”). If an underlying fund submits a matter to a shareholder vote, the top tier fund will generally vote its shares in the same proportion as the other shareholders of the underlying fund.If there are no other shareholders in the underlying fund, the top tier fund will vote in what MFS believes to be in the top tier fund’s best long-term economic interest. If an MFS client has the right to vote on a matter submitted to shareholders by a pooled investment vehicle advised by MFS, MFS will cast a vote on behalf of such MFS client in the same proportion as the other shareholders of the pooled investment vehicle.

 

  3. Gathering Proxies

Most proxies received by MFS and its clients originate at Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. (“Broadridge”).

Broadridge and other service providers, on behalf of custodians, send proxy related material to the record holders of the shares beneficially owned by MFS’ clients, usually to the client’s proxy voting administrator or, less commonly, to the client itself. This material will include proxy ballots reflecting the shareholdings of Funds and of clients on the record dates for such shareholder meetings, as well as proxy materials with the issuer’s explanation of the items to be voted upon.

MFS, on behalf of itself and certain of its clients (including the MFS Funds) has entered into an agreement with an independent proxy administration firm pursuant to which the proxy administration firm performs various proxy vote related administrative services such as vote processing and recordkeeping functions. Except as noted below, the proxy administration firm for MFS and its clients, including the MFS Funds, is ISS. The proxy administration firm for MFS Development Funds, LLC is Glass, Lewis & Co., Inc. (“Glass Lewis”; Glass Lewis and ISS are each hereinafter referred to as the “Proxy Administrator”).

The Proxy Administrator receives proxy statements and proxy ballots directly or indirectly from various custodians, logs these materials into its database and matches upcoming meetings with MFS Fund and client portfolio holdings, which are input into the Proxy Administrator’s system by an MFS holdings data-feed. Through the use of the Proxy Administrator system, ballots and proxy material summaries for all upcoming shareholders’ meetings are available on-line to certain MFS employees and members of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee.

It is the responsibility of the Proxy Administrator and MFS to monitor the receipt of ballots. When proxy ballots and materials for clients are received by the Proxy Administrator, they are input into the Proxy Administrator’s on-line system. The Proxy Administrator then reconciles a list of all MFS accounts that hold shares of a company’s stock and the number of shares held on the record date by these accounts with the Proxy Administrator’s list of any upcoming shareholder’s meeting of that company. If a proxy ballot has not been received, the Proxy Administrator contacts the custodian requesting the reason as to why a ballot has not been received.

 

  4. Analyzing Proxies

Proxies are voted in accordance with these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures. The Proxy Administrator, at the prior direction of MFS, automatically votes all proxy matters that do not require the particular exercise of discretion or judgment with respect to these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures as determined by MFS. With respect to proxy matters that require the particular exercise of discretion or judgment, the MFS Proxy Voting Committee or its representatives considers and votes on those proxy matters. MFS also receives research and recommendations from the Proxy Administrator which it may take into account in deciding how to vote. MFS uses the research of Proxy Administrators and/or other 3rd party

 

B-31


vendors to identify (i) circumstances in which a board may have approved excessive executive compensation, (ii) environmental and social proposals that warrant further consideration or (iii) circumstances in which a non-U.S. company is not in compliance with local governance or compensation best practices. In those situations where the only MFS fund that is eligible to vote at a shareholder meeting has Glass Lewis as its Proxy Administrator, then we will utilize research from Glass Lewis to identify such issues. MFS analyzes such issues independently and does not necessarily vote with the ISS or Glass Lewis recommendations on these issues. MFS may also use other research tools in order to identify the circumstances described above. Representatives of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee review, as appropriate, votes cast to ensure conformity with these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.

As a general matter, portfolio managers and investment analysts have little involvement in most votes taken by MFS. This is designed to promote consistency in the application of MFS’ voting guidelines, to promote consistency in voting on the same or similar issues (for the same or for multiple issuers) across all client accounts, and to minimize the potential that proxy solicitors, issuers, or third parties might attempt to exert inappropriate influence on the vote. For votes that require a case-by-case analysis per the MFS Proxy Policies (e.g. proxy contests, potentially excessive executive compensation issues, or certain shareholder proposals), a representative of MFS Proxy Voting Committee will consult with or seek recommendations from MFS investment analysts and/or portfolio managers.2However, the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will ultimately determine the manner in which such proxies are voted.

As noted above, MFS reserves the right to override the guidelines when such an override is, in MFS’ best judgment, consistent with the overall principle of voting proxies in the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients. Any such override of the guidelines shall be analyzed, documented and reported in accordance with the procedures set forth in these policies.

 

  5. Voting Proxies

In accordance with its contract with MFS, the Proxy Administrator also generates a variety of reports for the MFS Proxy Voting Committee, and makes available on-line various other types of information so that the MFS Proxy Voting Committee or proxy team may review and monitor the votes cast by the Proxy Administrator on behalf of MFS’ clients.

For those markets that utilize a “record date” to determine which shareholders are eligible to vote, MFS generally will vote all eligible shares pursuant to these guidelines regardless of whether all (or a portion of) the shares held by our clients have been sold prior to the meeting date.

 

  6. Securities Lending

From time to time, the MFS Funds or other pooled investment vehicles sponsored by MFS may participate in a securities lending program. In the event MFS or its agent receives timely notice of a shareholder meeting for a U.S. security, MFS and its agent will attempt to recall any securities on loan before the meeting’s record date so that MFS will be entitled to vote these shares. However, there may be instances in which MFS is unable to timely recall securities on loan for a U.S. security, in which cases MFS will not be able to vote these shares. MFS will report to the appropriate board of the MFS Funds those instances in which MFS is not able to timely recall the loaned securities. MFS generally does not recall non- U.S. securities on loan because there may be insufficient advance notice of proxy materials, record dates, or vote cut-off dates to allow MFS to timely recall the shares in certain markets on an automated basis. As a result, non-U.S. securities that are on loan will not generally be voted. If MFS receives timely notice of what MFS determines to be an unusual, significant vote for a non-U.S. security whereas MFS shares are on loan, and determines that voting is in the best long-term economic interest of shareholders, then MFS will attempt to timely recall the loaned shares.

 

  7. Engagement

The MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures are available on www.mfs.com and may be accessed by both MFS’ clients and the companies in which MFS’ clients invest. From time to time, MFS may determine that it is appropriate and beneficial for representatives from the MFS Proxy Voting Committee to engage in a dialogue or written communication with a company or other shareholders regarding certain matters on the company’s proxy statement that are of concern to shareholders, including environmental, social and governance matters. A company or shareholder may also seek to engage with representatives of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee in advance of the company’s formal proxy solicitation to review

 

B-32


issues more generally or gauge support for certain contemplated proposals. For further information on requesting engagement with MFS on proxy voting issues, please visit www.mfs.com and refer to our most recent Annual Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Report for contact information.

 

C. RECORDS RETENTION

MFS will retain copies of these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures in effect from time to time and will retain all proxy voting reports submitted to the Board of Trustees of the MFS Funds for the period required by applicable law. Proxy solicitation materials, including electronic versions of the proxy ballots completed by representatives of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee, together with their respective notes and comments, are maintained in an electronic format by the Proxy Administrator and are accessible on-line by the MFS Proxy Voting Committee. All proxy voting materials and supporting documentation, including records generated by the Proxy Administrator’s system as to proxies processed, including the dates when proxy ballots were received and submitted, and the votes on each company’s proxy issues, are retained as required by applicable law.

 

D. REPORTS

U.S. Registered MFS Funds

MFS publicly discloses the proxy voting records of the U.S. registered MFS Funds on a quarterly basis. MFS will also report the results of its voting to the Board of Trustees of the U.S. registered MFS Funds. These reports will include: (i) a summary of how votes were cast (including advisory votes on pay and “golden parachutes”); (ii) a summary of votes against management’s recommendation; (iii) a review of situations where MFS did not vote in accordance with the guidelines and the rationale therefore; (iv) a review of the procedures used by MFS to identify material conflicts of interest and any matters identified as a material conflict of interest; (v) a review of these policies and the guidelines; (vi) a review of our proxy engagement activity; (vii) a report and impact assessment of instances in which the recall of loaned securities of a U.S. issuer was unsuccessful; and (viii) as necessary or appropriate, any proposed modifications thereto to reflect new developments in corporate governance and other issues. Based on these reviews, the Trustees of the U.S. registered MFS Funds will consider possible modifications to these policies to the extent necessary or advisable.

Other MFS Clients

MFS may publicly disclose the proxy voting records of certain other clients (including certain MFS Funds) or the votes it casts with respect to certain matters as required by law. A report can also be printed by MFS for each client who has requested that MFS furnish a record of votes cast. The report specifies the proxy issues which have been voted for the client during the year and the position taken with respect to each issue and, upon request, may identify situations where MFS did not vote in accordance with the MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.

Except as described above, MFS generally will not divulge actual voting practices to any party other than the client or its representatives because we consider that information to be confidential and proprietary to the client. However, as noted above, MFS may determine that it is appropriate and beneficial to engage in a dialogue with a company regarding certain matters. During such dialogue with the company, MFS may disclose the vote it intends to cast in order to potentially effect positive change at a company in regards to environmental, social or governance issues.

 

1. For clarification purposes, note that MFS votes in what we believe to be the best, long-term economic interest of our clients entitled to vote at the shareholder meeting, regardless of whether other MFS clients hold “short” positions in the same issuer.

 

2. From time to time, due to travel schedules and other commitments, an appropriate portfolio manager or research analyst may not be available to provide a vote recommendation. If such a recommendation cannot be obtained within a reasonable time prior to the cut-off date of the shareholder meeting, the MFS Proxy Voting Committee may determine to abstain from voting.

 

B-33


Nationwide Asset Management, LLC (“NWAM”)

PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES SUMMARY

 

I. INTRODUCTION

These guidelines describe how NWAM discharges its fiduciary duty to vote on behalf of clients’ proxies that are received in connection with underlying portfolio securities held by NWAM’s clients (said proxies hereinafter referred to as “proxies”).NWAM understands its responsibility to process proxies and to maintain proxy records. In addition, NWAM understands its duty to vote proxies.

These Proxy Voting Guidelines reflect the general belief that proxies should be voted in a manner that serves the best economic interests of clients (to the extent, if any, that the economic interests of a client are affected by the proxy), unless otherwise directed by the client.

 

II. HOW PROXIES ARE VOTED

NWAM will:

 

  a. Vote proxies received in the best interest of the client. The Enterprise Portfolio Manager (EPM) for the account holding the security will be the person that decides how to vote a proxy based on their understanding of the portfolio and applying information/research received from the other professionals within the Nationwide Investments office;

 

  b. The EPM will maintain appropriate records of proxy voting that are easily-accessible by appropriate authorized persons of NWAM, and

 

  c. The Nationwide Investment’s Operations team will ensure the proxies are signed and filed with the appropriate parties with desired voting action.

In accordance with these Proxy Voting Guidelines, NWAM, and as otherwise set forth in these guidelines, shall attempt to process every vote for all domestic and foreign proxies that it receives.

 

III. FOREIGN PROXIES

There are situations; however, in which NWAM cannot process a proxy in connection with a foreign security (hereinafter, “foreign proxies”).For example, NWAM will not process a foreign proxy:

 

  a. if the cost of voting a foreign proxy outweighs the benefit of voting the foreign proxy;

 

  b. when NWAM has not been given enough time to process the vote; or

 

  c. when a sell order for the foreign security is outstanding and, in the particular foreign country, proxy voting would impede the sale of the foreign security.

 

IV. PROXY VOTING FOR SECURITIES INVOLVED IN SECURITIES LENDING

NWAM Clients may participate in securities lending programs. Under most securities lending arrangements, proxies received in connection with the securities on loan may not be voted by the lender (unless the loan is recalled) (i.e., proxy voting rights during the lending period generally are transferred to the borrower). NWAM believes that each Client has the right to determine whether participating in a securities lending program enhances returns. If a Client has determined to participate in a securities lending program, NWAM, therefore, shall cooperate with the Client’s determination that securities lending is beneficial to the Client’s account and shall not attempt to seek recalls for the purpose of voting proxies unless the client has provisions in place to allow for this. Consequently, it is NWAM’s policy that, in the event that NWAM manages an account for a Client that employs a securities lending program, NWAM generally will not seek to vote proxies relating to the securities on loan unless the client has provisions in place to allow for this.

 

V. RECORDKEEPING & REPORTING

NWAM shall keep and maintain the following records and other items:

 

  i. its Proxy Voting Guidelines;

 

B-34


  ii. proxy statements received regarding underlying portfolio securities held by Clients (received through Bank of New York, other custodian arrangements in place and any securities lending or sub-custody contractors);

 

  iii. records of votes cast on behalf of Clients;

 

  iv. Client written requests for information as to how NWAM voted proxies for said Client;

 

  v. any NWAM written responses to an oral or written request from a Client for information as to how NWAM voted proxies for the Client; and

 

  vi. any documents prepared by NWAM that were material to making a decision as to how to vote proxies or that memorialized the basis for the voting decision.

These records and other items shall be maintained for at least five (5) years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on this record, the first two (2) years in an appropriate office of NWAM.

NATIONWIDE FUND ADVISORS

GENERAL

The Board of Trustees of Nationwide Mutual Funds and Nationwide Variable Insurance Trust (the “Funds”) has approved the continued delegation of the authority to vote proxies relating to the securities held in the portfolios of the Funds to each Fund’s investment adviser or sub-adviser, some of which advisers and subadvisers use an independent service provider, as described below.

Nationwide Fund Advisors (“NFA” or the “Adviser”), is an investment adviser that is registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”).NFA currently provides investment advisory services to registered investment companies (hereinafter referred to collectively as “Clients”).

Voting proxies that are received in connection with underlying portfolio securities held by Clients is an important element of the portfolio management services that NFA performs for Clients. NFA’s goal in performing this service is to make proxy voting decisions: (i) to vote or not to vote proxies in a manner that serves the best economic interests of Clients; and (ii) that avoid the influence of conflicts of interest. To implement this goal, NFA has adopted proxy voting guidelines (the “Proxy Voting Guidelines”) to assist it in making proxy voting decisions and in developing procedures for effecting those decisions. The Proxy Voting Guidelines are designed to ensure that, where NFA has the authority to vote proxies, all legal, fiduciary, and contractual obligations will be met.

The Proxy Voting Guidelines address a wide variety of individual topics, including, among other matters, shareholder voting rights, anti-takeover defenses, board structures and the election of directors, executive and director compensation, reorganizations, mergers, and various shareholder proposals.

The proxy voting records of the Funds are available to shareholders on the Trust’s website, www.nationwidefunds.com, and the SEC’s website.

HOW PROXIES ARE VOTED

NFA has delegated to Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”), an independent service provider, the administration of proxy voting for Client portfolio securities directly managed by NFA, subject to oversight by NFA’s “Proxy Voting Committee.” ISS, a Delaware corporation, provides proxy-voting services to many asset managers on a global basis. The NFA Proxy Voting Committee has reviewed, and will continue to review annually, the relationship with ISS and the quality and effectiveness of the various services provided by ISS.

Specifically, ISS assists NFA in the proxy voting and corporate governance oversight process by developing and updating the “ISS Proxy Voting Guidelines,” which are incorporated into the Proxy Voting Guidelines, and by providing research and analysis, recommendations regarding votes, operational implementation, and recordkeeping and reporting services. NFA’s

 

B-35


decision to retain ISS is based principally on the view that the services that ISS provides, subject to oversight by NFA, generally will result in proxy voting decisions which serve the best economic interests of Clients. NFA has reviewed, analyzed, and determined that the ISS Proxy Voting Guidelines are consistent with the views of NFA on the various types of proxy proposals. When the ISS Proxy Voting Guidelines do not cover a specific proxy issue and ISS does not provide a recommendation: (i) ISS will notify NFA; and (ii) NFA will use its best judgment in voting proxies on behalf of the Clients. A summary of the ISS Proxy Voting Guidelines is set forth below.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

NFA does not engage in investment banking, administration or management of corporate retirement plans, or any other activity that is likely to create a potential conflict of interest. In addition, because Client proxies are voted by ISS pursuant to the pre-determined ISS Proxy Voting Guidelines, NFA generally does not make an actual determination of how to vote a particular proxy, and, therefore, proxies voted on behalf of Clients do not reflect any conflict of interest. Nevertheless, the Proxy Voting Guidelines address the possibility of such a conflict of interest arising.

The Proxy Voting Guidelines provide that, if a proxy proposal were to create a conflict of interest between the interests of a Client and those of NFA (or between a Client and those of any of NFA’s affiliates, including Nationwide Fund Distributors LLC and Nationwide), then the proxy should be voted strictly in conformity with the recommendation of ISS. To monitor compliance with this policy, any proposed or actual deviation from a recommendation of ISS must be reported by the NFA Proxy Voting Committee to the chief counsel for NFA. The chief counsel for NFA then will provide guidance concerning the proposed deviation and whether a deviation presents any potential conflict of interest. If NFA then casts a proxy vote that deviates from an ISS recommendation, the affected Client (or other appropriate Client authority) will be given a report of this deviation.

CIRCUMSTANCES UNDER WHICH PROXIES WILL NOT BE VOTED

NFA, through ISS, shall attempt to process every vote for all domestic and foreign proxies that they receive; however, there may be cases in which NFA will not process a proxy because it is impractical or too expensive to do so. For example, NFA will not process a proxy in connection with a foreign security if the cost of voting a foreign proxy outweighs the benefit of voting the foreign proxy, when NFA has not been given enough time to process the vote, or when a sell order for the foreign security is outstanding and proxy voting would impede the sale of the foreign security. Also, NFA generally will not seek to recall the securities on loan for the purpose of voting the securities unless it is in the best interests of the applicable Fund to do so.

DELEGATION OF PROXY VOTING TO SUB-ADVISERS TO FUNDS

For any Fund, or portion of a Fund that is directly managed by a sub-adviser, the Trustees of the Fund and NFA have delegated proxy voting authority to that sub-adviser. Each sub-adviser has provided its proxy voting policies to NFA for review and these proxy voting policies are described below. Each sub-adviser is required to represent quarterly to NFA that (1) all proxies of the Fund(s) advised by the sub-adviser were voted in accordance with the sub-adviser’s proxy voting policies as provided to NFA and (2) there have been no material changes to the sub-adviser’s proxy voting policies.

ISS’ 2017 U.S. Proxy Voting Concise Guidelines

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

General Recommendation: Generally vote for director nominees, except under the following circumstances:

Accountability

Vote against 1 or withhold from the entire board of directors (except new nominees 2 , who should be considered case-by-case) for the following:

Problematic Takeover Defenses

Classified Board Structure:

 

B-36


1.1 The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a withhold/against vote recommendation is not up for election. All appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable.

Director Performance Evaluation:

1.2 The board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only). Take into consideration the company’s five-year total shareholder return and operational metrics. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

 

    A classified board structure;

 

    A supermajority vote requirement;

 

    Either a plurality vote standard in uncontested director elections or a majority vote standard with no plurality carve-out for contested elections;

 

    The inability of shareholders to call special meetings;

 

    The inability of shareholders to act by written consent;

 

    A dual-class capital structure; and/or

 

    A non-shareholder-approved poison pill.

Poison Pills:

1.3 The company’s poison pill has a “dead-hand” or “modified dead-hand” feature. Vote against or withhold from nominees every year until this feature is removed;

1.4 The board adopts a poison pill with a term of more than 12 months (“long-term pill”), or renews any existing pill, including any “short-term pill” (12 months or less), without shareholder approval. A commitment or policy that puts a newly adopted pill to a binding shareholder vote may potentially offset an adverse vote recommendation. Review such companies with classified boards every year, and such companies with annually elected boards at least once every three years, and vote against or withhold votes from all nominees if the company still maintains a non-shareholder-approved poison pill; or

1.5 The board makes a material adverse change to an existing poison pill without shareholder approval.

Vote case-by-case on all nominees if:

1.6 The board adopts a poison pill with a term of 12 months or less (“short-term pill”) without shareholder approval, taking into account the following factors:

 

    The date of the pill‘s adoption relative to the date of the next meeting of shareholders—i.e. whether the company had time to put the pill on the ballot for shareholder ratification given the circumstances;

 

    The issuer’s rationale;

 

    The issuer’s governance structure and practices; and

 

    The issuer’s track record of accountability to shareholders.

Restricting Binding Shareholder Proposals:

Generally vote against or withhold from members of the governance committee if:

1.7 The company’s charter imposes undue restrictions on shareholders’ ability to amend the bylaws. Such restrictions include, but are not limited to: outright prohibition on the submission of binding shareholder proposals, or share ownership requirements or time holding requirements in excess of SEC Rule 14a-8. Vote against on an ongoing basis.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Generally vote against or withhold from the members of the Audit Committee if:

1.8 The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion under “Auditor Ratification);

1.9 The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

 

B-37


  1.10 There is persuasive evidence that the Audit Committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote case-by-case on members of the Audit Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

  1.11 Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence, and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether withhold/against votes are warranted.

Problematic Compensation Practices/Pay for Performance Misalignment

In the absence of an Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation ballot item or in egregious situations, vote against or withhold from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

  1.12 There is a significant misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

  1.13 The company maintains significant problematic pay practices;

 

  1.14 The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders;

 

  1.15 The company fails to submit one-time transfers of stock options to a shareholder vote; or

 

  1.16 The company fails to fulfill the terms of a burn-rate commitment made to shareholders.

Vote case-by-case on Compensation Committee members (or, in exceptional cases, the full board) and the Management Say- on-Pay proposal if:

 

  1.17 The company’s previous say-on-pay received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:

 

    The company’s response, including:

 

    Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors regarding the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

    Specific actions taken to address the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

    Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

 

    Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

 

    The company’s ownership structure; and

 

    Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments and Problematic Capital Structures

 

  1.18 Generally vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if the board amends the company’s bylaws or charter without shareholder approval in a manner that materially diminishes shareholders’ rights or that could adversely impact shareholders, considering the following factors:

 

    The board’s rationale for adopting the bylaw/charter amendment without shareholder ratification;

 

    Disclosure by the company of any significant engagement with shareholders regarding the amendment;

 

    The level of impairment of shareholders’ rights caused by the board’s unilateral amendment to the bylaws/charter;

 

    The board’s track record with regard to unilateral board action on bylaw/charter amendments or other entrenchment provisions;

 

    The company’s ownership structure;

 

    The company’s existing governance provisions;

 

B-38


    The timing of the board’s amendment to the bylaws/charter in connection with a significant business development; and

 

    Other factors, as deemed appropriate, that may be relevant to determine the impact of the amendment on shareholders.

Unless the adverse amendment is reversed or submitted to a binding shareholder vote, in subsequent years vote case-by-case on director nominees. Generally vote against (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if the directors:

 

    Classified the board;

 

    Adopted supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter; or

 

    Eliminated shareholders’ ability to amend bylaws.

 

  1.19 For newly public companies, generally vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if, prior to or in connection with the company’s public offering, the company or its board adopted bylaw or charter provisions materially adverse to shareholder rights, or implemented a multi-class capital structure in which the classes have unequal voting rights considering the following factors:

 

    The level of impairment of shareholders’ rights;

 

    The disclosed rationale;

 

    The ability to change the governance structure (e.g., limitations on shareholders’ right to amend the bylaws or charter, or supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter);

 

    The ability of shareholders to hold directors accountable through annual director elections, or whether the company has a classified board structure;

 

    Any reasonable sunset provision; and

 

    Other relevant factors.

Unless the adverse provision and/or problematic capital structure is reversed or removed, vote case-by-case on director nominees in subsequent years.

Governance Failures

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:

 

  1.20 Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight 3 , or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

  1.21 Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

  1.22 Egregious actions related to a director’s service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

2. Responsiveness

Vote case-by-case on individual directors, committee members, or the entire board of directors as appropriate if:

 

  2.1 The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received the support of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year. Factors that will be considered are:

 

    Disclosed outreach efforts by the board to shareholders in the wake of the vote;

 

    Rationale provided in the proxy statement for the level of implementation;

 

    The subject matter of the proposal;

 

    The level of support for and opposition to the resolution in past meetings;

 

    Actions taken by the board in response to the majority vote and its engagement with shareholders;

 

    The continuation of the underlying issue as a voting item on the ballot (as either shareholder or management proposals); and

 

    Other factors as appropriate.

 

B-39


  2.2 The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of shares are tendered;

 

  2.3 At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote;

 

  2.4 The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received the majority of votes cast at the most recent shareholder meeting at which shareholders voted on the say-on-pay frequency; or

 

  2.5 The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received a plurality, but not a majority, of the votes cast at the most recent shareholder meeting at which shareholders voted on the say-on-pay frequency, taking into account:

 

    The board’s rationale for selecting a frequency that is different from the frequency that received a plurality;

 

    The company’s ownership structure and vote results;

 

    ISS’ analysis of whether there are compensation concerns or a history of problematic compensation practices; and

 

    The previous year’s support level on the company’s say-on-pay proposal.

Composition

Attendance at Board and Committee Meetings:

 

  3.1 Generally vote against or withhold from directors (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by- case 4 ) who attend less than 75 percent of the aggregate of their board and committee meetings for the period for which they served, unless an acceptable reason for absences is disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing. Acceptable reasons for director absences are generally limited to the following:

 

    Medical issues/illness;

 

    Family emergencies; and

 

    Missing only one meeting (when the total of all meetings is three or fewer).

 

  3.2 If the proxy disclosure is unclear and insufficient to determine whether a director attended at least 75 percent of the aggregate of his/her board and committee meetings during his/her period of service, vote against or withhold from the director(s) in question.

Overboarded Directors:

Generally vote against or withhold from individual directors who:

 

  3.3 Sit on more than five public company boards; or

 

  3.4 Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own— withhold only at their outside boards 5 .

 

4. Independence

Vote against or withhold from Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors (per the Categorization of Directors) when:

 

  4.1 The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

 

  4.2 The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;

 

  4.3 The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee; or

 

  4.4 Independent directors make up less than a majority of the directors.

 

B-40


Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)

General Recommendation : Generally vote for shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, taking into consideration the following:

 

    The scope of the proposal;

 

    The company’s current board leadership structure;

 

    The company’s governance structure and practices;

 

    Company performance; and

 

    Any other relevant factors that may be applicable.

Regarding the scope of the proposal, consider whether the proposal is precatory or binding and whether the proposal is seeking an immediate change in the chairman role or the policy can be implemented at the next CEO transition.

Under the review of the company’s board leadership structure, ISS may support the proposal under the following scenarios absent a compelling rationale: the presence of an executive or non-independent chair in addition to the CEO; a recent recombination of the role of CEO and chair; and/or departure from a structure with an independent chair. ISS will also consider any recent transitions in board leadership and the effect such transitions may have on independent board leadership as well as the designation of a lead director role.

When considering the governance structure, ISS will consider the overall independence of the board, the independence of key committees, the establishment of governance guidelines, board tenure and its relationship to CEO tenure, and any other factors that may be relevant. Any concerns about a company’s governance structure will weigh in favor of support for the proposal.

The review of the company’s governance practices may include, but is not limited to, poor compensation practices, material failures of governance and risk oversight, related-party transactions or other issues putting director independence at risk, corporate or management scandals, and actions by management or the board with potential or realized negative impact on shareholders. Any such practices may suggest a need for more independent oversight at the company thus warranting support of the proposal.

ISS’ performance assessment will generally consider one-, three-, and five-year TSR compared to the company’s peers and the market as a whole. While poor performance will weigh in favor of the adoption of an independent chair policy, strong performance over the long term will be considered a mitigating factor when determining whether the proposed leadership change warrants support.

Proxy Access

General Recommendation : Generally vote for management and shareholder proposals for proxy access with the following provisions:

 

    Ownership threshold: maximum requirement not more than three percent (3%) of the voting power;

 

    Ownership duration: maximum requirement not longer than three (3) years of continuous ownership for each member of the nominating group;

 

    Aggregation: minimal or no limits on the number of shareholders permitted to form a nominating group;

 

    Cap: cap on nominees of generally twenty-five percent (25%) of the board.

Review for reasonableness any other restrictions on the right of proxy access.

Generally vote against proposals that are more restrictive than these guidelines.

Proxy Contests/Proxy Access — Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

General Recommendation : Vote case-by-case on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

 

    Long-term financial performance of the company relative to its industry;

 

B-41


    Management’s track record;

 

    Background to the contested election;

 

    Nominee qualifications and any compensatory arrangements;

 

    Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of the critique against management;

 

    Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates); and

 

    Stock ownership positions.

In the case of candidates nominated pursuant to proxy access, vote case-by-case considering any applicable factors listed above or additional factors which may be relevant, including those that are specific to the company, to the nominee(s) and/or to the nature of the election (such as whether or not there are more candidates than board seats).

CAPITAL/RESTRUCTURING

Capital

Common Stock Authorization

General Recommendation : Vote for proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support.

Vote against proposals at companies with more than one class of common stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of common stock that has superior voting rights.

Vote against proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares if a vote for a reverse stock split on the same ballot is warranted despite the fact that the authorized shares would not be reduced proportionally.

Vote case-by-case on all other proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

    Past Board Performance:

 

    The company’s use of authorized shares during the last three years;

 

    The Current Request:

 

    Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific purposes of the proposed increase;

 

    Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request; and

 

    The dilutive impact of the request as determined relative to an allowable increase calculated by ISS (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares) that reflects the company’s need for shares and total shareholder returns.

ISS will apply the relevant allowable increase below to requests to increase common stock that are for general corporate purposes (or to the general corporate purposes portion of a request that also includes a specific need):

 

A. Most companies: 100  percent of existing authorized shares.

 

B. Companies with less than 50  percent of existing authorized shares either outstanding or reserved for issuance: 50  percent of existing authorized shares.

 

C. Companies with one- and three-year total shareholder returns (TSRs) in the bottom 10 percent of the U.S. market as of the end of the calendar quarter that is closest to their most recent fiscal year end: 50  percent of existing authorized shares.

 

D. Companies at which both conditions (B and C) above are both present: 25  percent of existing authorized shares.

If there is an acquisition, private placement, or similar transaction on the ballot (not including equity incentive plans) that ISS is recommending FOR, the allowable increase will be the greater of (i) twice the amount needed to support the transactions on the ballot, and (ii) the allowable increase as calculated above.

 

B-42


Mergers and Acquisitions

General Recommendation : Vote case-by-case on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

    Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.

 

    Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

 

    Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

    Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

 

    Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger. The CIC figure presented in the “ISS Transaction Summary” section of this report is an aggregate figure that can in certain cases be a misleading indicator of the true value transfer from shareholders to insiders. Where such figure appears to be excessive, analyze the underlying assumptions to determine whether a potential conflict exists.

 

    Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

COMPENSATION

Executive Pay Evaluation

Underlying all evaluations are five global principles that most investors expect corporations to adhere to in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs:

Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment, with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will take into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based plan costs; Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;

Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision- making (e.g., including access to independent expertise and advice when needed);

Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly;

Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors does not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation—Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)

General Recommendation : Vote case-by-case on ballot items related to executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation.

Vote against Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation (Management Say-on-Pay or “MSOP”) if:

 

    There is a significant misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

    The company maintains significant problematic pay practices;

 

    The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

 

B-43


Vote against or withhold from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

    There is no MSOP on the ballot, and an against vote on an MSOP is warranted due to pay-for-performance misalignment, problematic pay practices, or the lack of adequate responsiveness on compensation issues raised previously, or a combination thereof;

 

    The board fails to respond adequately to a previous MSOP proposal that received less than 70 percent support of votes cast;

 

    The company has recently practiced or approved problematic pay practices, including option repricing or option backdating; or

 

    The situation is egregious.

Primary Evaluation Factors for Executive Pay

Pay-for-Performance Evaluation

ISS annually conducts a pay-for-performance analysis to identify strong or satisfactory alignment between pay and performance over a sustained period. With respect to companies in the Russell 3000 or Russell 3000E Indices 6 , this analysis considers the following:

Peer Group 7 Alignment:

 

    The degree of alignment between the company’s annualized TSR rank and the CEO’s annualized total pay rank within a peer group, each measured over a three-year period.

 

    The multiple of the CEO’s total pay relative to the peer group median.

Absolute Alignment 8 – the absolute alignment between the trend in CEO pay and company TSR over the prior five fiscal years – i.e., the difference between the trend in annual pay changes and the trend in annualized TSR during the period.

If the above analysis demonstrates significant unsatisfactory long-term pay-for-performance alignment or, in the case of companies outside the Russell indices, misaligned pay and performance are otherwise suggested, our analysis may include any of the following qualitative factors, as relevant to evaluating how various pay elements may work to encourage or to undermine long-term value creation and alignment with shareholder interests:

 

    The ratio of performance- to time-based equity awards;

 

    The overall ratio of performance-based compensation;

 

    The completeness of disclosure and rigor of performance goals;

 

    The company’s peer group benchmarking practices;

 

    Actual results of financial/operational metrics, such as growth in revenue, profit, cash flow, etc., both absolute and relative to peers;

 

    Special circumstances related to, for example, a new CEO in the prior FY or anomalous equity grant practices (e.g., bi-annual awards);

 

    Realizable pay 9 compared to grant pay; and

 

    Any other factors deemed relevant.

Problematic Pay Practices

The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:

 

    Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;

 

    Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking; and

 

    Options backdating.

Problematic Pay Practices related to Non-Performance-Based Compensation Elements

Pay elements that are not directly based on performance are generally evaluated case-by-case considering the context of a company’s overall pay program and demonstrated pay-for-performance philosophy. Please refer to ISS’ Compensation FAQ document for detail on specific pay practices that have been identified as potentially problematic and may lead to negative

 

B-44


recommendations if they are deemed to be inappropriate or unjustified relative to executive pay best practices. The list below highlights the problematic practices that carry significant weight in this overall consideration and may result in adverse vote recommendations:

 

    Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/SARS without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender of underwater options);

 

    Excessive perquisites or tax gross-ups, including any gross-up related to a secular trust or restricted stock vesting;

 

    New or extended agreements that provide for:

 

    CIC payments exceeding 3 times base salary and average/target/most recent bonus;

 

    CIC severance payments without involuntary job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“single” or “modified single” triggers);

 

    CIC payments with excise tax gross-ups (including “modified” gross-ups);

 

    Insufficient executive compensation disclosure by externally-managed issuers (EMIs) such that a reasonable assessment of pay programs and practices applicable to the EMI’s executives is not possible.

Incentives that may Motivate Excessive Risk-Taking

 

    Multi-year guaranteed bonuses;

 

    A single or common performance metric used for short- and long-term plans;

 

    Lucrative severance packages;

 

    High pay opportunities relative to industry peers;

 

    Disproportionate supplemental pensions; or

 

    Mega annual equity grants that provide unlimited upside with no downside risk.

Factors that potentially mitigate the impact of risky incentives include rigorous claw-back provisions and robust stock ownership/holding guidelines.

Options Backdating

The following factors should be examined case-by-case to allow for distinctions to be made between “sloppy” plan administration versus deliberate action or fraud:

 

    Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;

 

    Duration of options backdating;

 

    Size of restatement due to options backdating;

 

    Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and

 

    Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

Compensation Committee Communications and Responsiveness

Consider the following factors case-by-case when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay on the board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues:

 

    Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or

 

    Failure to adequately respond to the company’s previous say-on-pay proposal that received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:

 

    The company’s response, including:

 

    Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors regarding the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

    Specific actions taken to address the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

    Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

 

    Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

 

    The company’s ownership structure; and

 

    Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

 

B-45


Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (”Say When on Pay“)

General Recommendation : Vote for annual advisory votes on compensation, which provide the most consistent and clear communication channel for shareholder concerns about companies’ executive pay programs.

Equity-based and Other Incentive Plans

General Recommendation : Vote case-by-case on certain equity-based compensation plans10 depending on a combination of certain plan features and equity grant practices, where positive factors may counterbalance negative factors, and vice versa, as evaluated using an ”equity plan scorecard“ (EPSC) approach with three pillars:

 

    Plan Cost : The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) in relation to peers and considering both:

 

    SVT based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants; and

 

    SVT based only on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants.

 

    Plan Features :

 

    Automatic single-triggered award vesting upon a change in control (CIC);

 

    Discretionary vesting authority;

 

    Liberal share recycling on various award types;

 

    Lack of minimum vesting period for grants made under the plan;

 

    Dividends payable prior to award vesting.

 

    Grant Practices :

 

    The company’s three-year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers;

 

    Vesting requirements in most recent CEO equity grants (3-year look-back);

 

    The estimated duration of the plan (based on the sum of shares remaining available and the new shares requested, divided by the average annual shares granted in the prior three years);

 

    The proportion of the CEO’s most recent equity grants/awards subject to performance conditions;

 

    Whether the company maintains a claw-back policy;

 

    Whether the company has established post-exercise/vesting share-holding requirements.

Generally vote against the plan proposal if the combination of above factors indicates that the plan is not, overall, in shareholders’ interests, or if any of the following egregious factors apply:

 

    Awards may vest in connection with a liberal change-of-control definition;

 

    The plan would permit repricing or cash buyout of underwater options without shareholder approval (either by expressly permitting it – for NYSE and Nasdaq listed companies – or by not prohibiting it when the company has a history of repricing – for non-listed companies);

 

    The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices or a significant pay-for-performance disconnect under certain circumstances; or

 

    Any other plan features are determined to have a significant negative impact on shareholder interests.

SOCIAL/ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

Global Approach

Issues covered under the policy include a wide range of topics, including consumer and product safety, environment and energy, labor standards and human rights, workplace and board diversity, and corporate political issues. While a variety of factors goes into each analysis, the overall principle guiding all vote recommendations focuses on how the proposal may enhance or protect shareholder value in either the short or long term.

General Recommendation : Generally vote case-by-case, taking into consideration whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value, and in addition the following will also be considered:

 

    If the issues presented in the proposal are more appropriately or effectively dealt with through legislation or government regulation;

 

    If the company has already responded in an appropriate and sufficient manner to the issue(s) raised in the proposal;

 

B-46


    Whether the proposal’s request is unduly burdensome (scope or timeframe) or overly prescriptive;

 

    The company’s approach compared with any industry standard practices for addressing the issue(s) raised by the proposal;

 

    If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not reasonable and sufficient information is currently available to shareholders from the company or from other publicly available sources; and

 

    If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not implementation would reveal proprietary or confidential information that could place the company at a competitive disadvantage.

Pharmaceutical Pricing, Access to Medicines, and Prescription Drug Reimportation

General Recommendation : Generally vote against proposals requesting that companies implement specific price restraints on pharmaceutical products unless the company fails to adhere to legislative guidelines or industry norms in its product pricing practices.

Vote case-by-case on proposals requesting that a company report on its product pricing or access to medicine policies, considering:

 

    The potential for reputational, market, and regulatory risk exposure;

 

    Existing disclosure of relevant policies;

 

    Deviation from established industry norms;

 

    Relevant company initiatives to provide research and/or products to disadvantaged consumers;

 

    Whether the proposal focuses on specific products or geographic regions;

 

    The potential burden and scope of the requested report;

 

    Recent significant controversies, litigation, or fines at the company.

Generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on the financial and legal impact of its prescription drug reimportation policies unless such information is already publicly disclosed.

Generally vote against proposals requesting that companies adopt specific policies to encourage or constrain prescription drug reimportation. Such matters are more appropriately the province of legislative activity and may place the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its peers.

Climate Change/Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions

General Recommendation : Generally vote for resolutions requesting that a company disclose information on the risks related to climate change on its operations and investments, such as financial, physical, or regulatory risks, considering:

 

    Whether the company already provides current, publicly-available information on the impact that climate change may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

 

    The company’s level of disclosure is at least comparable to that of industry peers; and

 

    There are no significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental performance.

Generally vote for proposals requesting a report on greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from company operations and/or products and operations, unless:

 

    The company already discloses current, publicly-available information on the impacts that GHG emissions may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

 

    The company’s level of disclosure is comparable to that of industry peers; and

 

    There are no significant, controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s GHG emissions.

Vote case-by-case on proposals that call for the adoption of GHG reduction goals from products and operations, taking into account:

 

    Whether the company provides disclosure of year-over-year GHG emissions performance data;

 

    Whether company disclosure lags behind industry peers;

 

    The company’s actual GHG emissions performance;

 

B-47


    The company’s current GHG emission policies, oversight mechanisms, and related initiatives; and

 

    Whether the company has been the subject of recent, significant violations, fines, litigation, or controversy related to GHG emissions.

Board Diversity

General Recommendation : Generally vote for requests for reports on a company’s efforts to diversify the board, unless:

 

    The gender and racial minority representation of the company’s board is reasonably inclusive in relation to companies of similar size and business; and

 

    The board already reports on its nominating procedures and gender and racial minority initiatives on the board and within the company.

Vote case-by-case on proposals asking a company to increase the gender and racial minority representation on its board, taking into account:

 

    The degree of existing gender and racial minority diversity on the company’s board and among its executive officers;

 

    The level of gender and racial minority representation that exists at the company’s industry peers;

 

    The company’s established process for addressing gender and racial minority board representation;

 

    Whether the proposal includes an overly prescriptive request to amend nominating committee charter language;

 

    The independence of the company’s nominating committee;

 

    Whether the company uses an outside search firm to identify potential director nominees; and

 

    Whether the company has had recent controversies, fines, or litigation regarding equal employment practices.

FOOTNOTES

 

1   In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.
2   A “new nominee” is any current nominee who has not already been elected by shareholders and who joined the board after the problematic action in question transpired. If ISS cannot determine whether the nominee joined the board before or after the problematic action transpired, the nominee will be considered a “new nominee” if he or she joined the board within the 12 months prior to the upcoming shareholder meeting.
3   Examples of failure of risk oversight include, but are not limited to: bribery; large or serial fines or sanctions from regulatory bodies; significant adverse legal judgments or settlements; hedging of company stock; or significant pledging of company stock.
4   For new nominees only, schedule conflicts due to commitments made prior to their appointment to the board are considered if disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing.
5   Although all of a CEO’s subsidiary boards will be counted as separate boards, ISS will not recommend a withhold vote for the CEO of a parent company board or any of the controlled (>50 percent ownership) subsidiaries of that parent, but may do so at subsidiaries that are less than 50 percent controlled and boards outside the parent/subsidiary relationships.
6   The Russell 3000E Index includes approximately 4,000 of the largest U.S. equity securities.
7   The revised peer group is generally comprised of 14-24 companies that are selected using market cap, revenue (or assets for certain financial firms), GICS industry group, and company’s selected peers’ GICS industry group, with size constraints, via a process designed to select peers that are comparable to the subject company in terms of revenue/assets and industry, and also within a market-cap bucket that is reflective of the company’s. For Oil, Gas & Consumable Fuels companies, market cap is the only size determinant.
8   Only Russell 3000 Index companies are subject to the Absolute Alignment analysis.
9   ISS research reports include realizable pay for S&P1500 companies.
1 0   Proposals evaluated under the EPSC policy generally include those to approve or amend (1) stock option plans for employees and/or employees and directors, (2) restricted stock plans for employees and/or employees and directors, and (3) omnibus stock incentive plans for employees and/or employees and directors; amended plans will be further evaluated case- by-case.

 

B-48


Standard Life Investments (Corporate Funds) Limited (“Aberdeen Standard Investments”)

Voting is the primary method by which we exercise our clients’ rights as shareholders and is the means by which boards of companies can formally be held to account. The Governance & Stewardship function of the Environmental, Social & Governance (ESG) Investment Team has oversight of all our voting globally. We vote all shares for which we have voting authority except when otherwise instructed by the beneficial owner of these shares or, where, for practical reasons (such as share-blocking), this is not appropriate.

We use our Global Voting Platform to achieve this. In doing so, we use the services of Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS), which is a reputable provider of proxy voting research and voting recommendations. Although ISS has its own voting guidelines, we provide a custom voting policy based on our regional guidelines that it is required to follow when implementing the voting decisions we make on behalf of our clients.

We implement considered voting policies based on our ESG Principles & Policy Guidelines approved by our board when voting the shares we manage. We have published our Regional Voting Guidelines covering all major regions of the world where we invest on behalf of our clients. We apply our guidelines with appropriate professional care and flexibility, holding boards to account, engaging where necessary, and at all times representing the best interest of our clients. We use these guidelines to create the custom voting policy used by ISS when assessing company meeting resolutions on our behalf.

Our natural inclination is to support a board’s voting recommendation, but we do vote our clients’ shares against resolutions that are not consistent with their best interests as shareholders or which conflict with the spirit of Investment Association (IA) or other institutional guidance. When making voting decisions in the UK, we also make use of the IA’s Institutional Voting Information Service. We analyse special shareholder resolutions on a case-by-case basis and consider whether the resolution calls for action that would lead to an increase in shareholder value. For our holdings other than in the US, we undertake an assessment of voting opportunities using a tiered significance approach driven by the market of listing and the size of our holding. For any significant holdings we will separately undertake a detailed assessment of any voting opportunity and for minor holdings we will rely on the voting recommendations determined by ISS in line with our custom policy. In addition, we will also review any vote against management proposed by our advisers with the exception of de-minimis holdings.

In the US, our company analysts based in Boston assess meeting resolutions and provide their voting decisions to the Governance & Stewardship function. Should the instruction be out of line with the advice received from ISS based on our custom voting policy, the analyst will provide a rationale for the divergence.

In the event that we vote our clients’ shares against a resolution at a UK shareholder meeting, this decision is discussed and agreed with the investment team. We will always use best endeavours to discuss this with the company beforehand and explain the reasons. We also use reasonable endeavours to do so in respect of abstentions. The purpose of such engagements is to seek to influence changes in company policy and practice. In exceptional circumstances, we shall attend and speak at shareholder meetings to reinforce our views to the company’s board.

We disclose all our voting records for shareholder meetings on our website, one month in arrears.

Our ESG Principles and Policy Guidelines, along with our regional voting guidelines can be found on our website.

https://www.standardlifeinvestments.com/governance_and_stewardship/what_is_corporate_governance/principles_and_policies.html

Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC

PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES

Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC (“TSW”) acknowledges it has a fiduciary obligation to its clients that requires it to monitor corporate events and vote client proxies. TSW has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that proxies for domestic and foreign stock holdings are voted in the best interest of our clients on a best efforts basis. TSW recognizes that it (i) has a fiduciary responsibility under the Employee Retirement Income Securities Act (ERISA) to vote proxies prudently and solely in the best interest of plan participants and beneficiaries (ii) will vote stock proxies in the best interest of the client (non-ERISA) when directed (together, our “clients”). TSW has developed its policy to be consistent with, wherever possible, enhancing long-term shareholder value and leading corporate governance

 

B-49


practices. TSW has retained the services of Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS). ISS is a Registered Investment Adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.As a leading provider of proxy voting and corporate governance services with 20+ years of experience, ISS serves more than 1,700 institutions. ISS’s core business is to analyze proxies and issue informed research and objective vote recommendations for more than 38,000 companies across 115 markets worldwide. ISS provides TSW proxy proposal research and voting recommendations and votes accounts on TSW’s behalf under the guidance of ISS’s standard voting guidelines which include:

 

•  Operational Issues

  

•  Corporate Responsibility

•  Board of Directors

  

•  Consumer Issues and Public Safety

•  Proxy Contests

  

•  Environment and Energy

•  Anti-takeover Defenses and Voting Related Issues

  

•  General Corporate Issues

•  Mergers and Corporate Restructurings

  

•  Labor Standards and Human Rights

•  State of Incorporation

  

•  Military Business

•  Capital Structure

  

•  Workplace Diversity

•  Executive & Director Compensation

  

•  Mutual Fund Proxies

•  Equity Compensation Plans

•  Specific Treatment of Certain Award Types in Equity Plan Evaluations

•  Other Compensation Proposals & Policies

•  Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

TSW’s proxy coordinator is responsible for monitoring ISS’s voting procedures on an ongoing basis. TSW’s general policy regarding the voting of proxies is as follows:

Proxy Voting Guidelines:

Routine and/or non-controversial, general corporate governance issues are normally voted with management; this would include the Approval of Independent Auditors.

Occasionally, ISS may vote against management’s proposal on a particular issue; such issues would generally be those deemed likely to reduce shareholder control over management, entrench management at the expense of shareholders, or in some way diminish shareholders’ present or future value. From time to time TSW will receive and act upon the client’s specific instructions regarding proxy proposals. TSW reserves the right to vote against any proposals motivated by political, ethical or social concerns. TSW and ISS will examine each issue solely from an economic perspective.

A complete summary of ISS’s voting guidelines, domestic & foreign, are available at:

https://www.issgovernance.com/policy-gateway

Conflicts of Interest:

Occasions may arise during the voting process in which the best interests of the clients conflicts with TSW’s interests. Conflicts of interest generally include (i) business relationships where TSW has a substantial business relationship with, or is actively soliciting business from, a company soliciting proxies (ii) personal or family relationships whereby an employee of TSW has a family member or other personal relationship that is affiliated with a company soliciting proxies, such as a spouse who serves as a director of a public company. A conflict could also exist if a substantial business relationship exists with a proponent or opponent of a particular initiative. If TSW determines that a material conflict of interest exists, TSW will instruct ISS to vote using ISS’s standard policy guidelines which are derived independently from TSW.

Proxy Voting Process:

 

    Upon timely receipt of proxy materials, ISS will automatically release vote instructions on client’s behalf as soon as custom research is completed. TSW retains authority to override the votes (before cut-off date) if they disagree with the vote recommendation.

 

    The Proxy Coordinator will monitor the voting process at ISS via Proxy Exchange website (ISS’s online voting and research platform).Records of which accounts are voted, how accounts are voted, and how many shares are voted are kept electronically with ISS.

 

B-50


    For proxies not received at ISS, TSW and ISS will make a best efforts attempt to receive ballots from the clients’ custodian.

 

    TSW will be responsible for account maintenance – opening and closing of accounts, transmission of holdings and account environment monitoring.

 

    Order Implementation Manager (proxy oversight representative) will keep abreast of any critical or exceptional events or events qualifying as a conflict of interest via ISS Proxy Exchange website and email. TSW has the ability to override vote instructions, and the Order Implementation Manager will consult with TSW’s Investment Policy Committee or product managers in these types of situations.

 

    All proxies are voted solely in the best interest of clients.

 

    Proactive communication takes place via regular meetings with ISS’s Client Relations Team.

Practical Limitations Relating to Proxy Voting:

While TSW uses its best efforts to vote proxies, in certain circumstances it may be impractical or impossible for TSW to do so. Identifiable circumstances include:

 

    Limited Value. TSW may abstain from voting in those circumstances where it has concluded to do so would have no identifiable economic benefit to the client-shareholder.

 

    Unjustifiable Cost. TSW may abstain from voting when the costs of or disadvantages resulting from voting, in TSW’s judgment, outweigh the economic benefits of voting.

 

    Securities Lending. Certain of TSW’s clients engage in securities lending programs under which shares of an issuer could be on loan while that issuer is conducting a proxy solicitation. As part of the securities lending program, if the securities are on loan at the record date, the client lending the security cannot vote that proxy. Because TSW generally is not aware of when a security may be on loan, it does not have an opportunity to recall the security prior to the record date. Therefore, in most cases, those shares will not be voted and TSW may not be able fully to reconcile the securities held at record date with the securities actually voted.

 

    Failure to Receive Proxy Statements. TSW may not be able to vote proxies in connection with certain holdings, most frequently for foreign securities, if it does not receive the account’s proxy statement in time to vote the proxy.

Proxy Voting Records & Reports:

 

    The proxy information is maintained by ISS on TSW’s behalf and includes the following:(i) name of the issuer, (ii) the exchange ticker symbol, (iii) the CUSIP number, (iv) the shareholder meeting date, (v) a brief description of the matter brought to vote; (vi) whether the proposal was submitted by management or a shareholder, (vii) how the proxy was voted (for, against, abstained), (viii) whether the proxy was voted for or against management, and (ix) documentation materials to make the decision. TSW’s Proxy Coordinator coordinates retrieval and report production as required or requested.

 

    Clients will be notified annually of their ability to request a copy of our proxy policies and procedures. A copy of how TSW voted on securities held is available free of charge upon request from our clients or by calling us toll free at (800) 697-1056.

UBS Asset Management (Americas), Inc. (”UBS AM“)

Corporate Governance Policy & Proxy Voting

Overview

The principles below describe the approach of Equities, Fixed Income, and Multi-Asset investment areas of UBS Asset Management to corporate governance and to the exercise of voting rights on behalf of its clients (which include funds, individuals, pensions and all other advisory clients). They also apply to the listed real estate securities held within the Global Real Estate investment area.

Where clients of UBS Asset Management have delegated the discretion to exercise the voting rights for shares they beneficially own, UBS Asset Management has a fiduciary duty to vote in the clients’ best interest. These principles set forth UBS Asset Management’s approach to corporate governance and to the exercise of voting rights when clients have delegated their voting rights to UBS Asset Management.

 

B-51


Key principles

UBS Asset Management’s global corporate governance principles reflect our active investment style and structure that provides us with the detailed knowledge of the investments we make on behalf of our clients. With that detailed knowledge, we always seek to judge what is in the best interests of our clients as the beneficial owners of those investments.

We believe voting rights have economic value and should be treated accordingly. Where we have been given the discretion to vote on clients’ behalves, we will exercise our delegated fiduciary responsibility by voting in a manner we believe will most favorably impact the economic value of their investments.

Good corporate governance should, in the long term, lead towards both better corporate performance and improved shareholder value. Thus, we expect board members of companies in which we have invested to act in the service of the shareholders, view themselves as stewards of the company, exercise good judgment and practice diligent oversight of the management of the company. A commitment to acting in as transparent a manner as possible is fundamental to good governance.

In serving the interests of our clients, some investment capabilities within UBS Asset Management may at times pursue differing approaches towards particular corporate governance issues, including how to vote or abstain on proposals. This reflects the diverse nature of our capabilities. However, in all cases the interests of clients will be paramount. Underlying our voting and corporate governance principles we have two fundamental objectives:

 

    We seek to act in the best financial interests of our clients to enhance the long-term value of their investments.

 

    As an investment advisor, we have a strong commercial interest that companies in which we invest, on behalf of our clients are successful. We promote best practice in the boardroom.

To achieve these objectives, we have established a set of Principles to guide our exercise of voting rights and the taking of other appropriate actions, and to support and encourage sound corporate governance practice. These Principles are applied globally but also permit us the discretion to reflect local laws or standards where appropriate.

While there is no absolute set of standards that determine appropriate governance under all circumstances and no set of values will guarantee ethical board behavior, there are certain principles, which provide evidence of good corporate governance. We will, therefore, generally exercise voting rights on behalf of clients in accordance with the following principles.

Board Structure

Some significant factors for an effective board structure include:

 

    An effective Chairman is key.

 

    The roles of Chairman and Chief Executive generally should be separated.

 

    The Board should be comprised of individuals with appropriate and diverse experience capable of providing good judgment and diligent oversight of the management of the company.

 

    The non-executive directors should provide a challenging, but generally supportive environment for the executive directors.

Board Responsibilities

Some significant factors for effective discharge of board responsibilities include:

 

    The whole Board should be fully involved in endorsing strategy and in all major strategic decisions (e.g., mergers and acquisitions)

 

    The Board should ensure that at all times:

 

    Appropriate management succession plans are in place.

 

    The interests of executives and shareholders are aligned.

 

    The financial audit is independent and accurate.

 

    The brand and reputation of the company is protected and enhanced.

 

    A constructive dialogue with shareholders is encouraged.

 

    That it receives all the information necessary to hold management to account.

 

B-52


Areas of Focus

Some examples of areas of concern related to our Corporate Governance focus include the following:

 

    Economic value resulting from acquisitions or disposals.

 

    Operational performance.

 

    Quality of management.

 

    Independent non-executive directors not holding executive management to account.

 

    Quality of internal controls.

 

    Lack of transparency.

 

    Inadequate succession planning.

 

    Poor approach to corporate social responsibility.

 

    Inefficient management structure.

 

    Corporate activity designed to frustrate the ability of shareholders to hold the Board to account or realize the maximum value of their investment.

Corporate Governance, SRI and Voting Research Services

We believe voting rights have economic value and should be treated accordingly. Voting at shareholder meetings is a vital component of our overall approach to effective stewardship of our client’s assets. Voting is not an end in itself, but is an important part of our oversight role.

It enables us to voice our opinion to a company on a broad range of topics and is a way of encouraging boards to listen to and address investor concerns. A high voting turnout at general meetings can help ensure that decisions are representative of all stakeholders and not only those with large holdings or shorter-term perspectives. Voting by a large body of shareholders can protect the interests of minority investors.

Where we have been given the discretion to vote on behalf of our clients we exercise our delegated fiduciary responsibility by voting in a manner we believe will most favorably impact the economic value of their investments. We vote globally so long as there is no conflict with the efficient management of client portfolios.

Taking into account the number of companies in which we invest across global markets, we retain the services of a specialist voting provider to obtain information regarding shareholder meetings held by our investee companies. Such providers are able to supply the agenda of meetings and the current and historical background to each item to be voted upon. Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS) are the current provider of this service.

UBS Asset Management does not allow ISS to vote directly on our behalf. Our voting process is managed by our Governance & Stewardship team, who work closely with our portfolio managers and analysts in our various locations to determine how to vote based upon UBS voting policies.

WCM Investment Management (“WCM”)

WCM accepts responsibility for voting proxies whenever requested by a Client or as required by law. Each Client’s investment management agreement should specify whether WCM is to vote proxies relating to securities held for the Client’s account. If the agreement is silent as to the proxy voting and no instructions from the client are on file, WCM will assume responsibility of proxy voting.

Special Rule in the Case of ERISA Accounts.

Unless proxy voting responsibility has been expressly reserved and is being exercised by another “named fiduciary” for an ERISA plan Client, WCM, as the investment manager for the account, must vote all proxies relating to securities held for the plan’s account. Please refer to ERISA Accounts section below for further details.

 

B-53


In cases in which WCM has proxy voting authority for securities held by its advisory clients, WCM will ensure securities are voted for the exclusive benefit, and in the best economic interest, of those clients and their beneficiaries, subject to any restrictions or directions from a client. Such voting responsibilities will be exercised in a manner that is consistent with the general antifraud provisions of the Advisers Act, and the Proxy Voting rule, Rule 206(4)-6, as well as with WCM’s fiduciary duties under federal and state law to act in the best interests of its clients.

1. Third Party Proxy Voting Service

In general, WCM believes that its clients’ best economic interest with regards to proxy voting is best served by engaging an independent firm that specializes in researching companies and their management for the purpose of increasing investor’s potential financial gain through voting proxies. WCM has therefore engaged and adopted the following proxy voting policies of Glass Lewis: U.S. Policy, International Policy and Investment Manager Policy. In the event of a special client request, WCM will also accommodate the following styles: Taft Hartley, Public Pension, ESG (environmental, social and government practice) and Management Supportive. In limited circumstances, however, WCM may choose to vote a proxy against the recommendation of Glass Lewis, if WCM believes such vote is in the best economic interest of its clients. In such cases, this decision will be made by the Investment Strategy Group (”ISG“) who will maintain documentation to support WCM’s decision.

The purpose of Glass Lewis’ proxy research and advice is to facilitate shareholder voting in favor of governance structures that will drive performance, create shareholder value and maintain a proper tone at the top. Because Glass Lewis is not in the business of providing consulting services to public companies, it can focus solely on the best interests of investors. Glass Lewis’ approach to corporate governance is to look at each company individually and determine what is in the best interests of the shareholders of each particular company. Research on proxies covers more than just corporate governance – Glass Lewis analyzes accounting, executive compensation, compliance with regulation and law, risks and risk disclosure, litigation and other matters that reflect on the quality of board oversight and company transparency.

2. Role of the Proxy Admin.

The Proxy Admin oversees and administers the firm’s proxy voting process. For each Client, the Proxy Admin initially determines whether:

 

    WCM is vested with proxy voting responsibility or whether voting is reserved to the Client or delegated to another designee;

 

    the Client has adopted a proxy voting policy that WCM is required to follow; and

 

    the Client requires any periodic report of votes cast for its account or any comparative report of votes cast in relation to its proxy voting policy, if different from WCM’s.

Once a Client account is established and proxy voting responsibility is determined, the Proxy Admin is responsible for ensuring that proxy materials for each account to be voted are received and voted in a timely manner. The Proxy Admin instructs registered owners of record (e.g. the Client, Trustee or Custodian) that receive proxy materials from the issuer or its information agent to send proxies electronically directly to ProxyEdge. WCM has engaged ProxyEdge, a third party service provider, to: (1) provide notification of impending votes; (2) vote proxies based on Glass Lewis and/or WCM recommendations; and (3) maintain records of such votes electronically. The PA, in conjunction with ProxyEdge, ensures that information is compiled and maintained for each Client for which WCM votes proxies, showing the issuer’s name, meeting date and manner in which votes were cast on each proposal. WCM shares client holdings and other relevant information with ProxyEdge to ensure that votes are cast and captured accurately, and relies on ProxyEdge to compile and maintain voting records electronically. Proxy materials received inadvertently for Client accounts over which WCM has no voting authority are forwarded on to Clients.

3. Role of the Analyst and ISG

If a proposal requires case-by-case analysis, the Analyst brings a recommendation to the ISG for decision. The ISG is ultimately responsible for voting case-by-case proposals. The ISG also has authority to override the recommendation of Glass Lewis when the ISG believes such vote is in the best economic interest of WCM’s clients. Documentation will be provided by the ISG and maintained by the Proxy Admin supporting the rationale for any vote cast against the recommendation of Glass Lewis and case-by case proposals.

 

B-54


4. Certain Proxy Votes May Not Be Cast

In some cases, WCM may determine that it is in the best interests of our clients to abstain from voting certain proxies. WCM will abstain from voting in the event any of the following conditions are met with regard to a proxy proposal:

 

    Neither Glass Lewis’ recommendation nor specific client instructions cover an issue;

 

    In circumstances where, in WCM’s judgment, the costs of voting the proxy exceed the expected benefits to the Client.

In addition, WCM will only seek to vote proxies for securities on loan when such a vote is deemed to have a material impact on the account. Materiality is determined by the ISG.

Further, in accordance with local law or business practices, many foreign companies prevent the sales of shares that have been voted for a certain period beginning prior to the shareholder meeting and ending on the day following the meeting (“share blocking”). Depending on the country in which a company is domiciled, the blocking period may begin a stated number of days prior to the meeting (e.g., one, three or five days) or on a date established by the company. While practices vary, in many countries the block period can be continued for a longer period if the shareholder meeting is adjourned and postponed to a later date. Similarly, practices vary widely as to the ability of a shareholder to have the “block” restriction lifted early (e.g., in some countries shares generally can be “unblocked” up to two days prior to the meeting whereas in other countries the removal of the block appears to be discretionary with the issuer’s transfer agent). WCM believes that the disadvantage of being unable to sell the stock regardless of changing conditions generally outweighs the advantages of voting at the shareholder meeting for routine items. Accordingly, WCM generally will not vote those proxies subject to “share blocking.”

5. Identifying and Dealing with Material Conflicts of Interest between WCM and Proxy Issuer

WCM may choose to vote a proxy against the recommendation of Glass Lewis, if WCM believes such vote is in the best economic interest of its clients. Such a decision will be made and documented by the ISG. Because WCM retains this authority, it creates a potential conflict of interest between WCM and the proxy issuer. As a result, WCM may not overrule Glass Lewis’ recommendation with respect to a proxy unless the following steps are taken by the CCO:

a. The CCO must determine whether WCM has a conflict of interest with respect to the issuer that is the subject of the proxy. The CCO will use the following standards to identify issuers with which WCM may have a conflict of interest.

(1.)Significant Business Relationships – The CCO will determine whether WCM may have a significant business relationship with the issuer, such as, for example, where WCM manages a pension plan. For this purpose, a “significant business relationship” is one that: (i) represents 1% or $1,000,000 of WCM’s revenues for the fiscal year, whichever is less, or is reasonably expected to represent this amount for the current fiscal year; or (ii) may not directly involve revenue to WCM but is otherwise determined by the CCO to be significant to WCM.

(2.)Significant Personal/Family Relationships – the CCO will determine whether any employees who are involved in the proxy voting process may have a significant personal/family relationship with the issuer. For this purpose, a “significant personal/family relationship” is one that would be reasonably likely to influence how WCM votes proxies. To identify any such relationships, the CCO shall obtain information about any significant personal/family relationship between any employee of WCM who is involved in the proxy voting process (e.g., ISG members) and senior employees of issuers for which WCM may vote proxies.

b. If the CCO determines that WCM has a conflict of interest with respect to the issuer, the CCO shall determine whether the conflict is “material” to any specific proposal included within the proxy. If not, then WCM can vote the proxy as determined by the ISG. The CCO shall determine whether a proposal is material as follows:

(1.)Routine Proxy Proposals – Proxy proposals that are “routine” shall be presumed not to involve a material conflict of interest for WCM, unless the ISG has actual knowledge that a routine proposal should be treated as material. For this purpose, “routine” proposals would typically include matters such as the selection of an accountant, uncontested election of directors, meeting formalities, and approval of an annual report/financial statements.

 

B-55


(2.)Non-Routine Proxy Proposals – Proxy proposals that are “non-routine” shall be presumed to involve a material conflict of interest for WCM, unless the CCO determines that WCM’s conflict is unrelated to the proposal in question (see 3. below). For this purpose, “non-routine” proposals would typically include any contested matter, including a contested election of directors, a merger or sale of substantial assets, a change in the articles of incorporation that materially affects the rights of shareholders, and compensation matters for management (e.g., stock option plans, retirement plans, profit sharing or other special remuneration plans).

(3.)Determining that a Non-Routine Proposal is Not Material– As discussed above, although non-routine proposals are presumed to involve a material conflict of interest, the CCO may determine on a case-by-case basis that particular non- routine proposals do not involve a material conflict of interest. To make this determination, the CCO must conclude that a proposal is not directly related to WCM’s conflict with the issuer or that it otherwise would not be considered important by a reasonable investor. The CCO shall record in writing the basis for any such determination.

c. For any proposal where the CCO determines that WCM has a material conflict of interest, WCM may vote a proxy regarding that proposal in any of the following manners:

(1.)Obtain Client Consent or Direction– If the CCO approves the proposal to overrule the recommendation of Glass Lewis, WCM shall fully disclose to each client holding the security at issue the nature of the conflict, and obtain the client’s consent to how WCM will vote on the proposal (or otherwise obtain instructions from the client as to how the proxy on the proposal should be voted).

(2.)Use Glass Lewis’ Recommendation – Vote in accordance with Glass Lewis’ recommendation.

d. For any proposal where the CCO determines that WCM does not have a material conflict of interest, the ISG may overrule Glass Lewis’ recommendation if the ISG reasonably determines that doing so is in the best interests of WCM’s clients. If the ISG decides to overrule Glass Lewis’ recommendation, the ISG will maintain documentation to support their decision.

6. Dealing with Material Conflicts of Interest between a Client and Glass Lewis or Proxy Issuer

In the event that WCM is notified by a client regarding a conflict of interest between them and Glass Lewis or the proxy issuer, the CCO will evaluate the circumstances and either:

 

a.elevate the decision to the ISG who will make a determination as to what would be in the Client’s best interest;

 

b.if practical, seek a waiver from the Client of the conflict; or

 

c.if agreed upon in writing with the Clients, forward the proxies to affected Clients allowing them to vote their own proxies.

7. Maintenance of Proxy Voting Records

As required by Rule 204-2 under the Advisers Act, as amended, WCM will maintain or procure the maintenance of the following records relating to proxy voting for a period of at least five years:

a.a copy of these Proxy Policies, as they may be amended from time to time;

b.copies of proxy statements received regarding Client securities, unless these materials are available electronically through the SEC’s EDGAR system;

c.a record of each proxy vote cast on behalf of its Clients;

d.a copy of any internal documents created by WCM that were material to making the decision how to vote proxies on behalf of its Clients; and

e.each written Client request for information on how WCM voted proxies on behalf of the Client and each written response by WCM to oral or written Client requests for this information.

 

B-56


As permitted by Rule 204-2(c), electronic proxy statements and the record of each vote cast on behalf of each Client account will be maintained by ProxyEdge. WCM shall obtain and maintain an undertaking from ProxyEdge to provide it with copies of proxy voting records and other documents relating to its Clients’ votes promptly upon request. WCM and ProxyEdge may rely on the SEC’s EDGAR system to keep records of certain proxy statements if the proxy statements are maintained by issuers on that system (e.g., large U.S.-based issuers).

8. Disclosure

WCM will provide all Clients a summary of these Proxy Policies, either directly or by delivery to the Client of a copy of its Form ADV, Part 2A containing such a summary, and information on how to obtain a copy of the full text of these Proxy Policies and a record of how WCM has voted the Client’s proxies. Upon receipt of a Client’s request for more information, WCM will provide to the Client a copy of these Proxy Policies and/or in accordance with the Client’s stated requirements, how the Client’s proxies were voted during the period requested. Such periodic reports will not be made available to third parties absent the express written request of the Client. However, to the extent that WCM serves as a sub-adviser to another adviser to a Client, WCM will be deemed to be authorized to provide proxy voting records on such Client accounts to such other adviser.

WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLP

Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”) has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best economic interests of clients for whom it exercises proxy-voting discretion.

Wellington Management’s Proxy Voting Guidelines (the “Guidelines”) set forth broad guidelines and positions on common proxy issues that Wellington Management uses in voting on proxies. In addition, Wellington Management also considers each proposal in the context of the issuer, industry and country or countries in which the issuer’s business is conducted. The Guidelines are not rigid rules and the merits of a particular proposal may cause Wellington Management to enter a vote that differs from the Guidelines.

Statement of Policy

Wellington Management:

 

1) Votes client proxies for which clients have affirmatively delegated proxy-voting authority, in writing, unless it determines that it is in the best interest of one or more clients to refrain from voting a given proxy.

 

2) Votes all proxies in the best interests of the client for whom it is voting, i.e., to maximize economic value.

 

3) Identifies and resolves all material proxy-related conflicts of interest between the firm and its clients in the best interests of the client.

Responsibility and Oversight

The Investment Research Group (“Investment Research”) monitors regulatory requirements with respect to proxy voting and works with the firm’s Legal and Compliance Group and the Corporate Governance Committee to develop practices that implement those requirements. Investment Research also acts as a resource for portfolio managers and research analysts on proxy matters as needed. Day-to-day administration of the proxy voting process is the responsibility of Investment Research. The Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for oversight of the implementation of the Global Proxy Policy and Procedures, review and approval of the Guidelines and for providing advice and guidance on specific proxy votes for individual issuers.

Procedures

Use of Third-Party Voting Agent

 

B-57


Wellington Management uses the services of a third-party voting agent to manage the administrative aspects of proxy voting. The voting agent processes proxies for client accounts, casts votes based on the Guidelines and maintains records of proxies voted.

Receipt of Proxy

If a client requests that Wellington Management votes proxies on its behalf, the client must instruct its custodian bank to deliver all relevant voting material to Wellington Management or its voting agent.

Reconciliation

Each public security proxy received by electronic means is matched to the securities eligible to be voted and a reminder is sent to any custodian or trustee that has not forwarded the proxies as due. Although proxies received for private securities, as well as those received in non-electronic format, are voted as received, Wellington Management is not able to reconcile these proxies to holdings, nor does it notify custodians of non-receipt.

Research

In addition to proprietary investment research undertaken by Wellington Management investment professionals, Investment Research conducts proxy research internally, and uses the resources of a number of external sources to keep abreast of developments in corporate governance and of current practices of specific companies.

Proxy Voting

Following the reconciliation process, each proxy is compared against the Guidelines, and handled as follows:

 

    Generally, issues for which explicit proxy voting guidance is provided in the Guidelines (i.e., “For”, “Against”, “Abstain”) are reviewed by Investment Research and voted in accordance with the Guidelines.

 

    Issues identified as “case-by-case” in the Guidelines are further reviewed by Investment Research. In certain circumstances, further input is needed, so the issues are forwarded to the relevant research analyst and/or portfolio manager(s) for their input.

 

    Absent a material conflict of interest, the portfolio manager has the authority to decide the final vote. Different portfolio managers holding the same securities may arrive at different voting conclusions for their clients’ proxies.

Wellington Management reviews regularly the voting record to ensure that proxies are voted in accordance with these Global Proxy Policy and Procedures and the Guidelines; and ensures that documentation and reports, for clients and for internal purposes, relating to the voting of proxies are promptly and properly prepared and disseminated.

Material Conflict of Interest Identification and Resolution Processes

Wellington Management’s broadly diversified client base and functional lines of responsibility serve to minimize the number of, but not prevent, material conflicts of interest it faces in voting proxies. Annually, the Corporate Governance Committee sets standards for identifying material conflicts based on client, vendor, and lender relationships, and publishes those standards to individuals involved in the proxy voting process. In addition, the Corporate Governance Committee encourages all personnel to contact Investment Research about apparent conflicts of interest, even if the apparent conflict does not meet the published materiality criteria. Apparent conflicts are reviewed by designated members of the Corporate Governance Committee to determine if there is a conflict and if so whether the conflict is material.

If a proxy is identified as presenting a material conflict of interest, the matter must be reviewed by designated members of the Corporate Governance Committee, who will resolve the conflict and direct the vote. In certain circumstances, the designated members may determine that the full Corporate Governance Committee should convene.

 

B-58


Other Considerations

In certain instances, Wellington Management may be unable to vote or may determine not to vote a proxy on behalf of one or more clients. While not exhaustive, the following are potential instances in which a proxy vote might not be entered.

Securities Lending

In general, Wellington Management does not know when securities have been lent out pursuant to a client’s securities lending program and are therefore unavailable to be voted. Efforts to recall loaned securities are not always effective, but, in rare circumstances, Wellington Management may recommend that a client attempt to have its custodian recall the security to permit voting of related proxies.

Share Blocking and Re-registration

Certain countries impose trading restrictions or requirements regarding re-registration of securities held in omnibus accounts in order for shareholders to vote a proxy. The potential impact of such requirements is evaluated when determining whether to vote such proxies.

Lack of Adequate Information, Untimely Receipt of Proxy Materials, or Excessive Costs

Wellington Management may abstain from voting a proxy when the proxy statement or other available information is inadequate to allow for an informed vote, when the proxy materials are not delivered in a timely fashion or when, in Wellington Management’s judgment, the costs exceed the expected benefits to clients (such as when powers of attorney or consularization are required).

Additional Information

Wellington Management maintains records related to proxies pursuant to Rule 204-2 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”), the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and other applicable laws.

Wellington Management provides clients with a copy of its Global Proxy Policy and Procedures, including the Guidelines, upon written request. In addition, Wellington Management will make specific client information relating to proxy voting available to a client upon reasonable written request.

Ziegler Capital Management, LLC (“ZCM”)

Proxy Voting and Class Actions

Background

In Proxy Voting by Investment Advisers, Investment Advisers Act Release No. 2106 (January 31, 2003), the SEC noted that, “The federal securities laws do not specifically address how an adviser must exercise its proxy voting authority for its clients. Under the Advisers Act, however, an adviser is a fiduciary that owes each of its clients a duty of care and loyalty with respect to all services undertaken on the client’s behalf, including proxy voting. The duty of care requires an adviser with proxy voting authority to monitor corporate events and to vote the proxies.”

Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act requires each registered investment adviser that exercises proxy voting authority with respect to client securities to:

 

    Adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes client securities in the clients’ best interests. Such policies and procedures must address the manner in which the adviser will resolve material conflicts of interest that can arise during the proxy voting process;

 

    Disclose to clients how they may obtain information from the adviser about how the adviser voted with respect to their securities; and

 

B-59


    Describe to clients the adviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures and, upon request, furnish a copy of the policies and procedures.

Additionally, paragraph (c)(2) of Rule 204-2 imposes additional recordkeeping requirements on investment advisers that execute proxy voting authority, as described in the Maintenance of Books and Records section of the Manual.

The Advisers Act lacks specific guidance regarding an adviser’s duty to direct clients’ participation in class actions. However, many investment advisers adopt policies and procedures regarding class actions.

Policies and Procedures

Proxy Voting Procedures

Proxies are assets of ZCM’s Clients that must be voted with diligence, care, and loyalty. ZCM will vote each proxy in accordance with its fiduciary duty to its Clients. ZCM will generally seek to vote proxies in a way that maximizes the value of Clients’ assets. However, ZCM will document and abide by any specific proxy voting instructions conveyed by a Client with respect to that Client’s securities. Operations coordinates ZCM’s proxy voting process.

Paragraph (c)(ii) of Rule 204-2 under the Advisers Act requires ZCM to maintain certain books and records associated with its proxy voting policies and procedures. ZCM’s recordkeeping obligations are described in the Maintenance of Books and Records section of the Manual. The CCO or designee will ensure that ZCM complies with all applicable recordkeeping requirements associated with proxy voting.

ZCM has retained Broadridge Investor Communications Solutions Inc. (“Broadridge”) to assist in the proxy voting process, utilizing the ProxyEdge system. Compliance manages ZCM’s relationship with the proxy service provider. Compliance monitors Broadridge to ensure all proxy ballots received are voted according to Clients’ specific instructions and the stated guidelines, and retains all required documentation associated with proxy voting. ZCM requires Broadridge to notify the Company if it experiences a material conflict of interest in the voting of Clients’ proxies.

Absent specific Client instructions, ZCM has adopted the following proxy voting procedures designed to ensure that proxies are properly identified and voted, and that any conflicts of interest are addressed appropriately:

 

    ZCM will become aware of specific opportunities to vote proxies by receipt of paper ballots or notification via Broadridge.

 

    Absent specific Client instructions, Client proxies shall be voted according to recommendations made by Egan-Jones Proxy Service (“Egan-Jones”). Egan-Jones guidelines are not exhaustive, do not address all potential voting issues, and do not necessarily correspond to the opinions of ZCM’s Portfolio Management teams. Therefore, there may be instances when ZCM may not vote the Client’s shares in accordance with Egan-Jones guidelines.

 

    In the event that ZCM believes the Egan-Jones recommendations are not in the best interest of the Client or for those matters for which Egan-Jones has not provided a voting recommendation, the Portfolio Management team may recommend the voting preference.

 

    ZCM has adopted Egan-Jones’ Taft-Hartley proxy voting guidelines.

 

    Operations oversees the proxy voting process. In accordance with Egan-Jones guidelines, the proxies are automatically voted, except for the case in which a paper ballot is received. In those instances, Operations will review the issue on the paper ballot and compare it with the Egan- Jones guidelines to manually vote the proxy.

 

    ZCM will not neglect its proxy voting responsibilities, but the Company may abstain from voting if it deems that abstaining is in its Clients’ best interests. For example, ZCM may be unable to vote securities that have been lent by the custodian. Compliance will prepare and maintain memoranda describing the rationale for any instance in which ZCM does not vote a Client’s proxy.

Broadridge will retain the following information in connection with each proxy vote:

 

    The Issuer’s name;

 

    The security’s ticker symbol or CUSIP, as applicable;

 

    The shareholder meeting date;

 

    The number of shares that ZCM voted;

 

    A brief identification of the matter voted on;

 

B-60


    Whether the matter was proposed by the Issuer or a security-holder;

 

    Whether ZCM cast a vote;

 

    How ZCM cast its vote (for the proposal, against the proposal, or abstain); and

 

    Whether ZCM cast its vote with or against management.

ZCM will maintain documentation describing the reasons for each vote (e.g., ZCM believes that voting with management is in Clients’ best interests, but Client X gave specific instructions to vote against management).

Any attempt to influence the proxy voting process by Issuers or others not identified in these policies and procedures should be promptly reported to the CCO. Similarly, any Client’s attempt to influence proxy voting with respect to other Clients’ securities should be promptly reported to the CCO.

Proxies received after a Client terminates its advisory relationship with ZCM will not be voted. Such proxies will promptly be returned to the sender, or the custodian, along with a statement indicating that ZCM’s advisory relationship with the Client has terminated, and that future proxies should not be sent to ZCM.

ZCM has additional proxy reporting obligations to its mutual fund clients. While the timing and manner of report to each mutual fund client may vary, generally, ZCM shall make the following reports to the respective mutual fund client:

 

    At least annually, ZCM shall present the mutual fund client with this Proxy Voting and Class Action Policy (the ”Policy“), for presentation to its board.

 

    ZCM shall promptly notify the mutual fund client of any material changes to this Policy.

 

    At least annually, ZCM shall promptly provide the mutual fund client a record of each proxy voted with respect to portfolio securities held by the fund during the year in order for the fund to make its N-PX filing.

Class Actions

ZCM does not direct Clients’ participation in class actions, as disclosed in Part 2 of Form ADV. Disclosures to Clients and Investors

ZCM includes a description of its policies and procedures regarding proxy voting and class actions in Part 2 of Form ADV, along with a statement that Clients and Investors can contact Compliance to obtain a copy of these policies and procedures and information about how ZCM voted with respect to the Client’s securities.

Any request for information about proxy voting should be promptly forwarded to Compliance, which will respond to any such requests. As a matter of policy, ZCM does not disclose how it expects to vote on upcoming proxies. Additionally, ZCM does not disclose the way it voted proxies to unaffiliated third parties without a legitimate need to know such information.

Annual Reviews

Portfolio Management will review, no less frequently than annually, the firm’s proxy voting guidelines to make sure they are adequate and appropriate given the investment activities of the firm. On an annual basis, this review will be presented to the Brokerage Practice Committee. Compliance shall review the proxy policies and procedures and assess whether they continue to be reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of clients.

 

B-61


APPENDIX C

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

INVESTMENTS IN EACH FUND

 

Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Fund

  

Dollar Range of

Investments in

Each Fund as of

October 31, 2017

Amundi Smith Breeden, LLC

Kenneth J. Monaghan

  

Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund

  

None

  

Nationwide Strategic Income Fund

  

None

Jonathan M. Duensing, CFA

   Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund    None
   Nationwide Strategic Income Fund    None
Bailard, Inc.
Anthony Craddock   

Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund

  

$100,001 - $500,000

   Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund    $50,001 - $100,000
Eric P. Leve, CFA   

Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund

  

$100,001 - $500,000

   Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund    $100,001 - $500,000
Peter M. Hill   

Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund

  

$100,001 - $500,000

   Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund    $100,001 - $500,000
Daniel McKellar, CFA   

Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund

  

$50,001 - $100,000

   Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund    $100,001 - $500,000
Thomas J. Mudge III, CFA    Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund    $500,001 - $1,000,000
Sonya Thadhani, CFA    Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund    $100,001 - $500,000
Warren Matthew Johnson    Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund    $10,001 - $50,000
David H. Smith, CFA    Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund    $50,001 - $100,000
BlackRock Investment Management, LLC
Alan Mason   

Nationwide International Index Fund

  

None

   Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund    None
   Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund    None
   Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund    None
Greg Savage, CFA   

Nationwide International Index Fund

  

None

   Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund    None
   Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund    None
   Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund    None
Creighton Jue, CFA   

Nationwide International Index Fund

  

None

   Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund    None
   Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund    None
   Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund    None
Rachel Aguirre   

Nationwide International Index Fund

  

None

   Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund    None
   Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund    None
   Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund    None
Scott Radell    Nationwide Bond Index Fund    None
Karen Uyehara    Nationwide Bond Index Fund    None
Boston Advisors, LLC
Douglas A. Riley, CFA    Nationwide Growth Fund    None
Michael J. Vogelzang, CFA    Nationwide Growth Fund    None
David Hanna    Nationwide Growth Fund    None
Edward Mulrane, CFA    Nationwide Growth Fund    None
Brown Capital Management, LLC
Keith Lee    Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund    None

 

C-1


Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Fund

  

Dollar Range of

Investments in

Each Fund as of

October 31, 2017

Robert Hall    Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund    None
Kempton Ingersol    Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund    None
Damien Davis, CFA    Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund    None
Andrew Fones    Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund    None
Daman Blakeney    Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund    None
Diamond Hill Capital Management, Inc.
Charles Bath, CFA    Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund    None
Austin Hawley, CFA    Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund    None
Christopher Welch, CFA    Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund    None
Dimensional Fund Advisors LP
Joseph H. Chi, CFA    Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund    None
Jed S. Fogdall    Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund    None
Joel P. Schneider    Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund    None
Geneva Capital Management LLC
Amy S. Croen, CFA   

Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund

  

Over $1,000,000

   Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund    Over $1,000,000
William A. Priebe, CFA   

Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund

  

Over $1,000,000

   Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund    Over $1,000,000

William S. Priebe

  

Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund

  

Over $1,000,000

   Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund    Over $1,000,000

Jose Munoz, CFA

   Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund   

None

  

Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund

  

None

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.
Aziz V. Hamzaogullari, CFA    Nationwide Loomis All Cap Growth Fund    None
Christopher T. Harms    Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund    None
   Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund   

None

Clifton V. Rowe, CFA

   Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund   

None

   Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund   

None

Kurt L. Wagner, CFA, CIC

   Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund    None
   Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund   

None

Massachusetts Financial Services Company, d/b/a MFS Investment Management
Michael L. Dawson   

Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

  

None

Geoffrey L. Schechter, CFA, CPA   

Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

  

None

Jason R. Kosty   

Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

  

None

Nationwide Asset Management, LLC
Gary S. Davis, CFA    Nationwide Bond Fund    $1 - $10,000
Gary R. Hunt, CFA   

Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund

  

None

Chad W. Finefrock, CFA   

Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund

  

None

Corsan Maley    Nationwide Bond Fund    None
Standard Life Investments (Corporate Funds) Limited
Kieran Curtis    Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund    None
Mark Baker, CFA    Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund    None
Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC
William M. Bellamy, CFA    Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund    None
UBS Asset Management (Americas) Inc.
Bruno Bertocci    Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund    None
Joseph Elegante, CFA    Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund    None
WCM Investment Management      

 

C-2


Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Fund

  

Dollar Range of

Investments in

Each Fund as of

October 31, 2017

Jonathan Detter, CFA    Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund    None
Anthony B. Glickhouse, CFA    Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund    None
Patrick McGee, CFA    Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund    None
Wellington Management Company LLP

Mark D. Mandel, CFA

   Nationwide Fund    None
   Nationwide International Small Cap Fund    None
Cheryl M. Duckworth, CFA    Nationwide Fund    None
   Nationwide International Small Cap Fund    None
Jonathan G. White, CFA    Nationwide Fund    None
Ziegler Capital Management, LLC
Mikhail I. Alkhazov, CFA   

Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund

  

$1 – $10,000

   Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund    $1 – $10,000
Paula M. Horn    Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund    None
Donald J. Nesbitt, CFA   

Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund

  

None

   Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund    None
Richard D. Scargill    Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund    None
Eric Zenner    Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund    None
Richard K. Marrone    Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund    None

DESCRIPTION OF COMPENSATION STRUCTURE

Amundi Smith Breeden, LLC (“Amundi”)

The remuneration policy for investment professionals is composed of a base salary that rewards individual responsibilities, skills and commitment and a variable bonus, annually reviewed.

The definition of the bonus of portfolio managers is the most important part of our incentive policy:

 

    The total variable remuneration pool is determined as a percentage of gross operating income so as to calibrate the amounts paid out according to the generated results. This pool is validated by the Amundi Remuneration Committee.

 

    The bonus pools for the various sectors are defined following a top-down process to determine the contribution of each sector to the overall performance.

 

    Individual variable remuneration awards are discretionary in nature, based on an assessment of the individual performance by managers on the basis of:

 

    Objective criteria, both quantitative (information ratio, ability to track the benchmark, to manage the benchmark, rebalancing and contribution to inflows) and qualitative (contribution to customer relationship, product innovation, commitment, team management)

 

    Depending on the function, incorporate an appropriate short to long-term time scale

 

    Compliance with risk limits and the client’s interests

In addition to compensation, recruitment and retention incentives include a bonus deferral program, profit sharing and incentives (collective elements) depending directly on the company’s results, health care benefits and vacation packages.

Bailard, Inc. (“Bailard”)

Mr. Mudge, Mr. Craddock, Mr. McKellar, Mr. Johnson and Mr. Smith are each paid a base salary, an “investment performance” bonus relating to the Fund or strategy each manages and, potentially, an additional discretionary bonus. The investment performance bonus is designed to be significant but not so significant that it would encourage extreme risk taking. For the Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund, the Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund and the Nationwide Bailard Technology and Science Fund, it is based on the relevant Fund’s return ranking on a rolling 12-month basis relative to a dynamic subset of that Fund’s peer group: Morningstar Small Cap Value Category (for the Nationwide

 

C-3


Bailard Cognitive Value Fund), Morningstar Foreign Large Blend Category (for the Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund) and Morningstar Specialty Tech Category (for the Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund). Additionally, a portion of Mr. Johnson’s “investment performance” bonus is based on the performance of the Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund’s healthcare investments relative to the Nasdaq Biotech Index (NBI). For the Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Fund, the investment performance bonus is based on Bailard Institutional’s Emerging Market Composite return versus the MSCI Emerging Markets Index on a rolling 12-month basis. Additionally, a portion of Mr. McKellar’s investment performance bonus is based on the performance of Bailard Institutional’s EAFE Composite (0% Emerging Markets) on a rolling 12-month basis. The discretionary bonus, if any, reflects the pre-tax profitability of Bailard and the portfolio manager’s contribution to meeting Bailard’s general corporate goals.

Mr. Hill, Mr. Leve and Ms. Thadhani’s compensation consists primarily of a base salary, a significant discretionary cash bonus and a stock bonus. The cash bonus reflects Bailard’s profitability and Mr. Hill, Mr. Leve and Ms. Thadhani’s contribution to Bailard’s corporate goals. The stock bonus is linked by formula to the revenue and profitability growth of Bailard, Inc. None of Mr. Hill and Mr. Leve’s compensation is based directly on the performance of the Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund or the Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Fund. None of Ms. Thadhani’s compensation is based directly on the performance of the Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund.

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (“BlackRock”)

The discussion below describes the portfolio managers’ compensation as of October 31, 2017.

BlackRock’s financial arrangements with its portfolio managers, its competitive compensation and its career path emphasis at all levels reflect the value senior management places on key resources. Compensation may include a variety of components and may vary from year to year based on a number of factors. The principal components of compensation include a base salary, a performance-based discretionary bonus, participation in various benefits programs and one or more of the incentive compensation programs established by BlackRock.

Base Compensation . Generally, portfolio managers receive base compensation based on their position with the firm.

Discretionary Incentive Compensation – Messrs. Mason, Savage and Jue and Ms. Aguirre

Discretionary incentive compensation is a function of several components: the performance of BlackRock, Inc., the performance of the portfolio manager’s group within BlackRock, the investment performance, including risk-adjusted returns, of the firm’s assets under management or supervision by that portfolio manager relative to predetermined benchmarks, and the individual’s performance and contribution to the overall performance of these portfolios and BlackRock. In most cases, these benchmarks are the same as the benchmark or benchmarks against which the performance of the Funds or other accounts managed by the portfolio managers are measured. Among other things, BlackRock’s Chief Investment Officers make a subjective determination with respect to each portfolio manager’s compensation based on the performance of the Funds and other accounts managed by each portfolio manager relative to the various benchmarks.

Performance of fixed income and multi-asset class funds is measured on a pre-tax and/or after-tax basis over various time periods including 1-, 3- and 5- year periods, as applicable. Performance of index funds is based on the performance of such funds relative to pre-determined tolerance bands around a benchmark, as applicable. The performance of Messrs. Mason, Savage and Jue and Ms. Aguirre and is not measured against a specific benchmark.

Discretionary Incentive Compensation – Mr. Radell and Ms. Uyehara

Discretionary incentive compensation is a function of several components: the performance of BlackRock, Inc., the performance of the portfolio manager’s group within BlackRock, the investment performance, including risk-adjusted returns, of the firm’s assets under management or supervision by that portfolio manager relative to predetermined benchmarks, and the individual’s performance and contribution to the overall performance of these portfolios and BlackRock. In most cases, these benchmarks are the same as the benchmark or benchmarks against which the performance of the Funds or other accounts managed by the portfolio managers are measured. Among other things, BlackRock’s Chief Investment Officers make a subjective determination with respect to each portfolio manager’s compensation based on the performance of the Funds and other accounts managed by each portfolio manager relative to the various benchmarks.

 

C-4


Performance of fixed income funds is measured on a pre-tax and/or after-tax basis over various time periods including 1-, 3- and 5- year periods, as applicable. With respect to these portfolio managers, such benchmarks for the Fund and other accounts are:

 

Portfolio Manager

  

Benchmark

Scott Radell    A combination of market-based indices (e.g., Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index, the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. TIPS 0-5 Years Index), certain customized indices and certain fund industry peer groups.
Karen Uyehara    A combination of market-based indices (e.g., Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index), certain customized indices and certain fund industry peer groups.

Distribution of Discretionary Incentive Compensation. Discretionary incentive compensation is distributed to portfolio managers in a combination of cash, deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards, and/or deferred cash awards that notionally track the return of certain BlackRock investment products.

Typically, the cash portion of the discretionary incentive compensation, when combined with base salary, represents more than 60% of total compensation for the portfolio managers.

Portfolio managers generally receive deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards as part of their discretionary incentive compensation. Paying a portion of discretionary incentive compensation in the form of deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock puts compensation earned by a portfolio manager for a given year “at risk” based on BlackRock’s ability to sustain and improve its performance over future periods. Deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards are generally granted in the form of BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units that vest ratably over a number of years and, once vested, settle in BlackRock, Inc. common stock. In some cases, additional deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock may be granted to certain key employees as part of a long-term incentive award to aid in retention, align their interests with long-term shareholder interests and motivate performance. Such equity awards are generally granted in the form of BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units that vest pursuant to the terms of the applicable plan and, once vested, settle in BlackRock, Inc. common stock. The portfolio managers of these Funds have deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards.

For some portfolio managers, discretionary incentive compensation is also distributed in the form of deferred cash awards that notionally track the returns of select BlackRock investment products they manage. Providing a portion of discretionary incentive compensation in deferred cash awards that notionally track the BlackRock investment products they manage provides direct alignment with investment product results.

Deferred cash awards vest ratably over a number of years and, once vested, settle in the form of cash. Any portfolio manager who is either a managing director or director at BlackRock with compensation above a specified threshold is eligible to participate in the deferred compensation program.

Other Compensation Benefits. In addition to base salary and discretionary incentive compensation, portfolio managers may be eligible to receive or participate in one or more of the following:

Incentive Savings Plans — BlackRock, Inc. has created a variety of incentive savings plans in which BlackRock employees are eligible to participate, including a 401(k) plan, the BlackRock Retirement Savings Plan (RSP), and the BlackRock Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). The employer contribution components of the RSP include a company match equal to 50% of the first 8% of eligible pay contributed to the plan capped at $5,000 per year, and a company retirement contribution equal to 3-5% of eligible compensation up to the Internal Revenue Service limit ($270,000 for 2017). The RSP offers a range of investment options, including registered investment companies and collective investment funds managed by the firm. BlackRock contributions follow the investment direction set by participants for their own contributions or, absent participant investment direction, are invested into a target date fund that corresponds to, or is closest to, the year in which the participant attains age 65. The ESPP allows for investment in BlackRock common stock at a 5% discount on the fair market value of the stock on the purchase date. Annual participation in the ESPP is limited to the purchase of 1,000 shares of common stock or a dollar value of $25,000 based on its fair market value on the purchase date. All of the eligible portfolio managers are eligible to participate in these plans.

Boston Advisors, LLC

Portfolio managers listed above who are directly responsible for service to the Fund receive a base salary and bonus. Additionally, each member named above has an equity ownership interest in Boston Advisors. Bonus is based on a percent of salary subject to achievement of internally established goals and relative performance of composite products managed by the

 

C-5


portfolio manager as measured against industry peer group rankings established by Evestment Alliance. Performance is account weighted, time weighted and evaluated on a pre-tax, annual basis. Discretionary bonuses may also be given and are dependent upon individual contribution to firm profitability and overall firm-wide profitability. The method used to determine the portfolio manager’s compensation does not differ with respect to distinct institutional products managed by institutional portfolio manager. Regarding the compensation of Michael J. Vogelzang, as President of Boston Advisors, his compensation is based on the profitability of the firm. Mr. Vogelzang’s compensation is not directly linked to the performance of the Fund or other Accounts.

Brown Capital Management, LLC

Brown Capital Management utilizes compensation to reinforce and reward not only individual contribution, but organizational achievement and the collective effort required to make that progress. The compensation program continues to evolve in an effort to best reinforce these tenets in varying business and market conditions.

Investment professionals earn a base salary above industry averages. The firm utilizes the performance bonus to reward team/individual contributions. Bonuses are paid once every three years based on metrics including, but not limited to, performance relative to client benchmarks and peers. Also considered are annual team evaluations and contributions to the firm’s overall performance.

While there have been no discernable changes to the subadviser’s investment program, the firm transitioned to an ESOP structure and implemented a new compensation system for the investment management teams effective January 1, 2017. The goal of each is to better align the interests of investors with both the investment team and all firm employees.

Diamond Hill Capital Management, Inc.

We link the majority of portfolio managers’ annual incentive compensation directly to long-term (trailing five-year) investment results of the strategies they manage. We measure portfolio managers against three quantitative goals:

 

    an absolute return goal commensurate with the risk level of the asset class;

 

    a relative return goal measured against the respective strategy’s benchmark; and

 

    a peer group goal of top quartile performance

In addition to investment results, we base a portion of incentive compensation on each portfolio manager’s contribution to the investment team and to client service. On average, the portfolio managers’ base salaries represent 20% of total compensation, while cash incentives represent 30% and long-term equity incentives represent 50%. Portfolio manager compensation is not tied to product AUM or revenue; however, both of these factors influence the size of the incentive pool and therefore indirectly contribute to portfolio manager compensation.

Research analysts receive incentive compensation based on strategy investment results, investment team contributions, and client service contributions. On average, research analysts’ incentive compensation represents 50%-80% of total compensation. We evaluate research associates on the same factors as research analysts; however, research associates receive incentive compensation based on sector team contribution, rather than on investment strategy results.

For traders, we base annual incentive compensation on an assessment of trade execution, accuracy, portfolio manager feedback, and input from our Co-Chief Investment Officers.

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (“Dimensional”)

Investment professionals receive a base salary and bonus. Compensation for investment professionals is determined at the discretion of Dimensional and is based on an investment professional’s experience, responsibilities, the perception of the quality of his or her work efforts and other subjective factors. The compensation of investment professionals is not directly based upon the performance of the Portfolios or other accounts that the investment professionals manage. Dimensional reviews the compensation of each investment professional annually and may make modifications in compensation as its Compensation Committee deems necessary to reflect changes in the market. Each investment professional’s compensation consists of the following:

 

C-6


    Base salary - Each investment professional is paid a base salary. Dimensional considers the factors described above to determine the base salary.

 

    Semi-Annual Bonus - Each investment professional may receive a semi-annual bonus. The amount of the bonus paid is based upon the factors described above.

Investment professionals may be awarded the right to purchase restricted shares of the stock of the Advisor, as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of Dimensional or its delegates. Investment professionals also participate in benefit and retirement plans and other programs available generally to all employees. In addition, investment professionals may be given the option of participating in the Advisor’s Long Term Incentive Plan. The level of participation for eligible employees may be dependent on overall level of compensation, among other considerations. Participation in this program is not based on or related to the performance of any individual strategies or any particular client accounts.

Geneva Capital Management LLC (“GCM”)

GCM investment professionals have significant short and long-term financial incentives. In general, the compensation plan is based on pre-defined, objective, measurable investment performance and performance goals that are ambitious, but attainable. Although not the sole factor, financial incentives are important in the retention and motivation of high quality staff. The remuneration structure is designed to attract, motivate and retain the best employees. It adopts a total reward approach which is designed to deliver top-quartile pay for top performance. The company does not operate wholly formulaic compensation structures, but in general, incentive plans are based on pre-defined individual, fund and business objectives and measurable investment performance. Individuals are given clear and direct knowledge of the objectives and criteria which will drive their pay, but final pay decisions remain discretionary.

Base salaries are set to be competitive with the market (based on participation in annual compensation surveys), and are set typically at or around market median for the individual’s role and responsibilities. Although, key individuals with specialist skills, market knowledge and/or who perform critical roles may be awarded salaries at or around upper quartile to ensure that their fixed remuneration remains market leading; and conversely salary levels may be set lower than market median for individuals who are inexperienced or new to their role.

A range of benefits are provided to staff (including private medical insurance, disability insurance and life insurance) with a view to offering an overall remuneration package which is competitive to each local market in which we operate. The firm operates non-contributory defined contribution pension plan for staff, with contribution levels being benchmarked to local market guidelines. The firm also provides long-term ‘all employee’ share plans to encourage material company share ownership by employees.

The bonus plan is designed to reward the contribution of Portfolio Managers to increased profitability and quality asset growth. The total incentive pool is based on a percentage of pre-incentive operating income. Awards are made annually and are subject to GCM’s mandatory deferral policy, with a percentage of the total incentive award in excess of GCM’s deferral threshold being deferred over a three year period into either company shares or an interest in funds. Deferred awards are normally awarded in the form of Janus Henderson Group plc shares which are held in trust and are released in three equal tranches on the 1st, 2nd and 3rd anniversary of grant respectively, subject to continued employment. As with all Janus Henderson deferred and share plans, the plan includes the facility to vary or lapse individual unvested awards in cases of poor risk management or where results have been misstated or where there has been serious misconduct. Subject to certain conditions and regional taxation rules, Portfolio Managers are able to elect to defer bonuses into their funds instead of into Janus Henderson shares.

In addition, awards of shares may be made under a Restricted Share Plan (RSP) either as an additional element of discretionary compensation, or as a buyout of shares forfeited from a prior employer. The award is typically subject to specified performance conditions and continued employment and vest after a specified vesting period.

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. (“Loomis Sayles”)

Loomis Sayles believes that portfolio manager compensation should be driven primarily by the delivery of consistent and superior long-term performance for its clients. Portfolio manager compensation is made up primarily of three main components: base salary, variable compensation and a long-term incentive program. Although portfolio manager compensation is not directly tied to assets under management, a portfolio manager’s base salary and/or variable

 

C-7


compensation potential may reflect the amount of assets for which the manager is responsible relative to other portfolio managers. Loomis Sayles also offers a profit sharing plan. Base salary is a fixed amount based on a combination of factors, including industry experience, firm experience, job performance and market considerations. Variable compensation is an incentive-based component and generally represents a significant multiple of base salary. Variable compensation is based on four factors: investment performance, profit growth of the firm, profit growth of the manager’s business unit and personal conduct. Investment performance is the primary component of total variable compensation and generally represents at least 60% (70% for Mr. Hamzaogullari). The other three factors are used to determine the remainder of variable compensation, subject to the discretion of the Chief Investment Officer (“CIO”) and senior management. The CIO and senior management evaluate these other factors annually.

Equity Managers. While mutual fund performance and asset size do not directly contribute to the compensation calculation, investment performance for equity managers is measured by comparing the performance of Loomis Sayles’ institutional composites to the performance of the applicable Morningstar peer group and/or the Lipper universe. Generally speaking the performance of the respective product’s fund is compared against the applicable Morningstar peer group and/or the Lipper universe. To the extent the majority of assets managed in the fund strategy are for institutional separate accounts, the eVestment Alliance institutional peer group will also be used as an additional comparison. In situations where substantially all of the assets for the strategy are institutional, the institutional peer group will be used as the primary method of comparison. A manager’s performance relative to the peer group for the 1, 3 and 5 year periods (3, 5 and 10 years for large cap growth, all cap growth and global growth), or since the start of the manager’s tenure, if shorter, is used to calculate the amount of variable compensation payable due to performance. Longer-term performance is typically weighted more than shorter-term performance (1 year or 3 years for large cap growth, all cap growth and global growth). In addition, the performance measurement for equity compensation usually incorporates a consistency metric using longer term (3, 5, etc.) rolling returns compared to the peer group over a sustained measurement period (5, 7, etc. years); however the exact method may be adjusted to a product’s particular style. If a manager is responsible for more than one product, the rankings of each product are weighted based on relative revenue of accounts represented in each product. An external benchmark is used as a secondary comparison.

Mr. Hamzaogullari also receives additional compensation based on revenue and performance hurdles for his strategies, and performance fee based compensation as portfolio manager for a private investment fund.

In cases where the institutional peer groups are used, Loomis Sayles believes they represent the most competitive product universe while closely matching the investment styles offered by the Loomis Sayles fund.

Fixed Income Managers. While mutual fund performance and asset size do not directly contribute to the compensation calculation, investment performance for fixed-income managers is measured by comparing the performance of Loomis Sayles’ institutional composite (pre-tax and net of fees) in the manager’s style to the performance of an external benchmark and a customized peer group. The external benchmarks used for the investment style utilized by each fund are Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index (Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund) and Bloomberg Barclays

U.S. Government/Credit 1-3 Year Index (Nationwide Loomis Short-term Bond Fund). The customized peer group is created by Loomis Sayles and is made up of institutional managers in the particular investment style. A manager’s relative performance for the past five years, or seven years for some products, is used to calculate the amount of variable compensation payable due to performance. To ensure consistency, Loomis Sayles analyzes the five or seven year performance on a rolling three year basis. If a manager is responsible for more than one product, the rankings of each product are weighted based on relative revenue size of accounts represented in each product.

Loomis Sayles uses both an external benchmark and a customized peer group as a point of comparison for fixed-income manager performance because it believes they represent an appropriate combination of the competitive fixed-income product universe and the investment styles offered by Loomis Sayles.

In addition to the compensation described above, portfolio managers may receive additional compensation based on the overall growth of their strategies.

 

C-8


General

Most mutual funds are not included in the Loomis Sayles’ strategy composites, so unlike managed accounts, fund performance and asset size in those cases would not directly contribute to this calculation. However, each fund managed by Loomis Sayles employs strategies endorsed by Loomis Sayles and fits into the product category for the relevant investment style. Loomis Sayles may adjust compensation if there is significant dispersion among the returns of the composite and accounts not included in the composite.

Loomis Sayles has developed and implemented two distinct long-term incentive plans to attract and retain investment talent. The plans supplement existing compensation. The first plan has several important components distinguishing it from traditional equity ownership plans:

 

    the plan grants units that entitle participants to an annual payment based on a percentage of company earnings above an established threshold;

 

    upon retirement, a participant will receive a multi-year payout for his or her vested units; and

 

    participation is contingent upon signing an award agreement, which includes a non-compete covenant.

The second plan is similarly constructed although the participants’ annual participation in company earnings is deferred for two years from the time of award and is only payable if the portfolio manager remains at Loomis Sayles. In this plan, there is no post-retirement payments or non-compete covenants.

Senior management expects that the variable compensation portion of overall compensation will continue to remain the largest source of income for those investment professionals included in the plan. The plan was initially offered to portfolio managers and over time, the scope of eligibility widened to include other key investment professionals. Management has full discretion on what units are issued and to whom.

Portfolio managers also participate in the Loomis Sayles profit sharing plan, in which Loomis Sayles makes a contribution to the retirement plan of each employee based on a percentage of base salary (up to a maximum amount). The portfolio managers may also participate in the Loomis Sayles defined benefit pension plan, which applies to all Loomis Sayles employees who joined the firm prior to May 3, 2003. The defined benefit is based on years of service and base compensation (up to a maximum amount).

Massachusetts Financial Services Company (“MFS”)

Portfolio manager compensation is reviewed annually. As of December 31, 2017, portfolio manager total cash compensation is a combination of base salary and performance bonus:

Base Salary – Base salary represents a smaller percentage of portfolio manager total cash compensation than performance bonus.

Performance Bonus – Generally, the performance bonus represents more than a majority of portfolio manager total cash compensation.

The performance bonus is based on a combination of quantitative and qualitative factors, generally with more weight given to the former and less weight given to the latter.

The quantitative portion is based primarily on the pre-tax performance of assets managed by the portfolio manager over three- and five-year periods relative to peer group universes and/or indices (“benchmarks”). As of December 31, 2017, the following benchmarks were used to measure the following portfolio managers’ performance for the following Funds:

 

Fund

  

Portfolio Manager

  

Benchmark

Nationwide California Tax Free Intermediate Bond Fund

   Michael Dawson    Bloomberg Barclays Municipal 7 Year 6-8 TR USD

 

C-9


Fund

  

Portfolio Manager

  

Benchmark

Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund    Jason Kosty    Bloomberg Barclays Municipal 7 Year 6-8 TR USD
   Geoffrey Schechter    Bloomberg Barclays Municipal 7 Year 6-8 TR USD

Additional or different benchmarks, including versions and components of indices, custom indices, and linked indices that combine performance of different indices for different portions of the time period, may also be used. Consideration is primarily given to portfolio performance over three and five years with consideration given to other periods, if available. For portfolio managers who have served for more than five years, additional, longer-term performance periods, including the ten-year and since inception periods, are also considered. For portfolio managers who have served for less than three years, additional, shorter-term performance periods, including the one-year period, may also be considered. Emphasis is generally placed on longer performance periods when multiple performance periods are available.

The qualitative portion is based on the results of an annual internal peer review process (conducted by other portfolio managers, analysts, and traders) and management’s assessment of overall portfolio manager contributions to investor relations and the investment process (distinct from fund and other account performance). This performance bonus may be in the form of cash and/or a deferred cash award, at the discretion of management. A deferred cash award is issued for a cash value and becomes payable over a three-year vesting period if the portfolio manager remains in the continuous employ of MFS or its affiliates. During the vesting period, the value of the unfunded deferred cash award will fluctuate as though the portfolio manager had invested the cash value of the award in an MFS Fund(s) selected by the portfolio manager. A selected fund may be, but is not required to be, a fund that is managed by the portfolio manager.

Portfolio managers also typically benefit from the opportunity to participate in the MFS Equity Plan. Equity interests are awarded by management, on a discretionary basis, taking into account tenure at MFS, contribution to the investment process, and other factors.

Finally, portfolio managers also participate in benefit plans (including a defined contribution plan and health and other insurance plans) and programs available generally to other employees of MFS. The percentage such benefits represent of any portfolio manager’s compensation depends upon the length of the individual’s tenure at MFS and salary level, as well as other factors.

Nationwide Asset Management, LLC (“NWAM”)

NWAM’s compensation program consists of base salary, annual incentives and long-term incentives; hereby known as “Compensation Structure.” Annually, the “Compensation Structure” is reviewed for competitiveness by using the McLagan Compensation surveys.

The “Compensation Structure” is designed to motivate and reward individual and team actions and behaviors that drive a high-performance organization and deliver risk-adjusted investment returns that are aligned with the strategy of Nationwide and our business partners.

 

    Align interests of NWAM and business partners and foster collaboration

 

    Base a substantial portion of NWAM compensation directly on NWAM

 

    Recognize qualitative and well as quantitative performance

 

    Encourage a higher level of intelligent investment risk taking and entrepreneurial attitudes and behaviors

 

    Provide a high degree of “line of sight” for NWAM participants and other business partners

 

    Attract and retain individuals with skills critical to the NWAM strategy

 

    Target median total compensation for the industry

 

    Utilize variable compensation (annual and long term) to close compensation market gaps.

 

C-10


Standard Life Investments (Corporate Funds) Limited (“Aberdeen Standard Investments”)

Aberdeen Standard Investments’ compensation program is composed of market related base pay and a performance based incentive plan. Aberdeen Standard Investments participates in regular surveys and takes market soundings to keep up to date with competitive compensation packages needed to attract and retain top quality Portfolio Managers/Analysts.

The base salary is determined with reference to industry surveys and is therefore always competitive in the marketplace. Annual bonuses are determined by judgment relating to the individual’s contributions to his or her specific role, the team, and firm and group performance. Portfolio Managers are measured on their investment performance relative to their benchmark and risk profile on a one or three year basis. They are also measured on the buy/sell/hold stock recommendations that they make for the sectors that they cover. By having a combined Portfolio Manager/Analyst role, it ensures that all individuals can contribute to team performance and be rewarded accordingly, and fairly. Senior management controls this robust process and has discretion to deliver significant levels of reward to those driving the success of the business. This performance related element of remuneration can be significant and in some case up to 100% of base salary.

In addition, key individuals participate in the long-term incentive, which is a three year rolling plan designed to provide selected individuals with an opportunity to share in the long term success of Aberdeen Standard Investments, by rewarding them for contributing to the future growth in the value of the company. Rewards are based on the delivery of actual Aberdeen Standard Investments earning growth.

Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC (“TSW”)

TSW believes the firm’s compensation structure is competitive within the industry, both nationally and regionally. The Portfolio Manager for the Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund is William M. Bellamy, CFA. He is considered a key employee and is subject to the following compensation description:

TSW’s compensation strategy is to provide competitive base salaries commensurate with an individual’s responsibility and provide incentive bonus awards that may significantly exceed base salary. Annually, the TSW Remuneration Committee is responsible for determining the discretionary bonus, utilizing an analytical and qualitative assessment process. While it is not a formulaic decision, factors used to determine compensation are: commitment to TSW’s core values (Focus, Integrity, Teamwork, and Excellence), long-term performance, the product’s strategic position in the overall success of TSW, and support of marketing/client service commitments. Some associates may be awarded cash bonuses, and deferred TSW equity grants. All qualified employees participate in the TSW Employees’ Retirement Plan.

UBS Asset Management (Americas), Inc. (“UBS AM”)

UBS AM’s compensation and benefits programs are designed to provide its investment professionals with incentives to excel and to promote an entrepreneurial, performance-oriented culture with clear accountability. They also align the interests of investment professionals with those of our clients and other stakeholders.

In general, the total compensation received by the portfolio managers and analysts at UBS AM consists of two elements: a fixed component (base salary and benefits) and an annual discretionary performance award that is correlated with investment performance.

Fixed component (base salary and benefits):

 

    Set with the aim of being competitive in the industry and monitored and adjusted periodically with reference to the relevant local labor market in order to remain so.

 

    The fixed component is used to recognize the experience, skills and knowledge that each portfolio manager or analyst brings to their role.

Performance award:

 

    Determined annually on a discretionary basis.

 

    Based on the individual’s financial and non-financial contribution—as assessed through a rigorous performance assessment process—as well as on the performance of their respective function, of UBS Asset Management and of UBS as a whole.

 

C-11


    Delivered in cash and, when total compensation is over a defined threshold, partly in deferral vehicles.

 

    For awards subject to deferral, the deferred amount is calculated using graduated marginal deferral rates, which increase as the value of the performance award increases.

 

    Deferred amounts are then delivered via two deferral vehicles – 75% in the UBS Asset Management Equity Ownership Plan (AM EOP) and 25% in the Deferred Contingent Capital Plan (DCCP):

 

    AM EOP awards vest over five years with 40% of the award vesting in year two, 40% in year three and 20% in year five, provided the vesting conditions, including continued service, are met and the awards have not been forfeited on or before the vesting dates. Deferred awards under the AM EOP are granted in the form of Notional Funds. The Notional Funds are aligned to selected UBS Asset Management funds. They provide for a high level of transparency and correlation between an employee’s compensation and the investment performance of UBS Asset Management. This enhances the alignment of investment professionals’ and other employees’ interests with those of our clients.

 

    The DCCP was introduced for performance year 2012 onwards as a key component of UBS’s compensation framework to align compensation incentives with the capital strength of the firm. Awards under the DCCP vest 100% in year five, subject to vesting conditions, including continued employment, and subject to forfeiture.

The DCCP aligns the interests of our key employees with the interests of external investors and, alongside the AM EOP, ensures an appropriate balance between client and other stakeholder alignment.

For our Equities, Fixed Income, Investment Solutions and Passive investment areas:

From January 1, 2015, UBS AM introduced a new Key Performance Indicator (KPI)-led model for each business area, aligning our business steering logic with our strategic priorities. For our investment areas, sustainable investment performance is a major component of the KPI model.

Portfolio managers’ performance awards are subject to detailed KPIs, mainly focused on investment performance of relevant client portfolios and funds, and also including some other factors such as risk management and client focus. Investment performance is assessed annually over rolling one, three and five years against benchmark, performance target and peers.

This ensures that the interests of portfolio managers are aligned with those of our clients. In addition, we evaluate our passive strategies in terms of how closely the performance of the strategies tracks their respective benchmarks over time.

For analysts, performance awards are, in general, based on the performance of some combination of model and/or client portfolios, generally evaluated over one and three years. This is coupled with a qualitative assessment of their contribution considering factors such as the quality of their research, stock recommendations and their communication within and between teams and with portfolio managers.

Of all amounts deferred, 75% is granted in the AM EOP. Within the AM EOP, 50% of the Notional Funds amount is allocated to a core balanced fund aligned to a diversified range of internally managed funds. The other 50% is aligned to the most representative fund managed by/contributed to by the investment professional to further align their interests with those of our clients and other stakeholders.

WCM Investment Management

Compensation for PMs includes:

 

    Base Salaries: All investment professionals receive competitive base salaries reflective of their role and contribution to the investment team.

 

    Revenue Share: Additional compensation comes in the form of an ongoing revenue share via a fixed percentage of the fees the firm receives from clients invested in the strategy.

 

    Employee Benefit Plan: A discretionary employer profit-sharing contribution is determined annually. There is no vesting period for employer contributions.

 

    Equity Ownership: All employees, upon completing three years of full-time employment, are eligible to be offered (and purchase) shares, or equity ownership.

 

C-12


Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”)

Wellington Management receives a fee based on the assets under management of the Nationwide Fund and the Nationwide International Small Cap Fund (the “Funds”) as set forth in the Subadvisory Agreements between Wellington Management, Nationwide Mutual Funds and Nationwide Fund Advisors on behalf of each Fund. Wellington Management pays its investment professionals out of its total revenues, including the advisory fees earned with respect to the Funds. The following information is as of October 31, 2017.

Wellington Management’s compensation structure is designed to attract and retain high-caliber investment professionals necessary to deliver high quality investment management services to its clients. Wellington Management’s compensation of each Fund’s managers listed in the prospectus who are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Funds (“Portfolio Managers”) includes a base salary and incentive components. The base salary for each Portfolio Manager who is a partner (a “Partner”) of Wellington Management Group LLP, the ultimate holding company of Wellington Management, is generally a fixed amount that is determined by the managing partners of Wellington Management Group LLP. The base salary for the other Portfolio Manager is determined by the Portfolio Manager’s experience and performance in his role as a Portfolio Manager. Base salaries for Wellington Management’s employees are reviewed annually and may be adjusted based on the recommendation of a Portfolio Manager’s manager, using guidelines established by Wellington Management’s Compensation Committee, which has final oversight responsibility for base salaries of employees of the firm. Each Portfolio Manager, with the exception of Mark Mandel and Cheryl Duckworth, is eligible to receive an incentive payment based on the revenues earned by Wellington Management from the Fund managed by the Portfolio Manager and generally each other account managed by such Portfolio Manager. Each Portfolio Manager’s incentive payment relating to the relevant Fund is linked to the gross pre-tax performance of the portion of the Fund managed by the Portfolio Manager compared to the benchmark index and/or peer group identified below over one, three and five year periods, with an emphasis on five year results. Wellington Management applies similar incentive compensation structures (although the benchmarks or peer groups, time periods and rates may differ) to other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, including accounts with performance fees.

Portfolio-based incentives across all accounts managed by an investment professional can, and typically do, represent a significant portion of an investment professional’s overall compensation; incentive compensation varies significantly by individual and can vary significantly from year to year. The Portfolio Managers may also be eligible for bonus payments based on their overall contribution to Wellington Management’s business operations. Senior management at Wellington Management may reward individuals as it deems appropriate based on other factors. Each Partner is eligible to participate in a Partner-funded tax qualified retirement plan, the contributions to which are made pursuant to an actuarial formula. Mr. Mandel and Ms. Duckworth are Partners.

FundBenchmark Index and/or Peer Group for Incentive Period

Nationwide FundS&P 500 Index

Nationwide International Small Cap FundMSCI EAFE ® Small Cap Index

Ziegler Capital Management, LLC (“Ziegler”)

ZCM benchmarks its compensation for professionals against industry standards. Portfolio manager compensation includes a market driven base salary and incentive compensation based on revenue growth, client retention, new business generation, research buy/sell ideas, contribution to the development of investment policy, investment results, and overall contribution to the firm. We believe the compensation plan should link part of an individual’s compensation to individual efforts and part based on the overall success of the firm.

 

C-13


OTHER MANAGED ACCOUNTS

The following chart summarizes information regarding accounts, other than the Fund, for which each portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into the following three categories: (1) mutual funds; (2) other pooled investment vehicles; and (3) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is provided separately.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Number of Accounts Managed by Each Portfolio Manager and Total Assets by Category as of October 31, 2017

Amundi Smith Breeden, LLC

  
Kenneth J. Monaghan    Mutual Funds: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 6 accounts, $902 million total assets (1 account, $156 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Jonathan M. Duensing, CFA    Mutual Funds: 1 account, $8.5 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 2 accounts, $739 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 1 account, $173 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

Bailard, Inc.

  
Anthony Craddock    Mutual Funds: 1 account, $63.13 million total assets (1 account, $63.13 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 4 accounts, $625.47 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Eric P. Leve, CFA    Mutual Funds: 1 account, $63.13 million total assets (1 account, $63.13 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 4 accounts, $625.47 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Peter M. Hill    Mutual Funds: 1 account, $63.13 million total assets (1 account, $63.13 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 4 accounts, $625.47 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Daniel McKellar, CFA    Mutual Funds: 1 account, $63.13 million total assets (1 account, $63.13 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 4 accounts, $625.47 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Thomas J. Mudge III, CFA    Mutual Funds: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 1 account, $409.64 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

 

C-14


Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Number of Accounts Managed by Each Portfolio Manager and Total Assets by Category as of October 31, 2017

Warren M. Johnson    Mutual Funds: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 1 account, $31.51 million total assets (1 account,

$31.51 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

   Other Accounts: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
David H. Smith, CFA    Mutual Funds: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 7 accounts, $33.26 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Sonya Thadhani, CFA    Mutual Funds: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

  
Alan Mason    Mutual Funds: 397 accounts, $1.11 trillion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 806 accounts, $653.7 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 574 accounts, $588.3 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Greg Savage, CFA    Mutual Funds: 190 accounts, $733.5 billion billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 74 accounts, $30.82 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 12 accounts, $305.6 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Creighton Jue, CFA    Mutual Funds: 80 accounts, $106.8 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 61 accounts, $66.25 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 45 accounts, $33.59 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Rachel Aguirre    Mutual Funds: 92 accounts, $120.1 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 143 accounts, $557.6 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 131 accounts, $522.0 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Scott Radell    Mutual Funds: 96 accounts, $272.7 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 6 accounts, $2.83 billion total assets (0 accounts,

$0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

   Other Accounts: 9 accounts, $5.37 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

 

C-15


Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Number of Accounts Managed by Each Portfolio Manager and Total Assets by Category as of October 31, 2017

Karen Uyehara    Mutual Funds: 21 accounts, $65.8 billion billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 9 accounts, $4.30 billion total assets (0 accounts,

$0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

   Other Accounts: 22 accounts, $42.21 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

Boston Advisors, LLC

  
Douglas A. Riley, CFA    Mutual Funds: 7 accounts, $2.75 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 6 accounts, $152.41 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 9 accounts, $171.53 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Michael J. Vogelzang, CFA    Mutual Funds: 8 accounts, $2.82 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 6 accounts, $152.41 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 80 accounts, $331.68 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
David Hanna, CFA    Mutual Funds: 8 accounts, $2.82 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 6 accounts, $152.41 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 32 accounts, $70.88 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Edward Mulrane, CFA    Mutual Funds: 1 account, $1.56 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 6 account, $12.62 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

Brown Capital Management, LLC

  
Keith Lee    Mutual Funds: 1 account, $4.14 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 28 accounts, $3.96 billion total assets (2 accounts, $162.6 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Robert Hall    Mutual Funds: 1 account, $4.14 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 28 accounts, $3.96 billion total assets (2 accounts, $162.6 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Kempton Ingersol    Mutual Funds: 1 account, $4.14 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 28 accounts, $3.96 billion total assets (2 accounts, $162.6 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

 

C-16


Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Number of Accounts Managed by Each Portfolio Manager and Total Assets by Category as of October 31, 2017

Damien Davis, CFA    Mutual Funds: 1 account, $4.14 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 28 accounts, $3.96 billion total assets (2 accounts, $162.6 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Andrew Fones    Mutual Funds: 1 account, $4.14 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 28 accounts, $3.96 billion total assets (2 accounts, $162.6 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Daman Blakeney    Mutual Funds: 1 account, $4.14 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 28 accounts, $3.96 billion total assets (2 accounts, $162.6 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

Diamond Hill Capital Management, Inc.

  
Charles Bath, CFA    Mutual Funds: 2 accounts, $6.45 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 1 account, $33 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 414 accounts, $3.78 billion total assets (4 accounts, $402 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Austin Hawley, CFA    Mutual Funds: 2 accounts, $6.45 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 1 account, $33 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 409 accounts, $3.78 billion total assets (4 accounts, $402 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Christopher Welch, CFA    Mutual Funds: 2 accounts, $6.45 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 1 account, $33 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 409 accounts, $3.78 billion total assets (4 accounts, $402 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

  
Joseph H. Chi, CFA    Mutual Funds: 136 accounts, $381.61 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0_ total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 20 accounts, $15.46 billion total assets (1 account, $214.90 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 80 accounts, $31.94 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Jed S. Fogdall    Mutual Funds: 136 accounts, $381.61 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 20 accounts, $15.46 total assets (1 account, $214.90 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 80 accounts, $31.94 billion total assets (7 accounts, $3.35 billion total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

 

C-17


Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Number of Accounts Managed by Each Portfolio Manager and Total Assets by Category as of October 31, 2017

Joel P. Schneider    Mutual Funds: 27 accounts, $60.34 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 7 accounts, $6.20 billion total assets (1 account,

$214.90 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

   Other Accounts: 19 accounts, $5.39 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

Geneva Capital Management LLC

  
Amy S. Croen, CFA    Mutual Funds: 4 accounts, $2.33 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 235 accounts, $2.71 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
William A. Priebe, CFA    Mutual Funds: 4 accounts, $2.33 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 235 accounts, $2.71 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
William S. Priebe    Mutual Funds: 5 accounts, $2.34 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 2 accounts, $335.3 million total assets (1 account, $23.1 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 261 accounts, $2.78 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Jose Munoz, CFA    Mutual Funds: 4 accounts, $2.33 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 236 accounts, $2.71 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

Loomis Sayles & Company, L.P.

  
Aziz V. Hamzaogullari, CFA    Mutual Funds: 18 accounts, $22.06 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 11 accounts, $3.72 billion total assets (1 account, $653.1 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 108 accounts, $16.27 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Christopher T. Harms    Mutual Funds: 4 accounts, $2.71 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 10 accounts, $1.84 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 145 accounts, $13.23 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Clifton V. Rowe, CFA    Mutual Funds: 4 accounts, $2.71 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 6 accounts, $1.87 billion total assets (0 accounts,

$0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

   Other Accounts: 140 accounts, $13.55 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

 

C-18


Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Number of Accounts Managed by Each Portfolio Manager and Total Assets by Category as of October 31, 2017

Kurt L. Wagner, CFA, CIC    Mutual Funds: 4 accounts, $2.71 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 10 accounts, $11.14 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 158 accounts, $17.85 billion total assets (2 accounts, $4.72 billion total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Massachusetts Financial Services Company, d/b/a/ MFS Investment Management   
Geoffrey L. Schechter, CFA, CPA    Mutual Funds: 14 accounts, $18.7 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 3 accounts, $662.8 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Jason R. Kosty    Mutual Funds: 2 accounts, $4.9 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Michael L. Dawson    Mutual Funds: 16 accounts, $2.7 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Nationwide Asset Management, LLC   
Gary S. Davis, CFA    Mutual Funds: 2 accounts, $3.47 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Gary R. Hunt, CFA    Mutual Funds: 1 account, $418.8 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 account, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 2 accounts, $32.8 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Chad W. Finefrock, CFA    Mutual Funds: 1 account, $418.8 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 1 account, $2.26 billion total assets (0 accounts,

$0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

   Other Accounts: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Corsan Maley    Mutual Funds: 2 accounts, $3.47 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 9 accounts, $7.99 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

 

C-19


Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Number of Accounts Managed by Each Portfolio Manager and Total Assets by Category as of October 31, 2017

Standard Life Investments (Corporate Funds) Limited   
Kieran Curtis    Mutual Funds: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 5 accounts, $848 million total assets (0 accounts,

$0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

   Other Accounts: 9 accounts, $4.6 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Mark Baker, CFA    Mutual Funds: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 3 accounts, $609 million total assets (0 accounts,

$0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

   Other Accounts: 3 accounts, $663 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC   
William M. Bellamy, CFA    Mutual Funds: 1 account, $121.5 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 34 accounts, $209 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
UBS Asset Management (Americas) Inc.   
Bruno Bertocci    Mutual Funds: accounts, $total assets ( accounts, $ total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: accounts, $total assets ( accounts,

$total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

   Other Accounts: accounts, $total assets ( accounts, $ total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Joseph Elegante, CFA    Mutual Funds: accounts, $total assets ( accounts, $ total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: accounts, $total assets ( accounts,

$total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

   Other Accounts: accounts, $total assets ( accounts, $ total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
WCM Investment Management   
Jonathan Detter, CFA    Mutual Funds: 1 account, $36 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $ 0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 8 accounts, $ 105 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Anthony B. Glickhouse, CFA    Mutual Funds: 1 account, $36 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $ 0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 8 accounts, $ 105 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Patrick McGee, CFA    Mutual Funds: 1 account, $36 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 8 accounts, $105 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

 

C-20


Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Number of Accounts Managed by Each Portfolio Manager and Total Assets by Category as of October 31, 2017

Wellington Management Company LLP   
Mark D. Mandel, CFA    Mutual Funds: 13 accounts, $4.84 billion total assets (1 account, $153.27 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 27 accounts, $9.05 billion total assets (3 accounts, $4.25 billion total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 78 accounts, $28.9 billion total assets (15 accounts, $6.29 billion total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Cheryl M. Duckworth, CFA    Mutual Funds: 12 accounts, $4.25 billion total assets (1 account, $153.27 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 27 accounts, $9.05 billion total assets (3 accounts, $4.25 billion total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 78 accounts, $28.92 billion total assets (15 accounts, $6.29 billion total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Jonathan G. White, CFA    Mutual Funds: 2 accounts, $679.22 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 7 accounts, $997.15 million total assets (2 accounts, $484.75 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 18 accounts, $2.68 billion total assets (2 accounts, $438.61 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Ziegler Capital Management, LLC   
Mikhail I. Alkhazov, CFA    Mutual Funds: 1 account, $73 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 180 accounts, $624 million total assets (1 account, $9 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Paula M. Horn    Mutual Funds: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 1 account, $22 million total assets (0 accounts,

$0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

   Other Accounts: 336 accounts, $3.097 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Donald J. Nesbitt, CFA    Mutual Funds: 1 account, $73 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 149 accounts, $491 million total assets (1 account, $9 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Richard D. Scargill    Mutual Funds: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 1 account, $22 million total assets (0 accounts,

$0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

   Other Accounts: 98 accounts, $1.61 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

 

C-21


Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Number of Accounts Managed by Each Portfolio Manager and Total Assets by Category as of October 31, 2017

Eric Zenner, CFA    Mutual Funds: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 71 accounts, $1.01 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Richard K. Marrone    Mutual Funds: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
   Other Accounts: 228 accounts, $530 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Amundi Smith Breeden LLC

To help mitigate the risk that we or a portfolio manager will favor an account over another account, we have adopted a Trade Allocation Policy.

The Trade Allocation policy establishes guidelines for allocating investment opportunities in a manner so as not to consciously or consistently favor or disfavor a client or class of clients over time and for allocating investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time, to the extent practical.

Trading opportunities are allocated considering various factors, including:

 

    The relative investment objectives of, and investment limitations imposed upon, the particular accounts;

 

    The availability of funds for investment in the particular accounts;

 

    The investment composition of each of the accounts and the composition of the accounts’ benchmarks;

 

    The relationship between the size of the block to be allocated and the cost of trading or restriction against trading such block size;

 

    The portfolio manager’s tactics for achieving the investment objectives of the particular accounts; and

 

    In the case of a sale, the relative holdings of the asset to be sold and the amount of the sale order filled.

Generally speaking, these considerations being equal, trading opportunities are allocated based on the relative gross assets of the accounts.

Orders for the same security entered on behalf of more than one account will generally be aggregated subject to the aggregation being in the best interests of all participating accounts.

For futures and options, if we receive fewer contracts than requested, all at the same price, the contracts will be allocated to eligible accounts on a proportional basis based on the total number of contracts Amundi Smith Breeden wants to trade for each account. If different prices are received, an average price may be determined and Amundi Smith Breeden may allocate the order to each account based on the average price.

For other instruments, if we are not able to receive one price for an order large enough to satisfy all participants at the same price, additional prices may be sought until all eligible accounts are able to participate in the transaction. The final orders will be allocated to each account pro-rata to adhere as closely as possible to an average price determined from the weighted average of all orders. Under normal market conditions the time period to fill all accounts will not span longer than one trading day.

We may also use allocation credits. The need for allocation credits may arise when demand for a security outstrips the purchase size. When the amount of the security to be purchased is relatively small, precise pro-rata allocations often result in accounts receiving allocation amounts smaller than the DTCC minimum trade amount or minimum trade amount preferred

 

C-22


by the portfolio manager. An account that would have received a pro-rata allocation below the targeted trade size may receive an allocation credit instead of the amount it would have received in a pro-rata allocation. At the discretion of the portfolio manager, accounts that accumulate credits may receive an allocation of the next similar purchase if the next similar purchase is in line with portfolio guidelines and portfolio strategy.

We test compliance with our Trade Allocation Policy on a daily and quarterly basis. Daily, our Compliance Department reviews an allocation report of trades and quarterly, our Compliance Department reviews a random sample of allocated trades to confirm that allocations are consistent with this policy. In addition, our Compliance Department reviews the dispersion of returns by investment strategy to help identify patterns that might suggest that a client or class of clients is being consciously or consistently favored or disfavored over time.

The reviews of performance dispersion also serve to test whether accounts with similar objectives are managed with similar risks. In addition, our Deputy Chief Risk Officer sets risk budgets for each account and monitors compliance with those risk limits and reviews daily performance.

Bailard, Inc. (“Bailard”)

Bailard’s services are provided to a broad range of client types. Conflicts of interest may arise with Bailard managing the Fund’s assets as well as the assets of its other clients. Some of these conflicts include:

Bailard and its affiliates have performance-based fee arrangements or allocations (collectively, “Performance Fees”) from some of the funds and accounts that it manages. The Performance Fee may create an incentive for Bailard to favor client accounts and funds that charge Performance Fees (which are likely to be higher fee paying accounts) over other client accounts or funds in the trading of account securities or in the allocation of investment opportunities. Bailard has adopted Side-by-Side Management policies and procedures to help ensure that all of the accounts we manage are treated fairly regardless of the types of fees that they pay.

From time to time, Bailard may buy, sell or sell short the same securities in different client accounts and in our own proprietary accounts (including those of certain affiliates). These trades may occur in the same direction (that is buying the same security in all affected accounts, selling the same security in all affected accounts or selling short the same securities in all affected accounts). These trades may also occur in opposite directions (that is buying the same security in one account (or accounts) while selling it or selling it short in other account(s) or vice versa). We may buy, sell or sell short the same security in different client accounts and in our proprietary accounts as long as the trades: (i) are consistent with the investment strategy for each account; and (ii) do not systematically favor or disadvantage one account or class of accounts over another.

Where more than one broker is believed to be capable of providing the best execution with respect to a particular portfolio transaction, Bailard may select a broker that provides research or brokerage services to Bailard. Bailard also engages in commission sharing arrangements in which commissions for trades executed by one broker are shared with another broker that provides research or brokerage services to Bailard. In so doing, Bailard may cause a client’s account to pay an amount of commission to a broker greater than the amount another broker would have charged. In selecting such broker, Bailard will make a good faith determination that the amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the research and brokerage services received, viewed in terms of either the specific transaction or Bailard’s overall responsibility to the accounts for which it exercises investment discretion. The receipt of research services or brokerage services from any broker executing transactions for Bailard’s clients will not result in a reduction of Bailard’s customary and normal research activities.

When more than one account purchases or sells the same securities, Bailard may, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, aggregate or “block” the securities to be purchased or sold in an effort to obtain best execution. The aggregation of trades may create the potential for unfairness if one account is favored over another in allocating the securities purchased or sold (for example, by allocating a disproportionate amount of a security that is likely to increase in value to a favored account.) Bailard has adopted a Trade Priority and Aggregation Policy to help ensure that accounts that participate in the blocking of trades are treated fairly.

 

C-23


The same Bailard employee may serve as the portfolio manager of accounts with different investment strategies (including competing investment strategies) as long as all such accounts are treated fairly and equitably. Bailard seeks to limit, to the extent that is practicable, the number of instances in which the same individual manages accounts with competing investment strategies.

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (“BlackRock”)

BlackRock has built a professional working environment, firm-wide compliance culture and compliance procedures and systems designed to protect against potential incentives that may favor one account over another. BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures that address the allocation of investment opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure that all client accounts are treated equitably over time. Nevertheless, BlackRock furnishes investment management and advisory services to numerous clients in addition to the Fund, and BlackRock may, consistent with applicable law, make investment recommendations to other clients or accounts (including accounts which are hedge funds or have performance or higher fees paid to BlackRock, or in which portfolio managers have a personal interest in the receipt of such fees), which may be the same as or different from those made to the Fund. In addition, BlackRock, its affiliates and significant shareholders and any officer, director, shareholder or employee may or may not have an interest in the securities whose purchase and sale BlackRock recommends to the Fund. BlackRock, or any of its affiliates or significant shareholders, or any officer, director, shareholder, employee or any member of their families may take different actions than those recommended to the Fund by BlackRock with respect to the same securities. Moreover, BlackRock may refrain from rendering any advice or services concerning securities of companies of which any of BlackRock’s (or its affiliates’ or significant shareholders’) officers, directors or employees are directors or officers, or companies as to which BlackRock or any of its affiliates or significant shareholders or the officers, directors and employees of any of them has any substantial economic interest or possesses material non-public information. Certain portfolio managers also may manage accounts whose investment strategies may at times be opposed to the strategy utilized for a fund. It should also be noted that Mr. Radell and Ms. Uyehara may be managing hedge fund and/or long only accounts, or may be part of a team managing hedge fund and/or long only accounts, subject to incentive fees. Mr. Radell and Ms. Uyehara may therefore be entitled to receive a portion of any incentive fees earned on such accounts.

As a fiduciary, BlackRock owes a duty of loyalty to its clients and must treat each client fairly. When BlackRock purchases or sells securities for more than one account, the trades must be allocated in a manner consistent with its fiduciary duties. BlackRock attempts to allocate investments in a fair and equitable manner among client accounts, with no account receiving preferential treatment. To this end, BlackRock has adopted policies that are intended to ensure reasonable efficiency in client transactions and provide BlackRock with sufficient flexibility to allocate investments in a manner that is consistent with the particular investment discipline and client base, as appropriate.

Boston Advisors, LLC (“Boston Advisors”)

Boston Advisors manages multiple separately managed accounts for institutional and individual clients (“Accounts”) in addition to mutual funds, each of which may have distinct investment objectives, some similar to the Fund and others different. Managing multiple accounts will typically present a conflict of interest. For example, at times Boston Advisors may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some Accounts or may decide that certain of the Accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, Boston Advisors may place separate transactions for one or more separate Accounts, which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of one Account over another, including the Fund. Also, Boston Advisors may receive a greater advisory fee for managing an Account than received for advising the Fund which may create an incentive to allocate more favorable transactions to such Accounts. Additionally, Boston Advisors may, from time to time, recommend an Account purchase shares of the Fund or Boston Advisors or its affiliates may buy or sell for itself, or other Accounts, investments that it recommends on behalf of the Fund. Boston Advisors utilizes soft dollars whereby it may purchase research and services using commission dollars generated by the Fund. Often, the research and services purchased using the Fund’s commissions benefit other Accounts of Boston Advisors. Soft dollars may create an actual or perceived conflict of interest whereas Boston Advisors may have an incentive to initiate more transactions to generate soft dollar credits or may select only those brokers willing to offer soft dollar credits when placing transactions for the Fund.

To mitigate these inherent conflicts of interest, Boston Advisors has adopted policies designed to address the potential conflicts of interest. Specifically, Boston Advisors has adopted trade aggregation and rotation policies designed for fair and equitable treatment across all client accounts. Additionally, the Compliance department conducts surveillance to detect

 

C-24


incidents of preferential treatment that may occur for more favored clients. Also, Boston Advisors has appointed a soft dollar committee to oversee all aspects of Boston Advisors’ soft dollar practices and a best execution committee who routinely reviews the execution quality of large institutional accounts to ensure consistency in quality and cost.

Further, all institutional client accounts, including the Fund, receive the same access to personnel, services, research and advice. Our institutional investment process is designed to benefit all client accounts. All institutional accounts are managed by a member(s) of the institutional team, each of which rely on the same institutional investment process. The institutional investment process uses research which is shared firm-wide for all products and accounts. Finally, because trades placed for the Fund will be block traded with the other institutional Large Cap Growth accounts they are averaged price so that no account receives preferential treatment.

To avoid conflicts associated with accounts that have performance based fees, Boston Advisors does not manage accounts which have performance based fees.

Brown Capital Management, LLC (“Brown Capital”)

Brown Capital manages portfolios for multiple institutional, individual, and mutual fund clients. Each portfolio has its own set of investment objectives and investment policies that may differ from those of the Fund. The portfolio managers make investment decisions for each portfolio based on the investment objectives and policies and other relevant investment considerations applicable to that portfolio. Accordingly, a particular portfolio may contain different securities than the Fund, and investment decisions may be made in other accounts that are different than the decisions made for the Fund. As an example, the portfolio manager may decide to buy a security in one or more portfolios, while selling the same security in other portfolios based on the different objectives, restrictions, and cash flows in the portfolios.

Brown Capital’s objective is to meet its fiduciary obligation to treat all clients fairly. To help accomplish this objective and to address potential conflicts of interest, Brown Capital has adopted and implemented policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time. Brown Capital’s compliance procedures include actively monitoring compliance with investment policies, trade allocation, and Code ofEthics requirements. In addition, Brown Capital’s senior management team reviews the performance of portfolio managers and analysts.

Diamond Hill Capital Management, Inc. (“Diamond Hill”)

Form ADV Part 2A includes a discussion of a number of important matters including several potential conflicts of interest and procedures in place to disclose and/or mitigate those conflicts. Conflicts of interest discussed include:

 

    Receipt of performance fees from certain accounts

 

    Personal trading governed by Code of Ethics

 

    Brokerage allocation among client accounts

 

    Best execution policy and receipt of research services

 

    Client Commission Arrangements

 

    Solicitors fees

 

    Proxy voting policy

Diamond Hill has developed and implemented procedures in an effort to eliminate or mitigate conflicts of interest. For example, employees of Diamond Hill are not permitted to purchase individual securities eligible for client accounts.

Diamond Hill offers both fixed rate and variable fee structures for all of our products. This could create a potential conflict of interest between products of similar strategies as the variable fee would provide incentive to allocate the “best ideas” to these products. We manage these conflicts through our Trade Allocation Policy and incentive compensation practices. Our Trade Allocation policy requires that security trades be blocked across all strategies and accounts buying or selling a particular security so that each account receives a pro-rata allocation of the total shares acquired at the same average price. This policy helps prevent any preferential treatment through trade allocation. In addition, each portfolio is compared to the strategy model no less than monthly to ensure that all portfolios in the strategy are invested to the model. Further, Diamond Hill prohibits a short position from being held as a long position in any actively managed account. The investment results of, and revenue generated by, any accounts with performance-based fees are not a factor in determining the incentive compensation of any portfolio manager.

 

C-25


Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (“Dimensional”)

Portfolio Manager Conflicts of Interest

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has the primary day-to-day responsibilities with respect to more than one portfolio and other accounts. Other accounts include registered mutual funds (other than the Portfolios), other unregistered pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals (“Accounts”). An Account may have similar investment objectives to a Portfolio, or may purchase, sell, or hold securities that are eligible to be purchased, sold, or held by a Portfolio. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest include:

 

    Time Management. The management of multiple portfolios and/or Accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each portfolio and/or Account. Dimensional seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most Accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment approaches that are used in connection with the management of the Portfolios.

 

    Investment Opportunities. It is possible that at times identical securities will be held by more than one portfolio and/or Account. However, positions in the same security may vary and the length of time that any portfolio or Account may choose to hold its investment in the same security may likewise vary. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one portfolio or Account, a Portfolio may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible portfolios and Accounts. To deal with these situations, Dimensional has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple portfolios and Accounts.

 

    Broker Selection. With respect to securities transactions for the Portfolios Dimensional determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with Dimensional’s duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain Accounts (such as separate accounts), Dimensional may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, Dimesional or its affiliates may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for a Portfolio and another Account that may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the Portfolio or the Account.

 

    Performance-Based Fees. For some Accounts, Dimensional may be compensated based on the profitability of the Account, such as by a performance-based management fee. These incentive compensation structures may create a conflict of interest for Dimensional with regard to Accounts where Dimensional is paid based on a percentage of assets because the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate securities preferentially to the Accounts where Dimensional might share in investment gains.

 

    Investment in an Account. A portfolio manager or his/her relatives may invest in an Account that he or she manages and a conflict may arise where he or she may therefore have an incentive to treat the Account in which the portfolio manager or his/her relatives invest preferentially as compared to a Portfolio or other Accounts for which he or she has portfolio management responsibilities.

Dimensional has adopted certain compliance procedures that are reasonably designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

Geneva Capital Management (“GCM”)

GCM’s portfolio managers manage multiple accounts for a diverse client base, including mutual funds, separate accounts (assets managed on behalf of institutions such as pension funds, public entities and foundations) and wrap fee programs (“Other Accounts”). Certain of these Other Accounts may pay higher advisory fees or include a performance based fee component than a Fund creating an incentive to favor the higher paying account. Therefore, conflicts of interest may arise in connection with the portfolio managers’ management of a Fund’s investments on the one hand and the investments of such Other Accounts on the other hand. However, GCM has adopted policies and procedures designed to address such conflicts, including, among others, policies and procedures relating to allocation of investment opportunities, soft dollars and aggregation of trades.

Although GCM’s investment decisions on behalf of a Fund may differ from and/or conflict with advice given to its other clients, some Other Accounts may make investments in the same type of instruments or securities as a Fund at the same time as a Fund. These Other Accounts may have investment strategies similar to a Fund. In addition, GCM’s personnel may stand

 

C-26


to benefit more personally from good investment performance by these Other Accounts than by equivalent performance of a Fund. In those instances, where a Fund and another client of GCM’s trade in the same type of instrument at the same time, GCM has established trading models and aggregation and allocation procedures to allocate such trades equitably among its various clients and a Fund. In some cases, this procedure may affect adversely the size or price of the position obtainable for a Fund.

In purchasing and selling portfolio securities for a Fund, GCM seeks to obtain best execution on behalf of its clients. GCM has adopted procedures to monitor its best execution responsibilities. GCM does engage broker-dealers on behalf of a Fund who provide research services to GCM at a commission rate that is higher than another broker might have charged. However, GCM will only do so if it is determined that the commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services that are provided, viewed in terms of either the particular transaction or GCM’s other advisory accounts. Research services provided to GCM from brokers in connection with a Fund’s brokerage transactions and GCM’s Other Accounts may disproportionately benefit GCM’s other clients based on the relative amounts of brokerage services provided to a Fund and such other clients.

Some GCM employees or their family members have made investments in mutual funds that GCM manages. GCM also recommends mutual funds that they manage to certain clients. This presents a possible conflict of interest, in that it could create an incentive for GCM to favor the mutual funds over other clients. GCM maintain investment and trade allocation policies and procedures designed to manage such conflicts of interest

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. (“Loomis Sayles”)

Conflicts of interest may arise in the allocation of investment opportunities and the allocation of aggregated orders among the Funds and other accounts managed by the portfolio managers. A portfolio manager potentially could give favorable treatment to some accounts for a variety of reasons, including favoring larger accounts, accounts that pay higher fees, accounts that pay performance-based fees, accounts of affiliated companies and accounts in which the portfolio manager has an interest. Such favorable treatment could lead to more favorable investment opportunities or allocations for some accounts. Loomis Sayles makes investment decisions for all accounts (including institutional accounts, mutual funds, hedge funds and affiliated accounts) based on each account’s availability of other comparable investment opportunities and Loomis Sayles’ desire to treat all accounts fairly and equitably over time. Loomis Sayles maintains trade allocation and aggregation policies and procedures to address these potential conflicts. Conflicts of interest also may arise to the extent a portfolio manager short sells a stock in one client account but holds that stock long in other accounts, including the Funds, or sells a stock for some accounts while buying the stock for others, and through the use of “soft dollar arrangements.

Massachusetts Financial Services Company (“MFS”)

MFS seeks to identify potential conflicts of interest resulting from a portfolio manager’s management of both the Fund and other accounts, and has adopted policies and procedures designed to address such potential conflicts.

The management of multiple funds and accounts (including proprietary accounts) gives rise to conflicts of interest if the funds and accounts have different objectives and strategies, benchmarks, time horizons and fees as a portfolio manager must allocate his or her time and investment ideas across multiple funds and accounts. In certain instances there are securities which are suitable for the Fund’s portfolio as well as for accounts of MFS or its subsidiaries with similar investment objectives. MFS’ trade allocation policies may give rise to conflicts of interest if the Fund’s orders do not get fully executed or are delayed in getting executed due to being aggregated with those of other accounts of MFS or its subsidiaries. A portfolio manager may execute transactions for another fund or account that may adversely affect the value of the Fund’s investments. Investments selected for funds or accounts other than the Fund may outperform investments selected for the Fund.

When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed by MFS to be fair and equitable to each. Allocations may be based on many factors and may not always be pro rata based on assets managed. The allocation methodology could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the security as far as the Fund is concerned.

MFS and/or a portfolio manager may have a financial incentive to allocate favorable or limited opportunity investments or structure the timing of investments to favor accounts other than the Fund, for instance, those that pay a higher advisory fee and/or have a performance adjustment and/or include an investment by the portfolio manager.

 

C-27


Nationwide Asset Management, LLC

Nationwide Asset Management is a separate, wholly owned subsidiary of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company. Certain employees of the firm may also provide advisory services to affiliated portfolios outside of the Registered Investment Adviser, including Nationwide Life Insurance and Nationwide Mutual Insurance, side by side to its clients.

Nationwide Fund Distributors, LLC is an affiliated broker dealer that distributes funds for which Nationwide Asset Management performs sub-advisory services on behalf of Nationwide Funds Advisors to Nationwide Mutual Funds and the Nationwide Variable Insurance Trust.

Investment adviser representatives of Nationwide Asset Management may also be representatives of our affiliated broker-dealers Nationwide Investment Services Corporation and Nationwide Securities. Nationwide Asset Management does not place trades through affiliated broker-dealers.

Nationwide Asset Management has adopted a Code of Ethics and Gifts and Entertainment Policy for all supervised persons of the firm describing its high standard of business conduct, and fiduciary duty to its clients. The Code of Ethics includes provisions relating to the confidentiality of client information, a prohibition on insider trading, restrictions on the acceptance of significant gifts and the reporting of certain gifts and business entertainment items, and personal securities trading procedures, among other things. All supervised persons at Nationwide Asset Management must acknowledge the terms of the Code of Ethics annually, or as amended.

Nationwide Asset Management anticipates that, in appropriate circumstances, consistent with clients’ investment objectives, it will cause accounts over which it has management authority to effect, and will recommend to investment advisory clients or prospective clients, the purchase or sale of securities in which its access persons, its affiliates and/or clients, directly or indirectly, have a position of interest. Nationwide Asset Management’s personnel are required to follow its Code of Ethics. Subject to satisfying this policy and applicable laws, officers, directors and employees of Nationwide Asset Management and its affiliates may trade for their own accounts in securities which are recommended to and/or purchased for its clients. The Code of Ethics is designed to assure that the personal securities transactions, activities and interests of the employees of Nationwide Asset Management will not interfere with (i) making decisions in the best interest of advisory clients and (ii) implementing such decisions while, at the same time, allowing employees to invest for their own accounts. Under the Code certain classes of securities have been designated as exempt transactions, based upon a determination that these would materially not interfere with the best interest of Nationwide Asset Management’s clients. In addition, the Code requires pre-clearance of certain transactions against a restricted list. Nonetheless, because the Code of Ethics in some circumstances would permit employees to invest in the same securities as clients, there is a possibility that employees might benefit from market activity by a client in a security held by an employee. Employee trading is continually monitored under the Code of Ethics to reasonably prevent conflicts of interest between Nationwide Asset Management and its clients.

Nationwide Asset Management may use the products or services provided by brokers to service all accounts managed by it and not just the accounts whose transactions were associated with the broker providing the product or service. However, Nationwide Asset Management expects that each client will benefit overall by this practice because each is receiving the benefit of research services that it might not otherwise receive. To the extent brokers supply research to the firm, it is relieved of expenses that it might otherwise bear.

There are situations where Nationwide Asset Management would deem it advisable to purchase or sell the same securities for two or more clients at the same time, or approximately the same time. In this case, Nationwide Asset Management may execute the orders to purchase or sell on an aggregated basis. When possible, client trades in the same security will be aggregated into a Single Executable Order when the firm determines that it is consistent with best execution and in the best interests of its clients.

Aggregated trades may be used to facilitate best execution by negotiating more favorable prices, obtaining more timely execution or reducing overall transaction costs.

When a decision is made to aggregate transactions on behalf of more than one account, such transactions will be allocated to all participating client accounts in a fair and equitable manner. Affiliated accounts may be included in aggregated trade orders.

 

C-28


Nationwide Asset Management does not engage in cross trades between client portfolios.

The firm does not have soft dollar arrangements with broker-dealers however it does receive research materials.

Standard Life Investments (Corporate Funds) Limited (“Aberdeen Standard Investments”)

Aberdeen Standard Investments recognizes that conflicts of interest may arise as the result of its investment activities. For instance, from time to time, directors, officers, employees or their related persons (collectively referred to as “employees”) of Aberdeen Standard Investments may wish to engage directly or indirectly in a personal investment in securities that Aberdeen Standard Investments has bought or sold on behalf of clients. This process is governed by a personal trading policy and insider trading policy which all employees of Aberdeen Standard Investments must adhere to. The policies are incorporated within the Code of Conduct which is issued to new employees at the commencement of employment, and annually thereafter. Aberdeen Standard Investments may manage multiple accounts which use the same strategy or asset class and also may receive performance fees from certain of its clients. In addition, affiliates of Aberdeen Standard Investments will, from time to time, make investments in the products managed by Aberdeen Standard Investments. These facts give rise to the risk that Aberdeen Standard Investments might allocate trades in a manner which favors the interests of certain clients over others. Aberdeen Standard Investments has implemented policies and controls designed to mitigate this risk.

Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC (“TSW”)

Policy

TSW’s Board of Managers, Management and Operations Committee and associates have a duty to act for the benefit of its clients and to take action on the clients’ behalf before taking action in the interest of TSW or any of its associates when a conflict of interest between the client and TSW arises.

Background

As a SEC registered adviser, TSW and its associates are subject to various requirements under the Advisers Act and rules adopted there-under. These requirements include various anti-fraud provisions which make it unlawful for advisers to engage in any activities which may be fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative.

TSW has a fiduciary responsibility to its advisory clients and as such as a duty of loyalty and to always act in utmost good faith, place its clients’ interests first and foremost and to make full and fair disclosure of all material facts and in particular, information as to any potential and/or actual conflicts of interests.

Responsibility

TSW’s CCO has the responsibility for implementing and monitoring TSW’s Conflicts of Interest Policy for content and accuracy.

Procedure

TSW has identified a number of potential conflicts of interest and adopted various procedures and internal controls to review, monitor and ensure the Firm’s Conflict of Interest Policy is observed, implemented properly and amended or updated, as appropriate. TSW has identified the following potential conflicts and the specific Policy, ADV disclosure, or reference in the Associates Manual which addresses the conflict:

 

    Trade allocation/rotation favoring proprietary accounts and/or TSW’s clients with higher fee schedules. TSW’s proprietary account and client accounts with higher fee schedules will participate in bunch trades when appropriate, on an equal basis, with TSW clients. This is disclosed in TSW’s disclosure document. TSW’s allocation and rotation policies are designed to ensure equitable treatment of all clients’ orders and details may be found in:

 

    Trading Policy – Trade Rotation & Allocations

 

    Form ADV Part 2A -Item 12 – Brokerage Practices – Bunched Trades/Block Trades and Partial Fill Process

 

C-29


    IPO allocation favoring proprietary accounts and TSW’s clients with higher fee schedules. TSW’s allocation policies are designed to ensure equitable treatment of all clients’ orders participating in IPOs. TSW’s four factor process generally requires at least three years of financial history prior to being considered for purchase which makes it less likely that a security would ever be available under an IPO.

 

    Trading Policy and Procedure-Initial Public Offerings (IPOs)

 

    Trading with an affiliate could be a conflict of interest. TSW has developed an Affiliates Policy that addresses this issue and precludes TSW from trading with its affiliates. The Director of Trading and the Trade Management Oversight Committee has responsibility for overseeing all Firm trading activity to ensure TSW does not trade with its affiliates.

 

    Affiliates Policy

 

    Form ADV Part 2A – Item 10 – Other Financial Industry Activities and Affiliations - Broker-Dealer

 

    TSW may have a conflict from specific proxy voting issues. TSW’s Proxy Voting Policy addresses potential conflicts of interest by reviewing the relationship of TSW with the issuer of each security to determine if TSW or any of its associates has any financial, business or personal relationship with the issuer, where a conflict might exist. If TSW determines that a material conflict exists, TSW will instruct ISS to vote using ISS’s standard policy guidelines which are derived independently from TSW.

 

    Proxy Voting Policy

 

    Form ADV Part 2A – Item 17—Voting Client Securities

 

    Soft Dollar transactions could benefit TSW’s research effort by allocating more trades to commission sharing arrangement (“CSA”) brokers. TSW’s Soft Dollar Policy is designed to ensure that all research and brokerage services are qualified under the eligibility guidelines of 28(e). All new research or brokerage services and any amendments to existing services are documented in writing. TSW’s Trade Management Oversight Committee and its Investment Policy Committee have responsibilities to review overall trading including transaction costs and its allocation to CSAs to ensure TSW doesn’t misallocate more trades to CSAs for unnecessary or inappropriate services.

 

    Soft Dollars Policy

 

    Form ADV Part 2A – Item 12 – Brokerage Practices – Soft Dollars

 

    The ability of alternative products to short securities held in other TSW long-only accounts could result in conflicting strategies that could find TSW’s clients at odds with one another. TSW’s Trading Policy addresses this conflict by allowing the WPS strategy to short securities held in a primary strategy with a minimum market capitalization of $10 billion. Rules are written and tested in the trading system, Charles River (“CRD”) to monitor this requirement.

 

    Trading Policy

 

    Form ADV Part 2A – Item 6 – Performance-Based Fees and Side-by-Side Management

 

    Favoring investment strategies/accounts in which TSW has additional financial interest other than standard fees (LLC and performance-based fee accounts). TSW’s Trading Policies, including allocation procedures, are designed to ensure strategies where TSW has additional financial interest will be treated fairly but will not be in a position to take advantage of that financial interest. Various restrictions are placed in CRD and tests are performed to ensure no accounts in which TSW has a more favorable financial interest take advantage of that position.

 

    Trading Policy – Other Trading Considerations

 

    Form ADV Part 2A – Item 10 – Other Financial Industry Activities and Affiliations

 

    TSW associates’ personal trading and the potential use of inside information can create conflicts but are subject to the TSW Code of Ethics and Personal Securities Transactions & Records Policy. TSW associates are required to pre-clear personal transactions as required by the Code of Ethics and transactions are monitored to ensure no associate takes advantage of any TSW client trades.

 

    Personal Securities Transactions & Records Policy

 

    Code of Ethics

 

    Form ADV Part 2A – Item 11 – Code of Ethics

 

    Portfolio Manager Compensation could present a portfolio manager an opportunity to advantage one client or a strategy over another if his/her compensation was so incentivized. TSW’s compensation strategy is not incentivized in that way. TSW’s compensation strategy addresses this potential conflict by providing competitive base salaries commensurate with an individual’s responsibility and providing incentive bonus awards that may significantly exceed base salary. Annually, the TSW Remuneration Committee is responsible for determining the discretionary bonus, utilizing an analytical and qualitative assessment process. Factors used to determine compensation are: commitment to TSW’s core values, long-term performance, the product’s strategic position in the overall success of TSW, and support of marketing/client service commitments. Key associates may be awarded cash bonuses, and deferred TSW equity grants. All qualified employees participate in the TSW Employees’ Retirement Plan.

 

C-30


    Side-by-side management, where a portfolio manager is responsible for managing different strategies/accounts or managing an alternative strategy and a long only strategy could present instances where a portfolio manager may devote unequal time and attention to each account or strategy. TSW acknowledges that some of its portfolio managers have input to multiple strategies and clients. TSW feels it has addressed this specific conflict by: 1) having all of its long only equity investment strategies working off of the same four-factor investment process; 2) aggregating trades for strategies when possible and providing Firm-wide notice of trading activity; 3) periodic review of investment returns by the Investment Policy Committee and trading by TMOC; and 4) by having co-portfolio managers on many of its investment strategies.

 

    Form ADV Part 2A – Item 6. – Performance-Based Fees and Side-By-Side Management

 

    While acceptable to the SEC, paying for client referrals can result in a conflict of interest. The SEC’s Cash Solicitation Rule (Rule 206(4)-3) details the rules under which an investment adviser may compensate persons who solicit advisory clients. TSW has incorporated those rules and necessary disclosure into its Solicitor Arrangement Policy to prevent any conflict of interest.

 

    Solicitor Arrangements Policy

 

    Form ADV Part 2A – Item 14 – Client Referrals and Other Compensation

 

    TSW is the managing member of WPS Capital Fund LLC, and as such has access to the assets of the LLC, which presents an opportunity for a conflict of interest. In order to prevent any conflict in the LLC, TSW has a third party administrator provide monthly reports and annually requires the LLC to be audited by a Public Company Account Oversight Board (“PCAB”) approved auditor.

 

    Custody Policy

 

    Form ADV Part 2A – Item 15 - Custody

 

    The receipt of gifts and entertainment from clients or other business associates could influence a portfolio manager to favor such a client in the managing of their portfolio. TSW associates are subject to its Code of Ethics which requires all associates to identify any gifts given or received in their quarterly compliance reporting. TSW associates are limited to receipt of gifts given or received valued at $100 and entertainment given or received valued at $250, unless approved as an exception.

 

    Code of Ethics

 

    Form ADV Part 2A – Code of Ethics

While TSW has recognized the conflicts summarized above, it realizes that it cannot identify all conflicts that exist or may arise in its business. Regardless of the ability to identify all conflicts, it has been emphasized to all TSW associates through its policies and procedures and Code of Ethics to always act in utmost good faith, place its clients’ interests first and foremost and to make full and fair disclosure of all material facts and in particular, information as to any potential and/or actual conflicts of interests.

UBS Asset Management (Americas), Inc. (“UBS AM”)

The portfolio management team’s management of the Fund and other accounts could result in potential conflicts of interest if the Fund and other accounts have different objectives, benchmarks and fees because the portfolio management team must allocate its time and investment expertise across multiple accounts, including the Fund. A portfolio manager and his or her team manage the Fund and other accounts utilizing a model portfolio approach that groups similar accounts within a model portfolio. UBS AM manages accounts according to the appropriate model portfolio, including where possible, those accounts that have specific investment restrictions. Accordingly, portfolio holdings, position sizes and industry and sector exposures tend to be similar across accounts, which may minimize the potential for conflicts of interest.

If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one account or model portfolio, the Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible model portfolios and accounts. To deal with these situations, UBS AM has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio trades across multiple accounts to provide fair treatment to all accounts.

The management of personal accounts by a portfolio manager may also give rise to potential conflicts of interest. UBS AM has adopted a Code of Ethics that governs such personal trading but there is no assurance that the Code will adequately address all such conflicts.

UBS Group AG (“UBS”) is a worldwide full-service investment banking, broker-dealer, asset management and financial services organization. As a result, UBS AM and UBS (including, for these purposes, their directors, partners, officers and

 

C-31


employees) worldwide, including the entities and personnel who may be involved in the investment activities and business operations of the Fund are engaged in businesses and have interests other than that of managing the Fund. These activities and interests include potential multiple advisory, transactional, financial, consultative, and other interests in transactions, companies, securities and other instruments that may be engaged in, purchased or sold by the Fund.

UBS AM may purchase or sell, or recommend for purchase or sale, for the Fund or its other accounts securities of companies: (i) with respect to which its affiliates act as an investment banker or financial adviser; (ii) with which its affiliates have other confidential relationships; (iii) in which its affiliates maintain a position or (iv) for which its affiliates make a market; or in which it or its officers, directors or employees or those of its affiliates own securities or otherwise have an interest. Except to the extent prohibited by law or regulation or by client instruction, UBS AM may recommend to the Fund or its other clients, or purchase for the Fund or its other clients, securities of issuers in which UBS has an interest as described in this paragraph.

From time to time and subject to client approval, UBS AM may rely on certain affiliates to execute trades for the Fund or its other accounts. For each security transaction effected by UBS, UBS AM may compensate and UBS may retain such compensation for effecting the transaction, and UBS AM may receive affiliated group credit for generating such business.

Transactions undertaken by UBS or client accounts managed by UBS (“Client Accounts”) may adversely impact the Fund. UBS and one or more Client Accounts may buy or sell positions while the Fund is undertaking the same or a differing, including potentially opposite, strategy, which could disadvantage the Fund.

UBS AM and its advisory affiliates utilize a common portfolio and trading platform for its clients. Certain investment professionals and other employees of UBS AM are officers of advisory affiliates and related persons and may provide investment advisory services to clients of such affiliated entities. UBS AM’s personnel also provide research and trading support to personnel of certain advisory affiliates.

While it selects brokers primarily on the basis of the execution capabilities, UBS AM, in its discretion, may cause a client to pay a commission to brokers or dealers for effecting a transaction for that client in excess of the amount another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction. This may be done when UBS AM has determined in good faith that the commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the execution, brokerage and/or research services provided by the broker. UBS AM’s arrangements for the receipt of research services from brokers may create conflicts of interest, in that it has an incentive to choose a broker or dealer that provides research services, instead of one that charges a lower commission rate but does not provide any research. Brokers may provide third party research services through client commission arrangements (CCAs) or commission sharing arrangements (CSAs). Research-related costs may be shared by advisory affiliates and related persons and may benefit the clients of such advisory affiliates. Since research services are shared between UBS AM and its advisory affiliates, UBS AM and its advisory affiliates maintain an aggregated CCA/CSA research budget. Therefore, research services that benefit UBS AM’s clients may be paid for with commissions generated by clients of its advisory affiliates. Similarly, research services paid for by commissions generated by UBS AM’s clients may benefit advisory affiliates and their clients. UBS AM does not allocate the relative costs or benefits of research received from brokers or dealers among its clients because UBS AM believes that the research received is, in the aggregate, of assistance in fulfilling UBS AM’s overall responsibilities to its clients. The research may be used in connection with the management of accounts other than those for which trades are executed by the brokers or dealers providing the research.

WCM Investment Management (“WCM”)

The management of multiple funds and accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest if the funds and other accounts have different objectives, benchmarks, time horizons, and fees as the portfolio manager must allocate his time and investment ideas across multiple funds and accounts. The firm seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most other accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment strategies that are used in connection with the management of the Fund. Accordingly, portfolio holdings, position sizes, and industry and sector exposures tend to be similar across similar portfolios, which may minimize the potential for conflicts of interest. The separate management of the trade execution and valuation functions from the portfolio management process also helps to reduce potential conflicts of interest. However, securities selected for funds or accounts other than the Fund may outperform the securities selected for the Fund. Moreover, if a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one fund or other account, the Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of that

 

C-32


opportunity across all eligible funds and other accounts. The firm seeks to manage such potential conflicts by using procedures intended to provide a fair allocation of buy and sell opportunities among funds and other accounts.

The management of personal accounts by a portfolio manager may give rise to potential conflicts of interest. While WCM has adopted a code of ethics which it believes contains provisions reasonably necessary to prevent a wide range of prohibited activities by portfolio managers and others with respect to their personal trading activities, there can be no assurance that the code of ethics addresses all individual conduct that could result in conflicts of interest.

In addition, WCM has adopted certain compliance procedures that are designed to address these, and other, types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation where a conflict arises.

Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”)

Individual investment professionals at Wellington Management manage multiple accounts for multiple clients. These accounts may include mutual funds, separate accounts (assets managed on behalf of institutions, such as pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, or separately managed account programs sponsored by financial intermediaries), bank common trust accounts, and hedge funds. The Fund’s managers listed in the prospectus who are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund (“Portfolio Managers”) generally manage accounts in several different investment styles. These accounts may have investment objectives, strategies, time horizons, tax considerations and risk profiles that differ from those of the Fund. The Portfolio Managers make investment decisions for each account, including the Fund, based on the investment objectives, policies, practices, benchmarks, cash flows, tax and other relevant investment considerations applicable to that account. Consequently, the Portfolio Managers may purchase or sell securities, including IPOs, for one account and not another account, and the performance of securities purchased for one account may vary from the performance of securities purchased for other accounts. Alternatively, these accounts may be managed in a similar fashion to the Fund and thus the accounts may have similar, and in some cases nearly identical, objectives, strategies and/or holdings to that of the Fund.

The Portfolio Managers or other investment professionals at Wellington Management may place transactions on behalf of other accounts that are directly or indirectly contrary to investment decisions made on behalf of the Fund, or make investment decisions that are similar to those made for the relevant Fund, both of which have the potential to adversely impact the Fund depending on market conditions. For example, an investment professional may purchase a security in one account while appropriately selling that same security in another account. Similarly, the Portfolio Managers may purchase the same security for the Fund and one or more other accounts at or about the same time. In those instances, the other accounts will have access to their respective holdings prior to the public disclosure of the Fund’s holdings. In addition, some of these accounts have fee structures, including performance fees, which are or have the potential to be higher, in some cases significantly higher, than the fees Wellington Management receives for managing the Fund. The Portfolio Managers also manage accounts which pay performance allocations to Wellington Management or its affiliates. Because incentive payments paid by Wellington Management to the Portfolio Managers are tied to revenues earned by Wellington Management and, where noted, to the performance achieved by the manager in each account, the incentives associated with any given account may be significantly higher or lower than those associated with other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers. Finally, the Portfolio Managers may hold shares or investments in the other pooled investment vehicles and/or other accounts identified above.

Wellington Management’s goal is to meet its fiduciary obligation to treat all clients fairly and provide high quality investment services to all of its clients. Wellington Management has adopted and implemented policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, which it believes address the conflicts associated with managing multiple accounts for multiple clients. In addition, Wellington Management monitors a variety of areas, including compliance with primary account guidelines, the allocation of IPOs, and compliance with the firm’s Code of Ethics, and places additional investment restrictions on investment professionals who manage hedge funds and certain other accounts. Furthermore, senior investment and business personnel at Wellington Management periodically review the performance of Wellington Management’s investment professionals. Although Wellington Management does not track the time an investment professional spends on a single account, Wellington Management does periodically assess whether an investment professional has adequate time and resources to effectively manage the investment professional’s various client mandates.

 

C-33


Ziegler Capital Management, LLC (“Ziegler”)

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one account. More specifically, portfolio managers who manage multiple accounts are presented a number of potential conflicts, including, among others, those discussed below.

The management of multiple accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each account. ZCM seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most accounts managed by a portfolio manager in a particular investment strategy are managed using the same investment models.

If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one account, an account may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible accounts. To deal with these situations, ZCM has adopted procedures for allocating limited opportunities across multiple accounts.

With respect to many of its clients’ accounts, ZCM determines which broker to use to execute transaction orders, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain other accounts, ZCM may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, ZCM may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for a Fund and other accounts that may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the Fund or the other accounts.

Some clients are subject to different regulations. As a consequence of this difference in regulatory requirements, some clients may not be permitted to engage in all the investment techniques or transactions or to engage in these transactions to the same extent as the other accounts managed by the portfolio manager.

ZCM has adopted certain compliance procedures that are designed to address these types of conflicts common among investment managers. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

 

C-34


APPEN DIX D

5% SHAREHOLDERS

<Batch File>

 

D-1


PART C

OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 28. EXHIBITS

 

(a) Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, amended and restated as of June 17, 2009 (the “Amended Declaration”) of Registrant, Nationwide Mutual Funds (the “Trust”), a Delaware Statutory Trust, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.a with the Trust’s registration statement on November 17, 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

(b) Second Amended and Restated Bylaws, amended and restated as of June 17, 2009 (the “Amended Bylaws”), of the Trust, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.b with the Trust’s registration statement on November 17, 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

(c) Certificates for shares are not issued. Articles III, V, and VI of the Amended Declaration and Article VII of the Amended Bylaws, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) and (b) hereto, define rights of holders of shares.

 

(d) Investment Advisory Agreements

 

  (1) Investment Advisory Agreement dated May 1, 2007, between the Trust and Nationwide Fund Advisors, pertaining to certain series of the Trust, previously filed as Exhibit EX-99.d.2 with the Trust’s registration statement on June 14, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (a) Exhibit A to the Investment Advisory Agreement, amended December 14, 2017, previously filed as Exhibit EX-16.6.a.i with the Trust’s registration statement on Form N-14 on December 27, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (2) Investment Advisory Agreement dated August 28, 2007, between the Trust and Nationwide Fund Advisors, pertaining to the Target Destination Funds, previously filed as Exhibit EX-23.d.2 with the Trust’s registration statement on August 27, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (a) Exhibit A to the Investment Advisory Agreement, amended September 25, 2014, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.2.b. with the Trust’s registration statement on October 16, 2014, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (3) Investment Advisory Agreement dated September 18, 2015, between the Trust and Nationwide Fund Advisors, pertaining to certain series of the Trust, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.3, with the Trust’s registration statement on October 13, 2015, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (a) Exhibit A to the Investment Advisory Agreement, amended December 8, 2017, is filed herewith as Exhibit EX-28.d.3.a.

 

  (4) Subadvisory Agreements

 

  (a) Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC dated May 1, 2007, as amended June 16, 2010, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.3.a with the Trust’s registration statement on September 14, 2010, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (1) Exhibit A to the Amended Subadvisory Agreement, amended February 1, 2012, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.3.a.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 24, 2012, is hereby incorporated by reference.


  (b) Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Dimensional Fund Advisors LP dated December 19, 2007, previously filed as Exhibit EX-23.d.3.i with the Trust’s registration statement on December 28, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (c) Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Nationwide Asset Management, LLC dated January 1, 2008, previously filed as Exhibit EX-23.d.3.h with the Trust’s registration statement on December 19, 2008, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (1) Exhibit A to the Subadvisory Agreement, amended May 1, 2013, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.3.c.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on April 3, 2014, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (d) Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Federated Investment Management Company dated April 2, 2009, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.3.i with the Trust’s registration statement on February 26, 2010, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (1) Exhibit A to the Subadvisory Agreement, amended March 9, 2017, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.d.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on May 5, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (e) Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Brown Capital Management, LLC dated August 26, 2011, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.3.j with the Trust’s registration statement on September 16, 2011, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (f) Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and UBS Asset Management (Americas) Inc. dated July 19, 2011, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.3.k with the Trust’s registration statement on July 1, 2011, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (1) Exhibit A to the Subadvisory Agreement, amended November 19, 2012, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.3.k.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on December 6, 2012, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (g) Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC dated October 30, 2012, previously filed as Exhibit EX-16.6.c.xii with the Trust’s registration statement on Form N-14 on May 17, 2013, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (h) Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Bailard, Inc. dated June 4, 2013, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.3.k with the Trust’s registration statement on October 17, 2013, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (1) Exhibit A to the Subadvisory Agreement, amended March 31, 2014, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.3.j.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on April 3, 2014, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (i) Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Geneva Capital Management LLC dated October 1, 2014, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.3.k with the Trust’s registration statement on October 16, 2014, is hereby incorporated by reference.


  (j) Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Ziegler Capital Management, LLC dated December 1, 2013, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.3.m with the Trust’s registration statement on February 20, 2014, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (k) Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Boston Advisors, LLC dated March 13, 2014, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.3.r with the Trust’s registration statement on March 25, 2014, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (1) Exhibit A to the Subadvisory Agreement, amended December 10, 2015, previously filed as Exhibit EX 28.d.4.q.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on December 17, 2015, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (l) Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Standard Life Investments (Corporate Funds) Limited dated October 5, 2015, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.r with the Trust’s registration statement on October 13, 2015, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (m) Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Amundi Smith Breeden, LLC dated November 12, 2015, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.s with the Trust’s registration statement on October 14, 2015, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (1) Exhibit A to the Subadvisory Agreement, amended August 1, 2016, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.s.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on September 30, 2016, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (n) Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Wellington Management Company LLP dated December 14, 2016, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.t with the Trust’s registration statement on December 14, 2016, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (o) Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Wellington Management Company LLP dated November 13, 2017, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.o with the Trust’s registration statement on November 22, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (p) Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Loomis, Sayles & Company, LP dated May 5, 2017, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.q with the Trust’s registration statement on May 5, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (q) Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Loomis, Sayles & Company, LP dated November 13, 2017, previously filed as Exhibit EX 28.d.4.q with the Trust’s registration statement on November 22, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (r) Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Logan Capital Management, Inc. dated December 8, 2017, previously filed as Exhibit EX-16.6.d.x.viii with the Trust’s registration statement on Form N-14 on December 27, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (s) Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Diamond Hill Capital Management dated November 13, 2017, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.s with the Trust’s registration statement on November 22, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.


  (t) Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and WCM Investment Management dated November 13, 2017, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.t with the Trust’s registration statement on November 22, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (u) Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management dated November 13, 2017, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.u with the Trust’s registration statement on November 22, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

(e)    (1) Underwriting Agreement dated May 1, 2007, between the Trust and Nationwide Fund Distributors LLC (“NFD”), previously filed as Exhibit EX-23.e.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on June 14, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (a) Schedule A to the Underwriting Agreement, amended December 8, 2017, is filed herewith as Exhibit EX-28.e.1.a.

 

  (2) Form of Dealer Agreement, previously filed as Exhibit EX-23.e.2 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 27, 2008, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

(f) Not applicable.

 

(g) Custodian Agreement

 

  (1) Global Custody Agreement dated April 4, 2003, between the Trust and JPMorgan Chase Bank, previously filed as Exhibit EX-99.g.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 28, 2005, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (a) Amendment to Global Custody Agreement dated December 2, 2009, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.g.1.a with the Trust’s registration statement on February 26, 2010, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (b) Amendment to Global Custody Agreement dated March 11, 2011, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.g.1.d with the Trust’s registration statement on September 30, 2016, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (c) Amendment to Global Custody Agreement dated March 8, 2012, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.g.1.d with the Trust’s registration statement on July 2, 2012, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (d) Amendment to Global Custody Agreement dated May 27, 2015, is filed herewith as Exhibit EX-28.g.1.d.

 

  (e) Amendment to Global Custody Agreement dated September 18, 2015, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.g.1.c with the Trust’s registration statement on October 13, 2015, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (f) Amendment to Global Custody Agreement dated December 9, 2015, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.g.1.e with the Trust’s registration statement on September 30, 2016, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (g) Amendment to Global Custody Agreement dated August 26, 2016, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.g.1.f with the Trust’s registration statement on September 30, 2016, is hereby incorporated by reference.


  (h) Amendment to Global Custody Agreement dated November 22, 2016, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.g.1.g with the Trust’s registration statement on March 22, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (i) Amendment to Global Custody Agreement dated May 17, 2017, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.g.1.h with the Trust’s registration statement on August 24, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (j) Amendment to Global Custody Agreement dated November 9, 2017, previously filed as Exhibit EX-16.9.a.ix with the Trust’s registration statement on Form N-14 on December 27, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (2) Waiver to Global Custody Agreement dated as of February 28, 2005, between the Trust and JPMorgan Chase Bank, previously filed as Exhibit EX-99.g.1.a with the Trust’s registration statement on February 28, 2006, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (3) Cash Trade Execution Rider dated April 4, 2003, previously filed as Exhibit EX-99.g.1.b with the Trust’s registration statement on February 28, 2006, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (4) Concentration Accounts Agreement dated December 2, 2009, between the Trust and JPMorgan Chase Bank, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.g.4 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 26, 2010, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (5) Rider for Securities Lending to Global Custody Agreement dated March 28, 2014, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.g.5 with the Trust’s registration statement on September 30, 2016, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (6) Addendum to Fee Schedule to Rider for Securities Lending to Global Custody Agreement dated March 28, 2014, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.g.6 with the Trust’s registration statement on September 30, 2016, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

(h)    (1) Joint Fund Administration and Transfer Agency Agreement, effective May 1, 2010, between the Trust, Nationwide Mutual Funds and Nationwide Fund Management LLC, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.h.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on September 14, 2010, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (2) Administrative Services Plan, amended December 8, 2017, is filed herewith as Exhibit EX-28.h.2.

 

  (a) Form of Servicing Agreement to Administrative Services Plan, previously filed as Exhibit EX-23.h.2.b with the Trust’s registration statement on February 28, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (3) Form of Operational Servicing Agreement, previously filed as Exhibit EX-23.h.3 with the Trust’s registration statement on August 27, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (4) Expense Limitation Agreement between the Trust and Nationwide Fund Advisors, dated May 1, 2007, previously filed as Exhibit EX-23.h.4 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 27, 2008 is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (a) Amendment to Expense Limitation Agreement, amended May 1, 2017, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.h.4.a with the Trust’s registration statement on May 5, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (b) Exhibit A to Expense Limitation Agreement, amended December 8, 2017, is filed herewith as Exhibit EX-28.h.4.b.


  (5) Assignment and Assumption Agreement between Gartmore Mutual Funds, an Ohio business trust (“OBT”) and the Trust, a Delaware statutory trust, dated February 28, 2005, assigning to the Trust OBT’s title, rights, interests, benefits and privileges in and to certain contracts listed in the Agreement, previously filed as Exhibit EX-99.h.11 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 28, 2006, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (6) Fee Waiver Agreement between the Trust and Nationwide Fund Advisors, on behalf of the Nationwide Fund, dated March 1, 2017, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.h.6 with the Trust’s registration statement on May 5, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (7) Administrative Services Fee Waiver Agreement between the Trust and Nationwide Financial Services, Inc., dated March 1, 2017, on behalf of the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.h.7 with the Trust’s registration statement on May 5, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (8) Fee Waiver Agreement between the Trust and Nationwide Fund Advisors, on behalf of Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund and Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund, dated March 1, 2017, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.h.8 with the Trust’s registration statement on May 5, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

(i) Legal Opinion of Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP, relating to all current series of the Registrant, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.i, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

(j) Not Applicable.

 

(k) Not applicable.

 

(l) Not applicable.

 

(m)    (1) Distribution Plan under Rule 12b-1, amended December 8, 2017, is filed herewith as Exhibit EX-28.m.1.

 

(n)    (1) Rule 18f-3 Plan, amended December 8, 2017, is filed herewith as Exhibit EX-28.n.1

 

(o) Not applicable.

 

(p)    (1) Code of Ethics for the Trust and Nationwide Variable Insurance Trust, dated December 3, 2008, previously filed as Exhibit EX-23.p.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 26, 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (2) Code of Ethics for Nationwide Fund Advisors dated January 1, 2015, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.2 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 26, 2015, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (3) Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, effective May 8, 2017, is filed herewith as Exhibit EX-28.p.3.

 

  (4) Code of Ethics for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, effective October 1, 2017, is filed herewith as Exhibit EX-28.p.4.

 

  (5) Code of Ethics for Nationwide Fund Distributors LLC, dated January 1, 2014, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.5 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 26, 2015, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (6) Code of Ethics for Federated Investment Management Company, effective April 1, 2017, is filed herewith as Exhibit EX-28.p.6.


  (7) Code of Ethics for Brown Capital Management, LLC, dated July 11, 2016, is filed herewith as Exhibit EX-28.p.7.

 

  (8) Code of Ethics for UBS Asset Management (Americas) Inc., dated July 21, 2016, is filed herewith as Exhibit EX-28.p.8.

 

  (9) Code of Ethics for Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC, amended December 5, 2016, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.10 with the Trust’s registration statement on May 5, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (10) Code of Ethics for Bailard, Inc., dated March 25, 2014, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.12 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 26, 2015, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (11) Code of Ethics for Janus Henderson Investors, on behalf of Geneva Capital Management LLC, effective August 1, 2017, is filed herewith as Exhibit EX-28.p.11.

 

  (12) Code of Ethics for Ziegler Capital Management, LLC, dated June 13, 2011, amended April 4, 2016, is filed herewith as Exhibit EX-28.p.12.

 

  (13) Code of Ethics for Boston Advisors, LLC, effective January 1, 2017, is filed herewith as Exhibit EX-28.p.13.

 

  (14) Code of Ethics for Standard Life Investments (Corporate Funds) Limited, dated November 20, 2014, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.20 with the Trust’s registration statement on October 13, 2015, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (15) Code of Ethics for Amundi Smith Breeden, LLC, revised September 2017, is filed herewith as Exhibit EX-28.p.15.

 

  (16) Code of Ethics for Wellington Management Company LLP, dated April 30, 2017, is filed herewith as Exhibit EX-28.p.16.

 

  (17) Code of Ethics for Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P., dated August 11, 2016, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.19 with the Trust’s registration statement on May 5, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (18) Code of Ethics for Logan Capital Management, Inc., dated February 2017, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.19 with the Trust’s registration statement on March 22, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (19) Code of Ethics for Diamond Hill Capital Management ,dated January 1, 2017, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.19 with the Trust’s registration statement on November 22, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (20) Code of Ethics for WCM Investment Management, dated January 1, 2017, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.20 with the Trust’s registration statement on November 22, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (21) Code of Ethics for Massachusetts Financial Services Company, dated October 31, 2016, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.21 with the Trust’s registration statement on November 22, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (22) Code of Ethics for Nationwide Asset Management, LLC, as of April 2017, is filed herewith as Exhibit EX-28.p.22.


(q)    (1) Power of Attorney with respect to the Trust for Charles E. Allen, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.q.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on August 24, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (2) Power of Attorney with respect to the Trust for Barbara I. Jacobs, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.q.2 with the Trust’s registration statement on August 24, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (3) Power of Attorney with respect to the Trust for Paula H.J. Cholmondeley, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.q.3 with the Trust’s registration statement on August 24, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (4) Power of Attorney with respect to the Trust for Phyllis Kay Dryden, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.q.4 with the Trust’s registration statement on August 24, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (5) Power of Attorney with respect to the Trust for Douglas F. Kridler, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.q.5 with the Trust’s registration statement on August 24, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (6) Power of Attorney with respect to the Trust for David C. Wetmore, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.q.6 with the Trust’s registration statement on August 24, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (7) Power of Attorney with respect to the Trust for Keith F. Karlawish, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.q.7 with the Trust’s registration statement on August 24, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (8) Power of Attorney with respect to the Trust for Lydia M. Marshall, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.q.8 with the Trust’s registration statement on August 24, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (9) Power of Attorney with respect to the Trust for Carol A. Kosel, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.q.9 with the Trust’s registration statement on August 24, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (10) Power of Attorney with respect to the Trust for Michael S. Spangler, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.q.10 with the Trust’s registration statement on August 24, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

  (11) Power of Attorney with respect to the Trust for Joseph Finelli, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.q.11 with the Trust’s registration statement on August 24, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

ITEM 29. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT

No person is presently controlled by or under common control with Registrant.

ITEM 30. INDEMNIFICATION

Indemnification provisions for officers, directors and employees of Registrant are set forth in Article VII, Section 2 of the Amended Declaration. See Item 28(a) above.

The Trust has entered into indemnification agreements with each of the trustees and certain of its officers. The indemnification agreements provide that the Trust will indemnify the indemnitee for and against any and all judgments, penalties, fines, and amounts paid in settlement, and all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by indemnitee in connection with a proceeding that the indemnitee is a party to or is threatened to be made a party to (other than certain exceptions specified in the agreements), to the maximum extent not expressly prohibited by Delaware law or applicable federal securities law and regulations (including without limitation Section 17(h) of the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations issued with respect thereto by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission). The Trust also will indemnify indemnitee for and against all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by indemnitee in connection with any proceeding to which indemnitee is or is threatened to be made a witness but not a party. See Item 23(h)(4) above.


Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

ITEM 31. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER

 

(a) Nationwide Fund Advisors, the investment adviser to the Trust, also serves as investment adviser to Nationwide Variable Insurance Trust. To the knowledge of the Registrant, the Directors and Officers of Nationwide Fund Advisors have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of NFA or its affiliates:

Each of the following persons serves in the same or similar capacity with one or more affiliates of Nationwide Fund Advisors. The address for the persons listed below, except as otherwise noted, is One Nationwide Plaza, Columbus, OH 43215.

 

Name and Address

 

Principal Occupation

 

Position with NFA

 

Position with Funds

Kirt A. Walker   President and Chief Operating Officer of Nationwide Financial Services, Inc.   Director   N/A
Michael S. Spangler   President and Director of Nationwide Funds Group, which includes Nationwide Fund Advisors, Nationwide Fund Management LLC and Nationwide Fund Distributors LLC   President and Director   President, Chief Executive Officer and Principal Executive Officer
Eric E. Miller   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary of Nationwide Funds Group; Secretary of the Trust   Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Lee T. Cummings   Senior Vice President of Nationwide Funds Group   Senior Vice President   Senior Vice President, Head of Operations
Brian E. Hirsch   Vice President and Nationwide Funds Group Chief Compliance Officer   Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer   Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer
Pamela A. Biesecker   Senior Vice President and Head of Taxation of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company   Senior Vice President and Head of Taxation   N/A
Robert W. Horner   Vice President and Secretary of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company   Associate Vice President and Secretary   N/A
Timothy G. Frommeyer  

Senior Vice President, Director and

Chief Financial Officer of

Nationwide Financial Services, Inc.

  Director   N/A


Name and Address

 

Principal Occupation

 

Position with NFA

 

Position with Funds

Keith Wild   Associate Vice President and Chief Financial Officers for the Nationwide Funds Group   Associate Vice President and Treasurer   N/A
David A. Conner   Associate Vice President and Assistant Treasurer of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company   Associate Vice President and Assistant Treasurer   N/A
James M. Elliot   Associate Vice President and Assistant Treasurer of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company   Associate Vice President and Assistant Treasurer   N/A
Sarah E. Zureich   Associate Vice President and Assistant Treasurer of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company   Associate Vice President and Assistant Treasurer   N/A
Timothy J. Dwyer   Vice President and Assistant Treasurer of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company   Vice President and Assistant Treasurer   N/A
Mark E. Hartman   Associate Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company   Associate Vice President and Assistant Secretary   N/A
Kathy R. Richards   Associate Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company   Associate Vice President and Assistant Secretary   N/A
Keith W. Hinze   Assistant Secretary of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company   Assistant Secretary   N/A

 

(b) Information for the Subadviser of the Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund, Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund, Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund, Nationwide Bond Index Fund and Nationwide International Index Fund.

 

  (1) BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, (“BlackRock”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund, Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund, Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund, Nationwide Bond Index Fund and Nationwide International Index Fund. The Directors and Officers of BlackRock have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities.

 

(c) Information for the Subadviser of the Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund.

 

  (1) Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (“DFA”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund. In addition, DFA serves as investment adviser to other open-end investment companies and also serves as subadviser for certain other registered investment companies. Additional information as to DFA and the partners and executive officers of DFA is included in DFA’s Form ADV filed with the Commission (File No. 801-16283), which is incorporated herein by reference and sets forth the executive officers and partners of DFA and information as to any business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by those officers and partners during the past two years.


(d) Information for the Subadviser of the Nationwide Bond Fund and Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund.

 

  (1) Nationwide Asset Management, LLC (“NWAM”) acts as a subadviser to the Nationwide Bond Fund and Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund. The directors and officers of NWAM have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities.

 

(e) Information for the Subadviser of the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund.

 

  (1) Federated Investment Management Company (“Federated”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, and is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. It is a subsidiary of Federated Investors, Inc. The subadviser serves as investment adviser to a number of investment companies and private accounts. Except as noted below, the directors and officers of Federated have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities.

 

Name and Position with Federated

  

Other Company

  

Position with Other Company

James Gallagher

Trustee

   Morris James LLP    Partner

 

(f) Information for the Subadviser of the Nationwide Growth Fund.

 

  (1) Boston Advisors LLC (“Boston Advisors”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide Growth Fund. To the knowledge of the Registrant, the directors and officers of Boston Advisors have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities.

 

(g) Information for the Subadviser of the Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund.

 

  (1) Brown Capital Management, LLC (“Brown Capital”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund. To the knowledge of the Registrant, the directors and officers of Brown Capital have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director, officer, employee, partner, or trustee of affiliated entities.

 

(h) Information for the Subadviser of the Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund.

 

  (1) UBS Asset Management (Americas) Inc. (“UBS AM”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund. To the knowledge of the Registrant, the directors and officers of UBS AM have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities.

 

(i) Information for the Subadviser of the Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund.

 

  (1) Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC (“TSW”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund. To the knowledge of the Registrant, the Directors and Officers of TSW have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities.

 

(j) Information for the Subadviser of the Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund, Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund, Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund and Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund.


  (1) Bailard, Inc. (“Bailard”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund, Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund, Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund and Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund. To the knowledge of the Registrant, the directors and officers of Bailard have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities. Bailard, Inc. provides real estate services (such as identifying and recommending potential property acquisitions and dispositions, supervising day-to-day property management and providing real estate research) to a client that is an affiliated private REIT.

 

(k) Information for the Subadviser of the Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund and Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund.

 

  (1) Geneva Capital Management LLC (“Geneva”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund and Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund. To the knowledge of the Registrant, the directors and officers of Geneva have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities.

 

(l) Information for the Subadviser of the Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund, Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund and Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund.

 

  (1) Ziegler Capital Management, LLC (“Ziegler”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund, Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund and Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund. To the knowledge of the Registrant, the directors and officers of Ziegler have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities.

 

(m) Information for Subadviser of the Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund.

 

  (1) Standard Life Investments (Corporate Funds) Limited (“Aberdeen Standard Investments”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund. To the knowledge of the Registrant, the Directors and Officers of Aberdeen Standard Investments have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities.

 

(n) Information for Subadviser of the Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund and Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund.

 

  (1) Amundi Smith Breeden, LLC (“ASB”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund and Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund. To the knowledge of the Registrant, the directors and officers of ASB have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities, except as noted below:

 

Name and Position with Amundi

  

Other Company

  

Position with Other Company

Patrick R. Pagni

Chairman

   French American Cultural Exchange    Board Member
   ASACT    Board Member

Stephen A. Eason

Global Head of Investment Solutions

   Eason Energy Partners    Limited Partner
   Eason Energy, Inc.    CEO and Chairman
   Eason Foundation    President and Director


(o) Information for Subadviser of the Nationwide International Small Cap Fund and Nationwide Fund.

 

  (1) Wellington Management Company, LLP (“Wellington Management”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide International Small Cap Fund and Nationwide Fund. Wellington Management is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. During the last two fiscal years, no partner of Wellington Management has engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature other than that of the business of investment management.

 

(p) Information for Subadviser of the Nationwide Loomis All Cap Growth Fund, Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund and Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund.

 

  (1) Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. (“Loomis Sayles”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide Loomis All Cap Growth Fund, Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund and Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund. The address of Loomis Sayles is One Financial Center, Boston, Massachusetts 02111. Loomis Sayles is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. The information listed below is for the fiscal years since October 31, 2015.

 

Name and Position with

Investment Adviser

  

Name and Principal

Business Address of Other

Company

  

Connection with Other

Company

Robert J. Blanding,

Chairman of the Board

(1995 to 2017) and Director

(1990 to 2017)

  

Loomis Sayles Funds I

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Trustee (2002 to 2015)
  

Loomis Sayles Funds II

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Chief Executive Officer and Trustee (2002 to 2015)
  

Natixis Funds Trust I

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Trustee (2003 to 2015)
  

Natixis Funds Trust II

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Trustee (2003 to 2015)
  

Natixis Funds Trust IV

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Trustee (2003 to 2015)
  

Gateway Trust

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Trustee (2007 to 2015)
  

Loomis Sayles Distributors, Inc.

One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111

   Director (1996 to 2016)
  

Loomis Sayles Investments Asia Pte. Ltd.

10 Collyer Quay #14-06, Ocean Financial Centre, Singapore 049315

  

Director

( 2012 to 2017)

  

Loomis Sayles Investments Limited

The Economist Plaza, 25 St. James’s Street, London, England SW1A 1 HA

  

Alternate Director

(2011 to 2017)


Name and Position with

Investment Adviser

  

Name and Principal

Business Address of Other

Company

  

Connection with

Other Company

  

Natixis Asset Management Japan Co. Ltd.

Hibiya Kokusai Building – 4F – 2-2-3, Uchisaiwaicho Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, 100-0011 – Japan

  

Director

(2000 to 2017)

Daniel J. Fuss

Vice Chairman, Executive Vice President and Director

  

Loomis Sayles Funds I

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Executive Vice President
  

Loomis Sayles Funds II

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Executive Vice President

David L. Giunta

Director

  

Natixis Investment Managers (formerly Natixis Global Asset Management)

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA

02199

   President and Chief Executive Officer, US and Canada
  

NGAM Distribution Corporation, NGAM Advisers, L.P., NGAM Distribution, L.P.

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA

02199

   President and Chief Executive Officer (2008 to 2017)
  

Loomis Sayles Funds I

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Trustee and Executive Vice President
  

Loomis Sayles Funds II

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
  

Natixis Funds Trust I

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
  

Natixis Funds Trust II

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
  

Natixis Funds Trust IV

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
  

Natixis ETF Trust

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
  

Gateway Trust

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer


Name and Position with

Investment Adviser

  

Name and Principal

Business Address of Other

Company

  

Connection with Other

Company

John T. Hailer

Director (2008 to 2017)

  

Natixis Investment Managers (formerly Natixis Global Asset Management)

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

  

President and CEO, US & Asia

(2007 to 2017)

  

Natixis Funds Trust I

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Trustee (2002 to 2016)
  

Natixis Funds Trust II

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Trustee (2002 to 2016)
  

Natixis Funds Trust IV

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Trustee (2002 to 2016)
  

Gateway Trust

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Trustee (2007 to 2016)
  

Loomis Sayles Funds I

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Trustee (2003 to 2016)
  

Loomis Sayles Funds II

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Trustee (2003 to 2016)

Kevin P. Charleston

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

(formerly Chief Financial Officer 2000 to 2015)

  

Loomis Sayles Funds I

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
  

Loomis Sayles Funds II

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA

02199

  

Trustee

  

Natixis Funds Trust I

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Trustee
  

Natixis Funds Trust II

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Trustee
  

Natixis Funds Trust IV

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Trustee
  

Natixis ETF Trust

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Trustee
  

Gateway Trust

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199

   Trustee


Name and Position with

Investment Adviser

  

Name and Principal

Business Address of Other

Company

  

Connection with Other

Company

  

Loomis Sayles Distributors, Inc.

One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111

   Director
  

Loomis Sayles Investments Limited

The Economist Plaza, 25 St. James’s Street, London, England SW1A 1 HA

   Executive Vice President
  

Loomis Sayles Trust Co., LLC

One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111

   Manager and President
  

Loomis Sayles Investments Asia Pte. Ltd.

10 Collyer Quay #14-06, Ocean Financial Centre, Singapore 049315

   Director and Chairman of the Board of Directors

John F. Gallagher III

Executive Vice President and Director

  

Loomis Sayles Distributors, Inc.

One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111

   President
  

Loomis Sayles Distributors, L.P.

One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111

   President
  

Loomis Sayles Investments Asia Pte. Ltd.

10 Collyer Quay #14-06, Ocean Financial Centre, Singapore 049315

   Director

Jean S. Loewenberg

Executive Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary and Director

  

Loomis Sayles Distributors, Inc.

One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111

   Director
  

Loomis Sayles Investments Limited

The Economist Plaza, 25 St. James’s Street, London, England SW1A 1 HA

   General Counsel and Secretary
  

Loomis Sayles Trust Co., LLC

One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111

   Manager and Secretary
  

Loomis Sayles Investments Asia Pte. Ltd.

10 Collyer Quay #14-06, Ocean Financial Centre, Singapore 049315

   Director


Name and Position with

Investment Adviser

  

Name and Principal

Business Address of Other

Company

  

Connection with Other

Company

John R. Gidman

Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Director

  

Loomis Sayles Solutions, LLC

One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111

   President
Jaehoon Park, Executive Vice President, Chief Investment Officer and Director   

Loomis Sayles Investments Asia Pte. Ltd.

10 Collyer Quay #14-06, Ocean Financial Centre, Singapore 049315

   Director
Jean Raby   

Natixis Investment Managers (formerly Natixis Global Asset Management)

888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA

02199

   Chief Executive Officer and Member of the Senior Management Committee
John F. Russell, Executive Vice President and Director    None.    None.

Paul J. Sherba

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director

  

Loomis Sayles Distributors, Inc.

One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111

   Vice President and Treasurer
  

Loomis Sayles Distributors, L.P.

One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111

   Vice President and Treasurer
  

Loomis Sayles Trust Co., LLC

One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111

   Manager and Chief Financial Officer
  

Loomis Sayles Investments Asia Pte. Ltd.

10 Collyer Quay #14-06, Ocean Financial Centre, Singapore 049315

   Director
  

Loomis Sayles Investments Limited

The Economist Plaza, 25 St. James’s Street, London, England SW1A 1 HA

   Chief Financial Officer

Pierre P. Servant

Director (2007 to 2017)

  

Natixis Global Asset Management

21 quai d’Austerlitz, 75634 Paris cedex 13 - France

   CEO and Member of the Executive Board (2007 to 2017)
David L. Waldman Executive Vice President, Deputy Chief Investment Officer and Director    None.    None.


(q) Information for Subadviser of the Nationwide Long/Short Equity Fund.

 

  (1) Logan Capital Management, Inc. (“Logan Capital”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide Long/Short Equity Fund. Logan Capital is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. To the knowledge of the Registrant, the directors and officers of Logan Capital have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities.

 

(r) Information for Subadviser of the Nationwide Large Cap Core Equity Fund.

 

  (1) Diamond Hill Capital Management (“Diamond Hill”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund. Diamond Hill is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. To the knowledge of the Registrant, the directors and officers of Diamond Hill have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities.

 

(s) Information for Subadviser of the Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund.

 

  (1) WCM Investment Management (“WCMIM”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund. WCMIM is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. To the knowledge of the Registrant, the directors and officers of WCMIM have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities.

 

(t) Information for Subadviser of the Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund and Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund.

 

  (1) Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management (“MFS”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund and Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund. MFS is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. Certain principal executive officers and directors of MFS serve as officers or directors of some or all of MFS’ corporate affiliates and certain officers of MFS serve as officers of some or all of the MFS funds and/or officers or directors of certain MFS investment products. To the knowledge of the Registrant, except as noted below, each principal executive officer and director of MFS has not been engaged during the past two fiscal years in any other business profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature other than as an officer and/or director of MFS or certain of MFS’ corporate affiliates.

 

Name and Position With

Investment Adviser

  

Other Company

  

Position With Other

Company

Stephen C. Peacher, Director of MFS    Sun Life Financial, Inc.    President of Sun Life Investment Management
Kevin D. Strain, Director of MFS    Sun Life Financial, Inc.    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Sun Life Financial, Inc.


ITEM 32. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS

 

(a) Nationwide Fund Distributors LLC, the principal underwriter of the Trust, also acts as principal underwriter for Nationwide Variable Insurance Trust.

 

(b) Herewith is the information required by the following table with respect to each director, officer or partner of Nationwide Fund Distributors LLC. The address for the persons listed below, except where otherwise noted, is One Nationwide Plaza, Columbus, OH 43215.

 

Name:

  

Position with NFD:

  

Position with

Registrant:

Michael S. Spangler    Chairman, Director and President    President, Chief Executive Officer and Principal Executive Officer
Holly A. Butson    Chief Compliance Officer    N/A
Eric E. Miller    Vice President, General Counsel, and Assistant Secretary    Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Lee T. Cummings    Vice President    Senior Vice President and Head of Operations
J. Morgan Elliott    Associate Vice President and Assistant Treasurer    N/A
Keith Wild    Financial Operations Principal and Treasurer    N/A
Robert W. Horner, III    Vice President and Secretary    N/A
Jennifer T. Grinstead    Chief Marketing Officer    N/A

 

(c) Not applicable.

ITEM 33. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

J.P. Morgan Investor Services Co.

73 Tremont Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02108

Nationwide Funds Group

One Nationwide Plaza

Columbus, OH 43215


ITEM 34. MANAGEMENT SERVICES

Not applicable.

ITEM 35. UNDERTAKINGS

Not applicable.


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant certifies that has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment Nos. 227/228 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Columbus, State of Ohio, on this 2 nd day of February, 2018.

 

NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS

BY:  

/s/ Allan J. Oster

  Allan J. Oster, Attorney-In-Fact for Registrant

PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NOS. 227/228, TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OF NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS HAS BEEN SIGNED BELOW BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES INDICATED ON THE 2 nd DAY OF FEBRUARY, 2018.

 

Signature & Title
Principal Executive Officer

/s/ Michael S. Spangler*

Michael S. Spangler, President, Chief Executive Officer and Principal Executive Officer
Principal Accounting and Financial Officer

/s/ Joseph Finelli*

Joseph Finelli, Vice President, Treasurer and
Principal Financial Officer
Trustees

/s/ Charles E. Allen*

Charles E. Allen, Trustee

/s/ Paula H.J. Cholmondeley*

Paula H.J. Cholmondeley, Trustee

/s/ Phyllis Kay Dryden*

Phyllis Kay Dryden, Trustee

/s/ Barbara I. Jacobs*

Barbara I. Jacobs, Trustee

/s/ Keith F. Karlawish*

Keith F. Karlawish, Trustee

/s/ Carol A. Kosel*

Carol A. Kosel, Trustee

/s/ Douglas F. Kridler*

Douglas F. Kridler, Trustee

/s/ Lydia M. Marshall*

Lydia M. Marshall, Trustee


/s/David C. Wetmore*

David C. Wetmore, Trustee and Chairman
*BY:  

/s/Allan J. Oster

  Allan J. Oster, Attorney-In-Fact


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

  

Exhibit No.

Exhibit A to Investment Advisory Agreement

   EX-28.d.3.a

Schedule A to Underwriting Agreement

   EX-28.e.1.a

Amendment to Global Custody Agreement

   EX-28.g.1.d

Administrative Services Plan

   EX-28.h.2

Exhibit A to Expense Limitation Agreement

   EX-28.h.4.b

Distribution Plan

   EX-28.m.1

Rule 18f-3 Plan

   EX-28.n.1

Code of Ethics

   EX-28.p.3

Code of Ethics

   EX-28.p.4

Code of Ethics

   EX-28.p.6

Code of Ethics

   EX-28.p.7

Code of Ethics

   EX-28.p.8

Code of Ethics

   EX-28.p.11

Code of Ethics

   EX-28.p.12

Code of Ethics

   EX-28.p.13

Code of Ethics

   EX-28.p.15

Code of Ethics

   EX-28.p.16

Code of Ethics

   EX-28.p.22

EX-28.d.3.a

EXHIBIT A

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

NATIONWIDE FUND ADVISORS AND NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS

Effective September 18, 2015

As amended December 8, 2017*

 

Funds of the Trust

  

Advisory Fees

Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund    0.70% of average daily net assets
Nationwide Amundi World Bond Fund    0.54% of average daily net assets
Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund    0.64% of average daily net assets
Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund    0.56% of average daily net assets
Nationwide International Small Cap Fund   

0.95% on assets up to $500 million;

0.925% on assets of $500 million and more but less than $1 billion; and

0.90% on assets of $1 billion and more

Nationwide Loomis All Cap Growth Fund   

0.80% on assets up to $1 billion; and

0.775% on assets of $1 billion and more

Nationwide Long/Short Equity Fund    1.35% of average daily net assets

 

* As approved at the Board of Trustees Meeting held on June 13-14, 2017.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended Exhibit A on the day and year first written above.

 

NATIONWIDE FUND ADVISORS
By:  

/s/ Michael S. Spangler

Name: Michael S. Spangler
Title: President
NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS
By:  

/s/ Michael S. Spangler

Name: Michael S. Spangler
Title: President

EX-28.e.1.a

Schedule A

Underwriting Agreement

between Nationwide Mutual Funds and

Nationwide Fund Distributors LLC

Effective May 1, 2007

Amended December 8, 2017*

Name of Fund

Nationwide Fund

Nationwide Growth Fund

Nationwide Bond Fund

Nationwide Government Money Market Fund

Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund

Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund

Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund

Nationwide International Index Fund

Nationwide Bond Index Fund

Nationwide Investor Destinations Aggressive Fund

Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Aggressive Fund

Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderate Fund

Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Conservative Fund

Nationwide Investor Destinations Conservative Fund

Nationwide Destination 2010 Fund

Nationwide Destination 2015 Fund

Nationwide Destination 2020 Fund

Nationwide Destination 2025 Fund

Nationwide Destination 2030 Fund

Nationwide Destination 2035 Fund

Nationwide Destination 2040 Fund

Nationwide Destination 2045 Fund

Nationwide Destination 2050 Fund

Nationwide Destination 2055 Fund

Nationwide Destination 2060 Fund

Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund

Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund

Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund

Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund

Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund

Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund

Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund

Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund

Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund

Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund

Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund

Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund

Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund

Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund

Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund

Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund


Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund

Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund

Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund

Nationwide Amundi World Bond Fund

Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund

Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund

Nationwide International Small Cap Fund

Nationwide Loomis All Cap Growth Fund

Nationwide Long/Short Equity Fund

 

* As approved by the Board of Trustees at its meeting held on June 13-14, 2017.

EX-28.g.1.d

AMENDMENT TO GLOBAL CUSTODY AGREEMENT

This Amendment (“Amendment”), dated and effective as of May 27, 2015, to the Global Custody Agreement, dated April 4, 2003 as amended (the “Agreement”), between JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association (the “Bank”) and Nationwide Mutual Funds (“Customer”), successor in interest to Gartmore Mutual Funds, on behalf of each series set forth on the Fund List (each a “Fund”) attached hereto, is made by and between the Bank and Customer, on behalf of each Fund.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS Bank and Customer entered into the Agreement pursuant to which the Bank provides custody and related services to each Fund as more fully described therein; and

WHEREAS, in accordance with the Agreement, Bank and Customer, on behalf of each Fund, now wish to amend the Agreement as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions . Terms defined in the Agreement shall, save to the extent that the context otherwise requires, bear the same respective meanings in this Amendment.

 

2. Amendments . The Agreement shall be amended as follows:

 

  (a) The Agreement is amended to incorporate the Fund List, which is attached to this Amendment and any reference to the Fund List shall mean the Fund List as attached to this Amendment, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the Agreement.

 

  (b) Save as varied by this Amendment, the Agreement is confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

3. Representations . Each party represents to the other party that all representations contained in the Agreement are true and accurate as of the date of this Amendment, and that such representations are deemed to be given or repeated by each party, as the case may be, on the date of this Amendment.

 

4. Entire Agreement . This Amendment and the Agreement and any documents referred to in each of them, constitutes the whole agreement between the parties relating to their subject matter and supersedes and extinguishes any other drafts, agreements, undertakings, representations, warranties and arrangements of any nature, whether in writing or oral, relating to such subject matter. If any of the provisions of this Amendment are inconsistent with or in conflict with any of the provisions of the Agreement, then, to the extent of any such inconsistency or conflict, the provisions of this Amendment shall prevail.

 

5. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in several counterparts each of which will be deemed to be an original and together will constitute one and the same agreement.

 

6. Law and Jurisdiction . This Amendment will be construed, regulated, and administered under the laws of the United States or State of New York, as applicable, without regard to New York’s principles regarding conflict of laws, except that the foregoing shall not reduce any statutory right to choose New York law or forum.


EX-28.g.1.d

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Brian Eckert

Name: Brian Eckert
Title: Executive Director
NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS on behalf of each Fund on Fund List
By:  

/s/ Lee T. Cummings

Name: Lee T. Cummings
Title: Assistant Secretary


EX-28.g.1.d

 

FUND LIST

to

GLOBAL CUSTODY AGREEMENT

DATED APRIL 4, 2003

BETWEEN

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

AND NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS

Effective May 27, 2015

 

Fund Name

Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund

Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund

Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund

Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund

Nationwide Bond Fund

Nationwide Bond Index Fund

Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund

Nationwide Destination 2010 Fund

Nationwide Destination 2015 Fund

Nationwide Destination 2020 Fund

Nationwide Destination 2025 Fund

Nationwide Destination 2030 Fund

Nationwide Destination 2035 Fund

Nationwide Destination 2040 Fund

Nationwide Destination 2045 Fund

Nationwide Destination 2050 Fund

Nationwide Destination 2055 Fund

Nationwide Destination 2060 Fund

Nationwide Diverse Managers Fund

Nationwide Fund

Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund

Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund

Nationwide Global Equity Fund

Nationwide Government Bond Fund

Nationwide Growth Fund

Nationwide Herndon Mid Cap Value Fund

Nationwide HighMark Balanced Fund

Nationwide HighMark Bond Fund

Nationwide HighMark California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

Nationwide HighMark Large Cap Core Equity Fund

Nationwide HighMark Large Cap Growth Fund

Nationwide HighMark National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

Nationwide HighMark Short Term Bond Fund

Nationwide HighMark Small Cap Core Fund

Nationwide HighMark Value Fund

Nationwide High Yield Bond Fund

Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund

Nationwide International Index Fund

Nationwide Investor Destinations Aggressive Fund

Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Aggressive Fund

Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderate Fund

Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Conservative Fund

Nationwide Investor Destinations Conservative Fund

Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund

Nationwide Money Market Fund


EX-28.g.1.d

 

Fund Name

Nationwide Portfolio Completion Fund

Nationwide Retirement Income Fund

Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund

Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund

Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund

Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund

Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund

Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Income Fund

Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund

EX-28.h.2

NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES PLAN

Effective March 10, 2015

Amended December 08, 2017*

Section  1 . This Administrative Services Plan (the “Plan”) constitutes the administrative services plan for the classes of the funds as listed on Exhibit A (collectively, the “Funds”), each a series of Nationwide Mutual Funds (the “Trust”), and is adopted upon review and approval by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) of the Trust.

Section  2 . The administrator of the Funds is authorized to execute and deliver, in its own name but on behalf of the Funds, written agreements (“Servicing Agreements”) with financial institutions which are shareholders of record or which have a servicing relationship (“Service Organizations”) with the beneficial owners of a class of a Fund’s shares of beneficial interest (“Shares”). Such Servicing Agreements shall require the Service Organizations to provide administrative support services as set forth therein and as described in a Fund’s applicable Prospectus to their customers who own of record or beneficially Shares. In consideration for providing such services, a Service Organization will receive a fee, computed daily and paid monthly in the manner set forth in the Servicing Agreements, at an annual rate not to exceed the rates listed on Exhibit A for each class of shares owned of record or beneficially by such Service Organization’s customers. The actual fees payable under each Service Agreement shall be based on the protocol approved by the Board as presented by the administrator. Any bank, trust company, thrift institution, broker-dealer, insurance company or other financial institution is eligible to become a Service Organization and to receive fees under this Plan. All expenses incurred by a Fund with respect to its Shares in connection with the Servicing Agreements and the implementation of this Plan shall be borne entirely by the holders of Shares of that Fund.

Section  3 . So long as this Plan is in effect, the administrator shall provide to a Fund’s Board, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended pursuant to this Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made. In addition, the administrator shall provide to the Board an annual report on all Service Agreements in effect for the Trust.

Section  4 . The Plan shall not take effect with respect to the Shares of a Fund until it has been approved by a vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of that Fund (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940) and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of this Plan or in any agreements related to this Plan (the “Disinterested Trustees”), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Plan, provided, however, that the Plan is not implemented prior to the effective date of the post-effective amendment to a Fund’s registration statement describing the Plan and its implementation with respect to that Fund.

Section  5 . Unless sooner terminated, this Plan shall continue until May 1, 2018, and thereafter, shall continue automatically for successive annual periods provided such continuance is approved at least annually by a majority of the Board of Trustees, including a majority of the Disinterested Trustees.

Section  6 . This Plan may be amended at any time with respect to a Fund by the Board of Trustees, provided that any material amendments of the terms of this Plan shall become effective only upon the approvals set forth in Section 4.

Section  7 . This Plan is terminable at any time with respect to the Fund by vote of a majority of the Disinterested Trustees.

 

1


NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES PLAN

Effective March 10, 2015

Amended December 08, 2017*

 

Section  8 . While this Plan is in effect, the selection and nomination of those Disinterested Trustees shall be committed to the discretion of the Disinterested Trustees of the Trust.

Section  9 . This Plan has been adopted as of March 10, 2015, as amended December 8, 2017.

Section  10 . The Trust is a statutory trust organized under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act (12 Del. C. § 3801 et seq) and under an Agreement and Declaration of Trust and any and all amendments thereto. Pursuant to Section 3804 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, the debts, liabilities, obligations, costs, charges, reserves and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to a particular series, whether such series is now authorized and existing pursuant to the governing instrument of the Trust or is hereafter authorized and existing pursuant to said governing instrument, shall be enforceable against the assets associated with such series only, and not against the assets of the Trust generally or any other series thereof, and, except as otherwise provided in the governing instrument of the Trust, none of the debts, liabilities, obligations, costs, charges, reserves and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to the Trust generally or any other series thereof shall be enforceable against the assets of such series.

 

2


NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES PLAN

Effective March 10, 2015

Amended December 08, 2017*

 

Exhibit A

 

Fund

  

Classes

Nationwide Growth Fund

  

A, C, R, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Fund

  

A, C, R, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Bond Fund

  

A, C, R, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Government Money Market Fund

  

Investor, Service

Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund

  

A, C, R, T, Service, Institutional Service

Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund

  

A, C, R, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund

  

A, C, R, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide International Index Fund

  

A, C, R, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Bond Index Fund

  

A, C, R, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Investor Destinations Aggressive Fund

  

A, C, R, T, Service, Institutional Service

Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Aggressive Fund

  

A, C, R, T, Service, Institutional Service

Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderate Fund

  

A, C, R, T, Service, Institutional Service

Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Conservative Fund

  

A, C, R, T, Service, Institutional Service

Nationwide Investor Destinations Conservative Fund

  

A, C, R, T, Service, Institutional Service

Nationwide Destination 2010 Fund

  

A, C, R, Institutional Service

Nationwide Destination 2015 Fund

  

A, C, R, Institutional Service

Nationwide Destination 2020 Fund

  

A, C, R, Institutional Service

Nationwide Destination 2025 Fund

  

A, C, R, Institutional Service

Nationwide Destination 2030 Fund

  

A, C, R, Institutional Service

Nationwide Destination 2035 Fund

  

A, C, R, Institutional Service

Nationwide Destination 2040 Fund

  

A, C, R, Institutional Service

Nationwide Destination 2045 Fund

  

A, C, R, Institutional Service

Nationwide Destination 2050 Fund

  

A, C, R, Institutional Service

Nationwide Destination 2055 Fund

  

A, C, R, Institutional Service

Nationwide Destination 2060 Fund

  

A, C, R, Institutional Service

Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund

  

A, C, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund

  

A, Institutional Service

Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund

  

A, C, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund

  

A, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund

  

A, C, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund

  

A, C, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund

  

A, C, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund

  

A, C, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund

  

A, C, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund

  

A, C, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund

  

A, C, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund

  

A, C, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

  

A, C, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

  

A, C, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund

  

A, C, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund

  

A, C, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund

  

A, C, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund

  

A, C, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund

  

A, C, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund

  

A, C, T, Institutional Service

 

3


NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES PLAN

Effective March 10, 2015

Amended December 08, 2017*

 

Fund

  

Classes

Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund

  

A, C, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Amundi World Bond Fund

  

A, C, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund

  

A, C, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund

  

A, C, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide International Small Cap Fund

  

A, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Loomis All Cap Growth Fund

  

A, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Long/Short Equity Fund

  

A, Institutional Service

 

* As approved by the Board of Trustees at its meeting held on June 13-14, 2017.

The Funds shall pay amounts not exceeding on an annual basis a maximum amount of:

 

(a) 25 basis points (0.25%) of the average daily net assets of the Class A Shares of the Funds;

 

(b) 25 basis points (0.25%) of the average daily net assets of the Class C Shares of the Funds;

 

(c) 25 basis points (0.25%) of the average daily net assets of the Class R Shares of the Funds;

 

(d) 25 basis points (0.25%) of the average daily net assets of the Service Class Shares of the Funds;

 

(e) 25 basis points (0.25%) of the average daily net assets of the Institutional Service Class Shares of the Funds;

 

(f) 25 basis points (0.25%) of the average daily net assets of the Investor Shares of the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund; and

 

(g) 25 basis points (0.25%) of the average daily net assets of the Class T Shares of the Funds.

 

4

EX-28.h.4.b

EXHIBIT A

TO THE EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT BETWEEN

NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS AND

NATIONWIDE FUND ADVISORS

Effective May 1, 2007

Amended December  8, 2017 *

 

Name of Fund/Class

   Expense Limitation for Fund/Class  

Nationwide Government Money Market Fund

  

Investor

     0.59

Service Class‡

     0.59

Class R6

     0.59

Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund

  

Class A

     1.09

Class C

     1.09

Class R6

     1.09

Class T

     1.09

Institutional Service Class

     1.09

Each of the Asset Allocation Funds (Nationwide Investor Destinations Aggressive Fund, Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Aggressive Fund, Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderate Fund, Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Conservative Fund, Nationwide Investor Destinations Conservative Fund)

 

Class A

     0.25

Class C

     0.25

Class R

     0.25

Service Class

     0.25

Class R6

     0.25

Class T

     0.25

Institutional Service Class

     0.25

Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund

  

Class A

     0.21

Class C

     0.21

Class R

     0.21

Class R6

     0.21

Service Class

     0.21

Class T

     0.21

Institutional Service Class

     0.21

Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund

  

Class A

     0.28

Class C

     0.28


Class R

     0.28

Class R6

     0.28

Class T

     0.28

Institutional Service Class

     0.28

Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund

  

Class A

     0.30

Class C

     0.30

Class R

     0.30

Class R6

     0.30

Class T

     0.30

Institutional Service Class

     0.30

Nationwide International Index Fund

  

Class A

     0.34

Class C

     0.34

Class R

     0.34

Class R6

     0.34

Class T

     0.34

Institutional Service Class

     0.34

Nationwide Bond Index Fund

  

Class A

     0.29

Class C

     0.29

Class R

     0.29

Class R6

     0.29

Class T

     0.29

Institutional Service Class

     0.29

Nationwide Bond Fund

  

Class A

     0.44

Class C

     0.44

Class R

     0.44

Class R6

     0.44

Class T

     0.44

Institutional Service Class

     0.44

Nationwide Growth Fund

  

Class A

     0.65

Class C

     0.65

Class R

     0.65

Class R6

     0.65

Class T

     0.65

Institutional Service Class

     0.65

Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund

  

Class A

     0.94

Institutional Service Class

     0.94

 

2


Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund

  

Class A

     0.95

Class C

     0.95

Class R6

     0.95

Class T

     0.95

Institutional Service Class

     0.95

Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund

  

Class A‡‡

     0.21

Class R6

     0.30

Class T

     0.30

Institutional Service Class

     0.30

Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund

  

Class A

     0.70

Class R6

     0.70

Class T

     0.70

Institutional Service Class

     0.70

Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund

  

Class A

     1.07

Class C

     1.07

Class M

     1.07

Class R6

     1.07

Class T

     1.07

Institutional Service Class

     1.07

Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund

  

Class A

     1.10

Class C

     1.10

Class M

     1.10

Class R6

     1.10

Class T

     1.10

Institutional Service Class

     1.10

Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund

  

Class A

     1.05

Class C

     1.05

Class M

     1.05

Class R6

     1.05

Class T

     1.05

Institutional Service Class

     1.05

Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund

  

Class A

     0.98

Class C

     0.98

Class R6

     0.98

 

3


Class T

     0.98

Institutional Service Class

     0.98

Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund

  

Class A

     1.22

Class C

     1.22

Class R6

     1.22

Class T

     1.22

Institutional Service Class

     1.22

Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund

  

Class A

     0.65

Class C

     0.65

Class R6

     0.65

Class T

     0.65

Institutional Service Class

     0.65

Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

  

Class A

     0.49

Class C

     0.49

Class R6

     0.49

Class T

     0.49

Institutional Service Class

     0.49

Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund

  

Class A

     0.82

Class C

     0.82

Class R6

     0.82

Class T

     0.82

Institutional Service Class

     0.82

Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

  

Class A

     0.47

Class C

     0.47

Class R6

     0.47

Class T

     0.47

Institutional Service Class

     0.47

Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund

  

Class A

     0.45

Class C

     0.45

Class R6

     0.45

Class T

     0.45

Institutional Service Class

     0.45

Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund

  

Class A

     1.22

Class C

     1.22

Class R6

     1.22

 

4


Class T

     1.22

Institutional Service Class

     1.22

Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund

  

Class A

     0.75

Class C

     0.75

Class R6

     0.75

Class T

     0.75

Institutional Service Class

     0.75

Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund

  

Class A

     0.68

Class C

     0.68

Class R6

     0.68

Class T

     0.68

Institutional Service Class

     0.68

Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund

  

Class A

     0.60

Class C

     0.60

Class R6

     0.60

Class T

     0.60

Institutional Service Class

     0.60

Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund

  

Class A

     1.10

Class C

     1.10

Class M

     1.10

Class R6

     1.10

Class T

     1.10

Institutional Service Class

     1.10

Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund

  

Class A

     0.90

Class C

     0.90

Class R6

     0.90

Class T

     0.90

Institutional Service Class

     0.90

Nationwide Amundi World Bond Fund

  

Class A

     0.65

Class C

     0.65

Class R6

     0.65

Class T

     0.65

Institutional Service Class

     0.65

Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund

  

Class A

     0.70

Class C

     0.70

 

5


Class R6

     0.70

Class T

     0.70

Institutional Service Class

     0.70

Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund

  

Class A

     0.67

Class C

     0.67

Class R6

     0.67

Class T

     0.67

Institutional Service Class

     0.67

Nationwide International Small Cap Fund

  

Class A

     0.99

Class R6

     0.99

Class T

     0.99

Institutional Service Class

     0.99

Nationwide Loomis All Cap Growth Fund††

  

Class A

     0.85

Class R6

     0.85

Class T

     0.85

Institutional Service Class

     0.85

Nationwide Long/Short Equity Fund†††

  

Class A

     1.74

Class R6

     1.74

Institutional Service Class

     1.74

 

* As approved at the Board of Trustees at its meeting held on June 13-14, 2017.
Effective through February 28, 2018.
†† Effective through February 28, 2019.
††† Effective through December 31, 2019.
With respect to the Service Class of the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, effective until at least February 28, 2018, the Fund Operating Expenses shall be limited to 0.75% and shall include the Rule 12b-1 fees and fees paid pursuant to an Administrative Services Plan.
‡‡ Applies to Class A shares of the Nationwide Inflation-Protected Fund only and expires December 31, 2019.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended Exhibit A to be signed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed, as of the day and year first above written.

 

6


NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS
By:  

/s/ Michael S. Spangler

Name: Michael S. Spangler
Title: President
NATIONWIDE FUND ADVISORS
By:  

/s/ Michael S. Spangler

Name: Michael S. Spangler
Title: President

 

7

EX-28.m.1

DISTRIBUTION PLAN OF

NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS

Effective May 1, 2007

Amended December 8, 2017*

Section 1. This Distribution Plan (the “Plan”) constitutes the distribution plan for the following classes of the series (each, a “Fund”) of Nationwide Mutual Funds (formerly, Gartmore Mutual Funds) (the “Trust”):

 

Fund

  

Classes

 

Nationwide Growth Fund

     A, C, R, T  

Nationwide Fund

     A, C, R, T  

Nationwide Bond Fund

     A, C, R, T  

Nationwide Government Money Market Fund

     Service  

Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund

     A, C, R, Service, T  

Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund

     A, C, R, T  

Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund

     A, C, R, T  

Nationwide International Index Fund

     A, C, R, T  

Nationwide Bond Index Fund

     A, C, R, T  

Nationwide Investor Destinations Aggressive Fund

     A, C, R, Service, T  

Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Aggressive Fund

     A, C, R, Service, T  

Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderate Fund

     A, C, R, Service, T  

Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Conservative Fund

     A, C, R, Service, T  

Nationwide Investor Destinations Conservative Fund

     A, C, R, Service, T  

Nationwide Target 2010 Fund

     A, C, R  

Nationwide Target 2015 Fund

     A, C, R  

Nationwide Target 2020 Fund

     A, C, R  

Nationwide Target 2025 Fund

     A, C, R  

Nationwide Target 2030 Fund

     A, C, R  

Nationwide Target 2035 Fund

     A, C, R  

Nationwide Target 2040 Fund

     A, C, R  

Nationwide Target 2045 Fund

     A, C, R  

Nationwide Target 2050 Fund

     A, C, R  

Nationwide Target 2055 Fund

     A, C, R  

Nationwide Target 2060 Fund

     A, C, R  

Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund

     A, C, T  

Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund

     A  

Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund

     A, C, T  

Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund

     A, T  

Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund

     A, T  

Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund

     A, C, T  

Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund

     A, C, T  

Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund

     A, C, T  

Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund

     A, C, T  

Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund

     A, C, T  

Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund

     A, C, T  

Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

     A, C, T  

Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund

     A, C, T  

 

1


DISTRIBUTION PLAN OF

NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS

Effective May 1, 2007

Amended December 8, 2017*

 

Fund

  

Classes

 

Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

     A, C, T  

Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund

     A, C, T  

Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund

     A, C, T  

Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund

     A, C, T  

Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund

     A, C, T  

Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund

     A, C, T  

Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund

     A, C, T  

Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund

     A, C, T  

Nationwide Amundi World Bond Fund

     A, C, T  

Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund

     A, C, T  

Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund

     A, C, T  

Nationwide International Small Cap Fund

     A, T  

Nationwide Loomis All Cap Growth Fund

     A, T  

Nationwide Long/Short Equity Fund

     A, T  

 

* As approved by the Board of Trustees at its meeting held on June 13-14, 2017.

The Plan is adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

Section 2. Subject to the limitations on the payment of asset-based sales charges set forth in Section 2341 of the Rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”), the Funds shall pay amounts not exceeding on an annual basis a maximum amount of:

 

a. 25 basis points (0.25%) of the average daily net assets of the Class A Shares of the Funds; and

 

b. 100 basis points (1.00%) of the average daily net assets of the Class C Shares of each of the Funds which have adopted Class C shares as described above (except the Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund, Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund, Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund, Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund and Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund), 75 basis points (0.75%) of which will be a “distribution fee” (as described below), and 25 basis points (0.25%) of which will be considered a service fee; and

 

c. 75 basis points (0.75%) of the average daily net assets of the Class C Shares of the Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund, Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund, Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund, Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund and Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund, 25 basis points (0.25%) of which will be considered a service fee; and

 

d. 15 basis points (0.15%) of the average daily net assets of the Service Class Shares of the Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund and the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund; and

 

2


DISTRIBUTION PLAN OF

NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS

Effective May 1, 2007

Amended December 8, 2017*

 

e. 25 basis points (0.25%) of the average daily net assets of the Service Class Shares of the Nationwide Investor Destinations Aggressive Fund, Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Aggressive Fund, Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderate Fund, Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Conservative Fund and Nationwide Investor Destinations Conservative Fund; and

 

f. 50 basis points (0.50%) of the average daily net assets of the Class R Shares of the Funds, 25 basis points (0.25%) of which will be a distribution fee and 25 basis points (0.25%) of which will be considered a service fee; and

 

g. 25 basis points (0.25%) of the average daily net assets of the Class T Shares of the Funds.

These fees will be paid to Nationwide Fund Distributors LLC for activities or expenses primarily intended to result in the sale or servicing of Fund shares. Except as specifically designated above, the fees may be used either as distribution fees or servicing fees to the extent that they fit the descriptions below. As described above, the following types of fees may be paid pursuant to the Plan:

 

a. a distribution fee for: (i) (a) efforts of an Underwriter expended in respect of or in furtherance of sales of shares included in this Plan, and (b) to enable an Underwriter to make payments to other broker/dealers and other eligible institutions (each a “Broker/Dealer”) for distribution assistance pursuant to an agreement with the Broker/Dealer; and (ii) reimbursement of expenses (a) incurred by an Underwriter, and (b) incurred by a Broker/Dealer pursuant to an agreement in connection with distribution assistance including, but not limited to, the reimbursement of expenses relating to printing and distributing advertising and sales literature and reports to shareholders for use in connection with the sales of shares included in this Plan, processing purchase, exchange and redemption requests from customers and placing orders with an Underwriter or the Funds’ transfer agent, and personnel and communication equipment used in servicing shareholder accounts and prospective shareholder inquiries; and

 

b. a service fee, if applicable and not otherwise covered under an administrative services plan and/or agreement, for: (i) (a) efforts of an Underwriter expended in servicing shareholders and (b) to enable an Underwriter to make payments to a Broker/Dealer for shareholder services pursuant to an agreement with the Broker/Dealer; and (ii) reimbursement of expenses (a) incurred by an Underwriter, and (b) incurred by a Broker/Dealer pursuant to an agreement in connection with shareholder service including, but not limited to personal, continuing services to investors. For purposes of the Plan, a Broker/Dealer may include any of an Underwriter’s affiliates or subsidiaries. A service fee will be considered as such pursuant to Section 2341(b)(9) of the FINRA Rules.

 

c. No provision of this Plan shall be interpreted to prohibit any payments by a Fund with respect to shares of such Fund during periods when the Fund has suspended or otherwise limited sales of such shares.

 

3


DISTRIBUTION PLAN OF

NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS

Effective May 1, 2007

Amended December 8, 2017*

 

Section 3. This Plan shall not take effect until it has been approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the applicable class of each of the Funds, if adopted after any public offering of such shares, and by the vote of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, as described in Section 4 of the Plan.

Section 4. This Plan shall not take effect with respect to a class of a Fund until it has been approved, together with any related agreements, by votes of the majority of both (a) the Board of Trustees of the Trust and (b) those Trustees of the Trust who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of this Plan or any agreements related to this Plan (the “Rule 12b-1 Trustees”), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on this Plan or such agreements.

Section 5. Unless sooner terminated pursuant to Section 7 or 8, this Plan shall continue in effect with respect to the class of a Fund for a period of one year from the date it takes effect with respect to such class and thereafter shall continue in effect so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually in the manner provided for approval of this Plan in Section 4.

Section 6. Any person authorized to direct the disposition of monies paid or payable by a Fund pursuant to this Plan or any related agreement shall provide to the Board and the Board shall review at least quarterly a written report of the amounts so expended and the purposes for which such expenditures were made.

Section 7. This Plan may be terminated as to a class of a Fund at any time by vote of a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees, or by vote of a majority of the outstanding affected class of such Fund.

Section 8. Any agreement with any person relating to the implementation of this Plan shall be in writing, and shall provide:

 

a. That such agreement may be terminated at any time with respect to a Class, without payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding Class Shares of the Fund on not more than 60 days written notice to any other party to the agreement; and

 

b. That such agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

Section 9. This Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount of distribution expenses of a Fund provided for in Section 2 hereof, unless such amendment is approved in the manner provided in Section 3 hereof. No material amendment to this Plan shall be made unless approved in the manner provided for approval of this Plan in Section 4 hereof.

Section 10. The provisions of the Plan are severable for each class of shares of the Funds and any action required hereunder must be taken separately for each class covered hereby.

 

4

EX-28.n.1

NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS

RULE 18f-3 PLAN

Effective March 2, 2009

Amended December 8, 2017*

WHEREAS, Nationwide Mutual Funds, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), is an open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”);

WHEREAS, the following have been designated as the series and classes of the Trust:

 

Series

  

Classes

Nationwide Growth Fund

   A, C, R, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Fund

   A, C, R, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Bond Fund

   A, C, R, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Government Money Market Fund

   Investor, Service, R6

Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund

   A, C, R, Service, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund

   A, C, R, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund

   A, C, R, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide International Index Fund

   A, C, R, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Bond Index Fund

   A, C, R, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Investor Destinations

  

            Aggressive Fund

   A, C, R, R6, T, Service, Institutional Service

Nationwide Investor Destinations

  

            Moderately Aggressive Fund

   A, C, R, R6, T, Service, Institutional Service

Nationwide Investor Destinations

  

            Moderate Fund

   A, C, R, R6, T, Service, Institutional Service

Nationwide Investor Destinations

  

            Moderately Conservative Fund

   A, C, R, R6, T, Service, Institutional Service

Nationwide Investor Destinations

  

            Conservative Fund

   A, C, R, R6, T, Service, Institutional Service

Nationwide Destination 2010 Fund

   A, C, R, R6, Institutional Service

Nationwide Destination 2015 Fund

   A, C, R, R6, Institutional Service

Nationwide Destination 2020 Fund

   A, C, R, R6, Institutional Service

Nationwide Destination 2025 Fund

   A, C, R, R6, Institutional Service

Nationwide Destination 2030 Fund

   A, C, R, R6, Institutional Service

Nationwide Destination 2035 Fund

   A, C, R, R6, Institutional Service

Nationwide Destination 2040 Fund

   A, C, R, R6, Institutional Service

Nationwide Destination 2045 Fund

   A, C, R, R6, Institutional Service

Nationwide Destination 2050 Fund

   A, C, R, R6, Institutional Service

Nationwide Destination 2055 Fund

   A, C, R, R6, Institutional Service

Nationwide Destination 2060 Fund

   A, C, R, R6, Institutional Service

Nationwide U.S. Small Cap Value Fund

   A, C, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Small Company Growth Fund

   A, Institutional Service

Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund

   A, C, R6, T, Institutional Service


NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS

RULE 18f-3 PLAN

Effective March 2, 2009

Amended December 8, 2017*

 

Series

  

Classes

Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund

     A, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Core Plus Bond Fund

   A, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund

   A, C, R6, T, Institutional Service, M

Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund

   A, C, R6, T, Institutional Service, M

Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund

   A, C, R6, T, Institutional Service, M

Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund

   A, C, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund

   A, C, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund

   A, C, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide California Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

   A, C, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Large Cap Equity Fund

   A, C, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide National Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

   A, C, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund

   A, C, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund

   A, C, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Ziegler Equity Income Fund

   A, C, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Ziegler NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund

   A, C, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Ziegler Wisconsin Tax Exempt Fund

   A, C, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Bailard Emerging Markets Equity Fund

   A, C, R6, T, Institutional Service, M

Nationwide Emerging Markets Debt Fund

   A, C, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Amundi World Bond Fund

   A, C, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Amundi Global High Yield Fund

   A, C, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund

   A, C, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide International Small Cap Fund

   A, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Loomis All Cap Growth Fund

   A, R6, T, Institutional Service

Nationwide Long/Short Equity Fund

   A, R6, Institutional Service

 

* As most recently approved at the Board Meeting held on June 13-14, 2017.

 

2


NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS

RULE 18f-3 PLAN

Effective March 2, 2009

Amended December 8, 2017*

 

WHEREAS, Nationwide Fund Advisors (“NFA”) serves as investment adviser for each of the series;

WHEREAS, Nationwide Fund Distributors LLC serves as underwriter and Nationwide Fund Management LLC serves as fund administrator and transfer agent for the series of the Trust;

WHEREAS, the Trust has adopted a Distribution Plan (“12b-1 Plan”) under Rule 12b-1 of the 1940 Act providing for:

 

(1) in the case of Class A shares of the Funds, fees of not more than 0.25% per annum of average net assets;

 

(2) in the case of Class C shares of the Funds, fees of not more than 1.00% per annum of average net assets of which 0.25% per annum is considered a service fee;

 

(3) in the case of the Service Class shares of the Nationwide Investor Destinations Aggressive Fund, Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Aggressive Fund, Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderate Fund, Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Conservative Fund, Nationwide Investor Destinations Conservative Fund, fees of not more than 0.25% per annum of average net assets;

 

(4) in the case of the Service Class shares of the Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund and the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, fees of not more than 0.15% per annum of average net assets;

 

(5) in the case of Class R shares of the Funds, fees of not more than 0.50% per annum of average net assets of which 0.25% is considered a service fee; and

 

(6) in the case of Class T shares of the Funds, fees of not more than 0.25% per annum of average net assets.

WHEREAS, the Trust has adopted an Administrative Services Plan providing for:

 

(1) in the case of Class A, Class C, Class R, Class T, Institutional Service Class and Service Class shares of the Funds, fees of not more than 0.25% per annum of average net assets;

WHEREAS, the Trust has established a Multiple Class Distribution System enabling the Trust, as described in its prospectuses, to offer eligible investors the option of purchasing shares of its series with the following features (not all series offer each option):

 

3


NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS

RULE 18f-3 PLAN

Effective March 2, 2009

Amended December 8, 2017*

 

(1) with a front-end sales load (which can vary among series and which is subject to certain reductions and waivers among groups of purchasers) and providing for a 12b-1 fee, an administrative services fee and under certain circumstances, a contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) may be applicable for purchases sold without a sales charge and for which a finder’s fee is paid (the “Class A shares of the Funds”);

 

(2) without a front-end load and subject to a CDSC (each of which may be subject to certain reductions and waivers among groups of purchasers), and providing for a 12b-1 fee and an administrative services fee (the “Class C shares of the Funds”);

 

(3) without a front-end load or CDSC, but providing for an administrative services fee (the “Institutional Service Class shares of the Funds”);

 

(4) without a front-end load or CDSC, but providing for a 12b-1 fee and an administrative services fee (the “Service Class shares of the Funds);

 

(5) without a front-end load or CDSC, 12b-1 fee, or administrative service fee (the “Class M shares of the Funds”);

 

(6) without a front-end load or CDSC or 12b-1 fee, but with an administrative service fee (the “Investor Shares of the Government Money Market Fund”); and

 

(7) without a front-end load or CDSC, but providing for a 12b-1 fee and/or administrative services fee (the “Class R shares of the Funds”);

 

(8) without a front-end load or CDSC, 12b-1 fee, or administrative service fee (the “Class R6 shares of the Funds);

 

(9) with a front-end sales load (which is subject to certain reductions among groups of purchasers) and providing for a 12b-1 fee and an administrative services fee, but without a CDSC (the “Class T shares of the Funds”).

WHEREAS, Rule 18f-3 under the 1940 Act permits an open-end management investment company to issue multiple classes of voting stock representing interests in the same portfolio notwithstanding Sections 18(f)(1) and 18(i) under the 1940 Act if, among other things, such investment company adopts a written plan setting forth the separate arrangements and expense allocation of each class and any related conversion features or exchange privileges;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Trust, wishing to be governed by Rule 18f-3 under the 1940 Act, hereby adopts this Rule 18f-3 Plan as follows:

 

4


NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS

RULE 18f-3 PLAN

Effective March 2, 2009

Amended December 8, 2017*

 

1. Each class of shares of a series will represent interests in the same portfolio of investments of such series of the Trust, and be identical in all respects to each other class of that series, except as set forth below. The only differences among the various classes of shares of the series of the Trust will relate solely to (a) different distribution or service fee payments associated with any Rule 12b-1 Plan for a particular class of shares and any other costs relating to implementing or amending such Plan (including obtaining shareholder approval of such Plan or any amendment thereto), which will be borne solely by shareholders of such class; and (b) different administrative service fees associated with any Administrative Services Plan; (c) different dedicated distribution channels; and (d) different Class Expenses, which will be limited to the following expenses as determined by the Trustees to be attributable to a specific class of shares: (i) transfer agency fees identified as being attributable to a specific class; (ii) printing and postage expenses related to preparing and distributing materials such as shareholder reports, prospectuses, and proxy statements to current shareholders of a specific class; (iii) Blue Sky notification and/or filing fees incurred by a class of shares; (iv) SEC registration fees incurred by a class; (v) expenses of administrative personnel and services as required to support the shareholders of a specific class; (vi) litigation or other legal expenses and audit or other accounting expenses relating solely to one class; (vii) Trustee fees or expenses incurred as a result of issues relating to one class; and (viii) shareholder meeting costs that relate to a specific class; (d) the voting rights related to any 12b-1 Plan affecting a specific class of shares or related to any other matter submitted to shareholders in which the interests of a Class differ from the interests of any other Class; (e) conversion features; (f) exchange privileges; and (g) class names or designations. Any additional incremental expenses not specifically identified above that are subsequently identified and determined to be properly applied to one class of shares of a series of the Trust shall be so applied upon approval by a majority of the Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust.

 

2. Under the Multiple Class Distribution System, certain expenses may be attributable to the Trust, but not to a particular series or class thereof. All such expenses will be allocated among series based upon the relative aggregate net assets of such series. Expenses that are attributable to a particular series, but not to a particular class thereof, and income, realized gains and losses, and unrealized appreciation and depreciation will be allocated to each class based on its net asset value relative to the net asset value of the series if such series does not pay daily dividends and if the series does pay daily dividends on the basis of the settled shares method (as described in Rule 18f-3(c)(iii)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the principal underwriter, the investment adviser or other provider of services to the Trust may waive or reimburse the expenses of a specific class or classes to the extent permitted under Rule 18f-3 under the 1940 Act and pursuant to any applicable ruling, procedure or regulation of the Internal Revenue Service.

 

5


NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS

RULE 18f-3 PLAN

Effective March 2, 2009

Amended December 8, 2017*

 

A class of shares may be permitted to bear expenses that are directly attributable to such class including: (a) any distribution/service fees associated with any Rule 12b-1 Plan for a particular class and any other costs relating to implementing or amending such Plan (including obtaining shareholder approval of such plan or any amendment thereto); (b) any administrative services fees associated with any administrative services plan for a particular class and any other costs relating to implementing or amending such plan (including obtaining shareholder approval of such plan or any amendment thereto) attributable to such class; and (c) any Class Expenses determined by the Trustees to be attributable to such class.

 

3. To the extent exchanges are permitted, shares of any class of the Trust will be exchangeable with shares of the same class of another series of the Trust, or with money market fund shares of the Trust as described in the applicable prospectus. Exchanges will comply with all applicable provisions of Rule 11a-3 under the 1940 Act.

 

4. Dividends and distributions paid by a series of the Trust as to each class of its shares, to the extent any dividends or distributions are paid, will be calculated in the same manner, at the same time, on the same day, and will be in the same amount for each such class, except that any distribution/service fees, administrative services fees, and Class Expenses allocated to a class will be borne exclusively by that class and will be taken into account in determining the amount of dividends and distributions paid with respect to that class.

 

5. Any distribution arrangement of the Trust, including distribution fees and front-end and deferred sales loads, will comply with Section 2341 of the Rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

 

6. The initial adoption of, and all material amendments, to this 18f-3 Plan must be approved by a majority of the members of the Trust’s Trustees, including a majority of the Board members who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust.

 

7. Prior to the initial adoption of, and any material amendments to, this 18f-3 Plan, the Trust’s Trustees shall request and evaluate, and any agreement relating to a class arrangement shall require the parties thereto to furnish, such information as may be reasonably necessary to evaluate the 18f-3 Plan.

 

6

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

May 8, 2017

EX-28.p.3

 

LOGO

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Effective Date: May 8, 2017

1. Introduction

This global Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (“Code”) governs the general commitment by BlackRock, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, “BlackRock”) to conduct its business activities in the highest ethical and professional manner and to put client interests first. BlackRock’s reputation for integrity is one of its most important assets and is instrumental to its business success. While this Code covers a wide range of business activities, practices, and procedures, it does not cover every issue that may arise in the course of BlackRock’s many business activities. Rather, it sets out basic principles designed to guide BlackRock’s employees and directors. Consultants and contingent, contract, or temporary workers are expected to comply with the principles of this Code and policies applicable to their location, function, and status.

Every BlackRock employee and director — whatever his or her position — is responsible for upholding high ethical and professional standards and must seek to avoid even the appearance of improper behavior. Any violation of this Code may result in disciplinary action to the extent permitted by applicable law. Any employee who becomes aware of an actual or potential violation of this Code or other BlackRock policy is required to follow the reporting process described in the Global Policy for Reporting Illegal or Unethical Conduct and in Section 10 below.

2. Compliance with Laws and Regulations

BlackRock’s global business activities are subject to extensive governmental regulation and oversight and it is critical that BlackRock and its employees comply with applicable laws, rules, and regulations, including those relating to insider trading. Employees are expected to refer to the guidance contained in the Compliance Manual and the various policies and procedures contained in the Policy Library in compliance with these laws and regulations and to seek advice from supervisors and Legal & Compliance (“L&C”) as necessary.

3. Conflicts of Interest

Conflicts of interest may arise when a person’s private interest interferes, or appears to interfere, with the interests of BlackRock, or where the interests of an employee or the firm are inconsistent with those of a client or potential client, resulting in the risk of damage to the interests of BlackRock or one or more of its clients. A conflict may arise, for example, if an employee or director, takes an action or has an interest that makes it difficult for that individual to conduct the individual’s responsibilities to BlackRock and/or the client objectively and effectively, or if such an individual receives an improper personal benefit, such as a loan or guarantee, as a result of the individual’s position at BlackRock. BlackRock has adopted policies, procedures, and controls designed to manage conflicts of interest, including the Global Conflicts of Interest Policy and the Global Outside Activity Policy . Employees are required to comply with these and other compliance related policies, procedures, and controls and to help mitigate potential conflicts of interest by adhering to the following standard of conduct:

 

    Act solely in the best interests of clients;

 

    Uphold BlackRock’s high ethical and professional standards;

 

LOGO   Public   Page 1 of 4


Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

May 8, 2017

 

    Identify, report, and manage actual, apparent, or potential conflicts of interest; and

 

    Make full and fair disclosure of any conflicts of interests, as may be required.

Conflicts of interest may not always be clear-cut and it is not possible to describe every situation in which a conflict of interest may arise – any question with respect to whether a conflict of interest exists, together with any actual or potential conflict of interest, should be directed to managers and L&C.

4. Insider Trading and Personal Trading

Employees and directors who have access to confidential information about BlackRock, its clients, or issuers in which it invests client assets, are prohibited from using or sharing that information for security trading purposes or for any other purpose except in the proper conduct of our business. All non-public information about BlackRock or any of our clients or issuers should be considered “confidential information.” Use of material, non-public information in connection with any investment decision or recommendation or to “tip” others who might make an investment decision on the basis of this information is unethical and illegal and could result in civil and/or criminal penalties. Under the Global Personal Trading Policy , BlackRock employees are required to pre-clear all transactions in securities (except for certain exempt securities). Please consult the Global Insider Trading Policy for additional information.

5. Gifts and Entertainment

The purpose of entertainment and gifts in a commercial setting is to create good will and sound working relationships, not to gain unfair advantage with clients or vendors. No gift or entertainment should be offered, given, provided, or accepted by any BlackRock employee or their immediate family members sharing the same household unless it:

 

    is unsolicited;

 

    is not a cash gift;

 

    is consistent with customary business practices;

 

    is not excessive in value;

 

    cannot be construed as a bribe or payoff;

 

    is given or accepted without obligation;

 

    is not intended to solicit or retain business or an advantage in the conduct of business; and

 

    does not violate applicable laws or regulations.

In addition, strict laws govern the provision of gifts and entertainment, including meals, transportation, and lodging, to public officials. Employees are prohibited from providing gifts or anything of value to public officials or their employees or family members in connection with BlackRock’s business for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or a business advantage. Please consult the Global Gifts and Entertainment Policy for additional information. Regional specific regulatory restrictions also apply.

6. Political Contributions

Employees are required to pre-clear political contributions in accordance with the U.S. Political Contributions Policy - Global .

 

LOGO   Public   Page 2 of 4


Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

May 8, 2017

 

7. Corporate Opportunities

Employees and directors:

 

    are prohibited from taking personal opportunities for themselves that are discovered through the use of corporate property, information, or position without the consent of L&C;

 

    are prohibited from using corporate property, information, or position for improper personal gain;

 

    may not compete with BlackRock either directly or indirectly; and

 

    owe a duty to BlackRock to advance its legitimate interests when the opportunity to do so arises.

8. Competition and Fair Dealing

BlackRock seeks to outperform its competition fairly and honestly by seeking competitive advantage through superior performance; BlackRock does not engage in illegal or unethical business practices. BlackRock and its employees and directors should endeavor to respect the rights of, and deal fairly with, BlackRock’s clients, vendors, and competitors. Specifically, the following conduct is prohibited:

 

    misappropriating proprietary information;

 

    possessing trade secret information obtained without the owner’s consent;

 

    inducing disclosure of proprietary information or trade secret information by past or present employees of other companies; and

 

    taking unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other intentional unfair-dealing practice.

9. Confidentiality

BlackRock’s employees and directors have an obligation of confidentiality to BlackRock and its clients. Confidential information includes non-public information that might be of use to competitors or that might harm BlackRock or its clients, if disclosed, and non-public information that clients and other parties have entrusted to BlackRock. The obligation to preserve confidential information continues even after employment ends. This obligation does not limit employees from reporting possible violations of law or regulation to a regulator or from making disclosures under whistleblower provisions, as discussed in greater detail in the Global Policy for Reporting Illegal or Unethical Conduct and relevant confidentiality policies and agreements.

10. Reporting Any Illegal or Unethical Behavior

Every employee is required to report any illegal or unethical conduct about which they become aware, including those concerning accounting or auditing matters. Employees may report concerns to L&C by contacting a Managing Director in L&C directly or by contacting the Employee Complaint Hotline, contact details for which are available via the intranet homepage. BlackRock will not retaliate or discriminate against any employee because of a good faith report. Employees have the right to report directly to a regulator and may do so anonymously; employees may provide protected disclosures under whistleblower laws and cooperate voluntarily with regulators, in each case without fear of retaliation by BlackRock. Please consult the Global Policy for Reporting Illegal or Unethical Conduct and local compliance manuals for additional detail.

 

LOGO   Public   Page 3 of 4


Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

May 8, 2017

 

11. Protection and Proper Use of BlackRock Assets

Employees and directors should make every effort to protect BlackRock’s assets and use them efficiently. This obligation extends to BlackRock’s proprietary information, including intellectual property such as trade secrets, patents, trademarks, and copyrights, as well as business, marketing and service plans, engineering and manufacturing ideas, systems, software programs, designs, databases, records, salary information, and any unpublished financial data and reports. Unauthorized use or distribution of proprietary information constitutes a violation of BlackRock policy and could result in civil and/or criminal penalties. Employees should refer to the Intellectual Property Policy and the Corporate Information Security and Acceptable Use of Technology Policy for additional information on the obligation to protect BlackRock’s property.

12. Bribery and Corruption

BlackRock employees and directors are prohibited from making payments or offering or giving anything of value, directly or indirectly, to public officials of any country, or to persons in the private sector, if the intent is to influence such persons to perform (or reward them for performing) a relevant function or activity improperly or to obtain or retain business or an advantage in the course of business conduct.

Employees should refer to the Global Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy for additional information.

13. Equal Employment Opportunity and Harassment

The diversity of BlackRock’s employees is a tremendous asset. BlackRock is firmly committed to providing equal opportunity in all aspects of employment and will not tolerate any illegal discrimination or harassment of any kind. In particular, it is BlackRock’s policy to afford equal opportunity to all qualified applicants and existing employees without regard to race, religion, color, national origin, sex (including pregnancy and gender identity/expression), sexual orientation, age, ancestry, physical or mental disability, marital status, political affiliation, citizenship status, genetic information, employment status, or protected veteran status or any other basis that would be in violation of any applicable ordinance or law. In addition, BlackRock will not tolerate harassment, bias, or other inappropriate conduct on the basis of any of the above protected categories. BlackRock’s Equal Employment Opportunity Policy and other employment policies are available in the Policy Library .

14. Recordkeeping

BlackRock requires honest and accurate recording and reporting of information in order to conduct its business and to make responsible business decisions. BlackRock, as a financial services provider and a public company, is subject to extensive regulations regarding maintenance and retention of books and records. BlackRock’s books, records, accounts, and financial statements must be maintained in reasonable detail, must appropriately reflect BlackRock’s transactions, and must conform both to applicable legal requirements and to BlackRock’s system of internal controls. Please consult the Global Records Management Policy and other record retention policies, available in the Policy Library , for additional information.

15. Waivers of the Code

Any waiver of this Code for an executive officer or director must be made only by BlackRock’s Board of Directors or a Board committee and must be promptly disclosed as required by law or stock exchange regulation.

 

LOGO   Public   Page 4 of 4
DIMENSIONAL   

 

EX-28.p.4

A Message from Our Co-CEOs

The success of Dimensional Fund Advisors can be traced directly back to our firm’s first two guiding principles: Act in the best interest of clients, and act ethically and legally. These beliefs have helped us set the industry standard in exceptional service and build lasting partnerships with our clients.

These strong relationships, some spanning over 20 years, are built on trust – treating our clients as we would want to be treated and always doing what we say we are going to do. We take our fiduciary obligation seriously and continually work to act as stewards of our clients’ assets, free from conflicts of interest.

Our firm’s commitment to integrity makes us stand out in a financial industry where competitive pressures are intense to behave otherwise. Dimensional will never compromise its principles or its compliance with laws and regulations, and we depend on our employees, as representatives of the firm, to uphold our ideals.

Please read this guide to learn the rules that influence our decisions and enable us to maintain the highest legal and ethical standards. Your cooperation with our code of ethics and standard of conduct will guarantee our reputation well into the future. We would like to thank you for your continued dedication to Dimensional and to our clients, which in turn allows us to continue providing for your success.

 

LOGO

Dave Butler and Gerard O’Reilly


DIMENSIONAL    2

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Standard of Conduct

     3  

Reporting Code Violations

     3  

Code of Ethics

     4  

Who is subject to the Code of Ethics?

     4  

Covered Accounts

     4  

New Accounts

     4  

Non-Reportable Accounts

     4  

Personal Securities Transactions

     5  

Private Placements

     6  

Reportable Transactions (transactions which do not require pre-clearance, but must be reported)

     6  

Personal Trading Restrictions and Prohibited Activities

     6  

Certification Requirements

     7  

Reporting Requirements

     7  

Summary of Reporting Obligations

     7  

Sanctions

     8  

Communications with Disinterested Trustees and Outside Directors

     8  

Japan Supplement

     8  

Outside Activities

     9  

Guidelines

     9  

Approval Process

     9  

Gifts and Business Entertainment

     9  

Gifts

     10  

Business Entertainment

     10  

Political Contributions

     11  

Other Policy Highlights

     12  

Policy Against Bribery and Corruption

     12  

Privacy Policies

     12  

Glossary of Terms

     14  


DIMENSIONAL    3

 

STANDARD OF CONDUCT

All of us at Dimensional are responsible for maintaining the very highest ethical standards when conducting business. In keeping with these standards, we should adhere to the spirit as well as the letter of the law. Dimensional’s Code of Ethics (the “Code”) is designed to help ensure that our actions are consistent with these high standards.

The Code has been adopted by Dimensional pursuant to SEC Rules with the objectives of promoting:

 

    honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

 

    full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents filed with relevant global regulatory agencies and in other public communications made by Dimensional;

 

    compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules, and regulations;

 

    the prompt internal reporting of violations of the Code to the Global Chief Compliance Officer (“Global CCO”) and the Deputy Chief Compliance Officer (“Designated Officer”); and

 

    accountability for adherence to the Code.

Adherence to the Code is a basic condition of employment. Whether or not a specific situation is addressed, you must conduct yourself in accordance with its general principles and in a manner that is designed to avoid any actual or potential conflicts of interest . Failure to comply could result in disciplinary action, up to and including termination.

Reporting Code Violations

Dimensional is committed to fostering a culture of compliance. If you have any questions or concerns, or become aware of a violation or potential violation of the Code, you are required to report the matter to one of the following:

 

    The Global CCO and/or Designated Officer

 

    General Counsel or

 

    a member of the Ethics Committee

The Global CCO will receive reports on all violations of the Code reported to a Designated Officer and/or a member of the Ethics Committee.

You have the option of reporting compliance-related matters on a confidential basis through the Compliance Reporting System (“CRS”), or by email at Compliance@dimensional.com .

Retaliation against any employee for reporting compliance-related issues is cause for appropriate corrective action up to and including termination of the retaliating employee.

General Code or Standard of Conduct questions should be directed to your local Compliance Team members.


DIMENSIONAL    4

 

CODE OF ETHICS

Who is subject to the Code of Ethics?

The Code applies to all Dimensional employees, directors/trustees, officers and general partners, all of whom are considered Access Persons . In addition, certain provisions of the Code apply to Immediate Family Member(s) living in the same household.

Restrictions on personal investment transactions may also be applied to temporary personnel (i.e., interns, contractors or consultants) whose tenure exceeds ninety (90) days and/or who have access to nonpublic systems.

Covered Accounts

You are required to report all investment accounts (i.e., Covered Accounts ) with which you, your spouse, domestic partner, child or any other Immediate Family Member have Beneficial Ownership or interests. Covered Accounts include but are not limited to the following:

 

•  Brokerage Accounts

 

•   Discretionary Accounts 1

 

•  Employee Stock Compensation Plans

•  Retirement Accounts
(IRAs or local equivalent)

 

•  Transfer Agent Accounts

 

•  UTMAs or UGMAs

•  Mutual Fund Accounts
(i.e., collective investment schemes)

 

•  529 accounts, in which you direct investments in Dimensional Managed Funds

 

•  Contract for Difference Accounts (CDAs)

•  Self-Invested Personal Pension
(SIPPs) (UK specific)

 

•  Superannuation Accounts
(managed, SMSF or Super Wrap, e.g., IOOF) (Australia specific)

 

•  Nippon (Japan) Individual Savings Account (NISA) (Japan specific)

•  Stock & Shares ISAs (UK specific)

 

•  Wrap Accounts
(Australia specific)

 

New Accounts

You must promptly report any new Covered Account for yourself, your spouse, domestic partner, child or any other Immediate Family Member. Unless the account has been reported, no personal securities transactions can occur within the account.

The U.S. Compliance Team will send a standard letter to U.S. broker-dealer(s) or bank(s), requesting duplicate statements and confirmations. However, it is your responsibility to ensure that duplicate statements and confirmations (or the local equivalent) are provided promptly. Confirmations should be provided within ten (10) calendar days.

Non-Reportable Accounts

You do not need to report the following accounts as Compliance has independent access to these records for monitoring and verification purposes:

 

    Dimensional 401(k) account (or local equivalent);

 

    Dimensional Health Savings Accounts (HSAs);

 

    Dimensional Managed Fund accounts established through Fund Operations; and

 

    If applicable, holdings in Dimensional’s privately issued shares.

 

1   Discretionary Accounts must be disclosed and supporting documentation must be provided to Compliance.


DIMENSIONAL    5

 

Although these accounts do not need to be reported, investment activities in these accounts must comply with the standards of conduct embodied in the Code.

Personal Securities Transactions

You must pre-clear any personal securities transactions in covered securities prior to execution. 2 This also applies to transactions by any Immediate Family Member of the Access Person .

All personal securities transaction reports and requests for pre-clearance must be processed through Dimensional’s compliance reporting system (CRS), a web-based compliance system. Compliance will evaluate and review each pre-clearance transaction request and notification will be provided to employees through the CRS, in a timely manner.

Pre-clearance approval is valid for T+1 (i.e., market orders), from the time of approval. In addition, you are required to provide confirmations (or the local equivalent) for each approved and executed transaction.

Covered securities, which require pre-clearance, include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

•  Stocks/Shares
(common, preferred or restricted)

 

•  Derivatives
(options, futures, forwards,
CDA trades, etc.)

 

•  Private Placements
(documentation must be provided)

•  Closed-End Funds and REITs

 

•  Warrants & Rights

 

•  Convertible Securities

•  Voluntary Corporate Actions

 

•  Depository Receipts
(ADRs or GDRs)

 

•  Limited Partnerships and limited liability company interests 2

•  Fixed Income Securities
(excluding certain Sovereign
Government issuances) 2

 

•  Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs)
must be pre-cleared if the value of the transaction is >$10,000 (USD)

 

•  Dimensional Advised or Sub-advised Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) must be pre-cleared

Covered securities do not include exempt securities . Exempt securities include:

 

    shares of registered open-end investment companies (i.e., open-end mutual funds);

 

    shares of money market funds;

 

    direct obligations of the U.S. Government, or direct obligations of a “Sovereign Government” (e.g., Government of the United Kingdom, Commonwealth Government of Australia, etc.);

 

    bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and high quality short-term debt instruments (including repurchase agreements);

 

    shares issued by a unit investment trust that are invested exclusively in one or more registered open-end investment companies (none of which are Dimensional Managed Funds); and

 

    privately issued shares of the Advisor.

 

 

2   Designated Officers (other than the Global CCO) are required to receive prior written approval of their personal securities transactions from Dimensional’s Global CCO. The Global CCO is required to receive prior approval of his personal securities transactions from one of the Dimensional Co-Chief Executive Officers.


DIMENSIONAL    6

 

Private Placements

You may not purchase a private placement unless approved by the Global CCO or Designated Officer . Approval would be based upon a determination that the investment opportunity was not being offered to you due to your employment with Dimensional, along with other relevant factors. Each private placement pre-clearance is reviewed on a case-by-case basis.

Reportable Transactions (transactions which do not require pre-clearance, but must be reported)

Although the following transactions do not require pre-clearance, you must report them through the CRS on a quarterly basis:

 

•  Dimensional Managed Funds (through a third party service provider or financial advisor);

•  Investments in 1940-Act Funds sub-advised by Dimensional;

•   529 Accounts that hold or are exclusively made up of Dimensional Funds;

•  Automatic Investment Plans (including dividend reinvestment plans) in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation; and

•  Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs), other than Dimensional-advised or sub-advised ETFs, where the principal value of the transaction is less than USD $10,000 .

Please note: Although transactions in ETFs under USD $10,000 do not require pre-clearance, post-trade review will be performed and all other Code provisions will still apply, such as the sixty (60) day profit restriction.

Personal Trading Restrictions and Prohibited Activities

The following transactions are prohibited:

 

    Initial public offering (IPO) investments;

 

    Short selling of securities;

 

    Transactions in securities that are subject to firmwide restriction; and

 

    Transactions in a security while in possession of insider information. Such transactions are unethical and illegal and will be dealt with decisively (reference the Global Insider Trading Policy , the Singapore Supplemental Insider Trading Policy , and the Japan Insider Trading Management Policies ).

You are prohibited from executing personal investment transactions with individuals with whom business is being conducted on behalf of certain institutional clients. Therefore, Compliance may request the name of the account contact (or agent) before processing the pre-clearance request.

Blackout Period Restriction

 

    A pre-clearance request involving a covered security will be denied if Dimensional has traded in the same or equivalent security within the past seven (7) calendar days, and the pre-clearance request is in an amount over USD $10,000. Please note that, with the exception of ETFs not managed by Dimensional, a transaction in a covered security in an amount less than USD $10,000 must be pre-cleared and reported.

 

    Compliance will monitor trading activity for seven (7) calendar days following the pre-clearance approval date for conflicts of interest on non-Discretionary Accounts.


DIMENSIONAL    7

 

Short Term Trading Restrictions

 

    Access Persons cannot profit from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) of the same or equivalent security within sixty (60) calendar days.

 

    Gains are calculated based on a last-in, first-out (LIFO) method.

Excessive Trading of Dimensional Managed Funds

Employees are prohibited from engaging in excessive trading of any Dimensional Managed Funds in order to take advantage of short-term market movements. Excessive trading activity, such as a frequent pattern of exchanges, could result in harm to shareholders or clients.

ETFs for which Dimensional Serves as Advisor or Subadvisor

Employees with knowledge of the composition of the underlying ETF constituents are prohibited from using such information or from disclosing such information to any other person, except as authorized in the course of their employment, until such information is made public.

Exceptions to Code Restrictions

In cases of hardship, the Global CCO or Designated Officer may grant an exception (or waiver) to the personal trading restrictions of the Code. The decision will be based on a determination that a hardship exists and the transaction for which the exception (or waiver) is requested would not result in a conflict with our clients’ interests or violate any other policy embodied in the Code. Any exception (or waiver) will be evidenced in writing and will be reported to the Ethics Committee.

Certification Requirements

All employees are required to complete a Code of Ethics Acknowledgement Form upon commencement of their employment with Dimensional, and annually thereafter, to acknowledge and certify that they have received, reviewed, understand and shall comply with the Code. In addition, all material amendments to, or any new interpretations of the Code, shall be conveyed to employees (which may include temporary personnel) and require their acknowledgment of receipt and understanding of the amendments or interpretations.

Reporting Requirements

All personal securities transactions and holdings reports will be reviewed by Compliance. The records and reports created or maintained pursuant to the Code are intended solely for internal use and are confidential unless required to be disclosed to a regulatory or governmental agency.

New employees who fail to submit their Compliance New Hire Questionnaire and Initial Holdings Report within ten (10) calendar days of their employment start date will be prohibited from engaging in any personal securities transaction until such report is submitted and may be subject to other sanctions.

Summary of Reporting Obligations

 

New Hires

  

All Employees

Upon joining the firm
(Due in 10 calendar days)
   Quarterly and Annually
(Due 30 calendar days after each quarter)
New Hire Questionnaire
(Disciplinary Action Disclosure)
   Quarterly and Annual Compliance Questionnaires


DIMENSIONAL    8

 

New Hires

  

All Employees

Initial Holdings Report
(include private placements)
   Quarterly Transaction Reports and Annual Holdings Certification
Provide Covered Account statement(s)
(current, within 45 days prior
to start date)
   Covered Account(s) Certification; report new accounts upon opening.
Code of Ethics, Insider Trading
and Compliance Manual Acknowledgements
   Code of Ethics, Insider Trading and Compliance Manual Acknowledgements

Sanctions

Depending on the severity of the infraction, you may be subject to sanctions for violating the Code of Ethics and related personal trading controls (e.g., failure to pre-clear transactions, report accounts, and submit statements and/or initial, quarterly and annual certification forms). Sanctions may include but are not limited to:

 

    verbal or written warnings,

 

    letters of reprimand,

 

    suspension of personal trading activity,

 

    disgorgement and forfeiture of profits,

 

    suspension, and/or

 

    termination of employment

Repeated immaterial violations will be communicated to your supervisor, Department Head and the Global CCO for corrective action. Material violations will be escalated to the Ethics Committee and may be subsequently reported to the Board of Directors of Dimensional and other sub-advised boards as required.

Communications with Disinterested Trustees and Outside Directors

Dimensional attempts to keep directors/trustees informed with respect to Dimensional’s investment activities through reports and other information provided to them in connection with board meetings and other events. However, it is Dimensional’s policy not to communicate specific trading information and/or advice on specific issues to Disinterested Trustees and Outside Directors unless the proposed transaction presents issues on which input from the Disinterested Trustees or Outside Directors is appropriate (i.e., no information is given regarding securities for which current activity is being considered for clients). Any information requests by Disinterested Trustees or Outside Directors should be reported to the General Counsel or the Global CCO.

Disinterested Trustees are not subject to the reporting requirements except to the extent the Disinterested Trustee knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her duties as a director, should have known that during the fifteen (15) days immediately before or after the Disinterested Trustee’s transaction in a Covered Security, a U.S. Mutual Fund purchased or sold the covered security, or an Advisor considered purchasing or selling the covered security for a U.S. Mutual Fund.

Japan Supplement

Pursuant to local rules and regulations, Japanese employees have additional restrictions on personal trading (see the Japanese Code of Ethics Addendum ).


DIMENSIONAL    9

 

OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES

Certain types of outside business activities may cause a conflict of interest or an appearance of a conflict of interest. There is no absolute prohibition on a Dimensional employee participating in certain outside activities such as charitable foundations and endowments, provided your participation does not present a conflict of interest and you comply with the Code. However, as a practical matter there may be circumstances in which it would not be in Dimensional’s best interest to allow an employee to participate in activities with an outside organization, even if the employee’s participation did not violate Dimensional’s policies and procedures (such as whether the activity would absorb a good part of the employee’s time, potentially affecting their performance at Dimensional).

It is impossible to anticipate every conflict of interest that may arise, but activities with outside organizations should be limited to those that either do not present or have the least potential of presenting conflicts of interest. As a result, Dimensional requires that outside business and charitable activities must be approved by your supervisor and Compliance prior to the acceptance of such a position (or if you are new, upon joining the firm).

Guidelines

Serving on the Boards of Public Companies

 

    As a general matter, directorship or (an equivalent position) in an unaffiliated public company (or companies reasonable expected to become public companies) will not be authorized because of the potential conflicts.

 

    If you wish to accept a directorship or (an equivalent position), you must obtain prior approval from the Boards of Directors of the Dimensional entities in which you are an employee and/or an officer.

Activities with a private organization

 

    If you wish to be involved with a private organization (non-Dimensional) in an official capacity (officer, directorship or an equivalent position), you must obtain approval from the Co-CEOs and the Global CCO.

Activities with a non-profit organization

 

    If you wish to be involved with a non-profit organization in an official capacity (directorship or an equivalent position), you must notify Compliance in writing as further approval may be required.

Compensation

 

    If you receive compensation from an outside organization, you must obtain prior written approval from your supervisor and Compliance.

Approval Process

Outside activity requests will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis and approval will be granted only if it is determined that the activity does not present a significant conflict of interest. Obtain written approval from your supervisor with the activity details and copy your local Compliance Team Designee(s). If any additional information is required, Compliance will reach out to you.

In instances where you receive authorization to serve as a director on an outside organization, you are expected to refrain from any direct (or indirect) involvement in the consideration by a Dimensional client of any purchase or sale for securities of that outside organization (or any affiliates of the outside organization) for which you serve as a director.

GIFTS AND BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT

If you accept or provide gifts or entertainment (including business entertainment) relating to Dimensional business, you must comply with regulatory requirements, Dimensional’s business practices, and the Code. The giving (or accepting) of gifts and entertainment may create (or appear to create) a conflict of interest and place Dimensional or a


DIMENSIONAL    10

 

client in a difficult or embarrassing position. Therefore, embarrassing gifts should never be given (or accepted), and you always should use your best judgment when giving (or accepting) any gift or entertainment to determine whether it is appropriate.

Under certain circumstances, Section 17(e)(1) of the 1940 Act may prohibit Dimensional’s Fund Advisory Personnel from accepting gifts and entertainment from Broker Donors . Accordingly, Dimensional has adopted additional restrictions that apply when Broker Donors offer gifts and entertainment to Authorized Traders. If you are a member of Fund Advisory Personnel, you must comply with these additional restrictions.

Gifts

In general, you may give (or accept) gifts that do not exceed the annual aggregate amount of USD $100 (or the local currency equivalent). However, you must be mindful that some clients (or prospective clients) may be subject to additional regulatory restrictions or prohibitions on the acceptance of gifts or entertainment and may have to comply with related disclosure requirements. Therefore, you should inquire about any restrictions or disclosure requirements, prior to giving any gifts (or providing business entertainment). The giving (or accepting) of all Gifts and Business Entertainment must be reported and logged promptly. Please contact a member of your local Compliance Team for reporting details. (U.S. employees refer to the designee(s) list on Be.Dimensional.)

Gifts include logo items (e.g., pens, hats, etc.), tickets for events, gift baskets, meals and transportation.

This policy does not apply to gifts or charitable donations made by you outside the scope of your responsibilities with Dimensional.

Gift Restrictions

 

    You may not give (or accept) gifts in excess of USD $100 (or the local currency equivalent).

 

    You may not give (or accept) gifts in the form of cash or cash equivalents.

 

    Gifts valued in excess of USD $100 must be reported to Compliance and returned unless an exception is granted by the Global CCO or Compliance Designee.

 

    No exceptions will be granted for gifts subject to FINRA’s USD $100 gift limit.

If you are a member of Fund Advisory Personnel, you must also comply with the following restrictions:

 

    You may not accept any gifts from Broker Donors except gifts of de minimis value, such as non-lavish, logoed items or gifts of less than $25 in reasonably estimated value. If you have a long-standing personal relationship with a Broker Donor, you may attend a non-business, social event hosted by the Broker Donor, or accept a non-de minimis gift or entertainment greater in value than USD $25 from the Broker Donor if the event, gift, or entertainment is pre-approved first by your supervisor and then Compliance. You must report all gifts from Broker Donors regardless of value.

Business Entertainment

Business entertainment includes any event, meal or activity whose primary purpose is business and is offered by and attended by a person who has (either directly or through their employer or affiliate) a current or prospective business relationship with Dimensional. This also includes instances where a Dimensional employee is offering the event, meal or activity on behalf of a current or prospective Dimensional client or vendor. If the person (or entity) paying for the entertainment does not have a representative in attendance, the event constitutes as a gift and is subject to the gift restrictions above.

Providing Business Entertainment


DIMENSIONAL    11

 

You may provide business entertainment as long as it is appropriate and reported in writing to your supervisor. Business entertainment provided to a current or a prospective client or vendor will be overseen by your supervisor through the Dimensional expense reporting and approval process. If the business entertainment exceeds USD $100 per person, you will need to provide to your supervisor a written explanation along with the name of the client, business vendor or organization.

Receiving Business Entertainment

You may receive business entertainment as long as it is appropriate and reported in writing to your supervisor. If the estimated value of the business entertainment you receive is expected to exceed USD $100 per person, you will need to report the event in writing to the head of your department. The following types of business entertainment require pre-approval by your department head:

 

    Attending business-related events with an expected value in excess of USD $100 per person (or the local equivalent);

 

    Meals or events in which family members or friends are present; and

 

    Attending meals or events in which five (5) or more Dimensional employees are in attendance.

If you are a member of Fund Advisory Personnel, you must also comply with the following restrictions:

 

    You may not accept entertainment (such as sporting events) from Broker Donors. You may accept business meals from Broker Donors of less than USD $100 in anticipated value, and you must report those meals to your supervisor and Compliance. You may accept business meals from Broker Donors of greater than USD $100 in anticipated value provided you first pre-clear the meal with your supervisor and Compliance.

Unions and Union Officials

Special reporting rules apply when Dimensional employees furnish any gift or entertainment in excess of USD $250 in any calendar year to labor unions, union officials, agents or consultants of a Taft-Hartley plan. Please report all gifts or entertainment involving a union or union official to either Legal or Compliance. If applicable, Legal will be responsible for filing the required LM-10 form with the Department of Labor.

Supplemental Policies

 

    Japan Addendum to Gift and Entertainment

POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS

The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s political contribution regulation and FINRA’s Rule 2030, also known as “pay to play” rules 3 , limit contributions 4 by investment advisers and certain of their employees to certain Covered Government Officials . In addition, Dimensional is subject to a variety of federal, state and local restrictions regarding political contributions, as well as contractual restrictions between Dimensional and certain clients.

Although Dimensional encourages civic and community involvement by its directors, officers and employees, Dimensional desires to avoid any situation that could curtail Dimensional’s current business or business prospects, raise potential or actual conflicts of interest, or create an appearance of impropriety in the context of Dimensional’s business relationships. Accordingly, all contributions by a director, officer, employee or Immediate Family Member of a director, officer or employee of Dimensional (each a “Contributor”), must be made on the Contributor’s behalf, entirely voluntary, and should not be in an amount (determined by Contributor taking into account the Code) that is likely to influence a candidate’s judgment regarding any continued or future business with Dimensional.

 

3   Political Contributions by Certain Investment Advisors, Rule 206(4)-5; Engaging in Distribution and Solicitation Activities with Government Entities, FINRA Rule 2030.
4   Contributions include, but are not limited to, monetary contributions, gifts and loans (including in-kind contributions, such as donation of goods or services).


DIMENSIONAL    12

 

Specifically, this policy prohibits a Contributor from making political contributions when the solicitation or request for such contributions implies that continued or future business with Dimensional depends on making such contributions. Similarly, no contributions should be made that create the appearance that Dimensional stands to benefit in its business relations because of the Contributor’s contribution. If a Contributor is unsure if a particular political contribution would be in compliance with this policy, they should consult Dimensional’s U.S. Legal and/or Compliance Department.

More specifically, the following actions are prohibited:

 

    Contributors are prohibited from making political or charitable contributions for the purpose of obtaining or retaining potential or existing public entity clients;

 

    Contributors are prohibited from making any contributions that create the appearance that Dimensional stands to benefit in its business relations because of such contribution; and

 

    Contributors from Dimensional’s non-U.S. based advisor affiliates are prohibited from making any political contributions to political action committees (PACs) federal, state or local candidates for elective office in the United States.

In order to prevent an inadvertent violation of the “pay to play” rules, Contributors are prohibited from making political contributions without prior approval from the Global CCO to any of the following:

 

    Covered Government Officials

 

    Political action committees (PACs)

Requests for approval of political contributions must be submitted through the CRS and cannot exceed Federal, state or client limitations. Dimensional’s Compliance Department will be responsible for maintaining the required books and records associated with employee political contributions to ensure the reports are kept confidential. In addition, Dimensional’s Global CCO or a Chief Executive Officer may grant exceptions to the contribution limitation on a case-by-case basis. Violations of this policy will not necessarily be deemed to be violations of the “pay to play” rules; all violations of this policy will be discussed by Dimensional’s Global Legal and Compliance Officers in making that determination. If you have any questions about the policy, please contact the U.S. Legal and/or Compliance Department.

OTHER POLICY HIGHLIGHTS

Policy Against Bribery and Corruption

Dimensional employees are prohibited from giving, offering or promising anything of value to a foreign official with the intent to improperly obtain or retain any business or any other advantage.

For a full explanation of the policy, please refer to the Bribery and Corruption Policy and the supplemental policies for the following:

 

    Anti-Corruption Policy (U.K.)

Privacy Policies

You should be aware of your local privacy policies, Dimensional Privacy Policy and Procedures , Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd ., Australian Privacy Policy Statement , the Japan Personal Information Protection Policies and the Singapore Privacy Policy . Information concerning Dimensional’s clients that you acquire in connection with your employment at Dimensional is proprietary . As an employee, contractor or consultant you have access to computers, systems and corporate information in order to do your job. This access means that you have an obligation to use these systems responsibly and follow company policies to protect information and systems.


DIMENSIONAL    13

 

You are prohibited from sending or forwarding sensitive or confidential data to your personal email address.

If you have any general questions about the Code, please contact a member of your local Compliance Team.


DIMENSIONAL    14

 

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

The following definitions apply to the bold terms used throughout the brochure:

1940 Act means the Investment Company Act of 1940.

529 Account(s) (or 529 Plans) which have the ability to hold Dimensional Managed Funds are listed on Be.Dimensional.

Access Person means:

 

    any director/trustee, officer or general partner of the U.S. Mutual Funds or Dimensional Entities;

 

    any officer or director of the Distributor who, in the ordinary course of business, makes, participates in or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of covered securities for any registered investment company for which the Distributor acts as the principal underwriter;

 

    employees of Dimensional who, in connection with their regular functions or duties, make, participate in, or obtain information regarding the purchase or sale of covered securities, or other advisory clients for which the Advisors provide investment advice, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales;

 

    any natural persons in a control relationship with one or more of the U.S. Mutual Funds or Advisors who obtain information concerning recommendations made to such the U.S. Mutual Funds or other advisory clients with regard to the purchase or sale of covered securities, or whose functions or duties, as part of the ordinary course of their business, relate to the making of any recommendation to U.S. Mutual Funds or advisory clients regarding the purchase or sale of covered securities; and

 

    any Supervised Person (which may include contractors or consultants) who has access to nonpublic information regarding client securities transactions, research or portfolio holdings of any Dimensional Managed Funds.

Advisers Act means the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

Advisor means Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC, Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. and Dimensional Japan Ltd.

Beneficial Ownership means the employee has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the securities held in an account. Employees have pecuniary interest in securities if they have the ability to directly or indirectly profit from a securities transaction. It is presumed that you have beneficial ownership interests in any account held individually or jointly, by you or by your Immediate Family Member or domestic partner ( or an unrelated adult with whom you share your home and contribute to each other’s support) including but not limited to family trusts and family partnerships (Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Rule 16a-1; 17 CFR 240.16a-1).

Broker Donors mean broker-dealers or similar financial intermediaries and their employees, officers, directors, and other representatives.

Covered Account includes any broker-dealer, investment adviser, bank or other financial institutions in which an Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held or the account has the ability to hold securities for the direct or indirect benefit of such Access Person.

Covered Government Official means any person who is, at the time of the contribution, an incumbent or a candidate for state or local government office (including any candidate for a federal office currently holding a state or local office).


DIMENSIONAL    15

 

Designated Officer means the Global Chief Compliance Officer or any employee from the Dimensional Entities designated by the Global CCO .

Dimensional means (i) DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc., the DFA Investment Trust Company, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund and Dimensional Investment Group Inc. (collectively, the “U.S. Mutual Funds” ), (ii) Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC, Dimensional Retirement Plan Services LLC, Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd., Dimensional Japan Ltd., and Dimensional Hong Kong Limited (collectively, the “ Dimensional Entities” ); and (iii) DFA Securities LLC (the “Distributor” ).

Dimensional Managed Funds means any series/portfolio of the U.S. Mutual Funds or any other fund advised by or sub-advised by any of the Advisors.

Discretionary Account means a personal account in which you have completely turned over decision-making authority to a professional money manager (who is not an Immediate Family Member or not otherwise covered by the Code) and you have no direct or indirect influence or control over the account. Such accounts are often referred to “professionally managed” or “managed accounts.”

Disinterested Trustee means a director/trustee of the U.S. Mutual funds who is not considered to be an “interested person” of the U.S. Mutual Funds within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19)(A) of the 1940 Act.

Ethics Committee means the Ethics Committee appointed by the directors/trustees of the Dimensional Entities and consists of the following officers of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP: Co-Chief Executive Officers, General Counsel, Co-Head of Portfolio Management, Head of Global Institutional Services, Head of Global Human Resources, and Global Chief Compliance Officer.

Fund Advisory Personnel mean those persons whose names appear on the effective list of Authorized Traders kept by Dimensional.

Immediate Family Member of an employee means any of the following person(s) sharing the same household with the employee:

 

    spouse, civil union or domestic partner, child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, adoptive relationships and legal guardianships;

 

    someone who holds account(s) in which the employee is a joint owner, has trading authority, or Beneficial Ownership; and/or

 

    someone for whom the employee contributes to the maintenance of the household and the financial support of such person.

Outside Director means a director of any Advisor who is not considered to be an “interested person” of the Advisor within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19)(B) of the 1940 Act, provided that a director shall not be considered interested for purposes of this Code by virtue of being a director or knowingly having a direct or indirect beneficial interest in the securities of the Advisor if such ownership interest does not exceed five percent (5%) of the outstanding voting securities of such Advisor.

SEC Rules include but are not limited to Rule 206(4)-5 and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, and Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act.

Supervised Person means any partner, officer, director (or other person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), or employee of an Advisor, or other person who provides (i) investment advice on behalf of an Advisor and (ii) is subject to the supervision and control of the Advisor with respect to activities that are subject to the Advisers Act or the 1940 Act.


DIMENSIONAL    16

 

 

 

 

 

Revised September 15, 2017 (22035.5)

Effective October 1, 2017

 

LOGO

EX-28.p.6

Federated Investors, Inc.

Code of Ethics for

Access Persons

Effective 04/01/2017


Table of Contents

 

          Page  
INTRODUCTION      1  

1

   RESPONSIBILITIES      2  

1.1

   G ENERAL -P RINCIPLES      2  

1.2

   C OMPLIANCE WITH THIS C ODE IS A CONDITION OF EMPLOYMENT      3  

1.3

   P ERSONAL R ESPONSIBILITY      3  

1.4

   P ERCEIVED AMBIGUITY SHALL NOT EXCUSE VIOLATIONS      4  

1.5

   P RECLEARANCE DOES NOT PROTECT WRONGDOING      4  

2

   REPORTING REQUIREMENTS      4  

2.1

   I NITIAL R EPORTING R EQUIREMENTS      4  

2.2

   Q UARTERLY R EPORTING R EQUIREMENTS      5  

2.3

   A NNUAL R EPORTING R EQUIREMENTS      6  

2.4

   I NDEPENDENT D IRECTORS      6  

2.5

   N ON -F EDERATED O FFICERS OF F EDERATED F UNDS OR P ROPRIETARY C LIENT F UNDS      7  

2.6

   A CCESS P ERSONS A CKNOWLEDGMENTS OF R ECEIPT OF C ODE OF E THICS AND A MENDMENTS      8  

3

   PRECLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS      8  

3.1

   P RECLEARANCE OF T RADES      8  

3.2

   D URATION AND R EVOCATION      9  

3.3

   P RECLEARANCE D OES N OT P ROTECT W RONGDOING      9  

3.4

   E XCEPTIONS      9  

3.5

   E XCEPTION FOR E MPLOYEE S TOCK O PTIONS OF A P REVIOUS E MPLOYER      10  

3.6

   F EDERATED S TOCK AND O PTIONS T RADING      12  

3.7

   S PECIAL R ULES FOR E QUITY T RANSACTIONS B ASED ON M ARKET C APITALIZATION      12  

4

   EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS      12  

4.1

   E XEMPT S ECURITIES      12  

4.2

   D ISCRETIONARY A CCOUNTS      13  

5

   PROHIBITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS      14  

5.1

   G ENERAL P ROHIBITIONS      14  

5.2

   E QUITY I NITIAL P UBLIC O FFERINGS (IPO S ) ARE P ROHIBITED      15  

5.3

   P RIVATE P LACEMENTS R EQUIRE P RIOR C OMPLIANCE A PPROVAL      15  

5.4

   P ROHIBITION OF S HORT -T ERM P ROFITS 60-D AY R ULE – I NDIVIDUAL S ECURITIES      16  

5.5

   M INIMUM H OLDING P ERIOD – D ESIGNATED F EDERATED F UNDS      16  

5.6

   P ROHIBITION ON I NSIDER T RADING      17  

5.7

   D ISCLOSURE OR M ISUSE OF F UND I NFORMATION      17  

5.8

   B LACKOUT P ERIODS - F UND T RADES      18  

5.9

   P RIOR K NOWLEDGE      18  

5.10

   S ERVING AS A D IRECTOR OR O FFICER OF O UTSIDE O RGANIZATIONS      19  

5.11

   E XCESSIVE T RADING AND M ARKET T IMING      20  

5.12

   I NDEPENDENT D IRECTORS      21  

5.13

   R ESTRICTIONS ON I NVESTMENT C LUBS      21  

5.14

   D ISCLOSURE OF P ERSONAL I NTERESTS      22  


          Page  

6

   PROHIBITIONS ON GIVING/RECEIVING GIFTS; POLITICAL AND CHARITABLE CONTRIBUTIONS      22  

7

   REVIEW, REPORTING, EDUCATION AND SANCTIONS      24  

7.1

   M ANAGEMENT R EVIEW OF I NVESTMENT P ERSONNEL S T RADING A CTIVITY      24  
7.2    C OMPLIANCE R EVIEW OF R EPORTS AND T RADING A CTIVITY , AND THIS C ODE OF E THICS      24  

7.3

   S ELF - DISCOVERY AND R EPORTING      25  

7.4

   E DUCATION      25  

7.5

   S ANCTIONS      25  

7.6

   F ACTORS F OR C ONSIDERATION      26  

7.7

   R EPORTING OF V IOLATIONS      26  

8

   DEFINITIONS      26  

8.1

   1933 A CT      26  

8.2

   1934 A CT      26  

8.3

   1940 A CT      27  

8.4

   A CCESS P ERSON      27  

8.5

   A DVISER      27  

8.6

   A DVISERS A CT      27  

8.7

   A SSOCIATED P ROCEDURES      27  

8.8

   A UTOMATIC I NVESTMENT P LAN      27  

8.9

   B ENEFICIAL O WNERSHIP      28  

8.10

   B OARD      28  

8.11

   C ODE      28  

8.12

   C OMPLIANCE C OMMITTEE      28  

8.13

   C OMPLIANCE D EPARTMENT      28  

8.14

   C ONTROL      28  

8.15

   C OVERED S ECURITY      28  

8.16

   F EDERAL S ECURITIES L AWS      29  

8.17

   F EDERATED      29  

8.18

   F UND      29  

8.19

   I NDEPENDENT D IRECTOR      29  

8.20

   I NFLUENCE      29  

8.21

   I NITIAL P UBLIC O FFERING      30  

8.22

   I NVESTMENT P ERSON ; I NVESTMENT P ERSONNEL      30  

8.23

   P RIVATE P LACEMENT      30  

8.24

   P URCHASE OR S ALE      30  

8.25

   R EPORTABLE F UND      30  

8.26

   SEC      31  

8.27

   S ECURITY      31  

8.28

   S UPERVISED P ERSON      31  

8.29

   U NDERWRITER      31  

8.30

   V ENDOR      31  

ADDENDUM

 

  

Access Persons Procedures

     A-1  
  

Compliance Department Procedures

     B-1  


CODE OF ETHICS FOR ACCESS PERSONS

Introduction

This Code sets forth standards of conduct and professionalism that apply to all persons designated as Access Persons by the Compliance Department. This Code was designed and established, and will be maintained and enforced, to protect Federated’s clients (or Funds) by deterring misconduct and to guard against violations of the Federal Securities Laws. This Code reinforces the value that Federated places on ethical conduct. Each Access Person must comply with this Code and uphold Federated’s ethical standards at all times. Each Access Person also is responsible for ensuring that spouses, children and others residing in the same household do not violate applicable provisions of this Code.

It is Federated’s policy that business must be conducted in accordance with the highest fiduciary, legal and ethical standards. Federated’s reputation for integrity is its most important asset and each Access Person must contribute to the care and preservation of that asset. This reputation for integrity is the cornerstone of the public’s faith and trust in Federated; it is what provides Federated an opportunity to serve investors, shareholders and other stakeholders. A single Access Person’s misconduct can damage Federated’s hard-earned reputation.

This Code sets forth the fiduciary, legal and ethical requirements and certain “best practices” that must be satisfied to comply with this Code. This Code also establishes procedures that Access Persons must follow in order to comply with this Code.

Key terms are defined in Section 8 of this Code.

Access Persons. Access Persons are defined under Section 8.4 of this Code and include:

 

  (a) Designated employees of Federated, including those who work for any subsidiary that is an Adviser, an Underwriter for funds and employees of certain other subsidiaries;

 

  (b) Independent Directors of a fund;

 

  (c) Designated officers of Federated funds or proprietary funds who are not employed by Federated. ( e.g. , designated outside counsel who serve as secretary to one or more funds); and

 

  (d) All Investment Personnel ;

 

  (e) Any other individual designated by the Compliance Department. This may include a Federated employee or a temporary hire, vendor, consultant, service provider or other third party employee.


Application to Access Persons. This Code applies only to those individuals specified above, designated as Access Persons under this Code. Please note that certain requirements of this Code apply to Access Persons, while others may only apply to Investment Persons.

Application to Household Members. As noted above, each Access Person also is responsible for assuring that spouses, children or any others residing in the same household do not violate the provisions of this Code that are applicable to the Access Person (even if certain provisions of this Code do not specifically reference household members). See the definitions of “Access Person” and “Investment Personnel” in Section 8 of this Code for further information.

This Code also applies to accounts or holdings for persons outside the household, over which the Access Person has investment discretion, influence or control.

Questions. All Access Persons are obligated to read the requirements of this Code carefully. If you have any questions regarding how this Code applies to any conduct or practice, please contact the Compliance Department. When in doubt, an Access Person should ask before taking any action.

Compliance with Other Requirements Still Required. This Code supersedes prior versions of this Code. This Code does not supersede, or relieve an Access Person from complying with applicable laws or with other Federated standards and corporate and departmental policies or procedures which can be found on Federated’s internal website. A violation of any of these policies or procedures by an Access Person may, depending upon the circumstances, also constitute a violation of this Code.

Sanctions for Violations of this Code. Federated intends to enforce the provisions of this Code vigorously. A violation of this Code may subject an Access Person to sanctions as set forth in Section 7 below, and possible civil and criminal liability.

Adoption. Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act (as applicable), this Code has been adopted on behalf of each investment company that is served by the Board of Directors of the Federated funds, Federated’s Advisers and Federated’s Underwriters.

 

1 Responsibilities

 

  1.1 General Principles

The following general principles govern all conduct of Access Persons, whether or not the conduct also is covered by more specific standards or procedures set forth below.

 

  (a) Fiduciary Principles

Each Access Person must:

 

    (i) place the Funds’ interests ahead of his or her personal interests;

 

    (ii) disclose and, where possible, avoid conflicts of interest (actual or potential) and the appearance of any conflict with the Funds or any other party;

 

2


    (iii) conduct his or her personal transactions in a manner, which is consistent with this Code and which does not interfere with Fund portfolio transactions or otherwise take unfair or inappropriate advantage of his or her position or relationship to a Fund or any other party;

 

    (iv) not show inappropriate favoritism of one Fund over another Fund in a manner that would constitute a breach of fiduciary duty;

 

    (v) not accept or offer inappropriate gifts, favors, entertainment, special accommodations or other things of material value that could influence decision-making by either Federated, an Adviser, a Fund or any other party;

 

    (vi) safeguard material nonpublic Fund information and control its dissemination in a manner consistent with Federated’s policies and applicable legal requirements; and

 

    (vii) otherwise act in good faith, in an open, honest, non-misleading, professional and unbiased manner, with integrity, and in a manner that instills trust and confidence and promotes independence in the investment decision-making process, in each aspect of the Access Person’s professional activities and business (including, without limitation, in all disclosures, advertisements and other communications, and dealings, with Funds, shareholders and accountholders).

For example, an Access Person’s failure to recommend or purchase a Covered Security for the Fund in order to purchase the Covered Security for the Access Person’s personal benefit may be considered a violation of this Code.

 

  (b) Legal Principles

In addition to complying with the above fiduciary principles, each Access Person must comply with State and Federal securities laws, rules and regulations. If you have questions concerning complying with applicable law, contact the Compliance Department or Federated’s General Counsel.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Code, for the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein prevents reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, or making other disclosures, protected under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation.

 

  1.2 Compliance with this Code is a Condition of Employment

Every Access Person must adhere to the general principles set forth in Section 1.1 above, and comply with the specific provisions and Associated Procedures of this Code and the spirit of those provisions. Literal compliance with specific provisions will not be sufficient where the transactions undertaken by an Access Person show a pattern of abuse of the Access Person’s fiduciary duty or of violation of applicable legal requirements.

 

3


  1.3 Personal Responsibility

It is the responsibility of each Access Person to take all steps necessary before executing a personal trade, or taking other action, to verify that the trade or other action is in compliance with the provisions and intent of this Code.

 

  1.4 Perceived Ambiguity shall not Excuse Violations

Any Access Person who believes a particular provision of this Code is ambiguous is required to contact the Compliance Department for a determination prior to executing a transaction or taking other action subject to that provision.

 

  1.5 Preclearance does not Protect Wrongdoing

Receipt of express prior preclearance approval does not exempt you from the prohibitions outlined in this Code.

 

2 Reporting Requirements

The Reporting Requirements in Sections 2.1, 2.2, and 2.3 of this Code apply to Access Persons and their household members (generally including members of the immediate family sharing the same household, e.g., a spouse and unemancipated children) and certain partnerships, trusts, corporations or other similar arrangements. Access Persons should contact the Chief Compliance Officer for further clarification if they have questions regarding the application of this Code.

Every Access Person must report (1) all Covered Securities in which the Access Person or members of his or her household have direct or indirect investment discretion, influence or control (either for the benefit of the Access Person or for any other party), (2) all transactions in those Covered Securities, and (3) all accounts in which any Covered Securities are held. An Access Person is deemed to have influence or control over a discretionary account as described in Section 4.2.

NOTE : All information provided by the Access Person must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the report is required to be submitted. Failure to provide that information within the time specified (if it is not being provided directly to Compliance by the financial institution or other party) shall be deemed a violation of the Code and SEC Rules.

Covered Securities transactions of Access Persons will be reviewed for compliance with the provisions of this Code. A violation may result from either a single transaction or multiple transactions if the Compliance Department determines that the transaction(s) did not comply with provisions of this Code.

Information relating to the holdings and personal trades of Access Persons will be shared with Senior Management of Federated from time to time for purposes of reviewing Access Person trading patterns and practices.

 

  2.1 Initial Reporting Requirements

Within ten (10) calendar days of becoming an Access Person , the Access Person is required to submit to the Compliance Department, a holdings report including:

 

4


  (a) The full security name and description (i.e., type), CUSIP, SEDOL or exchange ticker symbol, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security held in any form, (e.g., brokerage/bank accounts, registered holdings, physical certificates, etc.) in any location, in which the Access Person or household member had any direct or indirect investment discretion, influence or control, including, without limitation, those shares of Federated funds included under this Code’s definition of “Covered Security,”

 

  (b) All investment accounts with a financial institution or intermediary, including the name and address of any broker, dealer, bank or other financial institution holding any Securities in which the Access Person or members of his or her household have any direct or indirect investment discretion, influence or control, and the account numbers (this does not include accounts held directly with Federated’s Transfer Agent or 401k Plan Administrator);

 

  (c) The date the Access Person submits the report.

The Compliance Department will direct the broker, dealer, bank or other financial institution maintaining each account to provide duplicate confirmations of all transactions and account statements directly to the attention of the Compliance Department, in a timely fashion. The Compliance Department also will obtain reports on accounts held directly with Federated’s Transfer Agent or 401k Plan Administrator. Each Access Person must assure that such information is received.

 

  2.2 Quarterly Reporting Requirements

By the date specified by the Compliance Department (but in no event later than thirty (30) calendar days after the end of the calendar quarter) every Access Person must review the information recorded by the Compliance Department relating to his or her personal accounts (discretionary and non-discretionary) and all transactions in any Covered Securities, regardless of the form in which such securities are held, (e.g., brokerage/bank accounts, registered holdings, physical certificates, etc.), and each Access Person must complete and submit to the Compliance Department a quarterly Securities transaction report, using TradeComply where available, to:

 

  (a) Identify and confirm that all Covered Security transactions during the previous calendar quarter in all accounts in which the Access Person or household members have a direct or indirect investment discretion, influence or control, have been reported, including, without limitation, transactions in Federated funds included under this Code’s definition of “Covered Security” that are held in accounts with a financial institution or intermediary (this does not include accounts held directly with Federated’s Transfer Agent or 401k Plan Administrator);

 

  (b) Identify and confirm that all investment account information has been reported, including any new investment account(s) established during the quarter with broker-dealers, banks or other financial institutions holding any Securities in which the Access Person or members of his or her household have any direct or indirect investment discretion, influence or control, along with the name and address of the intermediary, the date the account was established and account number;

 

5


  (c) Resolve any discrepancies identified with the Compliance Department; and

 

  (d) Record an electronic signature and date on TradeComply or other process approved by the Compliance Department.

The information required in Section 2.2(a) above shall include at least the following information about each transaction involving a Covered Security in which the Access Person or household member had, or as a result of a transaction acquired, any direct or indirect investment discretion, influence or control: (1) the date of the transaction, (2) the full security name, description (i.e., type), CUSIP, SEDOL or exchange ticker symbol, interest rate, maturity date, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security held, (3) the nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition), (4) the price of the Security at which the transaction was effected, and (5) the name of the broker, dealer, bank or other financial institution with or through which the transaction was effected.

An Access Person need not submit a quarterly Securities transactions report to the extent that the report would duplicate information contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements delivered to Federated so long as trade confirmations or account statements are received by the Compliance Department no later than 25 days after the end of the applicable calendar quarter.

 

  2.3 Annual Reporting Requirements

On an annual basis and by the date specified by the Compliance Department (but in no event later than thirty (30) calendar days after a request) from the Compliance Department, every Access Person is required to provide a written acknowledgment (1) that he or she is subject to, has received a copy of and read this Code, and (2) of his or her understanding of and compliance with this Code, its requirements and Associated Procedures. At the same time, the Access Person must review a current list of Covered Securities held in the Access Person’s account(s), as recorded by the Compliance Department, for accuracy, and complete and submit to the Compliance Department an annual report using TradeComply to:

 

  (a) Identify and confirm all Covered Securities held in any form (e.g., brokerage/bank accounts, registered holdings, physical certificates, etc.) in any location, in which the Access Person or household member had any direct or indirect investment discretion, influence or control, including the full security name and description (i.e., type), CUSIP, SEDOL or exchange ticker symbol, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security held, including, without limitation, those shares of Federated funds included under this Code’s definition of “Covered Security,” that are held in accounts with a financial institution or intermediary (this does not include accounts held directly with Federated’s Transfer Agent or 401k Plan Administrator);

 

  (b) Resolve any discrepancies with the Compliance Department, and

 

  (c) Record an electronic signature and date on Trade Comply or other process approved by the Compliance Department.

 

6


  2.4 Independent Directors

Independent Directors must report all holdings and transactions in shares of Federated funds included under this Code’s definition of “Covered Security” that are held in accounts with a broker-dealer, bank or other financial institution or intermediary (this does not include accounts held directly with Federated’s Transfer Agent or 401k Plan Administrator).

Except for holdings and transactions involving Federated funds, an Independent Director (unless previously identified by the Compliance Department as being an Access Person who cannot take advantage of this Section) is exempt from all other reporting requirements so long as, at the time of a personal transaction in a Covered Security, such Independent Director neither knew nor, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a fund director, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately before or after the director’s transaction that the Covered Security was purchased or sold by the Fund, or considered for Purchase or Sale.

Any Independent Director who is identified by the Compliance Department as being an Access Person who cannot take advantage of this Section must comply with all reporting requirements applicable to Access Persons set forth in this Code or its Associated Procedures.

 

  2.5 Non-Federated Officers of Federated Funds or Proprietary Client Funds

 

  (a) Non-Federated personnel serving as officers of a fund who are specifically designated as Access Persons subject to this provision shall be so notified by the Compliance Department and shall be deemed to be Access Persons.

 

  (b) Such specially designated Access Persons shall be subject to all provisions under this Code applicable to Access Persons (as applicable), except that only the following provisions apply:

 

Section 1

    

Responsibilities

Section 2

    

Reporting Requirements

Section 4.1

    

Exempt Securities

Section 4.2

    

Discretionary Accounts

Section 5.1

    

General Prohibitions

Section 5.2

    

Equity Initial Public Offerings (IPOs) are Prohibited

Section 5.3

    

Private Placements Require Prior Compliance Approval

Section 5.5

    

Minimum Holding Period – Designated Federated Funds

Section 5.6

    

Prohibition on Insider Trading

Section 5.7

    

Disclosure or Misuse of Fund Information

Section 5.9

    

Prior Knowledge

 

7


Section 5.11

  

Excessive Trading and Market Timing

Section 5.13

  

Restrictions on Investment Clubs

Section 5.14

  

Disclosure of Personal Interests

Section 6

  

Prohibitions on Giving/Receiving Gifts; Political and Charitable Contributions

Section 7    Review, Reporting, Education and Sanctions
Section 8    Definitions

 

  (c) Each specially designated Access Person must notify the Compliance Department of any positions held on the Board of Directors of any publicly held company and any “for-profit” private company. In the event that the Access Person, thereafter, should be advised of an issue relating to any such company, the Access Person must recuse himself or herself from any discussion or consideration of such issues.

 

  (d) Violations of this Code and/or suspicious trading activity shall be reported by the Compliance Department to the Senior Manager of such Access Person. A report by the employer of the steps taken in response to the issues raised shall be requested by the Compliance Department and reported to Federated management, and, in the case of a personal transaction that conflicts with a mutual fund transaction, the fund’s Audit Committee and, ultimately, the fund’s Board of Directors.

 

  2.6 Access Persons Acknowledgments of Receipt of Code of Ethics and Amendments

 

  (a) The Compliance Department shall provide each Access Person with a copy of this Code annually. The Compliance Department also shall provide each Access Person with a copy of any amendment to this Code promptly after such amendments are adopted (and, to the extent possible, prior to their effectiveness).

 

  (b) After receiving the copy of this Code or an amendment to this Code, each Access Person is required to provide the Compliance Department, within the time period prescribed by the Compliance Department, a written or electronic acknowledgment (1) that he or she has received and read this Code or such amendment, and (2) of his or her understanding of and compliance with this Code or such amendment, its requirements and any Associated Procedures.

 

3 Preclearance Requirements

 

  3.1 Preclearance of Trades

Unless subject to a preclearance exception, all Access Persons must preclear every Purchase or Sale of a Covered Security in which the Access Person or member of his or her household has any investment discretion, influence or control (including, without limitation, transactions in pension or profit-sharing plans, Equity Initial Public

 

8


Offerings (IPOs) (to the extent approved as satisfying the limited exceptions in Sections 5.2(a) or (b) to the general prohibition), and Private Placements), in accordance with the Associated Procedures governing preclearance.

 

  (a) All Private Placement securities must be precleared by contacting the Compliance Department;

 

  (b) All other Covered Securities must be precleared using TradeComply;

 

  (c) Access Persons without access to Trade Comply must contact the Compliance Department for assistance in preclearing transactions on their behalf.

 

  3.2 Duration and Revocation

Preclearance approval remains in effect until the end of the following business day. Preclearance approval may be revoked at any time upon notification of revocation being provided by the Compliance Department. Any revocation shall not affect any transaction made prior to such revocation notice being delivered during a time when the preclearance approval was effective.

 

  3.3 Preclearance Does Not Protect Wrongdoing

Preclearance approval and the receipt of express prior preclearance approval does not exempt an Access Person from the prohibitions outlined in this Code.

 

  3.4 Exceptions

Preclearance requirements do not apply to:

 

  (a) Shares of any registered open end investment companies, including, without limitation, Federated funds included under this Code’s definition of “Covered Security” (note that this exception does not apply to ETFs; all ETF transactions must be precleared);

 

  (b) Involuntary purchases or sales, including mandatory corporate actions (e.g. corporate mergers, exchanges);

 

  (c) Automatic Investment Plans, including, without limitation, dividend reinvestment plans; or automatic payroll deduction plan purchases that are either (a) made solely with the dividend proceeds, or (b) whereby an employee purchases Securities issued by an employer;

 

  (d) Exercise of rights to purchase and any sales of such rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its Covered Securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer;

 

  (e) Exercise of rights to tender Securities when an offer is made on a pro rata basis to all holders of a class of Covered Securities;

 

  (f) Gifts or charitable donations of a Covered Security;

 

9


  (g) Purchases or sales in discretionary accounts (as outlined in Section 4.2) and/or purchases or sales in other accounts over which the Access Person or household member had or has no investment discretion, influence or control.

 

  (h) Purchases and sales of Covered Securities executed by an Independent Director.

NOTE : Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, Equity Initial Public Offerings (IPOs) (to the extent approved as satisfying the limited exceptions in Sections 5.2(a) or (b) to the general prohibition) and Private Placements shall in no event be exempt from the preclearance requirements.

 

  3.5 Exception for Employee Stock Options of a Previous Employer

Subject to the conditions indicated, an Access Person or Investment Person may exercise employee stock options for Securities of a previous employer, as follows:

 

  (a) Access Persons and Investment Persons who are not also Portfolio Managers, Traders or Research Analysts may exercise employee stock options for Securities of a previous employer for cash or in a cashless exercise and hold the stock thereafter without preclearance or restriction that would otherwise be imposed by concurrent fund transactions, but must report the Securities when exercised.

 

  (b) Investment Persons who are Portfolio Managers, Traders or Research Analysts may exercise such an employee stock option for cash or in a cashless exercise and hold the stock thereafter, without restriction that would otherwise be imposed by concurrent fund transactions after requesting and receiving in writing a determination by the Compliance Department that no material conflict of interest exists.

 

  (c) A cashless exercise of employee stock options of a previous employer may occur without regard to the 60-day rule.

 

  (d) All such exception provisions for the exercise of employee stock options shall be conditioned on:

 

  (i) Access Persons and Investment Personnel who are not Portfolio Managers, Traders or Research Analysts must notify the Compliance Department of the exercise of any employee stock options within five business days.

 

  (ii) Investment Personnel who are Portfolio Managers, Traders or Research Analysts must request a determination in writing by the Compliance Department that no apparent material conflict of interest exists prior to the exercise of any employee stock options and may not proceed with the exercise until such determination is received.

 

  (iii) Approval of any such exercise shall be conditioned on full disclosure to the Compliance Department of all communications concerning that Security within Federated by the Access Person or Investment Person during the seven days prior to the exercise of an employee stock option.

 

10


  (iv) Any apparent conflict of interest that is identified by the Compliance Department, before or after an exercise of employer stock options shall be reported to the President of the Advisory Companies and the Chief Executive Officer of Federated Investors, Inc., and investigated further for determination as to whether a violation has occurred.

 

11


  3.6 Federated Stock and Options Trading

 

  (a) All Federated employees are prohibited from trading Federated stock during announced blackout periods.

 

  (b) All Federated employees are prohibited from short selling Federated stock.

 

  (c) All Federated employees are further prohibited from options trading on Federated stock or purchasing Federated stock on margin without Compliance Committee approval.

Note : Employees should refer to the Federated Policy on Trading and Confidentiality for additional details.

 

  3.7 Special Rules for Equity Transactions Based on Market Capitalization

 

  (a) To insure proper compliance with the Code and limit unintended preclearance mistakes, the Chief Compliance Officer, in conjunction with the President of the Advisory Companies requires all Investment Personnel to preclear all trades in equity securities of issuers having a market capitalization of less than $500 Million manually with the Compliance Department and such requests will be monitored and compared to Fund holdings for any appearance of conflicts of interest. ;

 

  (b) Investment Personnel with a proposed transaction in equity securities having a market capitalization of less than $500 Million will be required submit to the Compliance Department a manual preclearance request inclusive of the proposed transaction details along with confirmation that the total requested transaction in the issuer will result in 5% or less of the Investment Person’s total current reported brokerage account exposure/ holdings. Compliance will review the submitted request to ensure that the proposed transaction. will not result in the requesting individual’s aggregate ownership exceeding the lesser of  1 2 of 1% of the outstanding securities of the issuer or $500,000. Additionally, the requested trade may not result in the Investment Management team, as defined in the Investment Management Organizational Chart, owning 1% or more of the outstanding securities of the issuer. Should an issue arise, the Compliance Department will review this information with the CIO - Global Equity (or Designee) to identify any holdings that might require additional special preclearance requirements and may impose a blackout or holding period of up to 90 days from the date of the last Fund trade in such security. These additional requirements will be communicated to and discussed with each affected Investment Person as they are identified.

 

4 Exempt Transactions

 

  4.1 Exempt Securities

Unless otherwise specified within this Code, purchases or sales of the following Securities are not subject to the Preclearance (Section 3) or Prohibitions and Restrictions (Section 5) sections of this Code:

 

12


  (a) Direct obligations of the Government of the United States and U. S. Government Agencies;

 

  (b) Bankers’ acceptances;

 

  (c) Bank certificates of deposit;

 

  (d) Commercial paper;

 

  (e) High quality short-term debt instruments 1 , including, without limitation, repurchase agreements; and

 

  (f) Shares of those registered open-end investment companies that are not included under this Code’s definition of “Covered Security”.

NOTE : Specified provisions of this Code are applicable to investment in Federated funds included under this Code’s definition of “Covered Security”.

 

  4.2 Discretionary Accounts

Discretionary accounts over which the Access Person (or household member) has no investment discretion, but over which the Access Person retains control to designate an investment manager, are not subject to preclearance requirements (Section 3), prohibition of short-term profits (Section 5.4) or blackout periods caused by fund transactions (Section 5.8), but retain the prohibition on trading Federated stock (Section 3.6), Equity Initial Public Offerings (IPOs) (Section 5.2), the limitations of Private Placements (Section 5.3), and the minimum holding period for designated Federated Funds (Section 5.5) specified in this Code and are subject to all reporting requirements (Section 2).

It is the Access Person’s responsibility to notify his or her broker or manager of these restrictions and limitations.

Access Persons establishing discretionary accounts and the individuals accepting discretionary authority over such accounts are required to acknowledge, in writing, their understanding and acceptance of the restrictions applicable to such accounts. Access Persons must provide information relating to the investment objective and any restrictions placed on his or her (or household member’s) discretionary account(s) and any changes made to those objectives or restrictions to the Compliance Department.

 

1   The SEC has interpreted “high quality short-term debt instruments” to mean any instrument having a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and which is rated in one of the highest two rating categories by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization, or which is unrated but is of comparable quality. Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel and Codes of Ethics of Investment Companies and Their Investment Advisers and Principal Underwriters, Investment Company Act Release No. 21341 (Sept. 8, 1995) [60 FR 47844 (Sept. 14, 1995)] (proposing amendments to rule 17j-1) at note 66.This definition is repeated in the footnotes to the adopting and proposing releases for the Adviser’s Code of Ethics requirement under Rule 204A-1.

 

13


5 Prohibitions and Restrictions

 

  5.1 General Prohibitions

Every Access Person is prohibited from:

 

  (a) Employing any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Fund;

 

  (b) Making any untrue statement of a material fact to the Fund or omitting to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to the Fund, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

 

  (c) Engaging in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on the Fund; or

 

  (d) Engaging in any manipulative practice with respect to the Fund.

Examples : Causing the Fund to purchase a Covered Security owned by the Access Person for the purpose of supporting or driving up the price of the Covered Security, and causing the Fund to refrain from selling a Covered Security in an attempt to protect the value of the Access Person’s investment, such as an outstanding option.

Without limiting the foregoing:

 

  (i) Each Access Person is prohibited from usurping investment or other business opportunities of a Fund for personal benefit (or for the inappropriate benefit of Federated). Each Access Person owes a duty to the Funds to advance the Funds’ legitimate interests when the opportunity to do so arises. This duty of loyalty is violated if an Access Person personally profits (or allows Federated to inappropriately profit) from an investment or other business opportunity that rightfully belongs to a Fund. This problem could arise, for example, if an Access Person becomes aware through the use of Federated or Fund property, information or relationships of an investment opportunity (either a loan or equity transaction) in which the Fund is or may be interested, and then participates in the transaction personally or informs others of the opportunity before offering it to the Fund. An Access Person is prohibited from using Federated or Fund property, information or relationships for personal gain (or for the inappropriate gain of Federated);

 

  (ii) Each Access Person is prohibited from taking inappropriate or unfair advantage of his or her relationship with a Fund or a Vendor. Under this duty of fair dealing, no Access Person should take advantage of a Fund or a Vendor, or another person or entity, through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts or any other unfair dealing practice. All business conducted on behalf of Federated is to be done with integrity and high fiduciary, legal and ethical business standards;

 

14


  (iii) Each Access Person is prohibited from misappropriating Federated or Fund assets; and

 

  (iv) Each Access Person is prohibited from taking any action to fraudulently influence, control, coerce, manipulate or mislead any independent accountants engaged in the performance of an audit of Federated’s or a Fund’s financial statements for the purpose of rendering such financial statements materially misleading.

(Any Access Person who is a director, officer or employee of Federated should also refer to the “Corporate Opportunities,” “Fair Dealing,” “Protection and Proper Use of Company Assets” and “Improper Influence on the Conduct of Audits” requirements in Federated’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. If you have questions concerning the duty of loyalty, the duty of fair dealing, use of assets or conduct of audits, contact the Compliance Department or Federated’s General Counsel.)

 

  5.2 Equity Initial Public Offerings (IPOs) are Prohibited

Access Persons may not directly or indirectly acquire Beneficial Ownership or exercise investment discretion, influence or control in any equity Security in an Initial Public Offering (IPO) without prior approval. Exceptions may be approved in the following instances:

 

  (a) Initial Public Offerings (IPOs) relating to Securities of the employer of a spouse, when offered to all employees at the spouse’s level, or the demutualization of insurance companies, banks or savings and loans, if the Access Person owned a policy or held such a prior interest or relationship in or with the issuer, are allowed, and

 

  (b) Initial offering of diversified investment funds, including, without limitation, closed-end funds and unit investment trusts (or “UITs”) are allowed.

All such exceptions require reporting and preclearance approval in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2 and 3 above.

Initial public offerings in fixed income securities are permitted, however no Access Person will be allowed to invest in a fixed income Security during a blackout period caused by a Fund trade.

 

  5.3 Private Placements Require Prior Compliance Approval

Access Persons may not directly or indirectly acquire Beneficial Ownership or exercise investment discretion, influence or control in any Private Placement Security without prior approval. Any such transaction requires reporting and preclearance approval directly from the Compliance Department. No Access Person will be allowed to invest in a Private Placement Security in which a Fund has an investment or contemplates participation.

If an Investment Person receives prior approval and acquires a Private Placement Security, the Investment Person must disclose this investment to the Chief Investment Officer (or the Chief Investment Officer’s designee) before the Investment Person may participate in any subsequent consideration of any potential investment by a Fund in the issuer of that Security.

 

15


Following a purchase by an Investment Person in an approved personal transaction, any purchase by a Fund of Securities issued by the same company (other than secondary market purchases of publicly traded Securities) will be subject to an independent review by the Compliance Department.

 

  5.4 Prohibition of Short-Term Profits – 60 Day Rule – Individual Securities

As a general rule, personal Securities transactions of Access Persons should be for long-term investment purposes and should not be initiated for short-term profits. Profits realized on the sale of an individual Security held less than 60 days must be disgorged.

 

  (a) When a new purchase results in multiple lots of a Security held in personal portfolios, no lot of the same Security may be sold within 60 days if sale of any lot of the Security would result in a gain.

 

  (b) Similarly, no Security may be purchased within 60 days of the sale of the same Security, unless the Security is purchased at a price greater than the price of any sale of the Security within the prior 60 days.

Note: The short-term profit prohibition also applies to derivative transactions in securities. Any transaction completed to liquidate a previously established derivative position in a security (either through purchasing or selling the underlying security, assigning a derivative contract, covering margin requirements, or taking an offsetting derivative position) within 60 calendar days of the original transaction date, that results in a gain, would be a violation of the Code. Further, derivative transactions cannot have an expiration date of less than 60 calendar days at the point of purchase.

 

  5.5 Minimum Holding Period – Designated Federated Funds

Any holding of a Federated fund which, according to its prospectus has adopted Frequent Trading Policies and is subject to monitoring for Frequent Trading will be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (a) The minimum required holding period for shares of Federated funds subject to monitoring for Frequent Trading is 60 days, unless the particular fund has a redemption fee provision lasting for a longer period, in which case the minimum holding period will be the same as the redemption fee period. Holding periods will be measured for fund transactions for this condition on a “first in, first out” (FIFO) accounting basis.

 

  (b)

In addition to the holding period specified above, shares of Federated funds that are subject to monitoring for Frequent Trading are further subject to the limitations expressed within the prospectus regarding frequency of trading that may be deemed excessive or disruptive, including but not limited to purchases and sales within 30 days or trading that is deemed disruptive over periods longer than 30 days. Such frequent or disruptive trading may occur

 

16


  in the same account or more than one account; that is to say that a purchase may be made in one account and a sale in another account and still be subject to these provisions. Access persons making asset allocation adjustments (transfers between or re-balancing) to investments in Federated funds that are subject to monitoring for Frequent Trading must observe these limitations and restrictions. A violation of the Frequent Trading Policies of any Federated Fund will be treated as a violation of the Code and will be subject to sanctions imposed by the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

  (c) Systematic purchases (periodic contributions or 401k deferrals) or systematic or periodic withdrawals, that are part of a regular pattern, as determined by the Compliance Department, will generally not trigger a holding period violation. Similarly, required income distributions by a trust, minimum required individual retirement account (IRA) distributions and 529 Plan distributions for education expenses will not generally trigger a holding period violation.

 

  (d) The Compliance Department shall be authorized to grant further exception from the required holding period in cases of exceptional hardship that could not be reasonably foreseen by an Access Person.

 

  5.6 Prohibition on Insider Trading

Use of material, non-public information about any issuer of Securities by an Access Person is prohibited, regardless of whether such Securities are held by or have been recommended for any Fund. “Material non-public information” relates not only to issuers, but also includes, without limitation, an Adviser’s Securities recommendations and Fund Securities holdings and transactions. In limited instances, awareness of material, non-public information relating to a specific Federated Fund, could subject certain Access Persons, as identified by the Compliance Department, to a blackout period during which those specified Access Person would be prohibited from buying or selling shares of the Fund.

(See the Federated “Policy on Trading and Confidentiality” for more information. Also, any Access Person who is a director, officer or employee of Federated should also refer to the “Insider Trading” requirements in Federated’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. If you have questions concerning insider trading issues, contact the Compliance Department or Federated’s General Counsel.)

 

  5.7 Disclosure or Misuse of Fund Information

Selective disclosure to third parties or misuse of any material, nonpublic Fund-related information by an access person is prohibited. No portfolio holdings or any other material, nonpublic information regarding a Fund may be disclosed, unless the same data is posted on the public website for other investors or is otherwise publicly available on a simultaneous basis. “Material” information is defined as any Fund-related information that might be expected to impact an investor’s decision to buy, sell or hold a Fund or Security, and may include, without limitation, holdings, trading strategies, pending transactions, performance or performance attribution, duration, yields or other key statistics. Requests for public disclosure of previously undisclosed information or to release information on a more frequent schedule must be approved by the President of the Advisory Companies and the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

17


The Purchase or Sale of Federated fund shares based on material, nonpublic information about the fund’s portfolio is similarly prohibited.

(See the Federated “Fund Information Disclosure Policy” for more information. Also, any Access Person who is a director, officer or employee of Federated should also refer to the “Confidentiality” requirements in Federated’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. If you have questions concerning disclosure or misuse of Fund information, contact the Compliance Department or Federated’s General Counsel.

 

  5.8 Blackout Periods – Fund Trades

Portfolio Managers and Research Analysts identified as serving a Fund or group of Fund(s) are prohibited from purchasing or selling any Covered Security for which there is an open “buy” or “sell” order or any Covered Security that has been purchased or sold by those Fund(s) within fifteen (15) calendar days before or after the Fund purchases or sells that Security. Personal transactions that occur before transactions in those Fund(s) will be prohibited if the aggregate related open “buy” or “sell” orders and/or purchases or sells of that Covered Security by those Fund(s) are thereafter determined to have been of an amount sufficient to trigger a blackout period. Transactions of those Funds in any amount will cause personal transactions to be prohibited for fifteen days after the trades. This provision supersedes any prior preclearance.

Investment Personnel who are not among the Portfolio Managers and Research Analysts identified as serving the Fund(s), as provided above, may not purchase or sell a Covered Security within seven (7) calendar days after one or more Funds have open “buy” or “sell” orders and/or purchases or sells in the same Covered Security in an amount sufficient to trigger a blackout period, subject to any prior preclearance.

All other Access Persons may not purchase or sell a Covered Security on any day during which one or more Funds have open “buy” or “sell” orders and/or purchases or sells the same Covered Security in an amount sufficient to trigger a blackout period, subject to any prior preclearance.

NOTE : For purposes of administering this Section, all MDT employees shall be considered Investment Personnel, but generally no MDT employees shall be considered portfolio managers, traders or research analysts.

The Compliance Department shall have discretion in determining the methodology by which blackout periods are calculated.

 

  5.9 Prior Knowledge

No Access Person may execute a personal transaction, directly or indirectly, in any Covered Security and no prior preclearance will apply, when he or she knows, or should have known, that the Covered Security is being:

 

  (a) Considered for Purchase or Sale by the Fund; or

 

18


  (b) Purchased or sold by the Fund.

 

  5.10 Serving as a Director or Officer of Outside Organizations

This Section applies to Access Persons, but not any household members of such Access Persons.

While serving the community is a worthy objective, a director or officer of any organization has access to sensitive information and charts the course of that entity. Federated must take safeguards to shield Federated and Access Persons (including, without limitation, Investment Personnel) from even the appearance of impropriety. To that end:

 

  (a) All Access Persons are prohibited from serving as an officer or director of any other organization unless written approval is first granted by the Compliance Committee. Approval of the Committee is not required in those situations where the organization is not-for-profit and does not issue securities.

 

  (b) All Access Persons must notify the Chief Compliance Officer in writing (by completing the Non-Federated Business or Board Activity request form) of any organization for which such Access Person serves in compliance with this Section: (1) initially upon becoming an Access Person or, (2) before they accept and begin to serve as an officer or director, and/or (3) upon resigning from any such position.

 

  (c) If approval to serve as an officer or director of an organization is granted, an Access Person has an affirmative duty to (1) recuse himself or herself from participating in any deliberations inside Federated regarding such organization, and (2) not share non-public information of such organization with any Federated personnel (including, without limitation, any Investment Personnel).

 

  (d) The President of the Advisory Companies and all Investment Personnel reporting directly or indirectly to him are further prohibited from serving as an officer or director of any publicly issued or privately held issuer of a Security (whether “for profit,” “not for profit,” “charitable” or otherwise) that is or may become an eligible investment for a Fund unless an exception is granted by the Compliance Committee pursuant to the following provisions:

 

  (i) In the case of charitable, eleemosynary, municipal or educational organizations only, if the organization has no securities outstanding or if all Chief Investment Officers confirm in writing that the securities of the issuer either are not qualified for investment by the funds or that adequate alternative investments are available, and the President of the Advisory Companies approves, then the Compliance Committee may approve service as an officer or director by an Investment Person, subject to semi-annual confirmation by the Chief Investment Officers and approval by the President of the Advisory Companies that these conditions have not changed.

 

  (ii)

In the instances specified in Paragraph d. (i) of this Section, above, the Compliance Department shall maintain the organization on the Funds

 

19


  Restricted List. Inclusion on the Restricted List shall make any security of the issuer an ineligible investment for the funds. The Compliance Department shall communicate the Restricted List to all Chief Investment Officers and the President of the Advisory Companies quarterly.

 

  (iii) If an Investment Person, at the time of adoption of this amended provision of the Code or, in the case of a new hire, at the time of his or her employment, is serving as an officer or of a charitable or eleemosynary organization that has issued securities eligible for or owned by the funds, then the Investment Person shall recuse himself or herself from all discussions concerning possible investment by the funds in such security and may request that his or her current term in such role may be completed. The Compliance Committee may approve completion of terms under such circumstances if it deems the remaining term reasonable. Approval to continue a current term will not permit the Investment Person to begin another term on the board.

 

  (iv) If a Security issued by a charitable or eleemosynary organization becomes an eligible investment for a Fund while an Investment Person is serving as an officer or director, the Investment Person shall be subject to the same terms as are provided in Paragraph (d)(iii) of this Section, above.

 

  (v) If a Security issued by any organization that is not a charitable or eleemosynary organization becomes an eligible investment for a Fund after an Investment Person has begun serving as an officer or director, the Investment Person must immediately resign from such role and recuse himself or herself from all matters relating to the organization.

 

  (e) If an Access Person serves as an officer or director of a non-public organization, and the organization seeks to issue securities, such Access Person must, promptly after the company’s intention to issue securities becomes public, take steps to notify the Chief Compliance Officer in writing. If an exception has not been reconfirmed under this Section or if continued service would be prohibited under this Section, as of the time when the organization’s securities are first offered to the public, then the Access Person must immediately resign from such board and recuse himself or herself from all board matters.

 

  (f) Nothing in this Section limits or restricts service on the Board of Federated, its subsidiaries, Federated Funds, Proprietary Funds, or other funds administered by subsidiaries of Federated.

NOTE : Any Access Person who is a director, officer or employee of Federated should also refer to the “Corporate Boards” requirements in Federated’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

 

  5.11 Excessive Trading and Market Timing

 

  (a)

Access Persons are strongly discouraged from trading excessively. This applies to both individual Securities and registered investment company Securities included under this Code’s definition of “Covered Security.” The

 

20


  Chief Investment Officers, the President of the Advisory Companies and the Head of Trading will review the transaction volume of Investment Personnel on a quarterly basis. The transaction volume of other Access Persons may be reviewed with other managers periodically.

 

  (b) Access Persons are prohibited from market timing. This includes, without limitation, entering into any agreement or arrangement to permit market timing by any fund, shareholder or accountholder or in any fund, or by any broker, dealer, bank or other financial institution, person or entity. Frequent or short-term trading into and out of funds can have adverse consequences for the funds, shareholders and accountholders who use the funds as long-term investment vehicles. Such trading in significant amounts can disrupt the funds’ investment strategies (e.g., by requiring the funds to sell investments at inopportune times or maintain excessive short-term or cash positions to support redemptions or cash flow needs), increase brokerage and administrative costs and affect the timing and amount of taxable gains distributed by or in respect of the funds. Such trading may also seek to profit by estimating changes in a fund’s net asset value in advance of the time as of which net asset value is calculated.

 

  5.12 Independent Directors

Notwithstanding the other restrictions or exemptions provided under this Code, Independent Directors (other than Independent Directors identified by the Compliance Department as being Access Persons subject to additional provisions of this Code) and their household members are subject only to the following Code restrictions:

 

Section 5.1

  

General Prohibitions

Section 5.5

  

Minimum Holding Period – Designated Federated Funds

Section 5.6

  

Prohibition on Insider Trading

Section 5.7

  

Disclosure or Misuse of Fund Information

Section 5.9

  

Prior Knowledge

Section 5.11    Excessive Trading and Market Timing

In order to monitor compliance with the above referenced Code provisions, Section 2.4 further requires Independent Directors to disclose holdings and transactions in certain Federated funds for themselves and their household members.

 

  5.13 Restrictions on Investment Clubs

Investment Personnel who wish to participate in an investment club must request Chief Investment Officer approval prior to joining in the club activity. Names of other club members must be disclosed. The Chief Investment Officer shall notify the Compliance Department when such approval is granted.

 

21


Access Persons will be deemed to have investment discretion, influence or control in any trade by the club. All investment club activity by any Access Person will require preclearance and must be reported by duplicate confirms and statements.

 

  5.14 Disclosure of Personal Interests

All Access Persons (including, without limitation, Investment Personnel) are prohibited from:

 

  (a) Recommending, implementing or considering any Securities transaction for a Fund, or

 

  (b) Negotiating any agreement or otherwise arranging for any relationship with any Vendor,

without having disclosed in writing to the Chief Investment Officer (in the case of Investment Personnel) (or another person designated by the Chief Investment Officer) (Chief Investment Officers shall disclose to the President of the Advisory Companies) or the Compliance Department (in the case of all other Access Persons):

 

  (i) any material Beneficial Ownership, business or personal relationship, or other material interest, that the Access Person has in an issuer or its affiliates, or in a Vendor, or

 

  (ii) other material conflict of interest that the Access Person has with an issuer or its affiliates or with a Vendor.

If the Chief Investment Officer (or other designated person) or Compliance Department determines that the disclosed interest is a material conflict of interest, then the Access Person may not participate in (a) any decision-making process regarding the Securities of that issuer, or (b) any negotiations or discussions with any Vendor.

In addition to the specific requirements above, each Access Person has the responsibility to use his or her best judgment to assess objectively whether there might be even the appearance of a conflict of interest or acting for reasons of personal gain (or the inappropriate gain of Federated to the detriment of a Fund, an issuer or its affiliates or a Vendor). If you have questions regarding disclosure of personal interests and conflicts of interest, contact the Compliance Department or Federated’s General Counsel).

NOTE : Refer also to the “Conflicts of Interest” and “Personal Financial Interests; Outside Business Interests” requirements in Federated’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

 

6 Prohibitions on Giving/Receiving Gifts; Political and Charitable Contributions

Access Persons are in a position of trust and must exercise great care to preserve their independence. As a general rule, no Access Person should ever receive, solicit, make or offer an inappropriate payment or anything of value in exchange for a decision involving Federated’s, a Fund’s or a Vendor’s business. Decisions must be made in an unbiased manner. Bribery, kickbacks and other improper payments have no place in Federated’s business.

 

22


Without limiting the foregoing general principles:

 

  (a) Every Access Person is prohibited from giving, either individually or in the aggregate with all other Access Persons, or receiving any gift, favor, preferential treatment, valuable consideration, or other thing of more than a de minimis value in any year to or from any Fund, or other person or entity, from, to or through whom Fund purchases or sells Securities, or an issuer of Securities or its affiliates or a Vendor. For purposes of this Code, “de minimis value” is equal to $100 in the aggregate in the US; £50 in the aggregate in the UK; and, €100 in the aggregate in Germany or less. This prohibition does not apply to:

 

    (i) salaries, wages, fees or other compensation paid, or expenses paid or reimbursed, in the usual scope of an Access Person’s employment responsibilities for the Access Person’s employer;

 

    (ii) meals, refreshments or entertainment of reasonable value in the course of a meeting or other occasion, the purpose of which is to hold bona fide business discussions;

 

    (iii) advertising or promotional material of nominal value, such as pens, pencils, note pads, key chains, calendars and similar items;

 

    (iv) the acceptance of gifts, meals, refreshments, or entertainment of reasonable value that are related to commonly recognized events or occasions, such as a promotion, new job or recognized holiday; or

 

    (v) the acceptance of awards, from an employer to an employee, for recognition of service and accomplishment.

Note : Access Persons must be aware that in certain instances, gifts and/or various forms of entertainment may be subject to lower limitations or be prohibited entirely to certain individuals, including government officials, and it remains the obligation of the Access Person to verify actual limits or prohibitions with the Compliance Department, (which may further require discussion with the Legal Department) prior to making a gift or engaging in such other activities. Such activities may be limited or prohibited by federal, state, local or foreign laws.

Investment Personnel should also refer to the Investment Management Gift and Entertainment Policy and Procedures.

 

  (b) Every Access Person is prohibited from (i) making political or charitable contributions solely for the purpose of obtaining or retaining assets from, or advisory contracts or other business relationships with, federal, state, local or foreign governments or governmental agencies, or political subdivisions of any of them, or charitable organizations; and (ii) considering an Adviser’s or Federated’s current or anticipated business relationships as a factor in soliciting political or charitable donations.

NOTE : Any Access Person who is a director, officer or employee of Federated should also refer to the “Payments and Gifts” requirements in Federated’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. Any Access Persons who are subject to the Broker-Dealer Written Supervisory Policies and Procedures also should consult those procedures for additional guidance on

 

23


the receipt of gifts and gratuities. If you have questions regarding the receipt of gifts or political and charitable contributions, contact the Compliance Department or Federated’s General Counsel.

 

7 Review, Reporting, Education and Sanctions

 

  7.1 Management Review of Investment Personnel’s Trading Activity

The President of the Advisory Companies, the Chief Investment Officers, the Head of Trading and such additional managers as the President of the Advisory Companies may designate will receive monthly reports of investment-related activity by Investment Personnel, such as preclearance requests, executed transactions and any other activity. Personal investment data will be reviewed to determine whether the transactions conflict with any Fund activity and whether the transactions appear appropriate and consistent with the position and responsibility of the Investment Person.

 

  7.2 Compliance Review of Reports and Trading Activity, and this Code of Ethics

Federated’s Compliance Department will review all initial holdings reports, confirmations, quarterly transaction reports, annual holdings reports and other reports and information required to be submitted under this Code to identify improper trading activity or patterns of trading, and to otherwise seek to verify compliance with this Code. Without limiting the foregoing, the Compliance Department will review personal trading activity and trading records to identify possible violations, including:

 

  (a) Delay in reporting individual investments or investment accounts;

 

  (b) Failure to report individual investments or investment accounts;

 

  (c) Filing false or incomplete reports;

 

  (d) Failure to preclear individual trades;

 

  (e) Executing trades that violate provisions of this Code; and

 

  (f) Failure to comply with the receipt of gifts provision.

In addition, the review may also include (as applicable, and in the Compliance Department’s discretion): (i) a comparison of personal trading to applicable restricted lists; (ii) an assessment of whether an Access Person is trading for his or her own account in the same Securities he or she is trading for Funds (and, if so, whether the Funds are receiving terms as favorable as the Access Person takes for himself or herself); (iii) an assessment of Access Person trading patterns for indications of abuse (including, without limitation, “market timing”); (iv) an analysis of any substantial disparities between the quality of performance an Access Person receives for his or her own account and that he or she receives for Funds; and (iv) an analysis of any substantial disparities between the percentage of personal trades that are profitable and the percentage that are profitable when he or she places trades for Funds.

 

24


Federated’s Compliance Department also will review this Code, and the implementation, effectiveness and enforcement of this Code, at least once annually or more frequently in response to material changes in legal requirements or business practices, as contemplated by Federated’s written compliance program.

 

  7.3 Self-discovery and Reporting

 

  (a) Each Access Person is required to report violations or suspected violations by any party of this Code promptly to the Compliance Department. If the person within the Compliance Department that receives the report is not the Chief Compliance Officer, that person must report all violations reported to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

  (b) Immediate disclosure by an Access Person to the Compliance Department of a self-discovered violation and correction of that violation (including, without limitation, the immediate disgorging of any gain) will generally be treated as a violation to be recorded, but not as a material violation, if the Access Person has not benefited by the transaction and the Compliance Department determines that the violation was not intentional.

 

  (c) It is Federated’s policy that retaliation against Access Persons who report actual or suspected violations of this Code is prohibited. Any actual or attempted retaliation will be treated as a separate violation of this Code, which will be subject to sanction in accordance with Section 7.5 below (including, without limitation, termination).

NOTE : Any Access Person who is a director, officer or employee of Federated should also refer to the “Reporting of any Illegal or Unethical Behavior” requirements in Federated’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. If you have questions concerning reporting violations, contact the Compliance Department or Federated’s General Counsel.

 

  7.4 Education

From time to time the Compliance Department will schedule training sessions or may otherwise distribute educational materials regarding this Code. Access Persons are required to participate in all training sessions offered. Access Persons will be required to provide a written acknowledgment that the Access Person received, read and understood the Code and its administration.

 

  7.5 Sanctions

Upon determining that a violation of this Code or its Associated Procedures has occurred, the Chief Compliance Officer may take such actions or impose such sanctions, if any, as may be deemed appropriate, including, without limitation:

 

  (a) Issue a letter of censure;

 

  (b) Assess a fine, either nominal or substantial;

 

  (c) Require the unwinding of trades;

 

25


  (d) Require the disgorging of profits;

 

  (e) Disallow discretionary accounts or required preclearance of discretionary account trades;

 

  (f) Prohibit or place further restrictions on personal trading or other activities;

 

  (g) Recommend suspension;

 

  (h) Recommend a reassignment of duties or job functions; or

 

  (i) Recommend that the employment of the violator be terminated.

 

  7.6 Factors for Consideration

Sanctions listed above may be assessed individually or in combination. Prior violations of the Access Person and the degree of responsibility exercised by the Access Person will be taken into consideration in the assessment of sanctions.

In instances where a member of the Access Person’s household commits the violation, any sanction will be imposed on the Access Person.

If extraordinary or unforeseen circumstances exist, an appeal may be directed to the Compliance Department. Appeals are solely within the discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer. The Chief Compliance Officer shall further have full discretion and authority to make special provision under and/or interpret or apply provisions of this Code.

 

  7.7 Reporting of Violations

 

  (a) Violations of Investment Personnel and proposed sanctions will be reported to the responsible Chief Investment Officer and/or Manager. Violations of other Access Persons, and proposed sanctions, will be reported to the responsible Senior Manager. All violations and the proposed sanction will be reported to Senior Management and the Board of Directors of the Federated Funds quarterly.

 

  (b) Any patterns or trends noted and any difficulties in administration of this Code shall be reported to Senior Management and to the Board of Directors of the Federated Funds, at least annually.

 

8 Definitions

 

  8.1 1933 Act

The “1933 Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

  8.2 1934 Act

The “1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

26


  8.3 1940 Act

The “1940 Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

  8.4 Access Person

“Access Person” means any person who participates in or who: (i) in connection with his or her duties, obtains or could obtain any information concerning recommendations on Covered Securities being made by the investment adviser to any Fund or (ii) any person who has access to nonpublic information regarding any Fund’s Purchase or Sale of Securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any Reportable Fund.

“Access Person” includes, without limitation, a director, trustee, officer, managing general partner, general partner, or Investment Person of a Fund, of the Underwriter, and of the Adviser and other persons designated by the Compliance Department, any trust over which an Access Person is a trustee with investment discretion, influence or control, (either for the benefit of the Access Person or for any other party), any closely-held entity (such as a partnership, limited liability company or corporation) and any account (including, without limitation, any retirement, pension, deferred compensation or similar account) with respect to which the Access Person has investment discretion, influence or control.

Activity (including, without limitation, trading activity) by an Access Person’s household members will generally be attributed to the Access Person. (If emancipated adult children or other independent parties also reside in the household, the Access Person must either declare that the Access Person has no discretion, influence or control over the investment decisions of such other party or the Access Person must report the party as an Access Person.)

 

  8.5 Adviser

“Adviser” means any subsidiary of Federated registered as an investment adviser with the SEC.

 

  8.6 Advisers Act

“Advisers Act” means the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

 

  8.7 Associated Procedures

“Associated Procedures” means those procedures and/or statements that have been adopted by the Underwriter, the Adviser, a Fund or the Compliance Department, and which are designed to supplement this Code and its provisions.

 

  8.8 Automatic Investment Plan

“Automatic Investment Plan” means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An “Automatic Investment Plan” includes, without limitation, a dividend reimbursement plan.

 

27


  8.9 Beneficial Ownership

“Beneficial Ownership” will be attributed to an Access Person in all instances where the Access Person directly or indirectly (i) possesses the ability to purchase or sell the Covered Securities (or the ability to direct the disposition of the Covered Securities); (ii) possesses voting power (including the power to vote or to direct the voting) over such Covered Securities; or (iii) receives any benefits substantially equivalent to those of ownership. It is the intent of Federated that “Beneficial Ownership” be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under 17 C.F.R. § 240.16a-1(a)(2) in determining whether a person has Beneficial Ownership of a Security for purposes of Section 16 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

  8.10 Board

The “Board” means, with respect to a fund, the board of directors or trustees or any other group serving a similar function that has adopted this Code on behalf of the fund.

 

  8.11 Code

“Code” means this Code of Ethics and any Associated Procedures.

 

  8.12 Compliance Committee

“Compliance Committee” means the committee referenced under the Federated Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, consisting of, among others, the Chief Compliance Officer, the General Counsel, the Chief Audit Executive and the Chief Risk Officer.

 

  8.13 Compliance Department

The “Compliance Department” means the Chief Compliance Officer of Federated and those other individuals designated by him or her as responsible for implementing this Code and the Associated Procedures.

 

  8.14 Control

“Control” has the same meaning as that set forth in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act.

 

  8.15 Covered Security

“Covered Security” means any Security, or interest in a Security held in any form, not expressly excluded by provisions of this Code, including, without limitation: equity and debt Securities; derivative Securities, including, without limitation, options on and warrants to purchase equity or debt Securities; shares of closed-end investment companies; investments in unit investment trusts; and any related instruments and Securities. “Covered Security” also means shares of any Reportable Funds and any 529 Plan or annuity employing such funds, unless specifically excluded in the paragraph below. Also included are futures, swaps and other derivative contracts.

“Covered Security” does not include: (1) direct obligations of the Government of the United States or U. S. Government Agencies (regardless of their maturities); (2)

 

28


bankers’ acceptances; bank certificates of deposit; commercial paper; high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; (3) shares of 1940 Act registered investment companies that are designated as money market funds; (4) shares issued by 1940 Act registered open-end investment companies (other than Reportable Funds) in a direct account with a mutual fund or 529 Plan or annuity offeror when that account may only hold registered open-end investment company Securities; or (5) shares issued by unit investment trusts (or “UITs”) that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end funds, none of which are Reportable Funds.

 

  8.16 Federal Securities Laws

“Federal Securities Laws” means (a) the 1933 Act, (b) the 1934 Act, (c) the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, (d) the 1940 Act, (e) the Advisers Act, (f) Title V of the Gramm-Leach Bliley Act, (g) any rules of the SEC promulgated under any of the statutes identified in (a) through (f) above, (h) the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to registered mutual funds and investment advisers, and (i) any rules adopted under the Bank Secrecy Act by the SEC or the Department of Treasury.

 

  8.17 Federated

“Federated” means Federated Investors, Inc. and any of its subsidiaries as the context may require.

 

  8.18 Fund

“Fund” means (i) each investment company registered under the 1940 Act (and any series or portfolios of such company) for which an Adviser serves as an investment adviser (as defined in § 2(a)(20) of the 1940 Act or an Underwriter serves as a principal underwriter (as defined in §§ 2(a)(29) and (40) of the 1940 Act) and (ii) any other investment account or portfolio over which an Adviser exercises investment discretion (whether pursuant to a direct advisory agreement, through a managed account or “wrap fee” program, or otherwise), and (iii) any investment adviser, broker, dealer, bank, or other financial institution to which Federated provides non-discretionary investment advisory services.

 

  8.19 Independent Director

“Independent Director” means a member of the Federated Funds’ Board who is not an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

 

  8.20 Influence

Influence means taking an action that is reasonably expected to materially modify the independent investment decision-making of a person who controls or otherwise has investment discretion with respect to an account (whether by imposing a restraint on such decision-making ability or directing a decision).

 

29


  8.21 Initial Public Offering

“Initial Public Offering” means an offering of Securities registered under the 1933 Act, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

 

  8.22 Investment Person; Investment Personnel

“Investment Person” or “Investment Personnel” means (a) Access Persons with direct responsibility and authority to make investment decisions affecting the Fund (such as portfolio managers and Chief Investment Officers) and individuals who provide information and advice to such portfolio managers (such as Securities analysts); and (b) those who assist in executing investment decisions for the Fund (such as traders) and their related staff members.

“Investment Person” or “Investment Personnel” further means any trust over which an Investment Person is a trustee with investment discretion, influence or control, (either for the benefit of the Investment Person or for any other party), any closely-held entity (such as a partnership, limited liability company or corporation) in which an Investment Person holds a Controlling interest and with respect to which he or she has investment influence or control, and any account (including, without limitation, any retirement, pension, deferred compensation or similar account) with respect to which the Access Person has investment discretion, influence or control. Investment Person is intended to include and includes persons deemed to be Supervised Persons pursuant to Rule 204A-1 under the Investments Advisers Act of 1940, as further defined hereunder.

Activity (including, without limitation, trading activity) by an Investment Person’s household members will generally be attributed to the Investment Person. (If emancipated adult children or other independent parties also reside in the household, the Investment Person must either declare that the Investment Person has no discretion, influence or control over the investment decisions of such other party or the Investment Person must report the party as an Investment Person.)

 

  8.23 Private Placement

“Private Placement” (or “limited offering”) means an offering that is exempt from registration under the 1933 Act pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) of the 1933 Act or pursuant to rule 504, rule 505 or rule 506 under the 1933 Act.

 

  8.24 Purchase or Sale

“Purchase or Sale” of a Security or Covered Security includes, among other things, the writing of an option, future or other derivative contract to purchase or sell a Security or Covered Security.

 

  8.25 Reportable Fund

“Reportable Fund” means any 1940-Act registered open end investment company for which an Adviser serves as investment adviser as defined in Section 2(a)(2) of the 1940 Act, or any 1940-Act registered investment company whose investment adviser or principal underwriter Controls an Adviser, is Controlled by an Adviser or is under common Control with an Adviser.

 

30


  8.26 SEC

The “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States, and any successor thereto.

 

  8.27 Security

“Security” or “Securities” means any security as defined in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act or Section 202(a)(18) of the Advisers Act.

 

  8.28 Supervised Person

“Supervised Person” means directors, officers and partners of an Adviser (or other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), employees of an Adviser, and any other person who provides advice on behalf of an Adviser and is subject to the Adviser’s supervision and control.

 

  8.29 Underwriter

“Underwriter” means any subsidiary of Federated registered as a broker/dealer with the SEC.

 

  8.30 Vendor

“Vendor” means any borrower, lender, tenant, landlord, supplier, service provider (including, without limitation, a service provider to a mutual fund) or other vendor of Federated (including, without limitation, any Adviser or any other affiliate), any managed account or “wrap fee” program sponsor or turnkey platform provider, or any other third party that has or is seeking a relationship with Federated (including, without limitation, any Adviser or other affiliate).

 

31


Approved by:

    

/s/ John B. Fisher

     

Date: 03/31/17

     President of the Advisory Companies      

Approved by:

    

/s/ Stephen Van Meter

     

Date: 04/03/17

     Compliance      

 

32


Addendum

ACCESS PERSONS PROCEDURES

 

1 Preclearance Approval Using TradeComply

 

  (a) All Access Persons who wish to effect a personal Securities transaction, whether a purchase, sale, or other disposition, must preclear the Covered Security in TradeComply prior to engaging in the transaction. Private Placement securities must be precleared directly through the Compliance Department.

 

  (b) When trading options, the Access Person must preclear the option and the underlying Security before entering into the option contract.

 

  (c) Based on established criteria, TradeComply determines whether the contemplated transaction should be permitted. The primary criterion applied is whether the Covered Security is on the Federated Equity Restricted List or Open Order lists, or whether the Covered Security was traded by any of the Federated advised Funds (fund trade information is updated nightly in TradeComply).

 

  (d) Approval is either granted or denied immediately in TradeComply.

 

  (e) If approval is denied, the contemplated personal transaction in that Covered Security is prohibited until prior approval is subsequently granted upon request in TradeComply.

 

  (f) If approval is granted, the Access Person is free to effect the personal transaction in that Covered Security until the end of the next trading day only (subject to revocation as contemplated in Section 3.2 of this Code). In this regard, open orders extending beyond the next trading day (good till cancel) must be resubmitted for approval in TradeComply to comply with this Code.

 

  (g) All trade requests and their dispositions are maintained in TradeComply and reviewed by the Compliance Department in conjunction with other information provided by Access Persons in accordance with this Code.

 

  (h) The Compliance Department reviews all potential violations identified by TradeComply after Fund trades and personal trades have been compared and determines the appropriate action to be taken to resolve each identified violation.

 

2 Federated Funds Compliance Review

Access Persons must provide all relevant information concerning investments in Federated funds held in accounts with financial institutions or intermediaries (banks, broker-dealers, etc.) to the Compliance Department in the same manner and subject to the same timing requirements as individual Securities.

 

A-1


3 Non-U.S. Based Federated Access Persons

 

  (a) Access Persons who are not located in the U.S. must request preclearance approval from the Compliance Department via email. Access Persons must provide specific trade details including the issuer name, anticipated date of transaction, full name of Security (i.e., title), description (i.e., type), CUSIP or SEDOL number or exchange ticker symbol, number of shares and principal amount, interest rate and maturity date (if applicable) and the type of transaction (purchase or sale). The Compliance Department requests preclearance for the transaction through TradeComply during normal business hours on the day the request is received. The Compliance Department notifies the Access Person via email of the results of the preclearance request.

If the trade request is approved, the Access Person must execute the trade no later than the close of business on the business day following the date of the request (subject to revocation as contemplated in Section 3.2 of this Code).

 

4 Non-Federated Access Persons

 

  (a) Transaction and holdings information of non-Federated officers of Federated and/or proprietary funds shall be reviewed on a quarterly basis to determine whether any patterns of conflict are exhibited with any Funds for which Federated has access to Fund transaction information, and

 

  (b) Data relating to the trades of all personnel designated as Access Persons of a Fund for which Federated does not have access to Fund transaction information will be submitted to Compliance Department or other appropriate personnel of the Fund’s adviser for review on a quarterly basis.

 

A-2


COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT PROCEDURES

 

1 Preclearance

 

  (a) Documentation of valid preclearance approval, including a statement that the Access Person was not aware of any consideration of a Security by research analysts or Fund portfolio managers for a recommendation, an actual Fund trade or an anticipated transaction, shall be conclusive for purposes of reviewing a personal transaction, unless additional facts or a preponderance of circumstances suggest otherwise. This conclusive presumption does not apply to research analysts covering or recommending a Covered Security involved in a Fund trade or portfolio managers of a Fund making a trade in that Security.

 

  (b) Before approving a preclearance request for a Private Placement, submitted by an Access Person, the Compliance Department shall inquire of the appropriate portfolio manager(s) and head trader(s) as to whether an order is pending or expected to be entered for the same Security. In cases where an Investment Person has submitted the request for preclearance, the Compliance Department shall also notify the Chief Investment Officer to whom the Investment Person reports. The Compliance Department will notify the Access Person as to whether or not the investment has been precleared.

 

2 Initial Reporting Process

 

  (a) A member of the Compliance Department meets with each new Access Person and reviews this Code, the Insider Trading Policy and the procedures for preclearing personal Securities transactions through TradeComply.

 

  (b) The Access Person is required to complete the “Certification and Acknowledgment Form” to acknowledge his/her understanding of this Code and return it to the designated Compliance Assistant within ten (10) calendar days.

 

  (c) In addition, the Access Person is required to complete the “Personal Security Portfolio Forms” which includes information detailed in Section 2.1 of the Code, and:

NOTE : Information provided by the Access Person must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the report is submitted. Failure to provide that information within 10 calendar days is deemed a violation of the Code and SEC Rules.

 

  (d) Separate forms must be completed for the Access Person and all household members as defined in Section 8.4 of this Code. The signed form(s) must be returned to the Compliance Department within ten (10) calendar days.

 

  (e) A member of the Compliance Department inputs current portfolio holdings information into TradeComply as “initial” holdings.

 

  (f)

The Compliance Department notifies each broker, dealer, bank or other financial institution that duplicate confirmations and statements for the Access Person and household members, if applicable, must be sent to the Chief Compliance Officer,

 

B-1


  effective immediately. The Compliance Department also will obtain reports on accounts held directly with Federated’s Transfer Agent and 401k Plan Administrator.

 

3 Quarterly Reporting Process

 

  (a) On the first business day after each calendar quarter end, the Compliance Assistant sends an e-mail to each Access Person giving step-by-step instructions on how to complete the quarterly reporting requirements using TradeComply.

 

  (b) By the date specified by the Compliance Department (but no later than thirty (30) calendar days of the quarter end), the Access Person is required to:

 

  (i) review for accuracy all Covered Security transactions recorded during the previous calendar quarter in all personal and household member accounts;

 

  (ii) review all open account information, including names of broker-dealers, banks and other financial institutions, addresses and account numbers;

 

  (iii) notify the Compliance Department of any new accounts established with broker-dealers, banks or other financial institutions during the quarter and the date the account was established;

 

  (iv) resolve any discrepancies with the Compliance Department;

 

  (v) record an electronic signature and date on TradeComply.

Information provided by the Access Person must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the report is submitted. Failure to provide that information within 10 calendar days is deemed a violation of the Code and SEC Rules.

The information required shall include the information detailed in Section 2.2 of the Code.

An Access Person need not submit a quarterly Securities transactions report to the extent that the report would duplicate information contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements delivered to Federated so long as such trade confirmations or account statements are received by the Compliance Department by the date specified by the Compliance Department (but in no later than 25 days after the end of the applicable calendar quarter).

 

  (c) Chief Compliance Officer Stephen Van Meter reviews potential violations of the Code by any Access Person periodically during the calendar quarter.

 

  (d) The Compliance Department issues memos to each Access Person involved if any personal transactions executed during the quarter appear to be violations of this Code.

 

  (e) Based on the facts and the Access Person’s response to the memo, the Chief Compliance Officer may impose or recommend any of the sanctions identified in Section 7 of this Code.

 

B-2


4 Annual Reporting Process

 

  (a) At least annually, the Compliance Department requires that each Access Person read this Code and certify and acknowledge his/her understanding of this Code and its requirements.

 

  (b) In addition to the quarterly reporting requirements, on an annual basis, the Compliance Department requires each Access Person to confirm and certify that the records of all Covered Securities holdings in Trade Comply are complete and accurate.

This re-certification is required to be completed by the date specified by the Compliance Department (but in no event later than thirty (30) calendar days after a request) from the Compliance Department. The Compliance Department monitors compliance with this requirement through the electronic signatures on TradeComply.

 

5 Reportable Funds Transactions

On a quarterly basis, the Compliance Department will request and review a report of Federated Fund Securities transactions by Access Persons and Investment Personnel from both the Federated Transfer Agent and the 401k Plan Administrator and from other accounts reported by Access Persons and Investment Personnel. After reviewing these transactions, the Compliance Department will discuss any issues identified with the Access Person and management and take appropriate action, as provided by the Code.

 

6 Blackout Periods – Fund Trades

A transaction in a Covered Security by a Fund shall trigger a blackout period as specified above for Access Persons and Investment Persons, (other than the Portfolio Managers, Traders and Research Analysts serving a Fund in which such purchase or sale occurs), only if the aggregate of open orders and executed purchases and sales in the security within the Federated complex is equal to or exceeds a specified threshold on each trading day. That threshold shall be defined by asset type, as follows:

 

Covered Security

   Threshold equal to or greater than:

     Equity

  

1% of the average daily volume

measured over the preceding 20

trading days.

     Fixed Income

  

         Investment Grade

  

            Corporate Obligation

   $250,000

            State or Foreign  Obligation

   $250,000

            Municipal Obligation

   $250,000

 

B-3


High Yield

     

        Corporate Obligation

   $ 100,000     

        State or Foreign Obligation

   $ 100,000     

        Municipal Obligation

   $ 100,000     

An open order or executed trade in any equity Covered Security for which an average daily volume cannot be determined shall trigger a blackout period. Any trades in any fixed income Covered Security not specified above shall trigger a blackout period.

 

7 Reporting to the Board of Directors

 

  (a) Each quarter, the Compliance Department will provide reports of any violations of this Code to Senior Management and the Board of Directors of the Federated Funds. Any patterns or trends noted and any difficulties in administration of this Code shall be reported to Senior Management and, to the Board Directors of the Federated Funds, at least annually.

 

  (b) The Compliance Department will also report any difficulties in administration of this Code and any trends or patterns of personal Securities trading which are deemed by the Compliance Department to be violations of this Code.

 

  (c) The Compliance Department provides the Board with the job title of the Access Person; the type of violation; the details of the transaction(s); and the types of sanctions imposed, if any.

 

  (d) At least annually, the Compliance Department shall certify that the Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter, as applicable, has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating this Code.

 

8 Record Keeping Requirements

The Compliance Department maintains the following books and records in TradeComply for a period equal to (a) no less than six (6) calendar years or (b) any longer period that may be required under applicable law:

 

  (a) a copy of this Code (current and for the past five years)

 

  (b) a record of any violation of this Code and any action taken as a result of the violation;

 

  (c) a record of all written acknowledgments of access persons (current and for the past five years).

 

  (d) a record of each report made by an Access Person, including initial, quarterly and annual reporting (and including any information on a broker trade confirmation or account statement that was submitted in lieu of such reports);

 

  (e) a record of all Access Persons (current and for the past five years);

 

  (f) a record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition of Securities by Access Persons in an Initial Public Offering (IPO) (to the extent approved as satisfying the limited exceptions in Sections 5.2(a) or (b) to the general prohibition) or Private Placement;

 

B-4


  (g) a record of persons responsible for reviewing reports; and

 

  (h) a copy of any supporting documentation used in making decisions regarding action taken by the Compliance Department with respect to personal Securities trading.

Such records will be kept in such locations, and for such periods, as required under the Advisers Act and the 1940 Act.

 

B-5

EX-28.p.7

CODE OF ETHICS

of

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

INCLUDING:

STATEMENT OF CONDUCT OF BROWN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

STATEMENT OF POLICY ON SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

STATEMENT OF POLICY ON INSIDER TRADING

AND

STATEMENT OF POLICY ON POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

 

 

July 11, 2016


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     GENERAL POLICY STATEMENT and DEFINITIONS       

A.

  

GENERAL POLICY STATEMENT

     5  
  

Purpose and Scope of Code of Ethics

     5  
  

Applicability

     5  
  

Fiduciary Responsibilities

     5  
  

Limited Scope

     5  
  

Responsibilities

     5  

B.

  

DEFINITIONS

     6  
     STATEMENT OF CONDUCT OF BROWN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT       

A.

  

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS

     9  

B.

  

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

     9  
  

Relationships with Profit-making Enterprises, Including Investment Clubs

     9  

C.

  

OUTSIDE BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

     10  
  

Service with Non-profit-making Enterprises

     10  
  

Relationships with Financial Service Firms

     11  

D.

  

CONFIDENTIALITY

     11  
  

Internal Operating Procedures and Planning

     11  
  

Clients and Brown Capital Management Mutual Fund Shareholders

     11  
  

Investment Advice

     11  
  

Investment Research

     12  

E.

  

ANNUAL REPORTS AND RECORDS RETENTION

     12  
  

Reports to Funds

     12  
  

Record Retention

     12  
  

Inspection

     13  
  

Confidentiality

     13  

F.

  

MISCELLANEOUS POLICIES, PROCEDURES AND PROHIBITIONS

     13  
  

Illegal Payments

     13  
  

Protection of Corporate Assets

     13  
  

Quality of Services

     13  
  

Record Retention

     14  
  

Responsibility to Report Violations

     14  
  

Service as Trustee, Executor or Personal Representative

     14  
  

Speaking Engagements and Publications

     14  
  

Trading in Securities with Material, Non-Public Information

     15  
  

Understanding as to Clients’ Accounts and Company Records at Time of

     15  
  

Covered Person’s Termination

  
  

Internal Use

     15  
  

Questions Regarding the Code of Ethics

     15  

 

2


G.

  

PENALTY GUIDELINES

     16  
  

Overview

     16  
  

Penalty Guidelines

     16  
   STATEMENT OF POLICY ON SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS   

A.

  

BACKGROUND INFORMATION

     17  
  

Legal Requirement

     17  
  

Brown Capital Management’s Fiduciary Position

     17  
  

Purpose of Securities Transactions Policy

     17  

B.

  

OVERVIEW

     17  
  

Applicability

     18  
  

Excluded Transactions

     18  

C.

  

DISCLOSURE OF CONFLICTS

     19  

D.

  

TRADING ACTIVITY

     19  

E.

  

PRE-CLEARANCE

     19  
  

Pre-clearance Procedures

     19  
  

Reasons for Disallowing Proposed Transactions

     19  
  

Pre-clearance of Tender Offers and Stock Purchase Plans

     20  

F.

   OTHER TRADING RULES      20  
  

IPOs and Hot Issues and Limited Offerings

     20  
  

Blackout Period

     20  
  

Seven Day Rule

     21  
  

Waiver of Seven Day Rule

     21  
  

Short Sales

     21  
  

Hedge Funds, Investment Clubs and Other Investments

     21  
  

Caution Regarding Personal Trading Activities

     21  

G.

  

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

     22  
  

Account Reports

     22  
  

Access Persons Trading and Holding Reports

     22  
  

Non-Influence and Non-Control Accounts

     23  
  

Other Required Forms

     24  
  

Review of Records, Forms and Reports.

     25  

H.

  

MISCELLANEOUS RULES REGARDING PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

     25  
  

Dealing with Clients

     25  
  

Margin Accounts

     25  
  

Ownership Reporting Requirements – 0.5% Ownership

     25  
  

Confidentiality of Records

     25  
  

Questions about Securities Transactions Policy

     25  
  

Sanctions

     25  

 

3


   STATEMENT OF POLICY ON INSIDER TRADING   

A.

  

BACKGROUND INFORMATION

     27  
  

Introduction

     27  
  

Purpose of Insider Trading Policy

     28  
  

The Basic Insider Trading Prohibition

     28  

B.

   POLICY      28  
  

Policy of Brown Capital Management on Insider Trading

     28  
  

Need to Know” Policy

     29  

C.

  

PENALTIES

     29  
  

Sanctions

     29  

D.

  

OVERVIEW

     30  
  

Basic Concepts of Insider Trading

     30  
  

Fiduciary Duty/Misappropriation

     30  
  

Materiality

     30  
  

Non-Public vs. Public Information

     31  
  

Concept of Possession

     32  
  

Tender Offers

     32  

E.

  

PROCEDURES

     32  
  

Procedures to be Followed When Receiving Material, Non-Public Information

     32  
  

Education Program

     33  
  

Questions

     33  
   STATEMENT OF POLICY ON POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS   

A.

  

POLICY

     34  
  

Policy for BCM

     34  
  

Policy for Associates

     34  

B.

   BACKGROUND INFORMATION      34  

C.

  

SOLICITATION AND IN-KIND DONATIONS

     35  

D.

  

RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENT

     35  

E.

  

RESPONSIBILITY

     36  

F.

  

PROCEDURE

     36  

 

4


GENERAL POLICY STATEMENT and DEFINITIONS

A. GENERAL POLICY STATEMENT

Purpose and Scope of Code of Ethics

In recognition of Brown Capital Management’s commitment to maintain the highest standards of professional conduct and ethics, the firm’s Board of Directors has adopted this Code of Ethics (“Code of Ethics”), which is composed of:

 

  1. Statement of Conduct of Brown Capital Management (the “Statement of Conduct”);

 

  2. Statement of Policy on Securities Transactions (the “Securities Transactions Policy”);

 

  3. Statement of Policy on Insider Trading (the “Insider Trading Policy”) and;

 

  4. Statement of Policy on Political Contributions (the “Pay-to-Play Policy”).

The purpose of this Code of Ethics is to help preserve the Company’s most valuable asset - the reputation of Brown Capital Management and its employees.

Applicability

All Covered Persons are subject to the Code of Ethics.

Fiduciary Responsibilities

Simply stated, the primary responsibility of Brown Capital Management as an investment adviser is to render to clients, on a professional basis, unbiased and continuous advice regarding their investments. As an investment adviser, Brown Capital Management has a fiduciary relationship with all clients, which means that the Company and its employees have an absolute duty of undivided loyalty, fairness and good faith toward clients and Fund shareholders and a corresponding obligation to refrain from taking any action or seeking any benefit which would, or which would appear to, prejudice the rights of any client or shareholder or conflict with a client’s or shareholder’s best interests.

Limited Scope

This Code of Ethics was not written for the purpose of covering all policies, Codes of Ethics and regulations to which Covered Persons may be subject. Covered Persons, as members of various securities or other professional associations, may be subject to other Codes of Ethics in addition to this Code of Ethics.

Responsibilities

Covered Persons are required to read and retain this Code of Ethics and to sign and return the attached Acknowledgment of Receipt Form to the Chief Compliance Officer upon commencement of employment or other services. All Covered Persons will be provided with all amendments to this Code of Ethics. At such time, each Covered Person must sign and return the attached Acknowledgment of Amendment Form to the Chief Compliance Officer. On an annual basis

 

5


thereafter, Covered Persons will be required to complete an Annual Certification Form and an Annual Holdings Form . The Annual Holdings Form reports all reportable securities as of the end of each year. The Annual Certification Form confirms that an individual (i) has received, read and asked any questions necessary to understand the Code of Ethics; (ii) has agreed to conduct his or her behavior in accordance with the Code of Ethics; and (iii) has complied with the Code of Ethics during such time as he or she has been associated with Brown Capital Management. Depending on a person’s status, he or she may be required to submit additional reports and/or obtain clearances as discussed more fully below. Strict compliance with the Code of Ethics is considered a basic condition of employment with the firm. Breach of the Code of Ethics may result in the surrender of all profits realized on a transaction. In addition, any breach of the Code of Ethics may constitute grounds for disciplinary action, including dismissal.

B. DEFINITIONS

The following definitions are used throughout this document. Covered Persons are responsible for reading and being familiar with each definition.

 

1. “Access Person” is defined as a “supervised person” who: a) has access to non-public information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities; or b) is involved in making recommendations; or, c) has access to recommendations that are non-public.

 

2. “Supervised Person” is defined as including: a) Brown Capital Management’s officers; b) employees; and c) any other person who provides advice on behalf of Brown Capital Management and is subject to the Brown Capital Management’s supervision and control.

 

3. “Advisory Person” shall mean:

A.) Any employee of Brown Capital Management (or of any company in a control relationship to Brown Capital Management) who in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of securities by Funds, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases and sales, or who is a registered Investment Adviser; and

B.) Any natural person in a control relationship to the Funds or Brown Capital Management who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Funds or for the account of clients with regard to the purchase or sale of securities.

 

4. “Beneficial Ownership” shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a- 1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) in determining whether a person is subject to the provisions of Section 16, except that the determination of direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership shall apply to all securities which an Access Person has or acquires. For example, in addition to a person’s own accounts, the term “Beneficial Ownership” encompasses securities held in the name of a spouse or equivalent domestic partner, minor children, a relative sharing the home of that person, or certain trusts under which that person or a related party is a beneficiary, or held under other arrangements indicating a sharing of financial interest.

 

5. “Company” shall mean Brown Capital Management (BCM)

 

6. “Control” shall have the same meaning as that set forth in Section 2(a)(9) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “40 Act”).

 

6


7. “Covered Persons” are all officers, and full-time, part-time or temporary employees of BCM, or employees of BCM on a “leave of absence” and persons working at BCM on a contract basis. Immediate family members living in the employee’s household may also be considered Covered Persons with respect to personal securities reporting requirements.

 

8. “Covered Securities” are securities in which the access person has, or acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership which would generally include all securities such as any stock, bond, future, investment contract or any other obligation involving a security or index thereof, including an instrument whose value is derived or based on any of the above (a “derivative”). The term “covered security” is very broad and includes items you might not ordinarily think of as “securities,” such as: Options on securities, on indexes, and on currencies; All kinds of limited partnerships; Foreign unit trusts and foreign mutual funds; and Private investment funds, hedge funds, and investment clubs. The term Covered Security includes any separate security, which is convertible into or exchangeable for, or which confers a right to purchase such security. The following investments are not Covered Securities:

 

    shares issued by open-end funds (e.g., mutual funds); with the exception of BCM Mutual funds. All BCM fund purchases/sales must be submitted to the CCO for pre-approval with the exception of those orders set-up through an automated clearinghouse.

 

    direct obligations of the U.S. government (e.g., Treasury securities)

 

    bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, short term debt instruments including repurchase agreements.

 

    shares issued by money market funds

 

    transactions in units of unit investment trusts

 

10. “Initial Public Offering” means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

11. “Inside Directors” are members of the Board of Directors who are also employed by BCM.

 

12. “Investment Personnel” shall mean (i) a person who makes decisions regarding the purchase or sale of securities by or on behalf of BCM clients and any person such as an analyst or trader who directly assists in the process, and (ii) any natural person who controls BCM and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to Funds regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Funds.

 

13. “BCM” is Brown Capital Management.

 

14. “Funds” are the BCM Small Company Fund, BCM Mid Cap Equity Fund, and BCM International Equity Fund, and any other funds for which BCM acts as an investment adviser.

 

15. “Limited Offering” means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) pursuant to section 4(2) or section 4(6) or pursuant to rule 504, rule 505 or rule 506 thereunder.

 

16. “FINRA” is the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

 

17. “Non-Access Person” is any person that is not an Access Person.

 

7


18. “Outside Directors” are members of BCM’s Board of Directors who are not employed by BCM.

 

19. “Security Held or to be Acquired” means any Covered Security which, within the most recent 15 days (i) is or has been held by the Funds; or (ii) is being or has been considered by the Funds for purchase.

 

20. “SEC” is the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

21. “Ethics Committee” means a committee of persons designated by the Board of Directors which shall meet to evaluate certain ethical issues referred to the committee by the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

22. “Chief Compliance Officer” (CCO) means an individual designated by the Board of Directors to review and evaluate regulatory and ethical issues for the Company and ensure compliance with this Code of Ethics and the applicable securities laws.

 

23. “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of BCM.

 

24. “Short Sales” – the sale of a stock you do not own. Investors, who sell short, believe the price of the stock will go down. If the price drops, you can buy the stock at the lower price and make a profit. If the price of the stock rises and you buy it back later at the higher price, you incur a loss.

 

25. “FINRA Rule 5130” – replaces the free-riding and withholding interpretation. The rule is designed to protect the integrity of the offering process by ensuring that broker/dealers make a bona fide offering of securities at the public offering price, do not withhold securities in a public offering for their own benefit or use the securities to reward persons who could otherwise direct business to them and that other industry insiders do not take advantage of their “insider” position to purchase new issues for their own benefit at the expense of public customers.

 

8


STATEMENT OF CONDUCT OF BROWN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

A. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS

All BCM Covered Persons must comply with applicable federal securities laws.

In connection with the purchase or sale of a security held or to be purchased by a client, either directly or indirectly; Covered Persons are not permitted to defraud, mislead, omit material facts, engage in any act, practice or conduct which operates as a fraud, engage in any manipulative practice with respect to client or securities, including price manipulations.

B. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

BCM has a fiduciary relationship with all clients, which means that the Company has an absolute duty of undivided loyalty, fairness and good faith towards all clients and Fund shareholders. This duty imposes an obligation on all BCM personnel to refrain from taking any action or seeking any benefit which would, or which would appear to, prejudice the rights of any client or shareholder or conflict with the client’s or shareholder’s best interests. Covered Persons under this Code of Ethics are expected to conduct all of their affairs in a manner which serves to promote and enhance the reputation of BCM. While achieving this result usually involves nothing more than the exercise of good judgment, set forth below is a discussion of some of the guidelines BCM expects Covered Persons to follow.

Relationships with Profit-making Enterprises, Including Investment Clubs

A conflict may occur when Covered Persons: are employed by another firm, directly or as a consultant; have a direct financial interest in another firm; have an immediate family financial interest in another firm; or are directors, officers or partners of another firm.

Covered Persons sometimes serve as directors, officers, partners, or in other capacities with profit-making enterprises not related to BCM or the Funds. Covered Persons are generally prohibited from serving as officers or directors of corporations. Covered Persons, prior to accepting an appointment to a Board, must request permission to serve in this capacity from the Ethics Committee and CCO. If approval is obtained, employee may then serve in this capacity.

A Covered Person who is contemplating obtaining an interest that might conflict or appear to conflict with the interests of BCM, such as accepting an appointment as a director, officer or partner of an outside profit-making enterprise or forming or participating in a stock or investment club, must receive the prior approval of the CCO. Upon review by the CCO, the Covered Person will be advised of the decision. In addition, transactions through investment clubs are subject to the firm’s Securities Transactions Policy. Decisions by the CCO regarding outside directorships in profit- making enterprises will be reviewed by the Ethics Committee before becoming final.

 

9


Covered Persons may serve as directors or as members of committees of the board of directors or in similar positions for non-public, for-profit entities in connection with their professional activities at BCM. Covered Persons must obtain the permission of the CCO before accepting such a position and must relinquish the position if the entity becomes publicly held, unless otherwise determined by the CCO or Ethics Committee.

C. OUTSIDE BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

Reporting Requirements:

Outside activities, which must be reviewed and approved, include:

 

  1. being employed or compensated by any other entity;

 

  2. engaging in any other business including part-time, evening or weekend employment;

 

  3. serving as an officer, director, partner, etc., in any other entity, other than non-profit- making enterprises (see below);

 

  4. ownership interest in any non-publicly traded company or other private investments, or;

 

  5. any public speaking or writing activities.

Written approval for any of the above activities is to be obtained by an employee before undertaking any such activity so that a determination may be made that the activities do not interfere with any of the employee’s responsibilities at the firm and any conflicts of interests in such activities may be addressed. An employee seeking approval should provide sufficient information to BCM’s CCO for presentation to management committee in order to determine whether the activity should be allowed. Employees should complete an OBA approval request form and submit it to the CCO. The information needed for the approval process would generally include:

 

  1. the name and address of the outside business organization;

 

  2. a description of the business of the organization;

 

  3. a description of the activities to be performed;

 

  4. the amount of time per month that will be spent on the outside activity.

Records of requests for approval along with the reasons such requests were granted or denied are maintained by the CCO. Where a BCM employee has been granted permission to engage in outside activities within the investment management industry, that employee must still:

 

  1. treat as proprietary and confidential any information learned as a result of his or her BCM duties, and;

 

  2. comply in all respects with BCM’s compliance procedures and applicable codes of ethics, including, without limitation, providing to BCM all necessary transactions and holdings reports.

Service with Non-profit-making Enterprises

BCM encourages Covered Persons to become involved in community programs and civic affairs. However, Covered Persons should not permit such activities to affect the performance of their job responsibilities. A Covered Person’s service as a member of the Board of a non-profit- making enterprise will preclude BCM from entering into an adviser relationship with such enterprise.

 

10


Any exceptions must be approved by the BCM Management Committee.

Relationships with Financial Service Firms

In order to avoid any actual or apparent conflicts of interest, Covered Persons are generally prohibited from investing in or entering into any relationship, either directly or indirectly, with corporations, partnerships, or other entities which are engaged in business as a broker, a dealer, an underwriter, and/or an investment adviser. This, however, is not meant to prevent Covered Persons from purchasing publicly traded securities of broker/dealers, investment advisers or other companies engaged in the mutual fund industry. Of course, all such purchases are subject to normal prior clearance and reporting procedures, set forth elsewhere in this Code of Ethics. This policy does not preclude a Covered Person from engaging an outside investment adviser to manage his or her assets.

If any member of a Covered Person’s immediate family is employed by, has a partnership interest in, or has an equity interest of 0.5% or more in a broker/dealer, investment adviser or other company engaged in the mutual fund industry, such relationship must be reported to the CCO.

D. CONFIDENTIALITY

The exercise of confidentiality extends to four major areas of Company operations: internal operating procedures and planning; clients and mutual fund shareholders; investment advice; and investment research.

Internal Operating Procedures and Planning

During the years BCM has been in business, a great deal of creative talent has been used to develop specialized and unique methods of operations and portfolio management. In many cases, the Company believes these methods give BCM an advantage over competitors, and the Company does not want these ideas disseminated outside the firm. Accordingly, Covered Persons should be guarded in discussing BCM business practices with outsiders. Any requests from outsiders for specific information of this type should be cleared with a supervisor before it is released.

Clients and Brown Capital Management Mutual Fund Shareholders

In many instances, when clients subscribe to Company services, they are asked to disclose fully their financial status and needs. This is done only after assurances have been provided that every member of BCM will hold this information in the strictest of confidences. It is essential that all Covered Persons respect and honor this trust. A simple rule for Covered Persons to follow is that the names of clients or Fund shareholders or any information pertaining to client investments must never be divulged to anyone outside the firm, not even to immediate family members.

Investment Advice

Because of the fine reputation BCM enjoys, there is a great deal of public interest in what the Company is doing in the market. There are two major considerations that dictate why Covered Persons must not provide investment “tips”:

 

11


    From the point of view of BCM clients, it is not fair to give other people information which clients must purchase.

 

    From the point of view of BCM, it is not desirable to create an outside demand for a stock when that stock is being purchased for clients. This will only serve to push the price of the stock up. The reverse is true if the Company is selling the stock.

The practice of giving investment advice informally to family members should be restricted to very close relatives. Any transactions resulting from such advice are subject to the prior approval and reporting requirements of the Securities Transactions Policy. Under no circumstances should a Covered Person receive compensation directly or indirectly (other than from BCM) for rendering advice to either clients or non-clients.

Investment Research

Any report circulated by a research analyst with the word “confidential” stamped on the first page is confidential in its entirety and should not be reproduced or shown to anyone outside of BCM, except for clients where appropriate.

Covered Persons must use care in disposing of any confidential records or correspondence. Confidential material that is to be discarded must be shredded.

 

E. ANNUAL REPORTS AND RECORDS RETENTION

Reports to Funds

The CCO shall prepare a written report to the Board of Directors of the Funds at least annually. The written report shall include any certification required by Rule 17j-1 of the ‘40 Act. This report shall set forth the following information, and shall be confidential:

 

  1. Copies of the Code of Ethics, as revised, including a summary of any changes made since the last report;

 

  2. Identification of any material issues arising under the Code of Ethics including material violations requiring significant remedial action since the last report;

 

  3. Identification of any material conflicts that arose since the last report; and

 

  4. Recommendations, if any, regarding changes in existing restrictions or procedures based upon BCM’s experience under these Code of Ethics, evolving industry practices, or developments in applicable laws or regulations.

Record Retention

The CCO shall maintain the following records on behalf of BCM:

 

  1. A copy of this Code of Ethics and any amendment thereof which is or at any time within the past five years has been in effect.

 

  2. A record of any violation of this Code of Ethics, or any amendment thereof, and of any action taken as a result of such violation, for the past five years.

 

12


  3. Files for personal securities transaction confirmations and account statements, all reports and other forms submitted by Covered Persons pursuant to this Code of Ethics and any other pertinent information, for the past five years.

 

  4. A list of all persons who are, or have been, required to submit reports pursuant to this Code of Ethics for the past five years.

 

  5. A list of persons who are, or within the last five years have been responsible for, reviewing transaction and holdings reports. A copy of each report made to the Funds pursuant to this Code of Ethics for the past five years.

 

  6. A record of any decision, and the reasons supporting that decision, to approve the acquisition, by Investment Persons, of securities through an Initial Public Offering or Limited Offering for the past five years.

Inspection

The records and reports maintained by the CCO pursuant to the Code of Ethics shall at all times be available for inspection, without prior notice, by any member of the Board of Directors. These records and reports will also be made available to the SEC for reasonable, periodic, special or other examination.

Confidentiality

All procedures, reports and records monitored, prepared or maintained pursuant to these Code of Ethics shall be considered confidential and proprietary to BCM and shall be maintained and protected accordingly. Except as otherwise required by law or this Code of Ethics, such matters shall not be disclosed to anyone other than to members of the Board of Directors.

F.     MISCELLANEOUS POLICIES, PROCEDURES AND PROHIBITIONS

Illegal Payments

State, federal and foreign laws prohibit the payment of bribes, kickbacks or other illegal gratuities or payments by or on behalf of BCM. BCM, through its policies and practices, is committed to comply fully with these laws.

Protection of Corporate Assets

Covered Persons are responsible for taking measures to ensure that BCM’s assets are properly protected. This responsibility not only applies to Company business facilities, equipment and supplies, but also to intangible assets such as: proprietary, research or marketing information; corporate trademarks and service marks; and copyrights.

Quality of Services

It is a continuing policy of BCM to provide investment products and services which: (1) meet applicable laws, regulations and industry standards; (2) are offered to the public in a manner

 

13


which ensures that each client/shareholder understands the objectives of each investment product selected; and (3) are properly advertised and sold in accordance with all applicable SEC, state and FINRA rules and regulations.

The quality of BCM’s investment products and services and operations enhances the firm’s reputation, productivity, profitability and market position. BCM’s goal is to be a quality leader and to create conditions that allow and encourage all Covered Persons to perform their duties in an efficient, effective manner.

Record Retention

Under various federal and state laws and regulations, BCM is required to produce, maintain and retain various records, documents and other written communications. All Covered Persons shall comply with the reporting requirements set forth in the Code of Ethics.

Responsibility to Report Violations

Every Covered Person who becomes aware of a violation of this Code of Ethics is encouraged to report, on a confidential basis, the violation to the CCO. It is BCM’s policy that no adverse action will be taken against any Covered Person who reports a violation in good faith.

Service as Trustee, Executor or Personal Representative

Covered Persons may serve as trustees, co-trustees, executors or personal representatives for the estates of or trusts created by close family members. Covered Persons may also serve in such capacities for estates or trusts created by non-family members, if the access person has been appointed trustee or executor because of a family or personal relationship with the beneficiary. However if a Covered Person expects to be actively involved in an investment capacity in connection with an estate or trust created by a non-family member, he or she must first be granted permission by the CCO. If a Covered Person serves in any of these capacities, securities transactions effected in such accounts will be subject to the prior approval and reporting requirements of the Securities Transactions Policy.

Speaking Engagements and Publications

Covered Persons are often asked to accept speaking engagements on the subject of investments, finance, or their own particular specialty within BCM. This is encouraged by the firm, as it enhances firm public relations, but Covered Persons should obtain approval from their supervisor before accepting such requests.

Before making any commitment to write or publish any article or book on a subject related to investments or work at BCM, a Covered Person should obtain approval from their supervisor.

 

14


Trading in Securities with Material, Non-Public Information

The purchase or sale of securities while in possession of material, non-public information is strictly prohibited by state and federal laws. Information is considered inside and material if it has not been publicly disclosed and is sufficiently important that it may be reasonably expected to affect the decision of a reasonable person to buy, sell or hold stock in a company. Under no circumstances may a Covered Person transmit such information to any other person, except to other Covered Persons who are required to be kept informed on the subject. All Covered Persons should read carefully and understand fully the Insider Trading Policy included elsewhere in this Code of Ethics.

Understanding as to Clients’ Accounts and Company Records at Time of Covered Person’s Termination

The accounts of clients and Fund shareholders are the sole property of BCM. This applies to all clients for whom BCM acts as investment adviser, regardless of how or through whom the client relationship originated and regardless of who may be the counselor for a particular client. At the time of termination of employment with BCM, a Covered Person must:

 

(1) Surrender to BCM in good condition any and all materials, reports or records (including all copies in possession or subject to the control of the Covered Person) developed by the Covered Person or any other person which are considered confidential information of BCM (except copies of any research material in the production of which the Covered Person participated to a material extent); and

 

(2) Refrain from communicating, transmitting or making known to any person or firm any information relating to any materials or matters whatsoever which are considered by BCM to be confidential.

Internal Use

This Code of Ethics is intended solely for internal use by BCM and does not constitute an admission, by or on behalf of the Company, its controlling persons or persons they control, as to any fact, circumstance or legal conclusion. This Code of Ethics is not intended to evidence, describe or define any relationship of control between or among any persons. Further, this Code of Ethics is not intended to form the basis for describing or defining any conduct by a person that should result in such person being liable to any other person, except insofar as the conduct of such person in violation of the Code of Ethics may constitute sufficient cause for BCM to terminate or otherwise adversely affect such person’s relationship with BCM.

Questions Regarding the Code of Ethics

All questions regarding the Code of Ethics should be directed to BCM’s CCO. In situations requiring interpretation of this Code of Ethics, the CCO will consult with, or refer the matter to, the Ethics Committee.

 

15


G. PENALTY GUIDELINES

Overview

Covered Persons who violate any of the requirements, restrictions, or prohibitions of the Code of Ethics may be subject to sanctions imposed by the CCO.

Upon learning of a potential deviation from, or violation of the Code of Ethics, the CCO will review and investigate the matter. The CCO, at his or her discretion, may present the matter to the Ethics Committee for further review, investigation and evaluation. The CCO and/or Ethics Committee, upon review and investigation, will either conclude that there was no violation or deviation from the Code of Ethics, or will impose, at their discretion, sanctions commensurate to the infraction.

Penalty Guidelines

The penalties imposed by the CCO or Ethics Committee will vary depending on the seriousness of the violation and the intent of the party involved.

The CCO or Ethics Committee may impose any or all of the sanctions below, or any other sanctions they deem appropriate, including termination, immediately and without notice, if it is determined that the severity of any violation or violations warrants such action. All sanctions imposed will be documented in the Ethics Committee’s minutes maintained by BCM, and will be reported to the Board of Directors.

Additionally, the CCO or the Ethics Committee may determine that the circumstances surrounding a violation may warrant the waiving of stated penalties and that a warning may be sufficient.

The following is a list of sanctions that may be imposed on persons who fail to comply with the Code of Ethics. This list is not intended to be an exhaustive or exclusive list of penalties; any sanctions imposed will depend on the nature of the violation. Some of the penalties which may be imposed are:

 

  1. memo of reprimand which outlines the violation of the Code of Ethics and sets forth the importance of the Code of Ethics and responsibilities of all Covered Persons;

 

  2. a personal meeting with a BCM officer to discuss any violations of the Code of Ethics in detail;

 

  3. disgorgement of profits;

 

  4. letter of censure;

 

  5. fines;

 

  6. withholding of bonus;

 

  7. suspension;

 

  8. termination of employment;

 

  9. notification to appropriate governmental, regulatory and/or legal authorities.

 

16


STATEMENT OF POLICY ON SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

A. BACKGROUND INFORMATION

Legal Requirement

In accordance with the requirements of Exchange Act, the ‘40 Act, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”), and the Insider Trading and Securities Fraud Enforcement Act of 1988 (the “Enforcement Act”), BCM has adopted this Securities Transactions Policy.

Brown Capital Management’s Fiduciary Position

As an investment adviser, BCM is in a fiduciary position which requires the firm to act with an eye only to the benefit of its clients, avoiding those situations which might place, or appear to place, the interests of BCM or its employees in conflict with the interests of clients.

Purpose of Securities Transactions Policy

The Securities Transactions Policy was developed to help guide BCM and Covered Persons in the conduct of their personal investments and in order to: (i) prevent, as well as detect, the misuse of material, non-public information; (ii) eliminate the possibility of a transaction occurring that the SEC or other regulatory bodies would view as illegal; and (iii) avoid situations where it might appear that BCM or any of its officers, directors or employees had personally benefited at the expense of a client or fund shareholder.

All persons are urged to consider the reasons for the adoption of this Securities Transactions Policy. BCM’s reputation could be adversely affected as the result of even a single transaction considered questionable in light of the fiduciary duty BCM owes to its clients.

B. OVERVIEW

In general, it is unlawful for persons affiliated with investment companies, their principal underwriters or their investment advisers to engage in personal transactions in securities held or to be acquired by a registered investment company, if such personal transactions are made using fraudulent, deceptive and manipulative practices. Each registered investment adviser must adopt its own written Code of Ethics containing provisions reasonably necessary to prevent its employees from engaging in such conduct, and to maintain records, use reasonable diligence, and institute such procedures as are reasonably necessary to prevent violations of its Code of Ethics. This Securities Transactions Policy and information reported hereunder, along with the other sections of the Code of Ethics, will enable BCM to fulfill these requirements.

 

17


Applicability

The following activities are prohibited for applicable Covered Persons (remember, if a person works at BCM full-time, part-time, temporarily or on a contract basis, they are a Covered Person). Persons who violate any prohibition may be required to disgorge any profits realized in connection with such violation to a charitable organization selected by the Ethics Committee and may be subject to other sanctions imposed by the Company, as outlined in the Penalty Guidelines in the Statement of Conduct section of the Code of Ethics.

This Securities Transactions Policy applies to all direct or indirect acquisitions or dispositions of Covered Securities, whether by purchase, sale, tender offers, stock purchase plan, gift, inheritance, or otherwise. Unless otherwise noted, the following trading restrictions also are applicable to any transaction in a Covered Security Beneficially Owned by a Covered Person. Outside Directors are not required to comply with the Code of Ethics because of their limited access to current information regarding client investments. Any disgorgement of profits required under any of the following provisions shall be donated to a charitable organization selected by the Ethics Committee. However, if disgorgement is required as a result of trades by Investment Persons that conflicted with their own clients, disgorgement proceeds shall be paid directly to such clients. If disgorgement is required under more than one provision, the Ethics Committee shall determine which provision shall control.

Excluded Transactions

Some or all of the trading restrictions listed below do not apply to the following transactions; however, these transactions must still be reported to the CCO (see Reporting Requirements):

 

  1. Tender offer transactions are exempt from all trading restrictions except preclearance.

 

  2. The acquisition of securities through automatic stock purchase plans are exempt from all trading restrictions

 

  3. No reporting requirements are required with respect to securities held in accounts over which the access person had no direct or indirect influence or control.

 

  4. The acquisition of securities through stock dividends, automatic dividend reinvestment plans, stock splits, reverse stock splits, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs, or other similar corporate reorganizations or distributions generally applicable to all holders of the same class of such securities are exempt from all trading restrictions. The acquisition of securities through the exercise of rights by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of securities, to the extent the rights were acquired in the issue, is exempt from all trading restrictions.

 

  5. The acquisition of securities by gift or inheritance is exempt from all trading restrictions. (Note: the sales of securities acquired by gift or inheritance ARE subject to all trading restrictions of the Code of Ethics).

 

  6. Daily purchases/sales of securities of $50,000 or less with a market cap of $1 billion or more, are not subject to the pre-clearance rules or any other rules as stated in this section of the Code of Ethics. Purchases/sales of securities greater than $50,000 or a market cap below $1 billion requires the pre-clearance approval process. While approval for these securities is not required, please submit a listing of trades to Fairview on trade date for monitoring purposes.

 

18


C. DISCLOSURE OF CONFLICTS

If an Investment Person is planning to invest or make a recommendation to invest in a security for a client, and such person has beneficial ownership in the security, such person must first disclose such interest to his investment team members. The investment team members shall conduct an independent review of the recommendation to purchase the security for clients. The supervisor or the CCO may review the recommendation only if he or she has no beneficial ownership in the security.

D. TRADING ACTIVITY

A Covered Person is limited to no more than 10 personal trades per month in their personal accounts. This restriction applies regardless of how many accounts a Covered Person may have. Trades are not cumulative; therefore, you must use them each month or lose them. Any trades approved, but not executed will not be counted toward your 10 trades.

E. PRE-CLEARANCE

Access Persons must obtain pre-clearance prior to engaging in any personal transaction in Covered Securities except on purchases/sales as noted in the excluded transactions section #6.

Pre-clearance Procedures

Access Persons must obtain preclearance for all applicable transactions in Covered Securities in which such person has a Beneficial Ownership interest. A Pre-clearance Security Trading Form (Form1) must be completed and forwarded to the CCO or designee except for purchases/sales as noted in the excluded transactions section #6. The CCO or designee shall notify the person of approval or denial of the transaction as soon as all necessary checks have been completed. Notification of approval or denial of the transaction may be given verbally; however, it shall be confirmed in writing within seventy-two (72) hours of verbal notification. When pre-clearance has been approved, the person then has three business days from and including the day of first notification to execute the trade. The pre-clear approval applies only to the buy or sell that is reported. Any subsequent trade of the same security within the three business day window would also require a pre-clearance. There is a limit of ten (10) transactions per month in total, regardless of the number of brokerage accounts maintained. This limit of 10 transactions per month includes purchases and sales of securities that must be pre-approved as well as those that are excluded from the pre-approval process by excluded transaction #6.

Reasons for Disallowing Proposed Transactions

A proposed securities transaction will be disapproved if:

 

    Purchases and Sales Within 7 Days:     The security has been purchased or sold by any client of BCM within seven (7) days immediately prior to the date of the proposed transaction. Except for purchases/sales as noted in the excluded transactions section #6.

 

19


    Purchases and/or Sales Being Considered : The security is being actively considered for purchase or sale for the account of a client of BCM even though no order has been placed.

 

    Securities Subject to Internal Trading Restrictions: The security is limited or restricted by BCM as to purchase or sale for client accounts.

A securities transaction may also be disapproved by the CCO based on any other reasonable justification.

Pre-clearance of Tender Offers and Stock Purchase Plans

Access Persons who wish to participate in a tender offer or stock purchase plan must pre- clear such trades with the CCO prior to submitting notice to participate in such tender offer or notice of participation in such stock purchase plan to the applicable company. To pre-clear the trade, the CCO shall consider all material factors relevant to a potential conflict of interest between the Access Person and clients. In addition, any increase of $100 or more to a preexisting stock purchase plan must be pre-cleared.

F. OTHER TRADING RULES

IPOs and Hot Issues and Limited Offerings

Access Persons must obtain the approval of the CCO before directly or indirectly acquiring Beneficial Ownership in any securities in an Initial Public Offering or Limited Offering. In making this decision, the CCO will determine whether the proposed transaction presents a conflict of interest with any of the firm’s clients or otherwise violates the Code of Ethics. The CCO will also determine whether the following conditions have been met:

 

1. The purchase is made through the Access Person’s regular broker;

 

2. The number of shares to be purchased is commensurate with the normal size and activity of the Access Person’s account;

 

3. The transaction otherwise meets the requirement of FINRA’s rule 5130.

A Covered person will not be permitted to purchase an underwritten new or secondary issue or in the aftermarket for the first five (5) trading days following that issue if the issue has been purchased or sold by any client of BCM in an Initial Public Offering or Limited Offering.

Blackout Period

No Access Person may engage in a transaction in a Covered Security when such person knows or should have known at the time there to be pending, on behalf of any client, a “buy” or “sell” order in that same security. The existence of pending orders will be checked by the CCO as part of the Pre-clearance process.     This rule does not apply to trades entered via Exception Transaction #6 except to the extent that employees must be cognizant of front running and not buy/sell a security for themselves that they know is being considered for client accounts.

 

20


Seven Day Rule

Any Access Person who purchases or sells a Covered Security on his or her own behalf within seven (7) calendar days of the purchase or sale of that Covered Security by a BCM client shall disgorge any profits realized on such purchase or sale. No disgorgement or profits is required for an Access Person who precleared the purchase/sale and is not a member of the portfolio team that traded the security. This rule is also exempt from purchases/sales as noted in the excluded transactions section #6.

Waiver of Seven Day Rule

The Ethics Committee has the authority, by unanimous action, to exempt (via a waiver) any Access Person from the seven (7) day rule if such person is selling the Covered Security to raise capital to fund a significant life event. For example, purchasing a home or automobile, or paying medical, education expenses, estate planning or retirement. In order for the Ethics Committee to consider such waiver, the life event must be pre-approved by the Ethics Committee, the life event must occur within thirty (30) calendar days of the security transaction, and the person must provide written confirmation of the event.

Short Sales

Short selling of any securities is strictly prohibited.

Hedge Funds, Investment Clubs and Other Investments

With the exception of BCM’s Investment Partnership, no Access Person may participate in hedge funds, partnerships, investment clubs, or similar investment vehicles, unless such person does not have any direct or indirect influence or control over the trading. Covered Persons wishing to rely upon this provision must submit a Certification of Non-Influence and Non-Control Form to the CCO for approval. (See the Non-Influence and Non-Control Accounts section below.)

Caution Regarding Personal Trading Activities

Certain personal trading activities may be risky not only because of the nature of the transactions, but also because action necessary to close out a position may become prohibited for some Covered Persons while the position remains open. For example, if BCM becomes aware of material non-public information, or if a client is active in a given security, some Covered Persons may find themselves “frozen” in a position. BCM will not bear any losses in personal accounts resulting from the application of this Code of Ethics. All Covered Persons who engage in personal trading activity, by signing the Acknowledgment of Receipt Form , are acknowledging that they understand these risks.

 

21


If a trade violates the trade limit rule or there is evidence of front running, the employee may be subject to various penalties.

G. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

Account Reports

Covered Persons must notify the CCO of each brokerage account in which they have a Beneficial Ownership interest, and should arrange for their brokers or financial institutions to provide to the CCO or designee, on a timely basis, duplicate monthly if at all possible, but quarterly is permitted account statements and confirmations showing all transactions in brokerage or commodities accounts in which they have a Beneficial Ownership interest. Any cost for duplicate statements, must be paid by employee. A Personal Brokerage Account Disclosure Form should be completed for this purpose.

Access Persons Trading and Holdings

Access Persons are required to file the following reports with the CCO:

 

1. Personal Brokerage Account Disclosure Form - Access Persons must complete this form immediately upon opening a brokerage account, and annually thereafter.

 

2. Holdings Report - Access Persons must, within ten (10) calendar days after becoming an Access Person, provide the CCO with a Holdings Report which lists the title, number of shares, type of security and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access person has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership and the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person. Brokerage statements containing all required information may be substituted for the Holdings Report Form if submitted timely. To the extent that a brokerage statement or confirmation lacks some of the information otherwise required to be reported, you may submit a holdings report containing the missing information as a supplement to the statement or confirmation.

 

3. Pre-clearance Security Trading Form (Form1) - Access Persons must obtain preclearance for all applicable transactions in Covered Securities in which such person has a Beneficial Ownership interest. A Pre-clearance Security Trading Form (Form1) must be completed and forwarded to the CCO or designee. The CCO or designee shall notify the person of approval or denial of the transaction as soon as all necessary checks have been completed. Notification of approval or denial of the transaction may be given verbally; however, it shall be confirmed in writing within seventy-two (72) hours of verbal notification. When pre-clearance has been approved, the person then has three business days from and including the day of first notification to execute the trade.

 

4. Trading Execution - All brokerage accounts should be set-up with the Broker to have confirmations of all trades automatically sent to the CCO or designee. If for any reason, brokerage confirms are not received, CCO or designee has the authority to request the employee to immediately provide such information.

 

5.

Annual Holdings Report - Access Persons must provide an Annual Holdings Report within forty- five (45) days after the end of the year. This Report must include: (i) the title and exchange ticker

 

22


  symbol or CUSIP number, type of security, number of shares and principal amount of each reportable security in which the access person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership; (ii) the name of any broker, dealer or bank with which the access person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the access person’s direct or indirect benefit; and (iii) the date the report is submitted. Brokerage statements containing all required information may be substituted for the Holdings Report Form if submitted timely. To the extent that a brokerage statement or confirmation lacks some of the information otherwise required to be reported, you may submit a holdings report containing the missing information as a supplement to the statement or confirmation.

 

  6. Quarterly Transactions - On a quarterly basis, the CCO or designee will send a request to all Access Persons to provide a list of reportable trades from the previous quarter. The list shall include all reportable securities for all reportable accounts, and it should be provided within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter. The employee will certify that all transactions and accounts are included on the quarterly transaction report. Alternatively, Access Persons may satisfy this requirement by ensuring that brokerage statements are delivered within 30 days after quarter end to the CCO or designee, and by executing a quarterly report certifying that statements have been provided for all reportable accounts.

Non-Influence and Non-Control Accounts

Account statements are not required for accounts over which an Access Person does not have “direct or indirect influence or control” under Rule 204A-1(b)(3)(i) of the Advisers Act, provided that, upon the initial reporting of such accounts and thereafter on a quarterly basis, the Access Person certifies that he or she does not have direct or indirect influence or control. In the event the discretion over the account changes such that the Access Person has direct or indirect influence or control, the Access Person must promptly report to the CCO and begin providing quarterly account statements.

An Access Person will generally be deemed to have “direct or indirect influence or control” over any account in which he or she:

 

  1. Directs the purchases and/or sales of investments;

 

  2. Suggests purchases and/or sales of investments to the trustee or third-party discretionary manager; or

 

  3. Consults with a trustee or third-party discretionary manager as to the particular allocation of investments to be made in the account.

Please note that granting a third-party discretionary investment authority over an account does not, by itself, exempt an account from the reporting requirements. Similarly, trusts over which an Access Person is the grantor or beneficiary may also be subject to the reporting requirements,

 

23


regardless of whether a trustee has management authority. BCM will conduct additional due diligence to determine whether the Access Person may have any direct or indirect influence or control over the investment decisions of such accounts, which may include:

 

  1. Evaluating the relationship between the Access Person and the person managing the account;

 

  2. Requesting completion of periodic certifications by the Access Person or third party managers regarding the Access Person’s influence over the account;

 

  3. Requesting periodic completion of holdings or transaction reports to identify transactions that would have been prohibited pursuant to this Code, absent reliance on the reporting exemption; or

 

  4. Periodically requesting statements for accounts managed by third-parties where there is no identified direct or indirect influence or control over the investment decisions in the accounts.

If an Access Person is unsure as to whether an account is qualified for the exemption, he or she should consult with the CCO. In the event it is determined that the Access Person may have direct or indirect influence or control over investment decisions, the Access Person will be required to provide account statements as required with any reportable account.

Other Required Forms

In addition to the Pre-clearance Security Trading Form (Form 1) , Personal Brokerage Account Disclosure Form and Holdings Report (Initial  & Annual) , the following forms must be completed if applicable:

 

  1. Acknowledgment of Receipt Form - Each Covered Person must provide Compliance with an Acknowledgment of Receipt Form within ten (10) calendar days of commencement of employment or other services certifying that he or she has received a current copy of the Code of Ethics and acknowledges, as a condition of employment, that he or she will comply with the Code of Ethics in their entirety.

 

  2. Acknowledgment of Amendment Form - Each Covered Person must provide Compliance with an Acknowledgment of Amendment Form within a reasonably prompt time after the amendments have been distributed. The signing and return of this form acknowledges your receipt and understanding of the changes to the Code of Ethics.

 

  3. Annual Certification Form - Each Covered Person must provide Compliance annually within a reasonably prompt time after the end of the year with an Annual Certification Form certifying that he or she has:

 

  a) received, read and understands the Code of Ethics;

 

  b) complied with the requirements of the Code of Ethics; and

 

24


  c) disclosed or reported all open brokerage and commodities accounts, personal holdings and personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of the Code of Ethics.

Review of Records, Forms and Reports

The CCO will review all transactions and holding reports to detect conflicts of interest, abusive practices or breaches of the BCM Code of Ethics.

H. MISCELLANEOUS RULES REGARDING PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

Dealing with Clients

Covered Persons may not, directly or indirectly, sell to or purchase from a client any Covered Security. This prohibition does not preclude Covered Persons from purchasing and redeeming shares from any Fund.

Margin Accounts

While brokerage margin accounts are discouraged, Access Persons may open and maintain margin accounts for the purchase of securities, provided such accounts are with brokerage firms with which such person maintains a regular brokerage account, and all account activities are reported to BCM as required in this Securities Transactions Policy.

Ownership Reporting Requirements – 0.5% Ownership

If an Access Person owns more than 1/2 of 1% of the total outstanding shares of a public company (or any company anticipating a public offering of an equity security), he or she must immediately report in writing such fact to the CCO, providing the name of the publicly owned company and the total number of such company’s shares beneficially owned.

Confidentiality of Records

BCM makes every effort to protect the privacy interests of all persons in connection with all reports, records and forms submitted to the Company.

Questions about Securities Transactions Policy

All persons are urged to seek the advice of the CCO when they have questions as to the application of this Securities Transactions Policy to their individual circumstances.

Sanctions

Strict compliance with the provisions of this Securities Transactions Policy is considered a basic provision of association with BCM. The CCO is responsible for administering this Securities Transactions Policy. In fulfilling this function, the CCO will institute written procedures as he or she

 

25


deems reasonably necessary to monitor compliance with this Securities Transactions Policy and to otherwise prevent or detect violations. Upon discovering a material violation of this Securities Transactions Policy, the CCO may impose sanctions under the Penalty Guidelines set forth in the Statement of Conduct, or such other sanctions as the CCO deems appropriate. In addition, a violation of this Securities Transactions Policy may require the surrender of any profit realized from any transaction, as set forth above. All material violations of this Securities Transactions Policy and any sanctions imposed with respect thereto shall be reported to the Board of Directors of BCM and to the Board of Directors of any Funds with respect to whose securities any such violations may have been involved.

 

26


STATEMENT OF POLICY ON INSIDER TRADING

A.     BACKGROUND INFORMATION

Introduction

In recent years, “insider trading” has become a top enforcement priority of the SEC. In 1988, the Insider Trading and Securities Fraud Enforcement Act (the “Enforcement Act”) was signed into law. The Enforcement Act has had a far reaching impact on all public companies and especially those engaged in the securities brokerage or investment advisory industries, including directors, executive officers and other controlling persons of such companies. While the Enforcement Act does not provide a statutory definition of “insider trading,” it contains major changes to the previous law. Specifically, the Enforcement Act:

Written Procedures : Adds new sections to federal securities laws to require SEC-registered brokers, dealers and investment advisers to establish, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent the misuse of material, non-public information by such persons.

Civil Penalties: Imposes severe civil penalties on brokerage firms, investment advisers, their management and advisory personnel and other “controlling persons” who fail to take adequate steps to prevent insider trading and illegal tipping by employees and other “controlled persons.” Persons who directly or indirectly control violators, including entities such as BCM and their officers and directors, now face penalties up to the greater of $1,000,000 or three times the amount of profit gained or loss avoided as a result of the violation.

Criminal Penalties: Increases the penalties for criminal securities law violations:

 

    Maximum jail term — from five to 10 years;

 

    Maximum criminal fine for individuals — from $100,000 to $1,000,000;

 

    Maximum criminal fine for entities — from $500,000 to $2,500,000.

Private Right of Action : Establishes a new statutory private right of action on behalf of contemporaneous traders against insider traders and their controlling persons.

 

27


Bounty Payments: Authorizes the SEC to award bounty payments to persons who provide information leading to the successful prosecution of insider trading violations. Bounty payments are at the discretion of the SEC, up to 10% of the penalty imposed.

Purpose of Insider Trading Policy

The purpose of this Insider Trading Policy is to comply with the Enforcement Act’s requirement to establish, maintain, and enforce written procedures designed to prevent insider trading. This Insider Trading Policy explains: (i) the general legal prohibitions and sanctions regarding insider trading; (ii) the meaning of the key concepts underlying the prohibitions; (iii) the obligations of each Covered Person in the event he or she comes into possession of material, non- public information; and (iv) the firm’s educational program regarding insider trading. BCM has separately adopted a Securities Transactions Policy which generally requires all Access Persons to obtain prior clearance with respect to all their personal securities transactions and also to report such transactions on a timely basis to management.

The Basic Insider Trading Prohibition

The “insider trading” doctrine under federal securities laws generally prohibits any person whatsoever from:

 

    trading in a security while in possession of material, non-public information regarding the security;

 

    tipping such information to others;

 

    recommending the purchase or sale of securities while in possession of such information;

 

    assisting someone who is engaged in any of the above activities.

Thus, “insider trading” is not limited to insiders of the company whose securities are being traded. It applies to anyone in possession of such information and can include non-insiders, such as investment analysts, portfolio managers and stockbrokers. In addition, it is not limited to persons who trade. It also covers persons who “tip” material, non-public information or recommend transactions in securities to others while in possession of such information.

B. POLICY

Policy of BCM on Insider Trading

It is the policy of BCM to forbid Covered Persons, while in possession of material, non- public information, from trading securities or recommending transactions, either personally or in its proprietary accounts or on behalf of others (including mutual funds and private accounts), or communicating material, non-public information to others in violation of federal securities laws.

 

28


“Need to Know” Policy

All information regarding planned, prospective or ongoing securities transactions by BCM must be treated as confidential. Such information must be confined, even within the firm, to only those individuals who must have such information in order for BCM to carry out its engagement properly and effectively. Ordinarily, these prohibitions will restrict information to only those persons who are involved in the matter.

C. PENALTIES

Sanctions

Severe penalties for trading on material, non-public information exist, both for the individuals involved and their employers. A Covered Person who violates the insider trading laws can be subject to some or all of the penalties described below, even if he or she does not personally benefit from the violation:

 

    Jail sentences;

 

    Criminal fines;

 

    Triple money damages;

 

    Injunctions;

 

    Return of profits;

 

    Civil penalties for the person who committed the violation (which would, under normal circumstances, be the Covered Person and not the firm) of up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided, whether or not the individual actually benefited; and

 

    Civil penalties for BCM (and other persons, such as managers and supervisors, who are deemed to be controlling persons) of up to the greater of $1,000,000 or three times the amount of the profit gained or loss avoided.

In addition, any violation of this Insider Trading Policy can be expected to result in serious sanctions being imposed by BCM, including dismissal of the person(s) involved, as described in the Penalty Guidelines of the Statement of Conduct.

 

29


D. OVERVIEW

Basic Concepts of Insider Trading

The four critical concepts in insider trading cases are: (1) whether a duty to refrain from such trading exists, based either upon a pre-existing fiduciary duty or a misappropriation theory; (2) the “materiality” of the information involved; (3) whether the information involved is “insider information,” that is, non-public; and (4) whether the person involved is deemed to have possession of the involved information. Each concept is discussed briefly below.

Fiduciary Duty/Misappropriation

The United States Supreme Court has ruled that insider trading and tipping violates the federal securities law if the trading or tipping of the information results in a breach of duty of trust or confidence.

A typical breach of duty arises when an insider, such as a corporate officer, purchases securities of his or her corporation on the basis of material, non-public information. Such conduct breaches a duty owed to the corporation’s shareholders. The duty breached, however, need not be to shareholders to support liability for insider trading; it could also involve a breach of duty to a client, an employer, employees, or even a personal acquaintance.

The concept of who constitutes an “insider” is broad; it includes officers, directors and employees of a company. In addition, a person can be a “temporary insider” if he or she enters into a confidential relationship in the conduct of a company’s affairs and, as a result, is given access to information solely for the company’s purpose. Any person may become a temporary insider of a company if he or she advises the company or provides other services, provided the company expects such person to keep any material, non-public information disclosed confidential.

Apart from the breach of a duty discussed above, other court decisions now hold that under a “misappropriation” theory, an outsider (such as an investment analyst) may be liable if he or she breaches a duty to anyone by: (1) obtaining information improperly; or (2) using information that was obtained properly for an improper purpose. For example, if information is given to an analyst on a confidential basis and the analyst uses that information for trading purposes, liability could arise under the misappropriation theory. Similarly, an analyst who trades in breach of a duty owed either to his or her employer or client may be liable under the misappropriation theory.

The situations in which a person can trade while in possession of material, non-public information without breaching a duty are so complex and uncertain that the only safe course is not to trade, tip or recommend securities while in possession of material, non-public information .

Materiality

Insider trading restrictions arise only when the information that is used for trading, tipping or recommendations is “material”. The information need not be so important that it would have actually changed an investor’s decision to buy or sell; rather, it is enough if a reasonable investor would consider it important in reaching his or her investment decision - that is, the investor would

 

30


attach actual significance to the information in the total mix of data considered when making his or her investment decision. It is impossible to make a complete catalog of all “material” information, but the following recurring types of events are illustrative of what is considered material: significant mergers or acquisitions, stock splits, adoption of a dividend policy or changes in dividends, major increases or decreases in revenues or profits not previously announced, changes in key senior executives, and important new contracts, products or services.

Resolving Closed Cases: The Supreme Court has held that, in closed cases, doubts about whether or not information is material should be resolved in favor of a finding of materiality.

Effect on Market Price: Any information that, upon disclosure, is likely to have a significant impact on the market price of a security should be considered material.

Future Events: The materiality of facts relating to the possible occurrence of future events depends on the likelihood that the event will occur and the significance of the event if it does occur.

Non-Public vs. Public Information

Any information which is not “public” is deemed to be “non-public.” Just as an investor is permitted to trade on the basis of information that is not material, he or she may also trade on the basis of information that is public. Information is considered public if it has been disseminated in a manner making it available to investors generally. An example of non-public information would include material information provided to a select group of analysts but not made available to the investment community at large. Set forth below are a number of ways in which non-public information may be made public.

Disclosure to News Services and National Papers: The U.S. stock exchanges require exchange-traded issuers to disseminate material, non-public information about their companies to: (1) the national business and financial newswire services (Dow Jones and Reuters); (2) the national service (Associated Press); and (3)  The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal.

Local disclosure: An announcement by an issuer in a local newspaper might be sufficient for a company that is only locally traded, but might not be sufficient for a company that has a national market.

Information in SEC Reports: Information contained in reports filed with the SEC will be deemed to be public.

Information in Brokerage Reports: Information published in bulletins and research reports disseminated by brokerage firms will, as a general matter, be deemed to be public.

 

31


If BCM itself is in possession of material, non-public information with respect to a security before such information is disseminated to the public (i.e., such as being disclosed in one of the public media described above), BCM and all Covered Persons must wait a sufficient period of time after the information is first publicly released before trading or initiating transactions to allow the information to be fully disseminated.

Concept of Possession

It is important to note that the SEC takes the position that the law regarding insider trading prohibits any person from trading in a security in violation of a duty of trust and confidence merely while in possession of material, non-public information regarding the security — trading on the basis of the material, non-public information is not required to be guilty insider trading. To illustrate the problems created by the use of this expansive “possession” standard, as opposed to the more narrow “caused” standard, note that if the investment committee to a Fund were to obtain material, non- public information about one of its portfolio companies, that Fund would be prohibited from trading in the securities to which that information relates. The prohibition would last until the information is no longer material or non-public.

Tender Offers

Tender offers are subject to particularly strict regulation under the securities laws. Specifically, trading in securities which are the subject of an actual or impending tender offer by a person who is in possession of material, non-public information relating to the offer is illegal, regardless of whether there was a breach of fiduciary duty. Under no circumstances should any Covered Person trade in securities while in possession of material, non-public information regarding a potential tender offer.

E. PROCEDURES

Procedures to be Followed When Receiving Material, Non-Public Information

Whenever a Covered Person comes into possession of material, non-public information regarding a public company, he or she should immediately contact the CCO and refrain from disclosing the information to anyone else, including other persons within BCM, unless specifically advised to the contrary.

Specifically, Covered Persons may not:

 

    Trade in securities to which the material, non-public information relates;

 

    Disclose the information to others; or

 

    Recommend purchases or sales of the securities to which the information relates.

If the CCO determines that the information is material and non-public, he or she will decide whether or not to place the security in BCM’s Trade Order Management System (MOXY) as a restricted security in order to prohibit trading in the security by clients. The inclusion of a company in Moxy means only that BCM has determined that trading in that issuer’s securities is prohibited. All securities transactions are subject to the Securities Transactions Policy of this Code of Ethics .

 

32


Education Program

While the probability of research analysts and portfolio managers being exposed to material, non-public information with respect to companies considered for investment by clients is greater than that of other Covered Persons, it is imperative that all Covered Persons have a full understanding of this Insider Trading Policy.

To insure that all Covered Persons are properly informed of and understand BCM’s policy with respect to insider trading, the following program has been adopted.

Initial Review for New Covered Persons: All new Covered Persons will be given a copy of this Insider Trading Policy at the time of their employment and will be required to certify that they have read it by completing the Acknowledgment of Receipt Form . The CCO will review the Insider Trading Policy with each new research analyst, counselor and trader at the time of his/her employment.

Distribution of Revised Insider Trading Policy: Any time this Insider Trader Policy is revised, copies will be distributed to all Covered Persons.

Annual Certification: Each Covered Person must certify annually on an Annual Certification Form that they have read and reviewed the Code of Ethics and complied with the requirements of the Code of Ethics.

Questions

The situations in which a person can trade while in possession of material, non-public information without breaching a duty are so complex and uncertain that BCM has adopted a policy that the only safe course of action is not to trade, tip or recommend securities while in possession of material, non-public information. You legitimately may be uncertain about the application of this Insider Trading Policy in particular circumstances. If you have any questions regarding the application of the Insider Trading Policy or you have any reason to believe that a violation of the Insider Trading Policy has occurred or is about to occur, you should contact the CCO or a supervisor immediately.

 

33


STATEMENT OF POLICY ON POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS

A. POLICY

Policy for BCM

While covered persons are encouraged to participate and vote in all federal, state and local elections, no political contribution of corporate funds, direct or indirect, to any political candidate or party, or to any other organization that might use the contribution for a political candidate or party, or use of corporate property, services or other assets may be made. These prohibitions cover not only direct contributions but also indirect assistance or support of candidates or political parties through the purchase of tickets to special dinners or other fund raising events, or the furnishing of any other goods, services or equipment to political parties or committees.

Policy for Associates

You are permitted to pursue legitimate political activities and to make political contributions to the extent permitted under U.S. law. However, you are prohibited from making contributions to U.S. federal, state or local officials or candidates for federal, state or local office if those contributions are intended to influence the award or retention of municipal finance business or any other business.

You may not circumvent these rules, or the guidelines below, by having your spouse or other member of your household make a contribution on your behalf.

B. BACKGROUND INFORMATION

SEC Rule 206(4)-5 governs political contributions made by investment advisory firms registered under the Investment Advisers Act, as well as their associated persons. The rule provides for a two-year time-out ” period for an investment adviser or a “covered associate” of the adviser following contributions made to an official of a government entity who is in a position to influence the award of the government entity’s business. As such, the adviser is prohibited from receiving compensation for providing advisory services to that government entity for a two-year period thereafter (“time-out” period).

A “contribution” is defined as any gift, subscription, loan, advance or deposit of money or anything of value made for the purpose of influencing any election for federal, state or local office; the payment of debt incurred in connection with any such election, and; transition or inaugural expenses incurred by a successful candidate for state or local office.

The rule defines “Covered Associate” of an investment adviser as any:

 

    General partner, managing member, executive officer or other individual with a similar status or function;

 

    Employee who solicits government entity for the investment adviser (and any person who supervises, directly or indirectly, such an employee);

 

    Political Action Committee (“PAC”) controlled by the investment adviser or by any of its covered associates. A PAC is a private group organized to elect political candidates or to advance the outcome of a political issue or legislation.

 

34


Exceptions to the “time-out” provision:

De minimis exception – a covered associate of an adviser that is a natural person, is permitted to contribute (i) up to $350 to an official per election (with primary and general elections counting separately) if the covered associate was entitled to vote for the official at the time of the contribution, and; (ii) up to $150 to an official per election (with primary and general elections counting separately), if the covered associate was not entitled to vote for the official at the time of the contribution. The CCO will determine whether to enforce these contribution limits for federal elections on a case by case basis.

C. SOLICITATION AND IN-KIND DONATIONS

BCM employees must be mindful to avoid all instances of the following as it pertains to Political Contributions: Solicitation is equivalent to a political contribution greater than $350. It starts a 2 year time out for being able to have the municipality as a client.

Solicitation: The rule prohibits covered associates from soliciting any political contributions for any local or state political candidate and political parties.

Example: You receive an email from the candidate running for Governor of MD soliciting a donation. You seek approval to make a donation, but then you also forward the email to your family and friends. The last step taken violated the Political Contributions rule, because the employee is soliciting.

In-kind Donations:

Prohibited transactions

 

    Paying a candidate’s fundraising costs

 

    Coordinating communications with a candidate

 

    Physical Resources

 

    Office Space

 

    Printing facilities

 

    Catering facilities

 

    Intangible resources

 

    Employee working time

 

    Customer/client list

 

    Volunteering for a candidate

 

    Email, internet, phone usage, working time

D. RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENT

 

1. The records of contributions and payments must be kept in chronological order, identifying each contributor and recipient, the amounts and dates of each contribution or payment, and whether the contribution or payment was subject to the exemption for certain returned contributions pursuant to the Rule. These records must be maintained for six (6) years with the most recent two (2) years in an easily accessible location.

 

2. A list of the names, titles and business and residential addresses of all covered associates;

 

35


3. A list of all government entities to which Brown Capital Management provides or has provided investment advisory services, or which are, or were, investors in any covered investment pool to which BCM provides or has provided investment advisory services, as applicable, in the past five years (but not prior to September 13, 2010);

 

4. All direct or indirect contributions made by BCM or any covered associates to an official of a government entity, or direct or indirect payments to a political party of a state or political subdivision thereof, or to a political action committee, and;

 

5. The name and business address of each regulated person to whom Brown Capital Management provides or agrees to provide, directly or indirectly, payment to solicit a government entity for investment advisory services, on its behalf.

E. RESPONSIBILITY

The CCO has the responsibility for implementing and monitoring our policies and insuring consistency with regulatory requirements. The CCO or designee has the responsibility for reviewing and approving any political contributions. The CCO is also responsible for maintaining, as part of the Brown Capital Management’s books and records, with a record of reviews and approvals in accordance with applicable recordkeeping requirements.

F. PROCEDURE

BCM has determined that it will treat all Covered Persons as Covered Associates with respect to compliance with SEC Rule 206(4)-5. You are therefore required to pre-clear any political contribution, or participation in any solicitation activity on behalf of a U.S. federal, state, local or U.S. territorial political candidate, official, party committee, organization or ballot measure committee, except for the current sitting U.S. President, using the Political Contribution Pre- clearance Request form.

You will not be reimbursed for political contributions that you make. Violations of this policy can impair our ability to do business in certain jurisdictions.

 

36

LOGO       

UBS Asset Management-

Americas Code of Ethics

4-C-003910

Internal

 

EX-28.p.8

UBS Asset Management–Americas Code of Ethics

OR Taxonomy: Corporate and Legal Entity Governance, Organizational Change Management and Supervision

Owner/Issuer: Head C&ORC AM Americas

Why do we have this policy?

The regulatory requirements of section 204A-1 of the investment Advisors Act and 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act require it.

 

Applicability

 

Location

   United States

Legal Entity

  

UBS Asset Management (Americas), Inc.

UBS Asset Management (US) Inc.

Business Division

   Asset Management

Business Area / Function

   Traditional Asset Classes : Equities, Multi-Asset & Currency, Fixed Income and Money Market

Roles

   All

Summary of Key Requirements

This policy has the following key requirements:

 

    It lays out a standard of business conduct that reflects the fiduciary obligations of supervised persons

 

    Provisions that require all access persons to report, and compliance to review, personal security transactions and holdings periodically

 

    Provisions requiring supervised persons to comply with U.S. federal securities law
 

 

Infringements of this policy may result in disciplinary action including dismissal.

 

Published: 21 July 2016   Page 1 of 24


LOGO       

UBS Asset Management-

Americas Code of Ethics

4-C-003910

Internal

 

Table of Contents

 

Policy

       4  

1.

 

Introduction

     4  

1.1

 

Who is subject to the Code?

     5  

1.2

 

Interested Directors of a Fund

     5  

1.3

 

Independent Directors of a Fund

     5  

2.

 

Types of Accounts

     6  

2.1

 

Covered Accounts

     6  

2.2

 

Joint Accounts

     6  

2.3

 

Investment Clubs

     6  

3.

 

Establishing Covered Accounts

     6  

3.1

 

Employee Account Centralization

     6  

3.2

 

Discretionary Accounts

     7  

4.

 

Trading Restrictions

     8  

4.1

 

Definition of Security

     8  

4.2

 

Preclearance Requirements

     8  

4.3

 

UBS AG Securities, UBS Mutual Funds and UBS Savings and Investment Plans

     9  

4.4

 

Frequency

     9  

4.5

 

Holding Period

     9  

4.6

 

Lockout Period

     10  

4.6.1

 

General

     10  

4.7

 

Prohibited Transactions

     10  

4.8

 

Initial Public Offerings

     11  

4.9

 

Investment in Partnerships and Other Private Placements

     11  

4.10

 

Options

     11  

4.11

 

Futures

     11  

5.

 

Reporting and Certification Requirements

     12  

5.1

 

Reporting

     12  

5.2

 

Copying Central Compliance on Statements and Confirms

     12  

5.3

 

Quarterly Transactions Report for Covered Persons and Interested Directors

     13  

5.4

 

Quarterly Transactions Report for Independent Directors

     13  

5.5

 

Annual Certification for Covered Persons, Interested Directors and Independent Directors

     13  

5.6

 

External Directorships and Positions

     13  

6.

 

Administration and Enforcement

     14  

6.1

 

Review of Personal Trading Information

     14  

6.2

 

Annual Reports to Mutual Fund Boards of Directors and UBS Asset Management’s CEO

     14  

6.3

 

Sanctions and Remedies

     14  

Annex

     15  

 

Published: 21 July 2016   Page 2 of 24


LOGO       

UBS Asset Management-

Americas Code of Ethics

4-C-003910

Internal

 

A.

 

Trade Request Form

     15  

B.

 

Request for Centralization Exemption

     16  

C.

 

Private Placement Request Form

     17  

D.

 

Employee Outside Activities/Employment Form

     20  

E.

 

Memorandum

     22  

F.

 

Consultants and Temporary Employees Reporting Requirements

     23  

G.

 

Transaction Requirement Matrix

     24  

 

Published: 21 July 2016   Page 3 of 24


LOGO       

UBS Asset Management-

Americas Code of Ethics

4-C-003910

Internal

 

Policy

 

1. Introduction

UBS Asset Management (“UBS AM”) has many important assets. Perhaps the most valuable is its established and unquestioned reputation for integrity. Preserving this integrity demands the continuing alertness of every employee. Each employee must avoid any activity or relationship that may reflect unfavorably on UBS AM as a result of a possible conflict of interest, the appearance of such a conflict, the improper use of confidential information or the appearance of any impropriety. Although no written code can take the place of personal integrity, the following, in addition to common sense and sound judgment, should serve as a guide to the minimum standards of proper conduct.

UBS AM insists on a culture that promotes honesty and high ethical standards. This Code of Ethics (“Code”) is intended to assist Employees in meeting the high ethical standards UBS AM follows in conducting its business. The following general principles must govern your activities:

 

    You have a fiduciary duty to place the interests of Clients first

 

    You must avoid or appropriately manage and report any actual or potential conflict of interests

 

    You must not take inappropriate advantage of your position at UBS AM

 

    You must comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of the countries in which we operate.

If you violate the Code or its associated policies and procedures UBS AM may impose disciplinary action against you as more fully described in Section 6.3 below.

This Code is designed to ensure, among other things, that all employees conduct their personal securities transactions in a manner where clients’ interests are placed first and foremost and are consistent with the law. Any conduct that violates this Code is unacceptable and always constitutes an activity beyond the scope of the employee’s legitimate employment.

The Code is designed to detect and prevent conflicts of interests between its employees, officers and directors and its Advisory Clientsthat may arise due to personal investing activities. UBS AM also has established separate procedures designed to detect other conflicts of interest and prevent insider trading (“Insider Trading Policy and Procedures”; “Political Contributions and Activities” Policy and Procedures), which should be read together with this Code.

Personal investing activities of “Covered Persons” (defined below) can create conflicts of interests that may compromise our fiduciary duty to Advisory Clients. As a result, Covered Persons must avoid any transaction that involves, or even appears to involve, a conflict of interest(s), diversion of an Advisory Client investment opportunity, or other impropriety with respect to dealing with an Advisory Client or acting on behalf of an Advisory Client.

As fiduciaries, Covered Persons must at all times comply with the following principles:

 

a) Client Interests Come First. Covered Persons must scrupulously avoid serving their own personal interests ahead of the interests of Advisory Clients. If a Covered Person puts his/her own personal interests ahead of an Advisory Client’s, or violates the law in any way, he/she will be subject to disciplinary action, even if he/she is in technical compliance with the Code.

 

b) Avoid Taking Advantage. Covered Persons may not make personal investment decisions based on their knowledge of Advisory Client holdings or transactions. The most common example of this is “front running,”

1

2

 

Published: 21 July 2016   Page 4 of 24


LOGO       

UBS Asset Management-

Americas Code of Ethics

4-C-003910

Internal

 

or knowingly engaging in a personal transaction ahead of an Advisory. This prohibition applies whether a Covered Person’s transaction is in the same direction as the transaction placed on behalf of an Advisory Client (for example, two purchases) or the opposite direction (a purchase and sale).

If you are uncertain whether a real or apparent conflict exists in any particular situation or if you become aware of a violation, you should consult with your local Compliance & Operational Risk Control (“C&ORC”) representative immediately.

This Code applies to UBS AM and the registered investment companies for which UBS AM serves as investment manager, investment advisor and/or principal underwriter (“Funds”). The Code sets forth detailed policies and procedures that Covered Persons of UBS AM must follow in regard to their personal investing activities. All Covered Persons are required to comply with the Code as a condition of continued employment.

 

1.1 Who is subject to the Code?

Covered Persons. For purposes of this Code, Covered Person is defined as:

 

    each employee, officer and director of UBS AM, their spouses and members of their immediate families;

 

    each employee, officer or director or their spouses and members of their immediate families of any UBS Group AG affiliate, who is domiciled on the premises of UBS AM for a period of 30 days or more; and

 

    consultants and other temporary employees hired for a period of 30 days or more whose duties include access to UBS AM’s technology and systems, and/or trading information in any form, unless they obtain a written exemption from the Central (Group) Compliance. Consultants and other temporary employees who are employed for less than a 30-day period, but who have access to UBS AM’s trading information, will be subject to the reporting requirements as determined by their line manager and C&ORC (See Appendix F).

 

1.2 Interested Directors of a Fund

Directors of any Fund that is an Advisory Client of UBS Group AG (“Interested Directors”) are subject to the following sections of the Code, except if covered by “Independent Directors of a Fund” below (item 1.3):

Section 4.6 Lockout Period

Section 5.1 Initial Holdings Report and Certification

Section 5.2 Quarterly Transactions Report for Covered Persons and Interested Directors

Section 5.3 Annual Certification for Covered Persons, Interested Directors and Independent Directors

 

1.3 Independent Directors of a Fund

Directors of a Fund who are not affiliated with UBS AM (“Independent Directors”) as well as Interested Directors who do not have access to non-public information regarding the Portfolio Holdings of any fund advised by UBS AM or who are not involved in making securities recommendations or have access to such recommendations that are not public are subject only to the following sections of the Code:

Section 4.6 Lockout Period

Section 5.2 Quarterly Transactions Report for Independent Directors

Section 5.3 Annual Certification for Covered Persons, Interested Directors and Independent Directors

3

 

Published: 21 July 2016   Page 5 of 24


LOGO       

UBS Asset Management-

Americas Code of Ethics

4-C-003910

Internal

 

2. Types of Accounts

 

2.1 Covered Accounts

“Covered Account” includes any securities account (held at a broker-dealer, transfer agent, investment advisory firm, bank, or other financial services firm) in which a Covered Person has a beneficial interestor over which a Covered Person has investment discretion or other control or influence. Restrictions placed on transactions executed within a Covered Accountalso pertain to investments held outside of an account over which a Covered Person has physical control, such as a stock certificate.

 

2.2 Joint Accounts

Covered Persons are prohibited from entering into a joint account with any Advisory Client.

 

2.3 Investment Clubs

Covered persons are prohibited from participating in investment clubs.

 

3. Establishing Covered Accounts

 

3.1 Employee Account Centralization

Generally, Covered Persons must maintain Covered Accounts only with UBS Wealth Management (WMA). Any exceptions to this rule must be approved in writing by the Central (Group) Complianceby submitting a form located on Affirmation Online (“AOL”) (See Appendix B for an example of the appropriate form). Covered Persons must obtain prior written approval from the Central (Group) Compliance to open a futures account.

Exceptions. The following Covered Accounts may be maintained away from WMA without obtaining prior approval.

 

    Mutual Fund Only Accounts. Any account that permits a Covered Person only to buy and sell shares of open- end mutual funds for which UBS AM does not serve as investment adviser or subadviser and cannot be used to trade any other types of securities like stocks or closed-end funds.

 

    401(k) Plans. Any account with a 401(k) retirement plan that a Covered Person established with a previous employer, provided that the investments in the plan are limited to pooled investment options (e.g., open-end mutual funds). A 401(k) plan account that permits you to trade individual securities or invest in pools consisting of securities of a single issuer must be approved by the Compliance Department. The UBS SIP plan or any successor UBS 401(k) plan is not an excepted account within this definition .

 

    Investments in the Physical Control of a Covered Person. Covered Persons may maintain physical possession of an investment (for example, a stock certificate).

 

    Covered Person accounts at another financial services firm that require the accounts to remain with that firm. These accounts must be disclosed and statements must be provided to Central (Group) Compliance. Ongoing reporting requirements may be required as well.

 

  4
  5
  6

 

Published: 21 July 2016   Page 6 of 24


LOGO       

UBS Asset Management-

Americas Code of Ethics

4-C-003910

Internal

 

    Employee stock option plan or share scheme accounts where securities are not yet vested.

 

    Estate accounts

 

    Trusts on which you are the beneficiary

 

    Custodial accounts for your children where you are not the custodian (i.e. your parents who are financially independent from you open a UTMA account with their grandchild(ren).

You must obtain approval to maintain the following Covered Accounts:

 

    Investments Directly with Issuers (or their Transfer Agents). Covered Persons may participate in direct investment plans that allow the purchase of an issuer’s securities without the intermediation of a broker-dealer

provided that timing of such purchases is determined by the plan (e.g., dividend reinvestment plans (“DRIPS”)). Such investments must be approved prior to the initial purchase of the issuer’s securities. Once approved, you are not required to pre-clear purchases or sales of shares in the plan, although transactions and holdings must be reported. However, if you withdraw the securities and hold a certificate or transfer them to a brokerage account, subsequent sales are subject to preclearance as well as the 30-day holding period.

Note: Covered Persons are required to report all Covered Accounts pursuant to the Reporting and Certification Requirements of Section 5 below.

 

3.2 Discretionary Accounts

Typically all investment and trading accounts, including managed, discretionary and commodity accounts for which the Covered Person is the account holder or joint account holder must be centralized at UBS WMA. Covered Persons may request an exception from Central (Group) Compliance to open discretionary securities accounts. A discretionary account is one where all investment decisions are made by a third-party who is unrelated to the Covered Person or is not otherwise a Covered Person (“Discretionary Account”). Although Discretionary Accounts are exempt from the provisions of Section 4 (Trading Restrictions) of this Code, they are still Covered Accounts and must comply with all other provisions of this Code, including this Section 3 Establishing Covered Accounts) and Section 5 (Reporting and Certification Requirements). In order to obtain necessary approval to open a Discretionary Account, Covered Persons must provide the following to the Central (Group) Compliance.

 

    E-mail the request to sh-affirmation-online@ubs.com. The request should include the reasons for your request, supporting documentation and any other information that will be useful for Central (Group) Compliance to make an informed decision. The subject line of your e-mail should read: EXCEPTION REQUEST .

 

    A copy of the Investment Advisory Agreement and/or any other relevant documents that demonstrate that the fiduciary has full investment discretion; and

If approval is granted the employee will be required to submit

 

    A copy of the signed Investment Advisory Agreement;

 

    A signed attestation (See Appendix E) that, if the Covered Person discusses any specific strategies, industries or securities with the independent fiduciary, the Covered Person will pre-clear any related trades that result from the discussion. (Note: if no such discussions take place in advance of transactions, preclearance is not required).

The Central (Group) Compliance will review Discretionary Account trading for abuses and conflicts and reserves the right to cancel approval of a Discretionary Account and to subject all of the account’s trades to preclearance and other requirements of this Code. Discretionary Accounts may not be used to undermine these procedures.

Subsection Title

 

Published: 21 July 2016   Page 7 of 24


LOGO       

UBS Asset Management-

Americas Code of Ethics

4-C-003910

Internal

 

4. Trading Restrictions

 

4.1 Definition of Security

In this Code, the term security means any interest or instrument commonly known as a security, whether in the nature of debt or equity, including but not limited to any option, futures contract, shares of registered open-end investment companies (mutual funds) advised or sub-advised by UBS AM, warrant, note, stock, treasury stock, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or any participation in or right to subscribe to or purchase any such interest or instrument. For purposes of these trading restrictions and the reporting requirements described in Section 5, the term security does not include direct obligations of the U.S. government, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, high-quality short-term debt instruments (including repurchase agreements), or shares of registered open-end investment companies (mutual funds) for which UBS AM does not serve as investment adviser or sub-adviser.

 

4.2 Preclearance Requirements

Covered Persons must obtain prior written approval before purchasing, selling or transferring any security, or exercising any option (except as noted below).

 

    Preclearance is performed electronically through the Group Trade Pre-clearance System – GTPS, ( goto/gtps ).

Each trade request requires approval by your Line Manager via e-mail prior to entering the trade(s) in GTPS. This e-mail must be forwarded to: SH-PAD-LM-Approval-Americas.

In the event the system is down, the process involves the following three steps:

 

    Complete the Trade Request Form. Covered Persons must complete a Trade Request Form (See Appendix A and submit it to their local C&ORC representative before making a purchase, sale or transfer of a security, or exercising an option.

 

    Wait for Approval. Their local the C&ORC representative will review the form and, as soon as practicable, determine whether to authorize the transaction.

 

    Execute Before the Approval Expires. A preclearance approval for a transaction is only effective on the day you receive approval (regardless of time).

 

    If your trade is not fully executed by the end of the day, you must obtain a new preclearance approval in GTPS before your order (or the unfilled portion of your order) can be executed. You do NOT require another approval by your line manager UNLESS some aspect of your order has changed (i.e. quantity, security, etc…)

 

    Exceptions. Covered Persons do not need to preclear the following types of transactions. Please see the “Transaction Requirement Matrix” in Appendix G for a summary of the preclearance requirements.

 

    Open-End Investment Company Shares (Mutual Funds), including funds offered within a 529 College Savings Plan. Purchases and sales of mutual funds do not require preclearance and are not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 5. However, certain holding period requirements apply to open-end registered investment companies advised or sub-advised by UBS AM (see Section 4.3 herein).

 

    Unit Investment Trusts (UITs). Purchases and sales of unit investment trusts do not require preclearance.

 

    Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs). Purchases and sales of Exchange Traded Funds that are based on a broad-based securities index do not require preclearance. Transactions in all other ETFs, including industry or sector-based funds, must be precleared.

 

Published: 21 July 2016   Page 8 of 24


LOGO       

UBS Asset Management-

Americas Code of Ethics

4-C-003910

Internal

 

    Certain Corporate Actions. Acquisitions of securities through stock dividends, dividend reinvestments, stock splits, reverse stock splits, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs, or other similar corporate reorganizations or distributions generally applicable to all holders of the same class of securities do not require preclearance.

 

    Rights. Acquisition of securities through the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent the rights were acquired through the rights offering and not through the secondary market.

 

    Third Party 401(k) Plans. Any transaction in these plans is generally exempt from the preclearance requirements, unless the plan permits a Covered Person to trade individual securities (e.g., shares of stock), in which case such transactions are subject to preclearance.

 

    Futures and Options on Currencies, Commodities and Broad Based Indices. A Covered Person is not required to preclear commodities, currencies and broad based indices.

 

    Transactions in Discretionary Accounts. Except under certain circumstances, a Covered Person is not required to preclear transactions in a Discretionary Account.

NOTE: All transactions, including those exempt from the preclearance requirement (other than mutual funds), are subject to the reporting requirements (See Section 5).

 

4.3 UBS AG Securities, UBS Mutual Funds and UBS Savings and Investment Plans

Pre-Clearance is required for all transactions by Covered Persons in UBS Securities and UBS Labeled Products, including UBS Mutual Fund and PACE Select Funds. Covered Persons who are deemed company insiders are subject to blackout periods. In addition, any Covered Person who possesses material non-public information regarding UBS AG is prohibited from engaging in transactions in UBS securities and UBS labeled products.

 

4.4 Frequency

In order to ensure that Covered Persons are not distracted from servicing Advisory Clients, Covered Persons should not engage in more than 20 transactions per month. (Note: This does not include repetitive transactions such as rolling futures contracts or broad based ETF’s).

 

4.5 Holding Period

If a Covered Person is required to pre-clear a transaction in a security, he/she also must hold the security for at least 30 days.

As a result, Covered Persons may not:

 

    buy a security or Related Investmentwithin 30 days after selling that security or Related Investment; or

 

    sell a security or Related Investment within 30 days after purchasing that security or Related Investment. Please refer to the Transaction Requirement Matrix in Appendix G.

Exceptions

 

    UITs although not subject to preclearance, must be held for at least 30 days.

 

  7

 

Published: 21 July 2016   Page 9 of 24


LOGO       

UBS Asset Management-

Americas Code of Ethics

4-C-003910

Internal

 

    Shares of registered open-end investment companies advised or sub-advised by UBS AM must be held for at least 30 days.

 

    If a security has experienced a loss equal to at least 10% of the purchase price, the Covered Person may sell the security in less than 30 days, with prior approval from the Central (Group) Compliance.

 

    If you receive restricted stock as part of your compensation, you are not required to hold it for 30 days after it vests.

 

4.6 Lockout Period

4.6.1    General

Investment Personnelare prohibited from buying, selling or transferring any security if they know that the security, or Related Investment, was purchased or sold on behalf of an Advisory Client five days or less prior thereto or will be purchased or sold on behalf of an Advisory Client within five days therefrom. Personal trades in securities that are affected in close proximity to the addition or deletion of such security to or from a model will be closely scrutinized. Pre-clearance through GTPS should not be equated with pre-clearance of conflicts.

 

    Covered Persons are prohibited from executing a securities transaction on a day during which any client or fund has a pending or executed “buy” or “sell” in the same security.

 

    Trade Reversals. Even if a personal transaction is pre-cleared, such personal transaction is subject to being reversed after-the-fact. Furthermore, as indicated below, Central (Group) Compliance may require any violator to disgorge any profits or absorb any losses associated with the relevant security. In short, Covered Persons assume the risk (financial or otherwise) associated with any trade reversals regardless if they were pre-cleared to execute the trade.

 

    Broad-based Securities Indices. A Covered Person’s knowledge that a security will be purchased or sold by an account managed with a quantitative model that tracks the performance of a Broad-Based Securities Index, such as the S&P 500 or the Russell 1000, does not trigger the lockout period. Futures and options transactions on Broad-based Securities Indices or currencies also are exempt from the lockout period.

 

    Closed-End Funds. Covered Persons, Interested Directors and Independent Directors are prohibited from buying, selling or transferring shares of any Closed-End Fund advised or sub-advised by UBS AM within two weeks before or after any regularly scheduled Board meeting. If a Board meeting is not considered a regularly scheduled meeting and notice of such meeting is provided within less than two weeks of the meeting date, the lockout period begins upon receipt of the notice and continues until two weeks after the meeting.

 

    Individual exceptions may be granted on a case by case basis and must be approved by both Central (Group) Compliance and the Chief Compliance Officer (or his designee) at his/her discretion.

 

4.7 Prohibited Transactions

UBS AM views the following transactions as especially likely to create conflicts with Advisory Client interests. Covered Persons are therefore prohibited from engaging in the following transactions:

 

    Short Sales. Covered Persons are prohibited from entering into a net short position with respect to any security.

 

    Futures. Purchase or sale of futures that are not traded on an exchange, as well as options on any type of futures (exchange-traded or not) are prohibited. This prohibition does not apply to currency forwards (futures or otherwise).

 

  8

 

Published: 21 July 2016   Page 10 of 24


LOGO       

UBS Asset Management-

Americas Code of Ethics

4-C-003910

Internal

 

    Securities Issued by Suppliers & Vendors. Covered Persons who have information about or are directly involved in negotiating a contract with a supplier or vendor of UBS AM may not purchase securities issued by that supplier or vendor.

 

4.8 Initial Public Offerings

Covered Persons are prohibited from acquiring securities in an initial public offering (other than a new offering of a registered open-end investment company).

In the event that a Covered Person holds securities in a company that has announced that it will engage in an IPO, he or she must immediately notify the Compliance Department.

 

4.9 Investment in Partnerships and Other Private Placements

Covered Persons are permitted to acquire interests in general partnerships and limited partnerships, and to purchase privately placed securities, provided they obtain prior written approval from Central (Group) Compliance. Once approved, any additional capital investments (other than capital calls related to the initial approved investment) will require a new approval. Covered Persons requesting permission must complete the Private Placement Request Form via AOL (see Appendix C).

 

4.10 Options

 

    Call Options: A Covered Person may purchase a call option on an individual security or ETF only if the call option has a period to expiration of at least 30 days from the date of purchase and the Covered Person either (1) holds the option for at least 30 days prior to sale or (2) holds the option and, if exercised, the underlying    security, for a total period of 30 days. (Similarly, if you choose to exercise the option, you may count the period during which you held the call option toward the 30-day holding period for the underlying security or ETF.)

A Covered Person may sell (“write”) a call option on an individual security or ETF only if he/she has held the underlying security (in the corresponding quantity) for at least 30 days (Covered Call).

 

    - Put Options: A Covered Person may purchase a put option on an individual security or ETF only if the put option has a period to expiration of at least 30 days from the date of purchase and the Covered Person holds the put option for at least 30 days. If a Covered Person purchases a put on a security he/she already owns (Put Hedge), he/she may include the time he/she held the underlying security towards the 30-day holding period for the put.

 

    A Covered Person may not sell (“write”) a naked put on an individual security or ETF.

 

    Options on Broad-Based Indices: Covered Persons may purchase or sell an option on a Broad-based Securities Index (“Index Option”) only if the option has a period to expiration of at least 30 days from the date of purchase or sale. A Covered Person may buy or sell an Index Option with a period to expiration of less than 30 days from the date of purchase or sale to close out an open position only if he/she has held the position being closed out for at least 30 days or another exception under Section 4.3 (Holding Period) applies.

Note: Covered Persons must obtain preclearance approval to exercise an option on an individual security or ETF as well as to purchase or sell such an option.

 

4.11 Futures

A Covered Person may purchase and sell exchange-traded futures and currency forwards.

Purchases and sales of futures contracts on an individual security are subject to the lockout period (See Section 4.4 above). Purchases and sales of all futures contracts are subject to the holding period requirement (See Section 4.3 above).

 

Published: 21 July 2016   Page 11 of 24


LOGO       

UBS Asset Management-

Americas Code of Ethics

4-C-003910

Internal

 

Note: Covered Persons must obtain preclearance approval to purchase or sell futures contracts on an individual security.

 

5. Reporting and Certification Requirements

 

5.1 Reporting

Covered Persons must disclose all reportable accounts and investments within 10 calendar days after becoming a Covered Person and gaining access to UBS AM systems. He/she must certify that he/she has read and understands the Code, that he/she will comply with its requirements, and that he/she has disclosed or reported all personal investments and accounts required to be disclosed or reported. Covered Persons will be required to review and update their holdings, securities account transactions and confirm they have read and understand the Code of Ethics quarterly and annually thereafter. Interested Directors other than Covered Persons are also required to make this report within 10 days of becoming an Interested Director of a Fund.

Initial holdings information must be current as of a date not more than 45 days prior to your hire date. Please note that you cannot conduct personal trades until you have completed all required disclosures within AOL.

Covered Persons are responsible for updating their information on the AOL system at the time any reportable Covered Account is opened and immediately upon making or being notified of a change in ownership or account number. To review and update your disclosed accounts, please enter “goto/aol” in your web browser to access Affirmation Online and select “Covered Accounts’.

Exceptions: Covered Persons are not required to report holdings in:

 

    U.S. Registered Open-End Mutual Funds that are not advised or sub-advised by UBS AM

 

    U.S. Government Securities

 

    Money Market Instruments

 

    Accounts over which a Covered Person has no direct or indirect influence or control

However, Covered Persons are required to include in initial and annual holdings reports the name of any broker- dealer or bank with which the Covered Person has an account in which any securities are held for his/her direct or indirect benefit. This information must be current as of a date not more than 45 days prior to the date the report was submitted.

 

5.2 Copying Central Compliance on Statements and Confirms

Central (Group) Compliance receives automatic feeds of trade confirmations and account statements from Wealth Management. However, for accounts maintained away from Centralization (WMA – See Section 3), Covered Persons must arrange for Central (Group) Compliance to receive directly from the executing broker- dealer, bank, or other third-party institution duplicate copies of trade confirmations for each transaction and periodic account statements for each Covered Account. Covered Persons are not required to provide duplicate confirms and statements for Mutual Fund Only Accounts.

If You Cannot Arrange for Duplicate Confirmations or Statements . You may wish to engage in a transaction for which no confirmation can be delivered to Central (Group) Compliance (e.g., a transaction in a privately

 

9

10

 

Published: 21 July 2016   Page 12 of 24


LOGO       

UBS Asset Management-

Americas Code of Ethics

4-C-003910

Internal

 

placed security or a transaction in individual stocks held in a 401(k) plan). These types of transactions require the prior written approval from Central (Group) Compliance and will involve additional reporting requirements.

 

5.3 Quarterly Transactions Report for Covered Persons and Interested Directors

Within 30 days of the end of each calendar quarter, Covered Persons must file a report of all securities and U.S.- registered open-end mutual fund transactions for which UBS AM serves as adviser or subadviser on a Quarterly Transactions Report unless a duplicate confirmation or similar document was sent to the Central (Group) Compliance contemporaneously with the transaction. In addition, Covered Persons are required to report any account opened during the quarter in which securities were held during the quarter (this includes accounts that hold those securities described above in Section 5.1).

 

5.4 Quarterly Transactions Report for Independent Directors

Independent Directors must file a Quarterly Transactions Report with the C&ORC only if the Independent Director knew, or in the ordinary course of fulfilling his/her official duties as a director of a Fund should have known, that during the 15 days immediately preceding or following the date of a securities transaction in the Independent Director’s Covered Accounts that:

 

    the security was purchased or sold by a Fund; or

 

    a purchase or sale of the security was considered for a Fund.

Independent Directors must file these reports within ten days of the end of the calendar quarter in which the trade occurred.

 

5.5 Annual Certification for Covered Persons, Interested Directors and Independent Directors

Annually, Covered Persons, Interested Directors and Independent Directors must certify that they have read and understand the Code, that they have complied with its requirements during the preceding year, and that they have disclosed or reported all personal transactions/holdings required to be disclosed or reported.

 

5.6 External Directorships and Positions:

Covered Persons and certain other members of staff are required to disclose and obtain approval for certain outside directorships and other external positions. This Policy requires employees and others intending to accept any external directorship or other position covered by this Policy to disclose it to UBS and obtain approval prior to accepting the position.

A UBS Person may not accept an external directorship, participate in an outside business activity or have other external positions which might create a conflict of interest, give rise to an appearance of impropriety, carry the risk of misleading third parties with regard to UBS’s involvement in the activities to which the external directorship, outside business activity or other external positions relates or violates applicable law or regulation. (an example of the form: Appendix D). In addition, employees are required to notify Central (Group) Compliance and/or local C&ORC if any changes occur regarding the Directorship, Position or Outside Business Activity that may affect the approval granted by UBS AM.

 

Published: 21 July 2016   Page 13 of 24


LOGO       

UBS Asset Management-

Americas Code of Ethics

4-C-003910

Internal

 

6. Administration and Enforcement

 

6.1 Review of Personal Trading Information

All information regarding a Covered Person’s personal investment transactions, including the reports required by Section 5, will be reviewed by the Central (Group) Compliance, and all violations will be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer or his designee. All such information may also be available for inspection by the Boards of Directors of the Funds, the Chief Executive Officer and Legal Counsel of UBS AM, any party to which any investigation is referred by any of the foregoing, a Covered Person’s supervisor (where necessary), the Securities and Exchange Commission, any self-regulatory organization of which UBS AM is a member, and any state securities commission.

 

6.2 Annual Reports to Mutual Fund Boards of Directors and UBS Asset Management’s CEO

C&ORC will review the Code at least annually in light of legal and business developments and experience in implementing the Code. The Chief Compliance Officer will prepare an annual report to the Boards of Directors of the Funds and the CEO of UBS AM that:

 

    describes issues that arose during the previous year under the Code, including, but not limited to, information about material Code violations and sanctions imposed in response to those material violations;

 

    recommends changes in existing restrictions or procedures based on the experience implementing the Code, evolving industry practices, or developments in applicable laws or regulations; and

 

    certifies to the Boards that procedures have been adopted that are designed to prevent Access Persons (generally defined under Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Investment Company Act to include any director or office of a Fund or its investment adviser and any employee of a Fund’s investment adviser who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties participates in selection of a Fund’s portfolio securities or who has access to information regarding a Fund’s future purchases or sales of portfolio securities) from violating the Code.

 

6.3 Sanctions and Remedies

If Central (Group) Compliance determines that a Covered Person or Fund Director has violated the Code, it may, in consultation with C&ORC as well as senior management, impose sanctions and take other actions deemed appropriate, including oral reprimand, issuing a letter of education, suspending or limiting personal trading activities, imposing a fine or adjusting compensation, suspending, demoting or terminating employment, and/or informing the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or other applicable regulatory authorities if the situation warrants.

As part of any sanction, the Central (Group) Compliance and/or C&ORC may require the violator to reverse the trade(s) in question and forfeit any profit or absorb any loss from the trade. Senior management will determine the appropriate disposition of any money forfeited pursuant to this section.

 

Published: 21 July 2016   Page 14 of 24


LOGO       

UBS Asset Management-

Americas Code of Ethics

4-C-003910

Internal

 

Annex

 

A. Trade Request Form

(please complete a trade request for each transaction)

I hereby request permission to: BUY      SELL     TRANSFER (check one)

The specified security in the company indicated below for my own account or other account in which I have a beneficial interest (direct or indirect) or legal title:

Account Number:                                               Broker:                                                      

Name of Security:                                            Ticker Symbol:                                          

Number of shares, units or contracts or face amount of bonds:                 

I have read the current Code of Ethics and believe that the above transaction complies with its requirements. To the best of my knowledge,

 

  (i) no Advisory Client has purchased or sold the security listed above during the last five days;

 

  (ii) the security indicated above is not currently being considered for purchase or sale by any Advisory Client; and

 

  (iii) the requested transaction will not result in a misuse of inside information or in any conflict of interest or impropriety with regard to any Advisory Client.

Additionally: (Please check any or all that apply)

 

This investment is being purchased or sold in a private placement (if so, please complete the “Private Placement Request Form”).

 

The proposed purchase of the above listed security, together with my current holdings, will result in my having a beneficial interest in more than 5% of the outstanding voting securities of the company. If this item is checked, state the beneficial interest you will have in the company’s voting securities after the purchase.         

I SHALL DIRECT MY BROKER TO PROVIDE A COPY OF A CONFIRMATION OF THE REQUESTED TRANSACTION TO THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT WITHIN 10 DAYS OF THE TRANSACTION.

PERMISSION IS EFFECTIVE ONLY ON THE DAY YOU RECEIVE APPROVAL.

Employee Signature:                                                      

 

Print Name:                                                                     Date Submitted:                                     

Compliance Only

Reviewed by:                                                                                           

☐            Approved             ☐            Denied            Date:                             

 

Published: 21 July 2016   Page 15 of 24


LOGO       

UBS Asset Management-

Americas Code of Ethics

4-C-003910

Internal

 

B. Request for Centralization Exemption

A Covered Person requesting an exception to maintain or establish an outside account must complete and submit this memorandum to the Compliance Department. Once reviewed by Compliance, the Covered Person will be notified of the terms (if any) of the approval or denial. Please be sure to attach any required documentation prior to submitting this form to the Compliance Department.

NOTE: Except for the limited exceptions noted in the UBS Asset Management Code of Ethics, all Covered Accounts must be maintained at an Authorized Broker1.

A Covered Account is defined as: any account in which a Covered Person has a beneficial interest, and any account in which a Covered Person has the power, directly or indirectly, to make investment decisions and/or where the Covered Person acts as custodian, trustee, executor or a similar capacity.

 

1. Name of Firm(s):

 

2. Title2 of Account(s):

 

3. Type of Account(s):

 

4. Account Number(s)3

 

5. Exceptions may only be granted in limited circumstances. Please check those that apply:

 

    A Covered Person is employed by another NYSE/NASD/NFA member firm.

 

    A previously acquired investment involves a unique securities product or service that cannot be held in an account with an Authorized Broker.

 

    The funds are placed directly with an independent investment advisory firm under an arrangement whereby the Covered Person is completely removed from the investment decision-making process. (Please attach a copy of the investment management agreement and other documentation granting discretionary authority)

 

    Other (please explain):

 

6. A copy of the account(s) statement is attached to this memo. • Yes • No Account Not Open Yet ( if the account exists but no statement is attached, please attach additional documentation that explains why).

 

7. Any other outside pertinent information that would be helpful in determining whether the request to maintain or establish an outside account should be approved.

Employee Signature:                                                                                                   

Print Name:                                               Date Submitted:                                 

Compliance Only

Reviewed by:                                                                      

Date:                                          

 

Published: 21 July 2016   Page 16 of 24


LOGO       

UBS Asset Management-

Americas Code of Ethics

4-C-003910

Internal

 

C. Private Placement Request Form

As provided in section 4.9 of the UBS Asset Management Code of Ethics, if a Covered Person wants to participate in a private placement or a limited partnership, he/she must complete this form and obtain the required approvals prior to investing. A Covered Person may not participate in any partnership or private placement until he/she receives written permission from the Compliance Department. Oral discussions do not constitute approval under any Circumstances.

Private Financial Investments Disclosure Form

Employee Name (Print):                                                      

Please select your investment type:

         Investment Fund (Complete sections 1 & 2)

         Private Business (Complete section 1 only)

 

I. To Be Completed for all Private Investments

 

1. Legal Name of the Organization / Fund Manager

 

2. Describe the nature of the Organization or the strategy of the Fund

 

3. Is this a new investment request? (as opposed to a disclosure of a past investment)

         YES          NO

 

4. Is there a lock-up period with this investment?

         YES          NO

If yes, please give details

 

5. Nature of Participation (e.g., Stockholder, Partner, or Other)?

 

6. Will you be required to have an External Directorship or Position in the Organization/Fund?

         YES          NO

 

7. Will you participate in the management of the Organization/Fund or consulted about its investments?

 

8. Will this investment require you to open/maintain/make decisions on a brokerage account?

 

Published: 21 July 2016   Page 17 of 24


LOGO       

UBS Asset Management-

Americas Code of Ethics

4-C-003910

Internal

 

9. Provide Investment Amount.

 

10. Provide Number of Shares/Number of Units (if applicable)

 

11. What will your total percentage of ownership be in the Organization/Fund?

 

12. Will you receive statements and/or communications regarding the investment? If yes, how frequently?

 

13. How did you hear about this investment opportunity?

 

14. Do you have a business relationship with the Organization / Fund? (i.e., Do you service their account, advise them through your role at UBS or does a close personal relation or associate work there?)

         YES          NO

 

15. If yes, are you receiving any preferential terms that are not available to the general public?

 

16. Are you aware of any other connections between the Organization/Fund and UBS?

         YES          NO

 

16a. If yes, give details:     

 

17. Have you recommended this investment to others or are you aware of any UBS clients for whom this could be an appropriate investment?

         YES          NO

 

17a. If yes, give details of who:     

 

18. Will you be pooling funds with any clients for this investment?

         YES          NO

 

19. If applicable, do any of your clients own this investment?

         YES          NO

 

II. Investment Fund

 

1. Type of Investment Fund                                                                                  

 

2. Full Legal Name of Fund                                                                                  

ATTESTATION

By submitting this request I attest the accuracy and completeness of this request. Employee Sign Here:                                  Date                      

MANAGEMENT APPROVER Sign Here                                      Date              

Print Here                                                              

 

Published: 21 July 2016   Page 18 of 24


LOGO       

UBS Asset Management-

Americas Code of Ethics

4-C-003910

Internal

 

MANAGEMENT APPROVER Sign Here                                      Date              

Print Here                                                              

 

Published: 21 July 2016   Page 19 of 24


LOGO       

UBS Asset Management-

Americas Code of Ethics

4-C-003910

Internal

 

D. Employee Outside Activities/Employment Form

E ORGANIZATION DETAILS

 

1. Business Name :                                                                                                                           

 

1a. Description of the Business:                                                                                               

 

2. Address (Street) :                                                                                                                           

Town/City:                                                                                                                       

Country:                                                                                                                           

ZIP Code:                                                                                                                           

Web Site( If Applicable):                                                                                                   

 

3. Describe your role with the organization :                                                                                                   

 

4. Are you performing this activity at UBS’s request YES          NO         

 

5. Start Date (mm/dd/yyyy)                                                                              

 

6. Finish Date (if known)(mm/dd/yyyy)                                                          

 

7. Is the Activity/Business Publicly Traded¬¬¬¬¬¬      Privately Held¬¬¬¬¬      Non Profit¬¬¬¬     

 

8. Compensation to be received annually?                                                                  

 

9. How many business hours per month do you expect to devote to the outside activity?

 

10. Do you expect to acquire any material non-public information relating to a publicly traded company (i.e., a private company may provide critical services to a publicly traded company)? YES          NO         

 

11. Will the Activity/Business involve securities trading, investment, or advice? YES          NO         

 

12. Does UBS Asset Management Americas have any actual or potential dealings with the Activity/Business? YES          NO         

 

13. Are you aware of any potential or actual conflicts of interest for UBS Asset Management Americas regarding this Activity/Business? YES          NO         

 

14. Are you aware of this entity being engaged in any illegal activity? YES          NO         

 

14a. Please explain (If yes to any question from 10 to 14)

Note: Outside Activities must not be conducted on UBS Asset Management premises. UBS Asset Management stationery, equipment, and marketing materials must not be used in connection with any Outside Activity and UBS Asset Management clients must not be involved in the Outside Activity

 

Published: 21 July 2016   Page 20 of 24


LOGO       

UBS Asset Management-

Americas Code of Ethics

4-C-003910

Internal

 

ATTESTATION

By submitting this request I attest the accuracy and completeness of this request.

Employee Name (print)                     

Employee Sign Here:                                                       Date             

MANAGEMENT APPROVER Sign Here                                                       Date             

Print Here                                                  

MANAGEMENT APPROVER Sign Here                                                       Date             

Print Here                                                  

 

Published: 21 July 2016   Page 21 of 24


LOGO       

UBS Asset Management-

Americas Code of Ethics

4-C-003910

Internal

 

E. Memorandum

Date:

To:

Cc:

From:

Re:

Investment information:

This memo outlines the agreed process for advisory accounts with

has discretion over the investment management of your account(s) with them and has supplied a written summary of the current investment policy.

If you discuss specific strategies, industries or securities with them, you agree to pre-clear any related trades that result from your discussion. As long as no discussions are held between you and                                  relating to specific investments in your account(s) in advance of a transaction, you will not be required to pre-clear your trades. You will, however, continue to be required to submit duplicate forms and Quarterly and Annual Certifications.

In addition, if the nature of your account(s) changes from discretionary to some other type, you will immediately advise the Compliance Department.

Please acknowledge this understanding by signing below.

UBS Asset Management Employee Signature:

Signature:                                                                                           

Date:                     

Independent Investment Advisor Signature:

Signature:                                                                                           

Date:                     

Compliance Only

Signature:                                                                               Date:                     

 

Published: 21 July 2016   Page 22 of 24


LOGO       

UBS Asset Management-

Americas Code of Ethics

4-C-003910

Internal

 

F. Consultants and Temporary Employees Reporting Requirements

Consultants and temporary employees who are employed for less than 30 days , but who have access to UBS AM’s trading information are subject to the following sections of the Code:

Conflicts of Interest

Regardless of the period of employment, Consultants and temporary employees are subject to the same fiduciary standards as all other Covered Persons. Consequently, they must ensure that they do not put their interests ahead of Advisory Clients’ and avoid making personal decisions based on any knowledge/information they acquire as a result of their employment with UBSAM. For further information, please refer to the Introduction to this Code of Ethics and/or contact the Compliance Department.

 

Section 2 Report Covered Accounts to Compliance

Consultants and temporary employees are required to disclose the name, account number, and firm at which he/she maintains a brokerage account at the time he/she is hired.

 

Section 1 Copy the Compliance Department on Trade Confirmations

Consultants and temporary employees are only required to provide duplicate trade confirmations for each transaction executed during the period of employment.

 

Section 4 Trading Restrictions

Consultants and temporary employees are required to pre-clear all trades and all transactions are subject to the holding periods, lockout period requirements and other restrictions outlined in this section.

 

Section 5 Reporting and Certification Requirements

Consultants and temporary employees who wish to trade options are required to submit a list of all personal investments holdings (Initial Holdings Report) at the time they are hired.

 

Published: 21 July 2016   Page 23 of 24


LOGO       

UBS Asset Management-

Americas Code of Ethics

4-C-003910

Internal

 

G. Transaction Requirement Matrix

The following chart contains many of the common investment instruments, though it is not all-inclusive. Please refer to the Code of Ethics for additional information.

 

TRANSACTION   

PRECLEARANCE

REQUIRED?

  

REPORTING/HOLDING

REQUIRED?

Mutual Funds

     

Mutual Funds (Open-End) not advised or Subadvised by UBS AM

   No    No

Mutual Funds (Closed-End)

   Yes    Yes

Mutual Funds advised or subadvised by UBS AM

   Yes    Yes

Unit Investment Trusts

   No    Yes

Variable & Fixed Annuities

   No    No
Equities      

UBS Stock

   Yes    Yes

Common Stocks

   Yes    Yes

ADRs

   Yes    Yes

DRIPS

   No    Yes

Stock Splits

   No    Yes/N/A

Rights

   No    Yes

Stock Dividend

   No    Yes/N/A

Warrants (exercised)

   Yes    Yes

Preferred Stock

   Yes    Yes

IPOs

   Prohibited    Prohibited

Naked Shorts against a client position

   Prohibited    Prohibited

Options (Stock)

     

UBS (stock options)

   Yes    Yes

Common Stocks

   Yes    Yes

Exchange Traded Funds

   Yes    Yes

Fixed Income

     

US Treasury

   No    No

CDsNo

Money Market

  

No

No

  

No

No

GNMA

   No    No

Fannie Maes

Freddie Macs

  

Yes

Yes

  

Yes

Yes

Bonds

     

US Government

   No    No

Corporate

   Yes    Yes

Convertibles (converted)

Municipal

  

Yes

Yes

  

Yes

Yes

Private Placements

   Yes    Yes

Limited Partnerships

   Yes    Yes

Exchange-Traded Funds

     

Broad based ETFs1

   No    No

Industry or Sector Specific ETFs

All other Exchange Traded Funds

  

Yes

Yes

  

Yes

Yes

 

Published: 21 July 2016   Page 24 of 24

 

 

 

LOGO

EX-28.p.11

 

    

Janus Henderson

-INVESTORS

 

Personal Account Dealing Policy

Effective Date: August  1, 2017

Version: 1.0

 


Personal Account Dealing Policy

Contents

 

1     Overview    1  
    1.1    Policy Statement    1  
    1.2    Key principles    1  
    1.3    Scope    2  
    1.4    Roles and Responsibilities    2  
    1.5    References    2  
    1.6    Escalation Requirements    3  
2     Definitions      3  
3     Policy Requirements      5  
     3.1    Disclosure      5  
    3.2    Preclearance Requirements for Dealing in Covered Securities    6  
    3.3    Restrictions on Dealing in Covered Securities    7  
    3.4    Exceptions    8  
    3.5    Trading in Reportable Funds    9  
    3.6    Trading in Janus Henderson Group pie Securities    10  
    3.7    Policy Breaches    10  

4     Document Control

     11  

Appendix I

     12  
      Covered Securities    12  
      Non-Covered Securities    12  

Appendix II

     13  
      Beneficial Ownership Guidelines    13  


Personal Account Dealing Policy

 

1 Overview

 

1.1 Policy Statement

As a global investment adviser, Janus Henderson is entrusted with the assets of our clients for investment purposes. As a result, Janus Henderson employees have a fiduciary obligation to place the interests of our clients before our own. However, because of the potential conflicts of interest inherent in our business, our industry and Janus Henderson have implemented certain standards and limitations designed to minimize these conflicts and help ensure that we focus on meeting our duties as a fiduciary for our clients. The Personal Account Dealing Policy (the Policy ) is in place to help manage and mitigate the conflicts of interest that can arise from personal account dealing activities and safeguard our clients’ interests. Please be aware that your ability to liquidate positions may be severely restricted under the Policy, including times of market volatility. Therefore, as a general matter, Janus Henderson discourages personal investments by employees in individual securities and encourages personal investments in managed collective vehicles, such as mutual and exchange traded funds.

 

1.2 Key principles

You have an obligation to conduct your personal investment activities and related securities transactions lawfully and in a manner that avoids actual or potential conflicts between your own interests and the interests of Janus Henderson and its clients. You must carefully consider the nature of your Janus Henderson responsibilities and the type of information that you might be deemed to possess in light of any particular securities transaction-before engaging in any investment-related activity or transaction. In addition:

 

  1. You must take responsibility for ensuring you are aware of the requirements of this Policy.

 

  2. At all times the interests of clients, in this case Janus Henderson funds and client accounts, take priority over your personal investment interests.

 

  3. You may not personally benefit by causing a Client to act, or fail to act, in making investment decisions.

 

  4. You may not engage in fraudulent or manipulative conduct in connection with the trading of securities in a Client account.

 

  5. You may not profit, or cause others to profit, based on your knowledge of completed or contemplated Client transactions.

 

  6. You must preclear all of your personal trades and subsequently execute your trades in accordance with stated timeframes.

 

  7. No dealing is permitted that is in conflict with the interests of our clients, the parameters set by the Policy, the restrictions imposed by Janus Henderson restricted/embargo lists and the close periods applicable to Janus Henderson Group pie shares.

 

  8. You are discouraged from dealing on the basis of unpublished tips or rumors.

 

  9. Dealing on the basis of material non-public information is illegal.

 

  10. You should ensure that personal transactions are in keeping with your financial circumstances.

 

  11. You must adhere to the Policy to mitigate the risk of conflicts of interest and to Treat Customers Fairly (TCF).

 

  12. You must not mislead the Client by presenting untrue statements of material fact to the Client or by failing to provide a material fact necessary to the Client.

 

1


Personal Account Dealing Policy

 

1.3 Scope

 

1.3.1 Persons covered by the policy

You are covered by the Policy if you are an employee or contractor of Janus Henderson Group pie and its subsidiaries and affiliates.

You are covered by portions of the Policy if you are:

 

    An Independent Trustee of Janus Henderson Mutual Funds and ETFs [INSERT LINK]

 

    A Non-Executive (Outside) Director of Janus Henderson Group [INSERT LINK]

 

1.3.2 Investments covered by the policy

Your investments are subject to the Policy if they meet both of the following criteria:

 

    Investments held in brokerage accounts under your Beneficial Ownership: You are the beneficial owner of any account in which you have a direct or indirect financial interest. This generally includes accounts held in your name and the names of:

 

    Your spouse or equivalent domestic partner

 

    Your minor children

 

    A relative sharing your home to whom you provide financial support

 

    Trusts for which you are a beneficiary

 

    Investments defined as Covered Securities: Covered Securities include stocks, bonds, exchange traded funds (ETFs) and private placements/limited offerings. See Appendix I for a detailed list of Covered and non-Covered Securities.

 

    Reportable Funds: Any fund or product in which JHG acts as an investment adviser, sub-adviser or principal underwriter. Click here for a current list of Reportable Funds .

 

1.4 Roles and Responsibilities

All disclosures, requests and attestations related to the Policy are made in MyComplianceOffice (MCO). In certain non-U.S. countries, local laws or customs may impose requirements in addition to those imposed by the Policy.

The Compliance department, under the direction of the CCO and the Ethics Committee administers this Policy. Compliance trains employees on the Policy, approves employee personal trades in Covered Securities and monitors employee brokerage accounts for potential Policy violations.

The Ethics Committee provides oversight of the Policy by reviewing quarterly account dealing reports for potential conflicts and issuing reprimands and sanctions for Policy violations.

 

1.5 References

The Policy is designed to ensure compliance with regulatory requirements and rules of international regulators, who have jurisdiction over Janus Henderson’s business, including, but not limited to:

 

2


Personal Account Dealing Policy

 

    SEC regulations (U.S.): Registered investment advisers are required by Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Adviser’s Act), to adopt a code of ethics which, among other things, sets forth the standards of business conduct required of their Access Persons as defined in this Policy. Similarly, each registered investment company and its adviser and principal underwriter must adopt a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “PTA Act”).

 

    FCA regulations (U.K): In accordance with the FCA COBS 11.7 rules on personal account dealing, a firm that conducts designated investment business must establish, implement and maintain adequate arrangements aimed at preventing employee activities that may give rise to a conflict of interest, or those where a person may have access to inside information (as defined in the Market Abuse Regulation) or to other confidential information relating to clients or client transactions.

 

1.6 Escalation Requirements

You are required to report any known or suspected violations of this policy to Compliance. You can report violations via the incident management form within the governance, risk management and compliance system. Alternatively, you may report violations directly to the Head of Compliance or the Corporate Ombudsman. If you feel uncomfortable using any of these avenues, you can also anonymously report violations to our independent hotline provider via the web at [LINK] or telephone at 1-800-326-5677 (US)/ 1-770-613-6374 {International). Although the Company will not retaliate against anyone for making a good faith report, failure to report violations may lead to appropriate disciplinary action.

 

2 Definitions

Access Person: An Access Person is any employee or contractor who has access to non-public information regarding any Clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or non-public information regarding the portfolio holdings of any Client account. All persons covered by the Policy are deemed Access Persons.

Beneficial Ownership: You are the beneficial owner of any account or securities in which you have a direct or indirect financial interest. This includes accounts held in the name of your spouse or equivalent domestic partner, your minor children, relatives living with you to whom you provide financial support or trusts for which you are a beneficiary. See Appendix II for more detailed information on Beneficial Ownership.

CCO: Global Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee.

Client: Any investment management client of Janus Henderson including a fund.

Close Period: The time period between the completion of a listed company’s financial results and the announcing of these results to the public.

Covered Securities: Covered Securities are generally all securities, including but not limited to individual stocks and bonds, exchange traded products {ETFs and ETNs), closed-end funds, private placements and limited offerings. See Appendix I for a detailed list of covered and non-covered securities.

 

3


Personal Account Dealing Policy

 

Ethics Committee: Governance committee comprised of senior leaders throughout Janus Henderson Group. The Committee meets quarterly or more often as needed, to review potential violations of the Personal Code of Ethics, our Code of Business Conduct and other related policies.

FCA: Financial Conduct Authority - UK regulator

Investment Person: An Access Person who also makes or participates in making, decisions regarding the trading of securities in any Client account, has access to such decisions or assists in the trade process. Investment Persons generally can include PMs, research analysts, traders, trade operations, compliance, investments, product development and ExCo members.

Janus Henderson Group pie (JHG): Janus Henderson Group pie includes all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

MyComplianceOffice (MCO): The monitoring system utilized for all personal compliance disclosures including Personal Account Dealing _

Personal Account Dealing (PAD): The personal transactions In Covered Securities held in accounts under the Beneficial Ownership of persons covered by the Policy.

Reportable Funds: Any fund or product in which JHG acts as an investment adviser, sub-adviser or principal underwriter.

SEC: U.S Securities and Exchange Commission - US regulator

 

4


Personal Account Dealing Policy

 

3 Policy Requirements

 

3.1 Disclosure

 

3.1.1 Initial Brokerage Account Disclosures

Within ten calendar days of your start date, you must disclose all brokerage accounts in which you have Beneficial Ownership. Additionally, you must disclose any account which holds or can hold Janus Henderson products (e.g., mutual funds, hedge funds or subadvised products).

You must allow your brokers or financial institutions to provide duplicate confirmations and statements directly to Compliance. If your broker is unwilling or unable to provide duplicate confirmations and statements, you are required to provide them to Compliance.

 

3.1.2 Initial Holdings Disclosures

Within ten calendar days of your start date, you must disclose all holdings in Covered Securities that are beneficially owned by you. Additionally, you must disclose any holdings in Janus Henderson managed products, including mutual funds, commingled pools, hedge funds or subadvised products. Holdings information must be current as of 45 days prior to your start date.

See Appendix I for a detailed list of Covered and non-Covered Securities.

 

3.1.3 Ongoing Disclosure Requirements

Accounts: During your tenure with JHG, you must promptly disclose any newly opened accounts that are under your Beneficial Ownership.

Transactions/Holdings: You must deal through your own brokers and must ensure that compliance receives duplicate statements and trade confirmations/contract notes in one of the three ways listed below.

 

  1. Electronic Feeds - You are encouraged to deal through brokers that provide JHG with trade confirmations and holdings via electronic feed. This provides Compliance with the most timely and accurate PAD information. A list of electronic feed brokers can be found here .

 

  2. Broker delivery of duplicate confirmations and statements - In jurisdictions where applicable, you should allow for their brokers to provide delivery of duplicate confirmations and statements directly to Compliance. Compliance staff will enter trade details for you if you are utilizing this option.

 

  3. Employee upload of confirmations and statements - If neither of the above options are possible, you are required to enter your trade details into MCO and upload the trade confirmation/contract notes within 10 business days of executing a precleared trade. Additionally, you will be required to attest to your holdings and upload quarterly statements into MCO within 30 days of each calendar quarter end.

 

5


Personal Account Dealing Policy

 

3.1.4 Attestation Requirements

Compliance will promptly notify you of any material changes to this Policy and you will be required to attest to the changes. Additionally, you are required to submit the following periodic attestations. You may also be required to complete additional attestations to meet jurisdictional and regulatory requirements.

Annually:

 

    PAD Policy Attestation

 

    Account Attestation

 

    Holdings Attestation

 

    JHG Mutual Fund Trades Attestation (Investment Persons}

Quarterly:

 

    Quarterly Holdings Attestation (for accounts without direct feed or statement delivery to Compliance}

 

3.1.5 Management Information

It is your responsibility to ensure that the Compliance Department is appropriately notified of all accounts, transactions and holdings you must ensure that transaction, holdings and account data is accurate in MCO, as Personal Account information is subject to internal and regulatory review. You must allow your brokers to provide duplicate confirmations and statements (electronically or via paper} to Janus Henderson or provide it yourself if a broker is unable or unwilling to provide this information.

The Compliance Department will review the documents for personal accounts to ensure that JHG’s policies and procedures are being complied with, and make additional inquiries as necessary. Access to duplicate confirmations and account statements will be restricted to those persons, who are assigned to perform review functions, and all such materials will be kept confidential except as otherwise required by law.

 

3.2 Preclearance Requirements for Dealing in Covered Securities

The requirements in the Policy are designed to mitigate or eliminate any potential conflict, or appearance of conflict, that may occur between your personal account dealing and Client security dealing. The following requirements apply to your personal dealing in Covered Securities in accounts you beneficially own.

 

3.2.1 Requesting Preclearance

You and your related parties (your spouse, minor children and other adult family members living in your household) must preclear any trades in Covered Securities via MCO, unless the transaction meets one of the provisions noted in the Excluded Transactions section. Preclearance requests are evaluated for potential conflicts of interest that may deem the trade to not be, or appear to not be, in the best interest of Clients. Generally, most requests are approved or denied immediately but some may take up to 48 hours to evaluate.

Compliance retains the right to refuse you permission to conduct a personal trade without providing a reason for the refusal. No reason for refusal will be given if in the opinion of Compliance the explanation would result in the release of confidential information.

 

3.2.2 Approval Window

Approvals and denials are communicated from MCO via email. If approved, and you choose to transact, you must place and execute your transaction by the close of business on the day after you receive an approval email from MCO .

 

6


Personal Account Dealing Policy

 

If the day after the date of preclearance approval is a bank holiday or a weekend then you must place and execute the transaction by the close of business on the day you receive approval.

If the transaction is not instructed and executed within the approved timeframe then you must submit a new request to trade in MCO.

 

3.2.3 Delayed Execution

If your trade has a delayed execution date, e.g. an illiquid or unlisted security, you should request an exception from Compliance.

 

3.2.4 Preclearance Attestation (Portfolio Managers only)

If you are requesting to personally trade a Covered Security that is an eligible investment for Client Accounts you manage, you must provide your rationale for the trade via an attestation form in MCO.

 

3.3 Restrictions on Dealing in Covered Securities

 

3.3.1 Blackout Periods

Generally, you will not be granted preclearance to deal in a Covered Security when there is a pending buy or setl order for a Client in that same security. Additionally:

 

    Access Persons will generally not be granted preclearance to trade in a Covered Security within one (1) business day after a Client trade occurs in the same security.

 

    Investment Persons will generally not be granted preclearance to trade in a Covered Security within seven (7) calendar days after a Client trade occurs in the same security.

 

3.3.2 Minimum Holding Periods

Minimum holding periods are applicable for any purchase and subsequent sale, or any sale then subsequent purchase (for short sales). of the same Covered Security (or its equivalent). In respect of derivatives any transaction to close out a derivative position cannot be executed until the end of the holding period. The holding period starts the day after execution of your trade. Calculations are made using the “first-in, first-out” {FIFO) method.

Minimum holding periods for Covered Securities are as follows:

 

Profile

  

ETFs/ETNs

(Including Janus Henderson ETFs/ETNs)

  

All other Covered Securities

Access Person

   One week {7 calendar days)    Three months {90 calendar days)

Investment Person

      Six months {180 calendar days)

Where this restriction would cause undue financial hardship due to your personal circumstances or in periods of extreme market turmoil, you may request an exception to this restriction. This should be seen as an exceptional measure and requires the approval of the global CCO and ratified by the Ethics Committee

Holding periods are designed to discourage derivatives trading, spread betting activities and securities trading with a high frequency.

 

7


Personal Account Dealing Policy

 

3.3.3 Best Price Rule (Investment Persons only)

ln order to eliminate even the appearance or impropriety, or you ( 1) buy or sell a security within seven days before a Client trade is executed in the same security, and (2) receive a price advantage over the Client’s trade, at the Ethics Committee’s discretion you may be required to surrender the price advantage.

 

3.3.4 Private Placements and Initial Public Offerings (IPOs)

You must request pre-approval prior to investing in a private placement or limited offering. No employee, or other Access person, shall acquire any security issued in any limited or private offering (please note that hedge funds are sold as limited or private offerings) unless the CCO {or designee) and the employee’s Business Unit Head give express prior written approval and document the basis for granting approval after due inquiry. The CCO, in determining whether approval should be given, will take into account, among other factors, whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for a Client and whether the opportunity is being offered to the individual by virtue of his or her position with JHG. Contact Compliance for assistance with these requests.

You are generally not allowed to participate in IPOs. If you are a FINRA affiliated person, you are prohibited from participating in an IPO. Requests to participate in an IPO will be considered only under limited circumstances and only with prior approval from the CCO, in consultation with the Ethics Committee. Please contact Compliance for advice and direction.

 

3.3.5 Restricted stocks

You may not trade securities of any issuer that are on the JHG Embargoed/Restricted List. Certain securities may have restrictions placed upon them which restrict both personal and Client dealing, typically when Janus Henderson or a part of Janus Henderson is in receipt of material, non-public information. These restrictions will be maintained collectively using the Embargoed/Restricted Lists.

 

3.4 Exceptions

 

3.4.1 Excluded Transactions

The following transactions are excluded from the Covered Securities trading restrictions:

 

    Transactions involving futures or options in foreign currencies or broad-based indices.

 

    Purchases or sates that are not voluntary, which include but are not limited to: tender offers and broker -initiated transactions.

 

    Purchases or sates which are part of an automatic investment plan that has been disclosed to Compliance.

 

    The acquisition of:

 

    securities as a result of a corporate action

 

    securities as a result of a gift or inheritance

 

    an employer’s securities through an employer retirement plan such as 401(k) plan or stock purchase plan

(Note: The subsequent sale of any securities acquired is subject to all of the trading restrictions of the Personal Trading Policy.)

 

    Transfers in-kind of Covered Securities.

 

8


Personal Account Dealing Policy

 

Please refer to Section 3.6.3 for details on Janus Henderson Group pie security transfers.

 

3.4.2 Discretionary Management By Third- Parties

The trading restrictions outlined above do not apply to trades in an investment account or another arrangement over which you have no direct or indirect influence or control (“Discretionary Management”). In order to rely upon this provision you must receive approval from Compliance. To receive approval, you must submit documentation to Compliance demonstrating that all trading in the account is under the sole discretion of your advisor or other designee.

Discretionary accounts still require disclosure in MCO and are subject to preclearance for JHG stock shares and the restriction on the purchase of lPOs.

You are required to inform Compliance immediately if you terminate any approved advisory relationship or make management changes. Additionally, you are required to acknowledge and attest annually that:

 

  1. You have had no direct or indirect influence or control over the trading decisions in your discretionary account(s).

 

  2. You did not suggest trades to the manager or in any way direct the manager to make any particular trades in securities for the discretionary account(s).

 

3.4.3 Share / Investment clubs

If you wish to participate in collective arrangements (e.g. a share or investment club), seek advice and direction from Compliance.

 

3.5 Trading in Reportable Funds

 

3.5.1 Janus Henderson Mutual Funds

Janus Henderson serves as the adviser to a variety of open-ended funds. Persons are required to disclose in MCO any accounts where they hold Janus Henderson Funds. Preclearance is not required to deal in Janus Henderson Funds; however a minimum holding period of 90 days is required for all funds with the exception of money market funds.

Additionally:

 

    The holding period starts the day after execution of the trade and lasts until the 90day;

 

    The prohibition applies on a ‘first in, first out’ (“UFIFO”) basis;

The restriction does not apply to acquisitions or sales of a fund where it is executed without instruction from the employee (e.g. automatic dividend reinvestments, share plan investing etc.).

 

3.5.2 Janus Henderson Exchange Traded Products

Janus Henderson ETFs/ETNs are treated the same as all other ETFs/ETNs under the Policy. See Sections 3.2 and 3.3.

 

3.5.3 Janus Henderson Investment Trusts

The Policy also extends to trading in securities of other Janus Henderson Group pie related entities that are listed on a securities exchange while in the possession of inside information concerning that entity. A person who is a director of an Investment Trust managed by Henderson Group pie must also comply with the FCA’s Model Code on directors’ dealings which prohibits dealings during ‘Close Periods’.

 

9


Personal Account Dealing Policy

 

A list of these Investment Trusts can be found under the link www.hendersontrusts.com and ‘Close Period’ restrictions will be applied on MCO for all persons.

Fund managers of Investment Trusts managed by Janus Henderson should be aware of the specific regulatory risks associated with personal investing in their trusts and should consult Compliance if they consider that there might be any potential conflict or market conduct risk associated with a proposed PA trade. All preclearance requests for Janus Henderson Investment Trusts will be blocked pending checks for risks such as close periods or involvement or information on buy-back programs.

 

3.6 Trading in Janus Henderson Group pie Securities

Janus Henderson Group (JHG) is a publicly traded company and, as an employee or contractor of Janus Henderson, all of your trades in securities issued by JHG are monitored. You may not engage in transactions in JHG securities if they are speculative or short-term in nature. For example, speculative trading includes short sales, transactions in “put” or call” options or similar derivative transactions. In addition, you may not engage in any hedging or monetization transactions with respect to JHG securities. The Janus Henderson Group Share Trading Policy provides additional guidance on the trading of JHG securities.

 

3.6.1 Preclearance of Janus Henderson Group pie securities

You must obtain preclearance on MCO for all personal deals in Janus Henderson Group pie securities. This includes in-kind transfers where ownership of the shares changes, as in a charitable gift of shares. Preclearance requests must be submitted via MCO.

You may only request to trade in JHG shares during the Window Period. The Window Period generally opens the day Janus Henderson publicly announces its quarterly earnings and closes at each quarter end.

Automatic investment plans, stock awards and grants are exempt from preclearance.

 

3.6.2 Material non-public information

You may not trade or take up rights, or cause someone else lo trade, in Janus Henderson Group pie securities while in the possession of material non-public information.

 

3.7 Policy Breaches

Failure to adhere to any of the requirements outlined above may result in a breach of the Policy. Breaches are taken very seriously by Janus Henderson Management. Any potential violation of the provisions of the Policy will be investigated by Compliance or, if necessary, the Ethics Committee. If a determination is made that a violation has occurred, a sanction may be imposed. Sanctions may include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: a warning letter, profit surrender, personal trading ban, and termination of employment or referral to civil or criminal authorities.

Material violations will be reported promptly to the respective boards of trustees/managers of the Reportable Funds or relevant committees of the boards.

 

10


Personal Account Dealing Policy

 

4 Document Control

 

Policy Owners    Liz Baesman/Keith Farndon
Author    Liz Baesman
Committee Approval    Ethics Committee
Date Last Reviewed    June 2017
Date Due for Next Review    August 2017

 

11


Personal Account Dealing Policy

 

Appendix I

Covered Securities

The following securities (and derivatives thereof) are considered Covered Securities:

 

    Equities - listed and unlisted shares

 

    Fixed Income Instruments

 

    Corporate

 

    U.S. Guaranteed or of federally sponsored enterprises (FHLMC, FNMA, GNMA, etc.)

 

    Municipal

 

    Closely Held

 

    ADRs, EDRs and GDRs

 

    ETFs/ETNs (including Janus Henderson ETFs/ETNs)

 

    Closed·End Funds

 

    Hedge Funds

 

    Private placements and limited offerings

 

    Investment Trusts - including Henderson Investment Trusts, REITs

 

    Investments above held in wrapped products such as ISAs, SIPPs, EIS, SEIS etc.

Any investment that you are unsure about should be precleared

Non-Covered Securities

The following securities (and derivatives thereof)

 

    Bank and term deposits

 

    Bonds and other direct debt instruments issued by the government of the UK, the US or other foreign governments.

 

    Premium bonds (UK specific)

 

    Futures:

..)  physical commodities

 

    currencies

 

    interest rates

 

    broad-based indices

 

    Regulated open-ended funds (UCITS, NURS, US Mutual Funds, UITs, Australian Managed Investment Schemes etc.) except for Reportable Funds

 

    Spread betting or other contracts on non-financial underlying (e.g. sports)

Whilst the instruments above are exempt from the specific preapproval requirements and investment restrictions set out in this Policy, be aware that any type of trading that could result in a conflict of interest arising is actively discouraged. This includes high levels of trading in exempt securities.

 

12


Personal Account Dealing Policy

 

Appendix II

Beneficial Ownership Guidelines

Definition of Beneficial Ownership

The Policy applies to all accounts and securities beneficially owned by you as well as accounts under your direct or indirect influence or control. Essentially this means that if you have the ability to profit, directly or indirectly, or share in any profit from a transaction, you have Beneficial Ownership. If you are unsure if an account or investment falls under your beneficial ownership, contact Compliance for further guidance.

Practical Application

You live with your parents: If you live in your parents’ house, but do not financially support your parents, your parents’ accounts and securities are not beneficially owned by you and do not require disclosure.

Your parent lives with you: If you provide financial support to your parent, your parent’s accounts and securities are beneficially owned by you and require disclosure.

You have an adult child living in your home: If you provide financial support to your child, your child’s accounts and securities are beneficially owned by you and require disclosure.

You have a college age child: If your child is in college and you still claim the child as a dependent for tax purposes, you are the beneficial owner of their accounts and securities.

Your child has an UGMA/UTMA account: If you (or your spouse) are the custodian for the minor child, the child’s accounts are beneficially owned by you. If someone other than you (or your spouse) is the custodian for your minor child’s account, the account is not beneficially owned by you.

You have a domestic partner or similar co-habitation arrangement: If you contribute to the maintenance of a household and the financial support of a partner, your partner’s accounts and securities are beneficially owned by you and require disclosure.

You have a roommate: Generally, roommates are presumed to be temporary and therefore you have no beneficial ownership in one another’s accounts and securities.

You have power of attorney: If you have been granted power of attorney over an account, you are not the beneficial owner of the account until the time that the power of attorney has been activated.

You are the trustee and/or the beneficiary of a trust: Due to the complexity and variety of trust agreements, these situations require case-by-case review by Compliance.

 

13

EX-28.p.12

 

LOGO

Code of Ethics & Personal Trading Policy

 

 

Effective June 13, 2011

Amended on April 8, 2016


  I. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

For the purposes of this Code of Ethics (“Code”), the following terms have been defined.

 

Access Person

   Any supervised person, who has access to nonpublic information regarding Clients’ purchase or sale of securities, is involved in making securities recommendations to Clients or who has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic. Please refer to the document entitled “List of Access Persons” maintained in the Compliance Department.

Advisory Person

   Each officer or employee who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of securities, or whose functions relate to making any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales, for Clients. All Advisory Persons are also Access Persons and therefore must comply with all requirements applicable to Access Persons.

Affiliates of ZCM

   Any affiliate referenced in the Form ADV or as maintained on the Affiliates List by the Compliance Department.

Beneficial Interest

  

Ability to share, directly or indirectly, in any profit, loss, dividend or income, directly or indirectly, through any joint account, partnership, trust or other formal or informal relationship.

 

An Access Person is deemed to have a beneficial interest in accounts held by immediate family members with whom the Access Person shares a household. Beneficial interest shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and rules and interpretations thereunder.

Client

   Any person or entity for which ZCM serves as investment adviser, renders investment advice, or makes investment decisions in exchange for compensation.

Exchange-Traded Fund (“ETF”)

   A security that tracks an index, a commodity or a basket of assets like an index fund, but trades like a stock on an exchange.

Federal Securities Laws

   The Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”), Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”), the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”), Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, any rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act, and any rules adopted by the SEC or the Department of the Treasury.

 

2


First In, First Out (“FIFO”)

   Applicable to holding period trading stipulation. Evaluation of short term trading violations will be conducted based on this method.

Fund

   Each of the registered investment companies for which the Firm, or any of its Affiliates, serves as an adviser or sub-adviser. See Appendix I .

Initial Public Offering (“IPO”)

   An offering of a security registered under the 1933 Act, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Managed Account Letter

   A letter indicating an Access Person’s grant of investment discretion in an account or accounts to a third-party, signed by the Access Person, the Access Person’s financial advisor, and approved by CCO. Attached as Appendix VI .

Managed Account

   An investment account over which bona fide legal investment discretion has been granted to an investment manager. The Access Person does not have any direct or indirect influence over the control of the account.

Non-Reportable Security

   Any of the following: (i) direct obligations of the U.S. Government; (ii) bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments (defined as any instrument that has a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization), including repurchase agreements; (iii) shares issued by money market funds; (iv) shares issued by open-end funds registered under the 1940 Act, other than Reportable Funds; and (v) shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end funds, none of which are Reportable Funds.

Outside Business Activity

  

Includes any of the following on a compensated or non-compensated basis in a for-profit capacity or for a for-profit entity:

 

•  Being engaged in any other business outside the business of ZCM;

 

•  Being employed or compensated by any other person for business- related activities outside the business of ZCM;

 

•  Serving as an Advisory Person of another organization;

 

•  Serving on the board of directors (or in any similar capacity) of another company. Authorization for board service will rarely be granted and will normally require ZCM not hold or purchase any securities of the company on whose board the Advisory Person sit.

 

3


Portfolio Manager

   Any person of the Firm who makes decisions as to the purchase or sale of portfolio holdings on behalf of Clients.

Private Placement

   An offering and investment in any non-publicly traded security.

Private Securities Transaction

   Includes investments in private placements (hedge funds or private equity funds), privately placed security, private investment partnerships, interests in oil and gas ventures, real estate syndications, participations in tax shelters and other investment vehicles and shares issued prior to a public distribution.

Reportable Fund

   The term “Reportable Fund” means (i) any fund for which the Firm serves as investment adviser or sub-adviser; or (ii) any fund whose investment adviser or principal underwriter controls the Firm, is controlled by the Firm, or is under common control with the Firm. As used in this definition, the term control has the same meaning as it does in Section 2(a)(9) of the Investment Company Act. A complete list of Reportable Funds is maintained by the Compliance Department.

Reportable Security

   The term “Reportable Security” includes all Securities (including Index Securities) other than Non-Reportable Securities. This includes, for example, stocks, bonds, futures, ETFs

Supervised Person

   Any partner, officer, director (or other person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), or employee of the Firm, or other person who provides investment advice on behalf of the Firm and is subject to the supervisions and control of the Firm.

 

4


  II. INTRODUCTION

The investment management and financial services industries are highly regulated and are subject to a wide variety of laws and regulations designed to protect investors. Similarly, publicly-traded companies are required to meet strict standards to protect the integrity of the markets in which their securities trade.

Ziegler Capital Management, LLC (“ZCM,” or the “Firm”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Stifel Financial Corp. (“Stifel”), a publicly traded company, adopts this Code of Ethics (the “Code”) in accordance with Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, and in accordance with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. Furthermore, because of its affiliation with Stifel, ZCM is also subject to the Stifel Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. This Code sets forth standards of conduct expected of advisory personnel, and addresses conflicts that arise from personal trading by Access Persons to mitigate the possibility of securities transactions occurring that place, or appear to place, such persons in conflict with the interests of ZCM and any Client.

ZCM observes the highest standards of ethical conduct and requires the same of all its Advisory Persons. As a condition of employment, each Advisory Person has an obligation to act in the best interests of our Clients. The operations of the Firm must be conducted in compliance with the law with the highest ethical standards. Each Advisory Person must read this Code in its entirety and comply with the following requirements:

 

  1. Execute the Initial and Annual Receipt of this Code, see Appendix II .

 

  2. Certify annually that they have read, understand and are in compliance with the Code.

 

  3. Retain a copy of the most current version of the Code.

 

  4. Attend any required Code training.

This Code should be read in conjunction with the Stifel Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and the ZCM Policies and Procedures Manual. This Code is intended to help each Advisory Person understand their obligations to comply with the highest ethical standards. The Code should be kept by each Advisory Person for future reference.

The Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”), in consultation with the Firm’s President, reserves the right to make exceptions, on a case-by-case basis, to any of the provisions of this Code upon a determination that the conduct at issue provides little opportunity for improper behavior or otherwise merits an exception. Approval of all such exceptions must be documented in writing. Because ZCM policies, governmental regulations, and industry standards relating to personal trading and potential conflicts of interest can change over time, ZCM may modify any or all of the policies and procedures set forth in the Code. Should ZCM revise the Code, each Advisory Person will receive written notification from the CCO or a designee, and will be required to certify that he or she has received, read, and understand the revised Code. It is the responsibility of each Advisory Person to become familiar with any modifications to the Code.

 

  III. STANDARDS OF CONDUCT

ZCM is a fiduciary to its Clients and owes each Client an affirmative duty of good faith and full and fair disclosure of all material facts. This duty is particularly pertinent whenever the adviser is in a situation involving a conflict or potential conflict of interest. Advisory Persons must affirmatively exercise authority and responsibility for the benefit of Clients and may not participate in any activities that may conflict with the interests of Clients. In addition, Advisory Persons must avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere or appear to interfere with making decisions in the best interests of our Clients.

 

5


Accordingly, at all times, Advisory Persons must conduct Firm business with the following precepts in mind:

 

  1. Place the interests of Clients first . No Advisory Person may cause a Client to take action, or not to take action, for personal benefit rather than the benefit of the Client. For example, causing a Client to purchase a security owned by the Advisory Person for the purpose of increasing the price of that security would be a violation of this Code. Similarly, an Advisory Person investing in a security of limited availability that was appropriate for Clients without first considering that investment for Clients would violate this Code.

 

  2. Conduct all personal securities transactions in compliance with this Code . This includes all pre-clearance and reporting requirements and procedures regarding personal trading and trade allocations.

 

  3. Keep information confidential . Information concerning Client transactions or holdings is material, non-public information and we may not use knowledge of any such information to profit from the market effect of those transactions.

 

  4. Comply with the Federal Securities Laws and all other laws and regulations applicable to the Firm’s business. Advisory Persons should make it their business to know what is required of ZCM as an investment adviser, and integrate compliance into the performance of all duties.

 

  5. Seek advice when in doubt about the propriety of any action or situation. Any questions concerning this Code should be addressed to the CCO, or a designee who may consult with outside counsel, outside auditors, or other professionals, as necessary.

 

  6. Escalate client complaints. Complaints conveyed by a Client or on behalf of a Client should be promptly reported to the Compliance Department. Advisory Persons may not make any payments or other account adjustments to Clients in order to resolve any type of complaint. All such matters will be handled by the CCO or a designee.

As a general rule, Advisory Persons are expected to abide not only by the letter of the Code, but also by the spirit of the Code. The policies and procedures in the following sections of this Code implement these general fiduciary principles in the context of specific situations.

 

  IV. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

Advisory Persons are prohibited from revealing information relating to the holdings in Client accounts or relating to the identification of securities which are being purchased or sold in Client accounts except to persons whose responsibilities require knowledge of this information. Portfolio Managers shall maintain all information relating to the Client accounts being managed in a confidential and secure manner.

The Firm has also implemented an Insider Trading Policy to address the protection of material, non- public information. Unauthorized disclosures of material, non-public information to select individuals or groups could result in substantial liability to the Firm and its Advisory Persons as well as to Stifel.

 

  V. PERSONAL TRADING POLICY

Access Persons must pre-clear all purchases and sales of securities except those described in Appendix I of this Code. (This list is NOT intended to be all-inclusive. If there is a security type not listed here and you have a question, please call the Compliance Department.)

Once a pre-clearance request is approved, the Access Person has one business day to trade in that security. For market orders, the order must be placed and filled before the one business day approval expires. For limit orders, the order must be placed before the one business day approval expires. This may be extended into after-hours trading with approval of the Compliance Department.

 

6


Access Person should be aware of these general considerations relating to specific types of trading activities:

 

    Black Out Periods. An Access Person cannot purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any Reportable Security within three (3) business days following a client transaction in the same (or a related) security. The black-out periods will not apply to equity securities with a market capitalization of greater than $5 billion (see Appendix I ).

 

    Holding Periods. To mitigate concerns over short-term trading, there is a 30-day holding period for most transactions (see Appendix I ). Short-term trading by Access Persons in accounts for which they have any beneficial ownership is prohibited. Short-term trading is defined as purchases and sales of the same or equivalent Reportable Security within a 30 calendar day period. Short term trading will be evaluated on a FIFO basis.

 

    Initial Public Offerings. No Access Person shall acquire Beneficial Interest in any security in an Initial Public Offering.

 

    Restricted List. Securities are listed on the Firm’s or Stifel’s restricted list. It is at the discretion of the CCO whether to add or remove securities from this restricted list. The CCO will review the list on a periodic basis and shall consult with the President and CIO, as needed.

 

  A. Reporting Requirements

Each Access Person has various reporting obligations with respect to accounts in which they have a Beneficial Interest under the Code. Such accounts include those belonging to the Access Person, the Access Person’s spouse and dependent children; and any other member of the Access Person’s immediate family with whom they share a household. It also includes any accounts over which the Access Person controls or influences investment decisions or has the right or authority to exercise any degree of control or discretionary authority (non-Client accounts), as well as any account in which the Access Person has a beneficial interest. Beneficial interest includes direct or indirect power to make investment decisions.

The reporting obligations are as follows:

 

    Initial Holdings Report . Every Access Person must complete, sign, and submit to the Compliance Department, an Initial Holdings Report no later than 10 calendar days after be- coming an Access Person. Each Access Person is required to submit all accounts belonging to them as well as to any member of their immediate family with whom they share a household. The Initial Holdings Report is provided as Appendix V . The information contained in the Initial Holdings Report must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person.

 

    Quarterly Transaction Report . Every Access Person must complete and submit a Quarterly Transaction and Brokerage Account Report to the Compliance Department, via the Firm’s electronic personal trading system. The report must include information about any transactions in Reportable Securities which were made during the specified calendar quarter. This is applicable for all Reportable Securities, regardless of whether pre-clearance approval was required. Please note transactions in Reportable Securities executed in Managed Accounts (i.e. no direct or indirect influence or control) are not required to be reported. The Quarterly Transaction and Brokerage Account Report must be submitted within 30 days ending each calendar quarter.

 

7


    Annual Holdings Reports . Every Access Person must complete and submit to the Compliance Department an Annual Holdings Report no later than 45 days (February 14th of every year) following the end of the calendar year via the Firm’s electronic personal trading system. The information contained in the Annual Holdings Report must be current as of December 31st of the preceding year.

 

    Disclosure of New Brokerage Accounts . Each Access Person must add any new brokerage account to the Firm’s electronic personal trading system prior to executing transactions any newly opened account for the direct or indirect benefit of such Access Person.

 

    Duplicate Trade Confirmations . All Access Persons must provide the Compliance Department with their broker information. The Compliance Department will direct the broker to supply the Firm with duplicate copies of all trade confirmations for all accounts holding Reportable Securities in either hard copy form or through an electronic data feed sent to the Firm’s electronic personal trading system.

 

    Notification of Reporting Obligation . All Access Persons will be informed of such duty by the Compliance Department and will be provided with a copy of this Code. Once informed of the duty to file a Quarterly Report and Initial and Annual Holdings Report, an Access Person has a continuing obligation to file such report, in a timely manner, whether or not the Access Person had any new information to report for the period

 

    Annual Code Acknowledgement . All Access Persons are required to certify, on an annual basis, their knowledge of the Code and the provisions noted therein.

 

  B. Non-Volitional Investments

Certain non-volitional and managed investments are not subject to the pre-clearance requirements in the Code:

 

    Purchases that are part of an issuer’s automatic dividend reinvestment plan or part of an automatic investment plan;

 

    Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by the issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its Reportable Securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired;

 

    Acquisitions or dispositions of securities through stock splits, reverse stock splits, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs or similar corporate reorganizations or distributions generally applicable to all holders of the same class of securities;

 

    Purchases or sales upon the exercise of puts or calls written by the Access Person where the purchase or sale is effected based on the terms of the option without action by the Access Person or his or her agent; and

 

  C. Private Security Transactions

ZCM’s fiduciary duty to Clients dictates that we devote our professional attention to Clients’ interests, above our own or those of other organizations. Any Advisory Person wishing to engage in private securities transactions must obtain prior written approval of the CCO. The CEO and CIO will also provide prior approval. The form included as Appendix IV to this Code should be used to make such requests.

 

8


Prior to making the initial investment in private securities or any follow-on investment in a private security, the Advisory Person must:

 

    Arrange for the Compliance Department to review and obtain any private placement memoranda, subscription agreements or other documents pertaining to the investment.

 

    Arrange for the Compliance Department to obtain any duplicate confirmations and statements or their equivalents relating to the investment.

 

    When confirmations and statements or other like documents are not available from the issuer, the Advisory Person must promptly inform the Compliance Department of any changes in the investment and provide a written annual update.

An Access Person who has been permitted to acquire a security in a private placement must disclose that investment if he or she later participates in consideration of an investment in that issuer by a Client’s account.

 

  D. Exceptions to Trading Policy

There are certain trading situations in which Advisory Persons may be have reduced reporting requirements. It is encouraged to review the specific situation with a member of the Compliance Department, if there are questions.

 

    Transactions effected in any 529 College Savings Plans

Transactions in 529 College Savings Plans do not require trade pre-clearance, but must be reported pursuant to the requirements of the Code.

 

    Managed Accounts

Accounts for which bona fide legal investment discretion has been granted to an outside entity do not require pre-clearance. In such instances, an Access Person must first do all of the following:

 

  1. Notify the Compliance Department of its existence at the commencement of employment at ZCM or at the time the account is opened; and

 

  2. Provide the Compliance Department with the Managed Account Letter which has been executed by the Access Person as well as the broker-dealer, bank, investment manager, financial adviser, trust company or trustee. A copy of the Managed Account Letter is provided as Appendix VI .

 

    Hardships

Under unusual circumstances, such as personal financial emergencies, and when it is determined that no conflict of interest or other breach of duty is involved, application for an exemption to make a transaction may be made to the CCO, which application may be denied or granted. To request consideration, an Access Person must submit a written request containing details on the circumstances, reason or the exception, and exception requested.

 

    Systematic Investment/Withdrawal Programs

Purchases or sales of a Reportable Security, including Funds, pursuant to a systematic investment or withdrawal program do not require pre-clearance, provided the original setting up of the investment or withdrawal program was appropriately approved. This includes systematic investments made in Firm-sponsored 401k plans.

 

9


  VI. OTHER RESTRICTIONS AND POLICIES

The Firm has adopted additional compliance policies and procedures to address each of these policies. Please consult those policies for additional details and guidance.

 

  A. Pay to play

To avoid any real perceived conflict of interests, the Firm requires that certain employees’ political contributions are subject to a pre-clearance requirement. Both ZCM and Stifel policies relative to political contributions are applicable to all Access Persons. Those policies can be found online or via the Compliance Department. Both Stifel and ZCM will pre-clear any requested political contribution.

 

  B. Gifts and Entertainment

No Access Person shall accept a gift or other item of more than $250 in value from any person or entity that does business with the Firm. Reporting of gifts and entertainment is required by both ZCM and Stifel.

 

  C. Outside Business Activities

Before undertaking any Outside Business Activity, Advisory Persons must fill out the Request Form (provided as Appendix III to this Code), and submit the Form to the Compliance Department.

 

  D. Unethical Conduct – Whistleblower Policy

As a subsidiary of Stifel, ZCM is committed to the highest standards of ethical, moral, and legal business conduct. In accordance with this commitment, Stifel has established a whistleblower policy (a copy of which is located on the Stifel Intranet site at Human Resources-Policies-Whistle Blower Policy).

 

  VII. ENFORCEMENT

The Compliance Department will review all reports made pursuant to this Code as well as materials relating to personal transactions in Reportable Securities by Access Persons. Compliance shall institute procedures necessary to monitor the adequacy of such reports and to otherwise prevent or detect violations of this Code. A violation of this Code shall be reported to management of the Firm as soon as possible upon discovery.

Violations of this Code may result in sanctions or such other steps as the Firm may deem appropriate, including, but not limited to, unwinding the transaction or disgorgement of any profit from the transaction, a letter of censure, reduction in salary, and suspension or termination of employment. No officer of the Firm shall participate in a determination of whether there has been a violation of this Code or of the imposition of any sanction against them.

In addition, the Firm may report any violations to the appropriate regulatory authority, including the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  VIII. RECORD RETENTION

ZCM shall maintain records in the manner and to the extent set forth below:

 

    Retention of Copy of the Code . A copy of this Code, and any versions that were in effect within the past five years shall be preserved in an easily accessible place;

 

10


    Record of Violations . A record of any violation of this Code and of any action taken as a result of such violation shall be preserved in an easily accessible place for a period of not less than five years following the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs;

 

    Copy of Forms and Reports . A copy of every form referenced herein prepared and filed by an Access Person shall be preserved for a period of not less than five years from the end of the fiscal year in which such report is made, the first two years in an easily accessible place;

 

    Written Acknowledgements . A record of all written acknowledgments of receipt of this Code from each person who is, or within the past five years was, an Access Person or Supervised Person shall be preserved in an easily accessible place;

 

    List of Access Persons . A list of all persons who are, or within the past five years of business were Access Persons, shall be maintained in an easily accessible place;

 

    Record of Approvals . A record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition of Securities in a Private Placement, and any other purchases or sales of Reportable Securities by Access Persons shall be maintained in an easily accessible place for at least five years following the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted; and

 

    Location of Records . All such records and/or documents required to be maintained pursuant to this Code shall be kept at ZCM’s offices or some other location noted in the Firm’s ADV.

See the Firm’s Maintenance of Books and Records policy for more detail regarding books and records pertaining to the Code.

 

  VII. AMENDMENTS

Any material amendments to the Code subsequent to its initial approval must be approved by a Funds’ board within six months of the amendment. Amendments to the Code shall be deemed to be effective immediately.

 

11


APPENDIX I

REPORTABLE AND NON-REPORTABLE SECURITIES

 

Security Type

   Pre-
Clearance
Required?
   Subject to 3
day Blackout
Period?
   Subject to 30
day holding
period?
   Report on Quarterly
Transaction Report?
   Report on Initial
& Annual
Holdings Report?
Equity Securities, Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REIT”), and option contracts if market capitalization of the underlying security is below $5  billion at the time of the trade    Yes    Yes    Yes    Yes    Yes
Equity Securities, Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REIT”), and option contracts if market capitalization of the underlying security is above $5  billion at the time of the trade    Yes    No    Yes    Yes    Yes
Fixed Income including Corporate Bonds    Yes    Yes    Yes    Yes    Yes
Municipal & General Obligation Bonds    Yes    Yes    Yes    Yes    Yes
Closed-End Mutual Fund    Yes    Yes    Yes    Yes    Yes
Commodities including commodity futures    Yes    Yes    Yes    Yes    Yes
Futures    Yes    Yes    Yes    Yes    Yes
Securities offered as part of an Initial Public Offering (“IPO”)    PROHIBITED FROM TRADING EQUITY IPOs
Private Placements or Limited Offerings    Yes    Yes    Yes    Yes    Yes
Any ETF or ETN    Yes    Yes    Yes    Yes    Yes
Direct obligations of the U.S. Government (i.e. Treasury Bonds)    No    No    No    No    No
Money Market Instruments (e.g. bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, money market funds, etc.)    No    No    No    No    No
Open-End Mutual Funds other than ZCM or any Affiliate’s advised or sub advised Mutual Funds    No    No    No    No    No
ZCM or any Affiliate’s advised or sub advised Mutual Funds    Yes    Yes    Yes    Yes    Yes
UITs    Yes    Yes    Yes    Yes    Yes
Securities held in any 529 College Savings Plan    No    No    No    No    No

 

12


APPENDIX II

INITIAL AND ANNUAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF THE CODE OF ETHICS

I hereby acknowledge that I have received, read and understand the Ziegler Capital Management, LLC Personal Trading Policy and Code of Ethics, and represent that:

 

  1. I have read the Code of Ethics and understand it.

 

  2. I certify that to the extent I did not understand a provision of the Code of Ethics, I asked and received proper guidance by the Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) or a designee of the CCO.

 

  3. I understand that any violation of the Code of Ethics may subject me to disciplinary action, including dismissal from employment.

 

  4. I will abide by the Code of Ethics in all respects and any future amendments to the Code, including reporting to Compliance any violations of the Code of which I become aware, as long as I am employed by Ziegler Capital Management, LLC.

 

Access Person Name:  

 

Access Person Signature:  

 

Dated:  

 

 

13


APPENDIX III

OUTSIDE BUSINESS ACTIVITY

Advisory Persons of ZCM must obtain written approval from their designated supervisors and the CCO before engaging in an outside business activity (which includes being an officer, director, limited or general partner, member of a limited liability company, Advisory Person or consultant of any non-ZCM entity or organization on a compensated or non-compensated basis).

Preliminary Information

 

Advisory Person Name:     

 

Name of Organization:     

 

Nature of Business:     

 

Legal Status of Entity (corporation, limited partnership, Limited Liability Company):     
     

 

Business Address:     
   

 

Principals:     

           Publicly Traded                Privately Placed                Non-Profit

To the best of your knowledge, does the organization or any of its affiliates conduct or plan to conduct business with ZCM?          Yes          No

 

If yes, please explain:     
 
 

To the best of your knowledge, has the organization or anyone associated with the organization been the subject of a disciplinary proceeding issued by a securities regulatory authority, or been found guilty of a criminal offense within the last ten years?      Yes      No

 

If yes, please explain:     
 
 

 

14


Description of Outside Business Activity

What is the nature of the proposed activity?

 

Officer

 

     

Investor

 

Director

 

     

Promoter

 

Advisor

 

     

Advisory Person

 

Other

 

     

Please explain the exact nature of your activities, duties and responsibilities and please describe in detail any financial or investment Advisory or decision making role that you may have in the organization.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Hours per Week                       Per Month               you intend to engage in this activity.

Will the proposed activity enable you to exert control over a publicly or privately held company, either directly or indirectly?            Yes                  No

 

If yes, please explain:     
 
 

To the best of your knowledge, will your participation in the outside activity conflict with or compromise your ability to carry out your duties at ZCM or restrict or otherwise have any negative impact on the activities of ZCM?                  Yes             No

 

If yes, please explain:     
 
 

Will you be required to participate in the outside activity during normal ZCM business hours?            Yes          No

 

If yes, please explain:     
 
 

Will you receive compensation from the outside activity including, but not limited to, selling commissions, finder’s fees, or salary?          Yes          No

 

If yes, please explain the nature of such compensation:      
      

 

15


If you will serve as an officer or director, will the organization carry officer’s/director’s liability insurance for you?            Yes              No

 

Advisory Person Signature:      

 

Print Name:                 Date:      

ACKNOWLEGMENT

 

Compliance Signature:      

 

Date:         

(The completed form should be submitted to the Compliance Department for filing.)

 

16


APPENDIX IV

PRIVATE SECURITIES TRANSACTION REQUEST FORM

Advisory Persons of ZCM must obtain written approval from their designated supervisors and the CCO before entering into any private securities transaction (which includes investments in a private placement, private investment partnerships, interests in oil and gas ventures, real estate syndications, participation in tax shelters, and other investment vehicles and shares issued prior to a public distribution). Prior to making an initial investment in a private securities transaction, the CCO or a designee must review copies of any agreements, offering memoranda, or other documentation pertaining to the investment.

Preliminary Information

 

Advisory Person Name:      

 

Name of Organization:      

 

Nature of Business:      

 

Legal Status of Entity (corporation, limited partnership, Limited Liability Company):      
      

 

Business Address:      
    

 

Principals:      

          Publicly Traded               Privately Placed               Non-Profit

To the best of your knowledge, does the organization or any of its affiliates conduct or plan to conduct business with ZCM?          Yes              No

 

If yes, please explain:     
     
     

To the best of your knowledge, has the organization or anyone associated with the organization been the subject of a disciplinary proceeding issued by a securities regulatory authority, or been found guilty of a criminal offense within the last ten years?           Yes           No

 

If yes, please explain:     
     
     

 

17


Description of Private Securities Transaction

 

Description of the investments:      
      
      

 

Type and amount of securities you are investing in:      
      

 

Indicate the total dollar amount of your investment:      

Do you own any other securities of the company or its affiliates?          Yes                   No

 

If yes, please explain:     
     
     

Estimate your total equity ownership interest in the Company:              %

Through your investment do you have the right to participate in management, or the right to board membership or board observation rights?                  Yes                   No

 

If yes, please explain:     
     
     

 

Advisory Person Signature:      

 

Print Name:                 Date:      

ACKNOWLEGMENT

 

Compliance Signature:      

 

Date:         

(The completed form should be submitted to the Compliance Department for filing.)

 

18


APPENDIX V

INTIAL HOLDINGS REPORT

When an Access Person begins employment with ZCM, such person must make, within 10 calendar days, a disclosure of all investment or brokerage accounts and Reportable Securities in which he or she has a Beneficial Ownership interest. Access Persons may attach their brokerage or investment account statements to this form when submitting to Compliance. The account statements must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the Access Person joined the Firm.

Brokerage or Investment Accounts

 

Title of Account

 

Name of broker/dealer

 

Account Number

   
   
   

Securities Holdings

 

Name of Security

 

Type of

Security

 

Ticker/CUSIP

 

Number of Shares/

Principal Amount

 

Account Name

       
       
       
       

 

Name           

 

Signature        Date:      

 

19


APPENDIX VI

MANAGED ACCOUNT LETTER

To:    Compliance Department

From:

Date:

Re:    Managed Account Letter

 

 

As an employee of Ziegler Capital Management, LLC (“Firm”), I,                                                                       (“Employee”) hereby certify to the following attestations:

 

    My spouse, dependent children, and I do not have discretion or any influence over any of the below referenced accounts;

 

    I have granted bona-fide legal investment discretion to the below listed Financial Adviser;

 

    I hereby understand that if I have designated a trustee or third-party manager discretionary investment authority over my personal account(s), I have already reported such arrangement to Compliance, I will not consult the trustee or third-party manager about a particular allocation of investments, make any suggestions, or direct purchases or sales of investments relating to my managed account(s); and

 

    In the event that the above statements are no longer accurate, I will immediately notify the Firm’s Compliance Department.

As the Employee’s Financial Adviser, I hereby certify that I have been granted bona-fide legal investment discretion by the Employee for all below listed accounts.

 

Account Number

 

Name of Account

 

Financial Adviser Name/Broker Dealer
Name, Address, Phone Number

   
   

 

Employee Signature     

 

Financial Adviser Signature

    
    
Date     

 

Date

 

20

EX-28.p.13

Boston Advisors, LLC

Code of Ethics

 

 

Effective January 1, 2017


BOSTON ADVISORS, LLC

CODE OF ETHICS

 

  I. INTRODUCTION

This Code of Ethics (“Code”) has been established in accordance with the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”), Rule 204A-1, and the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“Company Act”), Rule 17j-1. As a subadviser to mutual funds 1 , Boston Advisors, LLC (“Boston Advisors”) is subject to both rules. This Code intends to prevent and detect actual or potential conflicts of interest or unethical conduct by all officers, directors, (or other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions) and employees, as well as any other person who provides advice on behalf of Boston Advisors and is subject to Boston Advisors’ supervision and control (“Supervised Persons”). All Supervised Persons of Boston Advisors shall receive this Code. This Code governs personal investing, securities transactions and related activities of Supervised Persons and certain family members. You are required to follow certain procedural requirements designed to enforce and verify compliance with the Code.

Sanctions have been established for violations of either substantive or procedural requirements. Sanctions may range from warnings and reversals of trades to suspension or termination of employment, and, in some cases, referral to regulatory agencies for civil or criminal proceedings.

It is your responsibility to read this Code carefully and understand the provisions that apply to you. You are required to sign an Acknowledgement Form which signifies your understanding of the terms of the Code and your consent to be governed by it. Questions related to this Code should be directed to the Chief Compliance Officer or another member of the Compliance Department. Should one believe, or have any reason to believe, that a violation of the Code has occurred or is about to occur, that person should contact the Chief Compliance Officer. This Code will be interpreted by the Chief Compliance Officer in a manner considered fair and equitable, but in all cases from the perspective of placing its clients’ interests first. This Code is intended solely for internal use by Boston Advisors and does not constitute evidence that conduct violating this Code violates any federal or state securities laws. Boston Advisors does not intend for this Code to give rise to private rights of action that would not exist in the absence of this Code.

 

  II. STATEMENT OF GENERAL POLICY

Boston Advisors seeks to foster a reputation for integrity and the highest standards of professionalism. The confidence and trust placed in us by our clients is something we value and strive to protect. Boston Advisors’ and its Supervised Persons have a fiduciary obligation to at all times place the interests of its clients first and to first offer investment opportunities to clients before Boston Advisors or its Supervised Persons may act on them. To further that goal, Boston Advisors has created this Code to reassure that none of its Supervised Persons shall engage in any act, practice or course of conduct that would violate the fiduciary duty owed by Boston Advisors and its Supervised Persons to our clients in accordance with various federal and state securities laws 2 .

 

1   Boston Advisors is a subadviser to the AXA Equitable Funds Trust and EQ Advisors Trust, the Nationwide Funds, the Prudential Funds, the Transamerica Funds and the Knights of Columbus Funds. See the attached exhibit for the specific list of mutual funds and tickers..
2   Federal Securities Laws means the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a-aa), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a-mm), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Pub. L. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745 (2002)), the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a), the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b), Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (Pub. L No. 106-102, 113 Stat. 1338 (1999), any rules adopted by the Commission under any of these statues, the Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C 5311-5314; 5316-5332) as it applies to funds and investment advisers, and any rules adopted thereunder by the Commission or the Department of Treasury.

 

2


Without limiting in any manner the fiduciary duty owed by Boston Advisors and its Supervised Persons to clients, Boston Advisors believes that it is appropriate and desirable that our Supervised Persons purchase and sell Securities for themselves provided that such securities transactions comply with the spirit of and the specific restrictions and limitations set forth in this Code. Boston Advisors believes this approach fosters a continuing personal interest in such investments by those responsible for the supervision of Boston Advisors’ clients’ portfolios.

 

  III. PROTECTION OF CLIENT AND OTHER NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION

3.1 General Statement . Supervised Persons are prohibited from improperly disclosing or misusing Boston Advisors’ securities recommendations and client holdings and transactions. All Supervised Persons are required to safeguard company information in such a way that it is protected from misuse, distribution or destruction. All Supervised Person workstations shall be password protected and Supervised Persons shall keep their passwords secure. Company and client documents and information are firm property and shall not be converted to personal use or distributed for personal use.

3.2 Disclosure of Client Identity and Securities Transactions . With the exception of information already made public and except to the extent necessary to open and maintain client accounts, effectuate securities transactions and comply with applicable law, no Supervised Person may, without express permission by the client, directly or indirectly, communicate to any person who is not an Supervised Person or other approved agent of Boston Advisors ( e.g. , legal counsel) any non-public information relating to any client, including, without limitation: client identity or identifying information ( i.e. social security number), client holdings, any purchase or sale considered on behalf of any client, etc.

3.3 Disclosure of Holdings of Mutual Funds Subadvised by Boston Advisors. The Advisers Act Rule 204A-1 was adopted in response to a number of enforcement actions taken against various investment advisers alleging violations of their fiduciary obligations to clients, including mutual fund clients. One area of concern has been the disclosure of material (as defined in the Glossary of Terms at the end of this Code) non-public information about fund portfolios which enabled persons affiliated and unaffiliated with the particular adviser to engage in market timing of fund. 3 Supervised Persons must abide the rules established by the Mutual Fund itself. Regarding the Mutual Funds subadvised by Boston Advisors, no disclosure of holdings is permitted without the prior written consent of the Chief Compliance Officer and only after at least 30 days have elapsed, consistent with the rules of each respective mutual fund and the Investment Company Act.

 

3   Examples of enforcement actions include: In the Matter of Strong Capital Management, Inc. (adviser disclosed material nonpublic information about fund portfolio holdings to hedge fund, and permitted own chairman and hedge fund to engage in undisclosed market timing of funds managed by Adviser); In the Matter of Alliance Capital Management, L.P., (disclosure of material nonpublic information about certain mutual fund portfolio holdings permitted favored client to profit from market timing).

 

3


3.4 Confidentiality. Confidentiality Obligation. Supervised Persons are responsible for maintaining the confidentiality of information entrusted to them as a result of their roles with the Company, except when disclosure is authorized or legally mandated. The sensitive nature of the investment business requires that the Company keep its customers’ confidence and trust. Supervised Persons must be continuously sensitive to the confidential and privileged nature of the information to which they have access concerning the Company and its clients and customers, and must exercise the utmost discretion when discussing any work-related matters with third parties. Each Covered Person must safeguard the Company’s confidential information and not disclose it to a third party (other than a third party having a duty of confidentiality to the Company) without the prior consent of senior management.

What Is Confidential Information. “Confidential information” includes but is not limited to information, knowledge, ideas, documents or materials that are owned, developed or possessed by the Company or that in some other fashion are related to confidential or proprietary matters of the Company, its business, customers, shareholders, Supervised Persons or brokers. It includes all business, product, marketing, financial, accounting, personnel, operations, supplier, technical and research information. It also includes computer systems, software, documentation, creations, inventions, literary works, developments, discoveries and trade secrets. Confidential information includes any non-public information of the Company that might be of use to competitors, or harmful to the Company or its customers, if disclosed.

Acknowledgment. All employees of the Company are expected to sign an acknowledgment regarding the confidentiality policy set forth above at the time they become employed with the Company.

Length of Confidentiality Obligations. Supervised Persons are expected to comply with the confidentiality policy not only for the duration of their employment or service with the Company, but also after the end of their employment or service with the Company.

Confidentiality Under the Code. All reports and records prepared or maintained pursuant to this Code shall be considered confidential and shall be maintained and protected accordingly.

Whistleblower Exception. Nothing in this Code prohibits any Covered Person from providing information about a possible securities law violation to any governmental agency or entity, or making other disclosures that are protected under the whistleblower provisions of applicable law or regulation, without authorization from or notification to the Company or senior management.

 

  IV. RESTRICTIONS ON PERSONAL TRADING AND RELATED ACTIVITIES

4.1 Definition of Security and Beneficial Interest. In order to comply with the personal trading restrictions of this Code, you must have an understanding of the terms “Security” and “Beneficial Ownership” as used in the Code.

Security ”, as defined in Rule 204A-1, means any note, stock, treasury stock, security future, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral trust certificate, transferable share, investment contract, certificate of deposit for

 

4


a security, any put, call, straddle, option or privilege on any security or on any group or index of securities or any put, call straddle, option or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency or in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a “security”, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any of the foregoing type of equity or debt instrument (such as common and preferred stocks, and corporate and government bonds or notes), shares in offshore funds, municipal obligations, closed end mutual funds and exchange traded funds and any instrument representing, or any rights relating to, a security (such as certificates of participation, depositary receipts, put and call options, warrants, convertible securities and securities indices).

For purposes of Rule 204A-1 and the Code, all Securities require pre-clearance under this Code, EXCEPT the following:

 

  A. Exempt Securities .

 

    Shares of registered open-end investment companies;

 

    Direct obligations of the U.S. Government;

 

    Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit; commercial paper, and high quality short term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements;

 

    Shares of money market funds;

 

  B. Exempt Transactions .

 

    Purchases or sales of Securities for an account over which you have no direct or indirect influence or control, such as an account under full discretionary management with an SEC registered investment adviser;

 

    Purchases or sales of Securities which occur as a result of operation of law, or any margin call (provided such margin call does not result from your withdrawal of collateral within 10 days before the call); however, evidence of broker initiated margin call will be required to ensure that the transaction was not a voluntary sell.

 

    Purchases of Securities which are part of an Automatic Investment Plan;

 

    Automatic purchases of a money market fund as a result of a brokerage account sweep feature that invests idle cash;

 

    Purchases of Securities made by exercising rights distributed by an issuer pro rata to all other holders of a class of its Securities or other interests to the extent such rights were acquired by you from the issuer;

 

    Assignment of options or exercise of an option at expiration.

 

5


    Acquisition of securities through stock dividends, dividend reinvestments, stock splits, reverse stock splits, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs, and other similar corporate reorganizations or distributions generally applicable to all holders of the same class of securities.

“Beneficial Ownership is defined as a direct or indirect “pecuniary interest” that is held or shared by you directly or indirectly (through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise). The term “pecuniary interest” in turn generally means your opportunity directly or indirectly to receive or share in any profit derived from a transaction in a security or transaction whether or not the security or the relevant account is in your name. You are presumed under the Code to have an indirect pecuniary interest as a result of:

 

    Ownership of a security by your spouse or minor children;

 

    Ownership of a security by your other family members sharing your household (including an adult child, a stepchild, a grandchild, a parent, stepparent, grandparent, sibling, mother- or father-in-law, sister- or brother-in-law, and son- or daughter-in-law);

 

    Your share ownership, partnership interest or similar interest in the portfolio Securities held by a corporation, general or limited partnership or similar entity you control;

 

    Your right to receive dividends or interest from a security even if that right is separate or separable from the underlying securities; or

 

    Your right to acquire a security through the exercise or conversion of a “derivative.”

4.2 General Restrictions on Investing by Supervised Persons. Personal investing and securities transactions and related activities must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or abuse of your fiduciary position of trust and responsibility. All personal securities transactions should be made in amounts that are consistent with your normal investment practices and with an investment outlook rather than a trading outlook. Short term trading ( day-trading ) or market timing of your personal accounts is not permitted. Repeated instances of short term trading or market timing may lead to a suspension of your personal trading privileges. You should not conduct your personal investing in such a manner that the amount of time dedicated to personal investing and securities transactions is at the expense of time that should be devoted to your work functions.

4.3 Specific Restrictions on Investing by Supervised Persons.

Trading on Inside Information. Trading securities while in possession of material, non-public information or improperly communicating that information to others exposes an offender to stringent

 

6


penalties. Criminal sanctions may include a fine of up to $1,000,000 and/or ten years imprisonment. The Securities and Exchange Commission can recover the profits gained or losses avoided through the violative trading, impose a penalty of up to three times the illicit windfall and issue an order permanently barring an offender from the securities industry. Finally, an offender may be sued by investors seeking to recover damages for insider trading violations. Regardless of whether a government inquiry occurs, however, any violation of Boston Advisor’s policy prohibiting insider trading is viewed seriously by Boston Advisors. Such violations constitute grounds for disciplinary sanctions, including dismissal. Boston Advisor’s policy prohibiting insider trading is drafted broadly and will be applied and interpreted in a similar manner. Before executing any trade for yourself or another person, including another client of Boston Advisors, you must determine whether you have access to material, non-public information. If you think you might have access to material, non-public information, you should take the following steps:

 

    Report the information and proposed trade immediately to the Chief Compliance Officer or another member of the Compliance Department;

 

    Do not purchase or sell the securities on behalf of yourself or others, including other clients of Boston Advisors; and

 

    Do not communicate the information inside or outside Boston Advisors other than to the Chief Compliance Officer, other member of the Compliance Department or Outside Counsel.

After the Chief Compliance Officer and/or Boston Advisors’ Outside Counsel has reviewed the issue, the Chief Compliance Officer and/or Boston Advisors’ Outside Counsel will determine whether the information is material and non-public and, if so, what action Boston Advisors should take.

 

    NO Supervised Person of Boston Advisors may purchase or sell any security while in possession of material, non-public information concerning the security.

 

    NO Supervised Person of Boston Advisors that knows of material, non-public information may communicate that information to any other person, other than as permitted in this Code.

 

    NO Supervised Person of Boston Advisors that knows of material, non-public information may recommend trading in securities, or otherwise cause the purchase or sale of any security, about which he or he has material, non-public information.

Competing with Client Trades . No Supervised Person may, directly or indirectly, purchase or sell a security in such a way that the Supervised Person knew, or reasonably should have known, that such a security transaction competes in the market with any actual or considered security transaction for any client of Boston Advisors or otherwise personally acts to injure any of our client’s security transactions.

Personal Use of Client Trading Knowledge. No Supervised Person may use the knowledge of securities purchased or sold by any client of Boston Advisors or securities being considered for purchase or sale by any client of Boston Advisors to profit personally, directly or indirectly, by the market effect of such transactions.

 

7


Initial Public Offerings and Private Placements . Without obtaining prior written approval from the Chief Compliance Officer, no Supervised Person may, directly or indirectly, purchase any security sold in an Initial Public Offering or pursuant to a Private Placement Transaction. Purchases of initial public offerings and private placements are restricted because they present actual or perceived conflicts of interest. 4

In considering such a request from a Supervised Person, the Chief Compliance Officer will take into account, among other considerations, whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for Boston Advisors’ clients, whether the opportunity is being offered to you by virtue of your position at Boston Advisors and whether the opportunity is likely to present actual or perceived conflicts of interest with Boston Advisors’ duties to its clients. It should be understood that approval of these transactions will be given only in special circumstances, and normally will be denied.

Futures and Related Options. Without the prior approval of the Chief Compliance Officer, no Supervised Person shall use futures or related options on a security to evade the restrictions of this Code. In other words, no Supervised Person may use futures or related options transactions with respect to a security if this Code would prohibit taking the same position directly in the security.

Short Selling. Short selling of securities is permitted. However, to avoid any conflict of interest, you may not sell short securities that are held long in your client accounts.

 

  V. PRE-CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES

5.1 General Restrictions . All Supervised Persons must pre-clear securities transactions, unless exempt under Section VIII below. No personal securities transactions requiring pre-clearance can take place prior to 3pm. The pre-clearance system is accomplished with use of the Cordium Compliance Elf System. Upon Compliance Department’s receipt of the pre-clearance request, the request will be reviewed as follows to determine if it is acceptable to be traded by employee:

1. The requested security will be compared to any trade placed that day (or will be placed that day) for a client account. If a trade has been placed or will be placed by end of day for a client account, the pre-clearance request will be denied.

2. The requested security will be compared to the Institutional Restricted List. If the security is listed on the current Institutional Restricted List, the pre-clearance request will be denied.

3. The requested security will be compared to trades placed for mutual funds subadvised by Boston Advisors.

 

4   In the Matter of Monetta Financial Services, Inc. (Investment Adviser to mutual funds improperly allocated IPO shares in which funds could have invested to certain access persons of the funds without adequate disclosure or approval.); In the Matter of Ronald V. Speaker and Janus Capital Corporation (portfolio manager made a profit on same day purchase and sale of debentures in which fund could have invested, and failed to disclose transactions to the fund or obtain prior consent).

 

8


5.2 Procedures for Pre-clearance of Trades. Prior to 2 p.m. Supervised Persons who wish to pre-clear securities transactions are required to enter a trade request into Compliance Elf personal trading module. The personal trading reviewer shall collect all pre-clearance requests and send an email listing the securities, without reference to the party requesting pre-clearance. The email shall be sent to all Portfolio Managers and the Trading Desk. If any Portfolio Manager has already traded the security for a client or anticipates trading a security before the end of the day, the Portfolio Manager shall reply to the email request stating that the pre-clearance cannot be granted. The reviewer shall also ensure that the most recent Restricted List is uploaded into Compliance Elf so that the Compliance Elf system may compare it against the pre-clearance request.

The security in question will be approved for employee trading if:

1. It has not been traded for a client that day, and

2. It is not on the current Institutional Restricted List; and

3. It is not on the current Mutual Fund Restricted List

For purposes of testing Mutual Fund Restricted Lists, all personal trades will be compared by Compliance Elf against the holdings of the mutual funds subadvised by Boston Advisors. The Compliance Elf system will automatically approve or deny the trade, via an email reply to the person requesting pre-clearance. The response by the reviewer is expected to be no later than 3pm.  

Please see below for a further discussion of personal holding black-out periods applicable to mutual funds.

If the trade has not been executed by the end of the same trading day the pre-clearance request will lapse. In order to affect the trade the following day, a new pre-clearance request must be made.

All pre-clearance requests are checked by Compliance against Supervised Persons statements to ensure that no trade was executed: (1) without pre-clearance request and (2) that had been expressly denied.

 

  VI. SUPERVISED PERSONS REPORTING OF TRANSACTIONS AND HOLDINGS

Each Supervised Person is responsible under the provisions of the Code to disclose to Boston Advisors its personal securities transactions and holdings.

6.1 Initial Personal Holdings Report. Upon hire, each Supervised Person must file with the Chief Compliance Officer an Initial Personal Holdings Report acceptable to the Chief Compliance Officer of all securities in which such Supervised Person has a Beneficial Ownership or as to which such Supervised Person has direct or indirect influence or control. The information must be as of the date the person became a Supervised Person. In each case, this report must contain the following information as to each such security and be submitted within 10 days of becoming a Supervised Person.

 

9


    the title and type of security, ticker or CUSIP symbol, and number of shares or principal amount so owned or controlled;

 

    the name of any broker/dealer, or bank maintaining the account in which such security is held; and

 

    the date the report is submitted.

6.2 Quarterly Statements. Each Supervised Person is required to permit duplicate statements to be sent directly to the Compliance Department in one of the following three ways:

 

    Direct download into the Compliance Elf system (by entering your account credentials into Compliance Elf to “scrape” data, or

 

    By using one of Cordium’s automated custodians who provide direct downloads to the Compliance Elf system, or

 

    By uploading holdings manually into the Compliance Elf system and providing duplicate custodian statements to the Compliance Department.

Whichever method you choose to disclose personal holdings, you are expected to assist the Compliance Department in getting access to your holdings statements. The Compliance Department reserves the right to require Supervised Persons to maintain their accounts with select brokers for ease of receipt of information at a later date. Such quarterly statements must be received within 30 days of the end of the quarter.

6.3 Annual Investment Holdings Report. Each Supervised Person must file a Holdings Report as of January 30 th of each year, acceptable to the Chief Compliance Officer, listing the personal securities holdings including securities in which such Supervised Person has Beneficial Ownership or over which such Supervised Person has direct or indirect influence or control for the period ended December 31 st of the previous year and which contains the following information:

 

    the title and type of security, ticker or CUSIP symbol, and number of shares or principal amount so owned or controlled;

 

    the name of any broker/dealer, or bank maintaining the account in which such security is held; and

 

    the date the report is submitted.

Annual Holdings Reports must be less than 45 days old. No Report will be accepted that is more than 45 days old.

6.4 Annual Certification of Compliance . Boston Advisors will distribute a certification form to each Supervised Person which must be completed annually (by paper or electronic means specified by the Chief Compliance Officer from time to time) that he or she (i) has read and understands the Code and

 

10


recognizes that he or she is subject thereto, (ii) has complied with the requirements of the Code and (iii) has disclosed or reported all personal Securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of the Code.

6.5 Collection and Review of Employee Statements by Compliance . Account statements for portfolio managers and other employees who execute trades for client accounts will be collected and holdings may be manually entered and reconciled in APX. Account statements for all other employees will be collected and physical copies will be maintained by Compliance. All employee statements will be subject to Compliance Elf review to determine whether trades placed in employee accounts were 1. Pre-cleared and 2. Whether any trades occurred in employee accounts the same day as a client account. Further for employees whose accounts are reconciled and maintained in APX, additional analytics will be performed by Compliance to review for items such as overall performance, trends and portfolio turnover.

Confidentiality of employee accounts will be ensured with the following measures: 1. names and custodial account numbers for employee accounts will not be included in APX. 2. a confidential, randomly selected number will be assigned to each employee account by a member of the compliance department and will be maintained in a password protected file, 3. access to any account designated as an employee account will be limited and will not be available to unauthorized users in APX.

 

  VII. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE FOR MUTUAL FUND CLIENTS

Because Boston Advisors manages mutual fund clients, we are subject to the provisions of the Investment Company Act as it relates to mutual funds and Rule 17j-1 5 .

7.1 Mutual Fund  Seven-Day Blackout . No Employee shall, directly or indirectly, within a period of seven (7) calendar days before and after, purchase or sell any security that has been purchased or sold in a mutual fund managed, advised or subadvised by the firm.

The “seven days before” element of this restriction is based on the premise that an investment adviser can normally be expected to know, when it is affecting a personal trade, whether any Mutual Fund client will be trading in the same security seven days later. An investment adviser who manages Mutual Funds has an affirmative obligation to recommend and/or affect suitable and attractive trades for clients regardless of whether such trade will cause a prior personal trade to be considered in apparent violation of this restriction. It would constitute a breach of fiduciary duty and a violation of this Code to delay or fail to make any such recommendation or transaction in order to avoid a conflict with this restriction.

 

5   Prior to January 1, 2017 Boston Advisors had two categories of employees, “Mutual Fund Access Persons and Non-Mutual Fund Access Persons. The Compliance Department was responsible for the determination of whether an employee was deemed to be a Mutual Fund Access Person taking into consideration factors such as the employee’s role and potential for actual real-time knowledge of trading plans for the Mutual Fund as a result of their inclusion on investment teams, physical proximity to team meetings or being on the distribution group for the Restricted List(s). However, as a result of several factors such as: an increase in the number of mutual funds subadvised by Boston Advisors, the shared usage of the investment process between PAG and institutional, open architecture of Moxy, and attendance by non-institutional employees in morning meetings where investment decisions are discussed, it is potentially misleading for Boston Advisors to state with confidence that “non-access persons” truly do not have access to the real-time trading decisions considered for the mutual funds. As a result, contemporaneous with this edition of the Code of Ethics, we will end the distinction between “access” and “non-access” persons are will include all employees as one class subject to the requirements of Rule 17j-1. Therefore, the provisions in this section will apply to all employees effective January 1, 2017.

 

11


  VIII.  Gifts/Entertainment and Outside Business Activities

8.1 Receipt of Gifts and Entertainment. Generally Boston Advisors’ aim is to deter providers of gifts or entertainment from seeking or receiving special favors from Supervised Persons. The concern is that gifts of more than a nominal value may cause Supervised Persons to feel placed in a position of “obligation” and/or give the appearance of a conflict of interest. Supervised Persons should not solicit any third party for any gift, gratuity, entertainment or any other item regardless of its value. Supervised Persons, including members of their immediate families, may accept or participate in “reasonable entertainment”. Supervised Persons are encouraged to be guided by their own sense of ethical responsibility, along with any policies or guidelines adopted from time to time by Boston Advisors with respect to gifts and entertainment 6 .

8. 2 Dinner and Entertainment. Boston Advisors recognizes that building client relationships and promoting Boston Advisors within the asset management industry is often through client meetings. Client and third party intermediary relationships are stronger as a result of client contact, which usually takes place during meal sharing and entertainment. As a result, this Code of Ethics makes a distinction between Gifts and Entertainment. Importantly, Entertainment will be defined as an activity that Clients or Intermediaries (such as Brokers) attend together as part of relationship building. When Employees engage in Entertainment, such as dinner and tickets to sporting events, the dinner and entertainment value may exceed $100.00 as opposed to Gifts which may not exceed $100.00. The reason for this important distinction is that typically, in most urban settings the cost of dinner and a ticket to an event will often exceed $100.00.

8.3 Reporting and Pre-Clearance of Gifts vs. Dinner and Entertainment.

A. Dinner and Entertainment, Provided by Boston Advisors to Existing and Prospective Clients . Dinner and Entertainment provided by Boston Advisors’ employees to existing clients and prospective clients does not require either pre-clearance or reporting to the Compliance Department.

B. Dinner and Entertainment, Provided by Industry Participants (Brokers, ETF Sponsors, Etc.). All dinners and entertainment provided by Non-Client persons or companies to Supervised Persons requires Pre-Clearance Approval from the Compliance Department. Non-Client persons or companies include but are not limited to:

Brokerage firms and individual brokers

ETF Sponsors

Issuers of Securities

Placement Agents

 

6   Boston Advisors recognizes that this Section is not intended to limit Independent Member of the Board of Directors who do not also serve in management positions within the Company from accepting compensation, bonuses, fees and other similar consideration paid in the normal course of business as a result of their outside business activity, employment or directorships.

 

12


In order to avoid a conflict of interest wherein Boston Advisors’ Supervised Persons may use their authorization over Client accounts to the benefit of third parties (such as directing Client brokerage to a particular broker or purchasing an ETF for a Client Account), in return for dinner, entertainment or gifts provided by the third party to the Supervised Person, all dinner and/or entertainment required Pre-Clearance and Approval from the Compliance Department.

8. 4 Gifts. All gifts received by Supervised Persons from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of Boston Advisors must be reported. In addition, no Supervised Person shall accept any gift or other thing of more than de minimus value from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of Boston Advisors without obtaining prior written approval of the Chief Compliance Officer. Gifts valued at less than $100.00 would be considered de minimus. Gifts worth more than $100.00 would be considered a potential conflict of interest. Gifts in the form of entertainment must be Pre-Cleared prior to attending the event.

Examples of gifts are as follows:

 

    Tickets to a sporting or similar event (where the giver of gift is not in attendance with the Supervised Person)

 

    Cash, gift cards, clothes, jewelry, etc.

8.5 Value Guidelines and Reporting Processes . The Chief Compliance Officer may, from time to time, issue guidelines as to the type and value of items that would be considered subject to this restriction. All employees are required to disclose the giving or receipt of gifts and/or entertainment via the Compliance Elf System. To report a gift/entertainment, complete a “Gift Receipt Notification” in Compliance Elf and include the following information: Name of gift giver, position of recipient/donor, and cost or value of gift. The Chief Compliance Officer will maintain a log of gifts given and received.

8.6 ACCEPTANCE OF GIFTS OR ENTERTAINMENT BY FUND ADVISORY PERSONNEL — SECTION 17(e)(1) OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT.

Because Boston Advisors serves as a subadvisor to mutual funds, Supervised Persons are subject to Section 17(e)(1) of the Investment Company Act. Per the Guidance Statement 7 investment advisers and employees of investment advisers to mutual funds are prohibited from accepting any compensation for the purchase or sale of any property to a mutual fund. The prohibition reflects the SEC’s fundamental concern for the potential for mutual funds to be managed, or their portfolio securities selected, in the interest of their investment advisers and their affiliates rather than in the interest of the mutual fund’s shareholders. As a result no Supervised Person is permitted to accept a Gift or Entertainment from a third party in relation to Boston Advisors’ position as manager to a mutual fund without Pre-Clearance and Approval of the Compliance Department.

 

7   See the February 2015 Investment Management SEC Guidance Statement No. 2015-1

 

13


8.7 Pay to Play Prohibitions and Anti-Corruption

Taft-Hartley Trust Clients . No Supervised Person shall make any gift or other thing of any value to any Taft-Hartley trust client, prospective client or union official without obtaining prior written approval of the Chief Compliance Officer. 8

Governmental Clients and Prospective Clients. No Supervised Person shall make any gift or other thing of any value to any governmental Client or prospective client in order to improperly influence them. Supervised Persons should be aware that practices that may be acceptable in the commercial business environment (such as providing certain transportation, meals, entertainment and other things of value) may be unacceptable and even illegal when they relate to government employees or others who act on a government’s behalf. Therefore, Supervised Persons are required to comply with the relevant laws and regulations governing relations between government employees and customers and suppliers in every country where the Company conducts business.

8.8 Political Contributions.

Pay-to-play in the context of political contributions is the practice of making campaign contributions and payments to elected officials in an attempt to influence the awarding of advisory contracts for the management of public pension assets and similar government investment accounts. Rule 206(4)-5 of the Adviser’s Act was adopted to address “pay-to-play” issues. The Rule limits the political contributions (federal, state and local) that advisers, its executives and certain of its employees can make. The restriction does not ban employees’ rights to make political contributions; instead it bans the right of Boston Advisors to receive compensation for two years from when it or any employee made the payment.

As such, no Supervised Person shall make any payment, gift or other thing of value to a third party for solicitation or receipt of government related investment business (Federal, State and Local) ex: public pension funds. This restriction does not ban your right to make political contributions. Political contributions may be made; however, they will need to be disclosed to Boston Advisors for purposes of our testing of compliance with Rule 206(4)-5.

All employees are required to annually file a Political Contribution Disclosure Form via the Compliance Elf System. To access the Political Contribution Disclosure Form, please login to the Compliance Elf system and under “Questionnaires” and select the Political Contribution Disclosure Form Rule 206(4)-5, complete and submit.

8.9 Public Company Board Service and Other Affiliations . No Supervised Person may serve on the board of directors of any publicly traded company, absent prior written approval by the Chief Compliance Officer. In addition, all employees are required to annually file the Employee Conflicts of

 

8  

Gifts to Taft-Hartley Trust Clients is regulated by the U.S. Department of Labor which requires that detailed information concerning all gifts, including gifts of de minimus value, be reported annually and certified by the President of Boston Advisors.

 

14


Interest Disclosure and Certification Form, via the Compliance Elf System which requires disclosure of all outside business activities, associations with publicly traded companies and disclosure of any board memberships by the employee or his/her immediate family members. To access the Employee Conflicts of Interest Disclosure and Certification Form, please login to the Compliance Elf system and under “Questionnaires” select the Employee Conflicts of Interest Disclosure and Certification Form, complete and submit.

 

  IX. RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS

Boston Advisors is required to maintain and preserve records relating to this Code of the type and in the manner and form and for the time period prescribed from time to time by applicable law. Each Supervised Person shall cooperate with Boston Advisors to meet its reporting requirements. Currently, Boston Advisors is required by law to maintain and preserve in an easily accessible place:

 

    a copy of this Code (and any prior Code of Ethics that was in effect at any time during the past five years) for a period of five years;

 

    a record of any violation of this Code and of any action taken as a result of such violation for a period of five years following the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs;

 

    a copy of each report (or information provided in lieu of a report) submitted under this Code for a period of five years, provided that for the first two years such copy must be preserved in an easily accessible place;

 

    a list of all persons who are, or within the past five years were, required to make, or were responsible for reviewing, reports pursuant to this Code;

 

    a copy of each report provided to any Mutual Fund as required by paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of Rule 17j-1 under the Company Act or any successor provision for a period of five years following the end of the fiscal year in which such report is made, provided that for the first two years such record shall be preserved in an easily accessible place; and

 

    a written record of any decision, and the reasons supporting any decision, to approve the purchase by a Supervised Person of any security in an Initial Public Offering or Private Placement Transaction for a period of five years following the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted.

 

  X. SANCTIONS

Any violation of the substantive or procedural requirements of this Code will result in the imposition of such sanctions as the Chief Compliance Officer may deem appropriate under the circumstances of the particular violation, as well as the violator’s past history of violations. Violations, including those involving deception, dishonesty or knowing breaches of law or fiduciary duty, will be considered in one or more of the most severe violations regardless of the violator’s history of prior compliance.

 

15


Sanctions may include, but are not limited to: cancellation of trade, a warning, a letter of caution, suspension or termination personal trading privileges, a fine, disgorgement of profits generated or payment of losses avoided, restitution to an affected client, suspension of employment without pay, demotion, termination of employment, referral to the SEC or other civil authorities or trade groups, referral to criminal authorities.

In applying sanctions, the Chief Compliance Officer will be directed by guidelines established by senior management from time to time; setting forth suggested sanctions for specific types of violations, including a schedule of escalating penalties for repeat violations in some areas.

 

  XI GLOSSARY OF TERMS

Supervised Person ” means:

 

  i. Any of Boston Advisors’ employees, officers or directors: 9

 

  a. Who has access to nonpublic information regarding any clients’ purchases or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any reportable fund, or

 

  b. Who is involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or who has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic.

Automatic Investment Plan ” means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An automatic investment plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

Beneficial Ownership ” is defined as: a direct or indirect “pecuniary” interest” that is held or shared by you directly or indirectly (through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise) in a security. The term “pecuniary interest” generally means your opportunity directly or indirectly to receive or share in any profit derived from a transaction in a security whether or not the security or the relevant account is in your name or is held in an ordinary brokerage or retirement plan account. Although this concept is subject to a variety of SEC rules and interpretations, you should know that you are presumed under the Code to have an indirect pecuniary interest as a result of:

 

    Ownership of a security by your spouse or minor children

 

9   Officers who have access to or are in the position to obtain actual trading information and practices of Boston Advisors are subject to the reporting and pre-clearance requirements of this Code to effectuate personal trades. Independent Members of the Board of Directors of Boston Advisors and minority shareholders who are not employees and who do not have actual real-time knowledge of the firm trading information and practices of Boston Advisors are not subject to the reporting or pre-clearance requirements but are subject to the other terms and requirements of this Code. Temporary Employees with real time trading information will be required to submit their personal holdings for review to ensure that the Temporary Employee is not using trading data for personal gain contrary to the terms of this Code of Ethics.

 

16


    Ownership of a security by your other family members sharing your household 10 (including an adult child, a stepchild, a grandchild, a parent, stepparent, grandparent, sibling, mother- or father-in-law, sister- or brother-in-law, and son- or daughter-in-law);

 

    Your share ownership, partnership interest or similar interest in the portfolio held by a corporation, general or limited partnership or similar entity you control;

 

    Your right to receive dividends or interest from a security even if that right is separate or separable from the underlying securities; or

 

    Your right to acquire a security through the exercise or conversion of a “derivative.”

Chief Compliance Officer ” means Tanya A. Kerrigan or such other officer or Supervised Person of Boston Advisors designated from time to time by Boston Advisors to receive and review reports of purchases and sales by Supervised Persons, and to address issues of personal trading. “Alternate Designated Officer(s)” means the Supervised Person or Supervised Persons of Boston Advisors designated from time to time by Boston Advisors to receive and review reports of purchases and sales, and to address issues of personal trading and to act for the Chief Compliance Officer in his or her absence.

Control ” means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of Boston Advisors, unless such power is solely the result of an official position with Boston Advisors. Ownership of 25% or more of a company’s voting stock is presumed to give the holder control of the company.

Initial Public Offering ” means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933 the issuer of which immediately before the offering, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Material Information generally means information that a reasonable investor would consider important in making an investment decision. Generally, this is information whose disclosure will have a substantial effect on the price of a company’s securities. No simple “bright line” test exists to determine when information is material; assessments of materiality involve a highly fact-specific inquiry. Information dealing with the following subjects is likely to be found material in particular situations 11 :

 

    proposals; plans or agreements (even if preliminary in nature) involving mergers, acquisitions;

 

10   In the case of unmarried persons who share a household and combine their financial resources in a manner similar to that of married persons, each person will be presumed to have Beneficial Ownership in the securities and transactions of the other. You are presumed to have a Beneficial Ownership in any Security held by family members who share a household. In certain unusual cases this presumption will not apply if the Chief Compliance Officer determines, based on all of the relevant facts, that the attribution of these family member’s Security transactions to you is not applicable. However, you must have the Chief Compliance Officer make that determination in advance. In the case of unmarried persons who share a household and combine their financial resources in a manner similar to that of married persons, each person will be presumed to have Beneficial Ownership in the securities and transactions of the other.
11   Material Information may also relate to the market for a company’s Securities. Information about a significant order to purchase or sell Securities may, in some contexts, be deemed material. Similarly, pre-publication information regarding reports in the financial press also may be deemed material. For example, the Supreme Court upheld the criminal convictions of insider trading defendants who capitalized on pre-publication information about The Wall Street Journal’s “Heard on the Street” column.

 

17


    divestitures, recapitalizations and purchases or sales of substantial assets;

 

    earnings results or changes in earnings estimates;

 

    major changes in management; changes in dividends; changes in debt ratings; public offerings;

 

    significant litigation or government agency investigations; liquidity problems;

 

    pending statistical reports (e.g., consumer price index, money supply and retail figures, interest rate developments).

Material Information may be positive or adverse. If a lawsuit is brought alleging that insider trading occurred, the benefit of hindsight may be introduced in a proceeding to argue that the information was material. Accordingly, when in doubt about whether particular Nonpublic Information is material, please exercise extreme caution. Consult the Chief Compliance Officer or outside counsel before making a decision to disclose such information or to trade in or recommend securities to which that information relates.

Mutual Fund ” means an Investment Company registered as such under the Company Act (i.e., a “mutual fund”) and for which Boston Advisors serves as investment adviser or subadviser.

Nonpublic Information means information that has not been disseminated broadly to investors in the marketplace. Tangible evidence of such dissemination is the best indication that the information is public. To show that information is public, you should be able to point to some fact showing that it is widely disseminated; i.e., publication in daily newspapers, or disclosure in widely circulated public disclosure documents. Even when there has been public disclosure of information you learned about before its public disclosure, you generally must wait until public investors absorb the information before you can treat the information as public. Nonpublic Information may include:

 

    information available to a select group of analysts or brokers or institutional investors;

 

18


    undisclosed facts that are the subject of rumors, even if the rumors are widely circulated;

 

    information that has been entrusted to a Company on a confidential basis until a public announcement of the information has been made and enough time has elapsed for the market to respond to a public announcement of the information (normally two or three days).

If you have questions as to the materiality of information or whether information is Nonpublic consult the Chief Compliance Officer or other member of the Compliance Department, Outside Counsel or assume that the information is “Nonpublic” and therefore it is confidential.

“Outside Counsel” means Laurin Blumenthal Kleiman, attorney with Sidely Austin, LLP

60 State Street, 36th Floor, Boston, MA 02109 +1 617 223 0372

lkleiman@sidley.com

www.sidley.com

Private Placement Transaction ” means a “limited offering” as defined from time to time in Rule 17j-l under the 1940 Act. Currently, this means an offering exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) or 4(6) or Rule 504, 505 or 506 under that Act.

A “ Security ”, as defined in Rule 204A-1, means any note, stock, treasury stock, security future, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral trust certificate, transferable share, investment contract, certificate of deposit for a security, any put, call, straddle, option or privilege on any security or on any group or index of securities or any put, call straddle, option or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency or in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a “security”, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any of the foregoing type of equity or debt instrument (such as common and preferred stocks, and corporate and government bonds or notes), shares in offshore funds, municipal obligations, closed end mutual funds and exchange traded funds and any instrument representing, or any rights relating to, a security (such as certificates of participation, depositary receipts, put and call options, warrants, convertible securities and securities indices).

A security is being considered for purchase or sale ” when a portfolio manager intends on executing a transaction, on behalf of a client, for purchase or sale of a particular security before the end of the trading day or has already executed a transaction for purchase or sale of a particular security on behalf of a client.

 

19

EX-28.p.15

C ODE O F E THICS

O F T HE

P IONEER F UNDS ,

A MUNDI P IONEER D ISTRIBUTOR , I NC .,

A MUNDI P IONEER I NSTITUTIONAL A SSET M ANAGEMENT , I NC .,

A ND

A MUNDI P IONEER A SSET M ANAGEMENT , I NC .

P OLICY

The Pioneer Funds, Amundi Pioneer Distributor, Inc. (“APD”), Amundi Pioneer Institutional Asset Management, Inc. (“APIAM”), and Amundi Pioneer Asset Management, Inc. (“APAM”) (collectively, “Amundi Pioneer”), have adopted this Code of Ethics (“Code”) in compliance with Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act of 1940”), Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (“Advisers Act”), or FINRA Rule 3210, as applicable.

This Code establishes standards of conduct expected of all Employees and addresses conflicts that may arise from Employees’ personal trading and other activities. Every Employee is expected to fully understand and adhere to the policies and procedures set forth in this Code. Amundi Pioneer operates in a highly regulated industry and is governed by a complex body of federal, state and international laws, rules and regulations, which, if not observed, can subject Amundi Pioneer and/or its Employees to civil and/or criminal penalties.

Although this Code is intended to provide each Employee with guidance as to whether certain actions or practices are permissible, it does not cover every issue an Employee may face. Amundi Pioneer maintains other policies and procedures, including a Code of Business Conduct that is applicable to an Employee’s responsibilities and duties.

Because no set of guidelines, policies and procedures can anticipate every possible situation, it is essential that each Employee follow this Code both in letter and in spirit. Technical compliance with the procedures, prohibitions and limitations of this Code will not insulate an Employee from scrutiny of or, if called for, sanctions for his or her securities transactions. Any activity that compromises Amundi Pioneer’s integrity, even if it does not expressly violate guidelines, may result in scrutiny or action by the Code of Ethics Oversight Committee or the Compliance Department. You are encouraged to contact the Compliance Department with any questions you may have about this Code or about your legal and ethical responsibilities. Employees should contact the Compliance Department at US.Code.of.Ethics@amundipioneer.com or at +1 617-422-4600.

Please note that standard defined terms can be found on pages 3 through 8 in the “Definitions” section.


Only certain parts of this Code apply to the Independent Trustees of the Pioneer Funds, specifically Part I and Part VI.

All persons covered by this Code are expected to read this Code carefully and observe and adhere to it at all times.

All Employees have an obligation to notify his or her Chief Compliance Officer on a timely basis if there is a change to their duties, responsibilities or title, which affects their reporting status under this Code.

Amundi Pioneer retains the discretion to determine the applicability and interpretation of the Code to specific situations.

S TATEMENT OF G ENERAL P RINCIPLES

Each Employee must observe the following fiduciary principles with respect to his or her personal investment activities:

 

    At all times, each Employee must place the interests of Advisory Clients first;

 

    Personal securities transactions of Employees must be conducted in a manner designed to avoid actual or potential conflicts of interest with the interests of any Advisory Client or any abuse of the Employee’s position of trust and responsibility; and

 

    Each Employee must avoid actions or activities that would allow him or her to inappropriately profit or benefit from his or her position at Amundi Pioneer, or that otherwise brings into question the Employee’s independence or judgment.

S TANDARDS OF C ONDUCT

All Employees are prohibited from using information concerning the investment intentions of Advisory Clients or confidential information regarding Advisory clients for personal gain or in a manner detrimental to the interests of any Advisory Client. Each Employee also should refer to the separate Code of Business Conduct that governs certain activities of Employees. In addition to this Code and the separate Code of Business Conduct, all Employees must comply with all federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations applicable to the business or operations of Amundi Pioneer, including, but not limited to, the federal securities laws. 1

 

1   For purposes of this Code, “federal securities laws” means the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Investment Company Act of 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (privacy), any rules adopted by the Commission under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to funds and investment advisers, and any rules adopted thereunder by the Commission or the Department of the Treasury (anti-money laundering and Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”).

 

P AGE 2


D EFINITIONS

As used herein:

 

Term

  

Definition

Advisory Client

   Means each Pioneer Fund and each other investment company or other client for which Amundi Pioneer acts as an adviser or sub-adviser.

Access Person

  

Means any person included in the definition of “access person” under Rule 17j-1(a) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

 

The definition of Access Persons includes:

 

(i) each officer, director, trustee, general partner of a Pioneer Fund, APAM, APIAM or APD, except that an Independent Trustee shall not be an Access Person under this Code solely by reason of being a trustee of a Pioneer Fund;

 

(ii)  any natural person in a control (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940) relationship to Amundi Pioneer who obtains information concerning recommendations made to Advisory Clients with regard to the purchase or sale of securities by an Advisory Client; and

 

(iii)  an Employee if:

 

(A)  in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, the Employee makes, participates in or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of a Reportable Security by an Advisory Client, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales.

 

(B)  the Employee has access to timely (i.e., nonpublic) information relating to investment management activities, research and/or client portfolio holdings and those who in the course of their employment regularly receive access to trading activity of Advisory Clients; or

 

(C)  the Employee has been notified in writing by the Compliance Department that the Employee has been designated as an Access Person by the Compliance Department by virtue of the nature of the Employee’s duties and functions.

   Examples of “access to information” include access to trading systems (such as Blackrock Aladdin), research databases or settlement information. All Employees are generally deemed to be Access Persons.

 

P AGE 3


D EFINITIONS

As used herein:

 

Term

  

Definition

   The Compliance Department following a review of each Employee’s role, responsibilities and other relevant information, may make a determination that such Employee is not an Access Person.
Automatic Investment Plan    Means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An automatic investment plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.
Beneficial Interest   

Means any economic interest, such as the right to share in gains or losses, in a Reportable Security; or where a direct or indirect monetary benefit from the purchase, sale or ownership of a Reportable Security exists. This includes any economic interest in a Reportable Security of:

 

•  a person subject to this Code or their spouse;

 

•  A child of the person subject to this Code or their spouse, provided the child is financially dependent upon the person subject to this Code;

 

•  any Family Member living in the same household as the person subject to the Code;

 

•  any person, if the person subject to the Code has control over the person’s account.

 

The ultimate determination of whether you have a Beneficial Interest depends on the facts of each particular case. If you have any questions, contact the Compliance Department for assistance with determining if you have a Beneficial Interest in a Reportable Security.

CCO   

Means with respect to an Employee of APAM, APIAM or APD, the Chief Compliance Officer of APAM, APIAM, or APD, respectively.

 

CCO means the CCO of the Pioneer Funds when the context so requires.

Code of Business Conduct    Means the separate set of guidelines that defines the standards to which all Employees are expected to adhere during the course of their employment with, and when conducting business on behalf of, Amundi Pioneer.
Code of Ethics Oversight Committee    Means the Code of Ethics Oversight Committee, which is comprised of senior management representatives from Amundi Pioneer’s Sales, Legal, Compliance, Investment Management, Finance and Human Resources. The Code of Ethics Oversight Committee has oversight responsibility for administrating this Code.

 

P AGE 4


D EFINITIONS

As used herein:

 

Term

  

Definition

Employee   

Means any person included in the definition of “supervised person” as defined in Section 202(a)(25) of the Advisers Act.

 

The definition of Employee includes each officer, director, trustee, partner (or other person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions) or employee (including temporary employees and independent contractors) of a Pioneer Fund, APAM, APIAM or APD, and any other person who provides investment advice on behalf of APAM or APIAM and is subject to the supervision and control of APAM or APIAM, except that the definition of Employee does not include an Independent Trustee of a Pioneer Fund.

Family Member    Means any related individual, including but not limited to grandparent, parent, mother-in-law or father-in-law; husband, wife or domestic partner (whether registered or unregistered under applicable law); brother, sister, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, son-in-law or daughter-in-law; children (including step and adoptive relationships); and grandchildren.
Independent Trustee    Means any trustee or director of a Pioneer Fund who is not an “interested person” (as that term is defined by Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940) of the Fund.
Initial Public Offering    Means any offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933 the issuer of which immediately before the offering was not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934.
Investment Person   

Means an Access Person who is (1) a Portfolio Manager, (2) a securities analyst or trader who provides information and advice to a Portfolio Manager or who helps execute a Portfolio Manager’s decisions, (3) any Employee who works directly with a Portfolio Manager or in the same department as a Portfolio Manager, (4) an associate in the Investment Risk Group, (5) any other person who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding an Advisory Client’s purchase or sale of securities, or (6) any natural person in a control relationship to a Pioneer Fund or Amundi Pioneer who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Pioneer Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of securities by the Pioneer Fund.

 

In addition to the above definitions, an Employee is an “Investment Person” if the Employee has been notified in writing by the Compliance Department that the Employee has been designated as an “Investment Person” by the Compliance Department by virtue of the nature of the Employee’s duties and functions.

 

P AGE 5


D EFINITIONS

As used herein:

 

Term

  

Definition

Managed Accounts   

Means Personal Accounts, pursuant to rule 204A-1(b)(3)(i), whereby a person subject to this Code has no direct or indirect influence or control towards directing purchases, sales, or retention of investments; or towards consulting the third-party manager or trustee as to the particular allocation of investments within the account. This definition includes an account managed on a discretionary basis by someone else, such as a trustee or third-party manager.

 

All such accounts must be approved by the Compliance Department. For the purpose of this section, the person claiming to have no direct or indirect influence or control over such a Personal Account must first provide a written explanation to the Compliance Department describing the circumstances of the Personal Account and reasons why such person believes he or she does not have direct or indirect influence or control (i.e., no investment discretion) over that Personal Account and that he or she does not provide any investment advice or suggestions with respect to the Personal Account. In addition, the Access Person may be required to arrange for his or her broker or adviser to provide to the Compliance Department documentation to evidence such Personal Account arrangement. Compliance may collect information about a trustee or third-party manager’s relationship to the Access Person. Periodic certifications may be issued to Access Persons and their trustees or discretionary third-party managers regarding the Access Person’s influence or control over their Managed Accounts. Compliance may request reports on holdings and/or transactions made in Managed Accounts.

Personal Account    Means any account in which a Beneficial Interest is held by a person subject to this Code, or any account in which a person subject to this Code has any direct or indirect Beneficial Interest.
APD Employees    Means registered persons of APD and employees of APD who are not registered persons, including APD officers and directors.
Pioneer Fund    Means any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 for which APAM serves as the investment adviser (but not as a sub-adviser) or for which APD serves as the principal underwriter.
Amundi Pioneer Account    Means Amundi Pioneer’s savings, retirement and deferred compensation accounts which include each of Amundi Pioneer Savings and Investment Plan, Amundi Pioneer Retirement Benefit Plan, Amundi Pioneer Asset Management Bonus Deferral Plan, Amundi Pioneer Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Employees, Amundi Pioneer Health Savings Account, Amundi Pioneer

 

P AGE 6


D EFINITIONS

As used herein:

 

Term

  

Definition

   Performance and Retention Incentive Compensation Award Plan and the Amundi Pioneer Intermediate Deferred Compensation Award Plan. The definition of Amundi Pioneer Account includes any other account held directly through Amundi Pioneer.
Portfolio Manager    Means an individual who has direct responsibility and authority to make investment decisions affecting an Advisory Client.
Private Placement    Means an offering that is exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) or pursuant to Rules 504, 505 or 506 under the Securities Act of 1933 and other similar non-U.S. securities. Private placements include, but are not limited to, private equity partnerships, hedge funds, limited partnerships and venture capital funds.
Reportable Fund   

Means each Pioneer Fund plus each investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 sub-advised by APAM or for which APD serves as the principal underwriter.

 

A list of Reportable Funds is available on the PTA system under the Documents section.

Reportable Security   

Means a security as defined by Section 2(a)(36) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, except for the securities and instruments excepted below. The term “Reportable Security” is very broad and includes stocks, bonds, including convertible and preferred securities, ADRs and GDRs, warrants and rights, such as:

 

•  Limited partnership interests;

 

•  Limited liability company (“LLC”) interests; excluding personal LLCs formed for the purposes of holding real estate.

 

•  Interests in private investment funds, hedge funds and investment clubs;

 

•  Futures on securities;

 

•  Options on securities;

 

•  Shares in closed-end funds;

 

•  Shares of Reportable Funds;

 

•  Shares of exchange-traded funds;

 

•  Securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government (e.g., GNMA obligations), municipal obligations; and

 

•  Securities issued by foreign governments.

 

P AGE 7


D EFINITIONS

As used herein:

 

Term

  

Definition

  

Reportable Securities do not include:

 

•  Direct obligations of the government of the United States;

 

•  Bankers’ acceptances;

 

•  Bank certificates of deposit;

 

•  Commercial paper;

 

•  Money market funds, including money market funds where APAM serves as the investment adviser or sub-adviser that comply with Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

 

•  High quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; and

 

•  Shares of open-end investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, other than Reportable Funds.

Secondary Public Offering    Means a registered offering of a Reportable Security, which previously had been issued to the public.

 

P AGE 8


A PPLICABILITY

The procedures and restrictions outlined in the Code apply differently based on your position, role and responsibilities within Amundi Pioneer. The Compliance Department will confirm which category applies to you. To assist you in determining which provisions of this Code apply to you, this Code is divided into the following parts:

 

P ARTS

  

D ESCRIPTION

  

A PPLIES T O

  

K EY  P ROVISIONS

P ART I

   Transactions in Open-End and Closed-End Pioneer Funds   

All Employees

 

Independent Trustees

  

Transactions In Closed-End Pioneer Funds

 

Transactions In Open-End Pioneer Funds

P ART II

   Personal Account Provisions Applicable to APD Employees and Access Persons   

Access Persons

 

APD Employees

   Permitted Brokerage Firms

P ART III

   Personal Trading Provisions Applicable to Access Persons    Access Persons including Investment Persons   

Pre-clearance Of Transactions

 

Pre-clearance Procedures

 

Trading Restrictions

 

Access Persons-Prohibited Transactions

 

Investment Persons-Special Provisions

P ART IV

   Personal Trading Provisions Applicable to APD Employees and Management Committee Members    APD Employees and members of Amundi Pioneer Asset Management USA, Inc. Management Committee   

Initial Public Offerings and Secondary Offerings

 

Private Placements

 

Holdings Reports

P ART V

   Reporting and Certifications Requirements

P ART VI

   Independent Trustees

P ART VII

   Administration and Enforcement of the Code

Engagement by APD, APIAM, APAM, or any other US affiliate, of any person as a consultant, temporary employee, intern or independent contractor shall be communicated to the respective Compliance Department. The Compliance Department will review the person’s role, responsibilities and other relevant information, and make a determination as to whether this Code applies to that person. Employees scheduled for termination and who no longer have access to the Amundi Pioneer network are not deemed subject to this Code.

 

P AGE 9


It is your responsibility to familiarize yourself with this Code initially and periodically thereafter, including each time you change positions within Amundi Pioneer.

 

I. T RANSACTIONS IN C LOSED -E ND AND O PEN -E ND P IONEER F UNDS

T RANSACTIONS IN CLOSED - END PIONEER FUNDS

Each Employee and Independent Trustee must obtain pre-clearance of all purchases and sales of shares of closed-end Pioneer Funds. Shares of a closed-end Pioneer Fund may be sold or purchased only in the 10 calendar-day period following the announcement of the Pioneer Fund’s dividend (generally during the first week of each month). Dividend announcements are available on the Pioneer Funds’ website. Transactions in a closed-end Pioneer Fund cannot be executed without receiving approval in advance.

T RANSACTIONS IN OPEN - END PIONEER FUNDS

Amundi Pioneer’s policy is to endeavor to prevent disruptive short-term trading in open-end Pioneer Funds. Accordingly, when purchasing, exchanging or redeeming shares of open-end Pioneer Funds, all Employees and Independent Trustees must comply in all respects with the policies and standards set forth in the Funds’ prospectuses, including specifically the restrictions on market timing activities, exchanges and redemption policies, as monitored by each Fund’s transfer agent.

 

II. P ERSONAL A CCOUNT P ROVISIONS A PPLICABLE TO APD E MPLOYEES AND A CCESS P ERSONS

PREFERRED BROKERS

All APD Employees and Access Persons who began their employment or otherwise became a APD Employee or an Access Person with Amundi Pioneer after March 1, 2005, may only open Personal Accounts with one of the following brokerage firms:

 

    Ameriprise

 

    Bank of America Merrill Lynch

 

    Charles Schwab

 

    Credit Suisse

 

    Edward Jones

 

    E*Trade Financial

 

    Fidelity Brokerage Services

 

    Interactive Brokers

 

    Morgan Stanley Wealth Management

 

    Options Express

 

P AGE 10


    Raymond James

 

    TD Ameritrade

 

    Scottrade

 

    UBS Financial

 

    USAA

 

    Vanguard

 

    Wells Fargo

Each new Access Person and APD Employee (whether or not an Access Person) must submit all Personal Account and Reportable Securities holdings information to the Compliance Department (such information to be current as of a date no more than 45 calendar days before the report is submitted) within 10 calendar days of hire or the date on which an individual becomes an Access Person or APD Employee. If a APD Employee or an Access Person or Family Member, living in the same household, of such persons opens a new Personal Account or becomes associated with a pre-existing account, details of the account and Reportable Securities must be sent to the Compliance Department immediately. The account should be reported on PTA. The APD Employee or Access Person must agree to allow the brokerage firm to provide the Compliance Department with reports of transactions executed in the new account.

New APD Employees and Access Persons must transfer all Personal Accounts to one of the preferred firms listed above within 90 days of becoming a APD Employee or Access Person.

The preferred broker restriction on employee related brokerage accounts described above does not apply to Managed Accounts or accounts that are not capable of holding Reportable Securities or accounts reported by temporary employees of Amundi Pioneer such as consultants, temps or interns.

Additional exemptions from the foregoing requirements may be granted only by the Code of Ethics Oversight Committee and the Compliance Department, acting together. Requests for exemptions may be denied. Exemptions that are granted may be revoked if transactions in the accounts are not reported in accordance with the above requirements.

A CCOUNTS AT O THER B ROKER -D EALERS AND F INANCIAL I NSTITUTIONS —FINRA R ULE 3210

All APD Employees and Access Persons must receive prior written consent from Amundi Pioneer’s Compliance Department before opening any Personal Accounts including Managed Accounts, but excluding 529 plans, employer sponsored plans, or accounts that are not capable of holding Reportable Securities. Personal Accounts opened or otherwise established by persons prior to being defined as a APD Employee or Access Person must, within 30 calendar days of being so defined, receive written consent by Amundi Pioneer to maintain such accounts.

Pursuant to FINRA Rule 3210, this Code serves as prior written consent from Amundi Pioneer to all APD Employees and Access Persons to open Personal Accounts at a Preferred Broker.

 

P AGE 11


III. P ERSONAL T RADING P ROVISIONS A PPLICABLE TO A CCESS P ERSONS

P RE - CLEARANCE OF T RANSACTIONS

One of key objectives of this Code is to prevent personal trades being made on the basis of information about securities transactions made for Advisory Clients. Each Access Person must obtain pre-clearance of all Reportable Securities transactions in his or her Personal Accounts, except:

 

    Purchases or sales of Reportable Funds (including any such transactions in an Amundi Pioneer Account);

 

    Purchases or sales of securities in a Managed Account;

 

    Involuntary purchases or sales of Reportable Securities made in a Personal Account, such as Reportable Securities received pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan (including systematic investment plans and dividend reinvestment plans), a stock split or other similar corporate action, an in-the-money option that is exercised automatically by a broker or the issuer of the shares; a security that is called away as a result of an exercise of an option; a security that is sold by a broker without prior consultation to meet a margin call, or through a gift or bequest;

 

    Purchases of Reportable Securities made in a Personal Account that result from the exercise of rights acquired from an issuer as part of a pro rata distribution to all holders of a class of securities of such issuer, and the sale of such rights;

 

    Involuntary tender offers of Reportable Securities;

 

    Purchases or sales of non-U.S. funds similar in structure to U.S. open-end mutual funds;

 

    Transactions in futures in broad based indices;

 

    Purchases or sales in securities that are not Reportable Securities;

 

    Purchases or sales of sovereign debt of foreign governments; or

Other exceptions that may be approved by the Compliance Department based on a review of the facts and circumstances. Such exceptions will be documented.

P RE -C LEARANCE P ROCEDURES

Requests for pre-clearance of securities transactions other than Private Placements and Initial Public Offerings and Secondary Public Offerings must be made using the Personal Trading Assistant (“PTA”) personal trading monitoring application. If the PTA system is not available, pre-clearance requests may be made by electronic mail. All pre-clearance requests must include the name of the security, a definitive security identifier (e.g., CUSIP, ticker, or SEDOL or ISIN), the number of shares or amount of bonds involved, the nature of the transaction, (whether the transaction is a purchase or sale), the Personal Account details, security price, estimated total value and trade currency. Responses to all requests will be made through the PTA system or by written confirmation by the Compliance Department. The Compliance Department maintains a record of all approvals and denials.

Requests normally will be processed on the same day they are made, but in some cases additional time may be required to pre-clear a particular transaction.

By seeking pre-clearance, you will be deemed to be certifying to Amundi Pioneer that:

 

    Except in connection with transactions involving securities of entities that are not publically traded, you do not possess any material nonpublic information relating to the Reportable Security or issuer of the Reportable Security;

 

P AGE 12


    You are not using knowledge of any proposed trade, recommendation or investment program relating to an Advisory Client for personal benefit;

 

    You believe the proposed trade is available to any relevant market participant on the same terms;

 

    You will provide any other relevant information requested by the Compliance Department; and

 

    All Personal Accounts opened and all transactions executed during the calendar quarter have been reported and are properly reflected in the PTA system.

Generally, in reviewing a pre-clearance request, the Compliance Department will consider, among other factors, whether the proposed trade might present a conflict or the appearance of a conflict with an Advisory Client’s transaction(s), whether the transaction might influence the market in a material respect and whether the transaction has the potential to take advantage or hinder trading for an Advisory Client. Factors to be considered in determining whether a proposed transaction is in conflict with an Advisory Client transaction(s) shall be determined, reviewed and monitored by the Compliance Department and the Code of Ethics Oversight Committee.

Pre-clearance requests must be submitted within the designated pre-clearance timeframe established by Amundi Pioneer’s Compliance Department. A pre-cleared transaction must be submitted and executed between the hours of 8:30 a.m and 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the day the approval is granted unless approval is granted for a longer period by the Compliance Department. If some or all of a pre-cleared transaction is not executed during the period, pre-clearance must be requested again in order to complete or execute the trade.

E XCESSIVE TRADING

Access Persons are discouraged from trading excessively. Amundi Pioneer strongly discourages high levels of personal trading activity and monitors such activity. Excessive or inappropriate trading that interferes with job performance will not be permitted. If it is determined that an Access Person has engaged in an unusually high level of personal trading or a pattern of excessive trading, Amundi Pioneer may place restrictions on such person’s personal trading or take other disciplinary action.

I NITIAL P UBLIC O FFERINGS , S ECONDARY P UBLIC O FFERINGS , P RIVATE P LACEMENTS A ND O THER P RIVATE O FFERINGS

Access Persons may not purchase any security in an Initial Public Offering, Secondary Public Offering, or Private Placement except with the prior written approval of the Compliance Department and the Head of Portfolio Management US (or his or her designee). Sales of such securities by Access Persons also must be approved in advance.

 

Registered Persons of APD, APD Employees, and members of the Management Committee of Amundi Pioneer Asset Management USA, Inc. are not permitted to purchase any security in an Initial Public Offering of an equity security except as permitted by FINRA Rule 5130.

If an Access Person seeks pre-approval for the acquisition of a Reportable Security in a Private Placement or an Initial Public Offering or a Secondary Public Offering, the Access

 

P AGE 13


Person shall set forth in detail the rationale for the transaction using the form provided by the Compliance Department. Any approval will be granted only after consideration is given to whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for an Advisory Client and whether the opportunity is being offered to the Access Person by virtue of his or her position with or relationship to an Advisory Client.

Access Persons may not purchase or sell any interest in a collective investment vehicle that is exempt from registration under the 1933 Act, including, but not limited to, hedge funds, private funds or similar investment limited partnerships, without pre-approval from the Compliance Department.

B LACK -O UT P ERIOD

Access Persons may not buy or sell a Reportable Security on the same day an Advisory Client trades in that security except in a pre-cleared transaction or a transaction exempt from the pre-clearance requirements.

A CCESS P ERSONS —P ROHIBITED T RANSACTIONS

Access Persons may not:

 

    Engage in a Reportable Securities transaction in a Personal Account unless the transaction has been pre-cleared or is excluded from the pre-clearance requirements of this Code.

 

    Participate in investment clubs.

 

    Engage in intraday trading.

 

    Sell a security short.

 

    Use derivatives, such as futures, options on futures, or options or warrants on a Reportable Security, to evade the restrictions set forth in this Code. A convertible bond is not a derivative for the purposes of this Code.

 

    Purchase or sell in a Personal Account options (including naked options), other than options on broad-based indices.

 

    Engage in speculative strategies such as spreads and straddles.

 

    Purchase and sell, or conversely sell and purchase, in Personal Accounts any Reportable Security within any period of sixty (60) calendar days, except:

 

  (i) Reportable Securities purchased or sold in transactions excluded from the pre-clearance requirements of this Code; or

 

  (ii) Exchange traded funds; or

 

  (iii) A Reportable Security sold at a loss, if the trade has been approved by the Compliance Department.

 

    Place any “good until canceled” or “limit” or equivalent order with any broker other than a limit order that is good for that day only.

 

P AGE 14


I NVESTMENT P ERSONS —S PECIAL P ROVISIONS

(Note: Every Investment Person also is an Access Person and remains subject to the provisions in the previous sections.)

Investment Persons are subject to the following additional provisions:

B LACK -O UT P ERIOD : No Investment Person may purchase or sell any Reportable Security for a Personal Account within seven (7) calendar days before or seven (7) calendar days after the same Reportable Security is purchased or sold by an Advisory Client. An Investment Person will not be deemed to have violated this restriction if his or her trade occurs in the seven (7) calendar day period prior to the trade by an Advisory Client if the Investment Person did not know and had no reason to know that a trade for an Advisory Client was being considered, the trade was pre-cleared or it is a transaction exempt from the pre-clearance requirements.

I NITIAL P UBLIC O FFERINGS , S ECONDARY P UBLIC O FFERINGS , P RIVATE P LACEMENTS AND O THER P RIVATE O FFERINGS : No Investment Person may purchase any security in an Initial Public Offering, Secondary Public Offering, Private Placement or other private offering, except with the prior written approval of the Compliance Department and the Head of Portfolio Management US (or his or her designee). Sales of such securities also must be approved in advance. If an Investment Person seeks pre-approval for the purchase of a Private Placement, an Initial Public Offering, a Secondary Public Offering or any other private offering, the Investment Person shall set forth in detail the rationale for the transaction using the form provided by the Compliance Department.

D UTY TO M AKE U NBIASED R ECOMMENDATIONS : Investment Persons have an affirmative duty to make unbiased and timely recommendations to Advisory Clients. Investment Persons may not recommend any Reportable Security to an Advisory Client in which the Investment Person has an interest without first reporting that interest to the Compliance Department.

C LIENT O PPORTUNITIES : Investment Persons may not use his or her knowledge of Advisory Client transactions to purchase or sell a Reportable Security, when he or she knew or should have known that the security was being considered as an appropriate investment for any Advisory Client unless the transaction is approved in accordance with Amundi Pioneer’s standard procedures. Investment Persons may not delay making a timely recommendation of securities in order to trade personally.

A CCOUNTS OF O THERS : An Investment Person may not manage accounts of persons other than those of Advisory Clients or of his or her Family Members unless a waiver has been granted by the Compliance Department to permit an Investment Person to manage such accounts.

 

IV. P ERSONAL T RADING P ROVISIONS A PPLICABLE TO APD E MPLOYEES AND M ANAGEMENT C OMMITTEE M EMBERS

P UBLIC O FFERINGS : Registered Persons of APD, APD Employees, and members of the Management Committee of Amundi Pioneer Asset Management USA, Inc. may not purchase equity securities in an Initial Public Offering except as permitted by FINRA Rule 5130.

P RIVATE P LACEMENTS AND O THER P RIVATE O FFERINGS : No APD Employee may purchase any security in a Private Placement or any other private offering, except with the

 

P AGE 15


prior written approval of the Compliance Department and the Head of Portfolio Management US (or his or her designee). If a APD Employee seeks pre-approval for the purchase of a Private Placement, the Employee shall set forth in detail the rationale for the transaction using the form provided by the Compliance Department. Any approval will be granted only after consideration is given to whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for an Advisory Client and whether the opportunity is being offered to the Employee by virtue of his or her position with or relationship to an Advisory Client.

P RECLEARANCE R EQUIREMENTS : APD Employees who are Access Persons are subject to the pre-clearance requirements described in Part III above. APD Employees who are not Access Persons are not subject to any of the above pre-clearance requirements.

R EPORTING : APD Employees must complete initial and annual holdings Personal Account reports and transaction reports and must attempt to arrange for duplicate copies of confirmations of all transactions and/or periodic account statements of all Personal Accounts to be sent to the Compliance Department in accordance with Part V below.

 

V. R EPORTING AND C ERTIFICATION R EQUIREMENTS

R EPORTING R EQUIREMENTS (refer to page 10 for additional details)

I NITIAL AND A NNUAL H OLDINGS R EPORTS : Each Access Person and each APD Employee (whether or not an Access Person) initially and on an annual basis thereafter shall report to the Compliance Department all holdings in Reportable Securities (including holdings in any Reportable Fund) occurring in his or her Personal Accounts (such information to be current as of a date no more than 45 calendar days before the report is submitted). Initial reports must be filed within 10 calendar days of the date on which an individual becomes an Access Person or APD Employee. The Compliance Department will determine the form or system on which the required information is to be reported.

D UPLICATE S TATEMENTS : Each Access Person and APD Employee must attempt to arrange for duplicate copies of confirmations of all transactions and/or periodic account statements of all Personal Accounts, other than those transactions and holdings held in the Amundi Pioneer Accounts, to be sent to:

Amundi Pioneer Asset Management USA, Inc.

Compliance Department

13th Floor, 60 State Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Such instructions must be made promptly upon becoming an Access Person or APD Employee and as new accounts are established but no later than 30 days after the end of a calendar quarter.

If duplicate copies of confirmations and periodic account statements cannot be arranged to be sent to Amundi Pioneer in a timely manner, the Compliance Department must be notified immediately.

Access Persons and APD Employees are responsible for following up with the broker to ensure that such instructions are being followed.

 

P AGE 16


Q UARTERLY R EPORTS :

P REFERRED B ROKER A CCOUNTS ELECTRONIC REPORTING

A quarterly transaction report is not required for Access Persons and APD Employees who hold Personal Accounts with preferred brokers that provide transaction information via electronic form to the Compliance Department for the time period that would be covered by the quarterly report.

P REFERRED B ROKER A CCOUNTS NON - ELECTRONIC REPORTING

Each Access Person and each APD Employee must report, within 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter, all transactions in Reportable Securities occurring in the quarter in a Personal Account held with a preferred broker that does not provide electronic reporting on the Personal Account to the Compliance Department. Quarterly transaction reports must be submitted even if there was no transaction during the quarter.

N ON -P REFERRED B ROKER A CCOUNTS

Each Access Person and each APD Employee must report, within 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter, all transactions in Reportable Securities occurring in the quarter in a Personal Account held with a non-preferred broker. Quarterly transaction reports must be submitted even if there was no transaction during the quarter.

A MUNDI P IONEER A CCOUNTS : Transactions and holdings of securities held in Amundi Pioneer Accounts, as defined, are not required to be included in quarterly or annual reports except Investor Services Group accounts at Amundi Pioneer and Amundi Pioneer’s Health Savings Accounts.

A NNUAL AND Q UARTERLY R EPORTING E XCEPTIONS : The following types of Reportable Securities transactions do not have to be included in the quarterly reports to the Compliance Department. (Please note, however, that holdings of such Reportable Securities are required to be included in the annual holdings report):

 

    Purchases of Reportable Securities made pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan;

The following transactions and holdings are not required to be reported on a quarterly or annual basis:

 

    Transactions and holdings in securities or instruments that are not Reportable Securities;

 

    Transactions and holdings in non-U.S. funds similar in structure to U.S. open-end mutual funds, such as UCITs, that are not advised by Amundi Pioneer or its affiliates;

 

    Transactions and holdings in securities in Managed Accounts; and

C ERTIFICATIONS

(Note: The Compliance Department will determine the form or system on which the required information is to be reported).

 

P AGE 17


I NITIAL C ERTIFICATION AND U PDATES : Upon request all Employees shall acknowledge that they have received, read and understand this Code, and any material amendment, and recognize that they are subject to its requirements.

A NNUAL C ERTIFICATIONS : All Employees shall certify at least annually that they have read and understand this Code, recognize that they are subject to its requirements and have complied with the requirements of this Code. All Employees shall also certify annually that they have reported all holdings of Reportable Securities in Personal Accounts required to be reported pursuant to this Code.

 

VI. I NDEPENDENT T RUSTEES

Q UARTERLY R EPORTING : An Independent Trustee is required to make a quarterly report with respect to any transaction during the applicable quarter in a Reportable Security in which the Independent Trustee had any direct or indirect Beneficial Interest (excluding, for purposes of this subparagraph, transactions in open-end Pioneer Funds) if such Independent Trustee knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her duties as an Independent Trustee should have known, that during the 15-day period immediately before or after the transaction in such Reportable Security, an Advisory Client purchased or sold such Reportable Security, or an Advisory Client or APAM considered purchasing or selling such Reportable Security. Each such report shall be made within 30 calendar days after the end of the applicable calendar quarter in the form provided by the Compliance Department. The quarterly reporting exceptions set forth in Part V above shall apply to any quarterly reports required to be made by an Independent Trustee under this Part VI.

No report will be required for any quarter in which an Independent Trustee only has exempt transactions to report. Sanctions for any violation of this Code of Ethics by an Independent Trustee of a Pioneer Fund will be determined by a majority vote of other Independent Trustees of such Fund.

 

VII. A DMINISTRATION AND E NFORCEMENT

Acknowledgement of, and compliance with, this Code is a condition of employment with Amundi Pioneer. This Code does not create any obligations to any person or entity other than Amundi Pioneer. This Code is not a promise or a contract, and it may be modified at any time.

R EPORTING V IOLATIONS OF THE C ODE

D UTY OF EACH E MPLOYEE TO R EPORT : Amundi Pioneer relies on each Employee to report promptly any conduct you believe to be a violation of this Code. You must report violations or suspected violations of this Code to the Compliance Department or an Amundi Pioneer lawyer. All such reports will be investigated.

R ETALIATION P ROHIBITED : Amundi Pioneer will not tolerate any form of retaliation against any person who lodges a good faith report of a violation or suspected violation or cooperates in an investigation. Where retaliation is found to have occurred, the offending party will be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination of employment. Amundi Pioneer also reserves the right to take corrective action against a person if, upon investigation, it determines that the person was dishonest or malicious in making a report or providing information to investigators.

C ONFIDENTIALITY : In conducting an investigation, Amundi Pioneer will attempt to keep the identities of the person reporting the suspected violation and of witnesses confidential. Where this is not possible, information will be disclosed only as necessary to conduct the

 

P AGE 18


investigation and to permit members of management to ensure the efficiency and security of Amundi Pioneer’s business activities. Where a report involves a violation of a law or regulation, Amundi Pioneer may also be obligated to make certain information available to clients or former clients, the Securities and Exchange Commission, FINRA or other authorities.

P ENALTIES AND S ANCTIONS

S ANCTIONS : Compliance with this Code is expected and violations of its provisions are taken seriously. Any violation of this Code (other than by an Independent Trustee) shall be subject to the imposition of such sanctions by the Compliance Department as the Compliance Department deems appropriate under the circumstances to achieve the purposes of this Code. Please refer to the Code of Ethics Violation and Sanctions Guidelines for further details.

These sanctions may include, but are not limited to: terminating or suspending employment; suspending personal trading privileges; issuing a letter of censure or warning; requiring mandatory Code retraining; requiring the compensation of an affected Advisory Client for an amount equal to the advantage gained by reason of such violation; or requiring the reversal of the trade(s) at issue and forfeit of any profit or absorption of any loss from the trade.

In deciding whether to impose sanctions, Amundi Pioneer may take into account any factors that it determines to be appropriate in imposing sanctions, which may include, but are not limited to, an Employee’s history of compliance, the nature of the violation, whether the violation was intentional or inadvertent and any harm suffered by a client. Violations of this Code also may result in criminal prosecution or civil action. Violations will be removed from an Employee’s personnel record for cumulating sanction purposes after a period of three years from the date of the violation.

Amundi Pioneer reserves the right to take any legal action it deems appropriate against any Employee who violates any provision of this Code and to hold Employees liable for any and all damages (including, but not limited to, all costs and attorney fees) that Amundi Pioneer may incur as a direct or indirect result of any such Employee’s violation of this Code or related law or regulation.

Sanctions for any violation of this Code of Ethics by an Independent Trustee of a Pioneer Fund will be determined by a majority vote of other Independent Trustees of such Fund.

H ARDSHIP AND OTHER EXEMPTIONS : The CCO or his or her designee may from time to time grant hardship or other exemptions from the trading restrictions, pre-clearance requirements or other provisions of this Code. The decision will be based on a review of the relevant facts and circumstance and a determination will be made depending on the facts whether a hardship or other valid reason exists that would permit an exemption to be granted. The transaction for which an exemption is requested should not result in a conflict with Amundi Pioneer’s Advisory Clients’ interests or violate any other policy embodied in this Code. Other factors that may be considered include: the size and holding period of a position in the security, the market capitalization of the issuer, the liquidity of the security, the amount and timing of client trading in the same or a related security, and other relevant factors. The CCO or his or her designee may seek additional approval from the Head of US Portfolio Management or his or her designee.

Exemption requests should be submitted in writing to the Compliance Department setting forth the reason for the request along with any pertinent facts and reasons why the exemption should be granted. Exemptions are intended to be exceptions, and repetitive requests for exemptions are not likely to be granted.

Records of the approval of exemptions and the reasons for granting exemptions will be maintained by the Compliance Department.

 

P AGE 19


R EVIEW P ROCESS : An Employee may request review by the Compliance Department of a decision or determination made by the Compliance Department pursuant to this Code. The request must be submitted within 30 days of the Compliance Department’s decision or determination. The Compliance Department, in its sole discretion, may elect to consider or reject the request for review. If appropriate in reaching a decision, the Compliance Department will arrange for a review of the matter by senior management of Amundi Pioneer and/or the Code of Ethics Oversight Committee.

D UTIES OF THE C OMPLIANCE D EPARTMENT

The Compliance Department is responsible for the oversight, interpretation and administration of this Code, and the preparation for review and approval of any amendments to the Code.

The Compliance Department will inform you if you are subject to this Code.

A copy of this Code is available on Amundi Pioneer’s intranet site and the PTA Home Page. Likewise, amendments to the Code will be posted on Amundi Pioneer’s intranet site and PTA promptly after they become effective. Employees will be given notice of all changes to, or restatements of, the Code.

D UTIES OF THE CCO

The CCO (or his or her designee) shall have the following responsibilities:

 

    Furnishing all Employees with copies of this Code and initially and periodically informing them of their duties and obligations hereunder;

 

    Designating, as desired, appropriate personnel to review transaction and holdings reports submitted pursuant to the Code;

 

    Reviewing and approving pre-clearance requests;

 

    Maintaining or supervising the maintenance of all records required by this Code;

 

    Issuing any interpretation of this Code that, in the CCO’s judgment, is consistent with the objectives of this Code;

 

    Conducting such investigations as shall reasonably be required to detect and report any apparent violations of this Code to the Compliance Department and to the Trustees of the affected Pioneer Funds;

 

    Submitting a quarterly report to the Boards of Trustees of the Pioneer Funds of any violations of this Code and the sanctions imposed as a result; and

 

    Submitting a written report at least annually to the Board of Trustees of each Pioneer Fund, Board of Directors of APD and the Management Committee of APAM and its affiliates that:

 

    Describes any issues arising under this Code since the last report, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of this Code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations;

 

P AGE 20


    Summarizes existing procedures concerning personal investing and any changes in the procedures made during the previous year;

 

    Identifies any recommended changes in existing restrictions or procedures based upon experience under this Code, evolving industry practices or developments in applicable laws or regulations.

R ECORDKEEPING

The Compliance Department shall maintain or cause to be maintained in an easily accessible place, the following records:

 

    A copy of any Code adopted pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, which has been in effect during the most recent five (5) year period.

 

    A record of any violation of any such Code, and of any action taken as a result of such violation, within three (3) years from the end of the calendar year in which such violation occurred.

 

    A copy of all written acknowledgements by Access Persons during the most recent five (5) year period.

 

    A copy of each report made by an Access Person or an Independent Trustee, as well as trade confirmations and/or account statements that contain information not duplicated in such reports, within five (5) years from the end of the fiscal year of Amundi Pioneer in which such report is made or information is provided, the first two (2) years in an easily accessible place.

 

    A copy of each report made by the CCO (or his or her designee) within five (5) years from the end of the fiscal year of Amundi Pioneer in which such report is made or issued, the first two (2) years in an easily accessible place.

 

    A list, in an easily accessible place, of all persons who are, or within the most recent five (5) year period have been, Access Persons or were required to make reports pursuant to Rules 17j-1 and 204A-1 and this Code or who are or were responsible for reviewing these reports.

 

    A record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to permit an Access Person or Investment Person to acquire a Private Placement or Initial Public Offering security, for at least five (5) years after the end of the fiscal year in which permission was granted.

A MENDMENTS

Amundi Pioneer may amend this Code as necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of Rules 17j-1 and 204A-1. Any material changes to this Code must be approved by the Board of Trustees of each Pioneer Fund, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, within six months after the change has been adopted by Amundi Pioneer .

I NTERPRETATION

Amundi Pioneer may, from time to time, adopt such interpretations of this Code, as Amundi Pioneer deems appropriate.

 

P AGE 21


E DUCATIONAL M ATERIALS

The Compliance Department may from time to time circulate educational materials or bulletins designed to assist you in understanding and carrying out your duties under this Code.

 

P AGE 22

WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT

 

      
      
      
Code of Ethics     

WELLINGTON

MANAGEMENT ®

      

 

 

EX-28.p.16

PERSONAL INVESTING

GIFTS AND ENTERTAINMENT

OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES

CLIENT CONFIDENTIALITY


WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT

Code of Ethics

 

 

A MESSAGE FROM OUR CEO

Our business is built on a foundation of trust – the trust of our clients, earned over many years. It is our most valuable asset, and if lost, it cannot easily be regained. There are examples across our industry of companies that have lost sight of this lesson, and they serve as strong reminders that our business requires a mindset of eternal vigilance.

Each and every one of us has a role to play in sustaining our clients’ trust. We must test every decision we make, no matter how small, against our fiduciary obligations and our high ethical standards. If there is the slightest doubt about whether a decision is in the best interests of our clients, then bring it to someone’s attention – your manager, the Legal and Compliance team, or any of my direct reports. But don’t just let it go. This is what it means to be a fiduciary: complete dedication to conscientious stewardship of client assets.

To support this mandate, our Code of Ethics sets out standards for our personal conduct, including personal investing, acceptance of gifts and entertainment, outside activities, and client confidentiality. Please take the time to read the Code, familiarize yourself with the rules, and determine what you need to do to comply with them. Remember, too, that while our Code of Ethics is reviewed and updated regularly, no set of rules can address every possible circumstance. And so I ask you to remain vigilant, exercise good judgment, ask for help when you need it, consider not just the letter but the spirit of the laws that govern our industry, and do your part to safeguard our clients’ trust.

Sincerely,

Brendan J. Swords

President and Chief Executive Officer

“The reputation of a thousand years may be determined by the conduct of one hour.”

– Ancient proverb                                 


WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT

Code of Ethics

 

 

 

Contents

 

Standards of conduct

     2  

Who is subject to the Code of Ethics?

     2  

Personal investing

     3  

Which types of investments and related activities are prohibited?

     3  

Which investment accounts must be reported?

     4  

What are the reporting responsibilities for all personnel?

     5  

What are the preclearance responsibilities for all personnel?

     6  

What are the additional requirements for investment professionals?

     8  

Gifts and entertainment

     9  

Outside activities

     10  

Client confidentiality

     10  

How we enforce our Code of Ethics

     11  

Exceptions from the Code of Ethics

     11  

Closing

     11  

Before You Get Started: Accessing the Code of Ethics System

The Code of Ethics System is accessible through the Intranet under Applications or direct access:

https://fs1.wellmanage.com/adfs/ls/IdpInitiatedSignOn.aspx?loginToRp=ptaconnect.com

 

1


WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT

Code of Ethics

 

 

 

STANDARDS OF CONDUCT

Our standards of conduct are straightforward and essential. Any transaction or activity that violates either of the standards of conduct below is prohibited, regardless of whether it meets the technical rules found elsewhere in the Code of Ethics.

 

1) We act as fiduciaries to our clients. Each of us must put our clients’ interests above our own and must not take advantage of our management of clients’ assets for our own benefit. Our firm’s policies and procedures implement these principles with respect to our conduct of the firm’s business. This Code of Ethics implements the same principles with respect to our personal conduct. The procedures set forth in the Code govern specific transactions, but each of us must be mindful at all times that our behavior, including our personal investing activity, must meet our fiduciary obligations to our clients.

 

2) We act with integrity and in accordance with both the letter and the spirit of the law. Our business is highly regulated, and we are committed as a firm to compliance with those regulations. Each of us must also recognize our obligations as individuals to understand and obey the laws that apply to us in the conduct of our duties. They include laws and regulations that apply specifically to investment advisors, as well as more broadly applicable laws ranging from the prohibition against trading on material nonpublic information and other forms of market abuse to anticorruption statutes such as the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the UK Bribery Act. The firm provides training on their requirements. Each of us must take advantage of these resources to ensure that our own conduct complies with the law.

WHO IS SUBJECT TO THE CODE OF ETHICS?

Our Code of Ethics applies to all employees of Wellington Management, and its affiliates around the world. Its restrictions on personal investing also apply to temporary personnel (including co-ops and interns) and consultants whose tenure with Wellington Management exceeds 90 days and who are deemed by the Chief Compliance Officer to have access to nonpublic investment research, client holdings, or trade information.

All Wellington Management personnel receive a copy of the Code of Ethics (and any amendments) and must certify, upon joining the firm and annually thereafter, that they have read and understood it and have complied with its requirements.

Adherence to the Code of Ethics is a basic condition of employment. Failure to adhere to our Code of Ethics may result in disciplinary action, including termination of employment.

If you have any doubt as to the appropriateness of any activity, believe that you have violated the Code, or become aware of a violation of the Code by another individual, you should consult the manager of the Code of Ethics Team, Chief Compliance Officer, General Counsel, or Chair of the Ethics Committee. You also have the right to report violations of law or regulation directly to relevant governmental agencies. You do not need the firm’s prior authorization to make any such report or disclosures and are not required to notify the firm that you have done so.

General questions regarding our Code of Ethics may be directed to the Code of Ethics Team via email at #Code of Ethics Team or through the Code of Ethics hotline, 617-790-8330 (x68330).

 

2


WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT

Code of Ethics

 

 

 

PERSONAL INVESTING

As fiduciaries, each of us must avoid taking personal advantage of our knowledge of investment activity in client accounts. Although our Code of Ethics sets out a number of specific restrictions on personal investing designed to reflect this principle, no set of rules can anticipate every situation. Each of us must adhere to the spirit, and not just the letter, of our Code in meeting this fiduciary obligation to our clients.

WHICH TYPES OF INVESTMENTS AND RELATED ACTIVITIES ARE PROHIBITED?

Our Code of Ethics prohibits the following personal investments and investment-related activities:

 

  Purchasing or selling the following:

 

    Initial public offerings (IPOs) of any securities

 

    Securities of an issuer being bought or sold on behalf of clients until one trading day after such buying or selling is completed or canceled

 

    Securities of an issuer that is the subject of a new, changed, or reissued but unchanged action recommendation from a global industry research or fixed income credit analyst until two business days following issuance or reissuance of the recommendation

 

    Securities of an issuer that is mentioned at the Morning Meeting or the Early Morning Meeting until two business days following the meeting

 

    Securities that are the subject of a firmwide restriction

 

    Single-stock futures

 

    Options with an expiration date that is within 60 calendar days of the transaction date

 

    Securities of broker/dealers (or their affiliates) that the firm has approved for execution of client trades

 

    Securities of any securities market or exchange on which the firm trades on behalf of clients

 

  Purchasing an equity security if your aggregate ownership of the equity security exceeds 0.05% of the total shares outstanding of the issuer

 

  Taking a profit from any trading activity within a 60 calendar day window (see box for more detail)

 

  Using a derivative instrument to circumvent a restriction in the Code of Ethics

Short-Term Trading

You are prohibited from profiting from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) of the same or equivalent securities within 60 calendar days. For example, if you buy shares of stock (or options on such shares) and then sell those shares within 60 days at a profit, an exception will be identified and any gain from the transactions must be surrendered. Gains are calculated based on a last in, first out (LIFO) method for purposes of this restriction. This short-term trading rule does not apply to securities exempt from the Code’s preclearance requirements.

 

3


WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT

Code of Ethics

 

 

 

WHICH INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS MUST BE REPORTED?

You are required to report any investment account over which you exercise investment discretion or from which any of the following individuals enjoy economic benefits: (i) your spouse, domestic partner, or minor children, and (ii) any other dependents living in your household.

AND

that holds or is capable of holding any of the following covered investments:

 

  Shares of stocks, ADRs, or other equity securities (including any security convertible into equity securities)

 

  Bonds or notes (other than sovereign government bonds issued by Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, the United Kingdom, or the United States, as well as bankers’ acceptances, CDs, commercial paper, and high-quality, short-term debt instruments)

 

  Interest in a variable annuity product in which the underlying assets are held in a subaccount managed by Wellington Management

 

  Shares of exchange-traded funds (ETFs)

 

  Shares of closed-end funds

 

  Options on securities

 

  Securities futures

 

  Interest in private placement securities (other than Wellington Management Sponsored Products)

 

  Shares of funds managed by Wellington Management (other than money market funds)

Please see Appendix A for a detailed summary of reporting requirements by security type.

Web Resource: Wellington-Managed Fund List

An up-to-date list of funds managed by Wellington Management is available through the Code of Ethics System under Documents. Please note that any transactions in Wellington-Managed funds must comply with the funds’ rules on short-term trading of fund shares.

For purposes of the Code of Ethics, these investment accounts are referred to as reportable accounts. Examples of common account types include brokerage accounts, retirement accounts, employee stock compensation plans, and transfer agent accounts. Reportable accounts also include those from which you or an immediate family member may benefit indirectly, such as a family trust or family partnership, and accounts in which you have a joint ownership interest, such as a joint brokerage account.

Please contact the Code of Ethics Team for guidance if you hold any securities in physical certificate form.

Still Not Sure? Contact Us

If you are not sure if a particular account is required to be reported, contact the Code of Ethics Team by email at #Code of Ethics Team or through the Code of Ethics hotline, 617-790-8330 (x68330).

Accounts Not Requiring Reporting

You do not need to report the following accounts via the Code of Ethics System since the administrator will provide the Code of Ethics Team with access to relevant holdings and transaction information:

 

  Accounts maintained within the Wellington Retirement and Pension Plan or similar firm-sponsored retirement or benefit plans identified by the Ethics Committee

 

4


WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT

Code of Ethics

 

 

 

  Accounts maintained directly with Wellington Trust Company or other Wellington Management Sponsored Products

Although these accounts do not need to be reported, your investment activities in these accounts must comply with the standards of conduct embodied in our Code of Ethics.

Managed Account Exemptions

An account from which you or immediate family members could benefit financially, but over which neither you nor they have any investment discretion or influence (a managed account), may be exempted from the Code of Ethics’ personal investing requirements upon written request and approval. An example of a managed account would be a professionally advised account about which you will not be consulted or have any input on specific transactions placed by the investment manager prior to their execution. To request a managed account exemption, you must complete a Managed Account Letter (available online via the Code of Ethics System) and return it the Code of Ethics Team.

Web Resource: Managed Account Letter

To request a managed account exemption, complete the Managed Account Letter available through the Code of Ethics System under Documents.

Designated Brokers For U.S. Reportable Accounts

U.S-based reportable accounts must be held at one or more of the brokers on the Designated Brokers List. This requirement does not apply to managed accounts that are exempt from certain provisions of the Code of Ethics, employee stock purchase and stock option plans and other accounts (including pension, retirement and compensation accounts) required to be held at a specific broker.

New employees must transfer all reportable accounts to a Designated Broker within 45 days from the start of their employment.

Web Resource: Designated Brokers List

The Designated Brokers List is available on the Intranet and the Code of Ethics System under Documents.

WHAT ARE THE REPORTING RESPONSIBILITIES FOR ALL PERSONNEL?

Initial and Annual Holdings Reports

You must disclose all reportable accounts and all covered investments you hold within 10 calendar days after you begin employment at or association with Wellington Management. You will be required to review and update your holdings and securities account information annually thereafter.

For initial holdings reports, holdings information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date you became covered by the Code of Ethics. Please note that you cannot make personal trades until you have filed an initial holdings report via the Code of Ethics System on the Intranet.

For subsequent annual reports, holdings information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the report is submitted. Please note that your annual holdings report must account for both volitional and non-volitional transactions.

 

5


WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT

Code of Ethics

 

 

 

At the time you file your initial and annual reports, you will be asked to confirm that you have read and understood the Code of Ethics and any amendments.

Non-volitional transactions include:

 

  Investments made through automatic dividend reinvestment or rebalancing plans and stock purchase plan acquisitions

 

  Transactions that result from corporate actions applicable to all similar security holders (such as splits, tender offers, mergers, and stock dividends)

Quarterly Transactions Reports

You must submit a quarterly transaction report no later than 30 calendar days after quarter-end via the Code of Ethics System on the Intranet, even if you did not make any personal trades during that quarter. In the report, you must either confirm that you did not make any personal trades (except for those resulting from non-volitional events) or provide information regarding all volitional transactions in covered investments.

Web Resource: How to File Reports on the Code of Ethics System

Required reports must be filed electronically via the Code of Ethics System. Please see the Code of Ethics System’s homepage for more details.

Duplicate Statements and Trade Confirmations

For each of your reportable accounts, you are required to provide duplicate statements and duplicate trade confirmations to Wellington Management. To arrange for the delivery of duplicate statements and trade confirmations, please contact the Code of Ethics Team for the appropriate form. Return the completed form to the Code of Ethics Team, which will submit it to the brokerage firm on your behalf. If the brokerage firm or other firm from which you currently receive statements is not able to send statements and confirmations directly to Wellington Management, you will be required to submit copies promptly after you receive them, unless you receive an exemption from this requirement under the procedures outlined on page 11.

WHAT ARE THE PRECLEARANCE RESPONSIBILITIES FOR ALL PERSONNEL?

Preclearance of Publicly Traded Securities

You must receive clearance before buying or selling stocks, bonds, options, and most other publicly traded securities in any reportable account. A full list of the categories of publicly traded securities requiring preclearance, and of certain exceptions to this requirement, is included in Appendix A . Transactions in accounts that are not reportable accounts do not require preclearance or reporting.

Preclearance requests must be submitted online via the Code of Ethics System, which is accessible through the Intranet. If clearance is granted, the approval will be effective for a period of 24 hours. If you preclear a transaction and then place a limit order with your broker, that limit order must either be executed or expire at the end of the 24-hour period. If you want to execute the order after the 24-hour period expires, you must resubmit your preclearance request.

If you have questions regarding the preclearance requirements, please refer to the FAQs available on the Code of Ethics System or contact the Code of Ethics Team.

 

6


WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT

Code of Ethics

 

 

 

Please note that preclearance approval does not alter your responsibility to ensure that each personal securities transaction complies with the general standards of conduct, the reporting requirements, the restrictions on short-term trading, or the special rules for investment professionals set out in our Code of Ethics.

Web Resource: How to File a Preclearance Request

Preclearance must be obtained using the Code of Ethics System. Once the necessary information is submitted, your preclearance request will be approved or denied within seconds.

Caution on Short Sales, Margin Transactions, and Options

You may engage in short sales and margin transactions and may purchase or sell options provided you receive preclearance and meet all other applicable requirements under our Code of Ethics (including the additional rules for investment professionals described on page 8). Please note, however, that these types of transactions can have unintended consequences. For example, any sale by your broker to cover a margin call or to buy in a short position will be in violation of the Code unless precleared. Likewise, any volitional sale of securities acquired at the expiration of a long call option will be in violation of the Code unless precleared. You are responsible for ensuring any subsequent volitional actions relating to these types of transactions meet the requirements of the Code.

Preclearance of Private Placement Securities

You cannot invest in securities offered to potential investors in a private placement without first obtaining prior approval. Approval may be granted after a review of the facts and circumstances, including whether:

 

  an investment in the securities is likely to result in future conflicts with client accounts (e.g., upon a future public offering), and

 

  you are being offered the opportunity due to your employment at or association with Wellington Management.

If you have questions regarding whether an investment would be deemed a private placement security under the Code, please refer to the FAQs about private placements available on the Code of Ethics System, or contact the Code of Ethics Team.

To request approval, you must submit a Private Placement Approval Form (available online via the Code of Ethics System) to the Code of Ethics Team. Investments in our own privately offered investment vehicles (our Sponsored Products ), including collective investment funds and common trust funds maintained by Wellington Trust Company, NA, our hedge funds, and our non-US domiciled funds (Wellington Management Portfolios), have been approved under the Code and therefore do not require the submission of a Private Placement Approval Form.

Web Resource: Private Placement Approval Form

To request approval for a private placement, complete the Private Placement Approval Form available through the Code of Ethics System under Documents.

 

7


WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT

Code of Ethics

 

 

 

WHAT ARE THE ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONALS?

If you are a portfolio manager, research analyst, or other investment professional who has portfolio management responsibilities for a client account (e.g., designated portfolio managers, backup portfolio managers, investment team members), or who otherwise has direct authority to make decisions to buy or sell securities in a client account (referred to here as an investment professional), you are required to adhere to additional rules and restrictions on your personal securities transactions. However, as no set of rules can anticipate every situation, you must remember to place our clients’ interests first whenever you transact in securities that are also held in client accounts you manage.

The following provisions of the code are intended to allow investment professionals to make long-term investments in securities. However, you may not be able to sell personal investments for extended periods of time and therefore should consider the liquidity, tax planning, market, and similar risks associated with making personal investments in securities of an issuer that are or may be held in client accounts.

 

  Investment Professional Blackout Periods –You cannot buy or sell a security for a period of 14 calendar days before or after any transaction in the same issuer by a client account for which you serve as an investment professional. In addition, You may not sell personal holdings in a security of the same issuer that is held by a client account for which you serve as an investment professional until the later of the following periods: (i)  one calendar year from the date of your last purchase and (ii) 90 calendar days after all of your client accounts liquidate all holdings of the same issuer.

If you anticipate receiving a cash flow or redemption request in a client portfolio that will result in the purchase or sale of securities that you also hold in your personal account, you should take care to avoid transactions in those securities in your personal account in the days leading up to the client transactions. However, unanticipated cash flows and redemptions in client accounts and unexpected market events do occur from time to time, and a personal trade made in the prior 14 days should never prevent you from buying or selling a security in a client account if the trade would be in the client’s best interest. If you find yourself in that situation and need to buy or sell a security in a client account within the 14 calendar days following your personal transaction in a security of the same issuer, you should attempt to notify the Code of Ethics Team (by email at #Code of Ethics Team or through the Code of Ethics hotline, 617-790-8330 [x68330]) or your local Compliance Officer in advance of placing the trade. If you are unable to reach any of those individuals and the trade is time sensitive, you should proceed with the client trade and notify the Code of Ethics Team promptly after submitting it.

 

  Short Sales by an Investment Professional – An investment professional may not personally take a short position in a security of an issuer in which he or she holds a long position in a client account.

 

8


WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT

Code of Ethics

 

 

 

GIFTS AND ENTERTAINMENT

Our guiding principle of “client, firm, self” also governs the receipt of gifts and entertainment from clients, consultants, broker/dealers, research providers, vendors, companies in which we may invest, and others with whom the firm does business. As fiduciaries to our clients, we must always place our clients’ interests first and cannot allow gifts or entertainment opportunities to influence the actions we take on behalf of our clients. In keeping with this standard, you must follow several specific requirements:

Accepting Gifts – You may only accept gifts of nominal value, which include logoed items, flower arrangements, gift baskets, and food, as well as other gifts with an approximate value of less than US$100 or the local equivalent per year from a single source. You may not accept a gift of cash, including a cash equivalent such as a gift card, regardless of the amount. If you receive a gift that violates the Code, you must return the gift or consult with the Chief Compliance Officer to determine appropriate action under the circumstances.

Accepting Business Meals – Business meals are permitted provided that neither the cost nor the frequency is excessive and there is a legitimate business purpose. If the host is a broker/dealer or research provider, the host must be reimbursed for the full amount of your proportionate share of the total cost of the meal if the approximate value of the meal is more than US$100 or the local equivalent.

Accepting Entertainment Opportunities – The firm recognizes that participation in entertainment opportunities with representatives from organizations with which the firm does business, such as consultants, broker/dealers, research providers, vendors, and companies in which we may invest, can help to further legitimate business interests. However, participation in such entertainment opportunities should be infrequent and is subject to the following conditions:

 

1) A representative of the hosting organization must be present;

 

2) The primary purpose of the event must be to discuss business or to build a business relationship;

 

3) You must receive prior approval from your business manager;

 

4) If the host is a broker/dealer or research provider, the host must be reimbursed for the full amount of the entertainment opportunity; and

 

5) For all other entertainment opportunities, the host must be reimbursed for the full face value of any entertainment ticket(s) if:

 

    the entertainment opportunity requires a ticket with a face value of more than US$200 or the local equivalent, or is a high-profile event (e.g., a major sporting event),

 

    you wish to accept more than one ticket, or

 

    the host has invited numerous Wellington Management representatives.

Business managers must clear their own participation under the circumstances described above with the Chief Compliance Officer or Chair of the Ethics Committee.

Please note that even if you pay for the full face value of a ticket, you may attend the event only if the host is present .

Lodging and Air Travel – You may not accept a gift of lodging or air travel in connection with any entertainment opportunity. If you participate in an entertainment opportunity for which lodging or air travel is paid for by the host, you must reimburse the host for the equivalent cost, as determined by Wellington Management’s travel manager.

 

9


WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT

Code of Ethics

 

 

 

Soliciting Gifts, Entertainment Opportunities, or Contributions – In your capacity as an employee of the firm, you may not solicit gifts, entertainment opportunities, or charitable or political contributions for yourself, or on behalf of clients, prospects, or others, from brokers, vendors, clients, or consultants with whom the firm conducts business or from companies in which the firm may invest.

Sourcing Entertainment Opportunities – You may not request tickets to entertainment events from the firm’s Trading department or any other Wellington Management department or employee, nor from any broker, vendor, company in which we may invest, or other organization with which the firm conducts business.

OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES

While the firm recognizes that you may engage in business or charitable activities in your personal time, you must take steps to avoid conflicts of interest between your private interests and our clients’ interests. As a result, all significant outside business or charitable activities (e.g., additional employment, consulting work, directorships or officerships) must be approved by your business manager and by the Chief Compliance Officer, General Counsel, or Chair of the Ethics Committee prior to the acceptance of such a position (or if you are new, upon joining the firm). Approval will be granted only if it is determined that the activity does not present a significant conflict of interest. Directorships in public companies (or companies reasonably expected to become public companies) will generally not be authorized, while service with charitable organizations generally will be permitted.

CLIENT CONFIDENTIALITY

Any nonpublic information concerning our clients that you acquire in connection with your employment at the firm is confidential. This includes information regarding actual or contemplated investment decisions, portfolio composition, research recommendations, and client interests. You should not discuss client business, including the existence of a client relationship, with outsiders unless it is a necessary part of your job responsibilities.

 

10


WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT

Code of Ethics

 

 

 

HOW WE ENFORCE OUR CODE OF ETHICS

Legal and Compliance is responsible for monitoring compliance with the Code of Ethics. Members of Legal and Compliance will periodically request certifications and review holdings and transaction reports for potential violations. They may also request additional information or reports.

It is our collective responsibility to uphold the Code of Ethics. In addition to the formal reporting requirements described in this Code of Ethics, you have a responsibility to report any violations of the Code. If you have any doubt as to the appropriateness of any activity, believe that you have violated the Code, or become aware of a violation of the Code by another individual, you should consult the manager of the Code of Ethics Team, Chief Compliance Officer, General Counsel, or Chair of the Ethics Committee.

Potential violations of the Code of Ethics will be investigated and considered by representatives of Legal and Compliance and/or the Ethics Committee. All violations of the Code of Ethics will be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer. Violations are taken seriously and may result in sanctions or other consequences, including:

 

  a warning

 

  referral to your business manager and/or senior management

 

  reversal of a trade or the return of a gift

 

  disgorgement of profits or of the value of a gift

 

  a limitation or restriction on personal investing

 

  termination of employment

 

  referral to civil or criminal authorities

If you become aware of any potential conflicts of interest that you believe are not addressed by our Code of Ethics or other policies, please contact the Chief Compliance Officer, the General Counsel, or the manager of the Code of Ethics Team.

EXCEPTIONS FROM THE CODE OF ETHICS

The Chief Compliance Officer may grant an exception from the Code, including preclearance, other trading restrictions, and certain reporting requirements on a case-by-case basis if it is determined that the proposed conduct involves no opportunity for abuse and does not conflict with client interests. Exceptions are expected to be rare. If you wish to seek an exception, you must submit a written request to the Code of Ethics Team describing the nature of the exception and the reason(s) it is being sought.

CLOSING

As a firm, we seek excellence in the people we employ, the products and services we offer, the way we meet our ethical and fiduciary responsibilities, and the working environment we create for ourselves. Our Code of Ethics embodies that commitment. Accordingly, each of us must take care that our actions fully meet the high standards of conduct and professional behavior we have adopted. Most importantly, we must all remember “client, firm, self” is our most fundamental guiding principle.

 

11


WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT

Code of Ethics

 

 

 

APPENDIX A – PART 1

No Preclearance or Reporting Required:

 

  Open-end investment funds not managed by Wellington Management 1

 

  Interests in a variable annuity product in which the underlying assets are held in a fund not managed by Wellington Management

 

  Direct obligations of the US government (including obligations issued by GNMA and PEFCO) or the governments of Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, or the United Kingdom

 

  Cash

 

  Money market instruments or other short-term debt instruments rated P-1 or P-2, A-1 or A-2, or their equivalents 2

 

  Bankers’ acceptances, CDs, commercial paper

 

  Wellington Trust Company Pools

 

  Wellington Sponsored Hedge Funds

 

  Securities futures and options on direct obligations of the US government or the governments of Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, or the United Kingdom, and associated derivatives

 

  Options, forwards, and futures on commodities and foreign exchange, and associated derivatives

 

  Transactions in approved managed accounts

Reporting of Securities Transactions Required (no need to preclear and not subject to the 60-day holding period):

 

  Open-end investment funds managed by Wellington Management 1 (other than money market funds)

 

  Interests in a variable annuity or insurance product in which the underlying assets are held in a fund managed by Wellington Management

 

  Futures and options on securities indices

 

  ETFs listed in Appendix A – Part 2 and derivatives on these securities

 

  Gifts of securities to you or a reportable account

 

  Gifts of securities from you or a reportable account

 

  Non-volitional transactions (splits, tender offers, mergers, stock dividends, dividend reinvestments, etc.)

Preclearance and Reporting of Securities Transactions Required:

 

  Bonds and notes (other than direct obligations of the US government or the governments of Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, or the United Kingdom, as well as bankers’ acceptances, CDs, commercial paper, and high-quality, short-term debt instruments)

 

  Stock (common and preferred) or other equity securities, including any security convertible into equity securities

 

  Closed-end funds

 

  ETFs not listed in Appendix A – Part 2

 

  American Depositary Receipts

 

  Options on securities (but not their non-volitional exercise or expiration)

 

  Warrants

 

  Rights

 

  Unit investment trusts

 

12


WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT

Code of Ethics

 

 

 

Prohibited Investments and Activities:

 

  Initial public offerings (IPOs) of any securities

 

  Single-stock futures 2

 

  Options expiring within 60 days of purchase

 

  Securities being bought or sold on behalf of clients until one trading day after such buying or selling is completed or canceled

 

  Securities of an issuer that is the subject of a new, changed, or reissued but unchanged action recommendation from a global industry research or fixed income credit analyst until two business days following issuance or reissuance of the recommendation

 

  Securities of an issuer that is mentioned at the Morning Meeting or the Early Morning Meeting until two business days following the meeting

 

  Securities on the firmwide restricted list

 

  Profiting from any short-term (i.e., within 60 days) trading activity

 

  Securities of broker/dealers or their affiliates with which the firm conducts business

 

  Securities of any securities market or exchange on which the firm trades

 

  Using a derivative instrument to circumvent the requirements of the Code of Ethics

 

  Purchasing an equity security if your aggregate ownership of the equity security exceeds 0.05% of the total shares outstanding of the issuer

 

13


WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT

Code of Ethics

 

 

 

APPENDIX A – PART 2

ETFS APPROVED FOR PERSONAL TRADING WITHOUT PRECLEARANCE (BUT REQUIRING REPORTING)

All regional/country exchange share listings of ETFs listed are also approved

This is a partial list. The complete and up-to-date list is available on the Code of Ethics System on the Intranet.

 

Ticker    Name

United States: Equity

AAXJ

   iShares MSCI All COUNTRY ASIA

ACWI

   iShares MSCI ACWI Index Fund

BRF

   Market Vectors Brazil Small-CA

DIA

   DIAMONDS Trust SERIES I

DVY

   iShares DJ Select Dividend

ECH

   iShares MSCI Chile Investable

EEB

   Claymore/BNY BRIC ETF

EEM

   iShares MSCI EMERGING MKT IN

EFA

   iShares MSCI EAFE INDEX FUND

EFG

   iShares MSCI EAFE GROWTH INX

EFV

   iShares MSCI EAFE VALUE INX

EPI

   Wisdomtree India Earnings Fund

EPP

   iShares MSCI PACIFIC EX JPN

EWA

   iShares MSCI AUSTRALIA INDEX

EWC

   iShares MSCI CANADA

EWG

   iShares MSCI GERMANY INDEX

EWH

   iShares MSCI HONG KONG INDEX

EWJ

   iShares MSCI JAPAN INDEX FD

EWM

   iShares MSCI MALAYSIA

EWS

   iShares MSCI SINGAPORE

EWT

   iShares MSCI TAIWAN INDEX FD

EWU

   iShares MSCI UNITED KINGDOM

EWY

   iShares MSCI SOUTH KOREA IND

EZU

   iShares MSCI EMU

FXI

   iShares FTSE/XINHUA CHINA 25

GDX

   Market Vectors Gold Miners

GDXJ

   Market Vectors Gold Miners Min

IBB

   iShares NASDAQ BIOTECH INDX

ICF

   iShares COHEN & STEERS RLTY

IEV

   iShares S&P EUROPE 350

 

14


WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT

Code of Ethics

 

 

 

 

IGE

   iShares GOLDMAN SACHS NAT RE

IJH

   iShares S&P Midcap 400

IJJ

   iShares S&P Midcap 400/VALUE

IJK

   iShares S&P Midcap 400/GRWTH

IJR

   iShares S&P SmallCap 600

IJS

   iShares S&P SmallCap 600/VAL

IJT

   iShares S&P SmallCap 600/GRO

ILF

   iShares S&P Latin Amer 40 IDX

INP

   iPath MSCI India Index ETN

IOO

   iShares S&P GLOBAL 100

IVE

   iShares S&P 500 VALUE INDEX

IVV

   iShares S&P 500 INDEX FUND

IVW

   iShares S&P 500 GROWTH INDEX

IWB

   iShares Russell 1000 INDEX

IWD

   iShares Russell 1000 VALUE

IWF

   iShares Russell 1000 GROWTH

IWM

   iShares Russell 2000

IWN

   iShares Russell 2000 VALUE

IWO

   iShares Russell 2000 GROWTH

IWP

   iShares Russell Midcap GRWTH

IWR

   iShares Russell Midcap INDEX

IWS

   iShares Russell Midcap VALUE

IWV

   iShares Russell 3000 INDEX

IXC

   iShares S&P GLBL ENERGY SECT

IYR

   iShares DJ US REAL ESTATE

IYW

   iShares DJ US TECHNOLOGY SEC

MDY

   Midcap SPDR Trust SERIES 1

MOO

   Market Vectors AGRIBUSINESS

OEF

   iShares S&P 100 INDEX FUND

PBW

   PowerShares WILDERHILL CLEAN ENERGY

PFF

   iShares S&P PREF STK INDX FN

PGX

   Powershares Preferred Portfolio

PHO

   PowerSharesGLOBAL WATER

QID

   ProShares UltraShort QQQ

QLD

   ProShares Ultra QQQ

QQQ

   PowerShares QQQ

RSP

   Rydex S&P EQUAL WEIGHT ETF

RSX

   Market Vectors RUSSIA ETF

RWM

   ProShares Short Russell 2000

 

15


WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT

Code of Ethics

 

 

 

 

RWR

   DJ Wilshire REIT ETF

RWX

   SPDR DJ WILS INTL RE

SCZ

   iShares MSCI EAFE Small Cap In

SDS

   ProShares UltraShort S&P500

SDY

   SPDR Divident ETF

SH

   ProShares Short S&P500

SKF

   ProShares UltraShort FINANCIALS

SPY

   SPDR Trust SERIES 1

SRS

   UltraShort REAL ESTATE ProShares

SSO

   ProShares Ultra S&P500

TWM

   UltraShort Russell2000 ProShares

UWM

   ProShares Ultra Russell2000

UYG

   ProShares Ultra FINANCIALS

VB

   Vanguard SMALL-CAP ETF

VBK

   Vanguard SMALL-CAP GRWTH ETF

VBR

   Vanguard SMALL-CAP VALUE ETF

VEA

   Vanguard EUROPE PACIFIC ETF

VEU

   Vanguard FTSE ALL-WORLD EX-U

VGK

   Vanguard EUROPEAN ETF

VIG

   Vanguard DIVIDEND APPREC ETF

VNQ

   Vanguard REIT ETF

VO

   Vanguard MID-CAP ETF

VPL

   Vanguard PACIFIC ETF

VTI

   Vanguard TOTAL STOCK MKT ETF

VTV

   Vanguard VALUE ETF

VUG

   Vanguard GROWTH ETF

VV

   Vanguard LARGE-CAP ETF

VWO

   Vanguard EMERGING MARKET ETF

VXX

   iPath S&P 500 VIX

XLB

   MATERIALS Select SECTOR SPDR

XLE

   ENERGY Select SECTOR SPDR

XLF

   FINANCIAL Select SECTOR SPDR

XLI

   INDUSTRIAL Select SECT SPDR

XLK

   TECHNOLOGY Select SECT SPDR

XLP

   CONSUMER STAPLES SPDR

XLU

   UTILITIES Select SECTOR SPDR

XLV

   HEALTH CARE Select SECTOR

XLY

   CONSUMER DISCRETIONARY Select SPDR

XME

   SPDR S&P Metals & Mining ETF

 

16


WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT

Code of Ethics

 

 

 

XOP

   S&P Oil & Gas Expland Prod

United States: Fixed Income

AGG

   iShares Lehman AGG BOND FUND

BIV

   Vanguard Intermediate-Term Bon

BSV

   Vanguard Total Bond Market

BOND

   PIMCO Total Return Bond ETF

BSV

   Vanguard Short-Term Bond ETF

BWX

   SPDR barclays Int Trea Bnd ETF

BZF

   Wisdomtree Brazilian Real Fund

CYB

   Wisdomtree Dreyfus China Yuan Fund

ELD

   Wisdomtree Emerging Markets Bond ETF

EMB

   JPM Emerging Markets Bond ETF

HYG

   iShares IBOXX H/Y CORP BOND

IEF

   iShares Lehman 7-10YR TREAS

IEI

   iShares Lehman 3-7 YEAR TREASURY

JNK

   SPDR Barclays Capital High Yield Bond ETF

LQD

   iShares GS$ INVESTOP CORP BD

MBB

   iShares MBS Bond Fund

MUB

   iShares S&P National Municipal Bond Fund

PCY

   Powershares EM MAR SOV DE PT

PST

   ProShares UltraShort Lehman 7-10 Year Treasury

SHY

   iShares Lehman 1-3YR TRS BD

TBF

   ProShares Short 20+ Treasury

TBT

   UltraShort Lehman 20+ Year Treasury ProShares

TIP

   iShares Lehman TRES INF PR S

TLT

   iShares Lehman 20+ YR TREAS

VCSH

   Vanguard Short-Term Corporate

United States: Commodity Trusts and ETNs

AMJ

   JPMorgan Alerian MLP Index ETN

CORN

   Corn ETF

COW

   iPath DJ-AIG Livestock TR Sub-Index

DBA

   Powershares DB Agriculture Fund

DBB

   Powershares DB Base Metals Fund

DBC

   Powershares DB Commodity Index

DBE

   Powershares DB Energy Fund

DBO

   Powershares DB Oil Fund

DBP

   Powershares DB Precious Metals Fund

DGZ

   Powershares DB Gold Short ETN

 

17


WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT

Code of Ethics

 

 

 

DJP

   iPath Dow Jones - AIG Commodity

DNO

   Unicted States Short Oil Fund L

GAZ

   iPath DJ-AIG Natural Gas TR Sub-Index

GLD

   StreetTRACKS Gold Fund

GLL

   UltraShort Gold

GSG

   iShares S&P GSCI Commodity Index

JJA

   iPath DJ-AIG Agriculture TR Sub-Index

JJC

   iPath DJ-AIG Copper TR Sub-Index

JJE

   iPath DJ-AIG Energy TR Sub-Index

JJG

   iPath DJ-AIG Grains TR Sub-Index

JJM

   iPath DJ-AIG Industrial Metals TR Sub-Index

JJN

   iPath DJ-AIG Nickel TR Sub-Index

JJS

   iPath DJ-AIG Softs TR Sub-Index

JJU

   iPath DJ-AIG Aluminum TR Sub-Index

SGG

   iPath DJ-UBS Sugar Subindex TR

SLV

   iShares Silver Trust

UCO

   Ultra DJ-AIG Crude Oil

UGA

   United States Gasoline Fund

UGL

   Ultra Gold

UHN

   United States Heating Oil Fund

UNG

   United States Natural Gas Fund

USO

   United States Oil Fund

ZSL

   UltraShort Silver

United States: Currency Trusts

DBV

   Powershares DB G10 Currency Harvest Fund

EUO

   UltraShort Euro

FXA

   Australian Dollar

FXB

   British Pound

FXC

   Canadian Dollar

FXE

   Euro

FXF

   Swiss Franc

FXM

   Mexican Peso

FXS

   Swedish Krona

FXY

   Japanese Yen

UDN

   Powershares DB US Dollar Bearish Fund

UUP

   Powershares DB US Dollar Bullish Fund

YCS

   UltraShort Yen

Australia: Equity

STW.AX

   S&P/ASX 200 Index

 

18


WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT

Code of Ethics

 

 

 

England: Equity

EUN LN

   iShares DJ STOXX 50

IEEM LN

   iShares MSCI EMERGING MKTS

FXC LN

   iShares FTSE/XINHUA CHINA 25

IJPN LN

   iShares MSCI JAPAN FUND

ISF LN

   iShares PLC-ISHARES FTSE 100

IUSA LN

   iShares S&P 500 INDEX FUND

IWRD LN

   iShares MSCI WORLD

England: Fixed Income

IEBC LN

   iShares Barclays Capital Euro

Hong Kong: Equity

2800 HK

   TRACKER FUND OF HONG KONG

2823 HK

   iShares A50 CHINA TRACKER

2827 HK

   WISE - CSI 300 CHINA TRACKER

2828 HK

   HANG SENG H-SHARE IDX ETF

2833 HK

   HANG SENG INDEX ETF

 

Japan: Equity

1305 JP

   DAIWA ETF = TOPIX

1306 JP

   NOMURA ETF - TOPIX

1308 JP

   NIKKO ETF - TOPIX

1320 JP

   DAIWA ETF - NIKKEI 225

1321 JP

   NOMURA ETF - NIKKEI 225

1330 JP

   NIKKO ETF - 225

This appendix is current as of 23 June 2014, and may be amended at the discretion of the Ethics Committee.

 

19

EX-28.p.22

NATIONWIDE ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC

CODE OF ETHICS & PERSONAL TRADING POLICY

Nationwide Asset Management, LLC (“ NWAM ”) has voluntarily adopted this Code of Ethics & Personal Trading Policy (“ Policy ”). This Policy prohibits employees of NWAM and certain employees of other business units or staff offices in connection with the purchase or sale by such persons of securities held or to be acquired by any client:

 

  1. to employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud any client;

 

  2. To make to any client an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state to any client a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

 

  3. to engage in any act, practice, or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any client; or

 

  4. to engage in a manipulative practice with respect to any client.

While affirming its confidence in the integrity and good faith of all of its officers and employees as well as those employees who support its business activities, NWAM recognizes that certain personnel have or may have knowledge of present or future portfolio transactions and, in certain instances, the power to influence portfolio transactions made by clients. Furthermore, if such individuals engage in personal Covered Securities transactions, these individuals could be in a position where their personal interests may conflict with the interests of clients. Accordingly, this Policy is designed to prevent conduct that could create an actual or potential conflict of interest with any NWAM client.


DEFINITIONS

 

  1) “Access Person” shall mean

 

  a. Any Officer or Director of Nationwide Asset Management and,

 

  b. Any of the following ;

 

  i. Anyone who has access to nonpublic information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any Reportable Fund, or

 

  ii. Anyone is involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or who has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic.

 

  iii. Nationwide associates with key-card access to secure locations designated for the activities of Nationwide Asset Management, or anyone else deemed to be by the firm’s Chief Compliance Officer.

 

  2) “Beneficial Ownership” shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be in determining whether a person is considered a “beneficial owner” as defined in Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which generally speaking, encompasses those situations where the beneficial owner has or shares the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit from a transaction in Covered Securities.

Without limiting the scope of “beneficial ownership,” a person is normally regarded as the beneficial owner of Covered Securities with respect to:

 

  i. Covered Securities held by the individual or by one or more members of the individual’s immediate family sharing the same household (including, but not limited to, a spouse, domestic partner, minor child, or other relative);

 

  ii. The person’s interest in Covered Securities held in a discretionary or trust account; or

 

  iii. The person’s right to acquire equity Covered Securities through the exercise or conversion of stock options, warrants or convertible debt, whether or not presently exercisable; or

 

  iv. All other Covered Securities held in any other account for which the person has investment discretion or authority.

 

These accounts typically include your spouse, minor children living with you and any parent for which you have Power of Attorney.

 

  3)

“Covered Security” shall mean any security as defined in Section 2(a)(36) of the Act, except that it shall not include direct obligations of the United States

 

2


government, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, high quality short-term debt instruments (including repurchase agreements), shares of money market funds, shares of registered open-end investment companies (i.e., mutual funds other than Reportable Funds) and shares of unit investment trusts that are exclusively invested in one or more open-end Funds that are not Reportable Funds.

 

If you are unsure whether or not a security is Covered it probably is. Always ask the Compliance Office when in doubt.

 

  4) “Exempt-Access Persons” NWAM’s officers, directors, employees and other related persons are presumed to be Access Persons for purposes of the Rules. However, certain persons, such as certain officers, directors or other persons, such as temporary employees, often do not have actual access to investment or portfolio information or participate in the recommendation process.

Where the CCO has determined that the relevant director, officer, employee or temporary employee: (i) is not in a policy making position; (ii) does not otherwise have access to nonpublic information with respect to client holdings, transactions or securities recommendations; and (iii) is not involved in the recommendation process, the CCO may determine to treat such person as an “Exempt-Access Person” for purposes of this Policy.

 

  5) “Reportable Fund” shall mean:

 

  i. any series of Nationwide Mutual Funds or Nationwide Variable Insurance Trust (each a “ Trust ” and collectively the “ Trusts ”);

 

  ii. any Fund for which Nationwide Asset Management, LLC serves as an investment adviser, or

 

  iii. any Fund whose investment adviser (including sub-advisers) or Principal Underwriter controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company or Nationwide Fund Advisors.

 

  6) “Restricted List” shall mean a list of securities and asset classes in which there is a high risk for a potential conflict of interest between Access Persons and client accounts or where there is potential access to material non-public information.

 

The Restricted List is subject to change and is always available. Always know what is on the Restricted List.

 

3


GENERAL PRINCIPLES AND STANDARD OF CONDUCT

It is the duty of all Access Persons to place the interests of NWAM’s clients above their own at all times. Consistent with that duty, all Covered Persons of NWAM must (1) conduct all personal Covered Securities transactions in a manner that is consistent with this Policy; (2) avoid any actual or potential conflict of personal interest with the interests of NWAM’s Clients; (3) adhere to the fundamental standard that they should not take inappropriate advantage of their positions of trust and responsibility; (4) safeguard material non-public information about client transactions including disclosure of portfolio holdings; and (5) comply with all federal and applicable state securities laws.

NWAM’s commitment to integrity and ethical behavior remains constant. Access Persons, every day, must reflect the highest standards of professional conduct and personal integrity . Good judgment and the desire to do what is right are the foundation of the reputation of NWAM.

Any situation that may create, or even appear to create, a conflict between personal interests and the interest of NWAM or its clients should be avoided. It is essential to disclose any questionable situations to the Compliance Office as soon as such situation arises.

This Policy applies to transactions in Covered Securities for personal accounts of all Access Persons and any other accounts in which they have any beneficial ownership. It imposes certain investment restrictions and prohibitions and requires the reports set forth below. Some Access Persons may find themselves “frozen” in a position if they become aware of material non-public information or if a client is active in a given Covered Security. NWAM will not bear any losses in personal or beneficially owned accounts resulting from the implementation of any portion of this Policy.

 

4


GENERAL PROHIBITIONS FOR ALL ASSOCIATES

 

  1) All Access Persons of NWAM shall keep all information pertaining to clients’ portfolio transactions and holdings confidential. No person with access to Covered Securities holdings, recommendations or pending securities transactions and holdings should disclose this information to any person, unless such disclosure is made in connection with his or her regular functions or duties. Special care should be taken to avoid discussing confidential information in circumstances that would disclose this information to anyone who would not have access to such information in the normal course of events.

 

  2) No Access Person shall use information concerning prospective or actual portfolio transactions in any manner that might prove detrimental to the interests of a client.

 

  3) No Access Person shall purchase, sell, or exchange shares of any series of a mutual fund while in possession of material non-public information concerning the portfolio holdings of any series of such fund.

 

  4) No Access Person shall use his or her position for his or her personal benefit or attempt to cause a client to purchase, sell or hold a particular Covered Security when that action may reasonably be expected to create a personal benefit for the Associate.

 

  5) No Access Person shall selectively disclose “non-public” information concerning the portfolio holdings of any client to anyone who does not have a legitimate business need for such information.

 

  6) No Access Person shall intentionally engage in any act, practice, or course of conduct that would violate the provisions of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, the Investment Company Act of 1940, or any other Federal or State securities regulation.

 

  7) No Access Person shall engage in, or help others engage in, market timing in the series of any Reportable Fund, or any other shares of mutual funds that have a policy against market timing. This prohibition does not apply to short-term transactions in money market funds, unless these transactions are part of a market timing strategy of other mutual funds, nor does it apply to contributions to a 401(k) program or an automatic reinvestment program. However, this prohibition does apply to internal transfers within a 401(k) program to the extent such transactions violate a mutual fund’s policy against market timing. Any profits derived by an Associate as a result of such impermissible market timing may be subject to disgorgement at the discretion of the Disciplinary Committee.

 

  8) No Access Person shall engage in, or help others engage in, late trading of mutual funds for any purpose. Late trading is defined as entering or canceling any buy, sell, transfer, or change order after the close of the regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (generally, 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time) or such other time designated in a mutual fund’s prospectus as the timing of calculation of the mutual fund’s net asset value.

 

5


PERSONAL TRADING RESTRICTIONS FOR ACCESS PERSONS

 

  1) Short Selling

Access Persons are not permitted to directly sell short any Covered Security. Access Persons are also not permitted to sell naked calls or buy naked puts on Covered Securities. Mutual funds, collective funds or exchange traded funds that engage in such activities are exempt from this provision. Hedging portfolio risk is allowable with pre-clearance from Compliance for the strategy.

 

  2) Initial Public Offerings

Access Persons are generally prohibited from acquiring any Covered Security in an IPO. Access Persons may, however, request and receive pre-clearance to participate in an IPO in certain circumstances. Examples of such circumstances include a conversion offering or similar issuer directed share programs generally consistent with recent rulings and interpretations issued by the FINRA. In approving any such request, the onus for substantiating and documenting compliance with this Policy rests on the individual seeking approval. Notwithstanding submission of substantiating documentation, approval for participation in an IPO may be withheld if the Compliance Office believes that an actual or potential conflict of interest exists with respect to any client. Approval to invest in an IPO shall be valid for a period of time stated in the approval, but may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Access Person’s purchase in an IPO.

 

  3) Private Placements

Access Persons investing in private placements of any kind must obtain pre-clearance from the Compliance Office. In determining whether to grant such prior approval, the Compliance Office shall determine (among other factors) whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for a client(s), and whether the opportunity is being offered to the individual by virtue of his or her position with NWAM. Any Access Persons who have been authorized to acquire Covered Securities in a private placement must disclose such investment when he or she is involved in any subsequent consideration of an investment by a client in that issuer. In such circumstances, the appropriate Access Person(s) with no personal interest in the particular issuer shall independently review the client’s decision to purchase that issuer’s Covered Securities.

All Access Persons requesting private placement approval must complete a Private Placement Approval Request Form and submit the form with supporting documentation to the Compliance Office. Approval to invest in a private placement shall be valid for the period of time stated in the approval, but may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Access Person’s purchase in the private placement.

 

6


Access Persons are not permitted to invest in any private placement in which any client of NWAM is also invested.

New Access Persons must disclose pre-existing private placement securities on their Initial Holdings Report, and must complete and return to the Compliance Office, the Private Placement Approval Request Form for review by the Compliance Office. Access Persons may be required to liquidate/terminate their investment in a private placement if deemed by the Compliance Office to be a conflict of interest.

For the avoidance of doubt, a private placement includes any raising of capital via the private market that is not registered with organizations such as the SEC because a public offering is not involved. Examples might include, without limitation, investments in limited partnerships (LP interests), limited liability companies (LLC membership interests), hedge funds or small corporations (shares of stock).

 

  4) Trading Restrictions

Access Persons are prohibited from engaging in investment transactions in any security, option on a security or asset class on Nationwide Asset Management’s Restricted List without prior pre-clearance by the Compliance Office. This restriction applies to any account Beneficially Owned by the Access Person.

 

  5) Transactions Exempted From Trading Restrictions

 

  i. purchases or sales effected in any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence, control, or investment discretion or authority (for example, you have given full discretion to an outside adviser to manage your money);

 

  ii. purchases or sales which are non-volitional 1 on the part of the Access Person;

 

  iii. subsequent purchases which are made through an automatic dividend reinvestment or automatic direct purchase plan (for example, Dividend Reinvestment Programs);

 

  iv. purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro-rata to all holders of a class of its Covered Securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired;

 

1   Non-volitional purchases or sales include those transactions that do not involve a willing act or conscious decision on the part of the officer or employee. For example, shares received or disposed of by Access Persons in a merger, recapitalization, or similar transaction are considered non-volitional as are trades made within a discretionary brokerage account or managed account.

 

7


  6) Pre-Clearance

When applicable, requests for pre-clearance should be made through the automated compliance system in use at the time and shall include, among other things, the type of transaction (e.g., buy or sell), the security name, the security symbol/CUSIP, the number of shares (or investment amount), the brokerage account name, and the account number.

Transactions shall not be placed for execution until pre-clearance approval has been received . Pre-clearance approval is good only for the day received, unless otherwise stated in writing from the Compliance Office; therefore, orders should be placed as market or day limit orders. If for any reason the trade is not executed by 4 p.m. on the day on which pre-clearance approval is received, the Access Person must submit a new request and receive approval prior to placing any subsequent order.

Pre-clearance requests will be reviewed by Compliance against any known or potential conflicts of interest at the time. These include but are not limited to; the job function of the Access Person, the Access Person’s relationship to the Covered Security, information available to the Access Person regarding the Covered Security, whether any client portfolio holds or recently traded in the Covered Security and whether or not the Access Person’s request is consistent with the views of Nationwide Asset Management.

 

  7) Exempt and Non-Reportable Securities .

The following transactions are exempt from the prohibitions contained in this Policy, do not require pre-clearance, and do not have to be reported (securities that do not qualify as Covered Securities under this Policy are also exempt from these reporting requirements):

 

  (i) Variable Annuities.

 

  (ii) Oil, gas or other mineral leases.

 

  (iii) Commodities, commodity contracts or futures contracts.

 

When in doubt ask the Compliance Office. Ignorance of this Policy is not an excuse.

 

8


REPORTING, DISCLOSURE INFORMATION AND CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS

Initial Holdings Reports

All Access Persons shall disclose all personal Covered Securities holdings to the Compliance Office. The Initial Holdings Report shall contain the following information:

 

  (a) the title of the security, security symbol or CUSIP, type of security, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership when the person became an Access Person;

 

  (b) the name of any broker, dealer, bank, plan administrator, or other institution with whom the Access Person maintained an account and the account number in which any Covered Securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the date the person became an Access Person;

 

  (c) the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person and the date as of which the information is current; and

 

  (d) a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making such report that he or she has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Covered Security to which the report relates.

New Access Persons required to submit an Initial Holdings Reports no later than ten (10) days after the person becomes an Access Person. All Initial Holdings Reports shall provide information that is current as of a date no more than forty-five (45) days before the Initial Holding Report is submitted.

Quarterly Reports

 

  (a) All Access Persons shall report to the Compliance Office transactions in any Covered Security in which such person has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership in the Covered Security. Exempt-Access Persons may be required to make Quarterly Reports under certain circumstances.

 

  (b) The Quarterly Report shall be made not later than seventeen (17) days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction to which the report relates was effected. All Access Persons shall be required to submit a report for all periods, including those periods in which no Covered Securities transactions were effected. The report shall contain the following applicable information:

 

  (i) the date of the transaction, the title of the Covered Security, security symbol or CUSIP, the interest rate and maturity date, the number of shares, and the principal amount of each Covered Security involved;

 

  (ii) the nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

 

9


  (iii) the price at which the transaction was effected;

 

  (iv) the name of the broker, dealer, bank, plan administrator, or other institution with or through whom the transaction was effected and the account number where security is held; and

 

  (v) the date the report is submitted.

 

  (c) Any such report may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making such report that he or she has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Covered Security to which the report relates.

 

  (d) All Access Persons shall direct their brokers to supply duplicate copies of all monthly brokerage statements (excluding confirmations) for all Covered Securities held in any accounts in which the Access Person is a Beneficial Owner to the Compliance Department on a timely basis if the Office of Compliance otherwise does not receive or have access to the statements electronically. It is the intent of this Policy that only brokerage firms that supply electronic feeds to the current automated compliance system be used. Exceptions must be approved by the Compliance Office. Duplicate copies of the Nationwide 401(k) Savings Plan or other Nationwide deferred compensation program statements do not need to be sent; however the Compliance Office reserves the right to modify this exception or request such information on an ad-hoc basis.

 

  (e) With respect to any new account established by the Access Person in which any Covered Securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person, the Access Person shall report the following information:

 

  (i) the name of the broker, dealer, bank, plan administrator or other institution with whom the Access Person established the account;

 

  (ii) the date the account was established; and

 

  (iii) the date the report is submitted.

Annual Holdings Reports

 

  (a) All Access Persons shall disclose all personal Covered Securities holdings on an annual basis within 30 days after the end of the calendar year. All Annual Reports shall provide information on personal Covered Securities holdings that is current as of a date no more than 30 days before the Annual Report is submitted. Such Annual Reports shall contain the following information:

 

  (i) the title of the security, security symbol or CUSIP, number of shares, and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;

 

10


  (ii) the name of any broker, dealer, bank, plan administrator, or other institution with whom the Access Person maintains an account and the account number in which any Covered Securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person;

 

  (iii) the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person and the date as of which the information is current; and

 

  (iv) a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making such report that he or she has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Covered Security to which the report relates.

Certification of Compliance with the Policy

All Access Persons shall be provided with a copy of this Policy and any amendments, hereto, and all Covered Persons shall certify upon becoming a Covered Person and annually that:

 

  (a) they have received, read and understand the Policy and recognize that they are subject to its provisions;

 

  (b) they have complied with the requirements of the Policy; and

 

  (c) to the extent applicable, they have reported all personal Covered Securities transactions required to be reported pursuant to the requirements of the Policy.

Personal Brokerage Accounts

All Access Persons shall notify the Compliance Department before a personal security transaction is made in a Covered Security or Reportable Fund in any new personal brokerage account in which the Access Person has Beneficial Ownership. It is the intent of this Policy that only brokerage firms that supply electronic feeds to the current automated compliance system be used. Exceptions must be approved by the Compliance Office.

Review of Reports and Notification

The Compliance Office will review all brokerage account statements and Initial, Quarterly and Annual Reports to detect conflicts of interest and abusive practices. In addition, the Compliance Office shall notify each Access Person as to the extent to which he or she is subject to the reporting requirements provided under this Policy and shall deliver a copy of this Policy to each Access Person upon request.

Responsibility to Report

The responsibility for reporting is imposed on each Access Person required to make a report to ensure that the Compliance Office is in receipt of timely and complete reports . Efforts on behalf of the Covered or Access Person by other services (e.g., brokerage firms) do not change or alter the Access Person’s responsibility . Late reporting is regarded as a direct violation of this Policy and will be treated accordingly.

 

11


Requirements for Exempt-Access Person

 

  (a) Exempt-Access Persons must, prior to being so designated and at least annually thereafter, certify to the CCO, as to the relevant facts and circumstances that formed the basis of the CCO’s above-described determination. Once designated by the CCO as an Exempt-Access Person, the individual is exempt from the initial and annual holdings reports and quarterly transaction reports. The CCO reserves the right to impose additional or different restrictions upon Exempt-Access Persons based on the facts and circumstances of their role with Nationwide Asset Management.

 

  (b) Exempt-Access Persons must submit to the CCO a quarterly transaction report consistent with this Policy with respect to any Covered Securities transaction occurring in such quarter only if such person knew at the time of the transaction or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties, should have known that, during the 15-day period immediately before or after the date of the Covered Securities transaction, a client account purchased or sold the Covered Security, or NWAM considered purchasing or selling the Covered Security for a client account. Any such report must be accompanied by an explanation of the circumstances which necessitated its filing.

 

  (c) Any Exempt-Access Person who obtains or seeks to obtain information which would suggest that the individual should be treated as an Access Person must promptly inform the CCO of the relevant circumstances and, unless notified to the contrary by the CCO, must comply with all relevant requirements applicable to Access Persons until such time as the CCO determines that reversion to Exempt-Access Person status is appropriate .

 

There are only a handful of people that fall into the Exempt-Access Person category.

 

12


REPORTING OF VIOLATIONS TO THE COMPLIANCE OFFICE

All associates shall promptly report any possible violations of this Policy to the Compliance Office. The Compliance Office shall timely report all violations of this Policy and the reporting requirements thereunder to the Disciplinary Committee as appropriate. If an associate is uncomfortable reporting a violation about another associate they may do so annonymously through the Nationwide Office of Ethics.

SANCTIONS

Upon discovering a violation of this Policy, the Disciplinary Committee of NWAM may impose such sanctions as deemed appropriate based on the facts and circumstances of each individual violation while taking into account an Associate’s violations in the previous twenty-four months. Sanctions may be imposed individually or in combination in the following recommended order of escalation and include without limitation:

 

  1) issuing a letter of censure;

 

  2) requiring policy training;

 

  3) requiring preclearance of all securities transactions;

 

  4) requesting that the violator cancel or unwind any trade that is the subject of the violation at the violators expense;

 

  5) freezing the violator’s Covered Security position (including when there is a conflict of interest or the appearance of impropriety);

 

  6) suspending or revoking the violator’s trading privileges;

 

  7) paying a fine;

 

  8) referring the matter to the appropriate regulatory or governmental authority; and

 

  9) suspending or terminating the employment of the violator.

 

Disciplinary action is taken very seriously and is shared with Human Resources. Honesty and cooperation are valued by the Committee.

RETENTION OF RECORDS

NWAM shall, at its principal place of business, maintain records in the manner and to the extent set out below and must make these records available to the SEC and any other regulatory body having jurisdiction over NWAM at any time and from time to time for periodic, special or other examination:

 

  1) A copy of this Policy, or any Policy which within the past five (5) years has been in effect, shall be preserved in an easily accessible place;

 

  2) A record of any violation of this Policy, and of any action taken as a result of such violation, shall be preserved in an easily accessible place for a period of not less than five (5) years following the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs;

 

13


  3) A copy of each report, certification or acknowledgement made by an Access Person pursuant to this Policy shall be preserved for a period of not less than five (5) years from the end of the fiscal year in which it is made, the first two years in an easily accessible place;

 

  4) A list of all persons who are, or within the past five (5) years have been, required to make reports pursuant to this Policy shall be maintained in an easily accessible place;

 

  5) A record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition by Investment Personnel of Covered Securities in a private placement, as described in this Policy, for at least five (5) years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted; and

 

  6) A copy of each annual report for at least five (5) years after the end of the fiscal year in which it is made, the first two in an accessible place.

All such records shall be maintained for at least the first two years in an easily accessible place as deemed appropriate by the Compliance Office.

 

14